IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) trJb 1.0 I.I 1.25 ■^ lis 12.2 10 112.0 u 1= 14 1116 V] (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Un des symboles suivants apparaftra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — *- signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbole V signifie "FIN". lire Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtra film6s A des taux de rdduction diffdrents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul cliche, il est fiimi d partir de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mdthode. by errata led to ant ine pelure, agon d 1 2 3 32X 1 2 3 4 5 6 ) IFPu (S H! n. ID) Wl ^& T ® '3: L A\ C.. ^* j^7 ' i.,2fc-»^0 9 :!:! ' ■ Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year l8- V J, R. JONES, In ,hc Office 01- the Libranan of Congress, al Washinglon. P. C. i-r'-'^ Mi 2: 1933 r ^^ Preface. HERE is scarcely any person who does not often feel the need of advice as to the best manner of performing the various duties of life. Young men and women 'ipon first ^ entering society are made to feel keenly their ignorance ^ of the many forms and customs to which all are expected to conform. No allowance is made for the inexperience of young persons, and any social blunder, or awkwardness, is sharply crit- icised. Even those who are well informed in this respect are sometimes at a loss to know just what to do under certain circumstances. To all such a book embodying the rules recog- nized by the best society, and stating simply and plainly the exact thing that is required, and that should be done, must be a welcome assistance. It can be consulted at any time, and will show what the best society, in all parts of the country, regards as good manners. Almost every person, when engaged in conversation or debate, has felt the need of information as to historical events, statistical and geographical facts, etc. To obtain these it is generally necessary to search through many large volumes. All such persons will appreciate the assistance ^f a concise and well- arranged compendium, giving the information wanted in the clearest and simplest manner. The citizens of nearly every village and town frequently assemble in public meetings to give expression to their v'ews upon matters in which they are interested. Yet very few are acquainted with the proper mode of conducting public meetir gs, and all need information upon these subjects. To all such a work containing explicit and simple directions upon this point, and giving the leading principles of what is termed "Parlia- mentary Law," must be most welcome and very useful. Both in town and country there are times when the evenings are long and dull, and we would gladly do something to enliven them if we only knew what to do. How gladly would we search (S) .'1 5 PREFACE. through some volume devoted to home amusements if it wer« only at hand. , • i i ■ Again, it often happens that persons desire to have some legal paper drawn in correct form, and yet do not wish to pay a law- yer's fee ibr such ser%'ice. To all such a work giving the most approved legal forms apt to be needed in the various relations of life, must be most welcome. The forms presented in this work ar^. those which have been sanctioned by long usage, and by the approval of the courts in various parts of the country. It was the object of the author in the preparation of this work to cover as wide a range of subjects as was possible, without sacrificing the practical character of ihe bock. He has aimed to make it 'a treasury of information upon the subjects that arc constantly arising in the daily life of all classes. He has spared no pains to attain this object, and offers the woik to the public with the hope that with its thousands of statements of facts, its full and varied tables for reference, iis practical directions and suggestions, and its effort to treat all the subjects touched upon in a clear and common-sense manner, it may meet the needs of all classes of the American people. To render the work attractive to the young, as well as to older persons, a carefully selected series of rules and instructions in the most popular games and amusements has been introduced. These are all healthful and innocent sports, and nothing objec- tionable even to the most rigid sense of propriety has been touched upon. The laws of the various games presented in this volume have been drawn from the latest as well as the most reliable publications concerning them. The work embraces in a single volume the rules of all the games most popular with young" persons, and of some new sports which are just being introduced mto this country. It has been the earnest aim of the author to embody in these pages the latest conclusions of the most eminent auihoritrcs in the various departments embraced in the work, and to do so in us attractive and popular a manner as possible. Believing that there is a genuine need of such a work, he offers it to the public trusdng that it may supply tliis need. , Philadelphia, June ist, 1882. Contents. The Art of Writing Well. »AG« renmanship >. 17 Practice 18 Writing Materials 18 Position of the Writer 20 How to Spell Correctly 22 How to Use Capital Letters 24 IIuw to Punctuate Correctly 24 Rules of Punctuation 25 Underscoring 29 General Principles of Grammar 30 Construction of Sentences 33 Style 34 The English Language 36 Common Lrrors in Writing and Speaking. 38 List of Synuny mes 47 The Theory and Praotice of Book- Keeping. Necessity and Advantages of a Knowledge of Bookkeeping 53 The Proper System to be adopted . . 54 The System of Single Entry 54 The Balance Sheet by Single Entry 55 Specimen of a Balance Sheet by Single Entry 55 The System of Double Entry 56 The Golden Rule of Double Entry 56 The Cash Book 56 Siiecimen Sheets of a Cash Book 60, 61 The Petty Cash Book 62 The Day Book 62 Posting the Day Book 63 The Merchandise Account 64 Si^ecimen Sheet of Day Book 65 Specimen Page of Merchandise Account in the Day Book 66 mem The Ledger 66 The Stock Account 67 The Merchandise Account 67 The Cash Account 67 The Expense Account 67 The Bank Account 67 The Interest Account •• 68 Bills Receivable Account 68 Bills Payable Account 68 Specimen Pages of Ledger 68 Opening a Set of Books 7^ Posting the Books 7* The Trial Balance Ji Closing the Books 73 The Balance Sheet 74 Specimen Balance Sheet 75 Monthly Statements 75 Bills Payable and Bills Receivable 76 Specimen Pages of Merchants' Bill Book . 7> Table Showing How Many Days a Note Has to Run « 7&' Buiinese Forms. Mercantile Terms 79. Promissory Notes, Various Forms S3 Business Laws in Daily Use 87.1 Matters Relating to Interest 89 Interest Table. Six Per Cent 90. Interest Table. Seven Per Cent 91 Interest Table. Eight Per Cent 93 Interest Table. Ten Per Cent 93 Interest Laws of all the States and Terri- toiies in the United States 94 .Statutes of Limitations, ; 95 (7) CONTENTS. Legtl Formi Uied In Butlnen. __^ rAOi Formi of Agreements or Contracts 96 General Form of Agreement 97 General Form of Contract for Mechanic's Work 98 Agreement for a Warranty Deed 9^ Contract for Darter or Trade 99 Agreement Between a Merchant and his Oerk 99 Agreement to Cultivate Land on Shares. . loo Agreement for DuiKling a House 100 Bills of Sale. Various Forms 103 Bonds. " " '04 Mortgages. " " '07 Chattel Mortgages." " "l Deeds. " " "3 The Rights and Duties of Landlords and Tenants "7 Leases. Various Forms 1 19 The Law of Partnership 125 Form of Partnership Agreement 127 Last Wills and Testaments. Various Forms 129 The Law of Agency I34 Power of Attorney. Various Forms 134 .Apprentices 136 Form of Articles of Apprenticeship 137 .Assignments. Various Forms 138 .Arbitration. " " 139 -Subscriptions 140 tForm of Subscription Paper 140 The Collection of Debts. "Limit of Justices' Jurisdiction 141 f uits in Justices' or Magistrates' Courts. . 141 trira Collection and Exemption Laws of Ihe Various States of the Union, «nd the Provinces of Canada. 'Summary of the Laws of the Various States 144 Summary of the Laws of the Provinces of Canada. 156 Statistical Tables for Reference. Table showing the Principal Events of Ancient History 157 Table ihowlng the Principal Events in the Hiitory of the United States 167 Table showing the Principal Events in the History of the Dominion of Canada. . 175 Table showing the Principal Events in the History of England 178 Table showing the Principal Events in the History of France 183 Table showing the Principal Events in the History of Spain 190 Table showing the Principal Events in the History of Italy 193 Table showing the Principal Events in the History of Austria 196 Table showing ihe Principal Events in the History of Germany 198 Table showing the Principal Events in the History of Prussia 200 Table showing the Principal Events in the History of Russia 203 1 lerschcl's Weather Table 205 Table showing the Date of Admission or Organization, Area, and Increase of Population of the States and Terri- tories ao6 Table showing the Expenditures and Pub- lic Debt of the United .States from the Formation of the Federal Government to the Present Time 307 Capacity of Cisterns or Wells 207 List of the Presidents of the United States and th'-ir Cabinets, from the Formation of the Government 308 The Native and Foreign Population of the United States, according to the Census of 1880 2tO The Electoral Vote 210 Foreign Governments 311 Population of the Principal Cities of the Old World 213 Number of Plants per Acre 313 How to Estimate Crops per Acre.. 313 A Mile Measure 313 The Creeds of the Worid ... 313 Cities and Towns of the United States, with a Population of 10,000 and over. . 3i j Height of Noted Buildings and Monu- ments ,,,, 31^ CONTENTS. MOB Time Required to Roast Various Articles of Food 314 Time Required to Boil Various Articles of Food ai4 Capacity of Noted Churches and MalU. . 214 Strength of tlie Anuy of the United States during the Civil War aiS The NumbiT of Men Furnished to the United Slates Army by each State and Territory duiing the Civil War 315 Table showing; the Area and Population of the Priiici|>al Divisions of the Globe. . 215 A List of Modern Abbreviations Used in Writing and Printing 3l6 Lengths of the Principal Rivers of the Globe 217 Strength of the Chistian Sects 317 Table showing the Principal Countries of the World, their Population, Religion and Government 218 Periods of Digestion of Various Substances 218 Names and their Significations 219 The Quantity of Garden Seeds Required to Plant a Given Space 223 Price of Hay per Cwt, at Given Prices per Ton 333 Number of Rails, Stakes, and Riders Re- quired for each 10 Rods of Fence .... 223 Number of Drains Required for an Acre of Land 323 Facts About Weeds 223 Number of Loads of Manure and the Num- ber of Heaps to Each Load Required to Each Acre, the Heaps at Given Dis- tances Apart 223 Number of Rails and Posts Required foi' Each Ten Rods of Post and Rail Fence. 223 Foreign Gold and Silver Coins 224 The Highest Mountains of the World.. .. 225 How to Make a Barometer or Weather- Glass 225 Oceans, Bays, Seas and Lakes 226 Value of Foreign Money 226 Velocity of Sound and Light 226 Weight of Grain 227 Facts About the Bible 227 Origin of Plants 227 rAoa principal Cities. Their Distance from New York, with the Difference in Time. . . . 328 Legal Huiidays in the Various States . , . . 228 Railroad SignaU 328 Measuring Land 229 How to Lay Off a Square Acre 229 Principal Exports of Various Coiiiitries. , 229 Garden Seeds fur Half an Acre 230 Foreign Measures Reduced to tlie Ameri- can Standard 230 Weights of a Cubic Foot of Various Sub- iilances, from which the Bulk of a Load of One Ton may be E.isily Calculaicd. 231 Bulk of a Ton of Different Substances.. . 23 J Box Measures 231 Government Land Measure 231 Table showing the Principal Divisions of the World, Arranged According to Size 233 Meaning of Latin Words and Phrases in Common Use 232 Meaning of French Words and Phrases in Common Use 336 Letter Writing. General Principles 238 Proper Mode of Addresses 239 Letter Paper and Envelopes 241 Form of the Letter 244 Business Letters. Various Forms 346 Applications for Situations. Various Forms 250 Letters of Recommendation. Various Forms 255 Letters of Introduction. Various Forms. 256 260 261 363 266 269 371 374 286 291 301 Letters Asking Favors. " Letters of Excuse. " Letters of Advice. " Letters Accompanying Presents. Letters of Congratulation. Various Letters of Sympathy- " Friendly and Family Letters. " Invitations, Notes of Ceremony, etc. Love Letters. Various Wedding Cards, Invitations, etc. Wedding Anniversaries. The Wooden Wedding. 30} 10 CONTENTS. PAUB The Tin Wedding 3o6 The Crystal Wedding 30^ The China Wedding 30^ The Silver Wedding 3°? The Golden Weddnig 30^ The Diamond Wedding 3°^ 309 309 309 310 310 310 3'o 310 110 Lyceums and Debating Societies. Form of Constitution for Lyceum or De bating Society ■ How to Organize a Society Preamble Constituiion Name Objects Meml)ership Officers Duties of Officers Election of Officers 3' ' Committet' 3'2 Removals from Office.. 3'^ Amendments 3'^ By-Laws 3 ' ^ Meeiings 3'^ Quorum 3'^ Membpn;/'p 3'^ Initiation Fee 3 '3 Inauguration of Officers yi^ Initiation of Members 313 Dues 3'3 Arrearages 3 ' 3 Tax 3'4 Fines 3 '4 Appeals 315 Resignation 3*5 Suspension and Expulsion 315 Trial 315 CommitifC's. 316 Badge 316 Library 3lC> Rules of Order 316 Orjects, with Lists of Books giving Information upon each Subject 362 Forms for Resolutions, Petitions, eto. Resolutions, Various Forms 376 Petitions, Various Forms 376 CONTENTS. \\ Public Celebrations. PAGE General Arrangements 380 Committees 380 Public Dinners 381 The Laws of Etiquette. Introductory 384 The Toilet— The Care of the Person 3S6 The Lady's Dressing Room 387 Tlie Gentleman's Dressing Case 388 The Baih 389 Treatment of the Skin 390 The Urealh 390 The Complexion 391 The Eyes 392 The Nose and Ears 393 The Hair 394 The Teeth 396 The 1 lands 396 The Feet 397 How to Dress Well 399 The Gentleman's Dress 399 The Lady's Dress 402 Colors ir Dress 404 Colors that Harmonize 404 Dress for Children 406 The Etiquette of Introductions 406 SalutntioDS 409 Etiquette of the Street 411 The Ride and the Drive 413 Conversation and Correspondence 416 Visiting — The Use of Cards, etc 420 New Year's Calls 426 Etiquette of the Table 428 Tl»e Invitations 42S Dinner Dress 430 Table Arrangements 431 Additional Hints 437 Eiiqiieite of the Party and the Ball 439 Ladies' Hall Room Toilettes 442 Gentleman's 1)1 ess 443 Etiquette of the IJall Room 443 French Terms Used in Dancing 447 Etiquette of Public Places 447 Etiquette in Church 448 Etitpietle of Fairs 449 {iltit^ueitc of Picnics 449 TAGS Etiquette of Shopping 450 Etiquette of the Theatre, Opera and Con- cert 451 Etiquette of Travelling 45a Etiquette of Courti-hip and Marriage 456 Courtship 460 Disengaged 462 Proposing 463 Asking Papa 465 Ii"ga«ed 467 Proposal Rejected 470 Breaking Off an Engagement 471 Marriage 472 Proper Seasons for Weddings 472 The Trousseau 472 Presents 473 Bouquets 473 llridesmaiils 474 Bridegroomsmen 474 The Bride 474 The Bridegroom 475 The Marriage Ceremony 476 The English Style 477 After Church 479 The Wedding Tour 480 Sending Cards 480 Etiquette of the Household 481 Duties of the Wife 481 Duties of the Husband 483 Etiquette of the Funeral 486 Miscellaneous Laws of Etiquette 487 Benjamin Franklin's Maxims 490 Maxims J>f George Washington 491 Etiquette of Washington Official Society. 494 The Language and Sentiment of Flowers. General Principles 497 The Flower Language 498 Modifications of the Flower Language.. . 499 The Vocabulary 499-508 The Art of Writing Poetry. General Principles 509 Versification 509 Accent and Feet 510 12 CONTENTS. FAGB ,1 Specimens of the Various Styles 5 " Iambic Verse Trochaic Verse Ana|ixslic Verse Dactylic Verse Other Styles Classilicatiim of Poetry Long and Common Metre, etc. 5" S'2 512 5'3 S«3 S'3 S'3 S«6 A Dictionary of Rhymes. Directions for Finding Rhymes S'7 List of Rhymes 5»7-S40 Home Amusements. Outdoor Amusements 541 Croquet S4' Arran^'ing the Ground 54' Implements Used in the Game 542 Definitions 542 The Lawsof Croquet 543 Theory of the Game 547 Suggestions to Players 547 Lawn Tennis 550 How to Arrange a Lawn Tennis Court. 551 Badminton 551 Fives 552 Prisoner's Base 553 Cricket 554 The Laws of Cricket 554 The Ball 554 The Bat 554 The Stumps 554 The Bowling Crease 554 The PoppingCrease 554 The Wickets 554 The Bowler 555 The Striker is Out 555 The Laws of Double Wicket 558 Observations on Rules 3, 4 and 5 . . . . 558 The Laws of Single Wicket 561 General Equipment 562 Fielding 562 Bowling 564 Batting 564 Cricket. Forward Play 565 Back Play 566 Hitting 566 Slip 567 The Cut 567 Square Leg. . 567 Draw 567 Leg Hit 567 Base Hall 568 The Materials of the Game 568 The Game 569 Pitching 570 Batting Department 571 Runping the Bases 573 The Umpire and his Duties 575 The Umpire's Jurisdiction and Powers. 577 Footijai.1, 578 The Laws of Football 578 Definition of Terms 579 Swimming 579 How to Begin 579 Floating on the Back 580 Swimming on the Back 581 Swimming on the Chest 583 A Common Fault 584 The Side Stroke 586 Treading Water 586 Swimming Like a Dog 587 Diving 58? Indoor Amusements 589 Chess 5S9 Order of the Men on the Board 591 The Pieces: Their Powers and Mode of Action 591 Abbreviations 592 Technical Terms Used in the Game. . . 593 Laws of the Game 595 Comparative Value of the Pieces 597 Hints for Commencing the Game 598 Draughts 600 Preliminary Instructions 600 Method of Moving 601 Laws of the Gtme 60a Hints for Beginners 603 The Losing Game 605 Polish Draughts 605 Go- Bang 6o< COA-JLNTS. 13 UOMINOS 607 Introductory 607 lluw to Ci)innience the Game 607 GeiK-nil Maxims 6o3 AH rives 6io The Dinwin<; Game 61 1 Thu Matailiire Game 613 Balkcammo: 614 lliiyle's Instructions.. 615 Technical Terms 615 Laws of the Game 616 Mu)le'r> Observations, Hints and Cau- tions 616 Hoylc's Directions for a Learner to Bear llisMt 617 The Gr'iEEi, Lady Always Genteel. 617 DuMit Crambo 61S The Wild Beast Show 618 Shadows 619 The CJiantess 619 The Great Orator 620 A Blind Judgment 620 This and i'h at 620 Conundrumi. List of Conundrums 621 Answers to Conundrums 625 Fortune-Telling. A Pleasant Game 628 An-iwers to Fortunc-Tcller 629 The Oraculum, or Book of Fate 631 How to Work the Oraculum. , 631 To Oiitiin the Answer 631 Oraculum 632 Games, Forfeits, etc. The Ti'ly Parlor Mniils 635 Botanical Questions 639 Selling Adonis 639 The Anxious Mother 640 Poor Puss 640 Magic Music 640 Mdlle. Potoloski and Her Dancing Bear. 640 rAOB The Musical Duck 640 Miss Ann and Jane Smith's Tabliy Cats. . 640 Thu Horrid Man 640 The Rebuff 641 Pat-a-Cake 641 The Tipsy Polka 641 Confidences 641 The Divination of the Elements 643 The Quiet Little Dears 643 The Man who is too Happy 643 The Quakers' Meeting 643 To Tell any Number Thought of 644 The Ugly Mug 644 The Hutchinson Family 645 The Messenger 646 How to make a Scrap Screen 647 Feather Screens 648 Collecting and Preserving Plants 649 Preserved Flowers 653 To Make an i^olian Harp 653 Elementary Gymnastics. Rules for Healthful Exercises 654 Free Movements 655 Exercise with Furniture 660 Balancing 661 On the Parallel Bars 663 Climbing 664 The Giant Stride 664 On the Horizontal Bar 665 The Wooden Horse 667 Leaping and Vaulting 668 Vaulting 66S Household Receipts. Clear Calf's Fool Jelly 6to Apple Marmalade b/o Apple Cream 671 Lemon Lozenges 671 Gooseiierry Jam 67 1 Gooseberry Jelly 671 Partridge with Cabbage 671 Rabbit Chopjied up 671 Almond Tart 67a Another Kind of Almond Tart 673 H CONTENTS. Almond Jumbles 672 Another Way to Make Almond Jumbles. 672 Almond Prawlins 672 Almond Custards 672 Almond Jelly .... 672 French Mode of Cleaning Kid Gloves., . 67J Uroiled Herrings 673 Oil for Watches and Delicate Machinery. 673 To Clean Decanters and Water Bottles. . 673 To Repair Tortoise Shell when Broken. . 674 Ink for Writing on Zinc Garden Lablcs. . C74 Remedy for Chilblains 674 Red Manifold Paper for Obtaining Copies of Embroir Neij;hbor. . . 849 850 853 854 856 ^it 858 ■1 }ject«. ibciically Ar- 859-87? ^ i^'j -I'li: s**j}U'/:Ma lW to acquire a good IIAfiDWRIirfG. :n " m mm }i i m^x mm. ■-' I'. v-v] US ' •8 the art of expressing kk'.is by mhlc j'gn?; or urr, inscribed on smoe tiUicriil. I is cither idco phonetic. Ideoi^.-.y l.ic writiiVi may l>e cither' jT'scuting objt>< 3 hy imitaliii;,- tiieir forms, or . indicvitiug theii nature- or propiiit^ons. Piio- luy be syHtibic or alpiiabet;: j in tVe roriijer* f-rtrsenrs ff5ytT3l5ri'J *ih the latter, a siuir* .' ivrittcu Jt Iters cf which vie have any .. I guen \n the B' k/h of G<^D^sis oi" the the Ten Commaridaients wf:ui it/ritien by ^4 ^f Sitonf. Thii i,tatejnent f?! ied some ' ■ mriarke, to believe that letters were 'V -^.r,. js no neces:,itj', liowever, for thC'Givin.. of the Uw," •.» i ationH Inhabiting theft. -vutherti :v;pf»aUrt, upor wbit.h th.ti of 'if ' a '.; fi,jr st^vini ce.Ui' • ,;,• . ieafvof Eg>'p{ -' .'I ••• ■ \ . r. was doubt 1 ■» tcquijr . \axi w alphabc-. v{<<« mcl^ltd ^r Hfeftsictan <; this thcu'-,'. T>1. •ri' al|>ii*i!.. iM3 't^ ^.^'vj-'" u SHOXVXNia HOW TO ACQUIRE A GOOD HANDWRITING. AHin m w wm mm wm » i mm wm. ►RITING is the art of expressing ideas by visible signs oi characters Inscribed on some material. It is either ideo- graphic or phonetic. Ideographic writing may be either pictorial, representing objects by imitating their forms, or symbolic, by indicating their nature or proportions. Pho- netic writing may be syllabic or alphabetic ; in the former, each character represents a syllable ; in the latter, a single letter. The first mention of written letters of which we have any record is in the account given in the Book of Genesis of the Tables of the Law. We are told that the Ten Commandments were written by ^^ the finger of God on tables or tablets of stone. This statement has led some writers, among them the learned Dr. Adam Clarke, to believe '^at letters were Divinely invented upon this occasion. There is no necessity, however, for taking this view of the case; for at the time of the " Giving of the Law," a written language was the possession of each of the nations inhabiting the southern shore of the Mediterranean. The Phoenician alphabet, upon which that of the Hebrews was modelled, had been in existence for several centuries before this time, and as Phoenicia was then a dependency of Egypt, and engaged in active commerce with that country, Moses was doubtless acquainted with the Phoenician system. The fact that the Hebrew alphabet was modeled upon the Phoenician seems almost a positive proof of this theory. The date of the invention of the Phoenician alphabet, which was the first a ^17) ■ -,•>'* t- t-T- J";- <■*;;« !! i8 THE ART OF WRITING WELL. purely phonetic system ever used, is now definitely settled. It was during the Bupremacy of the Shepherd Kings over Egypt. These were princes of Canaan- itish origin, who h-'d conquered Lower Egypt, and were contemporary with Abraham, Is-uc, Jacob and Joseph. Tlic discoveries of science give us reason to believe that it was the Shepherd Kings of Avaris, who borrowed from Die Egyptian hieratic writing a certain number of alphabetical characters, employed them to represent the sounds of their own language, and thus prodiiccil tho Phoenician alphabet of twenty-two letters, the origin of most of the other alpl.a- Sbets of the world. The Phoenicians not only invented the alphabet j they taught the use of it to all nations with whom they had commercial transactions. With the progress of the world, the art of writing and the characters employed were greatly simr'ified, until the system in use at present was adopted by the civilized nations of the world. Penmanship is the art of writing well. It is one of the most important accomplishments a person can possess. No matter what your position in life, the ability to write a good, clear, legible hand, is a priceless possession. To a young man starting out to make his way in life, it is so much genuine capital, which he can turn to advantage at almost every step. The great object should be to write a firm, clear hand, with uniformly made, well-shaped, and properly shaded letters. An abundance of flourishes or marks is a defect, except wliere ornamental writing or "flourishing" is intended. The present system of forming and combining letters seems to be perfect. It enables the writer to put his thoughts on paper almost with the rapidity of speech, and it is not probable that it will ever be improved upon. In this country two styles of penmanship are in use. One is known as the ■eund hand, the other as the angular. A new system, known as the semi- angular, has been introduced, mainly through the efforts of the Spencers, and of Payson, Dunton and Scribner, and is winning its way to favor. The " copy books" prepared by these masters present the best and most progressive system of penmanship now accessible to the learner, and we cordially commend them to all. They may be procured at any book store in the United States. The only way in which a person can acquire the art of writing a good hand Is by constant and conscientious practice. With some persons good penman- ship is a gift, but all may acquire it by persistent practice. Select a good system of copies — the series referred to above cannot be improved upon — and try faithfully to form your hand upon the model selected. Do not be satisfied until you can do as well as the master you are seeking to imitate. It is of the greatest importance that the writing materials used by you should be of the best quality. THE ART OF WKITING WELL. 19 The pen should be of steel or of gold. Many persons prefer the gold pen, because it more nearly approaches the quill in flexibility. It is also the most durable pen. A good gold pen, properly used, should last for years. For gen- eral use, and especially for ornamental writing, a good steel pen is by far tho best. It enables you to make a finer and sharper line than can possibly b« made with the gold or quill pen. The paper should be of the best quality and texture, clearly ruled, and not too rough in surface. It is most common now to use copy-books, regularly ))repared and ruled. These may be obtained from any stationer, those of the Spcnccrian System, and of Payson, Dunton and Scribner being the best. It is a good plan, after you have completed a copy-book, to go over th(? same set of copies again. This may be done by taking half a dozen sheets of foolscap and cutting them in half. Place the half sheets within each other, and stitch them together, protecting the whole with a cover of stiff pajx;r. Then use the copies of the book yon have just imished, writing on the new book /ou have thus made, Thi? saves tht expense of a new copy- book. A slip of blotting-paper should be provided for every copy-boo'.. In writing rest the hand upon this, espe- cially in warm weather. The per- spiration thrown off by the hand i* greasy in its nature, and soils the paper upon which the hand rests, and renders it unfit to receive the ink. Never use jMJor ink. Black ink should always be used in learning to writer and in ordinary correspondence. Blue and red inks are desijned for special purposes, and not for ordinary use. An ink that flows freely and is nearly black when first used is best. Do not use a shallow or light inkstand. The first will not allow you to fill your pen properly ; the latter will be easily turned over. The inkstand should be heavy and flat, and of such a form th.at you can at once see the amount of ink in it, and thus know how deep to dip your pen. Dip your pen lightly into the ink, and see that it does not take up too much. The surplus ink should be thrown back into the inkstand, and not upon the floor. By Slopping the mouth of the bottle when you have finished using it, you will prevent the ink from evaporating too fast, and also from becoming too thick. A pen-wiper should always be provided. This should be of some substanca that will not leave a fibre in the slit of the pen. A linen, rag or a piece of cl^amois or buckskin will answer. PROPER POSITION OF A UIDY IN WRITING. 20 THE ART OF WRITING WELL. After you have learned to write, it is well to provide your desk with a lead- pencil, a piece of India rubber, a ruler, and a bottle of mucilage and a brush. In writing in a sitting position, a flat table is the best. The position of the writer is a matter of the greatest importance, as it decides his comfort at the time, and exercises a powerful influence upon his general^ ^^The main object is to acquire an easy and graceful position, one in which the right arm has full play of the muscles used in writing. _ . , , . -^ The table should be sufficiently high to compel you to sit upright. Avoid stooping, as destructive of a good hand and of good health. Your position CORRECT POSITION. IMPROPER POSITION. should be such as v/ill enable you to fill your lungs without much effort. Sit with your right side next to the desk or table, and in such a position that the light will fall over your right shoulder upon the paper. The right forearm must be placed on the desk so as to rest the muscle front •of the elbow, and the hand placed on the book so as to rest the nails of the third and fourth fingers. The forearm must be at right angles with the copy, the book being steadied^ by the fingers of the left hand placed on the paper at the left of the pen-point. Hold the wrist naturally over the desk, and you will see that the inner side is raised a little higher than the outer, ileep tlie wrist free from the desk, and do not let it turn over to the right or the left, or bend down or up, or otherwise. Hold the pen lightly between the thumb and first two fingers, letting it cross the forefinger in front of the third joint. Rest the base of the holder at the with a lead' md a brush. , as it decides n his general I ! in which the right. Avoid ^our position y \^L. ich effort. Sit jition that the e muscle front Ills of the third being steadied^ the pen-point. > inner side is le desk, and do jr otherwise, letting it cross holder at the 2C pr- ay.Uio?i of the -iBitcr v^ IT. a sitting p^ltwtt. a ft»« »a^'«^ '* ^^'-^ ' .il.n of the wntt'r is a matter iiig, as cU'sm; '•' • r' « it ilc'ldc? • bis general •:*: \\\ which the jv.i'itbt. Avoid iK>>iilion H {\ V ot I/.. and "^ raised a ■■ Hold iltf : '• toreltJigti- vst to th«^ n.^'-a or tabk, 5 oar right ishouidei" ujk) ,,, ,..>..' be.i/uci'd 0.1 t"... . . ; I laccd oil the booh^ ijp at Pfdit angle* with tiit- »• -■■'■, ! -! ! placed on the p;ip.. '-. effort. Sit on th;U th(' "^ tlic muscle front iVi'isot tii'^ third *:. D'jiny :uc;uJiod| • • lo [H n-point. Miner bide is desk, and do '; 1 aowri »n a|j, or othtTwise. ren liu; : i'j<;u' :r •, .;.-ht two firgrt*.. lelfiiitT it croK:, jj,,. ' ; .J!-,.. n\ .h" '.-..u^' .^.' '! " holder at the . w'lh a lead- xad a brush. , :.:, it rle-'iclcs n bis general 1*^ ngii* Avoid -.itlon #^ m Vf. M'tcic front iViSoi mt third iKiny steadied^ fhc JH u-point. • inner tide is '.' desk, and do .>r otherwise, letting it cro(« hoi'kf at the ^ f v>a • Obrt. Sit rti.on thait the >S£« THE ART OF WRITING WELL. 21 UJCORKECT MODF OF HOLDING THE PEN. nail of the middle finger. Place the forefinger over the holder. Bend the thumb and fingers outward, and the third and fourth fingers under to rest the hand ou the nails. Let the nibs A the pen press the paper evenly. The pen should be in a vertical plane with the inside of the foreann, and inclined at an angle of fifty-two degrees (52°) from the base. The movements in writing are produced by the extension and retraction of the pen-fingers and the thumb ; by the action of the forearm on the arm-rest as a centre of motion ; the whole arm movement, which is the action of the whole Arm from the shoulder as the centte of motion ; and the union of all these move- ments. In ordinary writing, the first is suffi- cient. In ornamental writing, flourishing, etc.; all the various movements are employed. The fingers should be kept flexible, and their movements, as well as those of the hand and wrist, should be free and unrestrained. Cramping or stiffening either the fingers or the wrist causes the handwriting to be cramped and awkward, and greatly fatigues the writer. The pen should be held as lightly as though the least pressure would crush it, and nof grasped as though you thought it would fly away. In standing at a desk to write, stand upright, and with the chest well thrown out. The desk should be high enough to compel you to do this. It should slightly incline from the outer edge upwards, and should project fai enough to allow you to place your feet well under it. The principal weight of the body CORRECT POSITION OF THE HAND, ^y^^^^^ ^^^^ ^pQ^ the left foot, the right being thrown forward. Stand with your left side toward the desk, and rest your body on the left elbow, which should be laid upon the desk in such a manner as to enable you to steady your paper or book with the left hand. This position ivill enable you to write freely in the ordinary manner, or to use the whole foiearm should you desire to do so. The pen-holder should point towards the light shoulder. A great saving of fatigue is made by assuming and keeping a correct position while writing either sitting or standing. By conscientiously attending to this matter, you will soon acquire the habit of maintaining a coirect position, and will reap the benefit in the <^ase with which you perform your task, and in im- proved health. Ho one should be satisfied with a bad handwriting when it is in his power to Improve it. A ny one can procure a copy-book, and can spare an hour, or half an r&OPKR MOU£ OF HOLDING TUli PEN. ;; a 22 HOW TO SPELL CORRECTLY. hour, a day for this effort at improvement. You should l?egin at the beginning, and practise faithfully until you have reached a satisfactory result. Remember that a good hand is not acquired in a week or a month; it takes long and diligent practice to produce this result. The end, however, is worth all the labor necessary to its accomplishment. The great aim should be to make the handwriting legible. An ornamental hand is very attractive, but it may be this and yet not easily read. This is to fail in the first requisite of good writing. The advantages of writing well are numerous, and will readily suggest them- selves. In the first place, it is always a pleasure to prepare a plainly and neatly- written letter or paper. The writer is then never afraid or ashamed for his friends to see his writing, and is never disgraced by a wretched scrawl in addressing a letter to a stranger. A good hand is also an invaluable aid to a young man seeking employment. A merchant in employing clerks and salesmen will always give the preference to the best penman. A young man applying by letter for a situation can scarcely offer a better reference than the appearcnce of his letter. Should you wish to become a book-keeper or accountant, a good handwriting is a necessity. Whether a person is a good penman or not, it is necessary that he should know how to make use of his ability to write, or, in other words, how to transfer correctly his thouglits to paper. The first requisite is to know how to spell correctly. Tliis is even more im- portant than writing a good hand. A badly-spelleil letter is much more of a disgrace to the writer than one badly written. Tlic habit of spelling correctly may be easily acquired, and once mastered is rarely lost. Our language is so rich in words tliat even the best of spellers may sometimes be unable to give the proper orthography of a word, but the knowledge of the general principles which govern the formation of English words will enable him to meet all the ordinary demands likely to be made upon him. These may be found in almost" any spelling-book, or work upon the principles of composition. It is well, how- ever, to give a few of the most important here. We may remark, in passing, that writing words out in fall on paper, or on a slate, is an admirable means of impressing them upon the memory. All words of one syllable ending in /, with a single vowel before it, hav« double /I't the close: as mill, sell. HOW TO SPELL CORRECTLY. 23 All words of one syllable ending in /, with a double vowel before it, have on« /only at the close: as mail, sail. Words of one syllable ending in /, when compounded, retain but one / each : as, fulfil, skilful. Words of more than one syllable ending in / have one / only at the close : as, delightful, faithful; except befall, downfall, recall, unwell, etc. All derivations from woid« ending in / have one / only: as, equality, from equal; fulness, from full; except they end in er or ly : as, mill, miller ; full fully. ! All participles in ing from verbs ending in e lose the e final : as, have, having; amuse, amusing; unless they come from verbs ending in double e, and then they retain both: as, see, seeing; agree, agrcein-^. All adverbs in ly and nouns in ment retain the e final of the primitives: as, brave, bravely; refine, refinement; except acknoviledgment and judgment. All derivations from words ending in er retain the e before the r: as, refer, reference; except hindrance, from hinder; remembrance, from remember; disas- trous, from disaster; monstrous, from monster; wondrous, from wonder; cumbrous, from cumber, etc. Compound words, if both end not in /, retain their primitive parts entire: as, millstone, changeable, racelcss ; except always, also, deplorable, although, almost, admirable^ etc. All one-syllables ending in a consonant, with a single vowel before it, double that consonant in derivatives : as, sin, sinner ; ship, shipping; big, bigger; glad, gladder, etc. One-syllables ending in a consonant, with a double vowel before it, do not double the consonant in derivatives: as, sleep, sleepy ; troop, trooper. All words of more than one syllable ending in a single consonant, preceded by a single vowel, and accented on the last syllable, double that consonant in derivatives: a?,, commit, committee ; compel, compelled; appal, appalling; distil, distiller. Nouns of one syllable ending in y, preceded by a consonant, change y into ies in the plural ; and verbs ending in;/, preceded by a consonant, change^ into t'es in the third person singular of the present tense, and into led in the past tense and past participle: as, fly, flies ; I apply, he applies ; we reply, we replied, or have replied. If the >» be preceded by a vowel, this rule is not applicable : as, key, keys; I play, he plays ; we have enjoyed onx^j^v^?,. Compound words whose primitives end in y change y into /.• as, beauty^' beautiful; lovely, loveliness. It is an excellent plan to keep a small dictionary at hand, in order tliat you may refer at once to the word if you are in doubt as to its ortliograpliy. The standard recognized in this country is Worcester's Dictionary. The pocket-edition of this work can be bought, in cloth binding, for sixty-three cents. ^ . ''trr 24 HOW TO PUNCTUATE CORRECTLY. There is no surer mark of an educated person than the proper use of capital letters To omit them when they should be used is a serious blunder, and to make too profuse a display of them is to disfigure your writing, and proclaim yourself ignorant of one of the first principles of correct writing. The rules governing the use of these letters are itsw, simple, and easily remem- bered. They may be stated as follows : The first word of every book, chapter, letter, note, or any other piece of writing should begin with a capital letter. The names of the months and the days of the week should always begin with a capital letter. The first word after a period should begin with a capital letter. The first word after every interrogation, or exclamation, should begin with a capital letter; unless a number of interrogative or exclamatory sentences occur together, and are not totally independenc. The various names or appellations of the Deity should begin with & capital letter: as, God, Jehovah, the Almighty, the Supreme Being, the Lord, Provi- dence, the Messiah, the Holy Spirit, etc. All proper names, such as the names of persons, places, streets, mountains, lakes, rivers, ships, etc., and adjectives derived from them, should begin with a capital letter. The first word of a quotation after a colon, or when it is in a direct form, should begin with a capital letter. The first word of an example, every substantive and principal word in the titles of books, and the first word of every line in poetry, should begin with a capital letter. The pronoun I, and the interjection O, are always written in capitals. Any words, when remarkably emphatical, or when they are the principal sub- ject of the composition, may begin with capitals. A knowledge of punctuation is very important. A document not punctuated, or not punctuated properly, may present a neat appearance if written in a good hand and correctly spelled, but its value may often be entirely destroyed by ■incorrect punctuation. A notable instance of tliis occurred in England in Scf>- tember, 1818, and is thus noticed in the London Times : "The contract lately made for lighting the town of Liverpool, during the ensuing year, has been thrown void by the misplacing of a comma in the adver- tisement, which ran thus: 'The lamps at present are about 4050 in number, and have in general two spouts each, composed of not less than twenty threads of cotton.' The contractor would have proceeded to furnish each lamp with the said twenty threads; but, this being but half the usual quantity, the com- use of capital under, and to anil proclaim easily remem- ther piece of lys begin with begin with a ;ntcnccs occur with a capital Lord, Provi- :s, mountains, I begin with a I direct form, word in the begin with a pitals. principal sub- t punctuated, ten in a good destroyed by gland in Scp- il, during the in the advcr- in number, I'enty threads :h lamp with ty, the com- IfOiy lO PUNCTUATE CORRECTLY. 25 misstoner discovered that the difference arose from the comma following, instead uf preceding the word each. Tlie parties agreed to annul the contract, and a new one ii now ordered." A Mr. Sharpe once engraved a portrait of a certain Richard Brothers, and gave tlie following certificate to that effect. The document was designed as a eimple statement of fact. The misplacing of a comma, however, converted it into a piece of gross profanity. It read as follows: "Believing Richard Broth- ers to be a prophet sent, by God I have engraved his portrait." Had the comma been placed after the name of the Deity, the effect would have been very different. Punctuation is the art of dividing a written compouition into sentences, or parts of sentences ; and is principally used to mark the grammatical divisions of a sentence. The marks employed in punctuation are sometimes used to note the different pauses and tones of voice, which the sense and accurate pronun- ciation require. The characters or marks used in punctuation are the following : The Comma, The Semicolon, The Colon, The Period, The Quotation Marks, The Diairesis, The Crotchets, The Brackets, The Exclamation, The Interrogation, The Dash, J S C] ! ? The Ellipsis, The Hyphen, The Breve, The Apostrophe, The Brace, The Acute Accent, The Grave Accent, The Circumflex Accent., The Caret, The Cedilla, )i> * « * \ A A In addition to these the following marks of reference are lised : The Asterisk, * The Section, § The Obelisk, f The Parallels, || The Index, JW^ The Paragraph, \ The Double Obelisk, J %'v\t% tA guttrtuntion. {From Parker's "Aids to English Composition") When two or more words are connected without the connecting word being f.^ "<*• > * * 1 ^ ¥ M K T. f^ r J, «#» * H. - ^ ^ ► Heated by various g; sometimes by lens, thus, - - - - ; short sound; as, 5ed as the sign of a letter or several ough ; " " lov'd " sometimes called, le beginning of a n some author in :ed at the conclu- uble commas, of two vowels to Laocoon, Zoono- :o connect a num- event a repetition )in in"! ' 3 er ^, to show that I from the French Lion of words. %^*,, ' 3* i. ^ ^ ..>' ^ ''3^/'«^| v^^ J^'^ ,•• ■ ii im^-v ' -«S!r' .• ,v'^ ' C ^ ' - \J$_ ."aL ' . .-^^^f^'^ ^ . ■f J .j!«n«WMWiiiii»il>w>i'»*wi 1 >■ y. ■:n far almost oA of .. . iiiicoiuii, coioi. or a, aiiu samKtnnes for as, (ht * ■»■ ' is iisdi-^ ; soUit-UfiK^ by L>y Jjvi^JM..-", liius, - - - - i ..tccd over >05; i • .v,r or several ..' •■ It ii ; " *• thn' ■* i.;r " 'uou^h ; " "lov'd " :riM rorrfM*. a«-r tht*)t ^'T'. i.' ni>;; ' tiCs called, ■ • ••'«i, OS (:'■■'■ ' ■ •'■ ';iVll, a; '" '■■■ .'i'Ulilig of a- ••f<^' •i)wi :• ;c author in ., oiaced af the conclu- oV**,' »l :v:.T,as. ; i,'. . J vowelf! to H also ustnj to prevcnx a rt'»jetition te
•,(• .tfonouiifc- ., ;s a catve ! ■ "Liced one!'' '■ inc kUc < , Jo sho^v that U is n«ed p- in woni derived from tbe French liiced )ik.e ; ■unuftciatic!'. i, %'Oids. .-•to.. ^ for almost oil of icoiun, coioi; or \ bciiiiruines for ri-ated by various • ; sojxii; limes by M», liiUS, - - - - 1 'AwxX sound ; a.«!, " •"• the sigf ol .v,r or several sj^h J " " lov'ti " ' ncs called, ■ .^"I'.illilig Ol' J' \ some author in ed at the conclu- r, < ommas. t tHo vowels to J ■''" odn, Zormo- tiect a num- f ituetition how the:. i'rnm tw French ^ words. RULES OF PUNCTUATION. 29 The grave accent is represented by a mark placed over a letter, or syllable, to show that it must be pronounced with the falling inflection of the voice ; as, Reuthdmir. The acute accent is represented by a similar mark, pointing in the opposite direction, to show that the letter or syllable must be pronounced with the rising inflection of the voice ; thus. Epicurean, European. The meaning of a sentence often depends on the kind of accent which is used J thus the following lentence, if the acute accent be used on the word alone, becomes a question : " Pleased thou shalt hear, and thou al6ne shalt hear ? " But if the grave accent be placed on the word alone, it becomes a simple declaration ; as, " Pleased thou shalt hear, nnd thou al6ne shalt hear." The circumflex accent is the union o .he grave and acute accents, and indi- cates that the syllable on which it is placed should have both the rising and falling inflection of the voice. The caret is a mark resembling an inverted V, placed under the line. It is never used in printed books, but, in manuscripts, shows that something has been accidentally omitted ; as, recited " George has his lesson." A When rnany notes occur on a page, and the reference marks given above are exhausted, it is customary to double them. Some writers prefer to use the numerals, i, 2, 3, 4, ^tc, as simpler. This is a matter of taste with the writer. Th'3 section § and the paragraph \ are used to mark th» parts of a composition that should be separated. Where you wish the compositor to separate a para- graph into two or more paragraphs, it is not necessary to rewrite the page. Place the \ where you wish each new paragraph to begin, and the compositor will understand your wishes. A paragraph denotes the beginning of a new subject, or a sentence not con- nected- with the foregoing. A section is used for subdividing a chapter into smaller parts. It is proper here to add, thaf every composition should be divided into para- graphs, when the sense will allow the separation. Different subjects, unless they are very short, or very numerous in a small compass, should be separated into paragraphs. Many mistakes arise from improperly underscoring the words of a manuscript or letter. It is well to refrain from underscoring a word wherever you can do CO with propriety, just as you would avoid unduly emphasizing your words in r^ * I GENERAL PRIiXCIPLES OF GRAMMAR. sneaking A sinale line drawn under a word indicates that it must be set by the compositor in itahcs; as, "I dearly love her." Two lines indicate small capitals ; as, " I honor him." Three lines indicate large capitals ; as, " Heln. help, I cry." {^Fron Parker's "Auh to Eni;lis/i Composition:') Although the details of Grammar and grammatical rule are not embraced in the plan of this work, we may with propriety present some observations with regard to those principles which are most frequently forgotten or disregarded by careless writers. These are here presented in the form of directions. Direction ist. In determining the number of a verb, regard must be had to the idea which is embraced in the subject or nominative. Whenever the idea oi plurality is conveyed, whether it be expressed by one word or one hundred, and however connected, and in whatever number the subject may be, whether singular or plural, all verbs relating to it must be made to agree, not with the number of the word or wordi, but with the number of the idea conveyed by the words. Direction 2d. In the use of pronouns the same^ remark applies: nanir-ly, that the number of the pronoun must coincide with the idea contained m the word, or words, to which the pronoun relates. If it imply unity, the pronoun must be singular ; if it convey plurality, the pronoun must be plural. These directions will be better understood by an example. Thus, in the sentence, "Each of them, m their ixxxx)., receive the bfcn'.'^.ts to which they are entitled," the verbs and pronouns are in the wrong number. The word each, although it includes all, implies but one at a time, '("he idea, therefore, is the idea of unity, and the verb and pronoun should be singular j thus, "Each of them in his turn receives the benefit to which he is entitled." The same remark may be made with regard to the following sentencer^ ; " Every person, whatever be their (his) station, is bound by the duties of morality." "The wheel killed another man, who is the sixth that have (has) lost their (his) Itves (life) by these means." " I do not think that any one should incur cen^ sure for being tender of their (his) reputation." Direction 3d. In the use of verbs and words which express time, care must be taken that the proper tense be employed to express the time that is intended. Perhaps there is no rule more frequently violated than this, even by good writers; GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF GRAMMAR. 31 but young writers are very prone to the error. Thus, the author of the Waverlcj Novels has the following sentence : " ' Description,' he said, ' was (is) to the author of a romance exactly what drawing and tinting were (are) to a painter; words were (are) his colors, and, if properly employed, they could (can) not fail to place the scene which he wished (wishes) to conjure up as effectually before the mind's eye as the tablet or canvas presents it to the bodily organ. The same rules,' he continued, ^applied (apply) to both, and an exuberance of dialogue in the former case was (is) a verbose and laborious mode of composition, which went (goes) to confound the proper art of the diama, a widely different species of composition, of which dialogue was (is) the very essence; because all, excepting the language to Be made use of, was (is) presented to the eye by the dresses, and persons, and actions of the performers upon the stage.' " The author was misled throughout in the tenses of the verbs in this extract by the tense of the verb said, with which he introduces it. Direction 4th. Whenever several verbs belonging to oiiC common subject occur in a sentence, the subject or nominative must be repeated whenever theie is a change '\\\ the mood, tense, or form of the verb. Direction 5th. In the use of the comparative and superlative degrees of the adjective it is to be remarked, that when two things or persons only are com- pared, the comparative degree, and not the superlative, should be used. Thus, in the sentence, " Catharine and Mary are both well attired ; but, in their appear- ance, Catharine is the neatest, Mary the most showy," the superlative degree of the adjective is improperly applied. As there are but two persons spoken of, the adjectives should be in the comparative degree : namely, neater and more showy. Direction 6th. Neuter and intransitive verbs should never be used in the passive form. Such expressions as was gone, is grown, is fallen, is come, may be relied on, etc., although used by some good writers, are objectionable. Direction 7th. In the use of irregular verbs, a proper distinction should be made in the use of the imperfect tense and the perfect participle. He done (did) it at my request ; he run (ran) a great risk ; he has mistook (mistaken) his true interest ; the cloth was wove (woven) of the finest wool ; he writes as the best authors would have wrote (written) had they writ (written) upon the subject j the bell has been rang (rung) ; I have spoke (spoken) to him upon the subject. These sentences are instances where the proper distinction between the preterite and participle has not been preserved. Direction 8th. The negative adverb must be followed by the negative con- junction; as, "The work is not capable of pleasing the understanding, nor (not or) the imagination." The sentence would be improved by using tne conjunctions in pairs, substituting neither for not. In the following sentences, the conjunction but is improperly used : "I can* not deny but that I was in fault." " I cannot be doubted ^/'that this is a state of positive gratification." 'At 32 GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF GRAMMAR, Direction 9th. There must be no ellipsis of any word, when such ellipsis would occasion obscurity. Thus, when we speak of " the laws of God and man," it is uncertain whether one or two codes of laws are meant ; but, in the exprcs- sion, " the laws of God and the laws of man," the obscurity vanishes. A nice distinction in sense is made by the use or omission of the articles. "A white and red house " means but one house; but "A white and a red iiouse " means /K/^ houses. In the expression, "She has a little modesty," the meaning is positive; but by omitting the article, " She has little modesty," the meaning becomes negative. The position of the article, also, frequently makes a great difference in the sense, as will be seen in the following examples : "As delicate' a little thing; " "As a delicate little thing." Direction loth. The adverb should always be placed as near as possible to the word which it is designed to qualify. Its proper position is generally before adjectives, after verbs and frequently between the auxiliary and the verb. The following sentence exhibits an instance of the improper location of the adverb: "It had almost been his daily custom, at a certain hour, to visit Admiral Priestman." The adverb fl/w<7j/ should have been placed before //a/'y. Direction nth. In the use of passive and neuter verbs, care must be taken that the proper nominative is applied. That which is the object of the active verb must in all cases be the subject or nominative of ihe passive verb. Thus, we say, with the active verb, "They offered him mercy*' (/. evils choose the rere she, I would ;»^:^A'>g;^%J^^^^^S::yi'a »j - » •■ » »- » ■« »- '»i ■ * ■ ■ « ■ ^^1^ ;=;^=^:^^::^^::?^:? Mil ®f i^i;^<:^jii::^==?=^%5^ ^<:::5~^ SvNONYMEs are words having precisely the same meaning. The number of words in any language, which are strictly synonymous, is small ; but in the English language there are many instances in which words derived from different sources will convey precisely the same idea. In writing, a knowledg.,' of these words is very useful, as it enables the writer to substitute a word for one already used without impairing the sense of the sentence. To the poet an acquaintance with the synonymous words of the language is essential. We give below a list of several hundred words which are strictly synonymous. Abbreviate — abridge. Abilit) — capacity. Abounding — abundant. Abridge — abbreviate. Abstinence — temperance. Abundance — plenty. Accent — emphasis. Accent — receive. Acknowledge — confess. Act — action. Action — act. Actual — real. Add ress — man ners. Address — direction. Adjacent — contiguous. Adjective — epithet. Adore — worship. Advance — proceed. Affliction — grief. Agony — anguish. All — every— each. Allow — permit. Almost — nearly. Alone — only. Also — likewise — too. Alter — change. Amiable — lovely. Amicable — friendly. Among — between. Analogy — comparison. Ancient — antique. Anguish — agony. Answer — reply. Antipathy — aversion. Antique — ancient. Any — some. Appear — seem. Applause — praise. Approbation — approval. Approval — approbation . Apt— fit. Arms — weapons. Artisan — artist. Articulate — pronounce. Artist — artisan. Assuage — mi t igate. Assent — consent. Assist — help. Astonish — surprise. Attempt — try. At last — at length. At length — at last. Attendant — attending. Attitude — posture. Attribute — impute. Augur — forebode. Authentic — genuine. Avaricious — covetous. Avenge — revenge. Aversion — antipathy. Avoid — shun. Awkward — clumsy. Barbarous — inhuman . Bashful — modest. Be — exist. Beast — brute. Become — grow. Behavior — conduct. Belief— faith. Below — beneath. Beneath — below. Bereave — deprive. I I 48 Bestow — confer. Between — betwixt. Between — among. Betwixt — between. Big— great. Bonds— fetters. Booty— prey. Bravery — courage. Bring — fetch. Brittle— frail. Brute — beast. Burden— load. Bury — inter. Buy — purchase. By — with. C. Calculate— reckon. Calumny — slander. Capacity — ability. Catalogue— list. Cause — reason. Caution — warn. Celestial— heavenly. Certain — sure. Change — alter. Chastise— punish. Chief— head. Church— temple. Clear — distinct. Clothe — dress. Clumsy — awkward. Column — pillar. Commercial — mercantile. Common — ordinary. Compare — contrast. Compare to-compare with, Comparison — analogy. Complete — entire. Comprehend — understand Compunction — remorse. Conciliate — reconcile. Conclude— finish LIST OF SYNONYMES. Conduct— behavior. Confer— bestow. Confess— acknowledge. Conflict— contest. Confound— confuse. Confuse— confound. Confute— refute. Conjecture— guess. Conquer— overcome. Consent— assent. Consequence— result. Contemplate— meditate. Contemptible— despi>.able, Contented— satisfied. Contest— conflict. Contiguous— adjacent. Contrast— compare. Contrition— repentance. Copy — imitate. Courage— bravery. Covetous — avaricious. Conviction — persuasion. Credit — trust. Cultivation — culture. Culture — cultivation. Custom — habit. D. Decrease — diminish. Defective — faulty. Defend — protect. Deity — divinity. Deplore — lament. Deprive — bereave. Deride — ridicule. Despair — hopelessness. Despicable — contemptible. Detest — hate. Different — various. ■Diligence — industry. Diminish — decrease. Direction — address. Disability — inability. Disbelief— unbelief. Discern — p:rceive. Discernment — penetration. Discover — invent. Discretion — prudence. Discuss — dissert. Dispel — disperse. Disperse — dispel. Disposition — inclination. Dissert — discuss. Distinct — clear. Divide — separate. Divinity — deity. Divulge — reveal. Do — make. Doubt — question. Dress — clothe. Due — owing. Dumb — mute. Duration — endurance. Duty — obligation. Each — every — all. Ease — facility. Eat— feed. Effective — efficient. Effectual — efficacious. Efificacious — effectual. Efficient — effective. Electric — electrical. Emphasis — accent. Empty — vacant. Endurance — duration. Enlarge — increase. Enormous — immense. Enough — sufficient. Entire — complete. Entire — whole. Epithet — adjective. Epoch — era. Equivocate — prevaricate Era — epoch. LIST OF SyJVOArYMES. 4P Esi??m — estimate. Estill- te— esteem. Ever— r.r.vays. Every — all — cacli. Evident — obvious. Example — instance. Excessive — immoderate. Excite — incite. Exercise — exert. Exert — exercise. Exist — be. Expect — hope. Experienced — expert. Expert — experienced. Exterior — external. External — exterior. Extravagant — profuse. F. Facility — ease. Faith — belief. Faithful — constant. Falsehood — falsity. Falsity — falsehood. Fancy — imagination. Farther — further. Fault — mistake. Faul t y — de fee t ivc. Fear — terror. Feed — eat. Ferocious — savage. Fertile — fruitful. Fetch — bring Fetters — bonds. Find — meet with. Fi n ish — conclude. Fit — apt. Fluctuate — waver. Force — strength. Forbode — augur. Forest — wood. Foretell — predict. Forgetfulness — oblivion. Forgive — pardon. P'orlorn — forsaken. Form — shape. Forsaken — forlorn. Fortunate — lucky. Found — groimd. (As found, etc.) Frail — brittle. Freedom — liberty. Frequently — often. Friendly — amicable. Fruitful — fertile. Furnish — supply. .Vurther — farther. G. Gain — win. General — universal. Genius — t?'ent. Genuine — authentic. Give — grant. Go back — return, Grant— give. Grateful— thankful. Great — big. Grecian — Greek. Grief — affliction. Ground — found. (As ground, etc.) Grow — become. Guess — conjecture. Gush — flow. H. Habit — custom. Handsome — pretty. Happiness — pleasure. Hate — detest. Hatred — odium. Have — possess. Head — chief. Healthy — wholesome. Hear — listen. Heavenly — celestial. Heavy — weighty. Help — assist. Here — hither. High— tall, to Hinder — prevent. Hither — here. Hope — expert. Hopelessness — despai r. Humor — temper. Hurry — haste. I. Idea — notion. Idle — indolent. Imagination — fancy. Immediately — instantly Immense — enormous. Imitate — copy. Immoderate — excessive. Impertinent — insolent. Impossible-impracticable Impracticable-impossible Impute — attribute. Inability — disability. Incessant — unceasing. Incite — excite, to Inclination — dispositioa Increase — enlarge. Indolent — idle. Industry — diligence. Inevitable — unavoidable. Infirm — weak. Ingenious — skilful. Ingenuous — frank. I n hu man — barbarous. Injure — hurt. Injury — harm. Insolent — impertinent. I n St ance— eAam pie. Instant — moment. Instantly — immediately, InsufTera*^.- nntoleri Me Intellect — understanding intention — purpose. Inter — bury, intolerable — insufierable. Invralidate — weaken. Invent — devise. Invest — surround. I n vest igat ion — search. Jnvigorate — strengthen. Irony — sarcasm. Irksome — tedious. J. Jade — tire. Jealousy — suspicion. Jest — sport. Jocose — ^jocular. Jocund — ^joyful. Jcin — unite. Jc!:e — sport. Jol'ity — mirth. J/^ijrney — travel. J,"'v — happiness. Judgment — sentence. Jutlgmen t— sagac i ty. Just — exact. Justify — clear. Justness— exactness. Justice — equity. K. Keen — sharp. Keen — shrewd. Keep — retain. Kind — tender. Kind — species. Kn owledge— understan d- ing. L. Lament— deplore. Laudable — praiseworthy. Lay— lie. Leave — quit. LIST OF SYNONYMES. Learn — teach. Liable — ;;ul)jort. Liberty — freedom. Lie — lay. Lie — untruth. Lift — raise. Likely — probable. Likewise — also — too. Listen — hear. List — catalogue. Little — small. Load — burden. Look — see. Lovely — amiable. Lucky — fortunate. Lud' ^rous — ridiculous. M. Make — do. Manners — address. Malicious — malignant. Malignant — malicious. Martial — warlike. Marvellous — wonderful. Mature — ripe. Meet with — find. Meditate — contemplate. Mercantile — commercial. Method — mode. Middle — midst. Midst — middle. Miserable — wretched. Mistake — fault. Mitigate — assuage. Mob — populace. Mode — method. Modern — recent. Modest— bashful. Moment — instant. Mute — dumb. Need — necessity. Necessity — need. Neglect — negligence. Negligence — neglect. Neighborhood — vicinity. New — novel. News — tidings. Nevertheless — not wit hw standing. Notion — idea. Notwithstanding — n ever theless. Novel — new. N. Nearly — ^almost. Obligation — duty. Oblivion — forget fulness. Observance — observat ion Observation —observance. Observe — remark. Obstinacy — pertinacity. Obstacle — obstruction. Obstruction — obstacle. Obvious — evident. Occasion — opportunity. Odium — hatred. Odor — smell. Often — frequently. On — upon. Only — alone. Opportunity — occasion Oppression — tyranny. Ordinary — common. Ought — should. Overcome — conquer. Owing — due. Painting — picture. Pardon — forgive. Particular — peculiar. Peaceable — peaceful. Peaceful — peaceable. ings. •ss — not wit iv mding— never Pcruli.ir— pirtfcular. Penetration — discernment Perceive — discern. Permit— allow. Persevere — persist. Persist — persevere. Persuasion — conviction. Pfvtinacity — obstinacy. I'icture — painting. Pi!;ar — column. Plafe — put. PI e asu re — happ i n ess. Plon t y — abun dance. Poetic — poetical. Populace — mob. Possess — have. Posture — attitude. Praiseworthy — laudable. Praise — applause. Predict — foretell. Pretence — pretext. Pretext — pretence. Pretty — handsome. Prevail with — prevail upon. Prevailing — prevalent. Prevalent — prevailing. Prevent — hinder. Prey — booty. Prevaricate — equivocate. Pride — vanity. Proceed — advance. Profuse — extravagant. Pronounce — articulate. Proposal — proposition. Proposition — proposal. Protect — defend. Prudence — discretion. Punish — chastise. Purpose — intention. Put — place. Q. Quci'ch — slake. LIST OF SYNONYMES. Question — doubt. Quit — leave. R. Raise — lift. Rashness — temerity. Rare — -scarce. Rational — reasonable. Real — actual. Reason — cause. Reasonable — rational. Rebuke — reprove. Receive — accept. Recent — modern. Recollect — remember. Reconcile — conciliate. Reckon — calculate. Recovery — restoration. Reform — reformation. Reformation — reform. Refuse — deny. Refute — confute. Reiterate — repeat. Remark — observe. Remember — recollect. Remorse — compunction. Repeiil — revoke. Repeat — reiterate. Repentance — contrition. Reply — answer. Reprove — rebuke. Rostoration — recovery. Result — consequence. Retain — keep. Return — go back. Reveal — divulge. Revenge — avenge. Revoke — repeal. Ridicule — deride. Ridiculous — ludicrous. Riot — tumult. Ripe — mature. Road — way. II Robber— til ief. Robust — strong. 8. Safety — security. Salutary — salubrious. Satisfied — contented. Satiate — satisfy. Satisfy — satiate. Savage — fe roc i ous. Scarce — rare. Security — safety. See — look. Seem — appear. Separate — divide. Servant — slave. Shall— will. Shape — form. Should — ought. Shun — avoid. Silent — taciturn. Sin — vice. Slake— quench. Slander — calumny. Slave — servant. Small— little. Smell — odor. Sociable — social. Social — sociable. Strength — force. Strife— discord. Strong — robust. Subject — liable. Subsidy — tribute. Sufficient — enough. Supply — furnish. Sure — certain. Surprise — astonish T. Taciturn — silent. Tall— high. Talent — gen in?. ■tai mu Ti 52 Teach — learn. Tedious — irksome. Temerity — rashness. Temper — humor. Temperance — abstinence Temple — church. Term — word. Terror — fear. Testament — v/ill. Thankful — ^grateful. Thief — robber. There— thither. Thither— there. Tidings — news. Too— also — likewise. Trace — vestige. Translucent — transparent. Transparent — translucent. Tribute — subsidy. Trust — credit. Truth — veracity. Try — attempt. Tumult— riot. Tyranny — oppressioa Z/Sr OF SYNONYMES. Union — unity. Unity — union. Universal — general. Unlike — different. , Untruth — lie — falsehood Upon — on. Use — employ. Usefulness — utility. Utility — usefulness. V. Vacant — empty. Value — worth. Vanity — pride. Various — different. Veracity — truth. Vestige — trace. Vice — sin. Vicinity — neighborhood. U. Unavoidable — inevitable. Unbelief— disbelief. Understand — comprehend Understanding- —intellect. "NV. Wake — waken. Waken — wake. Warlike — martial. Warn — caution. Warmth— heat. Waver— hesitate-fluctuate. Way — road. .Weak— infirm. Weapons— arnUb Weighty~hr*v7. Wiiere — whither. While— whilst. Whilst— while. . Whither — wherf*. Wholesome— i ,< althy. Whole —entire. Will— shall. Will — resolution. Win — gain. With— by. Wonderful — marvelloua Wood — forest. Word — term. Worship — adore. Worth— vahie. Wretched— miserable. Y Yearly — annual. Yarn — story. Yet— but— stilL Yield — comply. Zeal — enthusiasm. Zealous— enthusiastic Zealot — bigot. THE TH:E0I=1"2' A.3Sr3D I»Il-A.OTxOB lEl^Ilf©^ )V\;Jfc5^: GIVING .i Concise and Comprehensive Explanation of both Single and Double Entity. %ttm\\\i anil g^rtvawtag^isi t^i a gw^wU^g^ of gooU-g^^plag. The object of Book-keeping is to exhibit a distinct and correct state of one's affairs, and to enable companies, firms, and individuals to ascertain at any time the nature and extent of their business, the amount of their profits or available income, or, as the case may be, the extent of their losses. The necessity for a knowledge of Book-keeping is not confined to those engaged in business. There is no class of men who can afford to dispense with it, since all are called upon to handle money and keep accounts of greater or less magnitude. It is not sufficient for a man to say, " I do not understand book-keeping myself, but I can employ a book-keeper who will know everything necessary." Such a man places himself at the mercy of his employe, and is liable to be continually deceived by false entries, fraudulent balances, and in various ways which a skilful and unscrupulous ac'^'-ntant can avail himself oC It is the merchant's first duiy to be thorougi'.ly informed in all branches of his business, so that he may not only direct ic, but also be competent to detect and expose error and fraud, and to know at any moment his exact business standing. It is not too much, therefore, to assert that book-keeping should constitute an essential part of the education of every young man and woman. The possession of such knowledge will the more thoroughly prepare them for the great struggle of life, and enable them to cam a fair and honorable liveli- hood by the employment of their skill. It is not to be expected that every one can become a first-class book-keeper any more than that every one can become a great artist, but it is possible for all to obtain such a knowledge of the essential principles of book-keeping as will (S3) 54 BOOKKEEPING. ^i| enable them to keep an ordinary set of books accurately and with credit to themselves. To those engaged in trade or commercial pursuits, or who expect to "enter upon them, book-keeping is absolutely necessary, as by it all transactions should be regulated and their results exhibited. The more simple the system the better ; but care must be taken tliat the plan adopted is sufficiently comprehensive and explanatory to satisfy not only the person keeping the books, but those who may have occasion to refer to them ; for however satisfactory it may be to a merchant to follow a system which is intelligible to iiimself alone, circum- stances might arise to render the inspection of others necessary, and from their inability to follow out the transactions in the books, suspicions would probably be engendered for which there was no real foundation. Hence the necessity for the adoption of certain recognized and approved systems, which, being plain and easily understood, must prove satisfactory to all concerned. Book-keeping, when conducted on sound principles, is invaluable ; it not only shows the general results of a commercial career, but admits of analysis, by which the success or failure, the value or utter worthlessncss of its compo- nent parts, or each particular transaction, can be easily ascertained. In a word, on the one hand it promotes order, regularity, fair dealing, and honorable en- terprise ; on the other it defeats dishonesty, and preserves the integrity of man when dealing with his fellows. The questions to which a satisfactory system gives the merchant ready and conclusive answers are such as relate — i. To the extent to which his capital and credit will entitle him to transact business ; 2. To the assurance iie has that all his obligations are honestly fulfilled ; 3. To the ascertainment of the success or failure of his commercial dealings, and the position of his affairs from time to time. There are two recognized systems of book-keeping, namely, by "Single Entry" and by "Double Entry." Although the system of "Single Entry '" has nearly passed out of use, it will be well to glance at it before passing on to the other and more generally used system of " Double Entry." This is a clumsy and awkward way of keeping books, and is used only by the smallest traders. It is little better than the old time plan of keeping accounts on a slate, and erasing them when paid. The system is denoted i.y ihe name : transactions being posted singly, or only once, in the Ledger. Three books arc generally kept-the Cash Book, Day Book, and Ledger, althcugii the first named is not essential, the cash entries being passed through the Day Book. Its only use is to check the balance of cash in hand. In the Day Book are entered daily all the purchases and sales, .vhether for d with credit co BOOKKEEPING. 55 .-ash or credit ; and all the credit entries are then transferred to accounts opened in the Ledger, that is, all goods sold on credit arc charged against the customers, and what are purchased are carried to the credit of the parties supplying them. \\\ the same way when cash is received from a customer for goods sold on credit, it is posted to his account, and the reverse entry is made when a merchant pays for the goods he has bougiit. Thus it will be seen that only personal accounts are entered in the Ledger. To frame a balance sheet or state of affairs on this system, the book-keeper brings down the balances due by customers to the merchant, also his stock of goods as valued by the last inventory taken at current market prices, and the cash he may have in hand, on the left-hand siie of the sheet; whilst on the rtgnt- hand side of the sheet \\c eniers the balances still due by him for goods he has purchased, or money lent to him, and the capital, if any, with which he cona- menced business The amounts on each side of the sheet are then added an4 proved, and the difference between the amounts of tlie two columns is either profit or loss ; if profit, the merchant's capital is ii.creased to that extent ; if loss, then he is so much the poorer. The following "Specimen of a Balance Sheet by Single Entry " will make |>lain the working and ultimate results of the system : Assets. To Sundry Cusfomci-s for Goods sold, per List To Goods ill Stock, per Inven- loiy and Valuation To Ca:9h in hand $2 500 00 4875 9S6 8s 75 SS362 5o Liabilities. By Sundry Merchrmts for Goods purchased, per List By C.ipital put into the Busi- ness Profit on Busiueiis lu dutc 51000 3000 4362 S8362 oo| 00 00 60 sales, ivhcthcr for It will be observed that the assets exceed the liabilities (including capital)^ l)y $4,362.60. That sum being profit must be added to the capital ; if in the next or following years any loss slioulu emerge, as a matter of course such defi- ciency must be deducted from the merchant's capital, as he is that much poorer than when he opened the year. The advantages of single entry are simplicity and easy adaptation to smat retail trades, as the Ledger contains only outstanding debts due to or by tiM - f''- 'i ilif 1 I I d I' m I !iii I iv^ h 5^ BOOKKEEPING. Bierchant. The disadvantage is the difficulty of ascertaining the profits or losses on various goods, or on the several departments of a business. It is now universally admitted that the " System of Double Entry " is the best adapted for heavy, responsible, or spcculalive trades, and for extensive mercan- tile concerns. As its name implies, it so far differs from the i)stem already described, that every transaction must be recorded doubly in the Ledger ; tiiat is to say, accounts must be opened in that book, to which all entries in tlic sub- sidiary books are twice carried— to the Mit of one account, and the craiif of another. The advantages of this system may be briefly stated as follov/s : i. Unless the debit balances exactly correspond with the credit balances the hooks are wrong, and the error must be discovered by comparison. 2. Tiie discovery of such errors is more easily accomplished than in any other system. 3. .Accounts can be readily analyzed. 4. The profit, or loss, on individual transactions can be ascertained without difficulty. Against these advantages the writer knows of no single disadvantage that can be pleaded. Before entering upon an explanation of the system we must direct the reader's attention to ®toi mam ittU 0f ^MU OEtttrH, which may 'le concisely stated in six words, viz. : Every Debit must have its Credit. By bearing this constantly in mind, and applying it to each and all of the details of practical book-keeping, the difficulties of the system will entirely dis- appear, and its perfect simplicity be apparent. It is the custom of the best book-keejiers to use the followinf; books in re- cording commercial transactions: the Gish Book, the Day Jiook, sometimes called the Sales Book, \\\z Journal, and the Ledger. The use of the Journal is gradually being abandoned, as it only imposes upon the book-keeper additional labor withuut any compensating advantages. Many bouses dispense with it altogether, and the time is at hand wlien it will disap- pear from every well-regulated counting-room. In the following pages, there- fore, we shall make no further reference to it, confining ourselves only to what is of practical value to the student of book-keeping, and avoiding everything H.hat may serve to encumber him with useless details. W^t toll §ooIt. The name of this book indicates the use to which it is put. It is used cxchi- lively for entries of money received and money paid out, and is thus the record of the daily cash transactions of the nu'rchant. Each page of the Cash Book is ruled with two dollar and cent columns. The left-hand page is used for " Casl: Debtor," that is, for cash received ; and BOOK-KEEPING. 57 g the profits or lirect the reader's sh received ; and the right-hand page is for " Cash Creditor," or for cp.sh paid out. All sums of money received are written on tiie left-hand page with tlie date of the receipt, the name of the person or source from which tlae money is received, and the amounts are entered on a line with tlie names in the first column of the page. All sums paid out are entered on the right- hand page witli tlie date of the pay- ment, and the name of the person or purpose b_ .vhom or for which the money is paid, and the amounts are entered in \.\\*t first column of the i)agc on the line iwith the names to wliich they belong. In effect, in keeping accounts, "Cash" is treated precisely as if it were a person. It is debited, or charged, with all money paid in, and credited \\\i\\ all money paid out. For example, let us suppose that John Smitii pays the mer- chant $200. This sum must be placed to the credit of John Smith, because he has paid it in. " Cash " lias received it, and therefore " Cash " mirst be charged with it. It is entered on the del ' side of the " Cash Bjok " as a charge against "Cash." The entry is made in the name of John Smith, and shows that he has paid that sum to " Cash." Thus this entry is at the same time a debit to "Cash" and a. credit to John Smith, as it .shows that "Cash" has had that much money from John Smith, and that John Smith is the creditor of " Cash " to that amount. Again, we will suppose that Thomas Brown, David Lcc, and Asa Hart have each paid the merchant $200, making $6oo in all. These amounts are received by "Cash," and are entered on the debit or left-hand page, in three separate entries, each with the name of the person paying the money, and the date of the payment. At the end of tlie month, when the "Cash Book" is posted, these amounts are carried to the Ledger to the credit of the ])arties, that is $200 is credited to each. The aggregate $600 is then posted to the debii of " Cash " in the Ledger; and thus the debit of $600 to "Cash" balances the three credits of $200 each to Thomas Brown, David Lee, and Asa Hart. The same principle applies to ])ayments made by the merchant. Let us sup- pose he pays to Martin, Frazier & Co. $500 ; to Holmes Bros. $6oo ; and to Jenkins & Son $300. Here we have $1400 paid out. E^ich of these amounts is entered with the date of payment on the righ*; hand or credit side of the "Cash Book." In other words, "Cash" is credited with these sums because they have been taken from " Cash " and paid to the parties named. In posting the " Cash Book" at the end of the month, these entries are carried to the debil of the accounts of the proper persons in the Ledger. Martin, Frazier Sa Co. are debited or charged with ^500; Holmes Bros, with 5600; and Jenkins & Son with $300. These persons have received the above sums, and are tlierefore properly debited or charged with them. The aggregate amount, $1400, is entered on the Ledger to the credit of " Cash," because "Cash" has paid them, and must receive credit for such payments. Thus the single entry of $1400 to the credit of " Cash" balances the three charges against tliC persons to whom the sums were paid. BOOK-KEEPING. But suppose the merchant receives from Henry Holt the sum of ;^«50 ; from Richard Jones $300 ; and from Edward White $300, making ^800 received These sums are entered on the " Cash Book " as debits against " Cash j " the entries being at the same time credits to the parties making tlie payment. The merchant pays out the following sums: to Walter Hyde ^100; to Peter Wright $125 ; and to Lyle tSr Co. ^100, making in all $325 paid out, which is less than the amount he received. These payments are entered on the " Cash Book" to i\\e credit of "Cash," and are at the same time separate debits or charges against the persons to whom the money is paid. In order to ascertain how much money is on hand after making these payments, the «' Cash Book " must be balanced. To do this, add the amounts in i\\e first column of the debit side, and write down the amount, ^Soo, in the second coXumn on a line with the last entry, and also at the bottom of that column. Then add the amounts in the //-J/" column on the credit page, and write the amount, ;J!325, in the second column of that page on a line with the last entry on that page. Then subtract the $325 paid out from the ^800 received, doing this on a separate slip of paper. This leaves a remainder of ^475, which is the balance of cash in hand. Now write with red ink on the credit page, below the last entry on that page, the amount ^475, in the second column of that page, preceded by the word " Balance." This " balance " added to the amount of payments will give $8co, the amount received and entered on the debit i^age. This amount must be written at the bottom of the second column on the credit page, and on a line witii the bottom figures on the debit page. The " Cash Book" is now said to be balanced. The "Cash Book" should be balanced every day in order to ascertain the amount of money on hand at the close of the day's transactions. The " Cash Book" should \it posted owQt a month. That is, the entries in it should be transferred to the Ledger, and entered there each in its proper account. As these transfers are made, \.\\q folio (or number of the page) of the Ledger to which the entry is posted, should be written in the "Cash Book" in the column ruled for that purpose, which is immediately on the left of the dollars and cents columns. This insures accuracy in referring from the " Cash Book " to the Ledger. The " Cash Book " is now said to be closed, that is, all the entries for the month have been transferred to their projjcr places in the Ledger; and the book-keeper is ready to commence the record of the transac- tions of the next month. In the example given above, the merchant had a balance of ^475 of cash in hand at the end of the month. The reader will naturally ask, " What must be done with this balance? " It must be borne in mind that the book-keeper must treat the cash transactions of each month as a soi'.arate account. Wlicn the "Cash Book " is closed ior January, he must begin a nctu cash accotmt for Feb- ruary, and so on through the year. He turns to a new debtor page and opens a new account on the first of the month. In the case under consideration, he BOOK-KEEPING. 59 carries foAvard the balance of ;J47S, and enters it in red ink in the second coXwran of the debit page, preceding it with the date (the first of tlie month) in its proper cohimn, and the word " Balance " in its proper place. This shows that " Cash " has begun the new month with $475 in hand. " Cash " is, therefore, properly charged with it. Now suppose the merchant receives from various persons during the month money to the amount of $525, and pays out to sundry parties money to the amount of 5350. The receipts are all entered, each with its proper date and tlie name of the person making the payment, on the debit page of the " Cash Book," the amounts being written in the first dollars and cents column ; the sums paid out are entered in the same way on tlie credit side of the " Cash Book," the amounts being written in the first dollars and cents column of that page. In closing tne "Cash Book" at the end of the second month, the book-keeper must add the amount of the debits, which as we have seen is $525, and write this aggregate in the second Q.o\\\mx\ on a line with the last entry in the first column. This will place it under the " balance " of $475 remaining from the first month, which, as we have seen, was written at the top of the second dollars and cents column of the debit page. These two amounts are then added, and give a total of $1000, whic h must be written at the bottom of the second column. This shows the total amount of the debits or charges against "Cash" during the month. The book-keeper now turns to the credit page, and adds the amounts of the money paid out. The total as we have seen is $350. He writes this amount in the second coXwmn. of the credit page on a line with the last entry of money paid out. He then subtracts the amount of the credits from the amount of the debits, and finds a remainder of $650, v.-hicl ' " amount left to the debit of " Cash," or the balance of Cash in hand at . ■• f the month. He writes laith red ink the amount, $650, preceded by i.ie .v d "Balance" in the second column of the credit page under the total of the credits. These two sums are then added and give a total of $1000, and this amount is written at the bottom of the second co\\\m\\ of the credit page, and balances the $1000 at the bottom of the debit page. Tiie amounts are then transferred to their respective accounts in the Ledger, and the "Cash Book" is closed for the second month. The balance, of $650, is then carried as before to the top of a new debit page, and the "Cash Book" is in readiness for the record of the transactions of the third month. These explanations will show the reader the uses of and the manner of keeping the "Cash Book." We would earnestly recommend him to commence practising a system of book-keeping, beginning with the "Cash Book." He should obtain a blank book, and rule it himself in order to become familiar with the form of the pages. Each page should be ruled as follows : on the left-hand side rule a column for dates, and on the right-hand side rule a column for the numbers of the Ledger folios to which the entries are to be posted, and on the right of this rule two sets of columns for dollars and cents. The wide space in * ! I S: Hi i .! m 60 §v. BOOKKEEPING. Date. Name of Ledger Account. 180I. January « i -r 5 6 8 II ^j John Brown, David Lcc, Smith, Young & Co., Thomas Lane, on %, Spencer & Co., ic Walker & White, on % Timothy Drexel, James Williams, Gunnison & Co., Pknry Hale, on %, Mrs. Jane Wharton, Andrew Jenkins, William A. Brown, Daniel Lamb, Owen Mountjoy, Samuel Bridges & Co., Mdse. 17 18 22 25 28 31 6 500 00 14 225 00 25 650 75 18 416 18 2 50 00 34 39 00 15 iSo 00 7 242 00 9 313 00 4 165 00 20 25 00 22 75 00 13 100 00 5 150 00 8 245 00 12 300 00 3675 93 3675 I 93 Note.— In the above specimen the words " D.tlc," " N.iuie of Ledger Account," and " Ledger Folio," an insened for the guidance jf the reader. They arc not used in actual account books. BOOK-KEEPING. 61 Date. I88I. January I << 3 (( 8 << II (( IS (( X9 << 22 616 42S8 50 50 In posting the abore page to the Ledger, the sales on credit are debited each to Its proper account in the Ledger. Iiic mimburs in the left-hand margin Indicating the Ledger fulios on which the entries are made. The amount, ^,388.50, the total of the cash and credit s.tlcs, is entered in the credit side of the Merchandise Account of the Ledger, The amount, ^16,50, the total of the cash sales, is entered in the debit page of: the Cash Book, as " Sundry Sales, Day Book Folio L" It is posted with the total of the month's transactioai in the Cash Book to the debit of the Cash Account in the Ledger. ' I u ^ BOOKKEEPING. ^^u\m^ tm «^ P<»^^tt»tt^i^^ %ttmiX itt the ^n Sof^ft. Merchandise Dp. to Sundries. January, 1881. led. Fol. • 56 Vgo Date 4lh. \'42 Judson, Crai.e & Co., New York. 10 Bbls. Flour, 3 Bbls. .Sugar, 300 lbs. @ ;p8.oo 8 c. Holloway & Co., rhilarielphia. 20 Bbls. Rye Flour, t'l°^ 50 Bbls. Corn Meal 500 Bus. Corn, 3.00 50 c. Lane Bros., Baltimore, Md. 20 Bags CofTee, 3,200 lbs, 10 Boxes Tea, 600 lbs. 20 c. 1. 00 80 24 00 00 j i 1 1 1 104 00 60 150 250 00 00 00 ( 460 00 640 600 00 00 1240 00 The book-keeper in posting the above page would enter the above amounts in the Ledger to the credit of the respective parties from whom the purchases were made, and debit " Merchandise " with the whole amount of JI1804. The Led'^er is the book to which all the transactions in the Day Book and Cash Book are transferred, in a clear and simple form, and distributed into certain heads or accounts which tell their own history; and if unbalanced must show a difference in favor of the merchant as an "Asset," or against him as a "Liability." A properly kept Ledger will exhibit at a glance the exact state of every account contained in it, and thus show the condition of the merchant's business from month to month. It contains accounts with all persons to whom goods are sold. All sales recorded in the bay Book must be posted to, or written in the left-hand or debit side of the Ledger, and the amounts written on the left-hand page of the Cash Book must be posted to the credit of these accounts in the Ledger. It must also contain accounts with all persons from whom the merchant purchases his good?. The sums he pays tliem for such goods must be posted in the Ledger to the debit of these accounts, and the bills rendered for said goods must be posted to the credit of said accounts. The I..edger also contains the Stock or the Merchant's Account, Merchandise, Cash, Expense, and Interest Accounts, and such other accounts as the neces- BOOK-KEEPING. J>7 sities of the business may require, including an account with the hank in which the deposits of the merchant are kept. The Ledger is ruled differently from either the Cash Book or the Day Book. Each page is divided into two equal parts from top to bottom. Each division is n^led as follows : Two columns on the left-hand side, the first for the name of the month, and the second for the day of the month. On the right- hand side is the dollars and cents column, to the left of which is a column for entering the numbers of the pages of the Day Book from which the entries are made. The wide space in the middle of the page is for the description of the entry. We shall now proceed to glance at the various accounts which are usually con- tained in the Ledger of a merchant or firm engaged in active business. The first account opened in the Ledger on commencing business is the " Stock Account." This is the merchant's own account with the business. It shows the amount of capital, whether in money or merchandise, with which he began the business. This amount is posted in the Ledger to the credit of the merchant in the Stock Account, and shows that the business is a debtor to him for so much money furnished it. At the same time all the liabilities of the mer- chant for which the business is answerable on its commencement, must be posted to the debit of the merchant in the Stock Account. The Merchandise Account is usually the second one opened in the Ledger. In posting the books at the end of the month, the Merchandise Account in the Ledger must be debited with all goods purchased during the month, and credited with all sales for the same period, whether for cash or credit. The next account opened in the Ledger is the " Cash Account." All money received is posted in the Ledger to the debit of this account, and all money paid out is credited to it. This account in the Ledger represents the expenses of the business for which there is no return. All expenses of this kind must be posted in the Ledger to the debit of this account. The entries emljrace such expenses as rent of store, furniture and fixtures, clerk hire, and the like. This account represents the dealings of the merchant with the bank in v^hich the funds of his business .-.re deposited. It is the reverse of the account kept iif.i M lU 68 BOOKKEEPING. by the bank with him. All money deposited by him is posted in the Ledger to the debit oi this account, and all money drawn out of the bank by him is posted in the Ledger to the credit of this account. This account represents the interest due on all notes of accommodation given by the merchant or accepted by him in the transactions of his business. The rate of interest varies in the different States, and is given on page 283 of this Iwork to which the reader is referred. All interest due by the merchant to other persons, when paid, is posted in the Ledger to the debit oi the Interest Account, and all interest due by his customers to the merchant, when paid, is posted in the Ledger to the credit of the Interest Account. This account represents the notes given to the merchant for value received by his customers. It is debited in the Ledger with such notes when they are given, and credited ^\i\i the amounts of the notes when they are paid. Tills account represents the notes given by the merchant to other parties for value received from them. It is credited with such notes when given, and debited \s\\\\ them when paid. Some of the pages of the Ledger are ruled for one account only, some for two, three, and even four accounts. The book-keeper must use his judgment to decide how much space an account will probably occupy before opening it. The following specimen pages of the Ledger will illustrate the principles we have stated herein : 1. Dr. STOCK. Cr. 1880. Jan. 3> To John Hughes' Note. " "Balance I 2 1000 5525 00 00 00 18S0. Jan. I 3« «5«S By Cash Invested . . " Profit and Loss . I 3 5000 1525 65»5 00 00 2. Dr. MERCHANDISE. Cr. 1880. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr, 13 1 To Sundries. 25! <• 3« " Profit and Loss . On hand per Inventory.. 1 1880. 1 a 6000 00 i an. i-eb. 8 6 , 2500 00 20 8 i 8000 16500 J 4500 00 00 00 Mar. 3«! 1 8 By Sundries. On hand per Inventory., 1 I 1 5000 5 4ix)0 8 > 30"" 4500 16500 % :d in the Ledger i bank by him is immodation given is business. The page 283 of this the merchant to M of the Interest ant, when paid, is • value received by len they are given, id. :o other parties for when given, and unt only, some for use his judgment )efore opening it. •ate the principles 3. Dr. BOOK-KEEPING. ^ CASH. Cr. 1880. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May 31 1 To Sundries. aSI ■■ 30 To Bal. ice . 1 1880. 2 4 6| 8 5000 < 4000 ! 6575 i9855_ ^10859" I 00 00 00 00 00 an. Feb. Mar. Apr. 3» 28' lo 31 By Simdries. " Balance. 4. Dr. EXPENSE. 1880. Jan. Feb. Mar. 31 ! To Cash. 28 " " ., 31 " " ., 1 1880. 3 75 00 1 Mar. 31 4 •75 00 1 6 250 00 _5o^ 00 Dr. 3 2240 7 9 3000 1980 1776 10859 19855 00 00 00 00 00 Cr. By Profit and Loss . 500 Soo FIRST NATIONAL. BANK OF NEW YORK. Cr. 1880. I:in. Kb. Mar. Apr. May I : To Eteposit . 15 " 2 " " . 28 " To Balance. 1 1 1880. 1 9 X 81 5000 500 800 600 6900 00 1 00 1 00 00 00 an. Feb. Mar. Apr. 2^1 4275 ■ 00 31 By Cash 3 „o ^#^^ *: 70 8. Dr. j83o. Jan. 3» To Cash., 9. BOOK-KEEPING. BILLS PAYABLE. Soo 1880. Jan. I By Note to Hughes & Co.. Cr. 500 Dr. DAVIS, JOHNSTON & CO., BALTIMORE, MD.» Cr. 1880. (an. 12 28 Feb. 6 Mar. »4 ToCash a " " 2 II 11 500 ^^5 »350 00 1 00 I 00 I 00 i 1880. I I Jan. I 2 By Mdse. " |ao' Feb. Mar. 15 1 I I 12' III 5""^ 2 ' I 7<,o 3 I 8;5 Od 00 00 1350 I 00 5J>I Dr. HOLLOWAY BROS., MEr.P^N, CONN.f Cr. itSo. Jan. «5 To Mdse. i83o. I 84s 00 Jan. 5 10 627 00 " »7 a4 329 00 00 aU 1801 5J By Cash. J 84s ll 627 1 1 329 I80I CO 00 00 11. Dr. ABEL NEWTON <& SONS, COLUMBUS, OHIO. Cr. 1880. Jan. To Mdse. i88o. 2 7 27 350 675 468 00 00 00 00 Jan. 5 s! By Cash. " Bills Receivable. 350 675 468 1493 00 00 00 12. Dr. THOMAS JACKSON A CO., NASHVILLE, TENN. Cr. 1880 Jan. ^cb. 5 To Mdse. 121 " " . 18' " " . I To Balance.. 329 453 ao I 516 1293 269 1880. Jan. I 10 By Cash., 25! "^ " .. 28: " " .. 31 Balanoe.. I I ^ 00 00 I 100 269 ^- 1 1 "0 JO 00 *This i« the n-.rrchant's accmnt with a (ir.n from which lie has ,*urcAatft/ uoodi. 1 1 he rcn),iinins accounts are with iIk. cuttomers mf the niorchaiit. i ' f!!i| t^«*' Cr. &Co. 500 , MD.* Cr. I 3 335 TO t 8,5 L_ . 1_»_3S'>_ oa 00 N.t Cr. I 1 845 627 I 329 1801 { 00 00 OHIO. Cr. )Ie. 350 00 675 00 468 00 «493 TENN. Cp. ^ a, 100 <>0 36) JO \ t'"j» *xs _... BOOK-KEEPING. 71 r/le, as this course netimes confusing n posted to their or the month, and e what is called a t will lighten the and enable him to of the books con- ooks are properly )een committed in lem apparent, and ; items in the debit le total under each ' in each account. His next step is to lalance Sheet," of s proper balance, lancc's in another, i the books are in e, If they do not KO his first step is ■il Iklance Sheet," lowever, the addi- (Igcr and compare jalances written on le he musi go over ton there in pencil and Day Books to e, as it sometimes n account when it A careful examina- book-keeper to get orrcct it wherever This will now be new month, feeling )ook-kceper should lould be fded away It is the custom of many book-keepers to keep a book especially for "Trial Balance Sheets." This is a custom to be commended, as it preserves the sheets in a convenient form, and prevents them from getting mislaid or lost. It is the custom with merchants to close their books once in six months, on the last day of June and the last day of December, and to make out a " Bal- ance Sheet," in order to ascertain the gains or losses of the business during the preceding six months. In order to do this the books must be posted for the months of June and December, care being taken to make all the entries in theii proper places, and to include every transaction for the months named above. Wiien the books have been posted as directed, the book-keeper must take off a Trial Balance Sheet for June or December, as the case may be, and see that his books are in balance for that month. This done, he is ready to close the books and take off the " Balance Sheet." His first step is to make a "Double Entry" in the Day Book, under the heading, "Profit and Loss Dr. to Sundries." Under this he writes all the expense accounts, and the amounts standing to the debit of each of them. He tlien posts these items to the Ledger to the credit of their proper accounts, and finds the lotal of them, which he posts to the debit of the Profit and Loss Account in the Ledger. He next turns to the Merchandise Account in the Ledger, and on the credit side of that account makes an entry of the stock of goods " On Hand for Inven- tory," this amount having been previously ascertained by the merchant by an actual inventory taken at current market prices, and furnished by him to the book-keeper. The book-keeper now adds the debit and credit sides of the Merchandise Account, and having ascertained the "balance" or difference, writes it on the I)roper sloe, which will be the credit side, unless the business has sustained very unusual losses. This " balance " will represent the total ox gross profits that have arisen from the sales during the past six months. The book-keeper then turns to the Day Book, and opens a " Double Entry," luider this heading, "Sundries Dr. to Profit and Loss," and under this writes the words "Merchandise Account," with the amount he has just found to its credit in the Ledger. Here also he enters all the other accounts from which profits -lay have been derived, such as " Interest," " Commissions," etc., setting down opjKJsite each the balance found to its credit. He then posts these amounts to the debit of their proper accounts in the Ledger, and finds the total of them, and posts it to the credit of Profit and Loss in the Ledger. The Profit and Loss Account in the Ledger has now been debited with all the ex- penses of the business, and credited vf'xih the gains. The balance or difference !)etween the two columns is written in its proper place. If the debits exceed cne credits, the balance shows the net loss of the business for the past six 74 BOOK-KEEPING. lil •I ; -^ months ; but if the credits exceed the debits, as is apt to be the case, the balance represents the actual or net ^ain of the business for that period. I he Profit and Loss Account is thus closed. . , t . The book-keeper now turns to the Merchandise Account in the Ledger. It will be remembered that lie entered on the credit side of tins account the amount of goods " on hand per Inventory." This amount he now brings down to the debit side of the account, dating his entry the first of the next month (July or December, as the case may be). This shows that the business for the next six months is begun with this amount of goods on hand, which is properly debited or charged to Merchandise for tiiat period. The Merchandise Account is now closed. ,. . . , , In the above explanation we debited ^hc Merchandise Account with the goods bought, and credited it with tlie goods sold. In balancing the account we added to the credit, or goods sold side, tlie amount of goods on hand per Inventory, and so found a balance in favor of tlie credit side of the account, which repre- sented tlie ::ross gain of the business. This, however, docs not reprcoent the actual gain 'jf the business, for no allowance has been made for the merchant's current expenses. To find the net ,L;ain of the business, therefore, we add the gains from merchandise and aU other sources, and then find the total of all the expenses of the business. If tlic total of the gains exceeds the total of the ex- penses, the difference represents the net or actual gain of the business; if. on the other liand, the expenses exceed the gains, the difference represents the net or actual loss. It may ha])pcn, especially in seasons of depression, that the goods on hand have fallen in price below what the merchant paid for them at the time of their purchase. Their actual value can l)e ascertained only by a careful inventory taken at dinent market prices. Tiiis is called Takini^ Stock. The amount tluis ascertained is added to tlie amount of sales. Siiould it happen that the total of the sales and the goods on hand is less than tlie amount paid for tlie goods (or the amount to the debit of Merchandise) there is a loss, and the book-keeper must open a " Double Entry" in the Day ]5ouk under the heading " Profit and Loss Dr. to Sundries," and enter the amount of tiie loss to the debit o{ Profit and Loss. The books are now closed, every transaction of the business for the past six months having been recorded, and the book-keeper is now ready to take off the ''Balance Sheet." The "Balance Sheet" is a concise and comprehensive statement of the condition of the business at the end of each six months of the year. It shows the amount of goods purchased, including, in the case of all balance sheets after the first, the " amount on hand per Inventory;" the stock on hand ; the amount of sales ; the gross profits or losses from sales ; the gaiiu Chf BOOK-KEEPING, ;5 case, the balance :iod. The Profit the Ledger. It this account the now l)rings down the next month e business for the which is properly chandise Account nt with the goods a( count we added id per Inventory, )unt, which repre- not represent the or the merchant's cfore, we add the he total of all the le total of the ex- I e business ; if, on represents the nel le goods on hand t the time of their careful inventory The amount tlnis pen that the total jiuid for the goods 1(1 the book-keeiKT ;a(ling " I'rofit and tlic debit of rrofu ;ss for the past six ;ady to take off tlie ; statement of the the year. case of all balance •y ; " the stock on 11 sales; the gaini from all other sources ; the expenses of all kinds ; the net profits or losses ; the assets of the merchant, by which is meant cash in hand, notes, and accounts due by customers; the liabilities of the merchant, or the capital pp-'d in, and the notes and accounts due toother parties; and the difference between the assets and the liabilities. Tlie following specimen page shows a "Balance Sheet " properly made out. anil will serve to illustrate the principles we have laid down. Balance Sheet. Debits. Credits. Merchandise Credit,* Stock on hand jier Inventory, 68oo 00 8500 3500 00 00 Merchandise Debits.f 12000 6800 00 00 Gross Gains from Sales, 5200 00 Losses. Amount to debit of Profit and Loss, " " " " Kxiiense, " ' Insurance, ii of Henry Lee's account and to the credit of the Interest Account. When the note is paid this last entry is posted in the Ledger to the debit oi tiie Interest Account. When the note is paid, the entire amount is entered on the debit page of the Cash Book, from which it is posted to the debit of the Cash Account in the Ledgir. A blank book especially prepared for recording Bills Payable and Receivable can be procured at any stationer's store. 'I'iie following specimen pages will sliow how it is kept: Bills Payable— November, 1880. WIUMI . Due. 4 7 8 lo I II 12 15 I 20 S4 26 27 29 30 When Due. In whoso favor. For what given. Merchandise When Made. Amount. Remarks. Jones &McCreaily... Cooper Woodruff May May 1 ^780.33 540.7s 4 Builders' Bill 9 1 30 Ourselves For nisi Munt August '7 1,500.00 With collaterals at City Bank. Walter Jones Ourselves June October 18 381.43 130.87 Payment stopped for fraud. | Holder wanted to sell it. 32 Merchandise '9 23 Gray,Wilson&Co. . Steam-Engine Sept. 31 375.00 '4 26 38 For Discount August August Nov. 31 '3 1,370.00 730.00 1,000.00 Endorsed, I. W TappauitCo., at VmV liiink. | Payalilc at Merchanu" Bank,| Boston. \ B. H. Rice& Co Manhattan Ins, Co... Stock 29 3" Rrnwn S; Hates Mercliundise July October 36 1.343.38 3,500.00 For Discount 37 Endorsed by Cl.nrk & Co. to renew. Bills Receivable— November, 1880. M.ikcrs. Philips &Co George J.ines Broil (k& Smith ... Brown & Gray Phelps & Kclsey Gray & Co James Stevenson Oatman & Williams . . Rcavy & Crowe Jenkins, Brown & Co. Percy &Co Smith & Mayflower. . Morgan & Co Endorsers. I. .May Willi.-im Wilson ' June 'August Walter Hicks Jan. May Hickman & Co 'jidy March 'sept. Oatman & Williams. . May Smith Brothers. Jan. I J. B. Barry May P. Ackerman j April A. H. Bean & Co ...'May >ated. Amount. I 5275.23 4 «,345-73 5 1,742.29 7 1,625.37 8 740.19 9 350.20 13 172.30 17 45O.0O 31 3a5.73 »3 893-54 »4 l,3»5«8 26 48391 37 956 62 Where Payable, and Remarks. | Philadelphia, forwarded for col- lection. In Park B.-iiik for collection. Discounted t City Bank. Collateral in City Bank on note due loth. Discount at Park Bank. Boston, Mass. In bank for collection. Newark, N. J., forwarded for collection. Collateral in City Bank. Baltimore, forwarded for col- Uction. To he renewed at lo per cent. off fur six months. Proceeds to be credited lo P. A. Discounted at Park Bank. ^- " T^ 0^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) // .4- mg 1.0 I.I 1.25 ■> !■■ iiiii 140 21 2.0 1.8 U ill 1.6 V <^ # Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ■1>^ \^ iV :\ \ ^<^ V ^1> !> A p iiy 78 BOOKKEEPING. The following table will be found very useful to book-keepers in calculating the number of days a note has to run : 1 <— H P 3 C P 36s 334 306 27s 24s 214 184 'S3 ,22, 92 61 31 cr 31 365 337 306 276 245 2 I 59 28 > "-.^ 90 59 2 120 89 61 30 365 334 304 <— ( c 3 .5. 120 92 61 31 iSi 150 122 9' 61 > s 212 181 •53 122 92 C/5 r> ft 3 cr ft ;i 243 212 184 •53 123 92 1 •1 273 242 214 •S3 122 92 61 30 36s «; ft 3 fr 304 273 241; ft 1 3>r Februarv. 303 March 365 334 304 273 7., . . 31 ;35 1QX 27ffl 214I 244 184 214 •53! 183 — — •23 153 92j 122 61 1 ni June 361; -.0! 61 'ix^ 361; July 2isi 243 274 243 212 .82J '5' 121 „ 62 31 365 335 304 274 Auff list 184 '53 123 92 62 212 i8i .51! 120 90 27'? ^O^. HJ •56c 242, T-, j>J3 334 304 273 243 Sffptember 3'! 61 30 36s October 212! 1 181 >5> 243! 273 November 2t2 242 334 304 365 335 December. ........ 182' ai""! i The above table gives the number of days intervening between any day in any month to a similar date in any other month. To ascertain these intervening days, run the eye along the line designated by title of the month on the left hand, until it reaches its intersection by the column headed at the top, by the month in which the note matures, and the figures at the angle denote the number of days from the first of the respective months. To this, add the day upon which the note matures, and from the sum subtract the date of the month from which it is reckoned. Example.— A note falling due June 26th, is offered for discount on March lOth ; wanted, fh« number of days intervening before maturity. Tiie figures at the angle give 9a Add date of note's maturity 26 ri8 Deduct date of discount 10 Days to run 108 By carefully studying and practising the principles laid down in the foregoing pages, the reader will be able to master the art of Book-keeping, and thus be fitted to earn a competent living in one of the most honorable pursuits in life. BUSINESS FORMS. 79 'n calculating 'if, o < n 3 o- n ^ i S I 2 ; 304I 3.H 273' .103 "I I 245: 275' 214! 244J i84| 214 '23 153 92j 1 22 1 6i| 91 31 61 365 30 335 36s I ' day in any intervening on the left top, by the denote the dd the day the month wanted, the foregoing i thus be s in life. Embracing the General Principles of Business, and Giving Forms for Use in Transactions of Every J^ature, A KNOWLEDOE of the various forms used in the transaction of business is of importance to every one. A person may not be engaged in active business, yet the necessity may arise for him to know exactly what certain forms mean, what they bind him to, what rights or privileges they secure to him, and how they should be prepared. We propose, therefore, to give here a brief account of the forms most commonly used. Before proceeding to describe the forms used in business transactions, an explanation of certain mercantile terms must be given. Dollars. The currency of the United States, whether coin or paper, consists of dollars, cents, and mills. In writing, dollars are expressed by the sign $ ; cents by the abbreviation cts. Mills are used only in the most complicated accounts. An account in dollars, cents, and mills would be written thus— $595-56,2- Acceptance. By this is meant the act by which a person upon whom a bill of exchange is drawn, binds himself to pay it when due. He does this by writing the word accepted on the face of the bill — usually across it — and signing his name under it. Should the person upon whom a bill is drawn refuse to accept it, the holder of it should at once place it in the hands of a notary, whose duty it is to present it officially for acceptance. Should this be refused, the notary attaches to the bill a written statement of the reasons given for the non-accept- ance of the bill, and the amount of his fees, which is added to the sum total of the bill. When the bill becomes due, the holder presents it for payment to the person upon whom it is drawn. In case of a refusal of payment, the holder' delivers it to the notary, who makes an official demand for payment. Should this be refused, the bill is formally protested by the notary, under his official »eal. This protest constitutes the first step in the legal proceedings necessary \o recover the amount of the bill. Account Current. A running debtor and creditor account, bearing interest 80 BUSINESS FORMS. and balanced semi-annually, or sometimes quarterly, according to the agieG- ment between the correspondents. Account Sales. A statement of the product arising from the sale of goods received by a mercliant from another party, and sold for his benefit, together with the costs and charges incurred in making such sale. Advances. Sums of money paid by a merchant upon goods lodged in his hands for sale at a future time. This term also covers moneys loaned by bank- ers on bills of lading. Advice. Notice to a person that the writer has drawn upon him for a certain amount of money, in order that he may prepare for the payment of the bill. Assets. Cash or property belonging to peisons or corporations, which possesses a definite value. Assurance. See Insurance. Attorney. A person appointed by another to act in his stead. Attorney, Power of . An instrument in writing, authorizing a person to act m the name and on behalf of another. Such powers are either general, and authorize the attorney to act for his principal in all his affairs; or they are special, and limit the attorney's acts to the matters specified in the instrument. Award. The decision of arbitrators in a disputed transaction. Bankrupt. A person who, by reason of inability to meet his obligations, sjrrenders his property to his creditors and seeks the relief allowed him by law. At present there is no general law upon this subject, the laws of the several States regulating it. Bear. A stock exchange phrase used to designate a man who, having sold more stock than he possesses, endeavors to depress its value that he may buy at a low rate, and so make good his deficiency. Bill of Exchange. An order drawn by a creditor upon his debtor demanding of him payment of a specified sum of money at a designated time. These bills we used for the settlement of accounts between parties separated by long dis- tances. The acceptance of such a bill renders it a binding obligation upon the person upon whom it is drawn. Bill of Lading. A printed receipt given by the master of a vessel, or the agent of a transportation company for freight shipped by such vessel or com* pany. Bills of lading are usually given in duplicate. Such bill is evidence of the receipt of the freight by the carrier, and m case of the loss of the freight entitles the shipper to recover his insurance. Upon the presentation of a bill of lading at the point of destination, the carrier must deliver the freight to the person presenting the bill. Bills Discounted. Promissory notes, acceptances, or bills of exchange dis- counted for the accommodation of an indorser by bankers. Bills Payable. Promissory notes or drafts held by a merchant against others for future payment. Bills Receivable. Promissory notes or drafts due to a merchant by otherSi BUSINESS FORMS. »1 Bull. A stock exchange phrase designating a person who seeks to rafee the value of the stocic he is operating in. Bullion. Uncoined gold and silver. Call Loan. Money loaned by a banker or other person, secured by the deposit •)f stocks, bonds, or other marketable securities, to be repaid wlien called for. \ failure to make good the loan within twenty-four hours is regarded as author- ity to the lender to sell the securities in his possession. Check. An order upon a bank, or banker, to pay on demand to the person named in the check, or to his order, tiie sum of money specified in the body of the clieck in writing. Checks should be presented for payment on the day they are dated. All banks require a person presenting a check, who is unknown to the paying-teller, to be identified by some responsible person known to the officers of the bank. Where such identification cannot be obtained, the holder of the check should ask the bank officer to certify the clieck, that is, to write upon it an indorsement that the drawer has that amount of money in bank, and that the check will be paid when presented by some person properly identified. A certified check is at once charged to the account of tlie drawer by the bank, and the amount is held to meet it, whatever othci checks may be presented. A certified check car always be paid out as cash, or any merchant to whom the holder is known will give him the money for it. C. O. D. Collect on Delivery. Goods sent by express marked in this way must be accompanied by the bill for them. This bill is collected and receipted by the messenger of the express company before delivering the goods. Collaterals. A term used to designate stocks, bonds, or other securities deposited to secure the payment of loans. Composition. An agreement between a debtor and his creditors whereby they agree to accept a portion of their claims instead of the whole amount. Compromise. A settlement made by mutual concession without the aid of arbitrators. Consignee. The merchant or agent to whom goods are shipped for sale op commission. Consignment. The merchandise shipped to a consignee. Coupons. Small slips of paper attached to a bond or other security, and con- laining an order for the payment of a stated portion of the interest or dividend accruing on the bond as it matures Coupons are printed so that they may be easily detached and presented for payment. Demurrage. An allowance made to the owner or master of a vessel, for her detention in port beyond the time for which she was chartered. It is reckoneO at so much per diem. Discount, In mercantile transactions, a discount means a deduction of t certain airouQt from the face of a bill for cash. In banking, a discount means the deduction of a certain amount from the face value of a note or bill, as a i! 82 BUSINESS FORMS. \ payment for allowing the holder of the nofe the immediate use of tl e money ; the rate of discount varies. Dishonored. A check or draft, or pre. issory note is dishonored by a failure to pay it. A bill of exchange is dishonored by a refusal to accept it. Dividend. A share in the profits of a joint stock company. Dividends are payable only to the person in whose name the stock is registered on the books of the company. Draft. A bill of exchange used for domestic purposes. E. E. "Errors excepted." A reservation made in all cases in furnishing mercantile accounts. Execution. The seizure of a debtor's goods by virtue of process of a court in satisfaction of a judgment. Face of Note. Tlie amount of money expressed in writing in the body of a note or bill. Jndorser. A person who guarantees the payment of a note or bill by writing bis name on the back of it. Insolvent. One who cannot pay his debts in full. Judgment Note. A promissory note containing a confession of judgment. Line of Deposit. The average amount kept by a merchrnt to his credit in bank. Line of Discount. The average amount borrowed by a merchant from a bank upon notes and bills discounted by such bank for him. Liquidation. The winding up or final settlement of the affairs of a com- mercial house. Live Paper. Paper that has not yet matured. Overd:ie o.- protested paper is termed dead. Margin. A sum of raoney deposited with a broker, in stock transactions, to protect him against loss by the depreciation of stocks held by him for another party. Also the difference between the value of securities deposited as collateral, and the amount loaned upon them. Notary. A person commissioned by the governor of a State to take oaths and depositions, to attest deeds, and other legal documents, to note and protest unaccepted bills of exchange, and to protest unpaid promissory notes. A notary's attestation and seal affixed to documents or copies of documents renders them evidence in legal cases. Par. When a security will bring its full value m the market, it is said to be at par. When it will not bring as much, it is said to be below par. When it is worth more than its face value, it is said to be above par, or to command a piemium. Premium. The sum paid an insurance company for assuming a nsk. Protest. Tiie official written declaration of a notary, that a bill or note was presented by him for payment, and that such payment was refused for reason* ]|)ecified in the protest. BUSINESS FORMS. 83 Price Current. A published list of the market value of certain articles of ynerchandise, bonds, stocks, and other securities. Quotations. A statement of the prices of articles of merchandise, given for ti.e information of correspondents. Revisionary Interest. A right to possession of property at the termination of s certain period, or upon the death of the holder. Scrip. Dividends issued by a stock company payable in stock. Scrip dividends are simply an increase of the capital of the company, as the stock issued to meet ticm is added to the capital, and in its turn is entitled to future dividends. Sinking Fund. A fund created by a government or corporation for the extinction of its indebtedness, by tlie gradual purchase of ito outstanding obligations, and the application of the interest saved on these obligations thus redeemed to further purchases. Sleeping Partner. One who invests his capital in a business house, and shares the profits, but takes no part in the active management of it. Silent Partner One who invests his capital in a business house, but whose name does not appear in the firm. His liability is limited to the extent of his contribution except in cases where he fails to make the proper publication of his connection with the concern. Solvent. Able to pay all one's debts in full. Time Bargain. An agreement to buy or sell goods at some definite time in the future and at a fixed price. Underwriters. Those who take risks of marine insurance. , Usury. Excess of interest over the amount allowed by law. A Promissory Note is a written promise to pay a specified sum at a designalwf time, both of which aie stated in the body of the note. A note is made negotiable by making it payable to a person, or his order^ or; to his assigns, or to bearer, or to the cashier of a bank or incorporated company.. A note so drawn may be negotiated, or used in payment to another person by the holder, who indorses his name on the back of the note. In the event of the failure of the drawer of the note to pay it, the holder looks to the person 01 persons who indorsed it for payment. A note payable on a certain day is really due three days later. These three days are called days of grace. Thus a note for one month dated January ist. Deed not be paid until February 4th, the last day of grace. Notes, payable on S4 BUSINESS FOKMS. demand are not entitled to any grace. Should the last day of grace fall upon Sunday or upon a legal holiday, it must be paid on the day previous. Thus a note due January ist, must be paid on the 31st of December. A note made payable at a bank and held there for payment until the usual hour for closing, need not be presented to the drawer in person to bind the indorser. It may be protested immediately upon the close of bank-hours. Payment must be immediately demanded of the indorser if he resides in the same place; if he is a non-resident he must be notified at once by letter. The following forms are generally used for promissory notes : Si»&m.^' New York, October Ist, 1880. 'lecei^z*e€C. J/ New York, November 1st, 1880. C&/fi.€e -?>»,{W,>^^^^ ^^jf/€4^ ««!rt^ ene in tht entering up of said judgment or issuing execution thereon ; to waive all benefitu which I may be entitled to by virtue of any homestead, exemption, appraisement or valuation law, now or hereafter in force, wherever such judgment may be entered or enforced, hereby rati- fying and confirming all that my said attorney shall or may do, by virtue hereof Witness my hand this 1st day of May, 1879. Hugh Jackson. Note for Indiana. Richmond, Ind., 7inie \st, 1881. 1 1 00.0c. On demand, for value received, I promise to pay Henry List & Co., or order, one hundred dollars, with interest ; payable without any relief whatever from valuation or ajipraisemcnt. Luther Brigus. BUSINESS FORMS. 87 KV 1st, i88l. y tst, 1881. Form of Note for Missouri. fjoo.oo. St. Louis, Mo., ^une ist, 18S1. Three montlis nfter d.ile, I promise to pay Thomas Jenkins two hundred dollars, for value rercived; negotiable and payable without defalcation or discount. George IIolmks. Note Payable in Merchandise. $500.00. ViNCENNES, Ind., yune 1st, 1881. Three months after date, we promise to pay Hughes, Jackson & Co., or order, five hundred dollars, in good, merchantable family flour, at our mill in this city, at the market value, on the maturity of this note. Miller, Wright & Co. Married Woman's Note, in New York. f 100.00. New York, 7itnif tst, 1881. Three months after date, I promise to pay David Lane, or order, one hundred dollars, witk interest. And 1 hereby charge my individual property and estate with the payment of this note. Sarah Johnson. WmmMBBm E^mws In WsMw Wie ' STS^s~^ i^^Zj^C::^^:$ef=^s^s^s^ The following compilation of business law contains the essence of a large amount of legal verbiage : If a note is lost or stolen, it does not release the maker ; he must pay it, if the consideration for which it was given and the amount can be proven. Notes bear interest only when so stated. Principals are responsible for the acts of their agents. Each individual in a partnership is responsible for the whole amount of th* Jebts of the firm, except in cases of special partttership. Ignorance of the law excuses no one. The law compels nojone to do impossibilities. An agreement without consideration is void. A note made on Sunday is void. Contracts made on Sunday cannot be enforced. A note by a minor is voidable. A contract made with a minor is void. A contract made with a liniatic is void. A note obtained by fraud, or from a person in a state of intoxication, cannor be coUected. It is a fraud to conceal a fraud. Signatures made with a lead-pencil are good in law. A receipt for money is not always conclusive. 88 BUSINESS FOUMS. The acts of one partner bind all the rest. "Value received" is usually written in a note, and should be, but is no! necessary. If not written, it is presumed by law, or may be supplied by proof. The maker of an "accommodation" bill or note (.one for wliich he has re- ceived no consideration, having lent his name or credit for the accommodation of the holder) is not bound to the person accommodated, but is bound to aj other parties, precisely as if there was a good consideration. No consideration is sufficient in law if it be ille^^al in its nature. Checks or drafts must be presented for payment without unreasonable delay. Checks or drafts should be presented during business hours ; but in this country, except in the case of banks, the time extends through the day and evening. If the drawee of a check or tlraft has changed his residence, the holder must use due or reasonable diligence to find him. If one who holds a check, as payee or otherwise, transfers it to another, he has a right to insist that the check be presented that day, or, at farthest, on the day following. A note indorsed in blank (the name of the indorser only written) is transfer- able by delivery, the same as if made payable to bearer. If time of payment of a note is not named, it is payable on demand. The time of payment of a note must not depend upon a contingency. Tht promise must be absolute. A bill may be written upon any kind of paper, either with ink or pencil. The payee should be named in the note, unless it is payable to bearer. An indorsee has a right of action against all whose names were on the bill when he received it. If the letter containing a protest of non-payment be put into the post-office, any miscarriage does not affect the party giving notice. Notice of protest may be sent either to the place of business or of residence of the party notified. The holder of a note may give notice of protest either to all the previous in- dorsers or only to one of them; in case of the latter he must select the last indorser, and the last must give notice to the last before him, and so on. Each indorser must send notice the same day or the day following. Neither Sunday nor any legal holiday is counted in reckoning time in which notice is to be given. The loss of a note is not sufficient excuse for not giving notice of protest. If two or more persons, as partners, are jointly liable on a note or bill, duo notice to one of them is sufficient. If a note or bill is transferred as security, or even as payment of a pre-existing debt, the debt revives if the note or bill be dishonored. An indorsement may be written on the face or back. An indorser may prevent his own liability to be sued by writing **withou» recourse," or similar words. An oral agreement must be proved by evidence. A written agreement proves itself. Tlie law prefers written to oral evidence, because of its precision. BUS/JVESS fOKMS. 80 :ten) is transfer- No evidence can be introduced to contradict or rary a written contract ; but it tnav be received in order to explain it, when such explanation is needed. Written instruments are to be construed and interpreted by the law according to the siinp'e, customary and natural meaning of the words used. The fmdcr uf negotiable paper, as of all other property, must make reasonable efforts to find the owner, before he is entitled to appropriate it for his own pur- uoses. If the finder conceal it, he is liable to the charge of larceny or theft. Joint payees of a bill or note, who are not partners, must all join in an in- dorsement. One may make a note payable to his own order and indorse it in blank, lie must write his name across its back or face, the same as any other indorser. After the death of a holder of a bill or note, his executor or administrator may transfer it by his indorsement. The husband who arqtiires a right to a bill or note which was given to the wife, either before or after marriage, may indorse it. "Acceptance " applies to bills and not to notes. It is an engagement on the part of the person on whom the bill is drawn to pay it according to its tenor. The usual way is to write across the face of the bill the word " accepted." ' a pre-existing ting "withou' '^wWm ^((ating to inUmt. A Simple Rule for Computing Interest. To find the interest on any amount at 6 per cent, for any number of days : Multiply the amount by the number of days and divide by sixty. Example. — Find the interest on $354.50 at 6 per cent, for 30 days. *3S4.So 30 6,0)106350,0 ^1.77.25 Interest for 30 days. At 6 per cent, per annum the rate per month (30 days) is one-half of one per rent., and hence i per cent, for sixty days. The example proves itself, for th« interest is just one-half of one per cent, of the principal. The interest at any other rate than 6 per cent, can be readily found by this »Mile. After finding the interest at 6 per cent., For 7 per cent, add one-sixth. " 8 " " one-third. "0 " " one-hall. 10 " two-thirds. The following tables will be usefiil to those who desire to ascertain the amount t>f the interest upon a given sum without the trouble of making the calculation : mm II 90 TIME. 1 Day. 2 Days. i 4 5 6 * 8 9 10 II 13 13 M IS 16 17 18 19 20 21 2Z «3 24 25 r6 '•/ 28 29 I Mo. a Mos. 3 4 5 6 7 8 i 9 1 I Year. $1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o I I 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 BVSL^'^ESS FORMS. INTEREST TABLE-SIX PER CENT. $2 2 3 4 s 6 7 8 9 10 :i 12 ^3 6 8 9 II 12 14 IS 17 18 ^4 o o o o o o o 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 $5 o o o o o 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 5 8 10 13 15 18 20 23 2S 28 30 ^6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 9 12 IS 18 21- 24 27 30 33 36 57 o o o o 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 7 II 14 18 2T 25 28 32 35 39 42 $S o o o 2 2 3 i' 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 l9 o o o 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 9 14 18 23 27 32 3^5 41 45 50 48 I 54 $10 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 S S 5 5 10 IS 20 2S 30 35 40 45 SO 55 60 $100 3 5 7 8 10 12 13 15 17 18 20 22 23 25 27 28 30 32 33 35 37 38 40 42 43 45 47 48 50 00 5° 00 1^1 000 17 33 50 67 83 I 00 I 17 I 33 I 50 I 67 1 83 2 00 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 10 00 15 00 I 20 CO j 50|25 CO I 00:30 00 I 50|35 00 I oo|4o 00 I 50 45 00 j 50 00 I 55 00 i 17 33 5° 67 83 00 17 33 5° 67 83 CO 17 33 50 67 83 00 00 50 00 6c 00 I BUSINESS FORMS. 91 [O $IOO |!iooo o 2 17 o 3 33 5 5° 7 67 8 83 lO I 00 12 1 17 13 I 33 2 i,S I 50 2 17 I 67 2 18 I 83 2 20 2 00 2 22 2 17 2 23 2 33 .^ 25 2 50 3 27 2 67 3 28 2 83 3 30 3 00 3 32 3 17 3 33 3 33 4 35 3 50 4 37 3 67 4 38 3 «3 4 40 4 CO 4 42 4 17 4 43 4 33 5 45 4 50 S 47 4 67 5 48 4 83 5 50 5 00 1 o I 00 10 00 S ^ 50 15 00 1 o 2 00 20 CO 1 5 7 50 ;25 CO 1 o 3 00 j3o 00 1 5 3 50 j35 00 1 o 4 00 ]4o 00 i 5 4 50 45 00 1 o 5 00 50 00 5 5 50 55 00 to 6 00 60 00 INTEREST TABLE-SEVEN PER CENT. TIM IE. $1 $2 $i $4 ^5 $6 $1 58 $9 $10 $100 $rooo I Dc ly. 2 19 2Di lys. c 4 39 3 ' ' 6 58 4 ' ' 8 78 5 ' ' 10 97 6 ' ' 12 I 17 7 ' ' 14 I 36 8 ' ' 2 16 I 56 9 ' ' 2 2 18 I 75 10 ' * 2 2 2 ^9 I 94 II ' * 2 2 2 21 2 14 12 * ' 2 2 2 2 23 2 33 13 ' ' 2 2 2 2 3 25 2 53 14 * * 2 2 2 2 3 27 2 72 15 * ' 2 2 2 3 3 29 2 92 16 ' ' 2 2 2 2 3 3 31 3 " 17 • ' 2 ' 2 3 3 3 ii 3 31 i8 • * 2 2 2 3 3 4 35 3 50 19 ' ' 2 2 3 3 3 4 37 3 69 20 ' ' 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 39 3 89 21 ' * 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 41 4 08 22 * ' 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 43 4 28 23 * ' 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 45 4 47 24 • ' 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 47 4 67 25 * ' 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 49 4 86 26 « 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 51 5 06 27 • 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 53 5 25 28 « 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 54 5 44 29 • 2 2 3 3 4 S 5 6 56 5 64 I M 0. I 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 58 5 83 2 M QS. I 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 II 12 I 17 II 67 3 * ' 2 4 5 7 9 II 12 14 16 18 I 75 ^7 50 4 ' ' 2 5 7 9 12 14 16 19 21 23 2 ?,?> 23 z:i 5 * 3 6 9 12 ^5 18 20 23 26 29 2 92 29 17 6 • ' 4 7 II M 18 21 25 28 32 35 3 50 35 00 7 * 4 8 12 16 20 25 29 33 37 41 4 08 40 83 8 ' S 9 14 19 23 28 33 37 42 47 4 67 46 67 9 ' 5 II 16 21 26 32 37 42 47 53 5 2552 50 10 ' 6 12 18 23 29 35 41 47 53 58 5 83 58 33 II ' 6 13 19 26 32 39 45 5t 58 64 6 42 64 17 1 Ve ar. 7 »4 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 7 00 70 00 92 BUSINESS fOUMS. INTEREST TABLE-E/GHT PER GENT. TIME. $1 $2 S53 $5 $6 $1 $8 $9 $10 $100 jiooo I Day. 2 22 2 Days 1 4 44 3 " 4 " ! I 7 67 i » \ I 9 89 j 5 " I I II I II i 6 " I I 13 I 33 ; 7 " 2 16 I 56 8 " I t 2 2 18 I 78 9 " lO " I ] 2 2 2 20 2 00 2 2 2 2 22 2 22 II " 2 2 2 2 24 2 44 , 12 " 2 2 2 2 3 27 2 67 ; 13 " 2 2 2 3 3 29 2 89 i 14 " 2 2 2 2 3 3 31 3 " 1 15 " i6 " 2 2 2 3 3 3 33 3 33 i 2 2 2 3 3 4 36 3 56 I 17 '« . 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 3« 3 78 i8 " 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 40 4 00 1 19 " 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 42 4 22 i 20 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 44 4 44 21 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 47 4 67 1 22 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 49 4 89 i 23 u 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 51 5 " 24 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 53 5 33 25 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 5'^ 5 56 26 " 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 5« 5 78 1 27 " 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 60 6 00 1 28 " 2 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 62 6 22 29 " 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 64 6 44 ! I Mo. 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 67 6 67 1 2 Mos. 3 4 5 7 8 9 II 12 13 I 33 13 33 1 3 " 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 00 20 00 4 " 3 5 8 II 13 16 19 21 24 27 2 67 26 67 S " 3 7 10 13 17 20 23 27 30 33 3 33 33 33 6 " 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 3^ 40 4 00 40 10 7 " 5 9 14 19 23 28 33 ' 37 42 47 4 67 46 67 8 " 5 II 16 21 27 32 37 43 48 53 5 33 i53 33 9 " 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 6 00 60 00 1 JO " 7 ^3 20 27 33 40 47 53 60 67 6 67 ,66 67 II " 7 15 22 29 37 44 51 59 66 73 7 33 73 33 I Year. 8 16 24 32 40 48 i 56 JA. 72 80 18 00 ,80 00 To find tlb le amo unt of in teres t at 4 3er cer It., tak e half of obo I'e amo unts. BUSINESS fo/:ms. 93 $lu 5100 I II 13 I 33 13 33 20 2 0020 00 27 2 67 26 67 3i 3 33 33 33 40 4 00 40 10 47 4 67 46 67 53 S 33i53 33 60 6 00 60 00 67 6 67 66 67 73 7 33173 33 80 18 00,80 00 amounts. INTEREST TABLE-TEN PER CENT. TIME. |2 ^3 ^5 $1 $8 $9 ^10 |IOO 3 ^1000 I Day. 28 2 Days. I I 6 56 3 " I I 1 8 83 4 " ^ » T I II I II 5 " I I I 14 I 39 6 " I 2 fy n I 67 7 " I 2 2 2 *9 I 94 8 " I 2 2 2 2 22 2 22 9 " _ 2 2 2 2 3 25 2 50 10 " 2 2 2 3 3 28 2 78 II " 2 2 2 2 3 3 31 3 06 12 " 2 2 2 3 3 3 33 3 33 13 " 2 2 3 3 3 4 36 3 61 14 " I 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 39 3 89 15 " 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 42 4 17 16 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 44 4 -+4 17 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 47 4 72 18 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 50 S 00 19 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 53 5 28 20 " 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 56 5 56 21 " 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 58 5 83 22 " 2 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 61 6 II 23 " 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 6 64 6 39 24 " 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 67 6 67 25 " 2 3 3 4 S 6 6 7 C9 6 94 26 «« 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 72 7 22 27 " 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 75 7 SO 28 « 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 78 7 78 29 " 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 81 8 06 I Mo. 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 83 8 33 2 Mos. 2 3 5 7 8 10 12 13 15 17 I 67 16 67 3 " 3 5 8 lo 12 IS 18 20 23 25 2 50 25 00 4 " 3 7 10 13 17 20 23 27 30 33 3 33 33 33 i) " 4 8 13 17 21 2S 29 33 38 42 4 17 41 67 6 " 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 5° 5 00 5° 00 7 " 6 12 18 23 29 35 41 47 S3 S8 5 83 58 33 8 " 7 13 20 27 33 40 47 53 60 67 6 67 66 67 9 " 8 IS 23 30 38 45 S3 60 68 75 7 50 75 00 10 « 8 17 25 33 42 50 58 67 75 83 833 83 33 II «« 9 18 28 37 46 55 64 73 83 92 9 17 91 67 I Year. 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 $1 |io fioo To find th e amo unt of nteres tat SI Dcr cen t., take ! half c )f above amo Lints. 94 BUSINESS FORMS. A I << ;] Interest Laws of all the States and Territories in the United States. STATES AND TBRRITOHIES. Alabama Arizona Arkansas California Colorado Connecticut Dakota Delaware District of Columbia Florida Georgia Idaho Illinois Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Louisiana Maine Maryland Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Mississippi Missouri Montana Nebraska Nevada New Hampshire . . . New Jersey New Mexico Ntw York North Carolina Ohio Oregon Pennsylvania Rhode Island South Carolina . . . . Tennessee Texas Utah Vermont Virginia Washington Ter. . . . West Virginia Wisconsin. Wyoming Territory, Penalty of Usury. Loss of Interest No Penalty II i< « n <■ «• >< << Forfeiture of Contract •I 11 << " of all Interest No Penalty Forfeiture of Excess %yx> fine, or imprisonment six montns, or both Forfeiture of all Interest " of Interest and Costs " of Excess << " " over 12 per cent " of all Interest " of Interest No Penalty Forfeiture of Excess No Penalty — 6 per cent, on Judgment Forfeiture of Excess " " " over 7 per cent No Penalty Forfeiture of all Interest No Penalty Forfeiture of all Interest and Costs No Penalty Forfeiture of three times Interest received. . . . Forfeiture of all Interest No Penalty Forfeiture of Contract Forfeiture of Interest " of Excess " of Principal, Interest, and Costs. . . " of Excess, Act of 1S58 " unless by Contract No Penalty Forleiture of over 6 per cent, and jjioo fine. . No Penalty Forleiture of Excess on Railroad Bonds only. " of Contract No Penalty Forfeiture of Excess " of all Interest No Penalty Legal per cent. 8 10 6 7 10 6 7 6 6 8 7 *io 6 6 6 7 6 5 6 6 6 7 7 6 6 10 7 7 6 6 6 6 10 6 t6 7 6 8 10 6 6 10 6 7 12 special per cent. , No limit. 12 6 10 No limit. 12 24 10 8 10 12 6 8 No Mmit. 6 No limit. 10 10 10 10 10 No limit. 6 6 No limit. 6 8 8 12 6 No limit, 7 6 12 No limit. 6 6 No limit. 6 10 No limit. * Liable to arrest for misdemeanor, \ Also punishable as a misdemeanor. Banki forfrit Interest only, or double the interest if charged in advance, \ Also 6 per cent, un judgmcntt. i! BUSIATESS POX MS. 95 Uniled States- Ltgat Special per cent per cent. 8 lO No limii 6 •t l« 7 << II lO •1 II 6 II II 7 12 6 6 6 lO 8 No limit. 7 12 *IO 24 6 lO 6 8 6 lo 7 12 6 6 5 8 6 No ;imit. 6 6 6 No limit. 7 lO 7 lo 6 lO 6 lO lO 7 lO 7 No limit. 6 6 6 6 6 No limit. t6 6 6 8 6 8 lO 12 6 6 t6 No limit. 7 7 6 6 8 T2 lO No limit. 6 6 6 6 lO No limit. 6 6 7 lO 12 { No limit. j^tatuttsi 0f f imitationisi. The following table will show the time allowed in each State and Territory of the Union and in the Provinces of Canada for the institution of a suit for any of the various causes nanied. After the expiration of these years all actions are barred by the statute. rff it Interest only, or STA TES and TERRITORIES. Aialjama Arkansas California Colorado Connecticut Dakota Delaware District of Columbia Florida Georgia Idaho Illinois Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Louisiana Maine Maryland . . Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota . . Mississippi Missouri Montana Nebraska Nevada New Hampshire New Jersey New Mexico New York North Carolina Ohio Ontario (Upper Canada).. .. Oregon Pennsylvania Quebec (Lower Canada).. .. Rhode Island South Carolina , Tennessee Texas Utah Vermont Virginia Washington Territory West Virginia Wisconsin Wyoming Assault, Slander, RepleTiin, etc. i'ears I I I I 2 I I 2 I 3 I 2 2 I I I 2 3 2 2 2 I I 2 2 2,6 I 2 I I I I I 2 I 2 I 2 I I I 2 s 2 s 2 I I. Open Accounts. years. 3 3 2 2 6 6 3 3 S 4 2 5 6 S 3 5 3 6 3 6 6 6 3 4 2 6 6 3 6 3 6 S I 6 S 6 6 6 2 2 6 5 3 5 6 6 Notes. Years. 5 4 2 6 6 6 3 5 6 4 lo 20 10 s 5 5 20 3 20 6 6 6 5 4 20 2G !.0 '5 lO IS 5 6 6 S 6 6 6 4 4 14 I 6 6 IS Sealed and yudgments. WitnesseA InstrumenU Years Yea*-. 20 10 lO 10 5 5 3 3 6 17 20 20 20 20 12 12 20 20 7 20 S 5 20 10 20 20 20 10 5 15 15 IS lO 20 20 20 12 13 20 20 lO 10 lO 20 7 7 c 10 5 4 20 10 20 20 lO 10 20 20 lO 10 IS 15 lO 10 IS IS 30 30 10 20 20 20 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 — 10 10 s 7 8 8 10 20 9 20 10 10 20 20 10 22 96 BUSINESS FOUMS. ^ lEGftl FflflMS US£0 IN BUSINESS. j|^"'l^^:^%^R:5~jt5?' '^^^iiiiP^ c^^ts;;^^' An agreement or contract is an arrangement entered into by two or mort persons, by which each binds himself to perform certain specified acts within a designated time. Agreements may be verbal, but it is better in all cases, and absolutely essential in matters of importance, to express them in writing. Great care should be taken, in drawing an agreement, to state explicitly and in the plainest language the various acts to be performed, and the time of such performance. Nothing should be left to doubt or uncertainty. The law requires that all the parties to an agreement shall understand its provisions in the same sense, and does not recognize the existence of a contract in which this is not the case. Thus, a person sent an order to a merchant for a particular quantity of goods on certain terms of credit. The merchant sent a less quantity of goods, and at a shorter credit. The goods were lost on the way, and the merchant sued the party who ordered them for their value. He failed to win his case, as the court held that in consequence of the failure of the merchant to send the quantity of goods ordered and to grant the credit asked, there was no common understanding between the parties, and consequently no contract. A contract must show that it is made for a valuable considcratioii. A failure to do this renders it void in law. Fraud annuls all contracts and obligations, and the party so wronged is relieved of his obligation by law. If bo^h the parties to an agreement act fraudulently, neither can take advantage of the fraud of the other ; nor can one who acts fraudulently set his own fraud aside for his benefit. Agreements written in pencil are binding in law, but it is best to write them with ink, as pencil-marks are easily erased. Agreements should be prepared and signed in duplicate, triplicate, etc., according to the number of persons concerned in them. Each party should have a copy, and should carefully preserve it. Generally speaking, all written instruments are construed and interpreted by tlie law according to the simple, customary, and natural meaning of the words used. When a contract is so obscure or uncertain that it must be set wholly aside. BUSIJVESS FORMS. 97 jsolutely essential itioii. A failure St to write them and regarded as no contract whatever, it can have no force or effect upon the rights or obligations of the parties, but all of these are the same as if they had not made the contract. No custom, however universal, or old, or known (unless it has actually become a law), has any force whatever, if the parties see fit to exclude and refuse it by words of their contract, or provide that the thing which the custom affects shall be done in a way different from the custom. For a custom can never be set up against either the express agreement or the clear intention of the parties. Punctuation is not regarded in the construction or interpretation of a written i.istrument, or in written law. Spelling, though bad, will not avoid a contract whe.e the intention of the parties is clear. All contracts made in violation of a valid statute are absolutely void and of no effect. Where a proposition is made by letter, the mailing of a letter containing acceptance of the proposition completes the contract. It is the presumption of the law that a person in making i contract intends to bind not only himself but his legal representatives. Such representatives may therefore sue on a contract, although not named in it. General Form of Agreement. Tins AoRF.EMENT, made this twenty-fifth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-oin-, between John Howard, of Townsontov/n, county of Baltimore, State of Maryland, party of the first part, and Hugh Jenkins, of the same place, party of the second part, WITNESSETH, Thtt the said John Howard, party of the first part, hereby covenants and agrees, that he will deliver to the sai(V Hugh Jenkins, party of the second part, during the month of September, one hundred cords of hickory wood, at the woodyard of the said Hugh Jenkins, as follows: twenty cords to be delivered on or before the loth of September; twenty cords more to be delivered on or before the 15th of September; twenty cords more on or before the 20th of September ; twenty cords more on or before the 25th of September, and the remaining twenty cords on or before the 30th of September; the entire quantity of one hundred cords to be delivered by the joih of September. And the said Hugh Jenkins, party of the second part, in consideration of the prompt fulfik ment of this agreement by the said John Howard, party of the first part, agrees and binds hin*. self to pay to the said Hugh Jenkins the sum of three dollars for each and every cord of hickory wood delivered to him by the said John Howard or his agents, and to pay for each cord oC wood as soon as it is delivered at his woodyard. In case of the failure of either party to this contract to make good his promises, it is hereby stipulated and agreed that the party so failing shall forfeit to the other party the sum of one hundred dollars in cash as fixed and settled damages. In Witness Whereof, The parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands and seals, tlie day and year first above written. John Howard, [seal.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of Hugh Jenkins, [seal.] James Murray, Thomas Wise. '1 ^ BUSINESS FORMS General Form of Contract for Mechanics' Work. Contract made this first day of January, A. D. i88l. by and between George Smith, of the city of rhiladelphia, State of Pennsylvania, party ol the first part, and Harvey Richards, of tha city and State aforesaid, party of the second part, ., . ^ • , ... WITNESSETH That the party of the first part, for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, covenant, and agre« with the party of the second part to perform in a faithful and woriimanlike manner the following specified work, viz.: To biiild one brick stable, according to the plans and specifications attached to this agreement, without varying in any way whatsoever from said plan and specifications. And in addition to the above to become responsible for all materials delivered and receipted for, the work to be commenced on or before April ist, 1879, and to be completed and delivered free from all mechanic or other liens on or before ibc first day of July. 1879. And the party of the second part covenants and agrees with the party of the first part, in consideration of the faithful performance of the above specified work, to pay to the party of the first part the sum of two thousand dollars, as follows: five hundred dollars upon the com- pletion of the foundation walls ; five liundred dollars upon the covering of said stable with the roof; and one thousand dollars upon the first day of July, 1879. provided said stable be delivered as agreed upon above, on or before that day. And it is further mutually agreed by and between both parties, that in case of disagreement in reference to the performance of said work, all questions of disagreement shall be referred to Thomas Lee and John Yarnall, master builders, of the city of Philadelphia, and the award of •aid referees, or a majority of them, shall be binding and final on all parties. In Witness Whereof, We hereunto set our hands and seals the day and year first above *"""*"• George Smith. [seal.] Executed in presence of Harvey Richards, [seal.] Thomas Lane, ") Peter Wright, j Agreement for a Warranty Deed. Articles of Agreement, made this first day of January, in the year of our Lord on* thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, between William Miller, of the city of Indianapolis,,. State of Indiana, party of the first part, and Joshua Wayne, of the city and State aforesaid, party of the second part, WITNESSETH, That said party of the first part hereby covenants and agrees, that if the party of the second part shall first make the payment and perform the covenants hereinafter mentioned on his part to be made and performed, the said party of the first part will convey and assure lo the party of the second part, in fee simple, clear of all incumbrances whatever, by a good and sufficient warranty deed, the following lot, piece, or parcel of ground, viz. : The lot located at the intersection of Walnut and Willow streets, in the city of Indianapolis, extending fifty (50) feet westward from Walnut street, and one hundred (100) feet northward from Willow street, lying on the north side of Willow street and on the west side of Walnut street, known a» ■lot number twenty-nine (29) in block number sixteen ( 16), and recorded at Indianapclis, Marion county, Indiana. And the said party of the second part hereby covenants and agrees to pay to the said party c{ the first part the sum of three thousand dollars, in the manner following: One thousand dol- lars cash in hand paid, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, and the balance in two annual payments, as follows, viz. : One thousand dollars on the 1st of January, 1880, and the remaining one thousand dollars on the 1st of January, 1881, with interest at the rate of ten pei cent, per annum, payable on the dates specified above, annually, on the whole sum remaining orge Smith, of the y Richards, of the :inaftcr mentioned, 1 and workmanlike arding to the plans liatsoever from said ble for all materials 1st, 1879, and to be l,c first day of July. I of the first part, in )ay to the party of lars upon the com* said stable with the > stable be delivered * of disagreement in shall be referred to I, and the award of md year first above TH. [SEAL.] HARDS, [seal.] ar of our Lord one city of Indianapolis,; state aforesaid, party es, that if the party ereinaftcr mentioned 11 convey and assure whatever, by a good viz. : The lot located polls, extending fifty thward from Willow Inut street, known a» Indianapolis, MarioR y to the said party ci One thousand dol- the balance in two nuary, 1 880, and the at the rate of ten pei whole sum remaining' BUSINESS fOi:MS. 99 from time to time unpaid, and to pay all taxes, assessments, or impositions that • .ly be legally levied or imposed upon said land, subsequent to the year 1879. And in case of the failure of the said parly of the second part to make either of the payments, or perform any of the covr nants on his part hereby made and entered into, this contract shall, at the option of the party of the first part, be forfeited and determined, and the party of the second part shall forfeit all pay- ments made by him on this contract, and such payments shall be retained by the said party of tli« first part in full satisfaction and in liciuidation of all damages by him sustained, and he shall have the right to re-enter and take possession of the premises aforesaid. It is mutually agreed that all the covenants and agreements herein contained shall extend fo anil be obligatory upon the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of the respecti\« parties. In Witness Whereof, The parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands and sea« the day and year first above written. William Miller, [seal.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of Joshua Wavne. [seal.] John Foster, ) Robert White, j Contract for Barter or Trade. This Agreement, m.ide this second day of March, a. d. i88i. by and between Thomas White, parly of the first part, and Reuben Gale, party of the second part, both of the city of Buffalo, State of New York, WITNESSETH, That the said Thomas WTiite shall sell and deliver to the said Reuben Gale, at his store, in the city of Buffalo, on the twentieth day of the present month of March, one hun- dred barrels of fine salt, in good, substantial barrels, suitable for packing beef and pork, and for the use of the kitchen and dairy. In consideration whereof, the said Reuben Gale shall convey and deliver to the said Thomas White, at the storehouse of Walter Lewis, in the city of Buffalo, one thousand pounds of good merchantable cheese, and four hundred pounds of sweet table butter ; both well packed in tieroes or firkins, and made in dairies where at least fifteen cows are kept. In Witness Whereof, The parties to these presents have hereunto set their bands and seals the day and year first above writttn. Thomas White, [seal.] Executed in presence of Reuben Gale. [seal.] Walter Lewis,"! Joseph Lane. ) Agreement Between a Merchant and his Clerk. This Agreement, made this first day of January, A. d. 1881. by and between Walker Lewis, of the city and State of New York, party of the first part, and Alfred Pleasants, of the city and State aforesaid, party of the second part, WITNESSETH, That the said Alfred Pleasants shall enter the service of the said Walker Lewis as a clerk and salesman. That the said Alfred Pleasants shall faithfully, honestly and diligently perform the duties of a clerk and salesman in the store of the said Wall-er Lewis, and well and truly obey all the reasonable commands and wishes of the said Walker Lewis, during the space of three yean. Irom this date. That he will guard his employer's interests, and keep the secrets of his employer, absenting Himself from his business only upon said employer's consent. That the said Walker Lewis, in consideration of said services, will pay to the said AIfre« ,Vli'l./^N j(yry BUSmESS FORMS. Pleasants a yearly sum of one thousand two hundred (Inllaw, In equal payments of one hundred dollars on the first day of each and every calendar month of the year, commencing on the first of February. 1879. Witness our hands, Executed in the presence of Walkf.R Lewis. John 11 11.1.. ) Alfred Pleasant* Francis White, j Agreement to Cultivate Land on Shares. This Aorf.f.MF.NT, ma.le this tenth day of August, 1880. by and between John Holmaii, party of the first part, and Andrew Jackson, party of the second part, both of the town of Media, county of Chester, St.-ite of Pennsylvania, WITNESSETH, Th.it said John Iloiman will, on or before the tenth day of September, break, properly fix, and sow with wheat, all that twenty acres of field belonging to and lyinj,' imme- sliately north of the dwelling house and garden of said Andrew Jackson, in the town of Media. That one-half of the seed whe.it shall be found by said Andrew Jackson. That when said crop shall be in fit condition, he will cut, harvest, and safely house it in the barr. of said Andrew Jackson. That he will properly thresh and clean the same. That the straw shall be equally divided between the parties. That he will deliver one half of said wheat, being the produce thereof, to said Andrew Jackson, It the granary near his dwelling-house, on or before the iSth day of July, 1880. Th.itsaid John Ilolnian shall perform all the work and labor necessary in the premises, 01 cause the same to be done. Witness our hands and seals, Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of John Hoi.man. [seal] Richard White, ) Andrew Jackson, [seal.] Peter Bell. j Agreement for Building a House. This AoreF-MENT, nm-le this twentieth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, by and between Samuel W. Parker, of the city of B.iltimorc, State of Maryland, party of the first part, and Hugh B. Jackson, of the same city and State, i)arty of the second part, WITNESSETH, That said party of the first part, for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, covenants and agrees to make, erect, build, and finish, in a good, substantial, and workmanlike manner, and in conformity with the plans, drafts, specifications, and explanations thereof, which is hereunto annexed and made a part hereof, a brick dwelling-house, on lot number thirty, on Maryland avenue, in the city of Baltimore, to be begun on or before the first day of April, 1879, and completed on or before the first day of Se])tember, 1879. That the said building shall be made, erected, built, and finished out of good and substantial materials, as staled in the specifications accompanying and made a p.irt of this agreemont. That as soon as the roof thereof is put on and covered, said party of the first part shall effect full insurance on said building, in the sum of four thousand dollars, the policy to be in the name and for the benefit of said party of the second p.nrt, his heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns, payable, in case of loss, to whom it may concern. That each party to this agreement shall pay one-half the cost of said insurance. In consideration of which, said party of the second part does hereby covenant, promise, and agree, to pay, or cause to be paid, unto said party of the first part, or his legal representatives. BUSINESS FORMS. lOT rdy house it in the rhe sum of five thousand dollan (|5,ocx)), in the manner following;, to wit : One thousand dotlan It the Ix-'ginning of said work \ one thousand dollars on the first day of May next ; one thousand •lollars on the first day of July next ; and tlie remaining; two thousand dollars when the work shaU be fully completed and the keys delivered to Liid party of the second part, or to his legal repre- lentatives. And it is further agreed dy and nKTWEEW the parties to this agreement as FOLLOWS : Alterations. That no charge of any kind shall be made by said party of the first part against laid party of the second part beyond or in excess of the sum of five thousand dollars for the full |H.Tformance of this agreement, unless said party of the second part shall alter the aforesaid plani> drafts, specifications, and explanations, in which case the value of such alterations shall be added to the amount to be paid under this contract, or deducted therefrom, as the case may require : it being expressly understood that said party of the second part may, from time to time, make any alterations of, to, and in the said plans, drafts, specifications, and explanations, upon the terms aforesaid. AruitrATION. That the parties of the first part, and of the second part, severally, respectively, and mutually, agree to submit each, all, and every demand between them hereinafter arising, if any, concerning the manner of i^rforming or completing the work, or the time or amount of any payment to be made under this agreement, or the quantity or quality of labor or materials, or both, to be done, furnished, or provided under this agreement, or any other cause or matter touching the work, materials, or the damages contemplated, set forth, or referred to, in or by this agreement, to the determination of Thomas VV. Wright, John Hughes, and Robert Greene, master builders, of the city of Baltimore, the award of whom, or any two of whom, being made in writing, and delivered to said jxirties to this agreement, or either of them, within ten days of the time hereinbefore fix^d for the final completion of this agreement, shall be final. Damage sustained by persons or property. That said party of the first part shall be solely resjxjnsible for any injury or damage sustained by any and all person and persons, on property, during or suljsequent to the progress and completion of the works hereby agreed upon, from or by any act or default of said party of the first part, and shall be responsible over the party of IIm second part for all costs and damages which said party of the second part may legally mcur by reason of such injury or damage : and that said party of the first part shall give all usual requisite ind suitable notices to all parties whose estates or premises may or shall be in any way interested In or affected by the performance of said works. Extra work. That no extra work of any kind shall be performed, or extra materials fur- nished, by said party o'' the first part, unless first authorized by the said party of the second part in writing; and That said party of the first part, or his representatives, shall not be delayed in the constam progress of the work under this agreement, or any of the extra work under the same or connected therewith, by said party of the second part : and for each and every day said p.irty of the first part shall be so delayed, three additional days shall be allowed to complete the work aforesaid, from and after the d.iy hereinbefore appointed for its entire completion, unless upon the contingency provided for below in the next clause of this agreement. That for each and every day's delay in the performance and completion of this agreement, or for any extra work under it, after the time hereinbefore fixed for the final completion of this' agreement, there shall be allowed, and paid by said party of the second part to said party of the first part, or his legal representatives, damages for such delay, if the same shall arise from any act or dr/ault on the part of said party of the second part. Foreman. Tliat said party of the first p.irt shall engage and provide at his own expense during the progress nf the work, under, and until the complete fulfilment of this agreement, a thoroughly competent " loremanj" whose duty it is to attend to the general supervision of all matters hereby 102 BUSINESS FORMS. undertaken by said parly of the first part, and also the correct and exact marking, preparing; laving out and locating all patterns, moulds, models, and measurements, in, to, for, and upon th« work, hereby agreed upon, from, and in conformity with said plans, drafts, specifications, and explanations. Forfeiture of Contract. That if at any time during the progress of said work said party of the second part shall find that said work is not carried forward with sufficient r.jpidity and thoroughness, or th.it the materials furnished, foreman, subcontractors, or wdikmen employed by said party of the first part, are unskilled, incomixrlent, and insufficient for the completion of s;iid work within the lime and manner stipulated in the plans, drafts, specifications, and explana. lions aforesaid, he shall give notice of such insufficiency and defects in progress, materials, fore- man, subcontractors, or workmen, to said party of the first part j and if within ten days thereafter such insufficiency and defects are not remedied, then said party of the second jiart may enter upon the work and suspend or discharge said party of the first pr t, and all employed under him, and carry on and complete the work by "day's work," or otherwise, as said parly may elect, pro. viding and substituting proper and sufficient materials and workmen ; and the ex|>ense thereof shall be chargeable to said party of the first part, and be deducted from any sum which may be due to him on a final settlement : all questions arising out of this eighth article of this agreement shall be subject to the final decision of the arbitrators hereinbefore mentioned. Liens. That in case any lien or liens for labor or materials shall exist upon the property or estate of said party of the second part, at the time or times when by the terms and provisions of this agreement a p.iyment is to be made by said party of the second part to said parly of the first part, such payment, or such part thereof as shall be equal to not less than iluuble the amount for which said lien or liens shall or can exist, shall -lot be payable at the said stipulated time or times, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement contained: and that said party of the seconJ part shall, and may be well assured that no such liens do, or can attach or exist before he sl.al' ')e liable to make either of said payments. Work, whither descrihed or not, etc. That all the works described or referred to in the annexed specifications and explanations are to be executed by said party of the first part, whether or not said works are illustrated by the aforesaid plans or drafts ; and that said party of the first part is to execute all works shown by said plans and drafts, whether or not said works are described or referred to in said specifications or explanations. In witness whereof, the said parties have hereunto set their hands and beau the day and year first above written. Samuel W. Parker, [seal.] Signed,sealed and delivered in presence of Hugh B. Jackson. [seal.J Walter B. Groome, \ David H. Lane. j The specifications should be carefully written out, passed upon separately by the parties to the agreement, signed and sealed by them, witnessed by the per- sons who witnessed the agreement, and attached to the agreement as a part of it. It is the custom in some cases to insert these specifications in the body of the agreement. In such a case they should, in this agreement, be inserted after the second paragraph. fiUSIN£SS FOX MS. »03 HANDS AND SEAIJ A Bill of Sale is a written agreement by vhich a person transfers to another person, for a valuable consideration, his entire right, title, and interest in per- sonal property. As a general rule, in order to establish ownership in law, the purchaser must take actual possession of the property purchased ; but in some States, if the sale was not made fraudulently, for the purpose of evading the i)ayment of just debts, the bill of sale is prima facie evidence of the sale, and will hold good against the creditors of the seller. Such questions must be decided by juries, who have power to set aside the sale in cases where fraud is proved. Bill of Sale — General Form, with Warranty. Know All Mf.n nv These Presents, That in consideration of five hundreil dollars, thereceijH of which is hereby ackiiowledyed, I do hereby grant, sell, transfer, and deliver unto Thomas Wright, bis heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, the following goods and chattels, viz. : One set of parlor furniture, upholstered in purple velvet, • • - 53c».oo One set of black wal:iut chamber furniture, . • . . . 200.00 iSSOo.oo To have and to hold all and singular the said goods and chattels forever. And the said grantor hereby coven its with said grantee that he is the lawful owne.r of said goods and chai- tels; that they are free from all incunibrances ; that he has good right to sell the same, as afore said; and that lie will warrant and defend the same against the lawful claims and demands of all persons whomsoever. In Witness Whereof, the said grantor has hereunto set his hand this tenth day of Marcl;, 1881. Witnesses : George H. Fletcher. IlaNRV Hall, Joseph Smith. Bill of Sale — Qf a Horse, with Warranty. Know All Men by The^e Presents, That in consideration of one hundred and fifty dollars, tr me paid by Henry Clayton, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, Andrew Lewis, by these presents do bargain, sell, and convey to the said Henry Clayton, his heirs, executors, adminis'. trators, and assigns, one bay hoi-se, of the male sex, bay color, fifteen hands high, with a white star in the forehead, known as Old Hickory, to have and to hold the same unto the said Henry Clayton, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns forever. 104 BUSWESS FORMS. And I, for myself, my heirs, executors, and administrators, will warrant and defend said hoiM unto him, the said Henry Clayton, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, against the kwful claims and demands of all and every person or persons whatsoever. Witness my hand this tenth day of May, 1881. Andrew Lewis. Witnesses : Thomas Jackson, George Flint. iontfiEi. A Bond is a written promise, signed and sealed by a single person, to pay to another person a certain sum of money at a designated time. A promise made in writing without a seal is not a bond, but merely a simple promise. The bond must be for some bona fide consideration. The person giving the bond is called the obligor; the person to whom it is given is called the obligee. A bond is usually given not as a promise to pay money, for a promissoiy note would answer th?.r purpose, but as a promise to pay money in case certain acts are not done. These acts are specified in the bond, and are called the condi- tion of the bn;)d. The faithful performance of these acts within the time speci- fied rendc 3 the bond null and void. The amouit of money named in the bond is called the penalty. It is usually sufficient to cover the debt it is intended to secure, with interest and costs added. In order to secure this the sum is fixed at twice the amount of the actual debt. "The meaning and effect of this is, that if the obligor fails, in any respect, to do what the condition recites, then he is bound to pay the money he acknowledges himself, in the bond, bound to pay. But now the law comes in to mitigate the severity of this contract. And whatever be the sum which the obligor acknowledges himself, in the bond, bound to pay, he is held by the courts to pay the obligee only that amount which will be a complete indemnification to him for the damage he has sustained by the failure of the obligor to do what the condition recites. "For example: suppose A B makes a bond to C D in the sum of ten thousand dollars. The condition recites that one E F has been hired by C D as his clerk, and that A B guarantees the good conduct of E F ; and if E F does all his duty honestly and faithfully, then the bond is void, and other- wise remains in full force. Then suppose E F to cheat C D out of some money. A B issued on the bond; C D cannot recover from him, in any event, more than the ten thousand dollars; and he will, in fact, recover from hira only so much of this as will make good to C D all the loss he has sus- tained by E F's misconduct. As the obligee can recover from the obligor only actual compensation for what he loses, it is usual in practice to make the penal sum in the bond large enough to cover all the loss that can happen." BUSINESS FORMS. 105 [ defend said hone tssigns, against Uie lNdrew Lewis. single person, nated time. A nerely a simple 1 to whom it IS promissoiy note ase certain acts ailed the condi- i the time speci- y. It is usually erest and costs ; amount of the obligor fails, in nd to pay the ut now the law ver be the sum 5ay, he is held je a complete lixilure of the le sum of ten en hired by C E F ; and if E old, and other- f some nioney. ny event, more ver from hira »ss he has sus- )m the obligor ictice to make loss that can A Simple Form of Bond, Without Condition. Know All Men by These Presents, That I, William Jackson, of the city of Richmond, State of Virginia, am held and firmly bound unlo Franklin Stearns, of the city and State afore- said, in the sum of two hundred dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid to the said Franklin Steams, or his certain attorney, Henry Cannon, or his assigns ; to which payment, well and truly to be made on or before the first day of January, 1879, I bind myself, my heirs, executors, and administrators firmly by these presents. Sealed with my seal, dated the first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventy-eight. In Testimony Whereof, I, William Jackson, have set my hand and seal to this instrument, on the first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty- one. William Jackson, [seal.] Executed and delivered in presence of William H. Myers, 1 Samuel W. Stokes. ) General Form of Bond, With Condition. Know All Men by These Presents, Th.it I, Francis Gibbons, of the city of Covington, State of Kentucky, am held and firmly bound unto Robert Breckenridge, of the city and State aforesaid, in the sum of one thousand dollars, to be paid to the said Robert Breckenridge, his executors, administrators, or assigns, for which payment, well and truly to be made, I bind my- self, my heirs, executors, and administrators, firmly by these presents. Sealed with my seal, dated the twentieth day of March, i88i. The condition of the above obligation is such, that if the above-bounden Francis Gibbons, his heirs, executors, and administrators, or any of them, shall well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto the above-named Robert Breckenridge, his executors, administrators, or assigns, the just and full sum of five hundred dollars, on the tenth day of March, 1879, with interest, at six per cent, per annum, payable half-yearly from the date hereof, without fraud or other delay, then the above obligation to be void ; otherwise, to remain in full force. And it is hereby expressly agreed, that, should any default be made in the payment of the said interest, or of any part thereof, on any day whereon the same is made payable, as above expressed, and should the same remain unpaid and in arrear for the space of thirty days, then and from thenceforth — that is to say, after the la[)se of the said thirty days — the aforesaid principal sum of five hundred dollars, with all arrearages of interest thereon, shall at the option of the said Richard Jones, or his executors, administrators, or assigns, become and be due and payable immediately thereafter, although the period first above limited for the payment thereof may not then have expired, anything hereinbefore contained to the contrary thereof in anywise notwith- standing. Francis Gibbons, [seal.] Executed and delivered in presence of Thomas Preston,} Robert Steele. J Form of Bond, with Power of Attorney to Confess Judgment. Know All Men by These Presents, That Robert White, of the city of Richmond, Stat» of Virginia, is held and firmly bound unlo Richard Jones, of the city and State aforesaid, in the sum of one thousand dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid, on the 6rsl day of March, 1881. to the said Richard Jones, or his certain attorney, executors, adminis< io6 BUSINESS FORMS. tratoTS, or assigns : to which payment well and truly to be made, his heirs, executors, and administrators, are firmly bound by these presents. Sealed with his seal, dated the first day of January, 1880. The condition of this obligation is : That if the above-bounden Robert White, his heirs, executors, administrators, or any of them, shall and do well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto the above-named Richard Jones, or his attorney, executors, administrators, or assigns, the just sum of five hundred dollars, without any fraud or further delay, then the above obligation to be void, or else to be and remain in full force and effect, Robert White, [seal.] Sealed and delivered in the presence of Thomas Wilson, 1 Hugh Blair. J To George Howard, Esq., attorney of the Circuit Court, at Richmond, in the county of Henrico, in the State of Virginia, or to any other attorney of the said court, or of any other court, there or elsewhere. Whereas, Rol)ert White, in and by a certain obligation bearing even date herewith, does stand bound unto Richard Jones, in the sum of one thousand dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, conditioned for the payment of a certain promissory note, dated January 1st, 1880, These are to desire and authorize you, or any of you, to appear for said Robert White, his heirs, executors, or adniinistiatois, in the said court or elsewhere, in an action of debt, there or elsewhere brought, or to be brought, against me, or my heirs, executors, or administrators, at the suit of the said Richard Jones, his executors, administrators, or assigns, on the said obligation, as of any term or time past, present, or any other subsequent term or time there or elsewhere to be held, and confess judgment thereupon against me, or my heirs, executors, or administrators, for the sum of five hundred dollars, delit, besides costs of suit, in such manner as to you shall seem meet ; and for your, or any of your so doing, this shall be your sufftcicnt warrant. And I do hereby for myself, and for my heirs, executors, and administrators, remise, release, and forever quit-claim unto the said Richard Jones, or his attorney, executors, administrators, and assigns, all and all manner of error and errors, misprisions, niisentries, defects and imper- fections whatever, in the entering of the said judgment, or any process or proceedings thereon or thereto, or anywise touching or concerning the same. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal the first day of January, A. D. 1880 Robert White, [seal.] Sealed and delivered in presence of Alfred Pleasants, "J Robert Johnston. \ «'^. irs, executors, and ^HITE. [SEAL.] BUSINESS FORMS. » - * •• » •• ! »■. » « . » ■.»■. » ■■ » ■ 107 lil0^9€A€J@$* ■>•■««-.«» ■!<«•■««■. o- « f -. l » H I ■ I f I ^ ff >;;--g;>-l A Mortgage is a deed conveying real estate to a creditor, as security for a debt. It conveys the property to liim as fully and absolutely as though it were sold outright, with this difference that the debtor retains by the terms of the deed the right to pay the debt and redeem the property within a specified time. The person giving a mortgage is called the mortgagor ; the person receiving one, the mortgagee, A note is generally given by the debtor, and the mortgage is designed to secure it. In some of the States, a bond is given in place of the note. The words of the mortgage should state clearly which is given. The mortgagee has a valid title to the property conveyed, and all the mort- gagor owns in relation to it is the right to pay the debt and redeem the property. Hence, unless the deed expressly stipulates that the mortgagor may remain in possession of the property until the time for the payment of the debt arrives, the mortgagee has a perfect right to enter upon the property and take possession of it. It is, therefore, customary to include in mortgages a clause giving the mortgagor the right of possession. In former years a mortgagor lost his right to redeem his prQperty when thy acknowledged, do hereby grant, bargain, and sell unto the said Henry A. Davis, and his assigns, forever, the fol- V)wing goods and chattels, to wii— [//ere inseit an accurate list of the articles mortgaged, giving a full description of'acfi.'] To Have and to Hold, All and singular the said goods and chaUels unto the mortgagee herein, and his .assigns, to their sole use and behoof forever. And the mortgngor herein, for himself and for his heirs, executors, and administrators, does hereby covenant to and with the said mortgagee and his assigns, the said mortgagor is lawfully possessed of the said goods and chattels, as of his own property; that the same are free from all incumbrances, and that he will warrant and defend the same to him, the said mortgagee and his assigns, against the lawful claims and demands of all persons. Provided, Nevertheless, that if the said mortgagor shall pay to the mortgagee, on the .enth day of M.ny, in the year i88i. the sum of five hundred dollars, then this mortgage is to be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. And Provided Further, That until default be made by the said mortgagor in the perform- ance of the condition aforesaid, it shall and may be lawful for him to retain the possession of the said goods and chattels, and to use and enjoy the same ; but if the same or any part thereof shall be attached or claimed by any other person or persons at any time before payment, or the said mortgagor, or any person or persons whatever, ujwn any pretence, shall attempt to carry off, conceal, make way with, sell, or in any manner dispose of the same or any part thereof, without Jhe authority and permission of the said mortgagee or his executors, administrators, or assigns, in writing expressed, then it shall and may be lawful for the said mortgagee, with or without assistance, or his agent or attorney, or his executors, administrators, or assigns, to take possession of said goods and chattels, by entering upon any premises wherever the same may be, whether in this county or Sta.e, or elsewhere, to and for the use of said mortgagee or his assigns. An< Witness Whereof, The said mortgagor has hereunto set his hand nnd seal this tenth day . ■ M.iy^ in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty- JoHN F. Thomas, [seal.] .Sealed and delivered in presence of William Wise, ] Harrison Wool. J STATK OF Delaware, ") Sussex County. ) This mortgage was acknowledged before me by J. F. Thomas, this tenth diy of Ma) , A.D. 1880 Andrew White, J. P. In former times, any writing signed and sealed was termed a deed. Now, the law confines the meaning to instruments for the sale of lands. In this country, no lands can be transferred excepting by a deed, which must be properly signed, sealed, witnessed, acknowledged, delivered, and recorded. In some of the States, seals are not necessary to the validity of a deed. A deed should be written or printed on parchment, as paper is more perishable in character. The person making the deed is called the grantor; the person in whose favor the deed is maile is called the ^^riin/ee. The deed should be signed by the grantor with his full name, written clearly, in ink of the best quality. A person accepting a deed signed with a lead-pencili places his rights in jeopardy. If the grantor cannot write his name, he may make his mark. The name of the grantee should be written clearly, with good ink, in the proper place in the deed. In the States which require a seal great care must be given to see that only those recognized in law are used. Strictly speaking, a seal is a piece of paper wafercd on, or a i)iece of sealing-wax pressed on the paper. In the New Eng» land States and in New York, the law does not acknowledge any other kind. In tlie Soutliern and Western States, the written word Sea/, with a scrawl around it, placed after the signature, constitutes a legal seal. A cLed must be delivered in order to render it valid. There is no special form necessary to constitute a proper delivery. If the deed comes into the I'ossession of the grantee with the knowledge and consent of the grantor, how- ever it may have been gotten possession of, it is a valid delivery. If a man makes a deed and fails to deliver it, and dies with it in his possession, the deed 8 : I T 14 busijve: forms. ij di no effect whatever. A deed to a married woman may be delivered eithei to her or to her husband. Some of the States require that deeds shall be attested by two witnesses. New York requires but one. Other States do not require any witnesses ; but in all cases a decil ought to be witnessed by at least two persons, whether the law rer quires it or not. It is best to have adult witnesses ; but minors may act in thif capacity if they be of sound mind. The witness must have no interest in the deed. For this reason a wife cannot witness her husband's signature. As a general rule, deeds are valid between parties even when not acknowl. edged. It is always best to have them acknowledged, however, as an unacknowl- edged deed cannot be recorded. The acknowledgment must be made before a f)erson authorized by law to receive it. In some places a deed may be ackno\vl- edged by either of the grantors, but the old custom of an acknowledgment by fl//the grantors is the safest as well as the most general. Where a wife joins with her husband in conveying away her land, or does so separately, a particular form and mode of acknowledgment is generally required to show that she acted without undue influence from him, and of her own free will. It is the duty of the justice taking the acknowledgment to state in his certifi- cate exactly how it was made before him. A deed must be recorded to be valid. That is, the grantee must deliver it ta the Recorder of Deeds, or other official appointed by law for that purpose, who must cause it to be copied in full in a book kept in his office for that purpose. A deed is regarded as recorded from the moment it is placed in the hands of this officer, and he generally writes upon it the year, month, day, hour, and minute when he received it. Deeds should be presented for record at the earliest pos- sible moment. Sometimes the ownership to the land conveyed may depend upon the exact minute at which the deed was delivered for record. This system of recording deeds enables a person to trace the title to a property with absolute certainty. All erasures or additions to a deed should be noted at the end of it, and prop- erly witnessed. Any such change without being thus provided for renders th< deed null and void. In order to make a valid deed, the grantor must be the tnie and lawful owne? of the property; must be of legal age; and must be of sound mind. A deed takes effect, as between the parties, from the moment of its delivery. It takes effect as against the creditors of the grantor from the moment of its delivery for record. The land conveyed in the deed should be accurately described, no pains being spared in this respect. In this country it is the usual custom to refer to the previous deeds by which the grantor obtained his title. This is done by de- scribing them, their parties, date, and book and page of registry. A fleed thus described in a deed becomes, for most purposes in law, a part of the dee() fderring. Iclivered eithet ritnesses. New ;es: but in al» ite in his certifi- BUSINESS FORMS. II5 A deed should convey land to the grantee and Ms heirs. Deeds conveying land to the grantee only, limit his title to his life, and he cannot leave lands thus acquired to his heirs ; nor can he dispose of it during his life. Quit-Claim Deed — Simple Form. This Indenture, Made the first day "f January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one between John HughcH, merchant, of the town of Westchester, State of Pennsylvania, of the first part, and Albert Nicholas, farmer, of the town and Stale aforesaid, of the second part, witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of the mm of five thousand dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, to him in hand paid by the said party of the second part, at or before the ensealing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, has remised, released, and quitclaimedj, and by the?,e presents does remise, release, and quitclaim, unto the said party of the second part, and to his heirs and assigns, forever, all — \Iftre insert a minute and accurate descriptinn of the lands or property granted. "[ Together with all and singular the tenements, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereto belonging or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and re- mainders, rents, issues, and profits thereof. And also all the estate, right, title, interest, property, possession, claim, and demand whatsoever, as well in la^ as in equity, of the said party of the first part, of, in, or to the above-described premises, and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurtenances. To have and to hold all and singular the above-mentioned and described prem- ises, together with the appurtenances, unto the said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns forever. In Witness Whereof, The said party of tha first parthas hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above written. Sealed and delivered in presence of JOHN HUGHES. [sEAL.] Henry Thompson, ) Frederick Waite. j State of Tennsvlvania, ) County OF Chester. j On this first day of January, in the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, befont me personally came John Hughes, who is known by me to be the individual described in, anA who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same. Thomas W. Jackson, J. P. [seal.] Leed, with Warranty. This Indenture, Made this first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, between Thomas Jonathan Jackson, and Mary Jackson, wife of the said Thomas Jonathan Jackson, of the county of Ohio, State of West Virginia, parties of the first part, and Henry Highland Garnett, of the county and State aforesaid, party of the second part, W1TNF.SSETH, That the said parties of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum often thousand dollars, lawful money of the United States, to them paid by the said party of the second part, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, do by these presents grant, bargain, and sell anto the said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns, the following described tract or parcel of land, situate in — [Jfere insert a full and minute description of the land or property granted.l Together with all and singular the tenements, hereditaments, and appurten.inces thereto be- longing, or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remaindeis, ii6 BUSINESS FORMS. ivii! rents, U«ue% and profits thereof; and also all the estate, right, title, interest, property, possession, chim, and demand whatsoever, as well in law as in equity, of the said parties of the tirst part, of, in, or t.) the al)ove-dcscrii>ed premises, and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurte. nances. To have and to hold all and singular the above-mentioned and described premises, together with the appurtenances, unto the said parly of the second part and his heirs and assigns forever. And the said Thomas Jonathan Jackson and Mary Jackson, the said parties of the first part, hereby expressly waive, release, and relinquish unto the said party of the second p.nrt, and his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, all right, title, claim, interest, and benefit wh.itever, in and to the above-described premises, and each and every part thereof, which is given by or results from all laws of this Stale jiertaining to the exemption of homesteads. And the said parlies of the first part, for themselves and their heirs, executors, and adniiiiis- Iralors, do hereby covenant, promise, and agree to and with the said party of the second part, his heirs and .assigns, that the said premises against the claim of all persons, claiming or to claim by, through or under them only, they will forever warrant .and defend. In Testimony Whereof, The said parties of the first part have hereunto set their hands and geals the day fust above written. Thomas Jonathan Jackscn. [seal.] Sealed and delivered in presence of Mary Jackson. [seal.] Walter Hicks, Alfred Holliday. A State of West Virginia, ) > ss County of Ohio. j I, Francis Walker, Justice of the Peace, in and for said county, in the State aforesaid, do hereby certify that Thomas Jonathan Jackson, personally known to me as the same person whose name is subscribed to the annexed deed, a])peared before me this day in person, and acknowl- edged that he signed, sealed, and delivered the said instrument of writing, as his free and volun- tary act, for the uses and purposes therein set forth. And the said Mary Jackson, wife of the said Thomas Jonathan Jackson, having been by md examined, separate and apart and out of the hearing of her husband, and the contents and mean- ing of the said instrument of writing having been by me fully made known and explained to her, and she also by me being fully informed of her right under the Homestead Laws of this .Stale, acknowledged that she had freely and voluntarily executed the same, and relinquished her dower to the lands and tenements therein mentioned, and also all her rights and advantages under and by virtue of all laws of this State relating to the exemption of homesteads, without compulsion of her said husband, and that she does not wish to retract the same. Given under my hand and ofHcial seal this first day of January, A. D. iSSi. Thomas Hubbell, J. P. [seal.] Heed of Gift, without Warranty. This Indenture, Made the first d.iy of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one. between Henry A. Wilson, merchant, of the city of Haltimore, State ot Maryland, of the first part, and Thomas Henry Wilson, attorney-at-law, of the city and Staie aforesaid, of the second part, WITNESSETH, That the said Henry A. Wilson, as well for and in consideration of the love and affection which he has and bears towards the said Thomas Henry Wilson, as for the sum of one dollar, lawful money of the United States, to him in hand paid by the said party of the second part, at or before the ensealing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, has given, granted, aliened, enfeoffed, released, conveyed, and confinned, and by BUSIA'ESS FORMS. U7 ict their hands and L, J. P. [seal.] ibMO prenenls does give, grant, alien, enfeoff, release, convey, and confirm unto the said party ol the second pirt and his heirs and assigns forever, all— [///•/r imeit a minuU and atre/ully prepared description of the property granted, and refer by volume and page to the deed of the property to the grantor, under which he holds tt.] TiK;i.rnER with all and singular the tenements, hereditaments, and apimrtcnances thereunto belonging or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and re- maiiulcrs, rents, issues and profits thereof. And also, all the estate, right, title, interest, property, iH)ssession, claim, and tlemand whalsoever, of the said party of the first part, of, in, and to the lanie, and every part nnd parcel thereof, with their and every of their appurtenances. To hav« and to hold the said iiereby granted and described premises, and every jiart and parcel thereof,, with the appurten.iMJis, unto the said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns, to his and their only pr< j'tr use, benefit, and behoof foretrer. Iv WiTNf:ss \\ iiKRKDK, The said party of the first part has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above written. Henry A. Wilson, [seal.] . £e&led and delivered in presence of Robert Richardson, "j Owen C. Owens. j A LANDLORD IS the owncr of real estate who hires or lets his property to an- other person for a valuable consideration. The person who occupies rented property is called the tenant. The agreement between the landlord and the tenant stating the terms upon which the latter occupies the property is called thelea.se. The person granting the lease is called in law the lessor; the per- son to ■i\-hom the lease is made is known as the lessee. Leases should be written. No particular form of words is essential, but the lease should state in the clearest manner the terms and conditions of the agree- ment, so that nothing may be left to dispute between the landlord and tenant. The law does not recognize verbal promises as binding. Therefore the lease must state explicitly all the covenants between the parties. No matter how bad the condition of a house, the landlord is under no legal obligation to make the necessary repairs unless he sees fit to do so. The lease should therefore contain a clause providing for the necessary repairs. Under an ordinary lease, should the house be destroyed by fire the tenant n«ust continue to pay the rent, because the law looks upon the land as the prin- ♦••ipal thing leased, and the house as merely secondary. So also, if the tenant ii8 BUSINESS FOIiMS. w agrees to " return and redeliver the house at the end of the term, in good ordef and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted," he is bound by this agree- ment to rebuild the house should it be destroyed by fire. At present all well, drawn leases provide that the rent shall cease in case the house shall be de- stroyed or rendered uninhabitable by fire or any other unavoidable calamity. A similar clause is also inserted with regard to the return of the house. Such a clause in a lease relieves the tenant of the obligation to rebuild the house, even though it should be burned through his own carelessness or that of his servants. Wher^ .M, landlord desires to prevent his tenant from subletting a part or the wl,o'' of the premises, he mus't provide for it in the lease. A person holding .1 lease which does not contain this prohibition can sublet at his pleasure. The le.'ise should definitely state the period for which it is given. If no time J5 specified, the tenant can hold the property for one year, but no longer. A »enant-at-\vill cannot vacate the property without giving notice of his intention, i:v'*r can he be put out without being given notice of the landlord's desire to regain possession of the property. The laws in the various States are quite uni- form as to the time of notice required. If the rent be payable quarterly, three months' notice m^ist be given. If it be payable at more frequent periods, then the notice must equal in length the period of the payment. If the rent is pay- able monthly, a month's notice is sufficient ; if weekly, a week's notice will answer. A lease given for a specified time, as one year, expires at the end of that time, and the tenant may leave without giving notice, or the landlord may put him out without notice. A lease should be recorded, whether the law requires it or not. Such record binds a subsequent purchaser of the projierty to assume all the obligations of the former landlord as expressed in the lease. A lease should be drawn .n duplicate, and each party to it should retain a copy. Where a tenant is induced through the wilful misrepresentations of a landlord to lease purity, and thereby suffers loss or inconvenience, he can deduct the amount cf his damages from the rent, and the landlord is bound to bear the loss. A landlord, in accepting a new tenant in place of the original holder of the lease, cancels by this act the original lease. A tenant is not bound to make repairs unless he agrees to do so. The land- lord can, however, require him to keep the roof and the windows in good order, so as to protect the house from injury by rain. A tenant is not bound to pay the taxes on the property he occupies unless he expressly agrees to do so. lu case a lease contains a clause forbidding the tenant to sublet the property, BUSINESS FORMS. 119 t should retain al holder of the aa4 the tenant, in spite of this, does sublet it, the landlord may either hold the tenant for the rent and for such damages as he may sustain by such sub- letting, or he may enter upon the property and take possession of it, and termi- nate the lease. He may avail himself of either remedy, but not of both. When the rent is in arrear, a brief notice to quit may be given. The average period in the several States is fourteen days. It must specify the day on which ihe tenant must leave. A tenant of a farm is bound to cultivate the land in the ordinary way required by good and careful husbandry and the custom of the neighborhood in which the farm is located. Any departure from such customs should be stipulated for in the lease. If the lease of a farm is terminated by any event which the tenant could not foresee or control, he is entitled to the annual crop which he sowed while the lease was running. Should the tenant purchase the property before the expiration of the lease, such purchase terminates the lease, as it vests him with all the former owner'v rights. A tenant is responsible for any injury a stranger may sustain by reason of his failure to keep the premises in good condition ; as, by not keeping the covers of his vaults sufficiently closed, so that a person walking in the street falls Arough or is injured thereby. If he repairs or improves the building, he must make such provision as will ensure the safety of the passers-by, or he is responsible for such injuries as they may suffer in consequence of his neglect. Should a person lease a house and use it for immoral purposes, he forfeits the leasp by such act. All improvements of a permanent character made by the tenant upon property leased by him become the property of the landlord, and cannot be removed. Fences, out-houses, etc., are regarded as belonging to the land, no matter who puts them there. There are things, however, th?t a tenant can addj and afterwards remove. The general rule is that the tenant may remove whatevci he ^^ placed upon the property that can be taken away, leaving the premises in as good condition as when he received them. Among these are ornamental chimney-pieces, coffee-mills, cornices screwed on, furnaces, fire- frames, stoves, iron backs to chimneys, looking-glasses, pumps, gates, raiit and posts, out-buildings set on blocks and not fixed in the ground. Form of Lease in General Use. This Agreement Witnesseth, That Robert A. Walker doth hereby let unto Thomas W. Green, the dwelling .ind lot of ground thereunto belonging situate on High street, east of Main street, Germantown, Philad. Iphia, Pennsylvania, for the term of one year, from the tenth of April, Anno Domini one ihous.nnd eight hundred and eighty-one, at the rent of one thousand dollars per annum, payable in equal portions on the tenth day of each and every month dur Th»^ • 4d tenant shall use and spread dung and manure arising or made on the farm, in such 122 BUSmssS FORMS. .'Il'i manner as that every acre in tillage of the farm aforesaid may be well manured once in every yiree years of his tenancy. Except that all hay and wheat straw on the farm unconsumed at the expiration of the tenancy may be purchased by the landlord or succeeding tenant, at a {ait valuation by two indifferent persons, one to be named by each party. That said tenant shall leave on the premises, without compensation, not only all lent and white Siraw arising upon or from the premises, and remaining unconsumed thereon at the expi- ration of his tenancy, but also all dung and manure arising or made on the farm, and then re- maining unconsumed ; That said tenant shall keep clean, by well hoeing, twice at the least, and weeding all the land whilst cropped with beans, peas, clover, etc. ; That said tenant shall endeavor to prevent any injury by persons, cattle, or sheep, to any of the hedges, or trees, or fences, and to preserve the same, and not to do any injury to any limber or other trees, in taking such loppings, as before allowed to him. That said tenant shall not crop or sow any of the land with rape, flax, hemp, etc. That said tenant shall not underlet or assign the premises or any part thereof, except, etc. That said tenant on quilting the farm shall receive such pecuniary compensation for improve- ments in fencing, etc., as two arbitrators (one of which arbitrators shall be nominated by each parly, and if either neglect to nominate his arbitrator, Ihe other party may nominate both arbi- trators) shall award, which arbitrators shall abate according to the benefit derived by the tenant from such rt pairs, improvements, and additions, and take into consideration how far, at the expiration of the tenancy, ihey may be beneficial to the estate. In Witness Whereof, The said parties have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written. Roger Sherman, [seal.] Sealed and delivered in presence of TRUMAN Dodson. [seal.] Hiram A. George, l Peter T. Sweeney. J Landlord's Certificate. This is to Certify, That I have this first day of March, i88l,lei ana rented unto Frederick Thompson, my house and lot known as Number 529, in East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, West Virginia, with the appurtenances, and sole and uninterrupted use thereof, for one year, to commence on the first day of April next, at the yearly rent of three hundred dollars, payable in equal sums of twenty-five dollars on the first day of each and every month. John P. Holcombe. Tenant's Certificate. This is to Certify, That I, Frederick Thompson, have hired and taken trom John P. Hol- combe his house and lot, known as Number 529, in East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheel- ing, West Virginia, with the appurtenances thereof, for the term of one year, to commence on ^he first day of April next, at the yearly rent of three hundred dollars, payable in equal sums on the first of each and every month. And I do hereby promise to make punctual payment of the rent in manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenantable irom fire or any other cause, when the rent is to cease ; And I do further promise to quit and surrender the premises at the expiration of the term in as good state and condition as reasonable use and wear thereof will permit, damages by th« elements excepted. Given under my hand this first day of March, 1881. Frederick Thomps< . In presence of George Quarrier, ) Thomas Hughes, f BUSINESS FORMS. 123 iRICK TH0MPS( landlord's Certificate — Fuller Form. This is to Certify, That I, the undersigned, have, this first day of March, let and rented to Frederick Thompson the following premisss, situated in Wheeling, in Ohio county, and Stata of West Virginia, to wit : that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 529, in East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, together with the appurtenances, and the 3ole and uninterrupted use and occupation thereof: For a term of one year, from the first day of April next, at the annual rent of three huuJred dollars, payable in equal sums of twenty-five dollars on the first day of every month. And said tenant has agreed to make punctual payment of the rent in the manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenantable, from fire or any other cause, when the rent is to cease; to quit and surrender the premises at the expiration of said term, in as good a condi- tier, as reasonable use and wear thereof will permit, damages by the elements excepted. And not use or occupy said premises in any business deemed extra-hazardous on account fire or otherwise, nor let or underlet the same, exceot with the consent of said landlord, . writing, under penalty of forfeiture and damages. And has mortgaged and pledged all the personal property of what kind soever wh'^h he shall at any time have on said premises, whether exempt by law from distress for rent, or sale under execution, or not, waiving the benefits of and from the exemption, valuation and appraisement laws of said State to secure the payment thereof. In Witness Whereof, He has hereunto set his hand and seal this first day of M.arch, a. p. 1881. John P. Holcohbe. [seal.] Scaled and delivered in presence of George Quarrier, Thomas Hughes. s. I Tenant's Certificate — Fuller Form. This is to Certify, That I, the undersigned, have hired and taken from John P. Holcombe the following premises, situated in Wheeling, Ohio county. State of West Virginia, to wit: that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground know.i as Number 529, in East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, For a term of one year, from the first day of April, A. V. 1881, at the rate of three hun- dred dollars, payable in equal suni:^ of twenty-five dollars on the first day of each and every month. And I do hereby agree to make punctual payment of the rent in the manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenantable, from fire or any other cause, when the rent is to cease ; to quit and surrender the premises at the expiration of said term, in as good a condition as reasonable use and wear thereof wi .1 permit, damages by the elements excepted. And not use or occupy said premises in any business deemed extra-hazardous on account of fire or otherwise, nor let or underlet the same, except with the consent of said landlord, in writing, under penally of forfeiture and damages. And do mortgage and pledge all the personal property of what kind soever which he shall at any time have on said premises, whether exempt by law from distress for rent, or sale under execution, or not, waiving the benefits of and from the exemption, valua- tion and appraisement laws of said State to secure the payment thereof. In Witness Whereof, He has hereunto set his hand and seal this first day of March, a. d. iSSi. Frederick Thompson, [seal.] Sealed and delivered in presence of George Quarrier, ) Thomas Hughes. J 124 BUSINESS FORMS. m Landlord's Notice to Quit for Non-payment of Rent. ''^ss. State or West Virginia, City of Wheeling. September ut, i88c To Frederick Thompson : You b.!ing in possess!, i of the following described premises, which you occupy as my tenant, namely, that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 529, in East Twcntitih street, in the city of Wheeling, county of Ohio, State of West Virginia, aforesaid, are hereby notified to quit and deliver up to me the premises aforesaid, in fourteen days from this date, according to law, your rent being due and unpaid. Hereof fail not, or I shall take a due course of lav/ to eject you from the same. John P. Holcombe. Witness ; Henry Harper. Landlord's Notice to a Tenant to Quit at the End qf the Term. To Frederick Thompson: Sir : Being in the possession of a certain messuage or tenement, with the appurtenances, situate in the city of Wheeling, and known as Number 529, in East Twentieth street, in said city, which said premises were demised to you by me for a certain term, to wit, from the first day of April, A. D. l88o, until the first day of April, A. D. 1881, and which said term will terminate and ex- pire on the day and year last aforesaid, I hereby give you notice, that it is my desire to have again and re-possess the said messuage or tenement, with the appurtenances, and I therefore do hereby require you to leave the same upon the expiration of the said hereinbefore mentioned term. Witness my hand this first )']lay of March, city of Wheeling, A. D. 1881. John P. Hwxombe. Witness : Henry Harper. Landlord's Notice to Determine a Tenancy At WiU, State of Pennsylvania, County of Chester. West Chester, Pa., AfarcA ist, iSSi. To Henry Lewis: Sir : You being in possession of the following described premises, which you occupy as my tenant at will, known as Number 565, in Mulbesry street, in the town of West Chester, are hereby notified to quit and deliver up to me 'lu premises aforesaid on the first d.iy of April, 18S1, according to law, it being my intention to determine your tenancy at will. Hereof fail not, Ok I shall take a due course of law to eject you from the same. ,„. Harvey B. Thoma? Witness : Henry A. White. ss. BUSINESS FOJtMS. 12: ptembtr is/, i88c IN P. HOLCCMBE. IN p. HOMXtUBE. March is/, 1881. VEY B. Thoma? u The Ikmw ®1 l^®^ta©^®Mpi) A Partnership is an agreement between two or more persons for joining together their money, goods, labor, and skill, or any or all of them, in some lawful commerce or business, under an understanding, express, or implied from the nature of the undertaking, that the parties to the agreement shall share between them the profits and loss arising therefrom. As stated, a partnership may be formed by oral agreement, but it is always better and safer that it should be based upon written articles of agreement, in which tJie terms and conditions of the partnership must be stated ex- plicitly. A single joint transaction, out of which, considered by itself, neither profit nor loss arises, will not create a partnership. Neither is it a partnership where parties make a joint purchase and each then and there takes his proper share of the goods. No especial form of words is necessaiy in the preparation of articles of part- nership. The agreement should give the full names of the parties to it, the amount of money or goods, or the nature of the services, contributed by each ; should state clearly the responsibility assumed by each; and should set forth the manner in which the profits arising from the agreement are to be divided. In the absence of such statement the law assigns an equal responsibility, and pre* sumes an equal division of the profits. The partnership dates from the date of the articles, unless otherwise expressly stated in the agreement. It is not necessary that each partner should contribute an equal amount of money to be entitled to an equal share of the profits. An individual may con- tribute his knowledge of the business to be engaged in, or his skill, or his labor, or all three, the other partner or partners contributing a specified sum of money, or the money and their services. The agreement must state exactly what l* contributed. Each and every partner is liable for the debts or losses of the concern. A partnership may bind one or more partners to bear the losses, and exempt another partner, or other partners, from such losses. This agreement is per- fectly valid between the partners, but it is not good against creditors unless such creditors in dealing with the fiira were aware of this agreement, and based their transactions upon it. 126 BUSINESS FO/CAfS. The act of one partner binds all the others. Tlius, if one partner gives « ■egotiable note for the use of the firm, and signs it with his individual name, «uch signature binds all the other partners. Each partner is absolutely responsible to every creditor of the firm for thf whole amount of the debt. If his agreement with them limits the amount d his responsibility he may proceed against them to recover his loss. A person lending his name to a firm, or causing, or allowing it to be pub- lished as one of the partners in a concern, or allowing it to be used as a partner after he has withdrawn from the concern, is in the meaning of the law a part- ner as regards the claims of creditors. A person who contributes his money to the capital of a firm and shares its profits, without allowing his name to be used, is termed a secret or silent part- ner. A person contributing to the capital and sharing the profits of the concern, l^ut taking no active part in its management, is termed a sleeping or dormant partner. Both of these are liable to creditors for the debts of the concern, even though they did not know them to be members of the firm. The test of partnership is the participation in the profits of the business. In forming partnerships it is generally the rule to form them for a stated period, which must be expressed in the agreement. This is termed a limited partnership, and expires "by limitation" at the end of the period named. The partners are then free to renew their agreement or not, as they may see fit. Where an agreement does not specify such a period, the law presumes that a general partnership is intended. This may be dissolved or ended at the pleasure of either party. A sleeping or dormant partner is not liable for the debts of the firm contracted after his retirement, even though he may give no notice of his retirement, as such debts are not contracted upon the strength of his credit; and as he has no further participation in the profits of the firm, he cannot be called on to share its liabilities. When a general partnership is dissolved by the wanton or arbitrary with- drawal of either partner, such partner renders himself liable to the others for the loss or damage they may suffer by his action. It is usual to state in the agreement how a general partnership may be terminated, and this stipulation is binding upon all the partners. A partnership may be dissolved by the unanimous consent of all the partners, 01 a court of equity may, for sufficient cause, decree the dissolution of such partnership. Dissipation on the part of a partner, dissolute or reckless habits, calculated to endanger the credit or safety of the firm, are sufficient grounds for the other partners to invoke the action of the courts, where a mutual agreeme< caiinot be had. The death of a partner dissolves the firm, and its affairs must be adjusted aa vuon as possible thereafter. BUSINESS FORMS. 127 The interest cf a partner in a business may be attached by his creditors foi Uis private debts. Such attachment operates as a dissolution of the firm. When a partnership is dissolved, notice of such dissolution should be promptly published in the principal newspapers cf the place in which the business wa» conducted. Notice should also be sent to the correspondents of the firm. In the absence of such precautions each partner continues liable for the acts of tIC others to all persons who have no knowledge of the dissolution. The property of a partnership is bound for the debts of the firm. The creditor of one of the partners cannot attach such property until the debts of the partnership are paid. If, after such payment, a surplus remain, then such creditor may anach his debtor's interest in the partnership funds in payment oif his private debt. The statutes of some of the States recognize another kind of partnership, known as special partnership. A special partner is one who contributes a stated sum of money to the business of the concern, for a designated period. He shares in the profits of the business according to his agreement with the general part- ners; but his liability is limited to the amount of money contributed by him to the capital of the firm. In order to render a special partnership valid, the partners must publish in one or more newspapers, published in the town in which they do business, an advertisement setting forth the nature and limitation of their partnership, giving the names of the general partners, the name of the special i)artner, and the exact amount contributed by him to the capital of the concern. This statement must be verified by the signatures of all the parties, and sworn to before a magis- ■ trate, and this attestation must form a part of the advertisement. Care must be taken to see that the advertisement states the exact amount contributed by the special partner. An error in this respect, even though it be the fault of the printer, if allowed to remain uncorrected, destroys the effect of the agreement, and renders the special partner a general partner. In such a case he becomes liable for the whole debt of the firm. Form, of Partnership Agreement. Articles of Agreement, Made this first day of January, one tliousand eight hundred and eighty-one, between Thomas W. Hunter, of the city and State of New York, and Henry L. Clinton, of the city and State aforesaid, WITNESSETH, The said parties above named have agreed to become copartners in the business of buying and selling dry goods, and by these presents do agree to be copartners toi^ethtr under and by the name or firm of Hunter & Clinton, in the buying, selling, and vending all sorts of goods, wares, and merchandise, to the said business belonging, their copartnership to coni- •fience on the fifth day of January, 1881, and to continue for five years from that date, and to that end and purpose the said Thomas W. Hunter and the said Henry L. Clinton have each contril)'. ated the sum of ten thousand dollars as capital stock, to be used and employed in common l>e- . and his heirs." Wiiere no provision is made in a will for the children of the testator, the law presumes that such omission was an oversight, and allows such child an equal share wifli the other children. When a testator designs to exclude a child froir a share in his estate, he must state it explicitly in the will. The executors ouglit always to be named in the will, though an omission to name them does not invalidate the will. An administrator will in such case be tppointed by the court of probate. A witness to a will should never be a legatee, as such witness cannot inherit the bequest so made. This does not interfere with the validity of the wili, liowever. Wliere a 'vill is made, and the testator subsequently e shall not i.t any time, l^y day or night, depart or absent himself from the service of his said I III m- 138 BUSINESS FORMS. iiaster without his leave; bat in all things, as a good and faithful apprentice, shall and will de- mean and behave himself to his said master, and all his, during the >aid term. And for and m consideration of the sum of one hu»Aci ^I-liiK, to him in hand paid, the receipt of »hich the said John Adams doth hereby acknowledge, the said John Adams dotii covenant, promise, and agree to teach and instruct his said apprentice, or otherwise cause him to be well and suflv cicntly taught and insuucted, in the said trade of a carpenter and builder after the best way and manner that he can ; and shall and will also find and allow unto his said apprentice meat, drink, washing, lodging, and apparel, both linen and woollen, and all other necessaries in sickness and in health, meet and convenient for such an apprentice, during the term aforesaid ; and at the expiration of the said term, shall and will give to his said apprentice (over and above his then clothing) one new suit of apparel, viz., coat, waistcoat, and breeches, hat, shoes, and stockings, and linen, fit and suitable for such an apprentice. In Witness Whereof, The said parties have interchangeably set their hands and seali hereunto. Dated the first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 4nd eighty-one. Andrew Jackson, [seal.] Edward Jackson, [seal.] Witnesses: JoHN Adams. [seal.] Timothy Pickering, "> JouN Hancock. j An assignment is an instrument by which a person transfers a debt, obl.ga- lion, bond, or wages, or any actual interest, to another. An assignment may be written on the back of the instrument it is intended to convey, or it may be written on a separate paper. Form of Assignment of a Promissory Note. ( To be written on the back of the note.) I hereby, for value received, assign and transfer the within written note, together with all my rights under the same, to Thomas JefTersou. Georcie Washinctiin. fMM General Form of Assignment, With Power of Attorney. Know All Men by These Presents, That I, Edward Livingston, for value received, have Old, and by these presents do grant, assign, and convey unto Robert Morris— [I/ere insert a description of the thing or things assigned.] To Have and to Hold the sam^ aato the said Rol>ert Morris, his executors, administrators, and assigns forever, to and for the tise of the said Robert Morris, hereby constituting and ap- pointing him my true and lawful attorney irrevocable in my name, place, and stead, for the purposes aforesaid, to ask, demand, sue for, attach, levy, recover, and receive all such sum and sums of money which now are, or may hereafter become due, owing and payable for or on account of all or any of the accounts, dues, debts, and demands above assigned to him, giving ind granting unto the said attorney, full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary, as fully, to all intenis and purposes, as I might ?r could do, if personally present with full power of substitution and revocation, hereby ratify- ing and confirming all that the said attorney or his substitute shall lawfully do or cause to ba done by virtue hereof. BUSmESS FORMS. '39 In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal the first day of May, one thou* »and eight hundred and eighty-one. Edward Livingston. [seal.J Executed and delivered in presence of Thomas Jones, ) David Welch, j When two or more persons fail to agree in the settlement of a business trans- action, it is usual to refer the matter in dispute to one or more disinterested persons, who shall determine what is fair to each and all of the parties to the controversy. The parties to the dispute should pledge themselves to abide by the decision of the arbitrators. Before the -"ward of the arbitrator or arbitrators is made, either of the parties to the disputt. may withdraw his offer to accept the decision of the arbitrators. He must, however, give formal notice to each and all of the other parties of his intention, or his withdrawal is of no effect. An agreement to submit a matter to arbitration may be either verbal or in writing. Form of Agreement to Refer to Arbitrators. Know All Men by These Presents, That v/e, Richard W. Jenkins and Samuel R. Hicks, both of the city of Easton, State of Pennsylvania, do hereby promise and agree, to and with each other, to submit, and do hereby submit the question and claim between us respecting the sale of one thousand bushels of wheat from the said Richard W. Jenkins to the said Samuel R. Hicks, an the tenth day of September, l88o, to the arbitrament and determination of Henry W. Palmer, Joseph B. Howard, and Alfred T. Simpkins, of the city of Easton, whose decision and award shall be final, binding, and conclusive on us ; and, in case of disagreement between the said arbitrators, they may choose an umpire, whose award shall be final and conclusive ; and, in case of disagreement, the decision and award of a majority of said arbitrators shall be final and con- clusive. In Witness Whereof, We have hereunto set our hands this tenth day of October, a. t>. 1880. Richard W. Jenkins. Witness, Samuel R. Hicks. George P. Frick, ") Thomas H. Allen. J Form of Award of Arbitrators. To all to whom these Presents shaLi. come. We, Henry W. Palmer, Joseph B. Howard, and Alfred T. Simpkins, of the city of Easton, State of Pennsylvania, to whom was submitted as arbitrators the matters in controversy existing between Richard W. Jenkins and Samuel R. Hicks, as by the condition of their respective bonds of submission, executed by the said parties respectively, each unto the other, and bearing date the tenth day of October, one thousand eight iiundred and eighty, more fully appears, Now, therefore, know ve. That we, Henry W. Palmer, Joseph B. Howard, and Alfred T. Simpkins, the arbitrators mentioned in the said bonds, having been first duly sworn according to law, and having heard the proofs and allegations of the parties, and examined the matters in controversy by them submitted, do make this siward in writing, that is to say : The said Richard W. Jenkins shall pay to the said Samuel R. Hicks the sum of one hundred and fifty dollars ik d 140 BUSINESS FORMS. In presence of Hugh White, in cash as damages for his failure to deliver all of the wheat sold by him to the said Samuel R. Hicks at the time he agreed to deliver it. In Witness Whereof, We have hereunto subscribed these presents, this fifteenth day of October, a! v. 1880. "^^RY W. Palmer. JosEi'H B. Howard. Alfred T. Simi'kins. ' \ John W. Gray, j SuBscuiPTioN is the placing of a signature at tlie bottom of a written ir printed engagement. It is the act by which a person contracts, in writing, to furnish a sum of money for a particular purpose ; as, a subscription to a char- itable institution, a subscription for a book, and the like. When several promise to contribute to a common object, desired by all, the promise of each may be a good consideration for the promise of others. In general, subscriptions on certain conditions in favor of the party subscribing, are binding when the acts stipulated ure performed. " The law on the subject of these sub;^' ription papers," says Parsons, "and of all voluntary promises of contribution, is substantially this: no such promises are binding unless some- thing is paid for them, or unless some party for whose benefit they are made — and this party may be one or more of the subscribers — at the request, express or implied of the promisor, and on the faith of the subscription, incurs actual expense or loss, or enters into valid contracts with other parties which will occasion expense or loss. As the objection to these promises, or the doubt about them, comes from the want of consideration, it may be cured by a seal to each name, or by one seal which is declared in the instrument to be the seal of each." A person subscribing for a book is bound to take it when presented by the agent or canvasser, provided it corresponds with the sample copy shown to him at the time he gave his subscription. The agent or the publisher may recover the price of the book at law should the subscriber refuse to take it when presented to him. General Form of Subscription Paper. Philadelphia, j^ttte $fA, 1881. We, the undersigned, agree to pay the amounts set opposite to our names to the Reverend Arthur Stanley, for the purpose of paying the debt due upon St. Timothy's Protestant Episcopal Church, in the city of Philadelphia : SUBSCRIBERS. SUBSCRIBERS. Walter Wise, Alfred Jenks, ;$ioo.oo 2500 Theodore White, Alfred Hicks, 50.00 BUSJNEHS FORMS. 141 he said Samuel R. It often happens that great difficulty is experienced in the effort to collect Jebts justly due. Where they can be collected without resorting to legal meas- ures, it is best to exhaust all means of securing them, even though a moderate delay should result. Should it become necessary to seek the aid of the law, however, it is well to know the exact steps thaf should be taken. In seeking to recover debts by legal process, the creditor should first ascertain wliether the debtor hns enougli property, real or personal, or both, over and above the amount exempted by law, to make it worth his while to sue him. Suits for small amounts must be brought before justices of the peace. The jurisdiction of the justice is limited as follows in the various States: To Jive hundred dollars in the State of Tennessee. '.' three hundred dollars in the States of Arkansas, California, Colorado, Kansas, Massachusetts, Michigan, Missouri, Nevada, Ohio and Wisconsin, and in Utah Territory. To two hundred and fifty dollars in the State of Oregon. To two hundred dollars in the States of Illinois, Indiana, New York_ North Carolina, Texas and Vermont. To one hundred and fifty dollars in the State of Mississippi. To one hundred dollars in the States of Alabama, Connecticut, De'iaware, Florida, Georgia, Iowa (with the consent of parties, to three hundred dol- lars), Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Minnesota, Nebraska, New Hampshire, N-^w Jersey, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina and West Virgi:,ia ; and in the Territories of Dakota, Idaho, New Mexico, Washington and Wyoming. To fifty dollars in the State of Virginia. To twenty dollars in the State of Maine. JJttltsi itt %ui\m* or paglstrat^isi' Courtis. Should the amount be within the jurisdiction of the justice of the peace, the creditor's first step is to place the claim in his hands for collection. In some of the States a debtor must be sued in the town in which he resides, and nowhere else. In others, the law grants the creditor a larger latitude. It 142 BUSINESS FORMS. I i ■ . is not possible to state here the laws of the various States upon this subject. The justice before whom the suit is brought will give the necessary information. Upon receiving a claim for collection, the justice will issue a summons to the debtor, commanding him to appear at his court, at a staled time, and answer to the claim. The summons is placed in the hands of the constable, who delivers it to or " serves it upon " the person owing the debt. If he cannot find him, or if the debtor hides himself to avoid such service, the constable will deliver the summons to some member of the debtor's family, who must be ten years old, or over that age. He must then make a report to the justice, stating to whom he delivered the summons, and the circumstances connected with the service. Should the debtor wish to settle the claim without a trial, he may do so, the justice giving him a receipt for the amount of the claim and the costs of the service of the summons. This ends the matter, and prevents all further costs. Should the debtor decide to let the matter proceed to a trial, the creditor must prove his claim. Should such proof be made, the justice will declare a judgment in favor of the creditor. This is his oflficial statement, that the claim has been proven just, and that the debtor must pay it, together with the interest and costs allowed by law. Should the creditor fail to prove his claim, the justice will dismiss the suit, and the credit^r must pay the costs. Either party in a trial before a justice of the peace may demand a jury, and the justice is bound to grant the demand upon the dejiosit with him of the jury fees by the party making the demand. The jury may consist of either six oi twelve me. . The justice, upon such demand being made, will issue a writ to the constable to summon the proper number from the citizens of the place, who are competent to serve as jurors. Should the df '"endant fail to appear before the justice within the time named in the summons, and no good reason be offered for his absence, the justice will dismiss the suit unless the plaintiff demands a trial, then and there, or at some other time. Should a demand be madf to proceed to immediate trial, the justice will hear the case, and should the claim be proved, will enter a judgment against the de- fendant, and will issue an execution for its collection. An execution is a writ addressed to the constable, directing him to carry into effect the decision of the court. It generally directs him to seize and sell such property of the defendant, not exempt by law, as will satisfy the claim and the costs of the suit. As a general rule the constable has about seventy days in which to levy upor and sell the property. Should the plaintiff feel satisfied that his claim will bf endangered unless the goods are seized at once, he may make oath to that effect, md the justice will direct the constable to make the levy at once. As a general rule, ths constable cannot sell the goods under twenty days from ihe time of seizure. When a levy is made upon his property, the defendant may claim all th« iiiil BUSINESS FORMS. M3 exemptions. This may be determined by two appraisers, one appointed by the defendant, and one by the constable, or the constable himself may act in tliis capacity. When an execution is placed in the hands of the constable, he will proceed to the place where the property is located, and take possession of it. He will advertise the property for sale at least ten days before the date of the sale, by causing written or printed notices of the sale to be posted up in three prominent places in the town or neighborhood. At the appointed time, the constable will sell the property at auction to the highest bidder. In some of the States, when an attachment has been issued and placed in the hands of the constable, and he returns that he cannot find any property belong- ing to the defendant, and the plaintiff has reason to think that the defendant is concealing, or assigning or removing his property with a view to avoid pay- ment, it is the practice to issue a Capias for the arrest of the debtor. This is a very delicate proceeding, and is only resorted to in extreme cases. Before issuing the capias the justice will require of the plaintiff or his attorney a bond with good security, binding the plaintiff and his indorser to p ly all damages and costs, if any, which may be wrongfully occasioned by a capias in this case. The capias is then placed in the hands of the constable, who proceeds to arrest the defendant, and take him before the magistrate issuing tha capias. The defendant may avoid arrest by offering as " bail " one or more responsible persons, who, by an indorsement written on the back of the capias and signed by them, bind themselves to produce the defendant at the place and time appointed for the trial, the defendant at the same time pledging himself to pay the amount of the claim with costs if a judgment shall be rendered against him, or to surrender himself to his creditor. In case he fails to appear at the trial, or to make payment, the persons who signed the bail must pay the claim and costs, and will be compelled by the court to do so. In more complicated cases, where the creditor finds his debtor about to leave the State, or where he is a non-resident, it is best to secure the services of a competent attorney-at-law, who will be prepared to take the proper steps for securing the claim, and to advise the creditor in all emergencies. As a creditor renders himself liable for damages for any improper interference with the rights or property of his debtor, it is better to seek legal advice in matters of any importance. Where a debt is due by a resident of one State to a resident of another, and it becomes necessary to resort to legal measures to collect it, it will be best to place the claim in the hands of a collection agency. One of the best houses of this kind is the United States Reporting and Collecting Association, the genei :il offices of which are at 107 and 109 Dearborn street, Chicago, Illinois. Tins Association is repre.sented by branch offices in the principal cities of the Union. Its action is prompt, and its rates are reasonable. Its correspondents are attorneys of good standing in every city and town of the United States. m. 144 COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. Collection and Exemption Laws -j?^ t*T -^3^!F^s^y^2^ir^^^a^_^p^^ OF |hE f ARIOUS flATES OF THE I^NION, AND im B^mmuQ^^ q^f a^KA^Pj). V; i ■I'f^ The following abstract of the laws of the various States of the Union and of the Provinces of Canada will show the amount anil character of property ex empted from attachment or levy and sale on execution. It is (pioted from T/u Attorneys Directory of the United States ; issued by the United States Keporting and Collecting Association, This company has offices in the principal cities of the country, and may be relied upon for the fulfilment of its promises. ALABAMA Exemptions : Personal property, $1,000; honiesica'l, not exceeding 160 acres, nor ;f2,ooo in value, or house and lot same value. Limitation of .\ciiiins: Open or unliquidated nccoun(s, 3 years; trespass to property, real or personal ; liijuidated accounts or promises in writing not under seal, 6 years; instruments under seal, 10 years; for recovery of real property, or on judg- ments of courts of record, 20 years. Revivor : P.irtial jiayujcnt or an unconditional promise in writing. Redemption : Of real estate sold under execution, ili'cree in chnpcei7, morigaf^c or for faxes, within 2 years. Justice's Ji'RisniCTioN: Jioo. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution: In justices' courts, under S20, 30 days, over S20, 60 days. Married Women: Real or personal property acquired at any time by the wife, remains her separate estate and not liable for her husband's deUs, Interest, 8 per cent. Usury forfeits interest. ARIZONA Exemptions : Homestead, ;?s,ooo. Limitation of Actions : Open account or coniratt not in writing, 2 years; contract in writing, 4 ye.irs, real actions, adverse ix)ssession on judgment or decree of any court, 5 years. Redemption of land sold on execution or foreclosure, 6 months. Justices' Jurisdiction : ?300. Married Women : Real and personal property acquired at any time, wife's separate estate and not subject to husband's debts. Witness : Parly in interest may be. Interest : When no agreement, 10 per cent. Usury : No law. ARKANSAS. Exemptions : Of resident, married or head of family, personal property, JS500, in addition to wearing apparel; homestead 'n country, 160 acres, not exceeding $2,500 in value, or 80 acres of uny value; in city, I acre, not exceeding $2,500 in value, or % acre of any value. LiMlTATlojl OP Actions 8 Open accounU, 3 years; promissory notes and written instruments not under seu!. COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. 145 5 yenrs ; wrillng^ under T AV OF Execution : Only on appeal, with surety. Married Women : All property, real or personal, acquired before marriage, and acquired after marriage by gift, bequest, devise or de- scent, wife's separate property ; all other properly acquired after marriage, common property ; wife must record inventory of separate property. Interest : lo per cent. ; by contract in writing, 2 per cent, per month. Usury forfeits 3 times amount paid, and penalty, I300 fine or 6 months' *n»prisonment, or both. ILLINOIS. Exemptions : Personal property of every i)erson, f 100, and in addition for head of family ri.«iding with the same, if 300 ; but property so exempt does not include money or wages due the debtor ; no exemption allowed when the debt is for the wages of laborer or servant ; homestead fiMin or lot and buildings thereon, ^1,000. Limitation of Actions: On unwritten contr.icts, 5 years ; bonds, notes, and judgments recovered in foreign states, 10 years ; real actions and judgments recovered in this State, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or new promise. Re- D«MPTI0N: Lands sold on execution or foreclosure, I year, for defendant; and by judgment creditor after 12 and within 15 months; no redemption under foreclosure by advertisement, under power of sale in mortgage or trust deed ; for taxes, i year. Justices' Jurisdiction : $200. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : No law. Married Women : Hold and control personal and real property, obtained by descent, gift, or purchase, as if unmar* ried. Interest : Legal rate, 6 per cent. ; by contract in writing, 10. Usury forfeits entire interest ; corporations cannot interpose this defence. INDIANA. Exemptions : To resident householder, real or personal property, 1^300 ; no homestead. Lim- itation OF Actions : Open accounts and contracts not in writing, 6 years ; actions not limited by statute, 15 years; written contracts, judgments of courts of record and real actions, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption : Of lands sold on execution, I year ; for taxes, 2 years. Justices' JURISDICTION : |200. Witness : Party in interest may be, and each party may compel the other to testify. Stay of Execution : On $6 to over |ioo, 30 to 180 days, on filing freehold securities. Married Women hold their real and personal property absolutely as their separate estate. Interest: Legal rate, 6 per cent.; by agree- ment in writing, 8. Usury forfeits the excess above 8 per cent. IOWA. Exemptions : Tools, instruments, libraries, necessary team, etc., of mechanic, farmer, teacher, »jr professional man ; homestead to head of family, 40 acres in country and yi acre in city, in- cluding buildings, without limit as to value. Limitation of Actions : Unwritten con- tracts, 5 years j written instruments and real actions, 10 years ; on judgments of any court of record, 20 years. Revivor : Admission that the debt is unpaid, or new promise to pay in writing. Redemption of lands sold on execution or foreclosure, i year, except where there has been a stay of execution or an appeal ; for taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : ;f 100 ; by consent of parties, 1(300. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay ok Execution : With freehold sureties, |Sioo, 3 months; over $100, 6 months; no stay after an appeal, and no appeal after a stay, MARRIED Women may own real or personal property acquired by descent, gift or purchase, and control the same as if feme sole. Interest : Legal rate, 6 per cent. ; by agree- mcnt in writing, 10. UsURY: Contract for above 10 per cent, forfeits 10 per cent, on amount of contract. KANSAS. Exemptions : To unmarried person : tools and «tock, ^400, or library and implements of pro ■h i-\ I' Mr '\ iillib, I -'ill 148 COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. fessional man; to head of family: household furniture, $500, also team, wagon, etc. ; farmin* utensils, I300 ; stockaiid tools of mechanic, $400; libraries, etc., of professional men; homcMeacl, 160 acres farm land, or I acre in city, with improvements, without limit as to v.ilue. Limitation OF Actions: Contract not in writing, 3 years; contractor promise in writing, 5 years; to recovci land sold for taxes, 2 years after recording deed ; on execution, 5 ye.irs ; in other rases, 15 year^ Revivor: P.irt payment or written promise or acknowledgment. Redemption: No redemp- tion except of lands sold for taxes, then 3 years. Justices' Jurisdictiom : $300. Wit.\E;,o -. Party in interest or convict may be. .Stay OF E.xecution : In justices' courts, on t,20 to over |ioo, 30 to 120 days. Married Women : Real or personal properly acquired at any lime (•-•xcept from husband) remains sole and sep.irate property of wife, and controlled as if unmar- ried. Interest : Legal rate, 7 percent. ; by agreement in writing, 12 per cent. Usury: Any payment above 12 per cent, shall be considered as principal. KENTUCKY. Exemptions : The usual schedule of personal effects, furniture, implements and stock, and professional libraries, etc., Ssoo; homestead, 5i|000. Limitation of Actions : Open accounts, promissory notes and contracts not in wriiing, 5 years ; contracts in writing and judgments or de- crees of any court, 15 years; real actions, 30 years. Revivor: New promise. Redemption: Real estate sold under execution for less than two-thirds its apjjraised value, 1 year; for taxes, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction: $50; Jefferson county, $100. Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution: On filing bimd, 3 months. Married Women: Wife's separate estate is not liable for husband's debts, but is subject to court in its control. Interest: Legal rate, 6 per cent. ; by agreement in writing, 6 per cent. Usury : Above 6 per cent, forfeits whole interest. LOUISIANA. Exemptions : To head of family : 160 acres of land and improvements, if owned ana occupied as residence, together with certain furniture, stuck implements, provisions, etc., the property not to exceed {2,000, and no exemption if wife has separaie property worth over ;{! 1,000 and enjoyed. Limitation of Actions: Open accounts, 3 ye^rs ; notes, bills, etc., 5 years; judgments, foreign or domestic and mortgages, lo years. Revivor : Express acknowledgment and promise to p.ay. Redemption : None for property sold under execution or mortgage ; tax sales, 2 years. Jus- tices' Jurisdiction : $100. Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay OF Execution : Dis- cretion of court. Married Women : Separaie property of wife controlled by her ; revenues of all separate property and all property acquired by either husband or wife after marriage held in community— a marriage partnership. Interest : Legal rale, 5 per cent. ; 8 jier cent, by written contract ; a higher rate if embodied in face of obligation. UsURV : Stipulation for over 8 per cent, after maturity forfeits entire interest. MAINE. Exemptions : The usual furniture, library, tools, implements, stock, team, host, etc. ; home- stead lo householder registering claim, $500. Limitation of Actions : Debt contracts an/* liabilities, express or implied, not under seal, 6 years; ail other actions, 20 years. Revivor: New promise in wriiing or part payment. Redemption : Land sold on execution, i year ; und.r mortgage, 3 years, except when power of sale contained in mortgage, tax sales 2 years. ]v~r ticks' Jurisdiction: J20. Witness: Party civil or criminal may be. Stay of Execution ; Discretion of court in extreme cases. Married Women : May own, manage, and convey ical and personal estate acquired from any source except from husband, as if single. INTEREST 1 Legal, 6 per cent. ; by contract in wriiing, any rate. Usury : No law. MARYLAND. Exemptions : Wearing apparel, books, mechanics' tools and other property to the value of f too ; no homestead. Limitation of Actions : Open accounU and simple contracls, 3 years- COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. igon, etc. ; farmin* l1 men ; homestead, Mlue. Limitation 5 years; to recovei her rases, 15 year^. noN : No re(lem]v $300. WlTNi;;i3i iits, on $20 to over quired at any lime rolled as if unmar- ent. Usury: Any nts and stock, and NS : Open accounts, id jud{;ments or de- se. Redemption ; I year ; for taxes, 3 arty in interest may N: Wife's separate Interest: Legal cent, forfeits whole )wned and occupied tc, the property not ,000 and enjoyed. udfjments, foreign xnd promise to pay. es, 2 years. Jus- Execution: Dis- y her ; revenues of r marriage held in :ier cent, by written ion for over 8 per boat, etc. ; home- ■)ebt contracts niii' years. Revivor : ion, I year; undi'r lies 2 years. Jus- ly of Execution ; e, and convey leal ngle. Interest i fy to the value of contracts, 3 years? 149 Baled instruments and judgments, 12 years. Revivor : No statute. Redemptjon : Tax sa!e«| I year. Justices' Jurisdiction : Siod. Witness; Party in interest may be. Stay of Ex- ECUTION : When under $30, 6 months ; when over ;5i30, i year. Married Women : Property of wife, real or personal, acquired at any time, separate estate, and not subject to debts of husband. LnterEoT : Legal. 6 per cent. Usury forfeits all interest. MASSACHUSETTS. Exemptions: Household furniture, $300 ; lil)rai7, S50; tools and implements, Jlioo; stock, ^100; boat and fishing tackle, gioo; certain live-stock, etc. ; homestead to householder, if re- corded as such, iSSoo. Limitation of Actions: Contracts or liabilities not under seal, express or implied, 6 years ; real actions upon an attested note, and personal actions on contracts nif otherwise lin.ited, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment (as to party making it) or new promise in writing. Redemption : Real estate set olf on execution by the deljto;-, i year ; none under foreclosure; tax sales, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : $300. Witness: P.irty in interest may l)e. Stay of Execution : No special stay. Married Women : Real and personal prop- erty of wife, acquired at any time, subject solely to her liabilities and control. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. ; any rate by contract in writing. Usury : No law. MICHIGAN. Exemptions : Various personal properly and lilirary, S150 ; certain live-stock, household goods and furniture, J250 ; tools, implements, stock and team, etc., to carry on trade or profession, ^250; homestead, 40 acres of land, or lot in city and house thereon, i!i, 500. Limitation OP Actions: Contracts or liabilities not under seal, 6 years; on judgments or decrees of any court, and actions on contract not otherwise limited, 10 years. Revivor: Part payment or promise in writing to pay. Redemption: Real estate sold under execution and foreclosure at law, i year; none under foreclosure in chancery ; tax sales, I year. Justices' Jurisdiction : S300. Wit- ness : Party not exclutled by reason of interest or crime. Stay OF Execution : In justice'* court, $50 four months; over $50 six months. Married Women : Real and personal propertj \X wife acquired from any source, at any time, held and controlled by her as if unmarried. In- terest: Legal, 7 per cent. ; by contract in writing, 10. Usury forfeits excess over 7 per ceirt. MINNESOTA. Exemptions: Personal property, household effects, etc., 5500; implements and stock of farmer, ^(300; tools, stock, etc., of mechanic or miner, $400; library and implements of prores- sional man; presses and material of printer or publisher, J52,ooo, together with stock, $400^ homestead, 80 acres in country, ^ acre in village less than 5,000 inhabitants, or i lot in city over 5,000 inhabitants, and dwelling on e.ich. Limitation of Actions : On contracts, express or implied, 6 years; on judgments or lo foreclose mortgage, 10 years; real actions, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption : Real estate sold under ex- ecution and foreclosure, i year ; for taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : Any amount under Jioo. Witness: Party not excluded by reason of interest or crime. Stay of Execution i Jiulpment of district court, 6 months ; justices' courts, gio to over ^75, I to 6 months. Married \/OMEN: All property acquired liy wife, before or after marriage, remains her separate estate, neiiner controlled by nor subject to debts of husband. Interest; Lega', 7 per cent. ; bycoi* tract in writing, 10. Usury : Interest taken .above 10 per cent, or compounding, forfeits all interest. MISSISSIPPI. Exemptions: Necessary tools and implements of farmer or mechanic, library and implements rf professional man, $250; household furniture, Sioo ; homestead, 80 acres, or residence ia tity, value, 52.000. Limitation of Actions: Open accounts, 3 years; contracts not under teal, express or implied, 6 years; bonds, notes, and contracts under seal, 7 yearr ; judgments and ll'S It" Hi.',;. ifM I!;0 COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. decrees rendered in another State against resident of this, 3 years ; rendered »ki this, 7 years} "eal actions, lo years. Revivor : An acknowledgment of the debt or new jiromise in writing. Redemption : No law of. Justices' Jurisdiction: itiso. Witness: v«.-ty in interest may *e. Stay of Execution : Justice's court, 60 days. Married Women : Property 01 wif« acquired in any manner and at any time, her separate property. Interest: Legal, 6 per cent.; i>y contract in writing, lo. Usury : Stipulation for more than 10 per cent, forfeits excess. MISSOURI. Exemptions : To heads of families : Personal property, various articles and stock named, 01 else, if chosen by debtor, in value $loo\ homestead : 160 acres in country, or 30 square rods iu city of less than 40,000 inhabitants, either in value ;? 1,500; in cities over 40,000 inhabitanU, 18 square rods, value j53,ooo. Limitation of Actions : Open accounts and all promises not in writing, 5 years; contracts and instruments in writing, 10 years; judjjments and decrees of courts of record, 20 years. Revivor : New promise in writing. Redemition : Lands sold since May, 1877, under trust deed, without foreclosure, i year. Justices' Jurisdiction : On contracts, debts or balance due, exclusive of interest, $90; on bonds and notes, exclusive of interest, $150; in counties over 50,000 inhabitants, the above limits are enlarged respectively, as follows : ;g90 to tzoa and J 150 to ii300. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : Neither »tay nor attachment known in this State. Married Women : Wife holds her real and jjersonal property free from her husband and his debts, but through the intervention of a trustee. Inter- »9T : Legal, 6 per cent. ; by contract in writing, 10. Usury : It is unlawful to take or stipulate for more than 10 per cent. ; if done, lender forfeits all interest, but borrower pays lO per cent., which goes to school fund. MONTANA. Exemptions: Usual personal schedule, and to fanner, implements, stock, seeds, etc., S800; tools, teams and libraries of mechanics, business and professional men ; dwelling of miner, %yKi, his tools and machinery, $i;oo, aho team ; homestead, 80 acres in country, ^ acre in city, value each 12,500. Limitation of Actions : Upon contract or account not in writing, 2 years ; con- tracts, obligations or instruments in writing, judgments and decrees of any court, 6 years. Re- vivor : Part payment, acknowledgment or promise in writing. Redemption : Lands sold under execution, 6 months. Justices' Jurisdiction : 5100. Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : Discretion of court. Married Women : Wife's property, acquired at iny time her separate estate, provided it is specified in a list and recorded as such. Interest i Any rate by stipulation; when no contract, 10 per cent. Usury: No law. NEBRASKA. Exemptions : The usual schedule of furniture, tools, stock, etc.; homestead, 160 acres iv ooumry or % acre if within the town plat ; if debtor has no .ands, then $500 in personal proj> erty. Limitation of Actions : Upon verbal contracts, express or implied, 4 years; specialty or promise in writing or foreign judgments, 5 years; real actions, 10 years. Revivor: Part payment or an acknowledgment,. or any promise to pay in writing. REDEMPTION: None under execution or mortgage, except b-fore confirmation of sale ; after confirmation title is absolute, ( en if judgment is subsequently reversed ; tax sales, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : Jioa ^VITNESS : Party in interest may h.. Stay of Execution : $50, 3 months ; |iOO, 6 months ; all ©l»iers, 9 months. Married Wox'itn : Property of wife acquired at any time and from any source except from herhusbnn > ner sole property and controlled as if unmarried. Interhst » l-egal. 7 per cent. ; bv -^j^.^Mct in writing, 7. Usury forfeits all ititerest. NEVADA. Exkmptions: Office furniture, |ioo; household furniture, farming utensils, etc., <200; team, COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. ISI ;tc., |200; team, etc., tools of mechanic, libraries, etc., of professional men, dwelling of miner, $500, also tools and machinery, $500; homestead to head of family, |i5,ooo. Limitation of Actions : Open or store account and contract not in writing, 2 years ; upon contract or instrument of writing, 4 years ; recovery of mining claims, 2 years ; real actions, or judjjment or decree of any court, 5 years. The above applies to contracts before March 2d, 1877; to contracts sincj that date he above periods), 2 years extended to 4, and 4 and 5 respectively to 6 years. Rfvivor : Acknowl- edgment or new promise in writing. Redemption : Of lands sold on execution, 6 niontns ; except for taxes, then none. Justices' Jurisdiction : {300, exclusive of interest. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay OF EXECUTION : In discretion of court. Married Women : Ail property of the wile, owned by her before marriage, and that acquired afterwards by gift, bequest, devise or descent, her separate property; all other property acquired during covertur* by husband or wife, common property, but controlled by husband. Interest : Legal, 7 per cent.; any rate by agreement. Usury: No law. NEW HAMPSHIRE. Exemptions: Household furniture, ilioo; tools of mechanic, ^lOO; library, j5200, together with the usual livestock, teams, etc. ; homestead or interest theiein to wife, widow and children during life or minority, $500. Limitation of Actions: Contracts not under seal, 6 years; real actions, ju'lj,.nents, notes secured by mortgage and contracts under seal, 20 years. Revivor: New promise, verbal or written. Redemption : Lands sold under execution, foreclosure or for taxes, I ye.-»r. Justices' JURISDICTION : ^(13.33. Witness: Party in interest maybe. Stay of Execution : Discretion of court. Married Women may hold and control their separate property, real and personal, and earnings, as if W*. Interest: Legal, 6 per cent. Usi/RY: A person receiving above 6 per cent, forfeits three times the excess. NEW JERSEY. Exemptions: Personalty, 5200 ; homestead under statutory notice, lot and building occupied IS residence, $i,030. LIMITATION OF Actions ; Debt not founded on specialty and all action? of account, 6 years ; upon sealed instruments, 16 years; judgments and real actions, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or written acknowledgment. Redemption : None except for taxes, then time governed by special laws. Justices' Jurisdiction: ^Sioo. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : Justices' court, not over $15, i month; over $\f, and under ^60, 3 months; over $60,6 months. Married Women: Wife holds and controls her property, acquired at any time, as if she was single. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits aU interest. NEW MEXICO. Exemptions : Real estate to head of family residing on the same, provided it is claimed as ixempt, $1,000; also small amount of personal property, including tools, etc. Limitation or Actions : No statute affecting the collection of moneys ; adverse possession, 10 years. Revivor • No statute. Redemption: Lands sold under execution or for taxes, i year. Justices' Juris niCTiON: Any amount less than $100. W1TNF.SS: Rules of common law govern exclusively. Stay of Execution : No statute, except by appeal. Married Women : Wife is the sole owner ot her separate property, but it is subject to the control of her husband, and the proceeds become thoir joint property. Int&KEST: Legal, 6 per cent., but any amount by agreement. Usury: No law of. NEW YORK. Exemptions: Necessary furniture, tools, team, library, etc., not to exceed $250 ; homestead lot and building, owned and occupied as residence, and recorded as homestead, |t,ooo. Limi- tation of Actions : Contracts, express or implied, except those under seal, 6 years; recovery of real estate upon Judgments of courts of record and sealed instruments, 20 years. Revivor t iL«^^«- :-5li . M : 152 COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. pArt payment or new p jmise in writing. Redemption : No law, except for lands sold for taxes, ilien 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction: $100 Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay o> Execution : No law, but court may order in discretion. Married Women : Wife has same rijjhis and subject to same liabilities in relation to her separate property as if single. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. Usury voids contract, forfeits principal and interest, and is misdemeanor. NORTH CAROLINA. Exemptions: Personalty, Sfoo , homestead, 51.000. Limitation of Actions: ConfMcts not under seal, 3 years ; upon instruments under seal, judgments, courts of record or foreclosure of mortgage. Revivor : New promise in writing. Redemption : None for property sold on execution or mortgage ; tax sales, I year. Justices' Jurisdiction • S200. Witness: Incom- petency for interest or crime abolished. Stay ok Execution: ^25, i month; $25 to $50,3 months ; 550 to $100, 4 months ; above ^loo, 6 months. Married Women : Properly of wife acquired at any time and in any manner her separate estate, but cannot convey without consent of husband. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. , by stipulation, 8. Usury forfeits entire interest, and party paying may recover double the amount paid. OHIO. Exemptions : The usual furniture, tools, instruments, library, horse or team, etc., and if no homestead, to head of family $500; additional personal property : homestead, $1,000. LIMITA- TION of Actions : Upon contracts not in writing, express or implied, 6 years ; specialty or any agreement in writing, 15 years; real actions, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment, acknowledg- ment or promise m writing. Redemption : None for lands sold under execution or foreclosure* for taxes, 2 years. JusTicF.s' JURISDICTION : S300. Witness- Neither interest nor crime dis- qualifies. .Stay of Execution : Only in justices' court, then on judgments from $5 to over $50 from 60 to 240 days. Married Women: Real and personal properly of wife acquired at any time her separate estate and under her sole control Interest: Legal, 6 per cent., may con- tract in writing for 8 ; if contract is for more than 8 per cent., only principal and 6 can be recovered. OREGON. Exemptions ; The usual schedule, also necessary tools, implements, library, team, etc., of trade or profession, {400; and further to householder, if kept for use; farm stock, utensils, etc., $300, no homestead. Limitation of Actions: On contracts not under seal, express or im- plied, 6 years ; on judgments or decrees of any court and sealed instruments, 10 years ; recovery real property, 20 years. Revivor: Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption: Lands sold under execution or mortgage may be within 60 days from sale, or Kast redempiion ; for .taxes, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdict'on: I250. Witness: Party in intirest may he. Stay OF Execution : No statute for. Married Women: Wife controls her sepaniie estate as if single, except that it must be registered as such. Interest: Legal, 10 percent.; 12 by con- tract; above 12 per cent., illegal. PENNSYLVANIA. Exemptions : Either real or personal property, gjoo ; no homestead law. Limitation of Actions. Contracts, notes and instruments not under seal, 6 years; judgments, mortgages niul sealed instruments, 20 years. Revivor: Acknowledgment coupled with promise to pay ; pro- mise may be implied, if acknowledgment is plain, express, and nothing to negate such implica- tion. Redemption: None except sales for taxes and municipal doings, then 2 years. Justices' .TURISDICTION : Generally Jioo; Eric, Ven.ango, Lawrence, Crawford, Mercer and Warien counties, 5300, Witness: Party in iniere.t may be. .Stay of Execution: Judgment n4l exceeding $200, 6 months; |200 to S500, 9 months; over $500, i year. Justices' judg- ments, |20 to over $60, 3 to 9 months. Married Women : All property of wife acquired inds sold for taxes, nay be. Stay oj N : Wife has same ingle. Interest : is misdemeanor. moNS: Contracts :ord or foreclosure ir property solil on WiTNi;ss: Incom- ii ; $2S to $50, 3 : Pro|)erty of wife ;y without consent Ells entire interest, m, etc., and if no Jl,OCO. LlMITA- ; specially or any iient, ncknowleclg- on or foreclosure • est nor crime (lis- 3ni $$ to over $50 e acquired at any cent. , may con- al and 6 can be ^ team, etc., of :k, utensils, etc., express or im- years ; recovery Redemption: List redemption ; may be. Stay ale estate as if It.; 12 by con- Limitation of , niortgafjes .niul ise to pny ; pro- te such implica- ears. Justices' er and Waneii Judjjment n4t Justices' judfj. wife acquired COLLECT/ON AND EXEMPTION LAWS. 153 before or after marriage, held and enjoyed as her separate estate, but may be charged for necessaries contracted by her for her family. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. ; usurious-interest cannot be collected. RHODE ISLAND. Exemptions : Necessary working tools, ^200 ; also, if householder, furniture, etc., $300, be sides certain stock; no homestead law. Limitation of Actions: All actions of account, except between merchants ; and any contract without specialty, 6 years , other actions of debt and covenance, 20 years. Revivor : No statutory provision — as at common law. Redemption : None of sale on execution ; under mortgage, 3 years ; for taxes, i year. Justices' Jurisdic- tion : t,\oo. Witness : Neither interest nor crime disqualifies. Stay OF Execution ; Di .- crelion of court. Married Women : Property of wife, acquired before or after marriage, remains her separate estate. Interest • T^egal, 6 per cent., but any rale may be taken by agreement. SOUTH CAROLINA. Exemptions : To head of family : furniture, library, tools, farming implements, cattle, work animals, etc., $500; homestead, $1,000. Limitation of Actions: Upon contracts not under seal, sealed notes or personal bonds, 6 years ; judgments or decrees of any court, and upon sealed instruments (except as above), 20 years; to recover real property, 10 years. Revivor: No statute, as at common law. REDEMPTION : No law except of sales for taxes, then 2 years. Justices' Judgment: $100. Witness: P.nrty in interest may be. Stay of Execution: No law of; court may grant order for. Married Women: All property of a woman held at time of marriage, or acquired afterwards (except that gift or grant of husband shall not be detrimental to his creditors) held as her separate property, and controlled as if unmarried. Interest; Legal, 7 per cent. ; same by contract in writing. Usury laws abolished. TENNESSEE. Exemptions: To head of family: various articles, food, etc., together with furniture, cattle, team, tools, etc., to value of $165 ; homestead in possession of head of family, $1,000. Limita- tion of Actions: Upon bonds, notes, accounts and contracts generally, 6 years ; judgments or decrees of courts of record, and other cases not expressly provided for, 10 years. Revivor : Acknowledgment, express--.! willingness to pay - r promise ; part payment not in itself sufificient. Redemption : Of lands sold for cash under execution or mortgage (with power of sale), 2 years ; for taxes, i year. Justices' Jurisdiction: Against makers of notes, acceptors of bills and upon liquidated accounts signed by party to be charged, $l,ooo; against indorsers of notes and bills and on open or unliquidated accounts, $500, Witness: Party in interest maybe. Stay of Execution: On justice's judgment, 8 months. Married Women: Wife's sep.-\rate property not subject to debt or disposition of husband, except authorized by instrument under which she acquired it. Interest : Legal, 6 percent., prior to March 20, 1877; by contract, 10 per cent. ; since that date, excess of 6 per cent, usury. TEXAS. Exemptions : All furniture, implements of husbandry, tools, apparatus or library belonging to trade or profession ; teams, stock, etc ; homestead, 200 acres in one or more parcels, with im- provements; in city or village, lot or lots, $5,000 at time of designation, without reference to present value of improvements. Limitation of Actions: Open accounts, except between mer- chants, 2 years; contracts in writing, 4 years ; to recover land against one in possession under title, 3 years ; in possessioi. without title, lo years ; judgments, courts of record, to years. RE- VIVOR : Acknowledgment of justice of claim in writing. Redemption: None for lands sold except for taxes, then 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : $200. Witness : P.arty in interest may be. Stay of Execution : 3 months on justice's judi,ments only. Married Women : All property of v. ..e at marriage, and all acquired thereafter by gift, devise or descent, remains her 1^4 COLLECT f ON AND EXEMPTION i '"'■. leparate property, but subject to the husband's management. Inter* Leg ., ; per cent. ; by contract, 12. Usury forfeits all interest. UTAH. Exemptions: OHice furniture, $ioo ; household furniture, farming implements, certain cattl«^ team, etc., also seed, grain, etc., $100; tools, instruments and libraries of professional men; lu.mc', tool's, etc., of miner, $400; horse or ieam, etc., when used for livelihrnxl ; homestead to \vm\ of family, $i,oco,and the further sum of $250 for each member of the family. Limitation OK Actions : Open accounts and contracts not in writing, 2 years ; contracts or obligations founded on writing, 4 years; judgments, 5 years; recovery of lands, 7 years. Revivor : Ac. knowledgment or promise in writing. REDEMrrioN : Of lands sold under execution or mort- g.ige, 6 months, and 60 days from h.n redemption. Justices' Jurisdiction : J200. Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : Court may stay for a limited time. Married Women : All property of wife acquired at -vay time, held, managed and controlled as if unmarried. Jnterest: Legal, 10 per cent. ; by agreement, any rate. Usury : No law. VERMONT. Exemitions: Necessary furniture, tools, cattle, etc.; professional library and instruments, |200 ; team used for work, |20o ; homestead to head of family, $500. Limitation ok Actions : Contract, obligation, or liability not under seal, 6 years ; instruments under seal, and judgment of court of record, 8 years; recovery of land, 15 years. Revivor: New promise in writing. Redemption: Lands sold on execution, 6 months; under foreclosure, i year, unless value of property less than incumbrance, then in discretion of court ; for taxes, i year. Justices' Juris- diction : $200. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : No general law, but court may allow. Married Women : Wife's separate property, acquired at any time, not liable for husband's debts, except created for her and family, and then chargeable only upon annual products of her separate estate. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits excess. VIRGINIA. Exemptions: Pictures, library, etc., $100; necessary furniture, certain cattle, house, etc. ; a mechanic's tools, 5 100; also to head of family, called homestead exemption, real or personal property, j!l2,ooo. Limitation of Actions: For articles charged in store account, 2 years ; contracts not under seal, $ years; contracts under seal, 20 years; recovery of lands, 15 years. Revivor : New promise in writing ; part payment not sufficient. Redemption: No statutory provisions; right exists in mortgagor as at common law; under tax sales, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction: See Stay of Execution. Witness; P.irty in interest may be. Stay of Execu- tion: Only on justice's judgment, between $\o and J'jo, 4odays; between 520 and J30, 60 days; over $30, 90 days. Married Women : Recent staiiHes not judicially construed, henc* law uncertain; by act of April 4, 1877, property of women married since that date — or if mar- ried before, acquired since that date, shall be her separate estate, subject, however, to the cour- tesy of the husband. Interest: Legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits all interest. WASHINGTON TERRITORY. Exemptions : To each householder, household goods, coin value, < 1,500; also certain cattle to farmer, team, utensils, etc., $200; to professional men, office furniture, also libraries and instruments, $500; boatmen; boats, $250; draymen, team; homestead to bead of family while occupied by family and entered in office of auditor as sujh, $1,000. Limitation ok Actions : Contracts not in writing, 3 years; contracts in writing or liability arising out of a written agree- ment, or a judgment or decree of any court, 6 years; recovery of -.eal property. 20 years. Re- vivor : Fart payment or new promise in writing. Redemption : Lands sold on exeeution, 6 COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. 155 i, 't per cent; by :nts, certain catti^ professional men ; od ; homestead to nily. Limitation icts or obligations , Revivor: Ac- execution or mort- JS200. Witness: time. Married ed as if unmarried. r and instruments, rioN OK Actions : eal, and judgment iromise in writing, ar, unless value of Justices' Juris- : No general law, Hired at any time, n chargeable only Usury forfeits [tie, house, etc. ; a , real or personal account, 2 years ; f lands, 15 years. ion : No statutory years. Justices' Stay of Execu- n $20 and $30, 60 construed, henct date — or if mar- k-ever, to the cour- est. also certain cattle also libraries and d of family while ion of Actions : f a written agree- ty. »0 years. Re- d on execution, k months. Justices' Jurisdiction: $100. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Exe- cution; In superior court, under t>%QO, 30 days; between $500 and $1,500,60 days; over ;pi,500, 90 days. In district court, under $300, 2 months; between 5300 and $1,000, 5 months; over $1,000,6 months. Married Women : Property of wife acquired before marriage, and afterward by gift, devise or descent, her separate property; same with husband; property other- wise acquired during coverture held in common ; all, however, subject to control of husband ; to avoid liability for husband's debts, wife must record inventory of her separate estate, duly exe- cuted. Interest : Legal, 10 per cent. ; any rate by agreement in writing. Usury : No Law. WEST VIRGINIA. Exemptions: Parent or infant children of deceased parents may set apart personal estate, $200; mechanic or laborer, tools, $200; homestead as against debts created since August 22d, 1H72, $1,000; provided it was recorded as such before the debt was contracted. LlMlTAVlON OF Actions : Store account, 3 years ; accounts concerning trade between merchants, 5 years; contracts not in writing, or in writing, and not under seal, 5 years ; contracts under seal, 20 years, except that contracts extcuted after April lit, 1869, whether under seal or not, lO years; to recover land, 10 years. Revivor : Acknowledgment of debt or promise in writing to pay. Redemption: None for land sold under execution or mortgage; for taxes, i year. Justices' Jurisdiction : $100, exclusive of interest. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Exe- cution : Justice's judgments, $10 to over $50, I to 4 months. Married Women : Property of wife acquired at any time and from any source other than her husband, held to her sole and separate use; provided that the husband must join in conveyance of realty. Interest: Legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits excess. "WISCONSIN. Exemptions: Library, household furniture, etc., $200; firearms, $50; necessary team, cattle and utensils ; I year's provisions ; tools or stock in trade of mechanic, miner or other person, $200; library and implement -jf professional man, $200; printing material, presses, etc., $1,500; homestead in country, 40 acres, or in town-plat % of an acre. Limitation of Actions : On contracts not under seal, 6 years; judgments of courts within the State and on sealed instru- ments, cause accruing within the State, 20 years; foreign judgments and specialties, cause accru- ing without the Slate, 10 years ; recovery of bonds, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or new promise in writing; if by one joint debtor, it revives only as to him. Redemption: Of lands sold undur execution, 2 years ; mortgage, I year ; taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : $200. Witne:;s: Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : Only on justice's judgments; $10 to over $S0> exclusive of costs, i to 4 months. Married Women : Property of wife acquired at any time, from any source other than her husband, held to her sole and separate use and dis- posal. Interest : Legal, 7 per cent. ; by contract in writing, 10. Usury forfeits all interest. WYOMING. Exemptions; Household furniture, provisions, etc., $500; tools, team, implements or stock in trade of mechanic, miner or other person, kept for his trade or business, $300; library and instruments of professional man, $300; homestead actually occupied as such by head of family, in country, 160 acres, in town, lot or lots in value $1,500. Limitation of Actions : On con- tracts not in writing, 4 years; upon specialty or agreement in writing, 5 years; on all foreign judgments or contracts made or incurred before debtor becomes resident, within i year after he establishes residence in Territory; recovery of lands, 21 years. Revivor: Part payment or acknowledgment in writing. Redemption : Under mortgage, 6 months. Justices' Jurisdic- tion : $100. Witness: Neither interest nor crime disqualifies. Stay OF Execution: Stay law repealed, except as to justice's judgments. Married ^''omf.n : Vote, hold office, and con- trol separate property as though unmarried. Interest: Lt^ \ »•? per cent.; any rate by agi«e- tnent in writing. No usury law. m m 156 COLLECTION AND EXEMPT/ON LA^VS. QUEL ""^—CANADA. Exemptions: Limited .imount of furniture, fuel, food, cattle, tools of trade, etc., etc. LiMl TATION OF Actions : For wages of domestics, or farm servants, I year ; by teachers for tuition, board, etc., 2 years; notes, bills of exchange, claims of a commercial nature and contracts gen- erally, 5 years ; contractor's warranty or recission of conlracls, 10 years; judgments and mort- gages,' 30 years. Jurisdiction of "Circuit Court" (.Similar to justices' courts in United States): la country districts, $200; in Montreal and Quebec, $iao. WitnE!.s: Parly to suit cannot be witness in his own behalf, but may be examined by his adversary. Married Women : As a rule, unless modified by ante-nuptial contract, wife retains in her own right all the immov- able property possessed at time of marriage; the same with liusb.ind, constituting two separate estates; all movables, brought in or acquired by each, constitute the third estate, called the community, controlled by husband. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. ; any rate by stipulation. ONTARIO-CANADA. Exemptions: Furniture, farm stock, tools and implements of trade, J60; free grants and homesteads in districts Algoma and Nipissing and between the river Ottawa and (Georgian Bay. Limitation OF Actions: Contracts, notes .and instruments not under seal, 6 years ; contracts under seal, mortgages, judgments, and to recover land, lo years ; to recover wild lands never in possession of crown, grantee as against person in possession, but not claiming under original gr.intee, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or written acknowledgment. Division Court's Jurisdiction: jSioo. Witness: P.uty in interest may be. Stay of Execution: Only by appeal. Married Women: Every woman m.irried since May 4lh, 1859, without marriage settlement, holds all her property, real and personal, free from debts or control of husband, e:;- cept as to property received from him during marriage; women married before May 4th, 1859, same rights as to real estate not then reduced lo husband's possession ; husband must join wife in deed conveying her separate estate, otherwise she acts as feme sole. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. ; any rate by agreement. NEW BRUNSWICK. Exemptions: Homestead act gives owner of his homestead exemption to value of $600; household effects to value of $60. LIMITATION OF Actions : On contracts not under seal, 6 years; contracts under seal, or judgments, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or written acknowl- edgment. Courts' Jurisdiction: Magistrates up to 520; county courts from J20 to S200; supreme court from $200 upward. Witness: Party in interest maybe. Married Women : The real and personal property belonging to a woman before or accruing after marriage, except such as may be received from her husband while married, shall vest in her and be owned by her as her separate property, and cannot be seized for husband's debts ; but he must join in any conveyance. If wife lives separate and apart from her husband, she can dispose of it as if un- married. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. ; any rale by agreement. NOVA SCOTIA. Exemptions: The necessary wearing apparel and bedding of debtor and his family, and the tools and insiruments of his trade or calling; one stove and his last cow. Limitation of Ac- tions: On all contracts not under seal, 6 years; judgments and contracts under seal, 20 years; Ko arrear of dower, rent or interest can be recovered after 6 years. Revivor : Part payment or acknowledgment in writing. Courts' Jurisdiction : Magistr.ates up to 520; county courts from JB20 to S200; supreme court from $200 upward. Married Women : All personal properly owned by the wife at the time of r.-.arriage, or acquired by her in any manner afterwards (unless trusted for her sole benefit), becomes the properly of the husband. She may hola real estate lu her own name, but cannot make a conveyance without the consent of her husband. INTEREST! Legal rate, 6 per cent. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 157 le, etc., etc. 1-iMJ teachers for tuition, and contrncts gen- (Igmenls and mort- s' courts in United NEhS: Party to suit Married Women: v^\\. nil the immov* uting two separate J estate, c.ilied the by stipulation. »; free grants and and (leorgian Bny, 6 years ; contracts A'ild lands never in ing under original Division Court's ECUTtoN: Only by , without marriage ol of husband, ex- jre M.ny 4th, 1859, and must join wife REST: Legal, 6 per to value of $600; not under seal, 6 r written acknowl- om J20 to 5200: ARRiEi) Women : r marriage, except and be owned by must join in any ose of it as if un- is family, and the MITATION OF AC- cr seal, 20 years; I'art payment or ounty courts from |icisonal properly ifterwards (unless I hola real estate )and. Interest I -«^^%5S?=£:^fe;»€:?^ Statistical T Designed for the Use of the Writer, the r^peaUer, the Student, the Business Man, and the Gen- eral Reader. %Mt jJliouJing tUe J^rindpl (gv^tttis oC ginrknt giistovu. B.C. 2324- 2200 2000 1996. 1921. 1896. 1856. 1837. 1729. 1582 1571 1491, 1491 1451 1352 '273' 1 136, 1 1 20 HOC «09S Allcj^ed beginning of Chaldrean astro- nomical ob-iervalions sent by Callisthe- nes to Aristotle; the ear'iest extant is of 720 n. c. (circa). The Hia dynasty in China founded. (ciicn). Cuneiform writing probably in use. Birth of Abraham. C.tII of Abraham. Isaac born. Kingdom of Argos founded. Uirth of Jacob and Esau. Joseph sold into Egypt. Beginning of the chronology of the Arundelian marbles, which were brought to England in A. D. 1627. Moses born. The Passover instituted. Departure of the Israelites from Egypt. The law given from Mount Sinai. Death of Moses and Aaron. Joshua leads the Israelites into Canaan, to 1193. The Judges. Rise of the Assyrian Empire. Samson slays the Philistines. Death of Sarason. [ciicrt). The Chow dynasty in China founded. Saul made King of Israel. B.C. >o7S 1056. loss 1048, 1048 1042. 1023, 1015, 1012. icx>6, 975- 971. 957- 906, 901. 900. 897. 896. 895. 884. 878. 776. Death of Samuel. Death of Saul and Jonathan. David King of Israel. David t.Tkes Jerusalem, to 1006. Tyre flourishes under Iliram. The Ark removed to Jerusalem. The revolt of Absalom. Death of David. Accession of Solomon. Solomon's Temple begun. Completion and dedication of Solomon's Temple. Death of Solomon. Revolt of the Ten Tribes. The kingdom of Israel estab- lished under Jeroboam. Shishak, King of Egypt, captures and plunders Jerusalem. Abijah, King of Judah, defeats the King of Israel. Israel is afllicted with a famine predicted by the Prophet Elijah. The Syrians besiege Samaria. Erection of the northwest palace of Nim' roud. Elijah translated to heaven. Death of Aha!), King of Israel. Mir.icles of Elisha the Prophet. Legislation of I.ycurgus at Sparta. Carthage founded by Dido. Commencement of the Olympiads. First authentic date in Greek history. 158 STAT/sriCAL TABLES /'OK REFER F.NCE. ■ ii fi B.C. 771. Palestine invaded by Pul, King of As- syiia. 758. Syracuse founded. 753. Rome founded. 747. Bobylon in.dependent under Nahonass.nr. 743-723. First Messenian War. 741. Puitah, King of Israel, l.iys siege to Jer- usalem; 120,000 of the men of Judah are slain in one day. 740. Ahaz, King of Judah, being defeated by Pekah, calls in the .issist-ince of TiKlalti- riieser, King of Assyria, and iiecomes tributary to him. Israel is also made tributary to the s.ime king. 727. Religious reformation under Ilezekiah, King of Judah. 721. Samaria taken by Sargon, King of Assy- ria. End of the kingdom of Israel. Captivity of the Ten Tribes. Isaiah and Micali, prophets, in Judah. 710. Sennacherilt invades Judah, but the Lord destroys his army. 698. Manasseh, King of Judah. Gross idolatry ii) Judah. 685-668. Second Messenian War, under Aris- tomenes. 684. Archonship ru Athens made annual. 678. Samaria colonized by Assyrians. 667-625. Reign of Assur-bani-pol, King of Assyria. 659. Byzantium founded by Megarians. 640. Religious reformation under Josiah, King of Judah. 632. Invasion of Assyria by the Scyths. 625. Fall of Nineveh. Babylon independent under Nabopolassar. 624. Legislation jf Draco, Archon at Athens. 624. In repair! ig the Temple at Jerusalem, Hilkiah oiscoversthe Book of the Law, and Josiah keeps a solemn Passover. Jeremiah prophet. 6io. Battle of Megiddo. Death of Josiah. 605. Jeremiah's prophecy of the seventy years' captivity. Nebuchadnezzar takes Jeru- salem. Jehoiakim his vassal. 602. Jehoiakim revolts from Babylon. 598. Capture of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar. Second Captivity. B.C. 597. Zedckiah made king over the remnant o( Judnh. 594. Legislation of fiolon at Athens. 588. The I'yihian games begin to be celebrated every five years, 588. Jerusalem having rebelled against B.iby- lon, is besieged by Nebuchadnezzar. 586. Jerusalem taken and destroyed by Nebu- chadnezzar. End of the kingdom of Judah. 585. Death of Periander, tyrant of Athens forty years. 580. Copper money coined at Rome. 579. Nebuchadnezzar takes Tyre. 569. Egypt conquered by Nebuchadnezzar. 560. Pisistratus tyrant of Athens. 559. Anacreon begins to be known, 559. Persian Empire founded by Cyrus. 556. Birth of Simonides (died B. C. 467). 554. Conquest of Lydia and capture of Crnesus by Cyrus. 549. Death of Phalaris, tyrant of Agrigentum. 540-510. Era of Pythagoras. 539 (<■"<■")• Marseilles founded by the Phoe- nicians, 538. Cyrus captures Babylon. 536, Cyrus ends the captivity of the Jews, Return of the first caravan to Jerusalem under Zerubbabel and Joshua. 535. Rebuilding of the Temple. 535. Thespis first exhibits tragedy. 534. Tarquinius Superbus, King of Rome. 532, Polycrates, tyrant of Samos. (Put to death B. c. 522.) 529. Death of Cyrus, Accession of Cambyses. 525. Conquest of Egypt by Cambyses, Birt\» of /^schylus (died B. C. 456), 522. Death of Cambyses. 521-485. Reign of Darius I. (Hystaspis) King of Persia. 520. Decree of Darius for rebuilding the Tem- ple at Jerusalem. 518. Birth of Pindar (died B. C. 439). 515. Dedication of the Second Temple. 510. Expulsion of the Tarquins from Rome The Pisistratide expelled from Atheni, Rome and Athens republics. 508. First treaty between Rome and Carthage. STATrSTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 159 •.c. 3ver the remnant of , tyrant of At hem int of Agrigentum. nded by the Thce- joo. 497- 49S- 494- 492. 490. 48s 507-506. Conquest of Thrace, Paonia, and Macedonia l.y Darius. Durning of Sardis by the lonians and Athenians. Battle of Lake Regillus. First authentic dale in Roman history. Birth of Sophocles (died D. C. 406). Tribunes at Rome. First Persian expedition, under Mardo- nius against Greece. Second Persian expedition, under Datis and Artaphemes, Victory of Miltiades at Marathon. Accession of Xerxes, King of Persia. Gelon tyrant of Syracuse. 484. Recovery of Egypt by the Persians. Birth of Herodotus (died after B. C. 400). 483. Ostracism of Aristides the Just by the Athenians. 481. Expedition of Xerxes to Greece. 480. Battle of Thermopylje — fall of Leonidas. Battle of Salamis— victory of Themis- tocles. Xerxes destroys Athens. First inv.ision of Sicily by Carthage. Defeat of the Carthaginians by Gelon at Hi- mera. Birth of Euripides (died b. c. 406). 480-450. Anaxagoras teaches philosophy at Athens. Occupation of Athens by Mardonius. Battles of Platsea and Mycale. Siege of Sestos. Departure of Xerxes from Greece. Beginning of the supremacy of Athens. Esther and Mordecai. Ostracism of Themistocles. Birth of Thucydides (died after B. c. 403). Victory of Cimon over the Persians at the Eurymedon. 469. Pericles begins to take part in the public affairs of Athens. Birth of Socrates. Destruction of My- cense by the Argives. Flight of Themistocles to Persia. Siege of Naxos. Battles at the Eurymedon. Death of Xerxes. Revolt of the Helots at Sparta. Third Messenian War, which lasts ten years. 479 477- 474. 471. 470. 468. 466. 465. »64- B.C. 460. Egypt revolts against Persia. (The re- volt is suppressed in 455.) Birth of Democritus and Hippocrates (both died in B. c. 357). 459. Gorgias flourished. 458. Commission of Ezra to rebuild Jerusalem. Birth of Lysias the orator (died 378). Cincinnatus dictator at Rome. 457. Battle of Tanagra. 456. The Long Walls of Athens completed. 451. The first Decemvirate at Rome. Lawn of the Twelve T.-ibles. 448. Tyranny of the; second Decemvirate. Sc cession of the Plebs from Rome. Ab- dication of the Decemvirs, First Sacred War in Greece. 447. Battle of Coronea. 445. Thirty years' truce between Athens and Sparta concluded. 444. Pericles becomes supreme at Athens. Birth of Xenophon about this time (died 359). Commission of Nehemiah. The walls of Jerusalem rebuilt. 443-438. The Parthenon at Athens built by Phidias. 442. New constitution at Rome — censors and ni. tary tribunes appointed instead of conbuls. 440-439. Siege and reduction of Samos by Pericles. 436. Birth of Isocrates (died 338). 43 1 . Peloponnesian War begins, lasting twenty- seven years. Potidxa besieged by the Athenians (taken in 429). Death of Pericles. Rise of Cleon. Birth of Plato (died 347). The plague at Athens. Revolt of Mytilene. Reduction of Mytilene. First Athenian expedition to Sicily. First comedy of Aristophanes exhibited. Siege of PlatJEa. Alcibiades begins to act in Athenian affairs. 418. Battle of Mantinea. 415. Expedition to Sicily under Nicias. 414. Siege of Syracuse. 413. Defeat and surrender of Niciai. 430 428 427, 423- '^ i6o STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. B.C. 412. First treaty lietween Sparta and Persia. Conslituiion of the Four llunclred at Athens. Intrigues of Alcibiades with the Persians. 409. Second invasion of Sicily by the Cartha- ginians. 407. khodes founded. 406. Batllt uf Arginusje. Condemnation of the ten generals. Dionysius tyrant of Syracuse ; reigns thirty-eight years. 405. Battle of /Egospotami. 404. Athens taken by Lysander. End of the Peloponnesian War. Government 01' the Thirty Tyrants. Spartan supremacy. Death of Alcibiades. 403. Thrasybulus restores democratic govern- ment at Athens. 402. Birth of Phocion (died 317), 401. Expedition of Cyrus the younger. Battle of Cunaxa. Death of Cyrus. Retreat of the Ten Thousand. 401-384. Ciesias flourished. 400. Malachi. 399. Death of Socrates, 398. Campaign and Peace of Dercyllidas. 396. First Campaign of Agesilaus in Asia. 394. Corinthian War begins. 393. The Long Walls of Athens restored. 392. Veil stormed by Hamillus. 390. F ome taken by the Gauls. 389 {^circa). Birth of j^ischines. 387. Peace of Anlalcidas. Greek cities in Asia subjected to Persia. End of the Corinthian War. 384. Birth of Arislotle, 382. Seizure of the Cadmea at Thebes by Phoedibas. Olynthian War liegins (ends 379). Birth of Demosthenes (died 322). 380 ycirca). Death of Aristophanes. 379. Recovery of the Cadmea by Pelopidas. 376. Victory of Chabrias over the Spartans in sea-right off Naxos. 372. Peace between Athens and Sparta. 371. Victory of Epaminondas over the Spar- tans at Leuctra. Foundation of Mega- lopolis. 370- Jason of Pherse assassinated. B.C. 367. Embassy of Pelopidas to Persia. Aristotle goes to Athens, and remains with Plato twenty years. 364. Licini&n laws passed at Rome. InstitU" tion of pnetorshij) ami curule sedileship. Plebeian consul elected. 363. 362. Battle of Mantinea. Victory and death of Epaminondas, 359. Philip King of Macedon. 358. Beginning of the Social War. Siege of Chios and Byzantium. Amphipolis taken by Philip. 357. Phocian (or Sacred War) begins. Delphi seized by Phocians. Expedition of Dion to Sicily. 356. Birth of Alexander the Great. Temple of Diana at Ephesus burnt. Dion ex- pels Dionysius from Syracuse. 355. End of the Social War. Independence of Rhodes, Cos, Chios, and Byzantium acknowledged by Athens. 352. Demosthenes delivers his first Philippic, 349-347. Olynthian War. Olynthus taken by Philip. 346. Surrender of Phocis to Philip. End of thf Sacred War. Philip admitted to the Amphyctionic Council. Dionysius recovers the tyranny. 343. Conquest of Syracuse by Timoleon. Ex- pulsion of Dionysius. Embassy of De* niosthenes and others to Philip. 342-341. Philip's expedition to Thrace. 341. Birth of Epicurus (dit-d 270). 340. First Samnite War begins. Pcrinthus and Byzantium besieged by Philip. Victory of Tinioleon over the Carthaginians at the Crimisus. 338. Philip genera! of the Amphyctionic League. B.atlle of Chaeronea. Greece sulijugated. 337-335. The Latin War. Supremacy of Rome over Lntiuin. 336. Murder of Philip. Accession of Alex- ander the Great. Accession of Darius Codomani.s. 335. Alexander destroys Thebes; is chosen generalissimo of the Greeks. 334. Battle of the Granicus. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. l6l Philip. End of 331- 330- 321. 320. 3I5- 314 313 312- B.C. 333. Brittle of Isiis. Damascus taken and Tyre besieged by Alexander. 332. Capture of Tyre and conquest of Egypt by Alexander, Alexandria founded. Battle of Arbela. Subjugation of Persia. SetUement of the Jews at Alexandria. Murder of Darius. Demosthenes' oration for the crown, 327-325. Campaigns of Alexander in India. Voyage of Nearchus from the Indus to the Euphrates. 323. Death of Alexander at Babylon. Second Samnite War; lasts twenty-one years. First war among the " successors of Alexander." The Romans surrender to the Saniiilte-;, and pass under the yoke at the Caudine I-'orks, Ptolemy lakes Jerusalem. Jewish settle- ments in Egypt and Cyrene, Thebes rebuilt by Cassander, 314. P.-ilcsiine under Antigor.us, 313, Samnite victory at Lautulx, B.itlle of Gaza. Victory of Ptolemy and Seleucus over Demetrius Poliorcctes, Pyrrhus King of Epirus. Appius Clau- dius censor. Appi.an W.ay and Aque- ducts begun, 304, Siege of Rhodes by Demetrius. 301, Battle of Ipsus, Final division of Alex- ander's dominions. 500 [circa). Chamlrogupta (Sandracottus) reigns in India ; makes .i. treaty with Seleucus, Foundation of Antioch by .Seleucus. 200- Athens besieged and taken by Demetrius. 29S-290. Third S imnite War, 295. Battle of Senlinum. 287. Birih of Archimedes (ilied 212). 386, The Horteiisian Law passed at Rome; plchiscita declared binding on the whole jjeojile. 284. i,circa). Alexandrian Library founded by Ptolemy Soler. 2S0. Achxan Leagua established. Invasion of Italy by Pyrrhus. Birth of Chrys- sippus (died 207). 279 Irruption of the Gauls into Greece First Plebeian Censor at Rome. II B. C. 274. Battle of Benever.tum. Pyrrhus defealed, leaves Italy. 269. Silver money first coined at Rome. 268. Berosus flourished. 265. Rome supreme overall Italy. 264. First Punic War begins. Chronology r>i Arundelian (Parian) marble ends. 260. First Roman fleet launched. Victory of Duilius off Mylx. 2O0-230 [circa). Reign of Asoka in India, 256. Victory of Regulus at Ecnomos. Inva. sion of Africa, 255. Defeat and capture of I'rgulus by the Carthaginians. Evacuation of Africa. 250 [circa). Parth;a becomes an independent kingdom un Icr Arsaces. 247. The Thsin dynasty in China founded, 241. Defeat of Carthaginians by Catulus at the /Egates Insu're. End of the First Punic W:.r. Atalus King of Pergamus, 240. The plays of Livius Andronicus exhibited (the first) .at Ro\ne. 23S. Date of the decree of Canopus; tablet of •San. 237. Conquest of Spain attempted by the Carthaginians. Seizure of Sardinia an& Corsica by the Romans. 235. The gates of the Temple of Janus at Rome shut f:.r the first time since Numa. 234. Birth of Cato M.ajor (died 149). 227. Cleomenic War begins. 226. Reforms of Cleomenes at Sparta, 225-220. The Gauls driven from Cisalpine Caul. 219. Antiochus overruns Palestine. Siege of Saguntum by Hannibal. Second ]\:\v.^ War btgins. 218. Hannibal marches from Spain across the Pyrenees and the Alps into Italy. Battles of the Ticinus and the Trebia. 217. Hannibal |>asses the Apennines. Battle of Trasimene, The two Scipios sent to Sjiain. 216. Battle of Cnnnre. Alliance of IlannibsJ with Philip II. of Macedonia. 215. Great Wall of China built. 214-212. Siege and capture of Syrncusc bj Marcellus. \b2 STATISTICAL TABLES TOR REFERENCE. :'i II \V,. S> \m P c. 211. 211- 207. 204. '.02. 201. 20O 107. 192, 192 rSi. 179. 172- (68. T67. !h6 (06 Hv'f ? u Defeat and death of the two Scipios in Spnin. Capua recovered by Rome. Conquest of Jud£ca by Antioduis. ■205. I'ii'it Macedonian War. Battle of the Metaunis ; IIasdruI)al de- feated and slain by the Romans, Gold money first coined at Rome. Scipio conducts the war in \frica. Siege of Utica. Defeat of Hannibal at Lama. Treaty of peace between Rome and Carthage; end of the Second Punic War. 197. Second Macedonian War. Flamininus proclaims liberty to the Greeks. nuUe of Cynocephalw. Philip defeated by Flamininus. Palestine and Coele- Syiia conquered by Antiochus the Great, and confirmed to him by the ficace with Rome. Philopa-men prffitor of the Achsan l.o.igue. 190. W;r 'iot^r"cn tlic Romans and An- liochus the Great. Battle of Magnesia. The laws anr. His triumphs. 45. War in Spain. B.xtile of Munda; defeat of the Pompeians Cwsar /W^r Patruc tmftrator, for life, Dictator. B.C. 44. Assassination of Caesar. Flight of Brutu* and Cassius. Antony master of Rome. Corinth and Carthage rebuilt. 43. Battle of Mutina. Second Triumvirate — C. Octavius, M. Antony, M. Lepidus. Cicero put to death. Birth ol Ovid (died A. D. 18). 42. Battles of Philippi. Death of Brutus ana Cassius. The Triumviri masters of the Roman world. 41. Meeting of Antony and Cleopatra at Tarsus. 40. Ilcrod made King of the Jews. 36. Sextus Pompeius driven from Sicily (put to death 35). Lepidus deprived of power. 32. War between Octaviui and Antony. 31. Battle of Actium. Establishment of the Roman Empire. 30. Deaths of Antony and Cleopatra. 29. The Gates of Janus shut. 27. Caesar Octavius is made Emperor and re- ceives the title of Augustus. 17-7. Temple at Jerusalem rebuilt by Ilerod. 15. Victories of Drusus over the Rhxti, 12. Invasion of (Jermany by Drusus. 1 1 -9. Campaigns of Tiberias in Pannonia and Dalmatia. 4. Birth of Jesus Christ, accordi:ig to Usher's system. Death of Herod. A. D. 4-6. Campaigns of Tiberias hi Germany. 9. Destruction of Varus and three legions hy the Germans under Hermann. 14. Death of Augustus. Accession of 11- berias. 14-16. Cimpaif^ns of Germanicusin Germany. 23, Influence of Sejanus. 25 or 26. Pontius Pilate Governor of Judaea. 27. Tiberias retires to Caprae. 33. The Crucifixion, according to Eusebius. Lactantius, Augustine, Origen, and other authorities give A. n. 29 as the proper year. 37. Accession of Caligula. Birth of Josephus, 41. Claudius emperor. 43. Expedition of Claudius tc Britain. Suo cesses of Aulus Plautius, lili! ' V>\ !i rM 164 STA'nSTICAL 7ABLES FOR REFERENCE, A. D. 47, London founded by the Roivins. 50. Defeat and capture of Caractacus; taken prisoner to Rome. 54. Nero emperor. 61. Insurrection of the Britons under Boadicea. Victory of Suetonius Paulinus. 64. Rome on fire six days. Tersecution of tin.' Christians. 65. (?) Deaths of St. Peter and St. Paul. Death of Seneca. 66. Jewish War begins. 68. Galba emperor. 69. Otho, Vitellius, Vespasian, emperors. 70. Jerusalem taken by Titus. 71. The Gates of Janus closed. Triumph of Vespasian and Titus. 71-75. The philosophers expcHe'l from Rcmc. 78. Agricola commands in Britain. 79. Titus emperor. Ilerculancum and Pom- peii destroyed by an eruption of Vesu- vius. De.ith of Pliny the Eider. 80. Advance of Agricola to the Tay. 8i. Domitian emperor. 84. Agricola defeats the Caledonians and sails around Britain. 86. Dacian War begins. 90. The philosophers again expelled from Rome. 95. Persecution of Christians. St. John ban- ished to Patmos. ;)6. Nerva emperor. 98. Trajan emperor. Plutarch flourishes. 103-107. Snbjugation of Dacia. 114-117. Trajan's expedition to the ?"• >t. 117. Hadrian emneror. He aljandons the CO. -luef r Trajan. The Euphrates made eastern boundary of the empire. 1 20. ITadrian visits Gaul and Britain. 121. Hadrian's wall built. 1 50,, Birth of Galen (died 200). 132-135. Second Jewish War. Barchoi^hebas leader of the Jews. 1 38. Antoninus Pius emperor. The empire at peace. •39. Conquests of Lollius Urbicus in Britain. Wall of Antoninus (Graham's Dyke) built. A. D. 161. M.ircus Aureliiis -ind Lucius V ■■'""• -oinf emperors. 163. Persecution of Christians. 166. Martyrdom of Polycarp. 167-178. War will) the Marcomanni.Quadi, etc. 169. Death of Verus. Marcus Aureiius sole emperor. I So. Commodus emperor. 183. Successes of Ulpius Marcellus in Britain. 154. Commodus takes the name of Britanuicus. 155. Birth of Origen (died 253). 190-214. Tertullian flourished. 193. Pertinax emperor ; is murdered. Didius Julianus buys the empire. Is opposed by Pescennius Niger and .Scptiniius Severus. 194. Severus sole emperor. 196. Severus captures Byzantium after a siege of three years. 198. Caracal la named Augustus. 202. Persecution of the Christians. 208. Expedition of Severus to Britain. 209. Invasion of Caledwiia by Severus. His wall completed, 220. 211. Death of Seveius at York. Caracalla and Gota emperors. 212. Geta murdered. 214. Eirst contact of the Romans with the Alamanni German tribes on the upper Rhine. 217. Macrinus emperor. 218. Elagabalus emjieror. 222. Alexander Severus emperor. 2j6. Dissolution of the Paiiliian Fmplre_ E'c!.'dation of the new Persian King- dom of the Sass.anidie by Ardshir (Ai- taxerxes). 231 Persian War begins. . 233. Triumph if Sevprus. 235. MaAiTi--., murders Severus and succeeds to the thr-^ne. ^y^. Peisecution of the Christians, 238. The Gordiani, Pupienus and Ralbinus fiointly), and Gordianus 11 1., c-m|K-rors_ 242. Gordianus defeats Sapor, King of Persia. 244. Gordianus murdered and succetvled by Philip the Arabian. I 249. Decius emperor. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 165 tium after a siege fork. Caracalla H and succeeds lis. and Ralbimis III., rnijK'ror*^ •Cinjj of I'crsia. succeeded by t50. Decius orders a persecution of the Chris- tians. Kirst invasion of the empire by the (loihs. 251. Death of Decius and his son. Gallus empcrer. 152. .\ pestilence breaks out in the empire, and lasts fifteen years. 353. Irrupti m of the Goths and Burgundians intc MiEsia and Pannonia. First ap- pear,' nee of the Franks in Gaul about this lime. 31)4. ^'al^:ria" emperor. His son Gallienus associated with him. Persecution of t.-e Christians. 258. Trnjx;:us taken by the Goths. 259. Srip'ir ravages Syria. Valerian taken prisoner. 260. Gallienus sole emperor. The Tliirty Tyrants between 260 and 268. 262. Tl-e Golhs in Macedonia and Asia Minor. They destroy the Temple of Ephesus. Antioch taken by Sa|)or. 263. The Franks invade Gaul. 267. The Heruli invade Greece, and are repulsed by Dcxippus. 268. Claudius emperor. 269. Claudius defeats the Goths in Mcesia. 270. Aurelian emperor. Victories over the Goths and the Alanianiii. 272. Expedition of Aurelian to Palmyra. 273. Capture of Palmyra and of Queen Zenobia. 275. Tacitus emperor, 276. Probus emperor. 277. Probus drives the Alamanni from Gaul. 282. Carus emperor. Expedition to the East. 284. Diocletian emperor. 286, Maximian joint emperor with Diocletiar. Revolt of Carausius in fhitain. 289. Victory of Carausius over Maximian. t92. C'/nsiantius and Galerius named Caesars. Division of the i-mpire. 896, Britain recovered by Constantius. 297 Sicjje of Alexandria by Diocletian. Per siaTi War. 298. Constantius defeats the Alamanni near Linares. Defeat of Nai-sci. 30J Per-;eculion of Chrisli.-iiis by Diocletian, A. D 305. Abdication of Diocletian and Maximian Constantius and Galerius emperors. Beginning of monaslicism in Egypt under St. Antony. 306. Death of Constantius at York. Constan- tine (the Greal) proclaimed ennwror by the troops. 307. Revolt of Maxentius. Six emperors. Elevation of Lieinius. 311. Edict of Nicomedia to stop the persecu- tion of the Christians. 312. Defeat and death of Maxentius. 313. Defeat and death of Maximian. Edict of Milan, by Constantino and Lieinius, for general religious toleration. 314. War between the two emperors. 323. Constantine sole emperor. 324. Constantinople founded ; dedicated as the capital of the empire, 330 (or 334). 325. First General Council of the Church meets at Nicoca. 326. Athanasius Patriarch of Alexandria. Con- troversy with Arius. 336. Death of Arius. 337. Constantine II., Constans and Constan- tius II. joint emperors. 338. Death of Eusebius. 347. Synod of Sardica. 348. Ullilas Bishop of the Goths (died 388). 350-352. Revolt of Magentius. Defeated by Constantius. 357. Victory of Julian over the Alamanni at Argentoratum (Strasburg). 361. Julian emperor. 362. Julian recalls the banished bishops, inJj proclaims general religious toleiation, '163. Persian War. Julian killed. Jovian emperor. jj^, V .^'intinian and Valens joint emperors, "inal division of the empire. 367- }X!<^. Theodosius in Britain ; aids P-'toni against Picts and Scots. 370. Tin* Saxons land on the coasts <.% CUul. 37 ;. Death of Athanasius. 375 A^ar wiih the Quadi. Ciratian Emperoi of the West with Valentini.Tn II. Inva- sion of the Iluns. iSi : 166 STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. A. D. 376. Valens allows the Huns to settle in Thrace. 378. Constantinople threatened by the Goths. 379 Theodusius the Great, Emperor of the East. 381. Second General Coincil hehl at Constan- tinople. Pagan rites proliibited. 382. Alaric King of the Goths. 383. Revolt of M.iximus in Britain. ■J90. Final suppression of Paj^anisni. Mass.i- cre at Thessalonica. Death of Gregory of Nazianzus, 393. Honorius Emperor of the West. 394, Theodosius master of the whole Roman world. 395. Death of Theodosius. Aicadius Emperor of the East. The Huns invade the eastern provinces. .\iigustiiie mnde Bishop of Hippo (died 430). Alaric in Greece. Siiiicho attains chief power uru'.T Honorius. 396, The iJritons ask .lid of Honorius against the Picts and Scots. ^97. Deaths of Martin of Tours and Ambrose of Milan. 33S, Chrysostom Bishop o;' Constantinople (died 407). 400. Alaric rav.iijes It.ily. 403. B.-ittlc of Pollentia. Defeat of Alaric by Stilicho. 406. The Vandals, Alani and Snevi invade Spain, 410. Sack of Rome by Alaric. Death of Alaric. Pclagius begins to preach about this time. The Rom.in legions recalled from Brit- aia; fin;;l wi'iliiliawal about 41S. Marria-c of Ataulphus, Kin^' of the Golhs, to I'lacidia, daughter of Theo- dosius the Gre.it, Persecution of ilie Christians in IVr.:>ia begins; lasts thirty years. Death of Sf Jerome. Death of Honorius at Ravenna. 411 4-4 A. D. 425. Administration of /Etius begins, lasting about thirty years, 428. Nestorius Patriarch of Constantinople (bani.hed 435). 429. The Vandals under Genseric invade Af- rica. Death of Theodore, Bishoji of Mopsuestia. 431. Third General Council held at Ephesv.s. 433. Attila King of the Hun'?. 43S. Thcodosian Code published, 439. The ■" andals surprise Carthage. 440. Leo I (the Great) Bishop of Rome. 442. Treaty of peace beiweon Valentinian and Genseric. Attila in Thrace and Macedoiia. 446. Message of ;he Britons to ^tius for aid against the Saxons. 447. Atlila ravai,'e" the Eastern Empire. Theodosiuj concludes a treaty with Attila. 449. The Rol)ber-C' uricil of Ej^hesus. Land- ing of the English in Britain. 450. Death of Theodosius \\, 451. Invasion of Gaul by .\ttila. Victory of yEiius at '"lialons. Fourth Geiu-ial Council held at Chalcedon, Monoph- ysite controversy begins. 452. Irv.i-ion of 1. ily by Attila. Venice fcai.ded. 453. Death of Al'.Ua j dissolution of his em- pire. 455. Sack (yf Rome by Gci eric. Intercession of Leo. 437. Hengist founds the Kingdom of Kent. 461-467. Rule of 'vicimcr. Severus nomi« nal Emperor. 46^ 172. Conquests of the Visigoths in Sp.iin and Gaul, 465. (Jre:it fire at Constantinople. 475. Romulus Augusiulus Emperor of the West (banished 476). 476. Odoacer King of Italy, End ot the Western Empire. Close of the pnioj of Ancient History, If ^ ■''■'' ir 1 :- .uaKauamam Pimmfi li STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE, \Cr. Etius begins, lasting of Constantinople Genseric invade Af- 'hLodore, Bishop of :il held at Ephes-s. iin=. blislied. Caiih.ige, shop of Rome. eiwcon Valentinian lila ill Thract .\m\ ns to /Etius for nid E.TJtcrn Empirt. ies a treaty with f Ephesus. Land. I liritain. [I. \ltila. Victory of Fourth GciH-ial Icedon, Monoph- ins. i Attila. Venice solution of his em- eric. Intercession igdom of Kent. Severus nomi- 'isigoths in Spain 5ple. Emperor of the f. End ot the jse of the pmod ^T^^s^5^s^^i^i^:f^a^^zS^\ '^"^"^^ht^^ " ^ " " " ■* " ■ " • * • ' t$iM^» f«r M^i^T0ti^(p^^ Shoudng the Most Important Events in the His- tory of the Frineipal Countries of the Modern World. A.n. 1492. J497 I50I, 1506, 1512. '513 I334- '541' '565. 1607. i6.'i men, 1774. Boston Port Bill, March 2^. Meeting of the first Continental Congress, at Philadelphia, Sejil. 5. Congrts-; issues a Declaration of I'igl.rs, Nov. 4, 168 STATiarlCAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. I , A. D. 1775. Commencement of the Revolution. Bat- tle of Lcxuinlon, ^\pril 19. I'crpetual union of the Colonies formed, May 20. Geo. Washington apiwinted comm;uul- er-iiiciiicf, June 141I1. Ticonderoga taken l>y the Americans, M;iy loth. Battle of Bunker IIill, June 17th. Defeat of the Americans. Loss : Brit- ish, under Howe, 1,054; Americans, under rrescott,453. Washington takes command of the American army at Cambridge, July 3. Continental fast, July 20. Falmouth burnt by the British, Oct. 17. 7;6. Jan. I. Destruction of Norfolk by tlie British. March 17. Boston evacuated by the British in consequence of the Ameri- cans having taken possession of Dor- chester Heights, which commanded the harbor. April 14. Washinf;tQn's arrival at New York. July 4. Iiulcpendence declared. Com- missioners sent by Congress to solicit a treaty with the French. Aug. 27. Battle of Flatbush, or Brook- lyn, on Long Island, Howe (loss 400) defeats Putnam and Sullivan (loss 2,000). Sept. 15. New York evacuated by the Americans, and possessed by the British. Oct. 28. Battle of White Plains, Howe (loss 300 or 400) defeats Washington (loss 300 or 400). Nov. 28. Washington's retreat beyond the Delaware. Dec. 12. Congress adjourns to Haiti- luore. Dec. 26. Battle of Trenton, Washington (loss 9) defeats Rahl (loss 1,000). '777' J^ii- 3- Battle near Princeton, Washing- ton (loss 100) defeats Mawhood (loss 40c). Ikiitle of Bennington, Vt., Stark (loss (oo) defeats Bauin and Bremen (loss 600). A. D. 1777- ■ ;7" ITTS. 1779. 1 7 So. 17S1, Sept. II. Frtttle of Brandywine, Howe (loss 500) defeats Washington (loss 1,000). Sept. 27. Philadelphia possessed iy the British. C)ct. 4. Battle of Germantown, Howe (loss 600) defeats Washington (loss 1,200). Oct. 7. Second battle near Stillwaltt, Gates (loss 350) defeats Burgoyne (lo-s 600). Oct. 17. At Saratoga. Surrender of Burgoyne, with 5,752 men, to Gates. Feb. 6. Treaty with France. June iS. Philadelphia evacuated by the British. June 28. Battle of Monmouth, Wash- in, I'u (loss 230) defeats Clinton (loss ifio). Count d'Estaing, with twelve ships of the line, six frigates, aniJ I'Vench troops, arrives, Aug. 29. Battle on Rhode Island, Kui- livan (loss 21 1 ) defeats Pigot (loss 260). Aug. 30. Americans retreat from Rho '.•^^JNIW^^-*' STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERES'CE. 169 1783. April 19. Independence of the United States ncknowledpeil liy lloUiind. 1783. Hy Sweden, Denmark, Spain, and Prussia. %'i\i\.. 23, Peace with Great Britain. 17S4. Treaty of peace ratified by Congress, Jan. 4. 17SV John Adams sent to England as first Ami)assador from the Uniteil Slates. I7S(). Cotton introduced into Georgia. 1 787. Constitution of the United States a^loptcd. I. -88. Constitution ratified by all the States except Rhode Island and N. Carolina. Emancipation of slaves by the (Quakers of Philadelphia. 17S9. The government organized under the constitution. George Washington elect- ed President of the U. S. 1790. ne.ith of Benjamin Franklin, April 17. 1791. U.mk of the U. S. established. 1792. Washington City chosen as the capital of the Republic. 1793. Invention of the Cotton Gin by Whit- ney, resulting in the revolutionizing of the culture of cotton. 1794. Washington's second term as President begins. 1 799. I)eath of Washington, Dec, 14. iSoo. The government removed to Washing- ton. 1S07. Trouble with England respecting the rights of neutrals. The Embargo. tSoS. Abolition of the Slave-trade. «8ii. Nov. 7. Battle of Tippecanoe. Gen. Harrison defeats the Indians. Repara tion made b<' the British for the attack on the Chesapeake. 18 1 z Additional force of 35,000 men author- ized. Detachment of militia not exceeding 100,000 men authorized. June 12. War declared against Great Britain. June 23. British orders in council re- voked. July 12. Gen. Hull invades Cant da. Aug. 16. Surrenders with 2,500 nen to the British under Gen. Brock. A. D. 1812. Aug. 13. Tlie "Alert," a British ship of war, captured by the " Essex." Aug. 19. The " Guerriere," a British frigate, captured by the "Constitu- tion," Capt. Hull. Sept. Gen. Harrison takes command of the Ni^rthwestern army. Oct. 13. Queen -town attacked, unsuc- cessfully, by the Americans, Oct. 17. The " Frolic," a British shi], captured by the " Wasp." Both ves- sels afterwards taken by the " Poic- tiers," a British 74. Oct. 25. The " Macedonian," a British frigate, captured by the " United States," Commodore Decatur. Dec, 29, The " Java," a British frigate, captured ly the " Constitution," Capt. Bainbridgc. 1813. Jan. 13. At the river Raisin, the British and Indians surprise and defeat Win- chester. After their surrender, most of the Americins are massacred by the Indians. Feb. 23. The " Peacock," a British ship, captured by the " Hornet." April 27. York, in Upper Canada, t.ikcn by the Americans. Gen. Pike killed. June I. The "Chesapeake" frigate taken by the British frigate "Shannon." Aug. 14. The U. S. brig "Argus" taken by the British ship " Pelican." Sept. 4. The " Boxer," a British brig, captured by the U. S. brig " Enter- prise." Sept. 10. The British fleet (of 63 guns) on Lake Erie captured by the Ameri- can fleet (of 56 guns). Commodore Perry. Oct. 5. Gen. Harrison, after having crossed into Canada, defeats and dis- perses the British army under Gen. Proctor, near the river 1 hames. 1814. March 20. The frigate "Essex" cap- tured by two British vessels. April 29. The " Epervier," a British vessel, captured by the "Peacock." May 6. Oswego taken by the British. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I I JO ™"^= ■^ i^ III is Ii9 12.0 2.5 12.2 1.8 1.25 1.4 J4 ^ 6" - ► V] <^ n W '% /' ^;; '/ /A Photographic Sciences Corporation \ M W •S^ :\ \ ^\^ - o '^A O^ ^1} <* 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 873-4503 V €^. mjo i/.x % .70 STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. A. D. J* ■! 'I 1*15, <»I7. 1818. t3i9. 1820. 1822. (i.'6. June 28. The " Reindeer," a British vessel, captured by the " Wasp." July 3. Fort Erie captured by the Amer- icans under Gen. Urown. July 6. Battle of Chippewa. Brown defeats Drummond. July 25. Battle of Bridgewater. Brown and Scolt defeat Drummond and Rial. Aug. 24. Cattle of Bladensburg. Ross defeats Winder. Enters Washington, and burns the public buildings. Sept. I. The "Avon," a British vessel, captured by the " Wasp." Sept. II. The British fleet on Lake Champlain (95 guns), Commodore Downie, captured by the American fleet (of 86 guns), Commodore Mac- donough, and their army defeated at Plattsburg by Gen. Macomb. Sept. 14. Attack on Baltimore. Brili;.h defeated, and Gen. Ross killed. Dec. 24. Treaty of Peace with Great Britain signed at Ghent. Jan. 8. Battle of New Orleans. Defeat of the I'lriii--!), with the loss of their leader, Gen. I'ackenham, Jan. 15. Capture of the frigate " Presi- dent " by the British frigate " En- dymion." Feb. 1 7. Treaty of Ghent ratified by the Senate. Illinois admitted into the Union. Aug. 24. Foundation of the new Capitol laid at Washington. The " Savannah," the first .steam packet that crosses the Atlantic, makes a voy- age to Liverpool. Passage of the Missouri Compromise. Florida ceded to the United Stales by Spain. Maine admitted into the Union. Missouri admitted into the Union. The United States acknowledge the in- dependence of ihe South American Republics. July 4. Death of Thomas Jefferson and John Adams. Convention with Great Britain concerning indemnities. A. D. 1828. 1829. 1830. 1832. •833. •835. 1836. 1837. 1839. 1841. 1842. i«4S. 1846. 1847. 1848. 1849. Passage of the Tariff Bill. Woollen manufactures protected. Andrew Jackson, President. Opposes the project to re-charter the Bank of the United States. Treaty with Turkey. President Jackson vetoes the Bank jiill. New tariff measures passed. South Carolina nullification movement. The President removes the public de- posits from the Bank of the United States. President Jackson begins his second term. Great fire in New York. The national debt paid. Insurrection in Canada, Eflbrts to e.\ cite sympathy in the United States. Great financial crisis. The banks suspend specie paymciiis. Troubles with Canada. Resignation of all the members of the Cabinet but Mr. Webster. The Webster-Ashburton Treaty, Settlement of the N, W, Boundary Question. Annexation of Texas, War with Mexico. May 8. Battle of Palo Alto. Mav 9. Battle of Resaca de la Palma. Amer- icans were victorious in both these eu gagements. New Mexico conquered and annexed to the U. S. Feb. 22-23. Battle of Buena Vista, Mexicans defeated by Gen. Taylor. March 29. Capture of Vera Cruz by Gen Scott. April 18. Battle of Cerro Gordo, De feat of the Mexicans. Sept. Capture and occupation of the city of Mexico by Gen. Scott. Treaty with Mexico. Close of the war. President Taylor forbids the fitting out of filibustering expeditions against Cuba. The French Embassador dismissed from Washington, STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. V/i annexed to K.-D. 1850. 1851. 1852. 1854. «sss- 1856. IS57. 1858. l8bo. Treaty wilh England for a transit way across Panama. Dec. 24. Congressional Library de- stroyed by fire, Pul)lication of " Uncle Tom's Cabin," by Mrs. Stowe. Dispute with England about the fish- eries. Expedition to Japan. Treaty with Japan. Reciprocity Treaty with England; set- tlement of the Fishery Question, etc. May 24. Bill passed organizing Kansas and Nebraska as Territories, repealing the Compromise of l8io, which ex- cluded slavery from the entire Louisi- ana purchase. Massachusetts Aid Society send out set- tlers to Kansas. A. H. Reeder, of Pa., appointed Gov- ernor of Kansas. July. Territorial Legislature of Kansas meets at Shawnee. Oct. 23. Free Stale men meet in con- vention at Topeka, and form a Free State constitution. Hostilities between the Free and Slave State settlers begin. Sioux Indians defeated by Gen. Harvey. Mr. Crampton, the British Minister at Washington, dismissed. P'ighting in Kansas. Settlement of the Central American Question. The Dred Scott Decision. Troubles with the Mormons. Dispute with England respecting the right of search. Aug. Completion of the first Atlantic Telegraph. Tlie Island of San Juan, near Vancouv- er's Island, occupied by United States troops. Oct. 16. John Brown's Insurrection at Harper's Ferry. Dec. 2. Execution of John Brown. Election of Mr. Pennington as Speaker of the House. A. D. i860, Abraham Lincoln elected President of the U. S. Dec. 20. South Carolina passes the " Ordinance of Secession," being the first Slate of the Union to secede. 1861. Jan. 9. Mississippi secedes. Jan. 10. Florida secedes. Jan. II. Alabama secedes. Jan. 18. Georgia secedes. Jan, 26, Louisiana secedes. Feb. I. Texas secedes. Feb. 8. Provisional Government of Con- federate States adopted at Montgom- ery, Ala. : Jefferson Davis, of Miss., President. March 4. Abr.-iham Lincoln inaugurated President of United States. April 12. Fort Sumter, Charleston har- bor, bombarded — being commence- ment of hostilities in the Civil War. April 19. Federal troops attacked in Baltimore, Md. May 6. Arkansas secedes from the Union. May 20. North Carolina secedes from the Union. June 8. Tennessee secedes from tht Union. June. 10. Battle of Big Bethel, Va. June 20. Virginia divided into two States — Virginia and West Virginia. July 4. Rich Mountain — Confeileraies under Pegram defeated by Rosecrans. July 7. Privateer "Sunipter" escapes to sea from New Orleans. July 13. Battle of Carrick's Ford, W. Va. Confederate Gen. Garnett killed. July 21. Battle of Bull Run. Union forces under McDowell defeated. Union killed and wounded, 1,490. Confederates, 1,593 killed and wounded. July 22. Gen. McClellan assumes com- mand of army in Virginia and on ilie Potomac. Aug. 2. Battle of Dug Spring, M.>., under Gen. Lyon. Southern forces defeated. ¥ ,; T72 k. V. STATISTICAL TABLES I- OR REFERENCE. iS6l. Aug. 5. Battle of Athens, Mo., under Gen. Lyon. Confederates defeated. Aug. 10. Battle of Wilson's Creek, Mo. 5,200 men under Gen. Lyon attack 24,000 under Gens. McCulloch, Price, etc. Lyon killed. Aug. 16. President Lincoln's non-inter- course proclamation. Aug. 28. Gen. Butler and Commodore Stringham take Forts Hatteias and Clark on North Carolina coast. Sept. 20. Battle of Lexington. Col. Mulligan defends for four days against 26,000 Confederates, but is forced to surremler. Oct. II. Confederate privateer " N.ish- ville " escapes from Charleston, S. C, Nov. I. Gen. Scott resigns command of army. Gen. McCIellan succeeds him. Nov. 7. Commodore Wilkes, of " San Jacinto," takes Southern Commission- ers, Mason and Slidell, from British steamer " Trent," in West Indian waters. Dec. 9. Kentucky admitted into Con- federate States. Dec. 18. Battle of Martinsburg, Va. Gen. Pope (Union) captures 1,300 prisoners. 1862. Jan. 13. Edwin M. Stanton, of Pa., becomes Secretary of War, Simon Cam- eron, of Pa., retiring. Jan. 19. Battle of Mill Springs, Ky. ZoUicoffer defeated by Union troops tinder Gen. Geo. H. Thomas. Feb. 6. Fort Henry, on Tennessee river, captured by naval forces under Commodore A. H. Foote. Feb. 8. Roanoke Island, N. C, cap- tured by Gen. Burnside and Commo- dore Goldsborough. Feb. 16. Fort Donelson, Tenn., sur- rendered to Gen. Grant. Feb. 18. Confederate Congress meets at Richmond, Va. Feb. 22. Jefferson Davis inaugurated President of Southern Confederacy. A. D. 1862. March 8, Battle of Pea Ridge, Ark. Gen. McCulloch killed. Confederate ram " Merrimac " sinks " Cumber- land" n'l'l "Congress," U. S. naval vessels, in Hampton Roads, Va. March 9. " Monitor" (U. S. iron-clad) attacks and drives " Merrimac " back. March 13. Battle of Winchester, Va. Union loss, 1 15 killud, 450 wounded; Confederate loss, 869 killed, wounded, and missing. April 6, 7. Battle at Pittsburg Land- ing. Grant, Union, commander. Gen. A. Sidney Johnston killed. Union loss, 13,573 ; Confederate loss, 10,699. April 8. Capture of Island No. 10 by Union forces. April II. Fort Pulaski, Ga., surrendered, after three days' bombardment, to Union forces under Gen. Gilmore. April 24. Union fleet pass up the Mis- sissippi river ard take New Orleans, passing Forts Jackson and Philip. May 5. Battle of Williamsburg, Va. May 13. Natchez, Miss., surrenders to Commodore Farragut. May 29. Battle of Seven Pines, Va. May 31. Battle of Fair Oaks. Union loss, 3,800 killed. June 26. Seven days' fight before Rich- mond, under McCIellan. June 25. Second Battle at Fair Oaks. June 26. Mechanicsville. June 27. Gaines' Mills. June 28. Savage Station and Peach Orchard. June 30. White Oak Swamp. July I. Malvern Hill. Union army falling back. Aug. 9. Battle of Cedar Mountain, Va. Union forces, under Banks, lose 1,500 killed, wounded, and missing. Con- federates under " Stonewall " Jackson, Aug. 24. Battle of Sulphur Sprinjjs, Va. Aug. 27. Fighting on Rappahannock under Pope ; Confederates under Ewell and Jackson. Union loss, 8,000 to 10,000 men. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. m AD. 1862. Aug. 27. Battle of Kettle Run, Va. Aug. 29. Battle of Groveton, Va. Aug. 30. Second Battle of Bull Run. Sept. I. Battle of Chantilly. Union Gen. Kearney killed. Sept. I. Confederates cross Potomac into Maryland. Sept. 14. Battle of South Mountain, Md. Union loss, 2,325 killed, wounded, and missing, under Gen. Hooker. Union Gen. Reno killed. Sept. 15. Harper's Ferry surrendered, alter three days' fijjhling. Sept. 17. Battle of Antietam. Union forces under Gen. McClellan; Con- federates under Gon. Lee. Union killed, 2,Dio. Sept. 19. Battle of luka. Miss. Union forces under Gen. Rosecrans. Sept. 22. President Lincoln issues preliminary Proclamation of Eman- cipation. Oct. 4. Battle of Corinth, Miss. Union Gen. Hickman falls. Oct. 8. Battle of Perryville, Ky. Union forces under Gen. Buell. Southern forces under Bragg. Oct. 30. Union Gen. O. M. Milchel, astronomer, died at Beaufort, S. C. Nov, 3. La Grange, Tenn., occupied by Gen. Grant with Union forces. Dec. 13. Battle of Fredericksburg, Va. Union forces under Gen. Burnside de- feated. Union killed, i,ioo; wounded, 7.000. Dec. 14. Battle of Kingston, N. C. Confederates defeated by Union forces ; 600 killed, wounded, and missing. Dec. 31. West Virginia admitted as a State of the Union. 1S63. Jan. I. Battle of Murfreesboro. Union forces defeat Confederates. Union loss, killed and wounded, 9,000 ; Confeder- ate loss, 14,000 killed, wounded, and missing. Emancipation Proclamation of President Lincoln goes into effect, liberating all slaves in Southern States. A. D. 1863. Jan. II. U. S. steamer "Hatteras" sunk by Southern privateer "Alabama " off Texas. Battle of Arkansas Post. Union farces successful, losing 1,000 men killed, wounded, and missing. Jan. 17. Confederate ram "Atlanta" captured off Savannah, Ga., by Union monitor " Weehawken." Jan. 25. 1st U. S. Colored Regiment enrolled in South Carolina. May I. Port Gibson, on Mississippi river, taken by U. S. Grant. May 2, 3, 4. Fighting on Rappahan- nock, Va., between Union forces under Hooker and Confederates under Lee, about Chancellorsville, Va. Confeder- ate Gen. " Stonewall " Jackson killed. May 14. Battle of Jackson, Miss. ; cap- tured by Gen. Grant. May 17. Battle of Black River. May 21. Vicksburg besieged by Grant. May 27. Colored troops first brought into action at Port Hudson. June 6, 7. Battle at Milliken's Bend, Union loss, 3,000 killed and wounded. July 2, 3. Battle of Gettysburg, Pa. Gen. Lee defeated by Union forces under Gen. Meade. Union killed, wounded, and missing, 23,000. July 4. Vicksburg surrendered by Gen. Pemberton to Union forces under Grant, July 8. Port Hudson surrendered to Gen. Banks, and Natchez occupied by Gen. Grant — Mississippi river being thus opened to navigation. July 13, 14, 15. Anti-draft riots in New York. 5,000 rioters killed. Sept, 19. Battle of Chickamauga. Union forces, under Rosecrans, fall hack to Chattanooga. Union loss, 10,000 killed, wounded, and missing, Dec. 8. President Lincoln issues Proc- lamation of Amnesty. 1864. Feb, I, Draft of 500,000 men ordered by President Lincoln. Feb, 26. Disaster to Union forces 10 Florida under Gen. Seymour, |! '74 K.V. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. March 12. Gen. U. S. Grant appointed Commander-in-chief of army of United States. March 15. President calls for 200,000 men. April 8. Union expedition to Mansfield, La., foiled ; loss, 24 guns and 2,000 men. April 9. Union forces reinforced, and take 36 guns and 2,000 prisoners from Confederates. May 3-1 1. Severe fighting between Confederates under Lee and Union forces under Grant, in Virginia, in advance on Richmond. May 15. Battle of Resaca, Ga. May 28. Battle of Dalton, Ga. South- ern loss, 2,500 killed and 300 prison- ers; Union loss, 300. June 5. Battle of Piedmont, Va. South- ern loss, 1 ,500 prisoners. June rS. Assaults on Petersburg, Union forces losing 10,000 men in four days. June 19. Confederate privateer "Ala- bama" sunk by the U. S. steamer " Kearsarge " off Cherbourg, France. June 24. Maryland abolishes slavery. June 28. Fugitive Slave Law of 1850 repealed by Congress. July 22. Battle around Atlanta between forces under Hood, Confederate, and under Sherman, Union. July 30. Chambersburg, Pa., burned by General Stuart. Aug. 5. Great naval victory, under Farragul, at Mobile, Ala. Sept. 19. Battle of Winchester, Va. Sheridan captures 5,000 prisoners, 5 guns and all the wounded. Nov. 8. President Lincoln re-ekcted, Andrew Johnson Vice-President. Nov. 16. Sherman commences his " March to the Sea." Dec. 15, 16. Battle of Nashville, under Gen. Thomas. Great victory. Con- federates under Hood retreat. Dec. 21. Savannah, Ga., .occupied by Gen. Sherman, completing the " March to the Sea." A. D. 1865. Jan. 15. Fort Fisher, N. C, captured by Gen. Terry and Commodore Porter. Feb. 17. Evacuation of Chatleston, S. C, by Confederates. Feb. 18. Its occupation by Union forces. March 4. Re-inauguration of Piesider.t Lincoln. March 18. Confederate Congress ad- journs for the last time. April I. Desperate fighting commences before Richmond. Battle of Five Forks. Southern loss, 7,000; Union, 3,000. April 2. Gen. Grant advances upon Petersburg. Richmond and Peterslnir;j evacuated during night of 2d. Confed- erates lose 9,000 prisoners. April 3. Richmond and Petersburg oc- cupied by Union fortes. April 9. Lee surrenders to U. S. Grant at Appomattox C. H., Va.— Lee's army numbering 26,115 '"^n. Flight of Jefferson Davis. April 10. Mol)ile evacuated by the Con- federates. April II. Montgomery, Ala., surren- dered. April 14. President Lincoln shot in Washington. April 15. President Lincoln dies. An- drew Johnson, of Tenn., Vice-President, takes oath of ofl^ice as President. April 20. Macon, Ga., occupied by Union forces. Great amount of army- stores taken. April 26. Gen. Johnston's army, 27,500 men, surrenders. May 10. Jefferson Davis captured at Irwinsville, Ga., with part of his Cab- inet. May 12. Engagement at Boco Chico between 500 Confederates and 400 Union troops, being the last in the "War of the Rebellion." May 26. Gen. Kirby Smith surrender-* al! his command (Trans-Mississippi army). May 29. Amnesty Proclamation of President Johnson. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 175 .865. 1866. 1867. (868. 1869, 1870, 1871 1872, •873 June 23. Proclamation opening all ports in Southern States, and ending block- ade. July 7. Execution of assassination con- spirators. Jan. 15. Death of Rufus Choate. Feb. 20. Passage of the Frtedman's Bureau Bill over the President's veto. M y 29. Death of Winfield Scott. Nebraska admitted into the Union. Southern States organized as military districts. Impeachment, trial, and acquittal of President Johnson. Pacific Railway completed. Gen. Grant President. Ratification of the Fifteenth Amend- ment by the States. Aug. 14. Death of Admiral Farragut. Oct. 12. De.ath of Gen. R. E. Lee. Treaty of Washington with Great Britain. Oct. 8. Great fire at Chicago. 17,450 buildings destroyed. Loss about $196- 000,OCX). Settlement of the Alabama Claims. Congress removes the political disabil- ities of the Southern people. Re-election of President Grant. Nov. 9. Great fire at Boston. Loss about $78,000,000. Nov. 29. Death of Horace Greeley. Modoc War. Seizure of the " Virginius," and execu- tion of a number of her passengers by the Spanish authorities in Cuba. Sur- render of the " Virginius " to the United A. D. States by Spain, Dec. 12. financial panic, commencing Sept. 12. 1875. Passage of the Act for the Resumoti-^l of Specie Payments in 1879. Colorado admitted into the Union. 1875. Centennial celebrations at Lexingto", Concord and Bunker Hill. July 31. Death of Andrew Johnson. 1876. May 10, Opening of the Centennial Ex- hibition at Philadelphia. July 2. Massacre of Gen. Custer and his command by the Sioux Indians. July 4. Completion of the First One Hundred Years of American Independ- ence. Great rejoicings throughout the United States. Nov. 7. Presidential election. Result disputed. 1877. Mar. 2. R. B. Hayes declared President. Great railroad riots. 1878. Yellow fever epidemic along the Lower Mississippi. 1879. Jan. I. Resumption of specie payments. Mar. 4. Both Houses of Congress Dem- ocratic for the first time since 1861. 1880. Manufacture of alcoholic liquors forbid- den in Knns.is. Tenth Census of the United States. Population 50,152,539. Jas. A. Garfield elected President. 1881. March 4. Inauguration of Presideiu Gar- field. Assassinated July 2d, and died September 1 9. September 20. Chester A. Arthur in- augurated I'lesidetit. 18S2. June 30. Execution of Guiteau for the murder of President Garfield. ID. 497 %)M dominion of %xm,U, John Cabot discovers the island of New- foundland. June 26. Reaches the coast of Labrador. July 3. Surveys Hudson's Bay and Gulf of St- Law- itncc. A. D 1534- »535- Cartier's expedition to the Gulf of S . Lawrence. Cartier's second voyage to Canada. Enters and names the St. Lawrence. Visits the sites of Quebec and Momireal • ! »B ' ; I 1/6 A. D. '542. 1 598. 1600. f)03. 160V. 1611. 1613, 1627. 1629. 1633- 1635- 1637- 1638. 1647. 1648- 1654. 1663. 1664. 1666. 1667. lf>72. 1674. t378. rOSl. r682. I OS J. STATISTICAL TABLES TOR REFERENCE. Roberval's expedition to the St. Law- rence. iJe La Roche proceeds to Canada. His attempt at colonization unsuccessful. Chauvin's trading voyages to Tadoussac. C'hamplain's first expedition to the St. Lawrence. Efibrts of Dcs Monts to colonize Can- ada. Port Royal, on the Bay of Fiindy, founded. Des Monts sends Champlain to Canada. Quebec founded. Return of Champlain to America. Montreal founded. Champlain su- preme in Canada., Chami)lain explores the Ottawa river. Cardinal Richelieu's scheme for col- onizing Canada. " The Company of One Hundred Associates " formed. War between England and France. Quebec captured by the English. Champlain a prisoner. Is sent to England, Champlain returns to Quebec with new settlers. Death of Champlain. Governor De Montm.ngny arrives in Canada. Island of Montreal settled. First peace with the Iroquois. Conversion of the Indians to Christian ity. 1660. Wars with the Iroquois. The Jesuits establish themselves among the Onondaga Iroquois. Eariliquake in Canada. Feb. 5. The Frencli King assumes the control of the colony, De Courcelles Governor. War with the Mohawks. Mohawk village destroyed by the French. Canada given to the French West India Company, Ciiunl de Frontenac Governor. Discovery of the Mississippi, Expedition of La Salle. Murdor of La Salle, De Frontenac recalled. War with the Iroquois renewed. A. D. 16S9. 1C90. 1698. 17CX3. 1701. 1709. 1710. 1711, 1713, 1744. J74S- 1749. '752. >7S3. >7SS- 1756. 1757- 1758. Iroquois lay waste the island of Men treal. De Frontenac again appointed Governor. French and Indians destroy the town of Schenectady m New York. Massacre of Salmon Falls. The British col- onies resolve to invade Canada, The British fleet makes an unsuccessful ntiack upon Quebec, Death of De Frontenac. Peace with the Iroquois. Settlement of Detroit. Queen determines upon the conquest of Canada, Capture of Port Royal in Nova Scotia by the Eni.'l;sli. Unsuccessful elTort of the English fleet to capture Qutjbec, Treaty of Utrecht, Newfoundland and Nova Scotia ceded to Great Britain, Hostilities renewed between England and France, Capture of Louisburg by militia of Mas- sachusetts. De La Jonquille Governor of Canada. French encroachments in Nova Scotia. The Marquis Duquesne Governor. He prepares for war with Great Britain. Virginia claims the Valley of the Ohio. The claim disputed by the French. ilosiilities with the English colonies betjin. Defeat of Braddock's army by the French and Indians. Defeat of Dies- kau at Lake George. French and Indi.ins harass the frontier settlement! of New York and Pennsylvania. War between France and England. Montcalm sent to Canada. Takes Oswego. Montcalm takes Fort William Henry on Lake George. Capture of Louisburg by ti\e English under General Wolfe. MonJcalm de- feats Abercrombie at Ticonderoga, Bradstreet captures Fort Frontenac Capture of Fort Duquesne by the En» lish under General Forbes. he island of Mon »c agaia appointe4 lestroy the town of York. Massacre The British col- de Canada. The an unsuccessful ic. >is. >n the conquest of il in Nova Scotia the English fleet ewfoundland and Great Britain. )etween England >y militia of Mas- rnor of Canada. n Nova Scotia. Governor. He 1 Great Britain. Iley of the Ohio, the French, -nglish colonies army by the Defeat of Dies- French and )tier settlement! iylvania. and England, anada. Takes lliam Henry on by ti>e Enpli>h MonJcalm de- Ticonderoga )rt Fronten.^c ne by the Ena -N< ^■^■ Vv. A.«JBM'. I « V*- ^ FLAGS OF i^ /«»•. ».r V i-int>j. 17' K&A/i\'''t iM ' K. 6 ■••■*■■ ■k V. i-.*e the iihtid 1 1' Mf»n •ilcnac .i;»m;i •j'r"'i"ir• the iMind i( Mon icn.ic af»ai;i if.fwiiuesi r. flMtioy & i to-*"! ./ ' w Vork. Masuirr Tfee It ithh cot- :iv..tie C;"ia I* The cc. tenac. )quois. ■oit. upon the conquest of loyal in Nova Scotia : of the English fleet Newfoundland and 1 to Great Britain, d between England irg by militia of Mas- Jovemor of Canada, pnts in Nova Scotia, esne Governor. He with Great Britain. ! Valley of the Ohio. 1 by the French, le English colonies )ck's army by the IS. Defeat of Dies- orge. French and frontier settlement! Pennsylvania, ince and England. Canada. Takes •t William Henry on urg by the Engli,h life. Montcalm lie. at Ticonderoga. s Fort Frontenrvc iquesne by the Ena Forbes, onaaoa. INDIA. PERU. VBNaZUXIiA. NP^ TURKBT. PARAOUAT. M aOUADOR. DamtABK. RUSSIA. /!\ BRAZIL. HAMOVBB. COUVXA. I FLAGS OF ALL NATIONS. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REl ERLNCE. ^77 4. D. «7S9 1760. \76i. 1763 1768. I774- I77S- 1776. 1784. 1791. 1794. 1803. 1812. 1813 1 8 14. iSi6. 1818. 1822. C.iplure (if Fort Niagara by the Uritish. l-'ionch abandon Ticonderojja and v'niwn Point. Battle of the Plains of Abriham. Death of Wolfe and Mont- calm. Quebec surrendered to the Dritish. De Levi endeavors to retake Quebec. Is unsuccessful. Capture of Montreal by the English. Surrender of Can.nda to Great Hritain, Death of George II. of England. Canada formally ceded to Great Uritai.i. General Murr.iy appointed Governor of Canarla. Introduction of English laws. Sir Guy Carleton Governor. Great tire in M0ntre.1l. Roman Catholic citizens of Canada con- firmed in their political rights and property. Commencement of the American War of Independence. Invasion of Canada by the Americans. Montgomery invests Quebec. Failure of ait.ick ; his deaih. The Americans retreat from Canada. Settlement of Upper Canada. Canada is given a constitution, and is divided into two provinces. Toronto made the capital of Upper Can.nda. Slavery abolished in Canada. Second War between the United Slates and Great Britain. Capture of Detroit by the British. Americans carry Queenstown Heights. Death of Brock. Americans def :itctl at Frenchtown. Capture of Toronto and Furt George by the Americans. Perry's victory on Lake Erie. Defeat of Proctor at the Thames. Death of Tecumseh. Defe.it of the British at Chippewa. Bat- tle of Lundy's Lane. Battle of Lake Champlain. Close of the war. Sir John Sherbroke Governor of Lower Canada. Duke of Richmond Governor of Lower Canada. Antagonism between the French and English inhabitants of Lower Canada. 12 A. D. 1817-1835. Political agitation in Upper Canada, C.ireer of Ruliert Gourlay. Welland Canal incorporated, 1824. First agita- tion again.st the Or.^ngemen, 1824. 1825. Agitation in Ujjper Canada on the Alien liill. 1826, Mackenzie's printing office destroyed by a mob. 1829. First agitation for responsible goveii ment in Upper Canada, 1830. Lord Aylmer becomes Governor of Lower Canada. 1832. Imperial duties surrendered to the Assembly. 1835. The I'upiiiean party aim at a total sepa- Mlion (mni Great Britain. 1837. Coercive nier;sures of the British Parlia- ment. Mouse of Assembly of Lower Canada refuses lo transact business. 1837-1838. Relii'llinn in Lower Canada. 1837. Conimercial crisis in Canada and the United Siaifs. Troops withdrawn from Upper Canada. Rtbellion in Upper Canada begins. Rebels receive aid from sympathizers in the United States. Aflfair of the " Caroline." 1838. Affairs of the "Anne" and the "Sir Robert Peele." End of the rebellion in Upper Cnnnda. 1839. Union of Upper and Lower Canada. Lord .Sydenham Governor. 1840. Settlement of the clergy reserves ques- tion. Responsible government estab- lished. Death of Lord Sydenham. 1844. Government removed to Montreal. 1845. Great fire at Quebec. 1847. Lord ?^lgin Governor. Agitation over the Rebellion Losses Bill. 1848. Increased agitation over the Rebellion Losses Bill. 1849. Annexation to the United States advo cated by the opposition. Great riots in Montreal. Destruction of the Parlia- ment house. Attack on Lord Elgin. The agitation subsides. 1850. Reciprocity with United States urged. 1851. Construction of new railways. Cheape postage rates. i; Uiwje i ^' H^K^tt ! 1! ■HI r i ^JH^H s 1 bbH i 1 1 ) i;3 K. D. 1852. i«S4. i8ss. 1856. »8S7- 1858. 1S60. isei. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. Great fire al Montreal. Government removed to Quebec. Close of Loru Elgin's administration. Prosperous condition of Canada. Sir Edmund W. Head Governor. Sir John A. Mandonald, the Attornpy- General, becomes leader of the Con- servatives. The first railway accident in Canada. Stringency in the money market caused by the mutiny in India. Ottawa selected as the seat of the pro- vincial government. The opposition defeat this scheme. Visit of the Prince of Wales to Canada. Commencement of the Civil War in the United States. Fears of hostilities with that nation. Lord Monck Governor, A. D. 1865. Great fire at Quebec. 1866. Termination of the Reci]iroii!y Trc.iiy with the United States. Tin; Fenian invasion. Mr. Gait's new tariff. 1867. Formation of the Dominion of Can;. da by the confederation of Canada, New Brunswick and Nova Scoiia. 187 1. British Columbia becomes a part of the Dominion of Canada. 1872. Prince Edward's Island becomes a ;r t of the Dominion of Canada. l.^ri' Dufferin Governor-General. 1877. Great fire at St. John, N. Brunswick. 1878. The Marquis of Lorrie (smi.in-l.iw of Queen Victoria) ap|>oinied Viceroy of Canada. lS8o. Visit 01 ilie Princess Louise to Eng- land. ^m/m.^. B.C. 57. Divitiacus, King of the Suessones, in Gaul, said to have supremacy over part of Lritain. 55-54. Britain invaded by the Romans under Julius Caesar. A. D. 17. Southern Britain reduced to subjection by the Romans under Vespasian 50. Caractacus defeated by Ostorius. 51. Caractacus carried in chains to Rome. 61. Boadicea defeats the Romans; 70,000 slain, and London burnt. Suetonius defeats her; 80,000 slain. 78-84. Agricola conqaere Anglesea, and over- runs Britain in seven campaigns, and reforms the govemmsnt. 1 20. The Emperor Adrian visits Britain. 121. Adrian builds a wall from the Tyne to the Solway. 204. Southern Britain subdued and divided into two provinces by the Romans, 2o8. Severus keeps his court at York, then called Eboracum. 2... Severus finishes 'his wall, and dies at York. A. D. 304. St. Allwnand 17,000 Christians martyreiV •ccording to Bede. 306. Constantius, Emperor of Rome, dies at York. 402-418. The Romans gradually withdraw from Britain. 429 or 449. The Saxons and Angles are called in to aid the natives against the Picis and Scuts. 455. Having expelled these, the Anglo-Saxons attack the Britons and drive them into Wales. 457. The Saxon Heptarchy ; Britain divided into seven or more kingdoms. 506-542. The famous King Arthur said to rei^n . 597. Arrival of St. Augustine in Britain. 678. Cadwallader, last King of the Britains, reigns. 828. T'lie Saxon Heptarchy ends, and E>.'Iiert, King of Wessex, becomes King uf Eng land. 871. Alfred the Great, King of Engl.md, iv constantly engaged in wnrs with tlu. Danes, until 896, when he vanqul.^ne.' them. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 179 ! vanquisne; AD. 890-896. Alfred forms a code of laws, organ- izes a militia and a navy, causes surveys of the kingdom to be made, subdivides the country, and promotes education. 937. Athelstane wins a great victory over the Danes, Scots, etc. 1002. General massacre of the Danes by Ethelred. 1003. It is avenged by Sweyne, King of Den- mark. Ethelred fiees to Normandy. 1017. Canute; '^e Dane, sole monarch. 1042. The Saxon dynasty restored; Edward the Confessor, king. 1066. Harold II. crowned, Jan. 6th. Invasion of the Normans. Battle of Hastings ; the Normans vic- torious, and Harold slain, Oct. 14. William I. (the Conqueror) crowned King of England, Dec. 25. 1070. The feudal system introduced. 1076. Justices of the peace appointed. 1077. Doomsday-Book compiled. 1087. Wilham II. crowned, Sept. 26. J096. The Crusades begin. noo. Henry I. crowned ; grants a charter re- storing the Saxon laws. 1 106. Henry defeats his brother Robert, and gains Normandy. 1 135. Stephen crowned. The friends of the Empress Maud, Henry's daughter, t?ke up arms ; civil war ensues. 1 1 38. Partisans of Maud defeated at the battle of the Standard, Aug. 22. 1 1 39. Maud lands in England. Is successful against Stephen. Is crowned at Win- chester, March 3, 1141. 1147. Maud is defeated, and retires to France. 1 153. Concludes a peace with Stephen. 1154. Henry II. crowned, Dec. 19. 1 164. Constitutions of Clarendon enacted. 1170. Becket, having become unbearable to the king, by reason of his arrogance, is murdered, Dec. 29. 1 1 72. Ireland conquered by the English. 1176. England divided into six circuits for the administration of justice. 1 181. Glanville makes a digest of English laws. A. D. 1 1 89. 1191. 1 192. 1 199. 1204. 1208. 1346. 1347- 1350- 1356- 1362. »377- 1381. 1385- 1399. 1403. »4I3. »4I5- 1420. 1430. Richard I. crowned. Sept, 3. Dreadfrf massacre of the Jews in London. Richard joins the Crusades. He defeats Saladin ; is made prisoner b Henry IV. of Germany ; is ransomed \\ his subjects for £,A,00,ooo, in 1194. John crowned, May 27. England loses Normandy. The pope puts the kingdom under t-h, interdict. Magna Charta, June 15. Henry III. crowned, Oct. 28, 1268. The Baron's War. The first regular Parliament meets. Edward I. crowned, Nov. 20. Union of England and Wales. Scotland subdued. Scotland revolts. Edward II. crowned, July 8. Edward defeated by Robert Bruce, at Bannockbum, V Wars with the Barons. Edward III. crowned, Jan. 25. Edward defeats the Scots at allidown Hill. War with France ; Edward victorious at Crecy. Takes Calais. Edward institutes the Order of the Garter. Edward victorious at Poictiers, Sept. 19- The English language ordered to be used in legal proceedings. Richard II. crowned, June 22. Wat Tyler's insurrection crushed. John Wycliffe dies. Henry IV. crowned, Sept. 30. Insurrection of the Welsh and the Per cies. Henry V, crowned, March 21. Henry invades France ; wins the battle of Agincourt, Oct. 25, Treaty of Troyes; Henry wins the French crown. Henry VI. crowned at Paris, Dec. ^ ii; li^ i li t8o STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 1487. 1488. 1492. A. D. 1429-1431. The French, under the leadership of the Maid of Orleans, drive the Eng- lish from all their conquests in France except Calais. 1461. Edward IV. deposes Henry VI. 1455-1471. The Wars of the Roses. 147 1. Caxton introduces priming. 1483. Edward V. king, April 9. Richard III. deposes him ; seizes the throne, June 25. 1485. Henry VII. Richard is defeated in the battle of Bosworth Field, Aug. 22, and Henry becomes king. i486. Marriage of Henry to Elizabeth, daughter of Edward IV. The Court of Star Chamber instituted. The Yeomen of the Guard organized ; the nucleus of the standing army. Henry sells the sovereignty of France, 1492-1498. Insurrection of Perkin Warbeck. It is quelled. 1500, Henry VIII. succeeds his father, April 22. 1 5 14, Wolsey's power begins. 1520. Meeting of Henry and Francis I. of France, at the Field of the Cloth of Gold. The pope styles Henry " Defender of the Faith." Fall and death of Wolsey. Henry divorces Catherine, and marries Anne Boleyn. Henry is siyi.d " Head of the Church." Authority of the Pope of Rome abol- ished in the kingdom. Execution of Sir Thoma.-, More. 1536. Queen Anne Boleyn beheaded ; the king marries Jane Seymour. Death of Queen Jane Seymour. Suppression of the monasteries. The Six Articles adopted. Cromwell's Bible (the first authorized edition) printed. E )i I jution of Cromwell. Anne of Cleves divorced. Queen Catherine Howard beheaded. The title of "King of Irel-.nd" con- firmed to the English sovereigns. Henry marries Catherine Parr. 1521. IS30- IS33- >S34- IS3S- 1537 '537 1539 1540. 1542 •543- A. D. '547- 1549. •552. >553- >SS4. 1555- 1558. 1568. 1587. 1588. 1 601. 1603. 1604. 1605. 1610. 1613. 1616. 1618. 1607 1625. 1626. 1628. 1637- 1641. Edward VI. succeeds to the throne Somerset protector. Somerset overthrown. Somerset beheaded. The Reformation prospers. The Book of Common Prayer established. Mary succeeds her brother Edward, July 6. Restores the Roman Catholic reli- gion. Lady Jane Grey beheaded. Marriage of the queen to Philip of Sjjain. Per- secution of the Protestants. 1556. Bishop Latimer, Ridley, ana Cranmer burned at the stake. The English martyrdoms. Calais retaken by the French. Elizabeth accedes to the throne, Nov. 17- Re-establishment of the Church of England. Mary Queen of Scots takes refuge in England. Execution of Mary of Scotland. Defeat of the Spanish Armada. The Earl of Essex beheaded. James I. (VI. of Scotland) succeeds Elizabeth, and unites the crowns 0/ England and Scotland, March 24. James assumes the title of " King of Great Britain." The Gunpowder Plot. The present translation of tlie Bibl» completed. The Ove.bury murder. Death of Shakespeare, April 23. Sir Walter Raleigh beheaded, to 1630. The English colonize the re gions of North America claimed by them. Charles I. succoeds to the throne, March 27. Lord Bacon dies. The Duke of Buckingham murdered. Hampden's trial respecting "shiii money," The troubles between the king and Pai liament result in the impeachment anii execution of Lord Straflbrd. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. I8l to the thronfl he Church of takes refuge in of tlie Bibl# throne, March 6 D. •642. 1643. <644- 1645. 1646. 1649. 165 1. 1658. 1659. 1660. 1662. 1665. 1674. 1678. 1679, 1683, 1685. 1688. 1689, 1692, 1694, 1697, i7or 1702 '704 Arrest of the five members, Jan. 4. Be ginning of the Civil War. Battle of Edgehili, Oct. 23. Death of John Hampden. The king's forces defeated at Marston Moor. Archbishop Laud beheaded. Charles totally defeated at Naseby. The king takes refuge with the Scotch, who give him up to the Parliament. Charles I. beheaded. Cromwell victorious at Worcester. Close of the Civil War. Oliver Cromwell made Protector of the Commonwealth. Death of Oliver Cromwell ; his son Richard protector. Richard Croniwell resigns. Restoration of Charles II., May 29. The monarchy re-establi>hc(l. Act of Uniformity 1 i.-,sed. The Church of Englan'' restored. The Plague in London. The great fire of Lmulon. Death of John Mi t mi, Nov. 8. Titus Gates' " Popish Plot." Many Roman Catholics executed; also in 1679. Passage of the Habeas Corpus Act, The Rye House Plot. Execution of Lord Russell, July 21, and Algernon Sydney, Nov. 21. James II. mounts the throne, Feb. 6. Rebellion of the Duke of Monmouth. He is defeated at Sedgmoor, July 6. Is beheaded, July 15. Trial and acquittal of the seven bishops. Landing of the Prince of Orange. Ab- dication and flight of James. William III. and Mary proclaimed king and queen by Parliament, Feb. 13. Beginning of the national debt. Bank of England established. Queen Mary dies, , Peace of Ryswick. James II. dies in exile. Anne succeeds to the throne, March 8. Marlborough victorious at Blenheim. A. D. 1707. Union of Scotland and England, as th« " Kingdom of Great Briiam." 1713. Treaty of Utrecht. 1714. George I. succeeds to the crown, Aug. I. 1715. Rebellion in Scotland quelled. 1720. The South Sea Bubble. 1722. Death of the Duke of Marlborough. 1727. George II. king, June II. Death of Su Isaac Newton. 1746. Rebellion of the young pretender. His total defeat at Culloden, April 16. 1752. New style of year introduced into Eng- land. 1756. Beginning of the Seven Years' War. 1757. Clive's victories in India. 1759. Capture of Quebec. Destruction of French power in Canada. 1760. George III. mounts the throne, Oct. 25. 1761. Peace of Paris. 1775. Commence.Tient of the American Revo lution. 1777. Royal Marriage Act. 1778. Death of the Earl of Chatham. 1780. "No Popery" Riots. 1782. England acknowledges the depend- ence of the United States. J786. At tempted assassination of the king by Margaret Nicholson. 1 792. First coalition against France. 1794. Suspension of the Habeas Corpus Act. Howe's victory. 1795. Acquittal of Warren Hastings. 1797. Cash payments susjDended. Death of Edmund Burke. 1798. Battle of the Nile. Habeas Corpus Act again suspended. 1800. Hatfield attempts to assassinate the kinjr. 1 801. Union of Great Britain and Ireland, Nelson's victory at Copenhagen. Peace of Amiens. 1803. War with France. 1805. Battle of Trafalgar. Death of Nelson. 1806. Death of William Pitt. 1807. Orders in Council against the Berlin Decree. The African slave trade abol- ished. 1810. The king insane. Great financial crisis. 7o. 1871. Death o( Richard Cobden, April 2. Death of Lord Palmerston, Oct. 18. Important commercial treaty with Austria. Defeat of the Reform Bill. Cattle plague causes great loss. War with Abyssinia begins. Fenian outbreaks in Ireland. Successful termination of the Abyssinian War. The Death of King Theo- dore. Dis-establishmcnt of the Irish Church. Measures adopted for the spread of primary education. Death of the Earl of Clarendon, June 26. Death of Charles Dickens, June 9. The Irish Church Dis-establishment Bill goes into effect. Meeting of the Alabama Claims Commission at Geneva. A. D. 1872. Severe illness of the Prince of Wales, Passage of the Secret Ballot Act, Settle- ment of t'.i Alabama claims. 1873. Abolition of tests in the Irish universities Payment of the Geneva Award. 1874. Disraeli Prime Minister. 1875. Reopening of the Eastern Question. Visit of the Prince of Wales to India. 1876. Purchase of the Suez Canal. The Queen proclaimed Empress ol India. 1877. Great Britain expresses her disapprovaj of the Russo-Turkish war, but decidei to remain neutral. 1878. Great commercial depression. War with AfTghanistan. 1879. The Zulu War. 18S0. Faniiue in Ireland. Troubles with the Land League. 1 88 1. The Boer War in South Africa, gxmtt. ance. Peace B C 600. Massilia, now Marseilles, founded by the Phocreans. 390. The Gauls, under Brennus, defeat the Romans at the river Allia. Rome sacked by the Gauls. Defeat and ex- pulsion of the Gauls from Rome by Camillus. 220, The Romans conquer Gallia Cisalpina. 121-58. The Romans invade Gallia Transal- pina. 123. Aix founded by the Romans. 118, Narbonne founded by the Romans. 58-50, Conquest of Gaul by Julius Caesar. 41. Lyons founded. A. D. 43. Claudius proscribes the religion of the Druids. 120. Visit of the Emperor Adrian to Gaul. 160. Christianity introduced. 177 to 288. Christians persecuted at various periods. 241. Aurelian defeats the Franks and their allies. ^o6. Consiantine proclaimed Emperor in Gaul. AD 357- 360. 363- 378 45'- 464. 475- 476. 486, 496. 507. 511 SS8 The barbarians desolate Gaul. Julian arrives to relieve it, and defeats the Alemanni at Strasburg. Julian proclaimed emperor at Paris. Death of the Emperor Julian, to 450. The Burgundians, Franks, Visi- goths, and others, invade and settle in Gaul. Aetius d ats the Iluns under Attila in a great battle near Chalons. Childeric, the Frank, takes Paris. All Gaul west of the Rhone ceded to the Visigoths. End of the Roman Empire, and establish ment of the Kingdom of the Franks. Clovis defeats the Gauls at Soissones. Clovis embraces Christianity. Having conquered the country from the Pyrenees lo the Loire, Clovis makes Paris his cipitnl. The Salique Law ordained by Clovir. Death of Clovis. His four sons dividfl the monarchy brtween them. Clotaire sole ruler in France. B.I -A' 184 STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 720. 732- 7S«- 768. (CD s6i. Death of Clotaire. Ilis sons, four in number, divide the kingdom between them. 584. The mayors of the palace the real rulers of France. 613. Clotaire sole king. 628. Du.,obert the Great, the son of Clotaire, divides the kingdom between his two sons. 714. Charles Martel, mayor of the palace, and the real ruler of France, over which he exercises despotic power. Charles Martel created " Duke of the French." Invasion of France by the Saracens. Crushing defeat of the Saracens by Charles Martel, near Tours. Pepin, the Short, son of Charles Martel, king. Pepin dies, and is succeeded by his two sons, Charlemagne and Carloman. Soo. Charlemagne crowned Emperor of the West by Pope Leo III. 814. Louis L, Lc Dtbonnaiie, emperor, de- throned, but restored to his dominions. 840. Charles the Bald king. 875. Charles becomes emperor; is poisoned by Zedechias, a Jewish physician. 877. Louis IL, called the Stammerer, son of Charles the Bald, king. 911. A part of Neustria granted to Rollo, as Normandy, by Charles the Simple. 987. Ilujjh Capet king. 996. Paris mad the capital of all France. 1060. Philip L (itie Fair) king. 1 108. IjOuIs VL, le Gros (the Lusty), king. 1 135. Letters of franchise granted to cities and towns by Louis VL 1146. Louis Vn. joins the Crusades. 1180. Philip (Augustus) IL king. 1214. Philip defeats the Germans at Bouvines. 1223. Louis VIIL king. (224. Louis frees his serfs. 1226. Louis IX., called St. Louis, king. •350 to 1270. St. Louis defeats King Henry of England; joins the Crusades; cap- wures the city of Damietta, in Syria ; is made prisoner; finally dies before Tunis. A. D. 1266. Naples and Sicily conquered by Charles of Anjou. 1270. Philip IIL (the Hardy) king. 1285. Philip IV. (the Fair) king. 1301-02. Philip quarrels with the pope. 1307-14. Philip suppresses the Knights Temp- lar, and burns the Grand Master 'a Paris. 1314. Union of France and Navarre. Louis X. king. 1316. John L, c> posthumous son of Louis X., king. Dies at the age of four d.iys. 1316. Philip V. (called "the Long") king. 1322. Charles IV. king. 1328. Philip VI. (founder of the House of Valois) king. 1346. France invaded by the English. Philip defeated at Crecy by Edward IIL 1347. Edward III. takes Calais. 1349. Dauphiny annexed to France. 1350. John II. king. 1356. John defeated at Poictiers by the Eng- lish, made prisoner and carried to Lon- don, where he dies. 1364. Charles V. (called the Wise) king. 1380. Charles VI. king. 1407. The pope lays Fiance under an inter- dict. 1415. The English defeat the French at Agin- court. 1420. Henry V., of England, acknowledged heir to the kingdom. 1422. Henry VI., of England, crowned at Paris, the Duke of Bedford acting as regent. 1422. Charles VIIL king. The French, under the leadership of the Maid of Orleans, take up arms for their independence, in 1429. 1429. The Maid raises the siege of Orleans, May 8. Defeats the English at Patay, June 18. 1431. The Maid of Orleans burnt at Rouen. 1434 to 1450. The English expelled from 'he entire kingdom except Calais. 1461. Louis XL king. 1464. " League of the Public Good " formed by the nobles against Louts XI. i ■ ered by Charles avarre. Louis iglish. Philip ■•ard III. ""'■'7^ •4^ FRANOB. ASOENTIKB RBPCBLIO. JAPAN. PHTTiADBLPHIA CITY. BAKDWICH ISLANDS. HOLLAND. BWBDBN. LIBBRIA. BBLaimc. UBXIOO. AUBTBIA. EOTPT. FLAGS OF ALL NATIONS. STATISTICAL TAPIES FOR REFERENCE. 185 A O. 1475. Invar i» of France by Edward IV. of England. 1483. Charles VIII. king. 1494. Charles comjuers Naples. 1496, Charles loses his Neapolitan conquests, 1498. Luuis XII. king, 1508. The League of Cambray against Venice, 151 1. The pope (Julius II,) forms the Holy League against France. 1513. France invaded by the English. Battle of Spurs ; the French defeated, 151;. Francis L king. 1520. Interview of the Field of the Cloth of Gold between Francis and Henry VIII. of England. 1521. War with Spain. 1525. Battle of Pavia. Francis defeated and taken prisoner by the Emperor Charles V. 1529, Peace with Spain. 1530, Persecutions of the Protestants com- menced. 1531, Royal printing press established. 1544. War with England and Spain. Henry VIII., of England, invades France. I54y. Henry II. king. 1552. Metz successfully defended by the Duke of Guise. 1558 The Duke of Guise takes Calais from the English. 1559. Francis II. king. 1560. Charles IX. king. 1562. Religious wars. Massacre of the Protes- tants at Vassy by the Duke of Guise. Guise defeats the Huguenots at Dreux. 11^63 Duke of Guise killed at the siege of Or- leans. Temporary peace with the Hu- guenots. 1567. Religious wars resumed. Huguenots defeated at St. Denis. 1569. Huguenots defeated at Jarnf c and Mon- contour. IS7Z Marriage of Marguerite of Valois to Henry of Navarre. Massacre of St. Bartholomew, Aug. 24. 1574, Henry III. king. (^76, The "Holy Catholic League" organ AD. 1588. The Duke of Guise assassinated by ordei of the king. 1589. Henry HI, assassinated, Henry IS'. king, 1593, Henry IV, becomes a Rom.in Catholic, 1598, Henry IV. promulgates the Edict of Nantes. 1606-1610. Silk and other manufactures in- troduced into France. l6io. Henry IV, assassinated, Marie de Med. ici regent, Louis \III, king. 1614. Louis .issumes the exercise of the gov* ernment. 1620. Navarre annexed to France. 1624. Richelieu's reforms. Begins with the finances. 1628. Rochulle surrenders, after a memorabl* siege. 1634. The French Academy established by Richelieu. 1642. Death of Richelieu. 1643. Louis XIV. (four years of age) king. Anne of Austria regent. 1643- 646. Mazarin, prime minister. Great victories of Mai-shal Turenne. 1648 to 1653. Civil wars with the Fronde. 1661. Colbert minister of finance. 167 1. War with Hull- . 1685. Revocation .Cdict of Nantes, Terrible pei.- -up u of the French Protestants foi. v. 1686. Louis marries Madame de Maintenon. 1689. War with England. 1697. Peace of Kyswick. 1 701. War of the Spanish Succession. 1704. French defeated at Blenheim by Man borough, 1706. Defeat of the French at Ramillies. 17 13, Peace of Utrecht. 171 5, Louis XV. king. The Duke of Orleans regent. 1 7 16. Great era of speculation. George Law"»» schemes. 1743, French defeated at Dettingen. 1746, Victories of Marshal Saxe. 1748. Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle. 1756. Commencement of the Seven Ywrr War. i86 STATISTICAL TABLES TOR RETiiRLNCE. A. D. 1757. Attempt by Damicns to assassinate Louis XV. 1759. Cajiture of Quebec by the English. Canada lost to France. 1*762. Jesuits expeiled from France. i^dy Tiic IVace of Paris. France cedes Can- ada to Enjjland. 1774. l)c.uh of Louis XV. Louis XVL king. 1778. Louis XVL aids America in its struggle for independence ; secretly at first. 1780. The torture aL79j- 1796. 1796. 1797- 1797. 1799. I Coo. 1S02. 1S03. 1804. 1805. 1806. 1808. 1809. 1810. 1812. The Duke of Orleans, Philippe Egnlit^ beheaded, Nov. 6. Mailanie Roland executed, Nov. 8. Danton and others guillotined, April 5. Robespierre and seventy-one others guillotined, July 28. Close of tb« Reign of Terror. The Dauphin (Louis XVIL) dies in prison. The Directory, Nov. I. Bonajiarte wins the victories of Mon- tenotte, Mondovi, and Lodi, in Italy. The conspiracy of Babocuf suppressed. Pichegru's conspiracy fails. Bonaparte's expedition to Lgyjit. De- struction of the French fleet near Alex- andria by Nelson. Bonaparte returns from Egypt. De- poses the Council of Five Hundred, and is declared F'irst Con-.ul, Nov. 10. B.ittle of Maicngo. Great victory by Bonapnrte over the Austrian*. Attempt to kill the consul by means of an in- fernal machine, Dec. 24. Peace with England, Spain, and Hol- land signed at Amiens, March 27. Legion of Honor instituted. Bona- parte made " Consul for life," Aug. 2. Bank of France established. War with England. Conspiracy of Moreau and Pichcgru against Bonaparte fails. Execution of the Duke d'Enghien. The empire formed. Napoleon proclaimed emperor, May 18. Napoleon crowned King of Italy, May 26. Battle of Trafalgar. Destruction of the French fleet, Oct. 21. Battle or Austerlitz. .\ustria humbled, Dec. 2. Defeat of Prussians at Jena, Oct. 14. New nobility of France created. Divorce of the Empiess Josephine. Napoleon defeated at Aspern ano Essling. Victorious at Wagram. Union of Holland with France. War with Russia. Napoleon invadei Russia. Great victory of the French at Borodino, Sept. 7. DisastroMf retreat of the French from Moscow. STATIHTICAL TABLES FOR REFEREXCE. 187 i8i3- 1814. 1815. tSi6. 1820. 1S21. 1824. 1827. 1S29. 1S30. oin Moscow. Alliance of Austria, Russia, and Prussia against Napoleon. Battle of Leipzig. Napoleon defeated, Oct, 16-18. The Allies invade France from the Rhine ; the English from Spain. Surrender of Paris to the Allies, March 31. Abdication of Napoleon, April 5. Napoleon goes to Elba, May 3. Louis XVIH. enters Paris, May 3. The Bourbon Dynasty restored. The Consti- tutional Charter established, June 4-10. Napoleon leaves Elba ; lands at Cannes, March i, and proceeds to Paris. Is joined by all the army. The Allies form a league for his destruction, March 25. Napoleon abolishes the Slave Trade, March 29. Leaves Paris for the army, June 12. B.ittle of Waterloo. Final overthrow of Napoleon, June 18. Napoleon reaches Paris, June 20. Ab- dicates in favor of his son, June 22. Reaches Rochefort, where he intends to embark for America, July 3. Entry of Louis XVIIL into Paris, July 3. Na- poleon goes on board the " Bellero- phon " and claims the " hospitality " of England, July 15. Upon reaching Eng- land is transferred to the " Northumber- land," and sent a prisoner to St. Helena, Aug. 8. Arrives at St. Helena, Oct. 15. Execution of Marshal Ney, Dec. 7. The family of Napoleon forever excluded from France, Assassination of the Duke de Berri, Feb. 13. Death of Napoleon L, May 5, Death of Louis XVIIL, Sept. 16. Charles X. king. National Guard disbanded. War with Algiers, Riots in Paris. Seventy-six new peers created. The Polignac administration organized. Chamber of Deputies dissolved. May 16. Capture of Algiers, July 5. Revolution of July, Flight and abdication of Giarles X. Louis Philippe king. Pol- lj;nac and the ministers of Charles X, sentenced to perpetual imprisonment. A. D. 1831. 1832. «833- 1834. 1835- 1836. 1838. 1840. 1842. 1843. 1846. 1847. 1848, The hereditary peerage abolished. Insurrection in Paris suppressed. Failure of the attempt of the Duchess de Berri. Death of Lafayette, May 20. Fieschi attempts to kill the king, July 28, and is executed, Feb. 6, 1836. Louis Alibaud firts at the king, June 25; is guillotined, July 11. Death of Charles X., Nov. 6. Prince Louis Napoleon attempts an insurrection at Strasbourg, Oct. 30. Is sent to America, Nov, 13. The ministers of Charles X. set at liberty and sent out of France. Meunier attempts to kill the king. Death of Talleyrand, May 17, M, Thiers Prime Minister. Removal of the remains of the Emperor Napoleon I. from St. Helena to Paris, Prince Louis Napoleon, General Montholon, and others attempt an insurrection at Boulogne, Aug. 6. Prince Louis Na- poleon sentenced to imprisonment for life, and confined in the Castle of Ham, Oct. 6. Darmes attempts to shoot the king, Oct. 15. The Duke of Orleans, the heir to the throne, dies from the effect of a fall, July »3- Queen Victoria, of England, visits the royal family at the ch&teau d' Eu. Extradition treaty with England. Lecompte attempts to assassinate the kingat Fontainebleau. Louis Napoleon escapes from Ham. Joseph Henri attempts to kill the king. Jerome Bonaparte returns to France after an exile of thirty-two years. Death of the ex-Empress Marie Louise. Revolution of February, 22 to 26. Flight of the king and royal family. The Republic proclaimed, Feb. 26. The provisional government succeeded by an executive commission named by the assembly, May 7. Louis Nnpoleon elected to the assembly from the Seine and three other departments, June 13. Outbreak of the Red Republicans. I i tf! m ! I i ■ I. 188 k. D. 1848. STA7IsnCAL TAliLtS lOR REI'EKEXCE. Severe fii;htiiig in Paris, June 23 to 26 ; 16,000 persuns kiileil, ineludint; the Archbishop of I'aris. Gen. Cavaignac at the head of the government, June 28. Louts N^ipoleon takes his scat in the assembly, Sept. 26. The Constitution of the Republic solemnly proclaimed, Nov. 12. Louis Napoleon elected president of the French Republic, Dec. II. Takes the oath of office, Dec. 20. 1850. Death of Louis Philippe at Claremont, in England, Auj^. 26. Freedom of the press curtailed, 1851. Electric telejjraph between England and France opened. The Coup d'Etat. Arrest of the National Assembly, Dec. 2. Severe fighting in Paris. The president crushes the opposition, Dec. 3, 4. The Coup d'Et.it sustained by the people at the polls, and Louis Napoleon re-elected president for ten years, Dec. 21, 22. 1852. President Louis Napoleon occupies the Tuileries, Jan. i. The new constitution published, Jan. 14. The property of the Orleans family confiscated. The birthday of Napoleon L, Aug. 15, de- clared the only national holid.ny. Or- ganization of the Legislative Chambers (the Senate and Coqw Legisl.itif), March 29. The president visits Stras- bourg. M. Thiers and the exiles per- mitted to return to France, Aug. 8. The Senate petitions the president for " the re-establisliment of the liereditary sov- ereign power in the Bonaparte family," Sept. 13. The president visits the Southern and Western departments, Sept. and Oct. At Bordeaux utters his famous expression, " The Empire is Peace." The president releases Abd- el-Kader, Oct. 16. Measures for the re-establishment of the empire inaugu- rated, Oct. and Nov. The empire re- established by the popular vote, Nov. 21; ye.is, 7,839,552; nays, 254,501. The president declared emperor; he as- sumes the title of Napoleon III., Dec. S. A. D, «8S3- 1854. 1856. «8S7- 1858. 1858. 1859- The emperor marries Eugenie, Couniew of T6ba, Jan. 29, The emperor releanci 4,312 political otTendcrs, Feb. 2. Hread riots. Death of F. Arago, the astronomer, Oct. 2. Attempt to assassi- nate the emperor. Beginning of the Crimean war. Emperor and empress visit England, April. Industrial exhibition opened at Paris, M.iy 15. Pi.mori attempts to assassinate tlie emperor, April 28. Bel- leniarre attenijits to assassinate the em- peror, S',-i)t. 8. Queen Victoria and Prince Albert visit France, August. Birth of the Prince Imperial, March 16. The treaty of P.-iris. Close of the Crimean war, March 30. Terrible inun- dations in the Southern Departments, June. The Archbishop of Paris (Sibour) assas- sinated by a priest named Verger. Conspiracy to assassinate the emperor detected, July 11. Visit of the emperor and empress to England. Death of Gen. Cavaignac, Oct. 28. The P'mperor Napoleon meets the Emperor of Russia at Stuttgart, Sept. 25. Orsini and others attempt to kill the emperor by the explosion of three shells. Two persons killed and several wounded, Jan. 14. Passage of the Pub- lie Safety Bill. The empire divided '-to five military departments. Republican outbreak at Chalons crushed. Orsini and Pietri executed for attempting to assassinate the emperor. Visit of the Queen of England to Cherbourg. Conference at Paris respecting the condition of the Danubian Principalities. The emperor warns the Austrian min- ister of his intention to espouse the Italian cause, Jan. 1. France declares war against Austria, and sends an army to the aid of Italy, May. The empress declared regent. The emperor takes command of the army in Italy. Ar- rives at Genoa, May 12. ; ■ STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 189 A D iSi9. Battles of Montcliello, Mny 20; Paleslro, May JO, 31 J Magenta, June 4; Maleg- nano, June 8, and Sollerino, June 24; the allies victorious in each. Armistice arranged, July 6. Meeting of the Km- pcrors of France and Austria al Villa Franca, July II. Preliminary peace, July 12. The Emperor Napoleon re- turns to France, July 17. Peace con- ference meets at Zurich for arrange- ment of treaty between France and Sardinia and Austria. Peace signed, Nov. 12. 1860. The emperor ulopts a free trade policy. Commercial treaty with England signed Jan. 23. Annexation of Savoy and Nice to France. The Emperor Napo- leon meets the German sovereigns at B.ulen, June 15-17. V.sit of the em- pe.'or and empress to Sa/oy, Corsica, and Algiers. The new tariff goes into operation, Oct. I. The public levying of Peter's pence forbidden, and restric- tions placed upon the issuing of pas- toral letters. The emperor makes con- cessions to the Chambers in favor of freedom of speech. Important minis- terial changes. The emperor advises the pope to give up his temporal pos- sessions. 1861. Purchase of the principality of Monaco for 4,ooo,cxx) francs. Troubles with the church about the Roman question. The government issues a circular for- biddini,' priests to meddle in politics, April II. Commercial treaty with Belgium. France declares neutrality In the American conflict. France recognizes the kingdom of Italy, June 24. Meeting of the emperor and King of Prussia at Compiegne, Oct. 6. .S6r. Convention between France, Great Britain, and Spain, concerning inter- vention in Mexico. Embarrassment in the Government finances. Achille Fould made minister of finance. 1862. The Mexican expedition begun. The French conquer the province of Bienhoa, A. D. in Annam. Six province! in Cochin China conquered, and ceded to France. The British and Spanish forces with- draw from the Mexican expedition. France declares war against Mexico. Peace with Annam. New commercial treaty with Prussia, Aug. 2, Great dis- tress in the manufacturing districts in consequence of the civil war in the United States. 1863. Commercial treaty with Italy. Revolt in Annam crushed. Convention with Spam for the rectification of the frontier. Political troubles. Growing power of the opposition in the Chambers and throughout the country. The elections result in the choice of many opjwsition deputies, including Thiers, Favre, and others. The emperor proposes Euro- pean conference for 'he settlement of the questions of the day, Nov, 9, Eng. land declines to join the proposed con- ference, Nov. 25. 1863. Tb French army conquer Mexico, and occupy the capital. 1864. Treaty with Japan. Commercial treaty with Switzerland. Convention with Italy respecting the evacuation of Rome. Es- tablishment of the Mexican Empire, with Maximilian, of Austria, as emperor. 1865. The clergy prohibited from reading the Pope's Encyclical in the Churches. Treaty with Sweden. The plan of Min- ister Duruy for compulsory education rejected by the assembly. Death of the Duke de Morny. Visit of the emperor to Algeria. The English fleet visits Cherbourg and Brest. The French fleet visits Portsmouth. The Queen of Spain visits the emperor at Biarritz. Students' Riots in Paris. 1866. The emperor produces a feeling of alarm in Europe by declaring his detestation of the treaties of 1815, May 6. He pro- poses a peace conference (in conjunction with England and Russia) for the settle- ment of the troubles between Prussia, Italy and Austria. Austria refuses tt It! 1.; 190 STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. join in it, May-June. France declares a " Watchful Neutrality " a" to the Ger- man-Italian war. The Emperor Napo- leon demands of Prussia a cession of a part or the Rhine provinces. His de- mand is refused, Aug. Austria cedes Venetia fo France, who transfers it to Italy. The French occupation of Rome terminated, Dec. Ii. 1867. Settlement of the Luxemburg question by the London Conference. The great exposition at Paris, opened April 1. 1868. Riots in Bordeaux in March; in Paris in June, 1869. Great radical successes in the elections. The emperor makes new soncessions in favor of constitutional government. Cele- br.ition of the one-hundredth birthday of Napoleon the Great. 1870. The Plebiscitum, Mny 8. Quarrel with Prussia. War with Prussia begins, July 19, The emperor takes command of the army. Defeat of the French at Woerth and Forbach, Aug. 6. Deci- sive battle of Gravelotte, Aug. 18. Ba- zaine's army shut up in Metz, Battle of Sedan, Sept. I. The Empe- ror Napoleon and the French army made prisoners of war, Sept. 2. A. D. 1870. Revolution in Paris. Fall of the Em- pire. Flight of the empress, Sept. 7. The repuijlic proclaimed in Paris, Sept. 7. Paris invested. 1871. Paris bombarded by the Germans, The Armistice, Feb. 28. Meeting; of the assembly at Bordeaux. Formation of a provisional government. Peace with Germany. Revolt of the Commune. The second siege and capture of Paris, 1872. Reorganization of the government in France. A large part of the war indem- nity paid. 1873. May 24. M. Thiers resigns the presi- dency. Marshal MacMahon chosen President of the Republic, Sept. Payment of the German debt, 1875. The Legislative Body reorganized — Two Chambers created. 1875. Passage of a bill for the construction of a tunnel under the English Channel, 1876. March 7. Meetingof the new Chambers. 1877. Sept. 3. Death of M. Thiers. 1878. International Exposition at Paris. 1879. Resignation of President MucMahoa M, Jules Grevy elected President 1880. Gambetta President of the Cliambers. Religious orders suppressed. 1 88 1. Financial Congress at Paris. j^pim vl. D. 409. Romans driven out of Spain by the Van- dals, Alans, and Suevi. •J 14, Kingdom of the Visigoths established by Adolphus. 427, The Vandals remove to Africa. 452, Theodoric I. conquers the Suevi. 466. Euric assassinates Theodoric (his brother) and becomes ruler of all Spain. 587. The Franks driven out of Spain by Re- cared I. 672-677. Wamba's good reign. 709. The Saracens invited into Spain to over- throw King Roderick. A.D. 711. Roderick defeated and slain at Xeres Establishment of the Saracen kingdoa of Cordova. 718. Leon and Asturias formed into a king- dom by Pelayo, who checks the con quests of the Saracens. 731. The Saracens invading France, are de- feated at Tours by Charles Martel. Some say 733. 777-778. Unsuccessful invasion of Charic magne. 873. Kingdom of Navarre founded by Sancho Inigo, STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 19' \. D 1026. 1031. 1091. 109s. 1099. Sancho II. of Navarre becomes King of Castile. The kingdom of Arragon founded by Ramirez I. Leon and Asturias united to Castile. The Saracens, pressed by the Christians, call the African Moors to their aid. These drive back the Christians, but also seize the Saracen possessions in Spain. Henry of Besan?on takes Portugal from the Saracens. Exploits of the Cid Ruy Diaz. 1094-1144. Dynasty of the Almoravides at Cordova. 1 144. Alphonso of Leon defeats the Moors in several battles. 1 233-1 248. Ferdinand III. of Leon and Cas tile wajes war against the Moors, and takes Cordova, Seville, Toledo, and other cities. 1238. The Moors found the kingdom of Gren- ada, their last refuge against the Chris- tians. 1274. The crown of Navarre passes to the royal family of France. The King of Grenada brings 2CX>,ooo Moors from Africa to assist him. Terrible defeat of the Moors at Tarifa by Alphonso XI. of Castile. Ferdinand II. of Arragon marries Isa- befla of Leon and Castile. Union of the greater part of Christian Spain in one monarchy. r48o-i4S4. The Inquisition established. '492-1498. Severe persecution of the Jews. Discovery of the New World by Chris- topher Columbus. Ferdinand takes Grenada after a siege of two years, and destroys the Moorish power in Spain. I499-1522. Mohammedans persecuted and ex- pelled from Spain. 1506. Death of Columbus, May 20. 1512. Ferdinand conquers the greater part of Navarre. 1516. Charles I. King of Spain. Accession of the House of Austria. 13 1340. 1474. '492. '492. A. D. 1519. Charles becomes Emperor of Germany as Charles V. 1554. Philip of Spain marries Queen Mary of England. 1556. The Emperor Chtirles retires to a monas« tery. Philip II. king, 1557. War with France. Decisive battle of St. Quentin. Philip victorious. 1561. Persecutions of the Protestants begun. 1561. Victory over the Turkish navy at Le- panto. 1572. Holland, under William of Orangey rebels against Philip's tyranny. 1580. Portugal conquered and united to Spain. uSS. Defeat of the Spanish Armada. 1598. Philip III. king. He banishes 3(X),ooo Moors from Spain by A. D. 1610. 1640. Portugal wins its independence. 1700. Charles II., the last of the House of Austria, dies, and is succeeded by Philip V. of the House of Bourbon. 1702-1713. War of the Succession 1704. The English capture Gibraltar. 1 713. Siege of Barcelona. 1735. Charles, son of Philip V., conquers Naples, 1759. Charles III. (King of the two Sicilies) King of Spain, 1796. War with England. 1797. Battle of Ca a St. Vincent, Feb. 14. 1805. Battle of T/afalgar, Oct. 21. 1807. Invasion of Spain by the French. Treaty of Fontainebleau. 1808. The French take Madrid. Charles IV, abdicates in favor of Napoleon, May i. Massacre of the French in Madrid, May 2, Napoleon assembles the Notables at Bayonne, May 25. Joseph Bonaparte, King of Spain, enters Madrid, July 12, retires, July 29. The French defeateo at Vimiera, Aug, 21. The French re- take Madrid, and restore King Joseph, Dec. 2, Napoleon enters Madrid, Dec, 4, 1809. Successes of the French. 1810. Capture of Ciudad Rodiigo by Marshal Ncy. 181 1. Wellington defeats the French at Fnentef d'Onore,May 6,andat Albuera.May i4. !f!t ;i is 1 1 ' 1 'M 192 A. D. 1812. J813. 1814. 1817. tS20. 1823. STATISTICAL TABLES FCR REFERENCE. 1828. 1829. 1S30. 1833. 1S34. 183s- 1840. 1S41. 1S42. »843. Wellington victorious at Ciudad Rodrigo, Jan. 19; BadajoE, April 6, and Sala- manca, July 22. Wellington occupies Madrid, drives the French out of Spain, and follows them into France. Ferdinand VII. restored. The Slave trade abolished for a com- pensation. Revolution begins in January. Ferdi- nand swears to the Constitution of the Cortes. The Cortes remove the king to Seville, and thence to Cadiz, March. Interven- tion of France in behalf of the king. French army enters Spain, April 7. Cadiz invested, June 25. Battle of the Trocadeio, Aug. 31. The Revo- lution crushed. The king restored. Execution of Riego and the patriot leaders. The French evacuate Cadiz. Cadiz made a free port. The Salique law abolished. Death of Ferdinand VII. His queen r.ssumcs the government as regent dur- ing the minority of her daughter, Isa- bella II. The Quadruple Treaty establishes the right of Queen Isabella to the throne. Don Carlos enters Spain and claims the crown. Beginning of the Carlist War. 1S39. Carlist War continues. The Gov- ernment successful. Don Carlos de- feated. He takes refiiu;e in France. Fspartero, commander of the royal forces, becomes the real ruler of Spain ; the queen regent abdicates and leaves Spain ; Espartero expels the Papal Nuncio. Espartero declared by the Cortes regent during the young queen's minority. The friends of Queen Christina endeavor to overthrow Espartero. He crushes the outbreak with great severity. Outbreak in B.rcelona against Espartero. He crushes it. General uprising against Espartero, He is driven from the kingdom. A. D. 1843. Isabella II., 13 years old, is declared by the Cortes to be of age. Narvaez, a friend of Queen Christina, is made Lieutenant-General of the kingdom. 1846. Marriage of the queen to her cousin, Don Francisco d' Assiz, Duke of Cadiz. Coolness between England and Spam in consequence of the marriage of the infanta to the Duke de Montpensier, son ■of the King of France. 1847. Attempt by La Riva to assassinate the queen. Espartero restored. 1848. The British Envoy ordered to quit Mad- rid within 48 hours. 1850. Birth of the (jiieen's first child. It dies immediately. 1850-1851. Attempt of Lopei to wrest Cuba from Spain. 1851. Opening of the Madrid Aranjuez Rail- way. 1852. Merino, a Franciscan monk, attempts te kill the queen, and slightly wounds her with a dagger. 1853. Narvaez exiled to Vienna. 1S54. Espartero organizes a military insurrec- tion and succeeds in making himself prime minister. The qiieenniother im- peached. She quits Spain. 1855. Death of Don Carlos. 1856, Insurrection at Valencia. Esjiartcro re- signs. K new Cabinet formed, headed by Marshal O'Donncll, July. Insurrec* tion in Madrid. It is quelled by the government. The National Guard dis- bnnign. Narvaez made Prime Minister. 1859. War with Morocco. O'Donnell com- mands the army in Africa. i860. Moors defeated and compelled to make peace. Treaty signed, Mari'h 26. Un- successful efforts to overthrow the queen and make the Count de Montemolin king. The Emperor Napoleon III. proposes to recognize Spain as a first- tlass power. England refuses, and thr ptoject abandoned. ^ ■-<«§■«- •s old, is declared of age. N.arvaez, a Christina, is made of the kingdom, fi to her cousin, Don , IJuke of Cadiz, Migland and Spam he marriage of the ie Montpensier, son :e. J to assassinate the estored. (lered to quit Mad- first child. It dies )per to wrest Cuba Irid Aranjuez RaiN f cms A. \1 ,*-^. ^ ^ J. BORMAH. ! w monk, attempts te lightly wounds her OHita. BPAIW. enna. a military insurrec- n making himself queen-mother inv Spain. cia. Espartero re- el formed, headed II, July. Insurrec* is quelled by the nlional Guard di»- ectioii at Barcelona i\ by O'Donnell, as nnell forced tore- Prime Minister. O'Donnell com- frica. om pel led to make 1, M.inh 26. Un- 'erthrmv the queen t de Montemolin Napoleon III. ! Spain as a first- d refuses, and the ;*««!**f^».,«««t»»^^^^ ■* ;.•»?■ •Jf^-.-t^ I ♦ 1 . t P ! V«»%.,;*ii*, ,.-.. '■:'3^ <'»'''-|«AT «^.^TTt .% SIAJVJ. » rt!lANAT>A * —'**»■• I'i !,! i !l ' !l^ 'A Si ctorioos At Ctii iisktton. ■i n'>-. .iiiiy. ; •■^ir iii.)"-. I- the paui t 8-;i ' Htpuri' » A •.. ■ IT.. 13 years old, is declare^ • Cones 111 be olage, .'^''irvaci, ;< : of Qtietn (.'hnslin.-., is niad« \ i;priant-(ii;n«i il of the kin£;dcin. ; > ■>» . ii^rriagf: of i)ieq«eer> to hfc cou«iiii, i'oo , Frnnci^co J' Assiz, Duke of Cadh ' C'.iolno-.a lieiwecn Fnj'lnn-'' and Spam K! coji.se<-|uenct of rlie iviarnage of ihe I irfetua to thf iJuke dc M.mtpcnhier, s.>n oi ihu Kinj; 'f rinnce. V!im}il l)v l.a Riva to ^'sassinatc th« i'.icen, Lsparicro restored. liie brit^h p'livuy ortiered to quit M;'.J- rd within 48 houi^. iSjo. hfrth of l!ie fiuten's first chiM. Ii dies immediiUely. l8i;o~i8>i. A'U"i-)j/i of Lopci: to vicst Cubs from Spain. Openincj A llie Madrid Arsnjucz Kaii- way, Mtirino, a Frnnciscan monk, n«rni|>?s r* kill the quL-en, and sUj^htly wounJs her with a dagger. iSe^.' Narvaez rxJIcd to Vienna. • vl. F-mricro orj^rsinizes a military in«iurrer iiMii .-lid succeeds in making hiiU'.c'i nnmo minJMfr. The qtieoivmoll;':! ir- jx'ached. She quits Spain. -, Dwvlh of Jon Carlos. I T'^surrcctioti at Valencia, Espartero v-^ .•:n:i. ,\ '-.vw Cabinet fcmied^ h. !.)< M.».:sh:!! fi'Donndt, July. In-.^rt.-. . lim in Madiid. It i* csreUfd hv tix .(IiverMiiient. TiiC National Gii.-ird tiin lunded, July. Iiisiincciioi! ai Bascflo' /> ?*d S.irnpis*ia quelled by O'Doniipli, is 'iaalor.July. O'Donncll forced to f ■ 'jr:n. Natv.icy ?nade Prime Mir.iiite;. War with Moroi>'ntr!elJ c'iHi .ands \\\c artny in Africa. ?lf»or< deicaicd and contin'Mcd toD:so<- ■■■ ,(*<:. Treaty sij^ued, March aC. li 'jssfu! clTi>riH to overthrow thr (,r> .in' mule the CmbuI Jc Montctr^ Y'W 'iiie Ktn|5er.-.r Na|i.jlei'!i • recofjniztf .*>jiain ■ E>!(.,tand refub.i, raid ■ . .i.d.incd. tl* \y.-: <*■ ^ '• (>^^ is decla'oi 'i'age. Nnrvnot, vi '..hnsiin.i, is marf«» jf the kintidi'tn, I to hct iso\mu, i H)(i liuke of Cadiz 'nglaP''' and Spa^'i lie ittiirriuge of i?.f le Montpensier, "T! to a^«.'i;.sinRtc th» jstored. •iercd to quit Mad- lirst child. Ii dieh per. t.) vrest Cuha nd At-Mijuez Koii- monk, nttempts r* 'ii^htly vvotinc'ri htr 1 military' in-nirrf*'- 1 niakini; hini^i-': ']ueon motI;'r i* ■ et r 'nied, hcatlt f ,July. Ititiun*** i4 qitr'Ifd by l\it .iti.ina! Guard lU* lion a! BniceKx-i" \ liv n'DonneU, fts i"f!l forced to r* ''iilK' ISIInistc:. <./ Lintnel] cr.M» rica. nr,i'.'l!ed to n'.iit' ■ jM.Tri-h 21 J. ( ( ri;!)i>-«' llir (vTi lit Montftr' Nnpoleon ' ' Sjiain n-: n ir refubf-i, and ^ SwrrzBRLAND. CHINA. NOBWAT. PORTUGAL. OUIIil. I BURUj ;.' SPAIN. UBUQUAT. I PBRSIA. SIAM. BATTI. NBW &RANADA. FLAGS OF ALL NATIONS. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 193 A. D i86f . The annexation of St. Domingo to Spain ratified. Spain joins England and France in the Mexican Ex|)edition ',563. Don Juan de Bourbon renounces his right to the throne. O'Donnell resigns the premiership. Insurrection at St. Domingo. 1864. Quarrel with Peru. General Prim ex- iled for conspiracy. Narvaez again prime minister. He advises the relin- quishment of St. Domingo. The queen refuses. 1865 Peace with Peru, v/hich is compelled to pay a heavy indemnity. The queen orders the sale of the crown lands, and gives Ihree-fourths to the nation. Spain relinquishes St, Domingo. Quarrel with Chili. Itisfollowedby war. Kingdom of Italy recognized by Spain. 1S66. Insurrection headed by C';n. Prim. It is unsuccessful, and the insurgents enter Portugal, and lay down their arms Spain formally recognizes and forms a treaty with the rejmblics of Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador, Costa Rica, and Nicaragua. 1868. Revolution led by Prim and Serrano, Sept. 17. Revolution successful. Queen Isabella takes refuge in Fiance. A D 1868. Provisional government organized ;it Madrid, Oct. 8. Religious freedom and liberty of the press granted by new gov- ernment. The United States government recognizes the provisional government. 1869. Oiitijreaks of the Carlists and Rejiuhli- cans. Prim at the head of affairs. 1870. The Spanish crown offered to Prince Leopold, of Germany. He refuses it. It is accepted by Amadeus, son of the King of Italy. Marshal Prim assassi- nated, Dec. 29. 1871. Amadeus enters Madrid, Jan. 2, 1 87 1 War in Cuba. 1872. Carlist War begins. Attempt lO assassi- nate the king and queen, July 19. 1873. Abdication of King Amadeus. Repub- lic proclaimed. Castelar President. 1S74. Coup 476. 45' SS2. Sf)8. 596. |>17. Venice governed by a Doge. 7^4 Pepin, King of France, gives Ravenna to the Pope. 774- Charlemagne invades Italy. boo Pope Leo III. crowns Charlemagne Em- peror of the West at Rome. '3 Odoacer takes Rome and establishes the Kingdom of Italy. The Ostrogoths invade Italy, and over- run it. The Imperial Generals, Narses and Beli- sarius, expel the Ostrogoths from Italy. Narses, Governor of Italy. He invites the Lombards from Germany, The Lombards overrun Italy. A. D. 842. 1000, 1016- I073- 1073 1 1 20, 1125, 1 144 Invasion of Italy by the Saracens. Genoa becomes rich and powerful -1017. The Saracens expelled from Ital) by the Normans. -85. Gregory VII., Pope. He establishes the universal sovereignty of the Papacy, and reforms abuses in the Church. Beginning of the disputes between the Popes and the emperors about ecclesias- tical investitures. Rise of the Lombard cities. Era of the glory of Venice. The Vene- tians win many victories over the east- ern emperors. Wars of the Lombard cities. ik'' :fr| ii 194 STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. D. 61. the IT54- Commencement of the wars of Guelphs and the Ghibelines. 117s Frederick I. (called Barbarossa) emperor. His wars in Italy occupy the greater part of this period. 1 167. League of the Lombards against the em- peror. H76. Frederick defeated at Legnano. 1 183. Peace of Constance. 1236-1250. This period mainly occupied by the wars of the Emperor Frederick H. 1277 Rule of the Visconti, at Milan. 1282. The Sicilian Vespers. The French ex- pelled from Sicily. 1308. The Pope (Clement V.) lemoves to Avignon, m France. 1339. First Doge of Genoa appointed. 1495. Conquest of Naples by Charles VIL, of France. 1496. Charles loses Naples. 1499. Louis XIL unites with Venice and conquers Milan, but does not hold it long. 1 508 The League of Cambray formed against Venice. 1 509 Venice stripped of its Italian possessions. 1513-1522. Leo X., Pope. He patronizes literature and the arts. 1515-1521. This period occupied by the wars of the Emperor Charles V. and Francis L of France. Battle of Pavia. Francis I. defeated and made prisoner. Pope Piul in. (Alexander Farnese) erects Parma and Placentia into a Duchy. Treaty of Cateau-Cambresis. 1627 to 1631. War of the Mantuan succession. 1693. Battle of Marsaglia. The French, under Catinat, defeat the Duke of Savoy. The war of the Spanish succession begins in Italy. ■Battle of Turin. Peace of Utrecht. Italy divided. 1718. The Duke of Savoy becomes King of Sardinia ^748. Ptace of Aix-la-Chapelle. The House of Austria confirmed in the possession of Mil.in. •525- '545- '559. 1701. 1706. 1713 A D. 1796-7. Bonaparte's first victories in Italy 1797. Treaty of Campo Formio. France an«! Austria divide the Venetian .States. The Cisalpine Republic founded. 1798. Po|ie Pius VI. deposed by Bonaparte, 1799. Defeat of the French nt Trebia by the Russians under Suwarrow 1802. The Italian Republic. Bonaparte J'rcsi. dent. 1805. Napoleon crowned King of Italy. Eu. gene Beauharnois Viceroy of Italy. 1806 The Treaty of Preshurg deprives Austria of her Italian possessions. 1814. Downfall of Napoleon. Overthrow of the Kingdom of Italy. 1815. Establishment of the Lombardo-Vene- tian Kingdom by Austria. 1837. King Charles Albert of Sardinia proniul- g.ates a new Code 1848. The King of Sardinia grants a Constitu- tion, and openly espouses the cause 0/ Italian regeneration against Austria, March. Insurrection in Lombardy. It is supported by Sardinia, April. The Pope supports the movement for Italian independence, June. War between Sar- dinia and Austria. Revolution at Rome. Flight of the Pope to Gaeta. 1849. After several reverses, the Sardinians are totally defeated by the Austrians at Na- varre, March 23. Close of the war. Austria recovers Lombardy. Charles Albert abdicates in favor of his son, Victor Emmanuel II., March 23; dies, July 28. The Roman Republic. Rome captured by a French army under Mar- shal Oudinot. The Republic overthrown, and the Pope restored. 1850. Ecclesiastical jurisdictions abolished in Sardinia. Arrest of the Archbishop of Turin. 1851 Count Cavour Minister of Foreii;i Affairs. 1855. Sardinia joins the alliance of France. England, and Turkey, against Russia and takes part in the Crimean War. 1 857. Diplomatic rupture between Sardinia and Austria. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 196 iter of Foreigi «8S9. Quarrel between Sardinia and Austria results in war. France espouses the cause of Sardinia, and sends an army to her assistance. The Austrians cross the Ticino, April 27. The French army re.iches Genoa, May 3. Battles of Mon- tchello. May 20; Palestro, May 30-31 ; Magenta, June 4 ; Marijnano, June 8; Solferino, June 24. The Austrians de- feated in each engagement. Revolu- tions m Tuscany, Parma, Modena, Bo- logna, Ferrara, etc. Peace of Villa- franca, July 1 1. Lombardy surrendered \o .Sardinia. The Pope appeals to Eu- rope against the King of Sardinia, July 12. The Italian Duchies declare in favor of annexation to Sardinia. New constitution for .Sardinia. The Emperor Napoleon advises the Pope to give up his revolted States, Dec. 31. «S6o The Pope refuses the emperor's proposal, and denounces him, Jan. 8. Annexa- tion of Tuscany, Parma, Modena, and the Romagna (by universal suffrage) lo Sardinia, March. Savoy and Nice ceded to France, by Sardinia. The French troops leave Italy, May. Garibaldi drives the Neapolitans from Sicily, and invades Naples with his little army. In- surrection in the Papal States, Sept. The Sardinian army enters them, de- feats the Papal troops, and takes Ancona, Sept. 17-29. The Sardinian army, under the king, enter the Neapolitan territory ; defeat the Neapolitans at Iseraia, Oct. 17. Garibaldi defeats th« Neapolitans at the Volturno, Oct. I. Meets Victor Emmanuel, Oct. 26, and salutes . him as " King of Italy." Sicily and Naples annexed to Sardinia. Treaty of Zurich. •artl. The first Italian Parliament assembles, Feb. 18. Parliament decrees Victor Emmanuel " King of Italy," Feb. 26. The new kingdom recognized by Eng- land, March 31. The Pope protests ri^ainst the new kingdom, April 15. Death of Cavour, June 6. A. D. 1S62. Garibaldi endeavors to wrest Rome from the Pope. He is made prisoner at A\- promonte, by the Italian army. 1863. Commercial treaties with France «n4 Great Britain. 1864. Convention signed with France for the evacuation of Rome by the French in Feb., 1S67. Transfer of the capital from Turin to Florence. 1865. Bank of Italy established. New Pari i:i. ment meets at Florence. 1866. The German- Italian War begins. Italy declares war against Austria, June 20. Battle of Custoza. Defeat of the Ital- ians, by the Aichduke Albrecht, June 24. Battle of Lissa. Defeat of ihe Italian fleet, July 20. Treaty of Ni- cholsburg, Aug. 26. Close of the war. 1868. Railway over Mt. C6nis opened. 1870. Rome evacuated by the French, Aug. II. Revolution in Rome imminent. Ttie king orders his army 'o enter the Papal territory. Rome captured by the It.ilian army, Sept. 20. The Pope takes refuge in the Castle of Si. .Vngelo. Rome annexed to Italy, and made the capital of the kingdom. 1871. The government transferred to Rome, July. Opening of the Mt. C6nis Tunnel, 1872. Death of Mazzini. Eruption of Mount Vesuvius. Serioos inundations throughout the Peninsula. 1873. Suppression of the Convents at Rome. Visit of Victor Emmanuel to Berlin. 1874. General Assembly of Free Christian Churches in Italy. 1875. Visit of the Emperor of Austria to th» Kins; of Italy at Venice. Vi«it of the Emperor of Germany to th« King of Italy at Milan. 1876. Italy Anti-Turkish in the Eastern Qa«» tion. 1878. Jan. 9. Death of Victor Emmanuel. Feb. 7. Death of Pope Pins IX. Feb. 20. Leo XIII. elected Pope. 1S79. Attempt to assassinate King Humbert. 1880. Republican agitation in Italy, 18S1. Larihquake at Ischia. i I i? i i T96 STATISTICAL TABLES FOR KETERENCE. glMsitrla. K D. 7'ji-796. Charlemagne cstalilishes the Mar- praviate of Austria. 817. Louis, the Oermaii (of France), con- quers Austria. 1156. Tile Martjraviate made a hereditary duchy by the Emperor Frederick I. 1246. I'Vedcrick II., the last male of the House of Babenherg, killed in battle with the Hungarians. 1254. Olto^^r (or Premislas) of Bohemia ac- quires the Austrian provinces. 1260. Is obliged to cede Styria to Hungary, but makes war and regains it. 1263. He inherits Carinthia. 1272. Declines the imperial crown of Ger- many. 1273. Kodolph of Hapsburg being elected Emperor of Germany, Ottocar refuses to do homage to him. 1274. Rodolph makes war upon Ottocar, de feats him, and c mpels him to cede over Austria, Carinthia, and Styria. 127S liattle of Marchfeld. Ottocar is slain in the effort to recover his dominions. 130S. Albert I. attempts to subdue the Swiss. Is assissinated. 1307-1309. Successful revolt of the Swiss. 1315. Battle of Morgarten. Total defeat of the Austrians by the Swiss. 1386. Battle of Sempach. Defeat of the Austrians by the Swiss, and death of the Duke Leopold. 1437 Duke Albert V obtains Bohemia and Hungary, and is elected Emperor of Germany. ^453. The Archduchy of Austria created with .sovereign power by the Emperor Fred- crick III., as head of the House of Hnpsburg. 11437. Frederick divides Austria with his relatives. 1463. Close of the war with the Emperor Frederick 1477. Maximilian obtains Burgundy by marry- ing the heiress -^f that duchy. A. U 1496. SiJ.iin accrues to Austria by the mar riagc of riiilii) I. with the ht'ires^. of Arragoii and Castile. 1526. Ferdiiiaiul I. unites Bohemia nnil Hun- gary to Austria. 1529 to 1545. Wars with the Turks. Austria several times invaded by them. 1556. Abdication of the Emjieror Charles V. 1608. Mantua ceded to the emi)eror. 1713 The Treaty of Utrecht gives a part ol the Duchy of Milan to the emperor. 1714. Treaty of Rastadt. The emperor ac- quires the Netherlands. 1715. Najiles, Milan, the Netherlands, etc., added to the Austrian dominions. 1718. Peace of I'assarowitz. Austria gnitis still more territory. 1735. Naples and Sicily given up to Spain. 1740. Death of the Emperor Charles Vi., the last of the male line of the House of Hapsburg. Maria Theresa (daujjhter of Charles VI.) becomes Queen of Hungary. 1741. Prussia, France, Bavaria, and Saxony, make war on Maria Theresa. Great Britain supports her. 1745. Francis, Duke of Lorraine fhusband of Maria Theresa), elected emperor 1797. Treaty of Cam])o Formio. The emperor surrenders Lombardy, and obtain* Venice. 1804. Francis II. of Germany becomes Francis I, of Austria. 1805. War with France. Capture of Vienna by Napoleon. Battle of Austerliiz. 1806. Treaty of Presburg. Austria surrenders the Tyrol and Venice. The French evacuate Vienna 1S09. Second capture of Vienna by the French 1 8 10. Marriage of the Archduchess Maria Louisa to Napoleon I , April i. 1814. Downfall of Napoleon. Congress of Vienna. 1815. Treaty of Vienna. Austria regains hei Italian provinces with additions. STAT/sriCAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 197 lemia ami Hun- line (husliand of becomes Francis pture of Vienna if Ausietliiz. ustria surrpn8S7. 1859. The T.ombardo- Venetian kingdom estab- lished. Death of Francis I. Ferdinand suc- ceeds him. Treaty of commerce with England. Ferdinand I. crowned at Milan. Insurrection at \'ienna. Flight of Prince Metternich, March 13. Insurrections in Italy, They are crushed. Another insurrection at Vienna. The emperor flies to Innspruck, May 15-17. The Archduke John apjiointed vicar-general of the empire, May 29. A Constitu- t'.onal Assembly meets at Vienna, July 22. Third insurrection at Vienna. Count Latour murdered, Oct. 6. War with Sardinia. Revolution in Hungary. War ensues. The Emperor Ferdinand abdicates in favor of bis nephew, Fr.incis Joseph. Sardinia forced to make peace. Con- stitution granted. The revolution in Hungary put down after a severe struggle, the Russian army having come to the assistance of Austria. Convention of Olmutz. The emperor revokes the constitution of 1849. Trial by jury abolished in the empire. Libenyi attempts to assassinate the em- peror. Commercial treaty with Prussia. The Austrians enter the Danubian Prin- cipalities. The emperor grants amnesty to the Hun- garian political offenders of 1848-49. Quarrel with Sardinia. Diplomatic re- lations suspended. Visit of the emperor and empress to Hungary, War with France and Sardinia. The Austrians defeated at Montebello, May 20; Palestro, May 30, 31 ; Magenta, June 4, Melegnano, June 8, and Sol- ferino, June 24. Death of Prince Met- ternich. Armistice between the Aus- trians and the Allies agreed upon, July 6, Meeting of the Emperors of Fnnce and Austria, July li. Peace of Villa Franca, July 12. A. D. 1859. Austria surrenders Lombardy to Sar- dinia. Troulik's m Hungary. T'ears of a revolution. The emperor grant* increased privileges to the I'rolesi.inrs. Treaty of Zurich. Permanent peate with France and Sardinia. i860 The emperor removes the disaf)ilities of the Jews. The meeting ot the Reichs- rath (the gre.at imperial legislature or diet), Mny 31. Austria protests against the annexation of the Italian duchies by the King of Sardinia. The libt-riy of the press further restrained. TrouMes in Hungary begin. The Reichsrath granted legislative powers, the control of the finances, etc 1S61. Amnest ygranted for political offences in Hungary, Croatia, etc. (Ireat disaffec- tion throughout the empire caused by the reactionary policy of the court. The new constitution for the Austrian mon- archy published. Civil and I'llitical rights granted to Protestants throiudiout the empire, except in Hungary and Venice. Meeting of the Reichsrath. No deputies present from Hungary. Croatia, Transylvania, Venice, or Istria. April 29. The Hungarians demand the restoration of the constitution of 1848. The new liberal constitution for the empire does not satisfy Ilungnry. Military levy taxes in Hungary, July. Entire independence refused Hungary by the emperor, July 21. The Diet of Hungary protests, Aug. 20, and is dis- solved, Aug. 21, The magistrates ax Pesth resign. Military governmsnl established, December. 1862. Amnesty granted to Hungarians. Ces- sation of prosecutions, Nov. 19. Min- istry of Marine created. The principle of ministerial responsibility adopted in the imperial government. The army reduced. A personal liberty (a kind of habeas corpus) bill passed. 1863. Insurrection m Poland. Transylvania accepts the constitution and sendi. deputies to the Reichsrath. " '1 i 1^1 n 19? STATlSTICAf. TABLES FOR REFERENCE. «. D 1864. Galicia and Cracow declared in a state of siege. War with Denmark about ScliIeswigHolitein. Meeting of the emperor with King of Prussia, June 22. Peace with Denmark, Oct. 30. Austria supports the Germ.m Confederation in the dispute respecting the duchies. .865. Great financial ditficiiliieri in the empire. Reforms resolved upon. Concessions to be made to Hungary, and a more liberal manner of governing the empire introduced. Convention of Gastein with Prussia for the disposal of the Danish duchies. Austria receives the temporary government of Ilolstein, and the promise of 2,500,000 D.'.nish dol- lars from Prussia. Rescript of the em- peror suppressing the constitution for the purpose of granting independence to Hungary. The emperor visits Hun- gary. Dissatisfaction in the p:st of the empire, v86fo. Quarrel with Prussia, Bavaria, Hesse- Cassel, Saxony, Hanover, Wiirtembur;;, Hesse- Darmstadt. Nassau and Frank- fort side with Austria, The Germ:in- Italian war between Austria and her allies, and Prussia and Italy and tin ir allies, begins 15th June. Battle of Cus- toza. The Italians defeated by the Archduke Albrecht, June 24. The Prussians occupy Saxony, w .d invade Bohemia. Battle of Nachos, June 27. Defeat of the Austrians. Battle of Skalitz. Decisive defeat of the Aus- trian army at Sadowa, July 2. Great victory by the Austrian fleet over the Italian fleet at Lissa, July 20. A. D. 1866. 1S67. 1868. 1869. 1S70. 1S71. 1872. 1873- 1874. 1875. 1S76. 1877. 1S7S. 1879. 18S0. An armistice agreed uinin between Am tria and Prussia, July 22. Peace of Ni, choLsburg, Aug. 30. Austria retires liuui the German Confederation. Baron Von Beust made prime minister. The emperor makes great concessions to Galicia. A new and very liberal constitution for the empire adopted. Hung.iry consti- tuted an indejiendent kingdom. The Emperor and Empress of Austria crowned Kinj; ;uid Queen of Hungary The clergy o! the Roman Catholic Church made amenable to the Civil Law. Civil marriages authorized. The State assumes the control of secular education. Serious outbreaks in Dalmatia. The Concordat repealed. Still further reforms in the government. Measures adopted looking to the repre- sentation of all the nationalities em- braced in the empire. Change in the Electoral Law. Visit of the Emperor of Germany to Vienna. Visit of Victor Emmanuel to Vienna. International Exhibition held at Vienna. Reforms in the empire. Visit ol the emperor to Italy. Fin.in- cial Crisis. New marriage law. Austria t.ikcs a U.;il- ing part in the E.astern Question. Austria remains neutral in the war be- tween Russia and Turkey. Occupation of Bosnia. Count Andrassy resigns. Austria and Germany agreed upon the Eastern Question. 6^mnn)f. An ij. Hermann (or Arminius),tlie German hero, destroys the Rom,an legion under Varus. 4jO. The Germans overrun Gaul. 77 » -785. Charlemagne after a severe strug- gle conquers the Saxons. They em- brace Christianity. A. D. 800. Charlemagne crowned Emperor of th^ West, at Rome. 839-840. Louis {le Debonnaire) separates Ger- many from France, 811. The German princes assert their indepen- dence, and Conrad of Franconia reigni STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE, 199 to lt;ily. P'iii.ih agreed upon ihe A. I.. 918-934. Henry I, (called the Fowler) reigns. 1 le ceinquers the Huns, Danes, VandaU, nnd Uuheniians, 963. Olhd I crowned emperor by the I'ope. 1042, ("DtKiucst of Bohemia l)y Henry HI. 1075. Strii},'gle between Henry IV. and Pope Gregory VH. 1075. The Pope humbles ihe emperor. 1084. Henry captures Rome. The Pope flics to Salerno, and dies there in 1085. I073-II23. Quarrel between the emperor and the pope respectintj ecclesiastical inves- titures. 1147. Conrail HI. joins the Crusade. Hisarniy destroyed by Greek treachery. 1 154 to 1 1 77. Wars between Frederick I. (Barbarossa) and the Italian Repub- lics. 1162. Barbarossa destroys Milan. 1 190. Death f)f Barbarossa. Order of Teutonic Kni^jhis established. 1245. Hanseatic League formed. 1273. Rudolph, Count of Hapsburg, chosen emperor. 1356. An edict of Charles IV., called the " Golden Bull," issued. It becomes the fundamental law of the empire. 1414-1416. Siyismund, King of liohemia, be- comes emperor. He i)etrays Jolin Huss and Jerome of Prague, and allows them to be burned by Ihe priests. 1416-1419. The followers of Hiiss take up arms. A severe war ensues. Prague is taken by the Hussites in 14 19. t«,yi. Albert II., Duke of Austria, becomes emperor. 1517. Luther begins the work of the reforma- tion. 1522-1546. Luther translates and publishes the Bible and Liturgy in German. 1521. The Diet at Worms. Luther excom- municated. 1527. War with the Pope. Rome captured by the Germans. 1529. Diet at Spires. 1530. The Augsburg Confession. 1531. The League of Smalkald formed by the Protestant princes. A D. 1534. The Anabaptist War. They capture Munster. 1536. The Anabaptists suppressed, and John of Leyden slain. 1546. Death of Luiher. 1546-1552. The Kmperor, Charles V., makes war on the Protestants, who ate assisted by Henry II. of France. 1552. The peace of Passau. Close of the rell gious wars. 1556. Abdication of the Emperor Charles V. l6l8. Bcj^inniiig of the Thiity Years' War-. between the Evangelical Union, under the elector pal.atine, and the Catholic League, under the Duke of Bavaria. 1620. Battle of Prague. Ruin of the elector palatine. 1630. Gusiavus Adolphus, King of Sweden, invades Germany. 1632. B.ittle of Lutzen. Victory and death of Gustavus Adolphus. 1648. Treaty of VVest]ihalia closes the Thir'.y Veais' War, and establishes religious toleration. 1683. John Sobieski, King 0/ Poland, defeats the Turks before Vienna. 1699. Peace of Carlowitz. 1704. M.irlborough defeats the French at Blenheim. 1713. Peace of Utrecht. 1722. The Praij;matic Sanction, settling the im perial crown upon Maria Theresa. 1736. Marriage of Francis L, Duke of Lor- raine, to Maria Theresa. 1740. Maria Theresa Queen of Hungary. 1742. The Elector of Bavaria elected emperor. as Charles VII. 1745. Francis I., husband of Maria Theresa, elected emperor. 1756-1763. The Seven Years' War. 1772. The I';mperor, Joseph II., shares in the partition of Poland. 1804. Francii II. renounces the title of Empe ror of Germany, and assumes that ot' Emperor of Austria. 1805. Napoleon trstablishes the kingdoms of Wurtemburi; and Bavaria; the kingdom of Westphalia in (S07. II: li: r V >' IP:, PI i I f 200 A.D. 1806. SrATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 1813 1814- 1S18 1S4S 1S49. 1S57. iS';o. 1S63- 1S65. 1866. Dissolution of the German Eini)ire. Formation of the Confederation of the Rliine, The war of Liberation (against Napo- leon) begins. 1815. Congress of Vienna. Final over- throw of Napoleon. Formation of the Germanic Confederation. The Zollverein formed. Revolutionary movements throughout Germany. German National Assembly meets in Frankfort. The German National Assembly elect the King of Prussia Emperor of Ger- many. He declines tlic Iionor, ami re- calls the Prussian members of the assembly. Revision of the German Confederation. Meeting of an assembly of the German Confederation at Frankfort, .at the call of Austria. Troubles in Hesse-Cassel. The elector restored by the confedera- tion. Bavaria and other German States mani- fest a willingness to assist Austria against the French in Italy. Quarrel with Denmark about the Danish Duchies begins. 1S64. The quarrel with Denmark re- sults in war with that kingdom. The Danes are defeated and forced to sur- render the Duchies. The Gastein convention. It gives great offence to the German Diet. War between Prussia and Austria, and their respective allies. Austria defeated. A. D. 1 806. 1867, 1S70, 1S71, 1S72. 1874. 1875. 1876. 1878. 1879. 18S0. iSSi. Disruption of the Germanic Confedera tion. Formation of the North German Confederation under the leadership of Prussia. Formation of the new Zollverein. War between Germany and France. h> vasion of France by the Germans. Tiie Emjieror, Napoleon III., antl two French armies made prisoners by the Germans. The German Empire foimed. The Imperial Crown oflered to the King of Prussia. Kiii;^' William of Prussia proclaimed emperor at Versailles. Successfid close of the Fieneh War. The Germans occupy Paris, and deprive France of Alsace and Lorraine. Treaty of peace with France. The Jesuits expelled from the empire. Meeting of tlie Emiierors of Germany, Russia, and .\uslria at Herlin. Civil Marriage Law passed. New mili- tary and ])ress laws. Attempt to .assassi- nate Prince V^on Bismarck. Tl;e Inijjeri.al Bank Bill adopted. Visit of the emjjeror to Italy, Aug. 17. Germany takes part in the Eastern Ques- tion. Visit of Queen Victoria to Berlin. Trouble with Roman Catholic Cliurch. Alteni])t to assassinate the Emperor Wii Ham. Regency of ;he crown | rince. The emperor resumes the government. Socialist movements. Alsace-Lorraine made a State of the Empire, Marriage of Prince William, son of the Crown Prince. ^tuM. A. D. 997' Death of St. Adalbert, who introduced Christianity into Prussia. 1163. A colony from the Netherlands found the city of Berlin, during the reign of Albert the Bear. i::;2. The Teutonic Knights undertake the conquest and Christianization of Poland. :2S6. KSnigsberg made the capital. A. D. 1481-1485. Frederick IV., of Nuremberg, pun> chases the Margraviate of Brandcnbu-<» from the Emperor Sigismund. 1525. Albert of Brandenlnirg, Grand Mister of the Teutonic Knights, 1 nounces the Romish religion, embraces Luiheranism, and is acknowledged Duke of East I'rus sia. which he holds as a fief of PoUnd STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 201 manic Confedera be North German the leadership of ZoUverein. ' ami l""iancc. In- e Gcriniin.i. 'liii; III., and iwu prisoners by llic n Empire foimed. fi'ered lo the King ussia proclaimed Successful close The Germans iprive France of Treaty of peace om tlie em])ire. rors of Germany, Hurlin. ssed. New mill- Vltempt to assass\> arck. Ill adopted. Viiit Aug. 17. he Kastern Ques- /icloria lo Ijerli-a. Catholic Cluirch. he Emperor Wi'i crown I riiice. ;he government. Alsace-Lorraine npirc, Uiam, son of the Nuremherg, pur> of Brandtnbu'* smiind. T, Grand M ister ts, I Miounces the CL's Ltitlicrnnisni, uke of East I'rus \ fief of Pnbnd 1 544. Duke Albert founds the University of Kftnigsberg. 1608. John Sigismund created Elector of Bran- denburg and Duke of Prussia. 164S. The House of Brandenburg acquire Ilalberstadt and Minden. 1657. The Great Elector, Frederick William, compels Poland to acknowledge the in- dependence of Prussia. 1 701. Prussian Monarchy established by Fred- erick I. 1702. Guelders taken from the Dutch. 1707. Neufchaiel, or Neunburg, seized, and Tccklenburg purchased by Frederick I. 1 7 1 2. Prussia acquires the principality of Meurs. 1 7 13. Frederick William I. king. 1740. Frederick the Great king. He raises Prussia to the rank of a first-class power. 1741. Breslau ceded to Prussia. 1742. Silesia and Glatz acquired by conquest. 1744. Frederick the Great visits England. 1756. Beginning of the Seven Years' War. Austria, Russia, and France allied against Prussia. 1757. Battle of Prague. Frederick victorious, May 6. Battle of Kolin. Frederick defeated, May iS. Battle of Rosbach. F-rederick victorious, Nov. 5. Battle of Lissa. Frederick defeats the Aus- trians, Dec, 5. 1758. Battle of Hochkerchnn. Defeat of the Prussians, Oct. 14. 1760. Capture of Berlin by the Austrians and Russians. 1763. Close of the Seven Years' War. 1786. Death of Frederick the Great, Aug. 17. 1792. War with France in consequence of the French Revolution. Battle of Valmy, Sept. JO. Decisive defeat of the Prus- sian army of invasion. fSoi-1806. Prussia seizes Hanover. Prussia joins the alliance against France. Bat- tles of Jena and Auerstadt. Prussia succumbs to Napoleon. Napoleon issues the Berlin Decree. 1807. PeaLe of Tilsit. Napoleon restores one- half of his dominions to the King of Prussia. A. D. 1 808. Convention of Berlin. 1813. The war rif Liberation begun. Tjpri:.ing of the people. The " Landwehr " formed. 1814. Treaty of Paris. The Prussians occupy the French capital. 1817. Establishment of the ministry of educa- tion. 1819. Congress of Carlsbad. Death of Maro shal Blucher, Sept. 12. 1844. Attempt to assassinate the king. 1845. Revolution of 1848. Berlin declared in a state of siege, Nov. 12. The Con- stituent Assembly meets in Brandenburg Castle, Nov. 29. The king dissolves the assembly, and issues a new constitu- tion, Dec. 5. 1849. The German National Assembly offer the Imperial Crown of Germany to the King of Prussia, March 28. He de- clines it, April 29. Martial law declared throughout the kingdom. May 10. Oc- cupation of Carlsruhe by the Prussians, June 23. They crush the revolution in Baden. 1850. The king takes the oath to the new con- stitution, Feb. 6. Attempt to assassinate the king. Peace with Denmark. Prussia refuses to join the restricted Diet of Frankfort. Prussia warns Austria of her intention lo uphold the constitutiou in Hesse-Cassel, Sept. 21. The Prus- sian army occupies Hesse, Nov. 9. The Prussian troops withdraw from Baden. Nov. 14. The convpntion of Olmut? removes the cause of the trouble, and restores peace to Germany, Nov. 29. 1851. Visit of the king to Russia. 1852. The king re-establishes the Council of State, as it existed prior to 1S48. 1853. Plot against the government detected » Berlin. 1854. Wavering policy of the government re- specting the Eastern Question. Reniamf neutral in the Crimean War. 1855. Prussia not allowed to take part in ►he c inferences at Vienna. 1856. Takes part in tl-.c conference at Paris. !! i ! ■■ i ! hh i I 1, , 202 AD. 1S56- «857- 1S58. ISS9. 1861. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. iS62. iSoj. 1857. Quarrel with Switzerland about Neufchfttel. Prussia relinquishes her claims for a pecuniary compensation. Serious illness of the king. The Prince of Prussia (the present Emperor Wil- liam) regent. Prince Frederick William (son of the regent) married to the Princess Royal of England. Franco-Italian War. Prussia neutral, but threatening. William I. becomes king upon the death of his brother, Frederick William IV., Jan. 2. Becher, a Leipiig student, at- tempts to assassinate the king. The king and queen crowned at Konigsberg. He declares he will " reign by the grace of God." A responsible ministry established. Re- actionary policy of the government. De- feat of the government in the elections. Count Bismarck Schonhausen, premier. He inform^ the Chamber that the Bud- get is deferred until 1863 ; the deputies protest against this as unconstitutional, Sept. 30. The Budget passed by the Chamber of Peers without the amend- ments of the Chamber of Representa- tives. The Chamber declares the action of the Peers unconstitutional, Oct. 11. Close of the session of the Chambers i)y the king, who announces that " The Budget for the year 1862, as decreed by the Chamber of Deputies, having been rejected by the Chamber of Peers an the ground of insufTiciency, the government of his majesty is under the necessity of controlling the public affairs outside the constitution^'' Oct. 13- Continuation of the quarrel between the government and the chamber. The king closes the session and resolves to goTcrn without a parliament, May 27. Severe restrictions imposed upon the press, June i. The crown prince dis- avows participation in the recent action of the ministry, June 5. A. D. 1864. 1865. 1S66. 1870. I871. 1872. 1873- 1874. 1875. 1876. 1S77. 1878. T879. 1880. 1881. War with Denmark about the Dinisb Duchies. Denmark forced to give up the Duchies, and make peace. Treaty signed Oct. 30. Quarrel between the government and the chamber of deputies over the Army Badgel. The budget being rejected the king prorogues the parliament, and de- clares he will rule without it. The king arbitrarily seizes and disposes of the revenue, July 5. Convention of Gasteiii. War with Austria and her allies. Bat- tle of Sadowa. Great victory for Prus- sia. It closes the war. Formation of the. North German Confederation under the leadership of Prussia. Hanover annexed to Prussia. War with France. France invaded by the German army under the command of King William of Prussia. [For events of the war see Germany and France.] The King of Prussia elected Emperor of Germany. King William proclaimed Emperor of Germany. Trouble with the Roman Catholic Clergy. Creation of new peers by the government to carry its measures in parliament. Troubles with tlie Roman Catholic Bishops, The Stamp Tax. Troubles with the Roman Catholic Bishops. The Old Catholic Bishops given salaries by the government. Conference of the Roman Catholio Bishops at Fulda. New constitution adojited by the Protestant State Church. The German made the official language in Prussian Poland, Deposition of Catholic Bishops in MUnster and Co* logne. Prussia neutral in the war between Tur- key and Russia. Attempt to assassinate King William, The Crown Prince Regent. The King resum'js the government. Trouble with the Socialists. Marriage of Prince William, son of tha Crown Prince. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 203 lUiSiSiin. rar between Tur- A. D. 376. Invasion of the Huns. 802. Ruric, the Norman, establishes the first regular government at Novgorod, and becomes grand duke. 904. Successful invasion of the Greek Empire by Oleg. 988. Vladimir the Great marries Anne, sister of the emperor, Basil II., and embraces Christianity. 1223. Irruption of the Golden Horde of Tar- tars. They conquer a large part of Russia. 1237. The Grand Duke, Jurie, slain in bat- tle. 1242. The Tartars establish the empire of the Khan of Kaptschak, and exercise great influence in Russia. 1244. Inv.ision of the Danes. They are de- feated by Alexander Newski. 1252. He is made Grand Duke of Russia by the Tartars. 13S0. War with the Tartars. 1383. Moscow burned. 1395. Invasion of Russia by Tamerlane. 1462. Accession of Ivan the Great. He founds the (present) monarchy, and in 1482 assumes the title of Czar. 1475. Cannon and firearms introduced into Russia by Ivan. 1479. Great invasion of the Tartars. I491. The Tartars are defeated, and their power annihilated by Svenigorod, the general of Ivan. 1533. Ivan IV. czar. Noted for his cruelty. 1553. Trade with England begun by the Eng- lish " Russian Company." 11,54. Siberia discovered. 1598. The race of Ruric, who had governed Russia for 700 years, becomes extinct. l>o6. Demetrius, an impostor, ascends the throne, but is soon detected and put to death. 1610, Interregnum. /613. Michael Fedorvoitz becomes czar, and estsblishes the house of Romanoff. 1(617. Finland ceded to Sweden. A. D. 1645. 1654. 1667. 1681. 1682. 1689. 1697. 17CX). 1703- 1704. 1709. 1711. >7«3- 1715- 1718. 1725. 1730- 1740. 1741. 1762. 1764. 1772. 1774. Alexis, r \lled the father of his Countrjfj czar. Russian victories in Poland. First Russian vessel built. The Cossacks subdued. Reign of Ivan and Peter I. ("called the Great). Peter sole sovereign. He visits Holland and England, and learns the useful trades. Peter sup- presses the conspiracy of the Strefitz, and punishes its members with barbar- ous cruelty. War with Sweden. Battle of Narva. Total defeat of Peter by Charles XII. Peter founds St. Petersburg, and ma'ies it the capital of the empire. The Strelitz (or royal body guakd) abolished. Battle of Pultowa. Charles XII., of Sweden, totally defeated by Peter, and forced to fly to Turkey. Peter sends I4,cxy> Swedish prisoners to colonize Siberia. War with Turkey. Peter takes the title of emperor. Esthonia, Livonia, and a large part of Finland added to the empire. Peter visits Germany, Holland, and France. The Jesuits expelled. Catharine I. empress, Peter II. (the last of the Romanoffs) deposed. \nne, Duchess of Courland, and daughter of the czar, Ivan IV., empress. Ivan VI., an infant, emperor. Elizabeth, daughter of Peter the Grear, imprisons Ivan VI. for life, and reigns in his stead. Peter III. deposed and murdercJ Catharine II., called the Great, becomes empress. Murder of Ivan VI. Catharme commences the dismember ment of Poland. Rebellion of the Cossacks, 1 %i 204 AD >775 1705- 1769- 1796. 179S. 1799. 1800. 1801. 1805. 1807. 1809. 1812. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 1S13. 1814. 1815. 1822. 1S25. 1826. 1827. 182S. 1829. 1830. 1831. 1832. 1840. 1848- Cossacks' rebellion suppressed. Tlie partition of Poland completea. 1784. Conquest of the Crimea. Death of Catharine the Great. War with Persia. Russia joins the alliance of England and Austria against France. Suwarrow checks the French in Italy. Insanity of the Emperor Paul. He is murdered. Alexander I. emperor. He makes peace with England. Russia joins the coalition against France, April. Battle of Austcrlitz. Napoleon defeats the allies, Dec. 2. Treaty of Tilsit. Peace with France. The Turks defeat the Russians near Silistria. War with France. Napoleon invades Russia. Battle of Smolensko, Aug. 17. Russians defeated. Jiattle of the Boro- dino, Sept. 7. Russians defeated. Burning of Moscow by the Russians. Retreat of the French. B.itlle of Leipzig. Defeat of Napoleon. Downfall of Napoleon. The Emperor Alexander enters Paris in triumph. The Emperor Alexander organizes the " Holy Alliance." The Grand Duke Constantine renounces his right to the throne. Death of the Emperor Alexander, The Enijieror Nicholas crowned at Mos- cow. War with Persia. The Emperor Nicholas visits England. Peace with Persia. War with Turkey. Russians generally victorious. Begins, April 26. Peace with Turkey. Polish war of independence begins. Warsaw taken by the Russians, and the insurrection crushed, Sept., Oct. The emperor decrees that Poland shall henceforth form an integral part of the Russian Empire, Failure of the Khivan Expedition. Treaty of London. 1849. Russia aids Austria in suppressing the Ilungari.ui Revolution, A. D. 1850. 1852. iS53- 1854. iSSS- 1856. 1858. 1859. I86I. 1862- 1862. IS63. 1864. 1865. 1866. 1867. Conspiracy against the life of the era peior detected. Harbor of Sebaslopt completed. Visit of the emperor to Vienna. Commencement of the quarrel with Turkey about the "Holy Places.'" War with Turkey, France, and England. Capture of Bomarsund, Aug. 16. Battle of the Alma, Sept. 20. Siege of Seijas- topol begun, Oct. Battle of Bala- klava, Oct. 25. Battle of Inkermann, Nov. 5. Capture of the Malakoff tower by the French. The Russians evacuate Sebas- topol and retire to their works on the north side of the harbor, Sept. Death of the Emperor Nicholas, March 2, Alexander II. emperor. Amnesty granted to Poles, May 27 ; Kj political offenders, Sept. 7. Suspension of hostilities in the Crimea, I"eb. 29. Treaty of Paris, March 30. Close of the war. Alexander II. crowned at Moscow, Sept. 2. Partial emancipation of the serfs on the imperial domains. Russia censures the warlike movements of the Germanic Confederation during the Franco-Italian war. Insurrection in Poland begins. The emperor issues a decree providing for the total emancipation of •'^e serfs throughout the empire in two years, 1863. The insurrection in Poland be- cun.cs g-neral. It is quelled with great seve'ity. Trial by jury granted. Incrtssed j'riV' ileges granted to the Jews, Freedom of tlje serfs. The war in the Caucasus ended. Death of the Czarowitch Nicholas A Nice, April 24. New jirovince, "Turk- estan," in Central Asia, created. Attempt by Kar.ikosofTto assassinate iht emperor. Diplomatic quarrel wit'-. Rome. Russian America sold to the Un.leJ States, *l! l! 1 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 205 AD. 1S6S Poland disappears from map of empire 1571. Abrofjation of tiie treaty of Paris. 1572. Quarrel with Khiva. 1573. Visit of the Emperor of Germany to Russia. Visit of the Shah of Persia. New treaty with the Khan of Bokhara. 1874. Marriage of ilie emperor's daughter to the Dulc? of Edinburgh. Visit of the emperor to Germany and England. I1S75. The island of Saghalien ceded to Russia by Japan. Japan cedes the Kurile Isles to Russia. 1876. Trouble v'h Turkey. Russia encour- ages the .surgents in the Turkish provinces. Capture of Khokan. Con- quest of Khiva completed. 1877. Russia declares war against Turkey. June 2. Investment of Kars. P.-issage of the Danube, June 22-27. C.ipture of Tirnova, July 8. A. D. 1877. The capture of Nicopolis by the Rhs. sians, July 15. July 19. The Russians occupy the Shipka Pass. First at- tack on Plevna. Russians repulsed July 19-Dec. 31. Severe fighting in the Shipka Pass. Sept. II. Russian attack on Plevna repulsed. Nov. 17, 18. Capture of Kars by the Russians. Nov. 24. Capture of Etiopol by the Russians. Dec. II. Capture of Plevna and Osman Pasha's army by the Russians. 1878. Jan. 4. Russians occupy Sofia. Jan. 8, 9. Capture of the Shipka Pass by the Russians. Jan. 20. Russian occupation of Adrianople. March 3. Treaty of San Stefano signed. Treaty of Berlin. 1879. Two attempts to assassinate the Czar. 1880. War with the Tekke-Turrjmans. 1881. Assassination of the Czar, Alexander II. )f the serfs on the lS^-S^:S^S^S^ MISCEtiMIEOUS TABiES •■-"^iss^'Sfcs (• c^f^^^;— ^ =e^er^*?? ^€^= i?a«=. [ to the Un.ieJ ^tx%<^tX$ ^t9X\k%x %Mt. lOR FORETELLING "IHE WEATHER THROUGHOUT ALL THE LUNATIONS OF EACH YEAR, FOREVER. This tal)le is the result of many years' actual observation, the whole being constructed on a due consideration of the attraction of the Sun and .Moon in their several positions respecting tha Earth, .ind will, i)y sir.i|)lc inspection, show the observer what kind of weather will most prob- ably follow the entrance of the Moon into any of its quarters. IJthe ^■'nnMo'^n. Fir.it Qiinrter^Full Moon, ,'>- l,.iit Qutirter, happens — Between midnight and 2 o'clock. <( 2 and 4 mornnig If 4 " 6 nco"\p' n* -' * r^ n n 00 t^ ^00 ooioo *c?'1'i«»-^n cT-^io r^oo* ^ pi" 0. c* o" >0 fOfOt^MvOO "^ N <-" Ov"^ in»0 * Cs »n « W w On "^>00 in»£) w ^O O rO t^sO (H OsOO m ^ M « m m VO 00 tv t^ t-* W M w en in « i^co nininO\u*>»- O^u^O m\0 O C t3M - r^f^W l-l^O tAroOsrs.- f. ct^On^O 0\ 0*0 moo t^oo O^O^ ^ yi^ n^i**0 O^OOO r^« O r^n? •- ^ > '^ Os ";. -t; m 0^ W_ 0_vO_CO vc (^ N ^ N a* On ^i^ O* t^oo « q- »n •• ^ Q W CJ oo in N <-t in ■* r-vo t^'O ootcoNim'rop^i-o\*»-- -^O Q n n on r^'O « ■* -* On o* N «f-(^O0OC0 0'f< (^ "-0O mn'OOOCQ rnmr"-, C\f^vO*OONW ^mwoo OS-" I-" N N + O P* H H cSoO f^co T N m"0 ■-■'Oino*'-f>''niO M Os moo "O O l«» i*^ m \r\\0 o* F* r>. osvo N "s- rn -^ ^' 00 vo in t- '^ ^ o "1*^ y M w rn hK\o 00 r-K ? »0 ro ro N -< ^foo 'O c aoco •NOOOinMinNinOM^N moo »■* " ■-J-COM .«P00«00Q»^mQCOO'^MincO Of* •\oF»N*fi <^0 N *oo vo in I- ^ coo 8>K^?a inoo c^^O ♦i/t- ts.r>.^ 'nvo r* in •* M o CT*^ '^ II , r-» Cs t>. - "■> 00 ON N CS '«-0J 20 n I'l N ic CO :s N pnt*.o •*'-'00 ■* in m * N ' . _ _ , r^ t^ t^oo m 1^ -T j( "-^ CT\ "^ m |C ^ «*■ I** 00 - ►- OS ■^ t^ a\i m ro rt 5\ P-" fo N * mvo «*iNM •0\f»»»nm mo n n h* t^ m 0\ ^»o o »^ t«* ■♦ ^ On C- 'O y; r'/ moo *£> ■f^C00'*'HNVOO\O\M0Nvn»"r«.o>t>.i-i^ t^roint>'»n0'0'0 'Om"- ■^»o m r«i moo r* '^ m*o ^ ^ m n O , o^ ►,"■ ■■" rn m" nI' \ Q\Kt so r-* - ^ fN. N 0\ I ^!3- . »N.oo M m>o 00 oo o\co m o On o m o\oo m :RS^ ^t': . <3\^ M^O m ■*^oo ON 00 *iw m m 0\ N f** mco »? *? ^ 00 *;*© m" ^ ■-. p^oo' 0*=^ m ■^oo" o" m pi ooo oimo o fit^N or^-^-m mc4Mt*.«fO'*mr^ ^ « M o\ cn cv m m M ^ m m •* r-*\0 ^ 23 h Q m N 1 ON t^ tn in m m IV On p\ On f* mvo OnN row woo i-^n 00 t*» m M »o V ^0 C^;^ 00 oo r'j m N CM m On ^ 00 to mvo to -..- -__\p«.ONm'f*m * mvo "t; "^ »£) « oo_ N fo O c» o* 0» 3 to looo" D oo'vo lo Os H ,* r* ►* »o * OnO m OMO oowoNON-w-^ro-^mM . moo « m i m - m«NNO NONmm ^ «,t^u")i/> m^pi 00 * iv m On Nt »n • CO Q '-' Q ""I m -r • m On ON q.'O^ q_ -*; • O « to to w rrj to 1 f ooQ CO m m ^ in . O *o On rn " , in ■*■ M m M ♦ po o» N « inoo (?\ o o^ pN m»o »ooo mo « io.«n^mmP» m « to N q^ «^oo 'Q ^ f^ "^ 0. "^ oo" ^ »n ro m m n" to ON N to m m O\*mN00 toroto^toQ ro\D WNwm MmNO * o Onm tv * -00 to S ^x> • o •* o 00 to On ■ O -fl- 'fl- vo m m • w m m po ^\o 00 to *. ■• m ^ to N 00 m M-oo w «r m m m s m m - « Ci in M ■ m to o in ( M *^0 m N ' Q m m On to ^ N N ' Q M m ■ ____.ONOmovO ;inH^^ oo" ^ t-^ N* to n" dl in o" pT Q * ^ • in in N* • ct H M to to\o m ■* » rooo w to • m *■ m • «««■♦ MONCiOO fo o\'»n*w; NNO ' m m m m * O S5 IN N »P NO N 00 n F* CO m M ^0 ^^ Onn minn mn© o*- moo mo • m - m w lO o -t- N 6 m -vo tv ■^ o> 5 ' c ON iv to ^ M^ I-. ts o m N m w_ ' •-„ "^^i " S r^ ^ rn o\ S\o -* N* ^ m" ^ o * oo" in N* inoo m M >o moo wo^^ — oo "to -^nc i-it«^ Nin^NO m W'^m»» • w in in ; Q m*o •\0 On m ) OvvO l>. M C« m^O 00 noo *toi-iMwM.m5to w moo m to -^ to 0^ u^ •* 'f Oi d* 00 • m di «" , ^ . ON-I-OO ' to • ro M M to • tn m • m to . ! ; i : veo»OOvO0ON0Q0'*Q«( (Oco mg vm- M Q S N^omi KNOOootoinmOwM mc ^0(»lO•4■5 w m ■♦CO "r Q 5> ■• ^^ onnoo ♦ono* m^ino on ? "2 "O about 800,000. 800 HOO QOOOO fvtv tooo Q 00 m o^co 00 m On f^ CI inso *o ' 00 P^OO OvOO 00 00 00 00 00 OnOO VOOOOOOO^-mm^pOOnu., . . 03 toF*tot«.,ror*rsrot»*io>fo tooo to. to. tooo 00 00 00 00 00 F» t^oo ooooonoooooococ NsO »0 w « t^vo oooqoOno - - QAto^inm ■moNpig m«H -^m^MNp in mNQ o lo. m 00 F*. t^o5 OOOOonOOOOOOCOOOOOOOQOOOOOOO - - ^ - m miO NO NO H 00 00 ;X) 00 00 ot MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 207 and Increase 8;?§,>S?I.? 9! tA moo ■♦ N OS c IT ^ !>. VO w -* ■* Ov ON CD lA 00 )oiit 800,000. M r^ r^oo h* (n^ SO *0 *0 ^ 00 iX} 00 M 00 00 51 « t* 1 Table — Showing the Expenditures and Public Debt of the United States from the formation of the Federal Government to the present time. President. Pul'lic Expenditures. Public Debt. 1789 G. Washington. 17130 G. Washington. G. Washington. G Washington. G. Washington. G. Washington. G. Washington. G. Washington. '797 Jo^n Adams. . . lycjSJohn Adams .. 1 799! John Adams .. iSooijohn Adams .. 1791 1792 '793 '794 1795 1796 iSoilThos 1802 'Thos, Jcffjrson. JefTerson. .Jeff, jflerson. erson. IS. Jeffer Th>is. Joff.TSon. Thos. Jefferson. 1803 Thos 1804 Thos 1805 1806 1807 1808! Thos. Jefferson iSog Jas. M.idlson. . 1810 Jas. M.idison.. . 18 1 1 Jas. .Madison. . 1812 Jas. M.idison. s.Je s. Je 1813 1814 1815 1816 J.as. Madison. Jas. Madison. Jas. Madiso 1. Jas. Madison. 1817 James Monroe. i8i8'j.ames Monroe. 1819'james Monroe. 1820 f James Monroe. i82i|j.imes Monroe. 1822 James Monroe. i823;J.imes Monroe. i8i4 James Monroe. 1825 Jno. J826 Jno. 1837 Jno. 1828 Jno. . Adams. . Adams. Adams . . Adams. 1829'A. Jackson. 1830 A. Jackson. 1831 1832 Jackson. Jackson. 1833 A. Jackson. 1834J A. Jackson.. •3.797,436-78 8,962,920.00 6,479.977-97 9.u4',593-'7 '0,i5',24O-t5 8,367,776.84 8,625,877 37 8,583,618.41 11,002,396.97 ".952,534-'2 '2.273,376.94 '3,27^,487-3' 11,258,983.67 12,615.113.72 13,598,309-471 15,011,196.26' 11, 202, 292. 99' 16,762,702.04 13,867,226.301 '3,3"'9.994 49 13,592,604.86 22,279,121.15 J 39,191,520.36, 38,028,230.32 39,182,493 33; 48,244,495 5' 1 40,877,646.04 33,104,875 40 2JJpo4,i99.73 21,763,024 851 I9,0')0.573.69' '7,676,592-63: »5.3'4.i7'-<» 31,898,538.47: 23.585.804. 72; 24,103,398.46; 22,656,764.04 25.459.479-52 25.044,3';8.40 24,585,281.55 30,038,416.12 34,356,698.06 24.257.298-49 24,6<-ji ,982.4.^ Yr. 875.463.476.52 77,227,924.66 80,352,634-04 78,427,404.77 80,747.587-39 ! 83,762,172.07 82,064,479.33 79,228,529.12 88,408,669.77 82,796,294.35 83,038,050,80 80,712,632.25 77,054,686.30 86,427,120.88 82,312,150.50 75,721,270 66 6;), 218,393. 64 65. '96.317-97 57,073,193.09 53,'73,2'7 57 48,00;. 587. 76 45.209,73790 55,962,827.57 81,487,846 24 99.833.66 J 15 >27,334,933 74 123,491,961 16 103,466,631.83 95.529.6(8. jS 91,015,566 15 89,987,427.66 93,546,676 93 90,875,877,23 90,269,777.77 83,788,432.71 81,054,0^9 99 73.987.35720 67.475.043.87 58,421,413.67 48,565,406,50 39,123,191.68 24.332,235.18 7,001,698.83 4,760,082.08 835 836 837 838 '?39 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 849 850 S51 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 8"-9 860 President. £,^,^«i;t«. I ^"''"^ ^'^*- A. Jackson.. A. Jackson.. M. Van Burcn . , M. Van Buren . , M. Van Buren . . M. Van Buren . W. H, Harrison John Tyler.. . ohn Tyler.. . John Tyler.. . las. K. Polk., jas. K. Pulk.. Jas, K. I'olk.. Jas. K. Polk.. Zach Taylor . M. Fillmore... .M. Fillmore... M. Fillmore. . Frank. Pierce . Frank. Pierce . Frank. Pierce. Frank. Pierce. Jas. Buchanan Jas. Buchanan Jas. Buchanan J.as. Buchanan 861 A. Lincoln. ?62 A. Lincoln. 86 si A. Lincoln. 864 1 A. Lincoln. 865 'A 866 1 A 867 Lincoln. ... ohiison.. . A. Johns A. Johns .\. Johns 869IU. S. Grant ... 87J U. S. Grant 871 U. S. Grant.... 872IU, S. Grant.... 873 U. S. Grant. 874 U. S. Grant. 875 U. S.Grant. 876, U S.Grant. 877'R. B. Hayes 878 R B. Hayes... 879; R. B. Hayes 83o K. B. Hayes .. 1881 1 Jas. A. Garfield. '7.573.i4'-56 3o,h68,i64.o4 37,265,037 15 39.455,438-35 37,614,936.15 28,226,533.81 31,797.530-03 32,936.876.53 12,118,105.15 33,642,010.85 30,490,408.71 27,632,282 90 60,520,851.74 60,655,143.19 56,386,422.74 44,604,718.26 48,476,104.31 46,712,608.83 54,577,061.74 75,473, '70. 75 66,164,775.96 72,726,341.57 71,274,587-37 82,062, 186. 74 83,678,642,9a 77.055.125-65 85,387,313.08 565,667,563.74 899,815,911.25 37. "305 336,9.^7 8f 3,308,124.07 10,434,221. w 3.573,343-82 5,250,^75.54 13,594,480.73 20,601,226 28 32,742,922 00 23,461,652.50 15,925,303.01 '5,550,202.97 38,8--6,534,77 47,044,862,23 63,061,858.69 63,452,77." 55 68,304,796,02 66,199,341./' 59,803,117.70 42,242,222.43 35.586,956.56 3',97-'.537.90 20,699,831.85 44,911,881.03 58,496,837 88 64,842,287.88 90,580,873.7a 524,176,412.13 ',"9.772.138.63 '.295.54'. "4-86: 1,815,784,370.57 1,906,433,331.37 2,680,647,869.74 139,344. ^^'.95 2,773.236.' 73-69 1,093,079,655.27 1,069,889,970.74 584,777,006.11 702,007,842.68 691,680,858.90 682,525,270 21 524,044,597 9' 724,698,933-99 682,000,885.32 707,805,070.13 565,299,898.91 236,964,326.00 266,947,883.53 2,678,126,103.87 2,611,687,851.19 2,588,452,213 94 2,480,672,427.81 2, 353.2". 332 II 2.253.25',328-78 2,144,818,713.57 2,143,088,241.16 2,128,688,726.33 2.099.439.344-99 2,205,301,393.10 2 256,205,398.30 2.349,567,232.04 267,642,957.78 2,120,415,120.63 ! 260, 71 2, 887. 59 '2, 02 3, 328. ^.-i 7, f -7 Capacity of Cisterns or Wells. Tabular view of the number of gallons contained in the clear between the brick "work for ej< k ten inches of depth. Diameter, Gallons. 6 feet equals 176 Diameter. Gallons. 2 feet equals J9 2% " 30 3 " 44 1% " 60 4 " 7» 4M " 97 5 " 122 S>i " 148 6H 7 q •J 'A 207 240 275 313 353 396 461 Diameter. Galloiu 10 feet equals 489 II S92 12 70.S 13 827 14 959 IS IIOI 20 1958 as 3059 'I ; r ^' 1 ; 20S MISCELLANEOUS TABLES EO/i KEEEKENCE, 1 Pkhsident, 1 VlCH- Prbsidknt, i 1 Sechbtaky op SrATii. Appointed. SncBFTAnv OP THnASlIiY. i Geo. Washington ... ue.i. Wiislii nylon . . . 1789 «793 17S9 1793 Thomas Jcflcrson. . . lulni. Kandolph 'I'lm. Pickering 1709 Alcv. ll:imilt()n '7-9 '795 17.^4 t )livLr Wnlrotl '793 1 1 — t J uhn Adams »797 Thomas Jefferson. . , "797 'I'ini. I'ickering John Marshall >797 1800 Oliver W.dcolt S. Dexter '797 .800 1" " Thomas Jtff-rson. . . Thomas jelierson. . 1801 :8.5 A.iron Ilurr (ieorgc Clinton )8oi 1803 Jamts M.ulison iCoi S. Dexter iSoi James Madison. . . . James MaJison 1S39 1813 George Clinton Elbridge Gerry 1 8^9 1811 K< I'crt Smith James Monroe 1S09 loll Allien C:dl.itin C. W. Cani;il.rll.... Alex J. Dallas iStig iGi* 1814 1K.7 Jamts Monroe James Monroe 1817 1821 Daniel D. Tompkins John y. Adams \V. 11. Crawford.... 1817 ... io.'5 John Q. Adams 1825 John C. Calhoun.... Ii25 liicliard Uiish 1825 Andrew Jackson . . . Andrew Jackson. .. . 1829 >833 John C. Calhoun.... Mar:in Van Buren.. M.otin Van iJuren. . Kil. I.iviiig.ston 1 ou;s Mci.ane i8ii '8:3 1834 Sannal D. l]i,;ham. I.diiis Ml l.ane William J. Diianc.. . Roger 1!. Taney. . . Levi Woodbury iS?9 .83' '^33 Joiiii I'Vr.'.j the ■834 i 1 Martin Van Bnren. ,! 1837 Richard M. Juhijson 1837 iJohii Korsytlic 10,^7 Levi Wooulr.iry . . . 'S37 ! A ; 1 I. 34 1 1843 1843 1844 1845 1845 Wm. H. Harrison..., 1841 John Tyler 1841 1 Tohii Tvler 1 J84I D.lllirl VVpl...'.-r Tliuiui.s L\» ing Walter Fnrward J. C. Spencer George M. Bibb 1841 1841 1843 •S44 ■ ••...•....[ 1 Kugh S. I,ei;.ire .. . Abel P. Upshur John Nelson John C. Calhoun 'EEEr::^Ef-:EE-E::S:a James Knox Polk. . 1 1S45 Cieorge M. Dallas. . .j 1845 | James Uuchanan ... Robt. J. Walker.... 184s ;•■ 1 1 Z.ichary Taylor ... 1849 Millard Killinore. .. . 1849 John M. Cl.nyl'iii. . Millard Fillmore ... 1849 iJ.mitl V ebstcr. ... Edward Evireit. .. ' lS.,y 18..) 105J W. M. Mrredu!).... 'I'homas Coi win 1849 1850 Franklin Pierce 1853 WiU'am K. King.. . .j 1853 \Villi,ini L M.ircy.. JanK.-> 1,111. iric .8.J James Buchanan ..; 1857 J. C. Breckenridge. 1857 Lewis Cass '8-7 i86j Howell C..11 I'hilip Th >mas John A. Dix 1857 iSCo .A.braham Lincoln. . 1861 Hannibal Hamlin. , 1861 :;'::::::::::::::;;:i;;;;;: Abraham Lincoln.. . ! 1865 'Andrew Johnson. ... I 1865 Andrew Johnson. .. I 1885 , i Ulyssts S. (Ir.int. .. .1 1869 iSchiiyler Colfax Ulysses S. Grant. ...j 1873 Henry Wilson Rutherrrd li. Hayes, 1877 jWm. A. Wheeler. .. . i86g '873 Wm. H. Seward. .. ., 1S61 ! Salmon P. Chase . I if/jt W. P. Fesscnden....! 1864 h'ligli McCiillooh... .1 i8(j5 Wm. H. Seward.... I 1E65 jHugh McCulloch.. . .1 1865 Hamilton Fish. 1877 |Wm. M. r.v.irts. JSC9 G, S. P.,,iuw. 11 jW. A. Kich.irdson. L. M. .Morrill 1877 Joliii Shernlan James A. Garfield. . . Chesier A. Arthur. . 1881 .Chester A. Arthur. i38i I i83i lames G. Blaine ...| 1881 iWm. Windoin.... IF. T. Frelin'jhuysen' 1881 'Charles J. Folgcr lEfig 187, 1876 Ts77 1S81 i8Rj MISCELLANEOUS TABLES EOK KEJERENCE. 209 an4 \\kt\t IF.TARV OF EASlIiV. I < amihnii Volrull J 7-9 1795 Vulcotl '797 cr iSoi jallaliii iSoa Jall.itin... Jani;)!)iH. . Dallas.. li^rawford... • 1817 Kiish iSiS I), lii^liaiii. l-:l.a.io J. Diianc... !. Taney. . . )iidbiiry 1831 >333 >8.!4 joubiiry . . . ■837 1-" '"t; r'orward ciicer M. Hibb 1841 1841 .343 •844 Walker.... '845 >lrruiiu!i Cui will "849 1850 :v!,i. i 1857 li 'inas , 1860 Oix i';6i P. Chase... csscndcn... i;Ciilli)ch... I £61 1864 186c cCiiiiocii....; 1865 iiiW' II I ifdg icli.iriKon. . orrill :rnlan ndoin . . . . . Folccr i«7» 1876 ■«77 i8r.i iHRi CTalJlttttisi, ittm tl»( formation 0^ tUc (Savfrumcnt. Shchktabv War. Henry Km x.. T. Picker 11, t;.. J. Mclkiiry.. J. Mcllenry. .. S. Du.vtcr Kg. ti."iswold. SflCRnTAHY OF Navv. 1789 ■794 1796 '797 1800 1 801 \\.. Dearborn '8oi William Euslis. .. J. Armslrung .. .. J.imes Muurtic . . W. H. Cr.iwford. J. f. Calhoun. . James ISarbuur. . P. U. rorter. . . . John H. Eaton. Lewis Cass J. R. Poinsett. ohn licit . C. Spencer., as. M Porter. iV'm. Wilkins. . W. L. Marcy. G. W Crawford. Ch. M. Conrad.. JetTcrson Davis. . John n. rioyd. Joseph Holt. .. S. CaTni?nin. . .. E. M. Stanton E. .M. Siant'in. .. Ulysses S. (Irant. J. .M. Schofield.. 1809 1813 1814 ,815 1817 i8;i5 1828 i8;9 1831 •837 184. 1841 '843 1844 Henry Knox. . , ( I7i>'j T. Pickering.. . . ; 1794 J. McHciiry . . .ji79f> (Icorj^e Cabot. . .|'798 U. Stoddart 11798 Sechf.tarv (IF Inthkiok. Not .T Cabinet Ollice. B. Stoddart iBoij, Robert Smith. . . iSua . J. Crowinshicld. Ii8u5 P. Hamilton 11809 William Junes.. 1 1813 Benjamin W. | . . . Crowinshield 1814 B. W.Crowins'd S. Thnni|)soii. . , S. L. Sunthard. . 18:7 1818 1823 S. L. Southard. . John Branch.. . . L. Woodbury.. . M. Dickerson. . . M. Dickerson.. J. K. Paulding. 182; 1829 .83' '834; 1837 1838 •!■ '845 ■ 849 1850 '853 861 I86I 1861 I86I 1867 808 Geo. E. Badger. 1 1841 Abel P. Upshur. 1841; David Hensbaw'1843 T. W. Gilmer... i 1 844 John Y. Mason. 11844 Geo. Bancroft.. .1 '845' John Y. Mason- J1846: ■|. Post- Mast icH- Ge.sbhal. Samuel Osgood. T. Pickering. . . J. Habersham.. J. >labcrshain. . J. Habersham.. Gideon Granger Gideon Granger. R. J. Meigs ... R.J. Meigs... John McLean.. Attornby- GUNB1'.AI.. 178911^. Randolph.. . . 1789 i7g4\Vm. Bradford. . I1794 179G, Charles Lee j'7y.i 1797. Charles Lee '797 1801 Th. I'arsons. .. , . . . Levi Lincoln.. . . I i8oi , .. . i Robert Smith.. .1805 , . . . Brcckenridge 1805 .. . |C. A. Rodney . .18^.7 I809 C. A. Rodney. . I iK) I. A. J. Creswell 187) Marshall Jewell. . . . Jas. N. 1 yner. . G. W. McCr«ry...'i877 R.W.Thomfi-nnliK?? Carl Schurz. ... 1877 D. M. Keys. Robt. T. Lincoln . iS'Vj K. R. Hn.TT in6y .Q.,. A. r. Akerinan .q_ °I^n. II. Williams.... '2^, '8-6 A. Taft '876 1877 H. Devuns . ,1877 i 1881 Wm. H. Huiit..;i8Si S.J. K^kwood. Wm.E.Chandler 1882 H*niy M. Teller iSSilThos. L. James. 1882 1 T. O Howe .. 1881 iW MacVc.tgh.. iS3i i882!B. H. Brewster. 'if;-. • 14 I i, 1 tl i t ' I i f ii aiO MISCELLAKEOLS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. Tavle— Showing the Native and Foreign Population of each State and Territory of the Union, according to the Census of 1880. STATE. United States. Alnbama An/ou.i Arkansas California Colorado ConiK'tticut Driko'a Dcl.iware District of Columbia Florida Georgia Idaho Illinois In liana Iowa Kansas K niiii:ky Louisiana Main: Total Popiilation i88j. 'I NUMIIKK OP POKlililN IinKN il lu IOU,OCiO NATIVB. Native. 50,153,866 I 43i475.5o6 M.ryland ... , Ma^'-achiisetis MicliU.in ... . Miiinc^dla. ... MisSISS ppi. . , Mi! Montana Nebraska Nevada . . . New Hampshire. New J rsey New .Mexico New York North Carolina . . Oho Uregon i Penn.-.ylvanla . . . Rhode Island. .. . South C.irollna. . . Tennessee Tex.is Utah Vermont Virginia Washington West Virginia Wisconsin Wyoraiqg 1,36.1.794 4'>.44< 8.13,564 864,686 194,649 633,68j 135,180 146.654 177.M 267.351 1,5.19,048 32,611 3."78.7'59 I,973.J6.' i,6-'4,62o 90 "1 166 1,648.7,18 940,103 64S.945 954,633 l,73j.oi3 1,636,131 7Jo,8,6 'pij'.;92 3,168.8.14 39. '57 452.433 63.265 346,984 1,130,983 ilS,43' 5,083. Slo 1,400.047 3.'98.2J9 174.767 4,382,786 376,538 995,623 1,542,463 ',592.574 143,906 332,286 1,512,806 75, '20 618,443 ',3'5,48o 20,788 1.253. '21 24.419 793,26) 573,006 154,869 492,87.; 83,387 137.'82 160,523 257.63' 1,528.733 32,629 2,495,177 1, 834. .597 ',363. '32 886,361 «,5S9.237 885.964 59<5,o76 851,984 '.339.9'9 1.347,985 5>3.'"7 1,133,434 ',957.564 27,643 355,043 36.633 3c 0,96 1 909,398 ii'8,493 3,872.372 1 ,396,368 2,803,496 •44.327 3.695.2.53 202,598 987,981 1,535,861 1,478.058 99.974 29 '.340 1,498.139 59,259 600,214 9io,(}63 "4,943 Foreign. 1870. 6,677,36) 9.673 16,032 10,395 392,680 39.780 129,804 51.793 9-472 17,"5 9,730 '0,315 9,982 583.592 143,765 261,488 109,705 59.471 54,139 58.869 82,648 443.093 388,346 267,6(^9 9,168 311,240 11,515 97.39'^ 25,642 46,023 221,585 9.932 1,211,438 3.679 394,743 3". 440 587.533 73930 7.641 16,583 "4,516 43.932 40.946 14,667 15,861 18,229 405.417 5,845 16,875 i.oog 150,932 1,04b 59,881 19,838 26,813 51 .4'^^ 7.884 '4,079 a.717 949 110,838 25,446 9,192 30,690 '5.314 5,04' g.296 .456 ".959 32,003 39.257 57.-596 1 .370 14.827 63.245 33,333 79,363 10,357 36,346 6,516 35,»87 3S4 16,146 14,634 18,310 34,204 1.158 1.559 8,254 54.7^3 16,639 1,135 26,541 4.022 52,813 63,676 The Electoral Vote— Necessary to a Choice 185. I" Alabanm lo Arkans.ts 6 California 6 Colorado 3 Connecticut .0 Del.'iware Florida Georgia Illinois 3 Indiana 15 Iowa II Kansas $ Kentucky. 13 Louisiana 8 1 Maine 7' Massachusetts 13 Maryland 8 i' Michigan 11 | i Mississippi 8 ; ^ i Missouri 15 ' J I Minnesota 5 ilew Hampshire 5 j Nebraska 3 | Nevada 3 ■ New lersey 9 New York 35 | North Carolina 10 Ohio Oregon Pennsylvania . . Rhode Island . South Carolina. Tennessee Te.xas Vermont Virginia West Virginia.. Wisconsin 1880. '5.359 , "2 65.613 1,399 51,167 3 5,686 36,336 6^,113 6,905 10,662 3,773 675 44,112 23.389 7,8.6 19,183 12,378 3.74a 6,111 9.977 9.701 33."69 31,118 5','7-' S17 "',79' 4i,6i8 27,43^ 70,016 15,.")3 34,3^16 9.154 31. -..84 14, ..80 Sl.lKJI 15,900 36,49' 1,087 7.748 43.943 '4.054 979 26,760 3,037 44.548 39. "S Total. . 32 • 3 • 29 . 4 • 7 . 12 .. 8 . S . " ■ 5 . 10 3«9 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 2M h State and '80. OF F>IHI';l(',N BOKN 00,000 NVriVB. i '5.359 ) 77^ t 05.6'3 i i,a>j9 t 51,167 i 2S,fi86 3 26,3^6 » 6^, 11a » 6,905 } io,66j 7 3.773 ) f'75 i 44,112 5 3.t.j39 2 7.836 19,183 i-'.378 J 4 I 3.74a 6 6,111 6 9.977 9 9,701 3 33."69 7 31,118 6 y.'7-' S,7 7 l",7';i 5 4i,6=,8 3 »7.43^ 3 7. .,016 7 1 ;,•")■■! 5 »4.3''* i y.i M 7 3'. ■•'^4 » .63 b 1 4,. .80 4 21, ..91 3 15,9'» 4 36.49' 1 773 > 1,087 4 7,748 3 43.943 ) 14.054 i 979 I 26,766 > 3.037 44.548 3 39. "5 , , , 22 .,., , o 7 8 , .,, , Jo o6o |or(i0n 6ov(rnmittti8. COUNTRY. Abyssinia Afghanistan Anam (Cochln-Ciiina) . . . Andorra Argentine Republic Austria Belgium BelDochislan Hraiil Bolchara Bolivia Borneo Burmaii Empire Chili China Costa Rica Dahomey Denmark ?8yp« Lcuadjr Fiji Islands France German Empire 1 Prussia > Saxony and States ) Lubeck ) „ Hamburg y,^'" Bremen f [towns Bavaria Wurtembcrg Baden Hesse-Darmstadt Alsace-Tinrrainc Great Britain Greece .... Guatemala Hayti Honduras Italy Japan IChokan Liberia Madagascar Mexico , Montenegro Mosquito Morocco Muscat Netherlands New Granada Nicaragua Norway Orange Free States . . . Paraguay y. Persia Peru Portugal Roumania Russia Sarawak Sandwich Islands.... San Salvador Servia..... Siam Spain Switzerland Sweden St. Domingo Turkey Uruguay Venezuela.. Mngdala Candahar Ketcho Andorra Buenos Ay res. Vienna Brussels Kelat Rio de Janeiro. Bokhara La Paz NAME OP RULBR Monchi)bi)o . Santiago . .. . Pckin San Jose . . . . Dahomey . . . Copenhagen . Cairo yuito 'Ovilan Il'.iris Johannes I Vakiiub Khan 'I'll Due A. (Jueradra Scflor Avellameda Francis Joseph 1 Leopnid 11 Mir Nas.^ Khan Pedro II Moza(T.ir-ed-di Adolpho Ballivian Alidul Muncni Mendiionmcn Krra^iiriz Tsaulcijn J. M. Guardia AitahoriiiZ'.n Christian IX Ismail I'asha Dmm Ant'uiio Borrero. . Ceded 10 Great Brilain. Jules Crevy Berlin Munich Sttittcart Carlsnihe . . . Darmstadt ■ . . William . London Athens Guatemala . .. . Port au Prince. Comayagiie . . . Rome Tokio Khokan Monrovia Tananarivo . . . Mexico Cetigne Blewfields Fez Muscat Amsterdam, . . Bogota Managua Christiania.... Bloemfcnteln . . Asuncion Teheran Lima Lisbon Bucharest St. Petersburg. Kuchine Honolulu San Salvador. . Belgrade Bang Kok Madrid Heme Stockholm ... . San Domingo.. Constantinople. Montevideo... . Caracas Ludwig II. Charles I . . Frederic. . . Louis III.. Victoria George I Don I. Riifino Barrios.. Gen. B. Canal Gen. J. M, Medina. ... Humbert I Mutsuhito las. S. Payne Ramavolo II Gen. Porfiris Diaz Nicholas I Tamaso. , Mulai Hassan Seyyed Toorkee bin Said.. . William HI Don Santiago Perez Don Vincente Cuadra Oscar 1 1 . of Sweden I. H. Brand John B.Gill Nassir ed Din Scrtor Manuel Prado Luis I Charles .Mexander III Charles Brooke Santiago. . . David Kalakaua Sefior Andres Valle Milan Obrenovitch Chan Fa Chule Long Korn. Don Alfonso XII M. Scherer Oscar II Gen. Ig. Gonzalez Abdul Hamid II Don J<^se F.PauiH A. Cuimaa Blanco TITtB. King.. Shah. King 1st Syndii President. !• mperor . King Khan I'mperor . Khan. ... President. Sultan ... King President. F mperor . President. K'"B King Khedive . President. King ) resident Emperor., King King G. Duke. G. Duke. Queen . . . . King President., President.. President., King. Emt>eror.. Khan President., Queen President., Hospodar, King Sultan .... Imaum.... King President , President.. President.. President., Sh.ih Piesident., King Hospodar. Emperor. . Rajah King President., King King King President.. King President.. Sultan PresiH<;rt. President.. Population 40,000,000 7,000,000 21,000,000 20,000 1,877,500 38,000,000 5,253.8." 2,000,000 1 1 ,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 1,750,000 8,000,000 2,350,000 415,000,000 183,000 300,000 1 ,968,500 5,8lio,ooo 1,146,000 250,000 36,905.788 45.'94,«72 37.25 '.067 2,970,220 63,57' 454,041 156,229 5,271,516 1,970,132 1,670,589 936,944 i.57'.97' »9.307,«99 1,700,000 1 ,200,000 960,000 350,000 27,482,1:4 34.338.400 1,000,000 718,000 3 ,000,000 9,400,000 s86,ooo 7,000,000 1,500,000 4,000,000 3,000,000 300,000 1 ,807,000 59,000 1,400,000 b,000,OCO 3,374,000 4,435,000 5, .{00,000 86,586,014 200,000 73,000 6co,ooo 1 ,590,000 "^,700,000 16,835,5.6 2,9C0,M.,O 4,530,otol 250,0. o I 45,oco,o<.o 45o,tn.o' j,8oo,ooo| Area Sqiiart Milt s. I75,t« ( 300,00c 6oo,(-oo 190 1, 000, coo 358,000 12,500 160,000 3,000,000 235,000 318,000 300,000 200,000 144,000 5,300,000 16,250 14,616 175,800 300,000 204,825 135,806 746,04a 5.779 5.21 4.76 «6,£CO 7,6co 5.7»3 '3,964 35.706 131,115 •9.950 15. coo 11,713 47,''9o 98,154 at6,;co 325, coo 846,615 450,000 34, coo 35,coo J76,coo i2,fe5 331,000 57,coo I',ooa 558,000 34.491 27,500 7,7io,S8» 6,500 7.500 12,600 250,000 15.991 1=8,7-6 i8,ck:o 2,210,.. <-0 75,oc<( 436,000 I 1 I ll'» i I 313 MISCELLAENOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. Populations of the Principal Cities of the Old World. I'l piiLitlnn, . i.;S,tini 207 77,) 21.1. ,U\Ki Popiil.itlnn. Population. I.,(in(lon, Englniid j.SSj.ogaj Lyons, France 325,000! Venice, Italy FooclKiw, China 2,ooo,ocx) Duliliii, Irchind 245,722jTurin, " P.iiis, France 2,000,000 Mailriil, Spain 235,000! Florence, " Pckiii, China i,()48,Si4 Lcc.ls, Fn^jlancl 25(;,20l|Milan, " Jfflcio, Japan 1,554,848 Sheffield, " 239,947' Copenhagen, Denm'k. iSi.jii Canton, China 1,236,000 Uristoi, " 182,524 Stockholm, Sweden . . 135.0110 Cuns'tinople, Turkey. 1,075,000 Delfast, Ireland 174,394 Antwerp, Ueljjium.. .. 127,000 Uonih.iy, India 646,636 Amsterdam, Holland. 215,600 (ihent, " .... 121,46.; Calcutta, India 616,249, Cairo, Ejjypt 3'3.383 Uaniascus, Syria 120,000 Berlin, I'russia 828,013 Lisbon, rorlUj,'al 224,063 Sniyrna, Turkey i5o,0(;o ClIasRow, Scotland.. . . 477,144! Hamburg, (Jermany . . 337,940 Prague, lioheniia '57,275 Vienna, Austria 6l7,5l4;Uriissels, Itelgium. . . . 172,000 Alexandria, Kgypt.. . . 238,888 St. Petersburg, Russia. 680,000 Dresden, Saxony 177,095^ Marseilles, Irance.... 305,ooc> Rio de Janeiro, IJrazil. 420,000 Munich, Bavaria 190,000, Bordeaux, " .... i9(),ooo Liverpool, England.. . 493,346 Naples, Italy 448,743 Lille, " .... 156,000 Birmingham, England. 343.696 Koiiu", " 244,484 Manchester, England. 355,665 Ciii , " 130,269 Edinburgh, Scotland.. 190,500 P.iiermo, " 219,398 Melbourne, Australia. 256,401 oo.ofia 3 '.401 SydDPjr, Australia, and Suburbs 2oo,of)a Auckland. N, /..•al.m.l Number of Plants per Acre. Number of Plants or Trf.iw that can he Pi.antkd on an Acre of Grouno at the Following Distancf.s Apart: Numher of Ftet Apart. Number of J'iiin.s. I by I 4^,5fio iM " «Ji 19, .160 a " 1 21,780 2 ia,8go 2j< 6,969 I '4)520 3 ;; 1%''' 4 " 4 " 4 " ♦ . " 5 " 354. 3 4 4^. I 7,a6o • 4,840 • 3.S55 .10,890 • 5.445 • 3,6jo • 2,722 • a.>5« Number of Feet Apart. Number of Plants. 8,713 I 5 5 5 ¥ 6'A 9 10 II 12 •3 •4 by 2 . " 3- 4 6%. r.914 .,173 .742 .417 g... to,, II,. 12.. 13,, 14. '888 680 537 435 360 302 257 323 Number 0/ I'eet Apart. Number of t'lants. >5 by 15 193 .6 " 16., 17 " 17,. i3 " i8„ ■9 ;; .9., 20 " 20., 24 •• 24,. 25 " 25., 27 ;; 27.. 30 3°-. 40 " 40.. 50 " so.. 60 •' 60., 66 " 66., 170 150 «34 120 iq8 % »7 »7 13 lO Eou) to Estimate Crops per Acre. Frame together four light sticks exactly a foot square inside, and with this in hand walk into the field and select a spot of fair average yield, and lower the frame square over as many heads as it will enclose. Shell out the heads thus enclosed carefully, and weigh the grain. It is fair to presume that the product will be the 43,56olh part of an acre's produce. To prove it, go through the field and make ten or twenty similnr calculations, and estimate by the mean of the whole number of results. It will certainly enable a farmer to make a closer calculation of what a field will produce thap he can do by guessing. A Mile Measure. A standard English mile, which is the measure that we use, is 5,280 feet in length, 1,760 yards, or 320 rods. A strip one rod wide and one mile long, is two acres. By this it is easy to calculate the quantity of land taken up by roads, and also how much is wasted by fences. The Creeds of the World. Christians 380,000,000 Buddhists 360,000,000 Other Asiatic Religions 260,000,000 Mohammedans 165,000,000 Jews 7,000,000 Pagan* , . .. 200,000,000 Id. MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 2I3 CITIES AND T0WJI8 of lh« toiled RUUi hifiag t ro|iul*tion of 10,000 ud npwardi, aecordigg to tht Ctoini of 1880. I'l^lll.ltlull. I.^S.oni 2"7 7:0 it.7.'«5 2(. l',O.A< l)eni)/k. iSi.ji I weden . . i {5,0(0 ^iutn.. . . ii7,(X)o " 121,46., yria 120,000 tey 150,000 ■niia 157,275 ■Hypt.... 23S,>«,'< ranee.. .. 305,00V " .... 190,000 " .... 156,000 liistrnlin. 256,401 ami Suburbs 200,003 /(•al.mcl. 31,401 Ground at the HO. CITIBS AND TOWNS. POfULM. NO Numhtr of riiintt. '93 170 ISO '34 120 108 % »r II 10 mre. ile, which is the 280 feet in length, A strip one rod two acres. By e quantity of land so how much is e World. 380,000,000 . . . .360,000,000 ... 26o,cxx),ooo . . ..165,000,000 , . . . 7,000,000 ... 200,000,000 30 39 40 4< 4» 43 44 45 46 M 49 S" 5' 5» 53 54 '5? 61 fa 63 64 65 66 ^I 69 70 7' 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 P 8.) 81 8j J Nrw Yurk. N Y. I'lulaiWphi.'i, I'.-«. Ur.mklyii, N. Y. . Chicaijn, III S Kiisidii, M.»H is Si. I.ouis, M'). . .. Ilaltinmrc, Mil,. .. Ciiuiim.iti,* O. . . S.iH Kraiulsco, Cal Ni;w Orlcaiii, La. ( l.vcl..ii.|, I'lirsliiiriih, Pa.. . . Il„nM,, N. Y ... W iDiiKtoii, D. C ,\.,v,iik, N. J.... I..lll^vl|le, Ky Jrr^i.-y City, N I)etri)il, .\lu li. Milwaiikcu, Wis. I'ruviilenc, K. I All.,iny, N, Y. . RochfMcr, .V. Y.. All Ki"'iy. •'•■»■ .• Inili.inapcilis, Ind. Kiclinioiul, V'a. .. Nu'w H.ivcti, Conn l.iiwcll, Mas< Wiirccstur, MasA, Troy, N Y K.in^as Ciiy, Mo. C.iniliridn.', Slass. Syrai:ii--e, N, Y. . (;..li,nilMis. .... I'ai.Tvm, N. J .. „ iT,.l,-.lo,(^ 36 ICharlusion, S C. 32 j Kail Kiver, Mass. MiiiiiL'a|j;incaster, Pa . .. Somerville, Mass I Wilkesbarre, Pa. Augusta, Ga Des Moines, Iowa I Dnhiique. Iowa.. . ,'(/i,W) 8«6,,,fl4 566,fi3y 503.(04 36^.535 350,5" 332,190 355,708 333.956 316,140 i6.>,i43 156,381 '55, '37 '47,307 136,400 I^3,6^s \it>,fi'i 116,34.1 "5.573 104,850 90.903 8^,363 78,681 75,074 63,803 62,882 59.485 5!*.-'95 56.747 55.813 52,740 5'. 79' 51.665 .50,887 50, '43 49i'W0 49.o<>6 46,887 45.850 4.'.. 461 43,280 43.553 42.499 4>.658 4'. 498 39, '78 38,677 38,2.^4 35,630 34,556 34,398 33 ,9 '3 33.8 33.593 33,34° 32,630 32,484 32,01c; 3', '66 31,205 30,999 30,762 30,681 30. .518 29 ,'.110 39,720 »9.3>5 29,280 39,148 28,229 27.730 27,598 27.275 26,880 26,875 36,040 25,769 24.985 23,339 23,033 33,408 33,354 CITIES AND TOWNS. Oalveston, Tex Wat-Tvliet, N. Y NurfMlk, Va Anbiirii, N. Y Hi,lyi)k«, .Mass Davenp irl, Iowa Chel.sea, Mass Pcicrshurnh, Va SarraTiento Cal i'aiinton, Al.iss Norwich, C'onn Oswego, N. Y S.ilt l..iki.City, Utah. .. Springfield, O \Uy City, Mich, S,in Antonio, Tex KIniira, N. Y Ni wpoft, Ky W.ilerbiiry, Conn Puiighlseepsie, N. Y... Sprinfttleld, III Altooiia, Pu liiiiliiigion, Iowa Cohoes, N. Y (Gloucester, Mass Lewiston, Me , . Pawtucket, K. I I'.asi S.iginaw, Mich..., Wdli.imspnrt, Pa V.nikers, N, Y Houston, Texas Maverhill, M.tss. .... I..il United States, 220 " nu-nt, Charlestown, ) ' I, e a n i n jj Tower, Pisa, Italy 202 " Wa-^lnni'ton Monu- 1 tt •. j ci . .0, « . n i.„ y United States, I S3 " mf nt, Baltimore. . . | ' -^ Voii'lome Column, Paris, France. .... .153 " Trajan's Column Rome 151 " Time Required to Roast Various Arti- cles of Fot'. H. M. A sm.all capon, fowl, or chicken requires. 20 A large fowl 45 A capon, full size 35 A goose I o Wild ducks .nnd grouse 15 Phe.asants and turkey poults 20 A moderate-sized turkey, stuffed I 15 Partridges 25 Q'.nil 10 A hair or rabbit about I o Beef, ten pounds 2 30 Leg of pork, J^ hour for each pound, "I and above that allowance j 20 H M A chine of pork 2 a A neck of mutton i 30 A haunch of venison about 2 30 Time Required to Boil Various Arti eles of Food. h A ham, 20 lbs. weight, requires 6 A tongue (if dry) after soaking 4 A tongue out of pickle 2^ to 3 A neck of mutton i A chicken A large fowl 45 .\ pigeon 15 A capon 35 M. 30 o c 30 20 Capacity of Noted Churches and Halls. Name cf Builiiing. Location. Contain. St. Peter's Cathedral. .Rome 54,coo Cathedral of Milan.. . .Milan 37,ooo St. Paul's Church Rome 32,ocx) St. Paul's Cathedral.. .London 25,000 Church of St. Pet ronio. Bologna 24,000 C'lthedral of Florenc( . Florence 24,000 Cathedral of Antwerp. Antwerp 24,000 Mosque of St. Sophia. Constantinople. .23,000 St. John's Lateran .... Rome 22,000 Cathedral of Notre) „ . r,,„„ > Pans 2l,ooo Jjame J ' Cathedral of Pisa Pisa 13,000 Church of Si. .Stephen. Vienna 12,000 Church of St. Dominic. Bologna 12,000 Church ofSt. Peter... .Bologna 11,400 Cathedral of Vienna.. .Vienna 1 1,000 Cathedral of .St. Mark. Venice 7iSoo Gilmore's Garden New York 8,433 Stadt Theatre New York 3,ooC Academy of Music. . ..Philadelphia. .. . 2,86^ Theatre Carlo Felice. .Genoa 2,56t Boston Theatre Boston 2,972 Covent Garden London 2,6,84 Academy of Music. . .Now York 2,526 Music Hall Boston 2,585 Alexander Theatre. . ..St. Petersburg.. 2,332 Oi>era House Munich 2,307 San Carlos Theatre. . . .Naples Z.^-j-O Imperial Theatre Si. Petersburg.. 2, 160 Grand Opera Paris 2,090 La Scala Milan 2,1 13 St. Charles Theatre.. ..New Orleans..., 2,178 Opera House New Orleans., .. 2,052 Grand Opera House. .New York I.^^'3 Booth's Theatre New York 1,807 McVickar's Theatre. . .Chicago '.700 Ford's Opera House.. .Baltimore 1,720 Opera House Berlin 1,6^40 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 215 Strength of the Army of the United States during the Civil War. Table — Showing tmk Number of Men Called for BY THE President, and the Nl'mder Obtained. DATE OF president's PROCLAMATION. NUMBER CALLED FOR. April 15, 1861 May 3, 1861 July 22 and 2$, 1861 Klay and June, 1862. July 2, 1S62 August 4, 1862 June 15, 1863 Del. 17, 1S63 Fel). I, 1864 March 14, 1864 April 23, 1S64 July 18, 1864 Dec. 19, 1864 75,000 82,748 \ 500.000 J 300,000 300,000 100,000 300.000 1 200.000 ) 200,000 85,000 500,000 300,000 Total 2,942,748 PERIOD OF SERVICE. 3 months. 3 years. 3 months. 3 years. 9 rjionths. 6 months. 2 years. 3 years. 100 days. 1,2, 3yrs 1.2, syi^s NUMBER OBTAINED. 93.326 7I4.23> 15.007 431.958 87,588 16,361 374.807 284,021 83.652 384,882 204,568 2,690,401 Table — Showing the Strength of the United States Army at Various Times during the Civil War. DATE. an. 1st, 1861.. uly 1st, 1861 . an. 1st, an. 1st, an. 1st, an. 1st, 1862. 1S63. 1864. 1865. May 1st, 1865. ON DUTY. ABSENT. TOTAL. '4.663 183,588 527,204 698,802 61 1,250 620,924 797,807 1,704 3.163 48,713 219,389 249,487 338,536 202,709 16,367 186,751 575.9>7 918,181 860,737 959,460 1,000,516 Mle — Showing the Area and Population of the Principal Divisions of the Globe. SQt;ARE MILES. Asia .America .Africa Europe .Australia and Polynesia 17,318,000 15,480,000 11,556,663 3,781,000 3,425,000 POPULATION. 807,000,000 ab't 85,000,000 190,950,609 294,000,000 " 5,000,00 In the above table the ti:u>aed with Asia. islands southeast of Asia arc Table — Showing the Number of Men Furnished the Union Army by each State and Ter- ritory during the Civil War. The following table was issued by the VVui Department, givinjj the number of men furnished the Union Army by each State and Territory and the District of Columbia from April 15, 1861, to the close of ttie war of the rebellion. It shows that the total number of volunteers was 2,678,967, divided as follows : Maine 72,114 New Hampshire 36,629 Vermont 35,262 Massachusetts 152,048 Rhode Island 23,699 Connecticut 57.379 New York 467,047 New Jersey 81,010 Pennsylvania 366,107 Delaware 1 3,670 Maryland 50,316 West Virginia 32,068 District of Columbia 16,872 Ohio 319.659 Indiana , 197,147 Illinois 259,147 Michigan 89,372 Wisconsin 96,424 Minnesota 25,052 Iowa 76,309 Missouri 109,111 Kentucky 79.02S Kansas 20,151 Tennessee 31,092 Arkansas 8,289 North Carolina 3.156 California '5.725 Nevada 1 ,08c Oregon i,8ig Washington Territory 964 Nebraska Territory 3, • 57 Colorado Territory 4,90 > Dakota Territory 20« New Mexico Territory 6,561 Alabama 2,576 Florida 1,290 Louisiana 8,224 Mississippi 545 Texas 1,965 Indian Nation 35.030 The troops furnished by the South- em States were, with the exception of those of Louisiana, nearly all white. Floiida furnished two regiments of cavalry, Alabama one white rtgi- nieut; Mississippi one hitttalion, an(i North Carolina two regii»euls< mtt i cavahy. lK;i i 2l6 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. A List of Modern Abbreviations Used in Writing and Printing, A. or Ans. Answer. A. A. S. Fellow of the Amer- ican Academy. A. B. Bachelor of Arts. Acct. Account. A. C, or B. C. Before Christ. A. D. In the year of our Lord. A. M. Master of Arts; Be- fore noon; In the year of the world. Mt. Aged. Abp. Archbishop. Agt. Agent. Ait'y. Attorney. Bart. Baronet. Bbl. Barrel. Benj. Beniamin. Bro. Brother. B. V. Blessed Viij:;in. C. C. P. Court of Cuininon Pleas. Caps. Capitals. Capt. Captain. Cash. Cashier. Cent, or C. A hundred. Chap. Chapter. Chron. Chronicles, CI. or Clk. Clerk. Co. Company; County. Col. Collector ; Colonel ; Co- lossians. Coll. College; Colleague. Com. Commissioner; Com- modore. Const. Constable. Con. Contra; on the other hand. Cor. Corinthians. Cor. Sec. Corresponding Sec- retary. C. O. D. Collect on Delivery, Cr. Credit; Creditor. C. S. Keeper of the Seal. Cts. Cents. Cur. Current; this month Cwt. A hundred weight. Cyc. Cyclopaedia. D. D, Doctor of Divinity, Dan. Daniel. Dea. Deacon. Deg. Degree. Dept. Deputy. Deut. Deuteronomy. Do. or Ditto. The same. Dr. Debtor; Doctor. E. East. Eccl. Ecclesi.istes. Ed. Editor; Edition. E. G. For example. Eng. England ; English. Ep. Epistle. Eph. Ephesiaiis; Ephraim. Esa. Esaias. Esq. Esquire. Etc. Et ceter.T ; and so forth Ex. Example; Exodus. Exr. Executor. Ez. Ezra. Fr. France ; Francis. Fahr. Fahrenheit. F. R, S. Fellow of the Roy- al Society. Gal. Galatians. Gen. General ; Genesis. Gent. Gentleman. Geo. George. Gov. Governor. G. P. O. General Post OITlce. II. B. M. His or Her Britan- nic Majesty. Heb. Hebrews. Hhd. Hogshead. Hist. History; Historical. Hon. Honorable. II. R. House of Representa- tives. H. S. S. Fellow of the His- torical Society, Hund, Hundred. Ibid. In the same place. I. e. That is; (/oJ' Capital. Religion. Pekin | Buddhist. . London \ Protestant . St. Petersburg... Greek Church. Washington.. Paris Vienna Veddo London . Protestant. Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic Shinto Protestant , Berlin [Protestant.. Berlin Constantinople. Rome Madrid Rio Janeiro.... .Mexico Stockholm I'eheran Brussels .Munich Lisbon The Hague.. .. Bogota Santi.igo Bernf Lima 1,987, 52 Chiiquisaca.. . . 1,817,237 Christiana 1,736,922 1 Buenos Ayres.. 1,881,505 'Stuttgart 1, 874,000' Copenh. gen ... 1,784,194 Carraccas 1,506,531 Athens i,68o,ooolGuati;mala 1 1, 300,000 'Qui to , 221,079 Asuncion , 718,000 Monrovia 434,520 San Salvador.. , t 572,000' Port au Prince.. 350,000 Managua 450,000 Monte V'deo... f 250,000 San Domingo... 165,000 San Jose + 7i,(XK) Honf)lt)lu Protestant. Mohammedan.. . Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic. Protestant Mohammedan.. . Roman Catholic Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic. Protestant Roman Catholic Roman Catholic. I'rotestant Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic. l*rntestant Roin.tn Catholic. Protestant Protestant Roman Catholic. Greek Church.. . Roman Calhi,lic.. Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic. Protestant Roman Catholic. Roman ("atholic . Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic. Roman Catholic. Proicstant .... Form of Government. Monarchy... Monarchy Monarchy Republic Republic .Monarchy .Monarchy .Monarchy Imperial Confederation. Monarchy .Monarchy Monarchy .Monarchy .Monarchy Republic .Monarchy Monarchy Monarchy .Monarchy .Monarchy .Monarchy Republic Republic Republic Republic Republic Monarchy Republic .Monarchy Monarchy Republic Monarchy Republic Republic Republic Republic Republic Republic R-ipublic Republic Republic Republic Reniiblir 1 Date of {Census 1871 iH7i 187. 1880 1872 1869 1875 1871 1875 '87s 1871 1870 1873 1874 1875 1870 '873 1875 1808 1S75 if7i it75 1870 1871 1861 1875 186a .875 1874 >873 1870 1863 1873 1S71 1370 1876 1873 1870 * Estimated since Peace of 1878. t Lstimated. Number of Miles of Railway in Each State of the Union. i'oor's Railway Manual " gives and Tcnitory of the following number of miles of railway in each Stale the Union on the ist of January, 1882. 1 Illinois 8326 2 Pennsylvania 6690 3 Oiiio 6664 4 New York 6279 5 Iowa 61 13 6 Texas 5314 7 Itidiana 4765 8 Michigan 4283 9 Missouri 42 1 1 10 Kansas 37 18 1 1 Wisconsin 3442 12 Minnesota 33Q' 13 Gcoroia 2581 14 Nebraska 2310 15 Colorado 2275 16 California 2261 17 Virginia 2194 18 Tennessee '974 19 Massachusetts.... 1935 20 Alabama 1S04 21 New Jersey '753 22 Kentucky 1715 23 Dakota Territory. 1639 24 North Carolina. .. 1619 25 South Carolina. . . 1484 26 Mississippi 1232 27 Maryland &D. C. 1048 28 Arkansas 1042 29 New Hampshire.. 1026 30 Maine 1022 31 Louisiana 999 32 New Mexico Ter. 975 34 35 57 Connecticut 959 Vermont 916 Utali Ter 908 Nevada 890 Florida 793 38 West N'irginia. ... 712 39 Orejjon 689 40 Arizona Ter 557 41 Wyoming ler 533 42 Wa.shingtou Ter. . 4S0 43 Delaware 278 44 Indian Ter 275 45 Idaho Ter 265 46 Montana Ter .... 232 .".7 Rhode Island. ... 211 Total mii.es 104,813 cr. pulation, i i Date ent. of Census . . . • » 1871 iSyi 1871 1880 1872 iSd) 1875 ib7i tion.. 1875 1875 1871 1870 187a 1874 1875 1870 '873 1875 i8u8 1S75 if7i it75 1870 1871 1861 1875 186y '875 1874 1873 1870 1865 1873 I87I >37o 1876 i8>3 1870 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 219 1. each Stale 959 916 908 890 793 712 689 557 533 480 . ... 278 .... 27s 205 ... 232 211 , .7i 04,8 13 Aaron, Hebrnu, a mountain. Abel, Hebrew, vanity. Aliraham, Hebrew, the father of many. Adam, Hebrew, red earth. Adolphus, Saxon, happiness and help. Albert, Saxon, all bright. Alexander, Greek, a helper of men. Alfred, Saxon, all peace. Ambrose, Greek, immortal. Amos, Hebrew, a burden. Andrew, Greek, courageous. Anthony, Latin, flourishing. Archibald, German, a bold observer. Arnold, German, a mainiainer of honor. Arthur, British, a strong man. . . ' !■ Latin, venerable, grand. Augustin, ) " Baldwin, German, a bold winner. Bardulph, German, a famous helper. Barnaby, Hebrew, a prophet's son. Bartholomew, Hebrew, the son of him who made the waters to ribe. Beaumont, French, a pretty mount. Bede, Saxon, prayer. Benjamin, Hebrew, the son of a right ban']. Bennet, Latin, blessed. Bernard, German, bear's heart. Bertram, German, fair, illustrious. Boniface, Latin, a well-doer. Brian, French, having a thundering voice. Cadwallader, British, valiant in war, Csesar, Latin, adorned with hair. Caleb, Hebrew, a dog. Cecil, Latin, dim-sighted. Charles, German, noble-spirited. Christopher, Greek, bearing Christ. Clement, Latin, mild-tempered. Conrad, German, able counsel. Constantine, Latin, resolute. Crispin, Latin, having curled locks. Cuthhert, Saxon, known famously. Daniel, Hcbre^v, God is judge. David, Hebrew, well-beloved. Denis, Greek, belonging to the god of wine. Dunstan, Saxon, most high. Edgar, Saxon, happy honor. Edmund, Saxon, happy peace. Edward, Saxon, happy keeper. Edwin, Saxon, happy conqueror. Egbert, Saxon, ever bright. Elijah, Hebrew, God, the Lord. Elisha, Hebrew, the salvation of God. Epnraim, Hebre-M, fruitful. Erasmus, Greek, lovely, worthy to be loveA Ernest, Greek, earnest, serious. Evan or Ivon, British, the same as John. Everard, German, well reported. Eugene, Greek, nobly descended. Eustace, Greek, standing firm. Ezekiel, Hebrew, the strength of God. Felix, Latin, happy. Ferdinand, German, pure peace. Francis, German, free. Frederic, German, rich peace. Gabriel, Hebrew, the strength of God. Geoffery, German, joyful. George, Greek, a husbandman. Gerard, Saxon, all towardliness. Gideon, Hebrew, a breaker. Gilbert, Saxon, bright as gold. Giles, Greek, a little goat. Godard, German, a godly disposition, Goufrey, German, God's peace. Godwin, German, victorious in God. Griffith, British, having great faith. Guy, French, the mistletoe shrub. Hannibal, Punic, a gracious lord. Harold, Saxon, a champion. Hector, Greek, a stout defender. Henry, German, a rich lord. Herbert, German, a bright lord. Hercules, Greek, the glory of Hera or Juno Hezekiah, Hebrew, cleaving to the Lord, Horatio, Italian, worthy to be beheld. Howel, British, sound or whole. Hubert, German, a bright color. Hugh, Dutch, high, lofty. Humphrey, German, domestic peace, Ingram, German, of angelic purity. Isaac, Hebrezv, laughter. Jacob, Hebrew, a supplanter. James or Jacques, beguiling. Joab, Hebrew, fatherhood. Job, Hebrew, sorrowing. 220 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. r i 'M m •ii 1 ! . I ., ■' Joel, Hebrnu, acquiescing. John. Hebrew, the grace of the Lord. Jonah, Hebrew, a dove. Jonathan, Hebrew, the gift of the Lord. Joscelin, Germati, just. Joseph, Hebrew, addition. Josias, Hebrew, the fire of the Lord. Joshua, Hebrew, a Saviour. Lambert, Saxon, a fair lamb. Lancelot, Spanish, a little lance. Laurence, Latin, ci owned with laurels. Lazarus, Hebre^u, destitute of help. Leonard, German, like a lion. Leopold, German, defending the people. Lewellin, British, like a lion. Lewis, French, the defender of the people. Lionel, Latin, a little lion. Lucius, Latin, shining. Luke, Greek, a wood or grove. Mark, Latin, a hammer. Martin, Latin, martial. Mathew, Hebrew, a gift or present. Maurice, Latin, sprung of a Moor. Meredith, British, the roaring of the sea. Michael, Hebrew, who is like God? Morgan, British, a mariner. Moses, Hebretv, drawn out. Nathaniel, Hebre'w, the gift of God. Neal, French, somewhat black. Nicolas, Greek, victorious over the people. Noel, French, belonging to one's nativity. Norman, French, one born in Normandy. Obadiah, Hebrew, the servant of the Lord. Oliver, Latin, an olive. Orlando, Italian, counsel for the land. Osmund, Saxon, house peace. Oswald, Saxon, ruler of a house. Owen, British, well descended. Patrick, Latin, a nobleman. Paul, Latin, small, little. Percival, French, a place in France. Peregrine. Latin, outlandish. Peter, Gteek, a rock or stone. Philip, Greek, a lover of horses. Phineas, Hebrew, of bold countenance. Ralph, contracted from Radolph, or Randal, or Ranulph, Saxon, pure help. Raymund, German, quiet peace. Reuben, Hebrew, the son of vision. Reynold, German, a lover of purity. Richard, Saxon, powerful. Robert, German, famous in counsel. Roger, German, strong counsel. Rowland, German, counsel for the land. Rufus, Latin, reddish. Solomon, Hebrew, peaceable. Samson, Hebrew, a little son. Samuel, Hebre7i>, heard by God, Saul, Hehrexv, desired. Sebastian, Greek, to be reverenced. Simeon, Hebrew, hearing. Simon, Hebrew, obedient. Stephen, Greek, a crown or garland. Swithin, Saxon, very high. Theobald, Suxon, be .,ver the people. Theodore, Greek, the gift of God. Theodosius, Greek, given of God. Theophilus, Greek, a lover of God. Thomas, Hebretv, a twin. Timothy, Greek, a fearer of God. Toby or Tobias, Hebrew, the goodness of tke Lord. Valentine, Latin, powerful. Vincent, Latin, conquering. Vivian, Latin, living. Walter, German, a wood master. Walwin, German, a conqueror. William, German, defending many. Zaccheus, Syriac, innocent. Zachary, Hebmu, remembering the Lord. Zebedee, Syriac, having an inheritance. Zedekiah, Hebrezv, the justice of the Lord. Adeline, German, a princess. Agatha, Greek, good. Agnes, German, chaste. Alethea, Greek, the truth. Althea, Greek, hunting. Alice, Alicia, German, noble. Amy, Amelia, French, a beloved. Anna, Anne, or Hannah, Hebrew, gracious, Arabella, Latin, a fair altar. Aureola, iMtin, like gold. Barbara, Latin, foreign or strange, Beatrice, Latin, making happy. Benedicta, Latin, blessed. Bernice, Greek, bringing victory. MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 221. }dness of (Me (', gracious. Bertha, Greek, Iiriyht or famous. Bliiiiche, Fiench, fair. Bona, Latin, good, • Bridge!, huh, shining bright. Cassandra, Greek, a reformer of men. Catharine Greek, pure or clean. Ciiaiity, Greek, love, bounty. Charlotte, French, all noble. Caroline, /cw/«/«i» of Carolus ; the Latin of Charles, noble-spirited. •Chioe, Greek, a green herb. Christiana, Greek, belonging to Christ. Cecilia, Latin, from Cecil. Cicely, a corruption of Cecilia, Clara, Latin, clear or bright. Constance, Latin, constant. Deborah, Hebrew, a bee. Dinna, Greek, Jupiter's daughter. Porcas, Greek, a wild roe. Porothy, Greek, the gift of God. Vladitb- Saxon, happiness. Eleanor, Saxon, all fruitful. Kliza, Elizabeth, Ihbreiu, the oath of God. Emily, cor rtipled from Amelia. Emma, German, a nurse. Esther, Hesther, Hebrew, secret. Eve, Hebrew, causing life. Eunice, Greek, fair victory. Eudoia, Greek, prospering in the way. Frances, German, free. Gertrude, German, all truth. Grace, Latin, favor. Hagar, Hebrexv, a stranger. Helena, Greek, alluring. Isabella, Spanish, fair Eliza. Jane, softened from yoan ; or, Janne, the feminine of John. Janet, Jeanneite, little Jane. Joyce, French, pleasant. Judith, Hebrew, praising. Julia, ]\i\\M\3., feminine of Julius. Letitia, Latin, joy or gladness. I-oU. Greek, better. Lucretia, Latin, a chaste Roman lady. Lucy, Latin, feminine of Lucius. Lydia, Greek, descended from Lud. Mabel, Latin, lovely. Magdalene, Maudlin, Syriac, msignificent. Margaret, German, a pearl. Martha, Hebrew, bitterness. Mary, Hebrew, bitter. Maud, Matilda, Greek, a lady of honor. Mercy, English, compassion. Mildred, Saxon, speaking mild. Nest, British, the same as Agnts. Nicola, Greek, feminine of Nicolas. Olympia, Greek, heavenly. Orabilis, Latin, to be entreated. Parnell, or Petronilla, little Peter. Patience, Latin, bearing patiently. Paulina, Latin, feminine of Paulinus. Penelope, Greek, a turkey. Persis, Greek, destroying. Philadelphia, Greek, brotherly love. Philippa, Greek, feminine of Philip. Phoebe, Greek, the light of life. Phyllis, Greek, a green bough. Priscilla, Latin, somewhat old. Prudence, Latin, discretion. Psyche, Greek, the soul. Rachel, Hebrew, a lamb. Rebecca, Hebrew, fat or plump. Rhode, Greek, a rose. Rosamund, Saxon, rose of peace. Rosa, Latin, a rose. n Rosecleer, English, a fair rose. Rosabella, Italian, a fair r ..e. Ruth, Hebrew, trembling. Sabina, Latin, sprung from the Sabine. Salome, Hebrew, perfect. Sapphira, Greek, like a sapphire stone. Sarah, Hebrew, a princess. Sibylla, Greek, the counsel of God. Sophia, Greek, wisdom. Sophronia, Greek, of a sound mind. Susan, Susanna, Hebrew, a lily. Tabitha, Syriac, a roe. Temperance, Latin, moderation. Theodosia, Greek, given by God. Tryphosa, Greek, delicious. Tryphena, Greek, delicate. Vida, Erse, feminine of David. Ursula, Latin, a female bear. Walburg, Saxon, gracious. Winifred, Saxon, winning peace. Zenobia, Greek, the life of Jupit;;, 1 1 I I i 222 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOX REFERENCE. Table— Showing the Quantity of Garden Seeds required to plant a given space. DESIGNATION. Asparagus " Roots . Eng. Dwarf Bea.M Freiicli " Beans, pole, large . " " small Beets Broccoli and Kale. Cabbage Cauliflower Carrot Celery Cucumber Cress Egg Plant Endive Leek Lettuce Melon SPACE AND QUANTITY OF SEEDS. Nasturtium ' i oz sows 25 feet of row. Onion » oz. " aoo '' Okra » 02- »°o ' Parsley « oz. " 200' Pai .-'i 1 oz. " 250" Pi;ppers Peas. Pumpkin Radish .. Salsify I oz. produces 1000 plants, .ind requires a bed 12 feet square. 1000 plant a bed 4 feet wide, 225 feet long. 1 quart plants from 100 to 150 feet of row. I " " 250 or 350 feet of row. I " " TOO hills. I " " 300 " or 250 feet of row. 10 lbs. to the acre ; i oz. plants 150 feet of row. 1 oz. plants 2500 plants, and requires 40 square feet of ground. Early sorts same as broccoli, and require 60 square feet of ground. The same as cabbage. I oz. to 150 of row. I oz. gives 7000 plants, and requires 8 iquare fret of ground. I oz. for 150 hills. I oz sows a bed 16 feet square. I oz. gives 2000 plants. 1 oz. " 3000 " and requires 80 feet of ground. I oz. " aooo " and " 60 " " 1 oz. " 7000 " and " seed bed of 120 feet. I oz. for 120 hills. Spin.ige. Squasn . Tomato. Turnip. Water Melon 'C a, T 4 s 6 9 10 II 12 "3 14 15 Table — Showing the Price per I oz. gives 2500 plants. I qu?rt sows 120 feet of row. I oz to 50 hills. I oz. to 100 feet. I oz. to 150 " of row. I oz. to 200 " " I oz. to 75 hills, I oz. gives 2500 plants, requiring seed bed of 80 feet. I oz. to 2000 feet. 1 oz. to 50 hills. 3 >R ~ cts. cts. 10 20 12 i»5 »S 30 '7 35 20 40 22 45 25 50 27 55 ^o 60 3» 65 35 70 37 75 S •a a 3 $ cts. 40 50 60 70 80 90 1. 00 1. 10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1 f cts. 60 75 90 1.05 1.2a >-35 1.50 1.65 1.80 1.95 2.10 3.35 a 3 I cts. 80 1. 00 1. 30 1.40 1.60 1.80 3,00 3.30 2.40 3.60 3,80 3.00 ewt. of Hay, at given Prices per Ton. § 3 $ Cts. 1.20 1.50 1 80 2.10 2,40 2.70 3.00 3-30 3.60 390 4.20 4..'io $ cts. 1.40 '•75 3. 10 3.45 3.80 3'5 3.50 3-85 4.30 4-55 4.90 5-35 i "S red. •§ 1 1 3 a ,13 Jl j: 00 On $ cts. 1 Cts. $ CU. 1.60 1.80 2.00 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.40 3.70 3.00 3.80 3]5 3-50 3.20 3.60 4.00 3.60 4.05 4-50 4.00 450 S.oo 4-4° 495 5.50 4.80 540 6.00 5.30 585 6.50 S.60 6.30 7.00 6.00 6.75 7 5» c 3 $ CIS. 3. 30 3 75 3.30 3-85 4.40 4y5 5-50 6.00 6.60 7 '5 7.70 8.35 Table— Showing the Number of Rails, Stakes, and Riders required for each 10 Rods of Fence. Length of rail. Deflection from right line. Length of panel. Feet 12 14 I6J4 Feet. Feet. 8 10 1* Number of panels. Feet. 16H <3H Number ef rails for each 10 rods. 5 rails high. 83 69 6 rails high. 123 7 rails high 144 116 95 i^ U. 11 ° .-a i? ber ers Sin E3 63- ; 3 cfl Z 2; 4» 31 34 •7 28 •4 lii MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 223 a given space. EEDS. I feet S(|iinre. eet of ground, are feet of ground. t of ground. lund, 130 feet. per Ton. Iredfor each i i. ■0 •D ^ g M j: ^ M |CU. *cts. a.oo 2. 30 2.50 2.75 3.00 Ifs 3.50 4.00 4.40 450 4-V5 5.00 5SO 5-50 6.00 6.00 6.60 6.50 715 7.00 7.70 8.25 7.59 ^-s, >*^ *— V ? .-a is fce.s - 15 i^-- 1 z m 4» 21 34 »7 28 '4 Table — Showing the Number of Drains Re- quired/or an Acre of Land. The following Table dhown the number of tiles, of the dif- ferent lengths made, which are required for an acre, and will be useful to those who may desire to purchase just enough fur a particular piece uf ground. DISTANCE APAUT. Drains 12 feet apart require. . . "15 " " ... "18 " " ... " 21 " " ... " 24 " " ... •• 27 " " .., "30 •• " ..., " 33 " " ■••• "36 " ■'..., izincli 1 Tiles. Tiles. M-lncli Tiles. 3.630 2,904 2,681 3.I11 2,489 2,420 2,234 a.074 2,074 1,815 1,613 J,9I4 1,675 1,480 1,777 1,556 1,38.! »,452 1.340 1,245 1,320 I,2l3 ','3> 1,210 1,117 ',037 '^ Inoli les. a,934 ».33J 1,936 1.639 1.452 1,29 1 1,162 1,056 968 In reference to tile pipe drains, il must be remembered that the ditch may be iiuicli narrower than when stones are used, thus making a conMder.ible saving in th' ' xpense of digging The upper part of the earth is taken .mt with a common sp.ifie, and the lower part with one made quite narrow for the purpose, being only about four inthes wide at the point. Facts About Weeds. Dr. Llndley estimates as a low average the following number of seeds from each of thes; four plants : I plant of Groundsel produces, , I " Dandelion " I " Sow Thistle " I " Spurge " 2,080' 2,74., I 16,400 11,040 I pLmts, 540, or enough seed from these four plants to cover three acres ami a half, at three feet apart. To hoe this land, he sayii, will cost 6s. (sterling) per acre, and hence a man throws away 5s 3(1, a time, as often as he nejilects to bend his b.ick to pull up a young weed before it begins to fulfil the first law tf nature. He reconmiendr. every farmer, whose vertebral column will not bcnii, to count the number of dandelions, sow thistles, etc., on the first square rod he can measure off. This operation may be repeated in this coun> try by applying all the above estimates to pig- weed, burdock, fox-tail, chick-weed, and pun- lane. Table — Showing the Number of Loads of Manure and the Number of Heaps to each Load required to cack Acre, the Heaps at Given Distances Apart. Distance of NtlMBBU OP Heaps in a Load. heaps apart, in yards. 1 2 3 4 5 6 8954 7 8 67 9 60 10 3 538 269 '79 134 108 77 54 3% 395 168 132 99 , 79 , 66 56H 49 H 44 3c« 4 , 203 151 101 IS'A 6054 50}^ 43K 37K 33}< 30<{ i% 239 120 P'S 60 47K 39K 34 '4 30 2654 24 5 , 104 ^ 64'A 48'4 iWk 32 K 27K »4'/i 21 H '95i 5]^ 160 Si'A ^° . 32 26Ji 22K 20 17K 16 6 '3' 67 44K 3fA 27 22^ •9/4 16K 15 1-/4 6'A i'5 "H 38K »8K 2. J? 23 '9 , i6>i '4K 12K iij< 7 99 4954 33 , 19^ 16^ 14 12K 11 10 TA 86 43 28K ^^% 14^ i=K loK 9M %% 8 75M 37ji '5'^ 19 '5K »3jl 12U •oK 9% 7M 8M ^' 33J4 22 Ji 16^ •iJi W 8M ik (>H 9 60 3° , 20 «5 , 12 10 7K 6« 6Ji 6 y;4 5i'A 26^ 24K 18 '3M lo^ 9J| 1 lY* 6 10 48>4 i65i 12 7 6 sM *H Table— Showing the Number of Rails and Posts required for each 10 Rods of Post and Rail Fence. Length of rail. Length of panel. 4 1 a •A J 1 Number of rails for each lo rod*. Feet. Feet. 5 rails high. 6 rails high. 7 rails high. i 8 raill high. lO 12 8 lO 12 H i6H 13M 2t 17 14 la '23 57 123 «9 \T6 il 165 ! »33 109 93 n 'I 224 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. FOREIGN GOLD AND SILVER COINS.— Prepared by the Director of the Miot at Philadelphia. Is r«»oo »A " « N in ON O»00 00 c\oast^cScKOvO\o\ o^co iss a\ o\oo o^oo 00 oh a\^c d^ r^ a\ cSao (>oo r^oB 'iS oo 9 '-15 «■ tN>\0 ir\ rn ro n O >0 gt ^ (J* Q ^ ro « M CO O CO ♦•-• kmoo Nino o os'^'!^c^ f^^p w •♦ ^ ^>. r*>»o *£» met f>*m«rr^Qo« c^m oo o66dddd«j^ddddddooodoo66od6d6dd6dd6 MOO 60* Philadelphia. K» 3\oo t*c« -io t »n , *! N CO o> JOOO'^OOOO ■ f^-il' ■ :.£ £3 2-2 >, . 3?>5.2».-:!«o tA»o ^ * ^» ^ ^ "^ O a^ -y^jo w o^ "|i ^ N fr. «f ro « « ^ C* a.S.i* is S %r\ M M M r. M N N 3 ;n - --v "^ c ,y . =1., a. * .-^ V c ^ 4 5 3/1 VA 3A 3'A 3 3 3 % % 2^ 2^ 2H 2H '^ 2|^ 2>^ 2X % 2'A 2 I?f H H H H How to Make a Barometer, or Weather^Glass. . .1 Take a long narrow bottle, such as an old- fashioned Eau-de Cologne bottle, and put into it two and a-half drachms of camphor, and eleven dr.ichms of spirits of wine; when the camphor is dissolved, which it will readily do by slight agitation, add the following mix- ture: — Take water, nine drachms: nitrate of Dotash (saltpetre), thirty-eight grains; muriate IS of ammonia (sal ammoniac) thirty-eight grains. Dissolve these salts in the water prior to mix. ing with the camphorated spirit; then shakt the whole well together. Cork the bottu well, and wax the top, but afterwards make a very small aperture in the cork with a red- hot needle. The bottle may then be hung up, or placed in any stationary position. By 326 JUrSCEL/.AXEOCrS TARLFS FOR KRFERFNCR. observing the diflferent appearances which the materials assume, as the weather changes, it becomes an excellent pro^ isticator of a coming storm or of a sunn, sky. In fair weather the mixture will remain clear. On the approach of a stnrm it will lu-come cloudy, with feathery p.articles floating about in it. Oceans, Seas, Bays and Lakes. Oetam. ^- ''^"'"• Pacific, about 80.000,000 Atlantic, " 40,000,000 Indian, " 20,000,000 Soulhern, " 10,000,000 Arctic, " 5,000,000 NoTB.— The «e.is, bays, gulfs etc., connected with each occnn, are inchnlecl in tlie foregoinR estrmnte. It may be nrioer tJ remark, hnwcver, that the ex.ict lupcrficial xtcnt of the several oceans is niU kni)wn with certainty, nor the exact proportion of land and water. Stat. Ltnglh in MiUi. Mediterranean, about 2,000 1 ,800 1.700 1 ,400 1,000 932 640 600 600 450 250 Caribbean " China " Red " Japan " BLack " Caspian " Baltic " Okhotsk " White " Aral " Bays. ' Length in Mills. Hudson's, about 1,200 Baffin's, " 600 Chesapeake, " 250 Lake*. Length, itiles. Superior 380 Baikal 360 Michigan 330 Great Slave 300 Huron 250 ■Winnipeg 240 Erie 270 Athabasca 200 Ontario 180 Maracaybo 150 Great Bear 150 'Ladoga 125 ChampUin 123 12 Width. Miles. ...120 •••35 ... 60 ...45 ...90 ...40 ...50 . . . 20 ...40 ... 60 ...40 75 Nicaragua 120. Lake of the Woods 70. Geneva 50. Constance 45 . Cayuga 36. ^Geoige 36. 40 25 lO 10 4 3 Value of Foreign Money. Pound Sterling, of England. Sovereign, . " Guineo, " Crown, '* Shilling, ■ HS4 . 4.«4 50s . 1. 21 . .32 «9>^ '/, Louis d'Or, of France 4.53 Napoleon, *' 3.84 Five Francs, " 93 Franc, " I8J4 Frederic d'Or, of Prussia 3.95 Thaler, of Prussia, Saxony, etc 68 Florin, of Prussia, Netherlands, etc. . . .40 Ducat, of Austria 2.28 Rix Dollar, " 97 Guilder, " 48^^ Doubloon, of Spain (1800) 'S-M Pistarcen, " Real, " 05 Five Rubles, of Russia 3.95 Ruble, " 75 Johannes, of Brazil 1 7.04 Moidore, " 6.56 Franc, of Belgium l8| Ducat, of Bavaria 2.27 Ryder, of Holland 6.04 Marc Banco, of Hamburg 35 Franc, of Switzerland i8|;( Rix Dollar, of Saxony 69 Ducat, of Naples 80 Scudo, of Rome 1. 00^ Lira, of Lombardy 16 Crown, of Tuscany 1.05 Livre, of Genoa iSj/j Pezzo, of Leghorn 91 Lira, of Sardinia iS^^i Milrea, of Portugal 1.12 Two Rigsdaler, of Denmark 1 . 1 1 Doubloon, of Mexico iS-53 Tale, of China 1.48 Rupee, of India 44 j^ Ecu, of Egypt 1. 10 Itzebu, of Japan 37 Velocity of Sound and Light. Sound moves about thirteen miles in a min- ute. So that if we hear a clap of thunder h.alf a minute after the flash, we may calculate that the discharge of electricity is six and a half miles off. In one second of time — in one beat of the pendulum of a clock — light travels over 192,- 000 miles. Were a cannon ball shot towaro the sun, and it were to maintain full speed, i' would be twenty years in reaching it — and ya light travels through this space in se\«r. 01 eight minutes. MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 32; Weights and Measures. — Weight of Grain, etc. rteen miles in a min- cbp of thunder half re may calculate that ly is six and a half —in one beat of the ;ht travels over 192,- |ion ball shot towaro naintain full speed, i' teaching it — and yei is space in se\«r. ot ARTICLI Wlieat, lb Kye Cum Oat* Barley Itiickwheat C'l"vcr-»ccd TiiiKilhy-seed.. . FInx Mcd Hemp-Accd l)liiri!r;i«« seed.. Apples, ilried.. . . Pciiclics, dried... Coarse i-.tIi Fine salt potatueii l'e.n Ileal)!! Ca^lnr bc.ins. .. . Onions Corn meni Minrial coal. .. . Z 60 J6 58 t 44 51 44 <4 33 33 56 56 60 «> 46 57 56 56 48 «4 43 56 »5 33 50 50 56 i 56 56 13 8S 63 .i 6r> 5« 5« 3J 48 60 45 56 44 »4 50 50 60 60 46 57 50 70 60 56 56 3» 48 43 6.1 38 38 60 >6 56 35 48 5» fio 45 56 44 '4 34 33 50 50 60 60 46 57 60 It 3' 44 40 60 56 56 13 ■(8 43 60 m 38 38 60 «o 56 56 3" 46 46 m [ I 70 70 6j 60 60 50 60 5-3 50 60 56 56 33 48 53 60 45 56 r 50 50 60 56 56 3" 48 5" 64 55 60 •,6 56 33 46 46 60 60 56 53 m m m m m m 50 50 60 $6 3 48 SO 5« 5» fa to A law of New YiirW, In force .it the prMcnt time, .id"ptl league — 3 miles, 1,480 yards. Flanders league — 3 miles, 1,584 yards. Russian werst — 1,167 yards. Turkish bein — i mile, 66 yards, Persian parasang — 3 miles, 806 yards. "A Sabbr.th day's journey" — 1,155 yariU which is 18 yards less than two-thirds of t mile. m MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 231 "A day's journey "—33)4 miles. "A reed " — 10 feet, liyi inches. "A palm"— 3 inches. "A faihom" — 6 feet. A Greek foot is 12^ inches. A Hebrew foot is 1,212 of an English foot A cubit is 2 feet. A great cubit is i i feet. An E;j;yptian cubit is 21.888 inches. A spaa is 10.944 inches. Weights of a Cubic Foot of Various Substances, from which the Bulk of a Load of One Ton may be easily calculated. Cast Iron 450 lbs. Water 62 " While Pine, seasoned, about 30 " White Oak, " « 52 " Loose Earth, " 95 Common Soil, compact, " 124 Clay, " 135 " Clay, with stones, " 160" Biick, " 125 " Bulk of a Ton of Different Substances. 28 cubic feet of sand, 18 cubic feet of earth, or 17 cubic feet of ch-iy, ni.ike a ton. 18 cubic feet of gravel or earth, before digging, make 27 cubic feet when dug; or the bulk is increased as three to two. Therefore, in fill- ing n drain two feet deep above the tile or stones, the earth should be heaped up a foot above the surface, to settle even with it, when the earth is shovelled loosely in. Box Measures. Farmers and market gardeners v/ill find a seiies of box measures very useful ; and they can readily bi? ni.ade by any one who under- stands the two-foot rule, and can handle the saw and hammer. The following measure- ments, it will be seen, vary slightly from the United Slates bushel adopted by some of the States, but are sufhciently accurate for all ordinary purposes : A box 16 by 16 y^ inches square, and eight inches deep, will contain a bushel, or 2150.4 cubic inches, each inch in depth holding one gallon. A box 24 by II.2 inches square, and S inches deep, will also contain a bushel 01 2150.4 cubic inches, each in depth holding one gallon. A box 12 by 11.2 inches square, and 8 inches deep, will contain half a bushel, ct 1075.2 cubic inches, each inch in depth hold- ing half a gallon. A box 8 by 8.4 inches square, and 8 inches deep, will contain half a peck, or 298.8 cubic inches. The gallon, dry measure. A box 4 by 4 inches square, and 4.2 inches deep, will contain one quart, or 67.2 cubir inches. Government Land Measure. A township contains 36 sections, each t* mile square. A section, 640 acres. A quarter section, half a mile square, f6c acres. An eighth section, half a mile long, nortb and south, and a quarter of a mile wide, 80 acres. A sixteenth section, a quarter of a qiils square, 40 acres. The sections are all numbered one to thirty' six, commencing at the northeast corner, thus? 6 5 4 3 2 Kvr Nl KW B K 7 8 9 16 21 28 10 15 II 14 12 18 •7 13 '9 20 22 23 24 30 29 27 26 25 3« 32 33 34 35 36 The sections are all divided in quarters, which are named by the cardinal points, as in section one. The quarters are divided in lh« same way. The description of a 40-acre \u would read: The south half of the west 71311 of the southwest quarter of section i in town ship 24, north of range 7 west, or as the case might be; and sometimes will fall short, anrS sometimes overrun the number of acres it U supposed to contain. « ': 232 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. pi- 1!'. Tabvp— Showing the Political Divisions of the World, arranged according to Size. Square Milts. Russian Empire 7,862,568 Chinese " 4.9i559 United States 3.578,39' British North America 3,523,083 Urazil 3,23',o47 . Australian Continent. . .2,945. 2'9 . 'I'nrkish Empire «.9'7,472 9. India 1,552,028 10.^ China (proper) 1,300,000 ii.*Argenti»e Kepublic 826,828 la. Mexico 773i'44 13 Egypt 659,081 14. 'riirkest.in 640,516 15. Persia 56-!, 344 16. Bolivia 535,769 17. I'erii 510,107 i,932 50. Utah 88,056 51. Wyoming 88,000 52. Minnesota 83,531 53. Kansas 8>.3i8 54. Transvaal Republic 77,964 55. Nebraska 75,995 56. Washington 69,994 57. Indian Territory 68,991 58. Uruguay 66,716 59. Missouri 65,350 60. Florida 59,263 61. Georgia 58,ix>o 62. Michigan 50,451 63. Illinois S5,4>o 64. Iowa 55.045 65. Wisconsin 53,024 66. Arkansas 52.198 67. Alabama 50,722 68. North Carolina 50,704 69. Orang'i Free St.ite 48,049 70. Mississippi 47.156 71. New York 47,000 72. Pennsylvania 46,000 Squart Mills. 73. Tunis 45,710 74. lennesiee 4S.6oo 75. Louisiana 41 .34'^ 76. Ohio ' 39.964 77. Virginia 38.352 78. Portug.-il 37,977 79. Kentucky 37.68 j 80. Maine 35.oo" 81. South Carolina 34,000 82. Indiana 33,809 83. Bavaria 29,373 84. West Virginia 23,000 85. Servia 21,210 86. Greece 19,353 87. St. Domir > 17,826 S3. Switzerland 15.723 89. Denmark '4.734 90. Netherlands 12,680 91 . Bt Igi urn 1 ' ,373 92. Maryland >i,>24 93. Vermont 10,213 94. Hayti 10,205 95. Liberia 9,567 "6. New Hampshire ....... 9,280 9/. Fejee Islands 8,033 98. Massachusetts 7,800 99 Sandwich Islands 7.633 100. New Jersey 7,57§ loi. Wurtemburg 7,53* 102. Haden 5,9" 103. Saxony 5,779 104. Mecklenburg-Schwerin.. , 5,190 I I 5. Connecticut 4,674 j 106. Papal States 4,552 107. Hesse- Dai mstadt 2,969 108. Oldenburg 2,469 * Exclusive of Hudson's Bay Territory. anin0 tit ptin iravdiist antf Wi^xut% in O^ommon ^u. Ab initio : from the beginning. Ad captandum valgus : fo catch the rabble. Ad infinituir : to infinity, without end. Ad libitum : at plecrvre. Ad referendum : for further consideration. Ad valorem : in proportion to the value. JP/\wo animo : with an unruffled mind. A fortiori : with stronger reason. Alias: otherwise; as, " Jones rt/r'«j Brown." Alibi : ehnvhere. Alma mater: a benign mother ; applied gener- ally to the University. A mensa et thoro : divorced from bed and board. Amor patriae : the love of our country. Anglice: in English. Anno Domini : [A.D.] in the year of our Lord. Anno Mundi : [A.M.] in the year of the itovld. Annus Mirabilis: the year of wonders. — A fwem of Dryden's.so called in comnvjmora- tion of the gre.it fiie of London. A posteriori : from the effect to the cause. A priori : from the cause to the effect. Arcanum : a secret. Arcana imperii : slate secrets. Argumentum ad hominem : an appt.il to the pro- fessed principles ox practices of the adversary. Argumentum ad judicium : an appeal to the common-sense of mankind. Argumentum ad fidem : an appeal to our faith. Argumentum ad populum : ait appeal to the people. Argumentum ad passiones : an appeal to the passion. Audi alteram partem : hear the other party. Hona. ddc :' in good faith : in reality. Cacofithes scribendi, lotjucndi ; an itch for writing; for talking. MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 233 Capias : a writ to authorize the seizure of the defendant's person. Caput mortuutn : tlu viorthUss remains. Certiorari : Jo be made more certain. Ceteris paribus: 'ler circumstances being equal. Commune bonuni : a common good. Compos mentis : in one's senses : a man of sane mind. Contra : against. Contra bonos mores : against good morals or manners. Cui bono ? Cui malo ? to what good — to what evil will it tend ? C\xm privilegio : with privilege, with peculiar privilege. Currente Calamo: with a running pen : with great rapidity. Costos rolulorum : the keeper of the rolls and record. Data: things given or granted. De facto : in fact, in reality. De jure : in right, in law. Dei gratia : ty the grace or favor of GOD. De mortuis nil nisi bonum : let nothing be said of the dead but what is favorable. Deo fivcnte — juvante — volente: with GOD'S favor — help — 7vill. Desideratum : a thing desired. Desunt cetera : the remainder is wanting. Dies faustus ; a lucky day — dies infaustus, an unlucky day. Domine, dirijje nos : O Lord, direct us. Dramatis personx : the characters of the drama, or, the character:, represented. Durante vita : during life. Durante placito : during pleasure. Eccehomo: behold the man. Ergo : therefore. Esto perpetua : let it be perpetual. Errata: errors — errctuni, an error, Et cetera : and the rest, and so on, Excerpta : extracts. Exempli fjratia : by way of example : [con- tracted, E. g.^ and Ex. gr."] Ex officio : by virtue of his office. Ex parte : on one side ; an " ex parte " statement, that is, a one-sided state- ment. Ex tempore, or, as an English word, extem- pore : without premeditation, without pre^ vious study. Fac simile, or, as an English word, facsimile : an engr.-.ved or lithographed resemblance of hand-writing. Fas est et ab hoste doceri : it is alloiuable to derive instruction even from an enemy. Felo de se: rt suicide: in law applied to one who is supposed to have killed himself when in a sound state of mind. Fiat : let it be done. Fiat justitia, ruat coeium : let justice be done, though the heavens should fall. Filiiis nullius : an illegitimate son, the son of nobody. Flagrante bello : during hostilities. Gratis: for nothing, gratuitously. Hinc iliac lachrymae : hence proceed thou tears. Hora fugit : time flies, or the hour flies. Homo sum ; humani nihil a me alienum puto: I am a man, and deem nothing, that relates to mankind, foreign to my feelings. Ilortus siccus : a collection of the leaves of plants in a dried state. Humanum est errare : to err is human. Ibidem: in the same place: [contracted, ibid.'\ Idem : the same. Id est : that is : [contracted, i. e.'\ Id genus omne •. all persons of that description. Ignis fatuus : the meteor, or electrical phenom- enon called " Will-o'-the-wisp." Ignoramus : a conceited ignorant pretendef i» knowledge or learning. In loco: in this place. Imprimatur: let it be printed. Imprimis: in the first place. Impromptu ; without study. In commendam : in trust. In terrorem : as a warning. In propria persona : in person. In statu quo ; in the former state : just as it was. In forma pauperis : as a poor man. In foro conscientiae : before the tribunal 0/ conscience. In re : in the matter of. 1 i' li ■ '. 1 ■ :. ^ 1 j ' j '' *i '^\ '1 1 ' ] ^B 1 1 j i 'i 234 MISCELLANEOUEl TABLES FOR REFERENCE. l:ulcx expurgatorius : a purifying index. Iniquissimam pacem justissimo bello antefero : 1 prefer the most disaiivantageous peace to the JHstest war. [The favorite maxim of Fox.] Innuendo : an oblique hint or insinuation. In transitu : in passing. Inter nos : betiueen ourselves. Invita Minerva: 'without the aid of genius. Ipse dixit: on his sole assertion; he himself said it. Ipso facto : by the act itself. Ipso jure : by the law itself. Item : also. Judex damnatur cum nocens absolvitur : the judge is condemned [or blamed^ when a guilty man is acquitted, or suffered to escape. Jure divino : by divine law. Jure huniano : by human law. Jus civile : by the civil law. Jus gentium : the law of nations, Lal)or omnia vincit : labor surmounts every difficulty. Lapsus lingux : a slip of the tongue. Laudari a viro laudato : to be praised by a man who is himself the object of praise. Laudator tempoiis acti : a praiser of past times. Lex non scripta : the common law. Lex scripta : the statute law. Lex terra: : the law of the land. Litera scriptr. manet : what you have written remains in black and white. Locum tenens : a deputy, a substitute. Locus sigilli [L. S.] : the place of the seal, Licentia vatum : a poetical license. Magna Charla : 'I'he Great Charter, THE DASIS OF OUR LAWS AND LIHKRTIKS. Magni nominis umbra : the shadow of a great name. Mandamus : a royal order or command. Medio tutissimus ibis: you will act wisely by steering a middle course. Memento mori : remember that you are to die. Memorabilia ; matters deserving of record or remembrance. Mens sibi conscia recti : a mind conscious to itself of rectitude. Meum et tuum : mine and thine. Minutiae: trifles, minute parts. Mirabile dictu: wonderful to tell. Mittimus: a writ to commit an oflender U prison. Multuni in parvo : much in little — a great deal in a few words. Mutatis mutandis : ajter making the necessary changes. Ncecssitas non habet leges : necessity has no law. Nem. con. : Abbreviation for nemine contra- dicente. Nem. dis. : Abbreviation for nem- ine dissentiente : WITHOUT or position. The former is used in the House of Com- mons : the latter in the House of Peers, to express concurrence. Nemo me impune lacesset: no one thali injure me with impunity. Nemo mortalium omnibus horis sapit : no one is wise at all times. Nemo repente fuit turpissimus : no one ever became notoriously vicious all at once. Ne plus ultra : nothing beyond, the utmost point. Ne quid nimis : too much of one thing is good for nothing, Ne sutor ultra crepidam : let not the shoemaker go beyond his last, or, meddle with what he does not understand. Nil conscire sibi, nulla pallescere culpa: to be conscious of no crime, and to turn pale at no accusation. Nisi Dominus frustra: unless th' Lord be with us, all our efforts will be in vain. Nisi prius : unless before : a writ, by which the sherifTis to bring a jury to Westminster Hall on a certain day, " unless before " that day the Lords Justices go into his county to hold assizes. Nolle prosequi: to be unwilling to proceed.— This is used when a plaintiff, having com- menced an action, declines to proceed therein. Non assumsit ; J/e -"id not asstime. — A plea in personal actions, when the defendant denies that any promise was made, Non constat : it does not appear. Non compos mentis : not in one's senses, not of a sound mind. Non obstante : notwithstanding ; a dispensing power in patents. It nr ^ MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 235 Non omnia possumus omnes : we cannot all of us do everything. Non sequiuir: it does not follow as a matter of course. Nolens volens : 7villing or unwilling. Noscitiir ex sociis : he is known by his com- panions. Nota bene [N. B.] : mark well, take particu- lar notice. Nunfiimm non paratus : always ready. Olnter dictum : a thing said by the way, or, in passing. Onus proliancH : the weight of proof, the burden of proving. Oiipi'ol)rium medicorum : the reproach of the faculty. Omnes : all. O ! si sic omnia : Oh i that he had always done, or, spoken thus. O tempora, O mores! O the time and the manners ! Otium cum dignitate : ease with dignity. Oiium sine dij^nitatc : ease without dignity Par nobile fratrum [said ironically] : a noble pair oj brothers. Particeps criminis : an accomplice. Passim : everyiuhere. Peccavi : / have sinned. Pendente lite : while the j«. , intest, is pending. Per fas et nefas : through right and wrong. Per sallum : by a leap. Per se : by itself. Poeta nascitur, non fit: Nature, and not study, must form a poet. Posse comitatus : the power of the county. Postulatu : things required. Prtemonitus, praemunitus: forewarned, fore- armed. Praemunire : a writ issued against individuals, who hold illegal communication with the see of Rome. Prima facie : on the first view, or appearance ; at first sight. Primum mobile : the main spring, the first impulse. Principiis obsta: oppose the first appearance of evil. Pro aris et focis : for our altars and firesides. Pro bono publico : for the public good. Pro and con : for and against. Pro hac vice : for this turn. Pro loco et tempore : for the place and time. Pro re nata : for a special business : as occa- sion serves. Pro sahile animsE : for the health of the soul. Pro rege, lege, et grege : for the king, the eoH' stitution, and the people. Pro tempore ; for the time. Punica fides : Carthaginian faith — tyeachery. Quantum : hoiu much. Quantum mutatus ab illo I JIow changed from what he once 7vas I Quid nunc? what now f [applied lo&newS' huntcr.l Quid pro quo : tit for tat. Quoad hoc : to this extent. Quo animo? with what purpose, mind, M intention ? Quo jure: by what right. Quoad : as far as. Quod erat demonstrandum : ivhich was meoit to be shown, or demonstrated. Quondam : formerly. Quorum: of whom; one of the <\\\on.m. nit description of a justice of the peace is taken from the words of his " dedimus." Quo warranto? by what warrant? A wril lying against the person, who has usu/penl any franchise or liberty against the king at state. Rara avis : a rare bird, a prodigy. Re infecta : without attaining his end. Requiescat in pace ! may he rest in peace I Res angusta domi : straitened circumstancet in family matters, in the domestic economjt, Respice finem : look to the end. Respublica : the commonwealth. Resurgam : I shall rise again. Rex : a king. Regina : a queen. Senatus consultum : a decree of the senate. Seriatim : in order. Sic itur ad astra : such is the way to immorttJI ity. Sic passim : so everywhere. Sic transit gloria mundi : thus passes away ti>t glory of the world. MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 23C Sine ' ' wi. u U specifying any particular Hay, . ■ '« inde/-''i : time. Sine qua non : an j/. , '.spensahle condition. Stat magni nominis umbra : he stands under the shadow of a mighty name, or, he stands shaded by a mighty name. Sua cuique voluptas: every one has his own pleasttres. Suaviter in modo, fortiter in re : gentle in [the] manner, but vigorous in [the] deed, or, vigorous in action. Subpoena: under a penalty. Sub silenlio : in silence. Siii generis : of its 07un kind. Suinmuin bonum : the chief good. Summum jus sumnia injuria : extreme law is extreme injustice. Supersedeas : a writ to stay proceedings. Suppressio veri : a suppression of the truth. Supra : above. Suuni cuique: let every man have his 07on. Taedir.m vilx : weariness of life. Tempora mutantur ; the times are changed, Toties quoties : as often as. Toto coelo : by the whole heavens — as opposite as the poles. Tria juncta in uno : three joined in one. Ubi supra : where above-mentioned. Una voce : with one voice, unanimously. Ultimus : the last [contracted «//.] Utile dulci ; the useful with the agreeable. Uti possidetis : as you possess, or, as you now are. Vade mecum ; go with me — a constant com- panion [usually applied to a publication intended for the f)ocket]. Verbatim : word for word. Versus : against. Veni, vidi, vici : / came, I saw, I conquered. [Cxsar's despatch to the Roman Senate.] Venire facias: the vrit for summoning a jury. Venienti occurrite morbo : meet the approach- ing disease. Vale : farewell. Via : by the 7uay of. Vice : in the room of. Vice versa : the terms being exchanged. Vide: see [contracted into 7'.] Vide ut supra: see as above — see the preceding statement. Vi et armis : by main force. Vincit amor pati ix : the love of our country is the predominant feeling. Vis inertiae : a property of matter. Vis poetica : poetic genius. Viva voce: orally, by word of mouth .• a viva voce examination, or, an oral examination. Vivat Regina ! long live the Queen I Vivida vis animi : the lively vigor of genius. Viz. : [videlicet] namely. Vox et praeterea nihil : a voice and nothing more. Vox populi, vox Dei : the voice of the people is the voice of GOD. Vulgo : commonly. Vultus est index animi : the countenance is thi index of the mind. ^tm\^ t^i gtatlx W^mU m(i "^txun in (!!!ommott ^%t» Aide-de-camp : an assistant to a general. A la bonne heure : well and good, very well. — Arriver a la bonne heure: to come just in time, at the right moment. Affaire de coeur : a love affair, A la mode : according to the fashion, in fashion. A propos : seasonably, opportunely, to the pur- pose. Au fond ; to the bottom, or, main point, after all, A fond : thoroughly. Bagatelle : a trifle. Beau monde : persons of fashion, the world of fashion, the fashionable world. Bel-esprit: a man of wit. The plural is beaux esprits : men of wit. Bien entendu : of course, be it understood, it being understood. Billet doux : a love-letter. Bon mot: a piece ofivit, a witticism, or, witty saying. Bon ton : in high fashion, in good taste. Bon gr6 mal gr6 : willing or unwilling, whether one will or not. MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 237 Wonjour : good-day ; good-morning. Bonsoir: good-rvening ; goodnight. Boudoir : a lady's imall private apartment. Bref: in short. Carte blanche: unconditional terms : power to act according to one's ozon discretion, N. P "Carte blanche" literally means a blanK card or ticket ; a cardov ticket not written on. Chateau : a country seat, abode, or, residence. Chef d'ceuvre : a master-piece. Ci-devani r formerly : my cidevant precf for, that is, my former ]ireceptor. Comme il faut : fn-operly, as it should be. Cong6 d'elire : generally used in reference to the election of a bishop or a dean : permis sion to choose, or, elect. Coup de grace : the finishing stroke. Coup d'oed : a glance. Coup de main : a sudden, or, bold enterprise, undertaking. Coup d'6tat : a stroke of state policy. Dibut : a first appearance in public: in the fashionable world, a coming out. J)6p6t : a storehouse. Z)ouqcur: a present, in return for a situation, or, appointment, procured by private influ- tnce : in other words, a bribe. N. B. The word is used in France, simply to mean re-iUard, profit, or, gratuity. Dieu ii nion droit : GOD and my right. Fclat ; distinction, applause, Eiive : a pupil. Fnfin : at length — at last. En n.iisse : in a body, or, mass. En passant : by the way, often applied to a remark casually made. Ennui : wearisomeness, lassitude, inability for exertion. Faux Das : a deviation from the path of virtue, an act of indiscretion : literally, a false step. Ffite: a festival: entertainment. Fracas : a fuss about a trifle, or, a mere noth- ing, a hubbub. Honi soil qui mal y pense : evil be to him, that ehil thinks. 'hauteur : haughtiness • a ridiculous affecta- tion jf pride and reserve. Je ne sais quoi : I know not what : an express sion applied to something, that cannot vjtU be described — that baffles description. eu de mots : a play upon words. Jci 'esprit; a display of wit : a witticism. Ms. , propos : unseasonable, ill timed, out 0/ place. Mauvaise hontc : sheepishness, extreme bas»' fulness. Mot du guet : Mot de passe : a watchword. Nalvctd : artlessness, unstudied simplicity, in- genuousness, innocence. Outr6 : outrageous ; out of all reason, or, character : unreasonable, pr eposterous. N. B. The word is used in France, simply to mean exaggerated. Petit maStre: a fop: a coxcomb : a puppy. Prot(Sg(5 : one, who is patronized, and whose interest is promoted by a person of rank. N. B. The fe/ninine is prcti^g^e. Rouge : red: a kind of paint, sometimes used by ladies for painting their cheeks. Sans ; without. Sang-froid : coolness, indifference — " he heard the news with the greatest sang-froid," that is to say, " he took it very easily — " or, he listened to it with the greatest compoS' ure. Savant : a learned man : a man of science : one of the literati, that is, one o*" the learned world. N. B. The plural of savant is sa- vants, learned men, men of science. Soi-disant : self-styled : a pretender to knowl- edge or rank ; as, a soi-disant colonel: a soi-disant mathematician. The epithet is often applied to literary quacks. Tapis: carpet; "the affair is on the tapis," that is, " the affair is in agitation, in contem- plation." Trait : feature, a touch of character, Tfite-a-tfite : a private conversation between two persons. Unique: "the book is unique," that is, "is the only one in existence.^' Valet-de-chambre : a man, who attetaJs i gentleman, who is dressing himself. Vive le roi I long live the king t :38 LETTER IVRITING. Giving Pj'oper For jus for the Composition and Arrangement of Letters, Suited to all Occa- sions and to all Fersons. T^ERE is no accomplishment more useful to the educated person than thi tbility to write a good and attractive letter. Some persons possess this capacitv is a natural gift, but it is within the reach of all who seek to acquire it. The lules bearing upon the subject are few in number, and of the simplest character. Tlie first and greatest truth that should be kept constantly in mind is that in writing a letter you are talking with your pen instead of with your mouth, and your aim should be to express yourself as simply and naturally as you would in conversation. Your letters should bear so strong an impress of your personality, that your correspondent, upon reading it, will involuntarily exclaim, " That's lik? Smith, isn't it ? " It is this trait that renders the letters of children so chai.ning. There is this difference, however, between conversation and correspondence? the former is more unrestrained ; the latter more precise. Still, even in th« mopt formal letters, a simple and natural style, in keeping with the form of con s^h^l )siHoji and > all Occa- person than thf ess this capacitv qui re it. The plest character, nind is that in our mouth, and s you would in )ur personah'ty, n," That's like n sochauning. •rrespondence ? 1, even in th« e form of con CO w M 33 n t— « Q J Pill LETTER n'HITIXG. 230 rersation yoii would adopt under similar circumstances, should be your aim. All old writer has well said: " Miicii has been said on the epistolary style, as if any one style could be appropriated to the great variety of subjects which arc treated of in letters. Ease, it is true, should distinguish familiar letters, written on the common affairs of life, because t'^c mind is usually at ease while :hey are composed. But even in these, topics incidentally arise which require elevated expression and an inverted construction. Not to raise the style on these occa- sions is to write unnaturally ; for nature teaches us to express animated emotions of every kind in animated language. The dependent writes unnaturally to a superior in a style of familiarity; the suppliant writes unnaturally if he rejects the figures dictated by distress. Conversation admits of every style but the poetic ; and what are letters but written conversation ? " Avoid a stilted, stiff, and unnatural style. The plainest and simplest terms are best. Say precisely what you mean, and do not cover up your meaning by using a multitude of words. Avoid repetition of words. It is easy to find a synonyme ; the list already given in this work will assist you in this task. Quotations are ill advised. Avoid them as far as possible. Express yourself in your own language, and borrow as little as possible from other writers. The use of foreign phrases is in bad taste. Your correspondent may not know their meaning, and in order to learn it must ask another, and thus confess a defect in his education. Abbreviations are also objectionable. Write out the word in full. In the case of the name of a firm, it is proper to use the sign &>, in place of the word urid, as Davis & Brown. All other abbreviations should be avoided. Postscripts are objectionable, as an indication of negligence. You should consider your letter with sufficient care before closing to embody your entire communication in the body of your letter. The letter should be written as neatly as it is possible for you to write. It should be properly spelled and punctuated, and should be grammatically correct. In short, a letter should represent the writer in his very be; . light. In using figures which may be expressed in three words, *e them out in full, and do not employ the signs. Thus, you should say, " I v' be with you on the twenty-first of the month ; " not, " I will be with you on the 21st of the month." The name of the place from which the letter is written and the date should always be carefully written at the head of the sheet. Persons writing from small towns, or country neighborhoods, should be particular to name both the county and the State. In writing from a large city, like New York, Philadelphia, Chicago or St. Louis, mention the name and number of the street, in addition to the name of the city. Business letters usually have a printed heading, embrac- ing these features. The style of address should vary to suit the person addressed. In writing to strangers, you should address them as "Sir," or "Madam," ending the 240 LETTER WRITING. letter with, "Your obed''int servant." To those with whom you are tolerably acquainted, you should say, " Dear Sir," or, " Dear Madam," ending your letter with, "Yours faithfully." To your intimate friends, you should say, "My dear Sir," or, "My dear Madam," ending the letter with, "Yours truly," " Yours very truly," " Yours sincerely," or, " Yours very sincerely." It is allowable to use the form, " My dear Sir," even to strangers; but it is always best to be cautious in this matter. In addressing a clergyman, use the form, "Reverend and dear Sir." To a bishop, say, "Right Reverend and dear Sir." Custom has made it proper, in addressing the President of the United States, or the Governor of a State of the Union, to use the form, "Your Excellency." It is proper, in addressing the President, to say, " Mr. President," which is his official title. The Vice-President of the United States is addressed simply as " The Honor- able." Cabinet officers and heads of departments aie addressed as follows : " The Honorable John Sherman, Secretary of the Treasury," etc. The Chief Justice of the United States is addressed as " The Honorable Morrison R. Waite, Chief Justice of the United States." Members of the two Houses of Congress, members of the Legislatures of States, and all judges of courts of law and justice, are entitled to be addressed as "The Honorable." Officers of the army and navy are addressed by their titles, as "General William T. Shermau," " Lieutenant-General Philip H. Sheridan," "Captain Napoleon Gunn," "Admiral David J, Porter," etc. A doctor of medicine or of dentistry is addressed as " Doctor." The word " Honorable" may be abbreviated in addressing the envelope. It should be written out in full in the letter. The members of the faculty of a college are addressed as " Professor," and where they possess an additional title, such as " D. D.," " LL. D.," etc., it is added after the name, as, " Prof. Jolni Smitli, LL. D." Ordinary persons are addressed as " Mr.," " Mrs.," or " Miss." Gentlemen are sometimes called "Esqr." You may write "Thomas Hill, Esqr.," or " Mr. Thomas Hill," as you think best, but both titles must not be employed. " Mr. Thomas Hill, Esqr.," would be absurd. In addressing the minister or ambassador accredited from a foreign country to the United States, it is customary to use the form "Your Excellency," giving him also his full title, which must be previously ascer lined. In England, where the constitution of society requires exactness in the use of titles, the following are the forms used : A letter to the Queen should begin, " Madam," " Most Gracious Sovereign," or, "May it please your Majesty." The envelope should be addressed, "To the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty." 1 are tolerably ing your letter 1(1 say, " My Yours truly," ly." ers; but it is • Sir." To a Jnited States, Excellency." ' which is his ' The Honor- Hows : " The e Honorable 'gislatures of be addressed as "General ," "Captain nvelope. It fe.ssor," and ," etc., it is Gentlemen Esqr.," or e employed. ign country cy," giving IS in the use sovereign," es-sed, "To I LETTER WRITING. J41 A letter to the Prince of Wales should begin, "Yotir Royal Highness." file envelope should be addressed, "To His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales." A letter to a member of the Royal family should begin, "Sir," or, " Madam," or, "Your Royal Highness." The envelope should be addressed, "To His Royal Highness the Duke of Connaught," "To Her Royal Highness the Prin^ cess Mary of Teck," etc. A letter to a Duke or Duchess slould begin, " My Lord Duke," or, " Madam." The envelope should be addressed, "To His Grace the Duke of Bedford,'' ♦To Her Grace the Duchess of Bedford," etc, A letter to a Marquis or Marchioness should begin, "My Lord," or, "Madam." The envelope should be addressed, "To the Most Noble the Marquis, or Marchioness, of Westminster," etc. Letters to an Earl or Countess; a Viscount, or Viscountess ; or a Baion 01 Baroness, should begin, "My Lord," or, "Madam." The envelope should be iddressed, to suit the rank, as follows: "To the Right Honorable the Earl, or Countess, of Shrev/sbury j " "To the Right Honorable Viscount, or Viscountess Lifford;" " To the Right Honorable the Loid Wensleydale, or Lady Wcnsley- dale," etc. A Baronet is addressed as follows: "Sir William Temple, Bart." A Knight is addressed as follows : "Sir David Lyle, Kt." The sons of Dukes and Marquises, and the eldest sons of Earls, have, by courtesy, the titles of Lord and Right Honorable ; and all the daughters have those of Lady and Right Honorable. The younger sons of Earls, and the sons and daughters of Viscounts and Barons, are styled Honorable. %t\\tx g»i«v and %miX^%%, Letter paper is of two sizes, known as letter and note size. Either may be used, thougli, for general use, the note size is generally preferred. The paper shoald be of good quality, and, unless you are a practised penman, it should be distinctly ruled. Simolc white paper is the best. Colored, or fancy papers, suit certain occasions, uut, for general use, plain, heavy white paper, with a good surface, is to be preferred. Th envelope should match the paper, and should be perfectly plain. Per- sons .n mourning use paper and envelope with a black border, which should not be too wide. For private correspondence white paper should be used. For business letters a darker shade mav l)e used. The supers<:ripti(ia or address should be written upon the envelope as legibly as possible, beginning a little to the left of the centre of the envelope. The number of the house anrl name of the street may be written immediately under this line, or in the lower left-hand corner, as the writer sees fit. The postage- 16 11 III! ' ».»«■ ) M a ii42 LETTER WRITING. slamp should be securely affixed to the upper right-hand corner of the envelope. The following forms will show the appearance of a properly addressed envelope -. STAMP. I (^■ilin^^tfid M. -^^M^i'M^ ^dfi'.-rz. ''i-i ifK>€r/i ^t^tt-t p^ ^^€4/^Ul/ -^^. '^€t. I STASP. ,Ay mm. I iZ^-C i/ .G^. S&^e, €'d, T %tf.4^(/i^ T O), />a- S^4' :._] LEITER IVRiriNG. 34iS 5 STAMP. \ te4. <^/. B) the poUtrnest of ) . Mr. John Smith, j ! 244 LETTER WRITING. i'i*!i I ! "'r m w \v A note or letter sent to a friend in the same place, by a messenger, may Leal either the full address of the person, or be addressed as follows : P^^:0 Where you ire uncertain of your correspondent's address, or wish to recovrl the letter in the event of its failure to reach the person for wliom it is intended, you r.iiould write in the upper left-hand corner of tlic envelope the words, "Return to (giving your name and address) if not called for in ten days. ' Business men usually have these words printed on their envelopes. You should always be careful to give the r.anie of the State in which the town to which your letter is addreriscd is located. Many letters are miscarried and (^ften lost through a failure to do this, as n'any of the States contain towns with the saffyi^ e»^«^^ €1^^^ ^^n^z/^ Ok '' ^ {Complimentary Closing) {Signature) W {Address) ' prospect of success, I shnlt be glad to open an account with your house, doubting not it will be to our mutual advantapo. '•1-. ^* ^ ;i Hi 'N 1/ m :'' I r til 'i I'- ll * » jl M 1^5 !' IP 34<; 1 < i I I t h a ti. V- t; q t< s! , ••A'l - * >>»!-.rs 'H KM r.,> \)Qnld be >vnt;tn with the rnoft .^1 vli (t be wi-iics U.I tiy Itforc beg-n- •') as possible. Make your t'-ords i'..i.y be li'lt 'o i|.)>!l>t IT untt'itaitity, ly Ite iinrodiic-.i, ).i!t .iparl from i.incKs to >vhich it relite;?. V a;.adoni, s .pa rate iKiraj^rapli. 4 *ui) the day cf the moiuliand thn year at th-' prKvsiblv, on i\u rlrr- -jf its re«;eipt, or i?r<'ni]>tn«i.> iu coirfcpoudtiu.e is oiu; of • i> ;:; ntsincss k'.ters, uid fib- thfNn.a^*ay for future ^- '• • '•■., ilkW 'jf yotir ias\\cr. rnittaiice of money, stiiu la die letter the me;iirs!i. whu h yon send it. s..»,,n to Tr.ake nvt )oim urder on a separate V i ,• ' ■. ; s, •*€ fj'k: several forms for business letter^, of difl'.rtnt J '..'-< a Fwiv,, ^fjni, Cwhtfuminj Business to a "^Vholesah Merchant, with Order CmvKi.estown, W. Va., j'/'v li/, «88i, . G •5 . It •c -n ■!:) J,' .1 ;-.:c'>(iii", wi'h cvcr\' pror^iect of succsss, f shiA! -•■.•af houAs:, vii>«Ui;)g not it Will be w our mai.;-i! ailvama{)f<% 7 :^2 ■he ant ■•uapr. ;;Aa IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) /> €.0 s' ,«■*?, h Wj. /a 1.0 I.I ii^lilM WIS 2.2 " li£ IllilO -u .,. Ill IL25 i 1.4 1.6 'W^'w '/ Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ^ iV iV \ :\ <^ ^ \ "^^^ "<«*>. "V- BUSINESS LETTERS. 247 With this view, I enclose an order, which I shall thank you to execute with the least possible delay, and on your hest terms as to goods and prices. I beg tu refer you to my late employers, Messrs. Delaplaine & Son, of Wheeling, West Va., who will sali^fy you as to my integrity and irustworlhiness; but as this is a first transaction, on your forwarding me an invoice of the goods, deducting discount for cash, I shall remit a sight draft on a bank m your city for the amount, by return of mail. Requesting your Uiiual prompt attention, I am, Gentlemen, Yours Respectfully, Alfred Lee. Reply from the Wholesale House. Baltimore, Afay 4M, 1881. Mr. a,lfred Lee, Charlicstown, Wf^t Va. Dear Sir : Agreeal)ly to your esteemed order of the first inst., we have now the pleasure to enclose invoice of goods amounting to $1500, subject to five per cent, discount fur prompt cash. We may mention that, from the opinion entertained oi you by tiie Messrs. Delaplaine, we have no hesitation in ojiening the account, and at once placing you on our best terms. The goods have been d'ispatched this day per B. & O. R. R., and we trust Ihey will arrive safely, and prove satisfactory. We believe they will bear a favorable comparison with those of any house in the trade, and desire that you should satisfy yourself as to value and qualities before remitting settlement. We are, dear sir. Yours Respectfully, Hamilton Easter & Sons. Ordering Dry Goods for Family Use. £-3 Orange, N, J., 25/AJ/rtrfA, 18S1. i^/"^ Messrs. Lord & Taylor, New York. Gentlemen : Enclosed find a post office order for $53, for which please send me by the New Jersey Expreai the following goods : I dozen linen handkeicliicfs, 50c., J6.00 10 yards calico, blue ground with white dots, 20c., 2.00 20 y.irds black silk, $1.00, 20.00 I dozen ladies' Balbriggan hose. No. 8, f I.50, 18.OO SO yards white flannel, 35c., 7.00 Direct the parcel to $5300 Mrs. Mary Greej^v Orange, New Jersey. From a Country Merchant to a Wholesale House, Requesting an Extension of Credit. Whitehall, N. Y., May i8//4, 1881. Messrs. Black & White, New York. obliged to give, generally four, and in many instances six months, I have been under the necessity of keeping but a very small stock, which has materially inconvenienced me in the execution of orders. Under the impression that you have confidence in my honesty, steadiness, and unflagging attention to business, I beg to ask if you would favor me by extending your term of credit from three months to six, r; , : iy, arcepf my note at three months in settlement of the quarterly account. This arrangement would afford me greater facility in meeting my obligations, and enable me to keep stock sufficient for all ordinary demands. I may add that my customers are all of a highly respectable class, my trade a safe and steady one, and that anything like a reckless extension of it is veiy far indeed from my intention. I shall feel obliged by reply at your earliest convenience, and I am, gentlemen, yours respectfully, Menry Caswell. From a Book Agent, Reporting the Result of his Canvass. Dayton, Ohio, May 12/A, 1881. National TunLisHiNG Company, Philadelphia, Pa. Gentlemen : I send you herewith my report for the week ending to-day. You will perceive that I am succeeding well. The Pictorial History of the World, and Pro- fessor Fowler's Great Work, are the best books for which I ever canvassed, and I find that the sale of them repays my efforts very handsomely. Your Bible also gives entire satisfaction, and sells well. It is pronounced the most complete work as to its contents, and the most l)eautiful and substantial as to its mechanical workmanship, offered to the public. The ministers of all the churches in my territory endorse it, and this is a great help to me in selling it. I am hopeful of making a large sale of your books, and shall spare no effort to do so. I receive many circulars from other publishers, offering me the agency for their books, but pay no attention to them. I know that a book published by your house is certain of a large sale, and I prefer to canvass for the most valuable and popular works. I expect to send you an order for books the first of next month. Thanking you for your courteous and liberal treatment of me in our numerous transactions, I am Very Respectfully Yours, George Stevens. Reeommcnding a Successor on Retiring from Business. Charleston, S. C, MtrcA 2oi/t, 1S81. Messrs. Arnold, Constable & Co., New York. Gentlemen : We flatter ourselves that lliere are many friends among our connection who will regret to hear that we are just upon the point nf reiin'iuisliing business. In doing so, our premises and stock i>f goods will be transferred to the hands of Messrs. Harris & Co., who will, in future, carry on the business on the same approved system and extensive scale as ourselves, provided they can rely on receiving the patronage of our connection ; in the hopes of which it is our pleasure and duty to present those gentlemen to your notice. We cannot speak too highly of the confidence we feel in their liberal mode of conducting business, and their strict attention and punctuality in their mercantile tmnsacfions ; and in the hope that they may be honored with the same countenance received by ourselves from your respectable firm. We beg to sul>scribe ourselves, Vour obliged and most obedient servants. Good. Bright & Co. BUSINESS LETTERS. 24'; Urging the Payment of a Bill. Boston, January \oth, 1881. Dear Sir: As I have a heavy payment to meet on the 20th of this month, I must beg you to give immediate attention to my account, which has already run far beyond my usual limit of credit You have not made any payment on this account for the last three months, and I must really urge greater promptness on your part, as the nature of my business does not allow me to remain put of my capital so long. Very Respectfully Yours, Henry French. Mr. Stephen Free, Boston, Mass. An Urgent Application for Payment. Boston, January 20th, 1881. .Sir: Feeling much disappointed by your failure to settle my account according to promise, I am compelled to say that the profits on my business will not admit of longer credit. At the same time, I should be sorry to inconvenience you, and will therefore fix the 27th instant for payment' after which it will be quite impossible for me to wait, however unpleasant the alternative. I am, sir, yours obediently, Henry French. Request for Extension cf Time. , Providence, R. I., May 20th, 1881. Mr. John Gre-iham, Cedar St., New York. Sir: It is with undisguised vexation that we find ourselves obliged to inform you that, after having conducted our business affairs with satisfactory punctuality for a series of years, we have, by reason of the untoward stoppage of the Artizan's Bank, discovered our financial matters to be so disarranged as to solicit at the hands of our creditors an extension of time, not only for the pay- ment of our paper now matured, but of all outstanding liabilities. VVe are, at the present moment, engaged in the b.ilancing of our books, and request that you will not only forward to us an abstract of your account current with us, but your consent that we be allowed the term of twelve months for the adequate adjustment of our liabilities and the collection of our assets, by the end of which we trust to be able to settle to the satisfaction of our creditors in full of all their demands. Humiliating as this proposition is to us, rest a.ssured that it has been forced upon us through circumstances beyond our foresight or control, and is now made with a due sense of our respon- libility towards the body of our creditors. Our assets, managed in our own hands, we are con- fident, will realize, within the time specified, not only an amount adequate for the liquidation of all our debts, but leave a balance in our favor, which, conjoined with the advances of friends, will doubtlessly enable us to resume business under favorable auspices. On the other hand, should we be compelled to declare ourselves bankrupts, our honor, as well as our credit and resources, will have to be sacrificed to realize but a dividend, in favor of creditors, upon an estate which, properly nursed, can be rendered productive of payments in full for all claims at present held against us. Trusting to your appreciation of our motives, and convinced of your reliance upon our probitJP and honor, we remain, sir, your very humble servants, Greknway & Co. 250 APPLICATIONS FOR SITUATIONS. rf5=?a, X ftPPUCATIONS fOfi SITUATIONS. Application for a Clerkship. New York, ^/r//s///, iSSi. .IeSSRS. AsriNWALL & Co. Genti.kmf.n: I3einj{ desirous of olitaining a clerkship, and seeing by an advertisement in T//e Herald that your firm is in want of a confidential clerl<, I beg to offer myself as a camiidale for the position. I held a similar appointment for some years with Messrs. Turine & Mcdci, of San Paulo. I can write, speak fluently, interpret, and translate French, .Spanish and Cicitnan. I enclose copies of my testimonials. Should you he pleased to appoint me, no exertion OD my part shall be wanting to give you satisfaction. I remain, gentlemen, Your obedient servant, Henry Williams. » Application for a Qerkship at Washington. Columbus, Ohio, yanuary ist, iSSi. Hon. John Sherman, Secretary of the Treasury, Washington, D. C. Sir: I beg to siilmiit herewith my application for a position as clerk in the Department of the Treasury of the United States, and to ask your favorable consideration of it. I am proficient in the branches of an ordinary English education, and am p. good accountant. This letter will show you the character of my handwriting. I enclose a number of references from gentlemen well known to you. Should you be pleased to give me a position in your Department, I will strive by diligent and faithful application to deserve your approval, and to discharge to the best of my ability the duties of the position to which I may be assis^ned. Hoping to receive a favorable answer, I have the honor to be, Your obedient servant, Richard H. Thompson. A Sugar Refiner Applying for a Situation. Shoreditch, Afay ig/A, 1881 Messrs, Sharp & Sweet, New York. Gentlemen : Being out of employment at present, and hearing you required a sober, stendy, active, and pushing man to superintend your business up-stairs, I write to inform you that for years I was bead up-stairs man at Messrs. Newhall & Go's. You will see by the enclosed copy of a testimonial APPLICATIONS FOR SITUATIONS. 25' exertion od HOMPSON. from them that the duties of (illinsi; out the goods up to the stoving were carried out in such a iTuiiiner as to convince them I ihoroughly understood the Lusiiicss. A reply at your convenience wiJ! much ohlij;e, Yours respectfully, Hugh Wright. Application for a Clerkship. Philadelphia, .i/t^ 6//;, iSSi. Messrs. Hood, Bonhright & Ca Gentlemen : Seeing your advertisement for a salesman in TAe Letfger, I beg to offer my npplicntion for the position, I am familiar with your line of business, having been in the employment of Messrs, II. B. Claflin & Co., of New York, for several years. I refer to them by their permission. Hoping to receive a favorable reply, I am, Very respectfully yours, Arthur Ready. Tiom, a Person Desirous of Employment as a Manager of a Wholesale or Retail Business. Shepherd's Bvsh, A^ri/ $tA, i8Si. Messrs. King, Davis & Co., New York. Gentlemen : * I beg to forward a strong recommendation from Messrs. Carter & Greene for the post of manager of your [retail or wholesale] business. For .some years previous to the late war I waj employed by Messrs. Carter i*\: (ireene, and was selected by them to manage a branch establiih- ment at Boston, which is now progressing most satisfactorily. I am a good correspondent in French and Italian and German, and understand the business well in all its branches. Trusting that you will favorably consider my friends' recommendation, I remain. Gentlemen, Yours faithfully, George Willinw. A Book-keeper and Aceountant Applying for Employment. Hampton, February ist i8Si. Mr. David Hicks, Philadelphia. My late employer, Mr. Joseph I.ee, having relinquished business, and hearing that you -equired a Ijook-keejier, I venture to apply for the situation. For many years I have had great ftusine's experience, having been intrusted with matters of great responsibility. I am a good accounlaiA' and correspondent, and can speak German fluently. Hoping to receive a favorable reply, I am, sir. Yours faithfullv, Gerald Massey. From a Coachman Seeking i Place. GeRMANTOWN, Pa., March 2d, iL'Ji. Mr. Edgar White, Sir: Having heard "hat you are in want of a coachman, I respectfully beg to offer myself for tbf rftcation. I am a married man and have five children. I have been used to driving since I was u b^j -Jl « i'll 252 APPLICA r/Oj\'S FOK SITUATIONS. I have lived in my List place with John Thomas, Esq., East Walnut Lane, and hold his writtea certificate as to my character. If you should be pleased to engage me, I shall endeavor to do my best to serve you. Very respectfully, John Jambb. Applying for a Situation as a Gardener. New York, May uf, i88i. George Brown, Esq., Orange, N. J. SiRt Understanding that there will be a vacancy shortly in your establishment for a gardener, I r-espectfully heg to offer myself for the place. From boyhood I have been under the best of gardeners. I served my apprenticeship with, and have been from time to time improving myself under the direction of one of the most experienced landscape gardeners employed in the Central Park. I enclose you a copy of the opinion formed of my capabilities by those under whom I placed myself, and assure you my whole time and study shall be devoted to your service. I remain. Yours obediently, E. Gardner. Applying for a Situation as a Cook. Carlton Place, Septentber 8/A. Madam: Having seen your advertisement for a cook in to-day's Times, I beg to offer myself for your place. I am a thorough cook. I can make clear soups, entries, jellies, and all kinds of made dishes. I can bake, and am also used to a dairy. My wages are 54 pc week, and I can give a good reference from my last place, in which I lived for two years. I am thirty-three years of age. I remain, Madam, Yours very respectfully, ^ Ellen O'Rourke. A Lady Recommending a Governess to another Lady. Boorhampton, Apri/ 23d. .Madam : In reply to yours of the . . . Inst. I have much pleasure in testifying to the capabilities of Misa ... as a governess. My children made the greatest improvement under her tuition. Her views are purely evangelical, her manner most refined ; she teaches English thoroughly, musio and drawing well. Her method of instructing in French was mo>t wonderful, and having been educated abroad her accent is perfect. You may safely confide your children to her care. I remain. Dear Madam, Yours truly, Elizabeth Montagub. From a Milliner, Leaving Address. Graham Street, June 22d Madam : I take the liberty of leaving my address, as yon kindly said you would employ and recom (oend me when an opportunity occurfed. I am, Madam, Your obedient servant, E. Grbenk. APPLICATIONS FOR SITUATIONS. 25J iARDNER. 2b a Friend, Asking her to Inquire about a Nurse. lIlUHliATK, _7«;«3IX/. My Dfar Friend: I am in great distress, my nurse having suddenly left me in consequence of her father's death, and there is no probability of her coming back, as she will have to take charge of an invalid mother and little family. Perhaps you will assist ne out of my difficulty by calling on Mrs. Gregory, Bloomsbury Square, to inquire the character of Ann Price, whom I have heard spoken of in very high terms. I need not mention the qualities I require. You know what a treasure my last nurse was; I ■hould think myself most fortunate could I meet with such another modest and good servant. I would not trouble you were I able to go such a long distance, but knowing how kind and ready you always are to oblige a friend, I do not hesitate to ask you if you will do so. You really will be conferring & great favor on your Affectionate friend, Margaret Hamilton. Answer. Sloane Street, yune 2$th. My Dear Friend: I have called on Mrs. Gregory to inquire the character of Ann Price, and hasten to tell you the result, and to advise you to take her at once, for so valuable a servant is not to be met with every day. She is clean, good-tempered, civil, and very fond of children, and amongst other qualifications she is an excellent needlewoman, and I think would suit you admirably. Pray do not apologize for asking me a favor, as I feel most happy to be of use to you, ar.f, "^ consider it the surest mark of friendship when my friends call on me for little services. Adieu. With love. Believe me, Very sincerely yours, Laura Middleton. From a Governess, Desiring to Know the Result of her Application. Wycombe, February 3 will damage you in the estimation of the friend to whom you introduce him. The necessity of exercising the greatest care thus becomes apparent. While you are uncertain as to the propriety of giving a letter of introduction, refuse it with firmness, and let nothing induce you to alter your decision. ruary to/A, 1881 iplication of Mim iih. year has taught » irogiuss has beun i;h1y cumpetent to I am, [DMAS Wilson. rcA loih, 1 881. years as a cook, and fancy cuuk, ET ThomI'SON. fay loth, 1881. ■ a gardener. He sfaction, has kept Lsonably expected PERT Stf.ei-e. ns with whom vouch. lly and expli- d, you pledge ct on his pari troduce him. Int. introduction, ecision. LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION. 257 In giving a letter of introduction, be careful to state your exact intention, in order that your friend may know what attention you wish him to show the person you introduce. If your letter is simply a business introduction, confine it to an explicit statement of the person's business, and your knowledge of his capacity. If you v/ish the bearer of the letter to receive any social attention at the hands of your friend, say so. Leave nothing to uncertainty. The letter of introduction should be left unsealed. The person delivering it should seal before presenting it. A social introduction should be sent by messenger to the person addressed, and accompanied by the card of the person introduced. It is customary to present a business introduction in person. The letter of introduction should be addressed as follows: S2^e^n4^ C/. al^a^Vt^Uyil , S^.i^O 2^ Qt^ //^/4,e/, Introducing Mr. Hugh j of Pittsburgh, Pi B. Jonei 1. ■'} Ufe^ (2fM^. Il ■ 111 Introducing One Gentleman to Another. Boston, January xoth, 1881. J. H. DuGANNE, Esq., 112 Fiflh Avenue, New York. Mv Dear Sir: Allow Die to introduce to you my friend, Walter Hazelhurst, who visits your city for the pur- pose of spending a few weeks there. I commend him to your cordial hospitality, and will be grateful for any attentions you may k>e able to show him. Yours truly, David B. White. A Business Introduction. Portland, Me., February is/, 1881, Henry Wilson, Esq., 10 Wall Street, New York. Mv Dear Sir : This will be handed you by my friend, Mr. Walter Lewis, who visits your city for the puipose of making purchases in his business. i7 I «! i I ■;'! i iti i 258 LETTERS OF INTRODUCTIOI^. Mr. Lewi's is one of our largest wholesale grocers, and is a gentleman of high standing In this community. Any favor you can render him by giving him information, or by introducing him to your leading wholesale houses, or otherwise, will be appreciated by Mr. Lewis, and gratefully acknowledged by Yours sincerely, Hiram Waite. Introduction to a Foreign House. New York, 4^ri7 15/;*, 1881. Mr. Hugh McCin.i.ocH, London. Sir: We beg to recommend to your favorable notice and particular attention the bearer, Mr. .Anthony Wayne, son of Mr. Hugh Wayne, senior partner in the house of Wayne Brothers, ol this city. Our esteemed young friend is on his way to Paris upon business connected with the house ; we therefore urgently request you to extend him advice and assistance, and to render his visit to j-our metropolis as agreeable as possible. As he is a gentleman of intelligence, probity, and good breeding, we are convinced that a closer acquaintance will prove him worthy of your consideration and esteem. In similar cases command us freely, and rest assured that we will use our best endeavors to do justice to your incroductions. We remain, with high consideration, Your obedient servants, TOWNSEND & Co. Another Form. New York, yanuary 8/A, 18S1. Messrs. Schmidt & Co., Frankfort, Germany. Gentlemen : Permit me to introduce to you my very old and intimate acquaintance, Mr. Gustavus Brooke, and to bespeak for him your friendly offices and polite attentions. Mr. Brooke has been the recipient of a good mercantile education, in addition to which, through his own energies and application, he has acquired a proficient knowledge of modem languages. He has served most creditably n many confidential positions, ever giving satisfac- tion to the respectable houses honoring him with their confidence. By reason of failing health, and in deference to profet'sional advice, he is induced to seek a residence abroad, and therefore may be inclined, should opportunity offer, to accept a mercantile situation. As I am well acquainted with Mr. Brooke's character, having been with him for over ten years in the counting-house of Hunt & Co., the principals of which view his departure with regret, I cannot speak too decidedly in his favor. I consequently speak with Justice, and urgently request that you will afford him every assistance within your power in acco.nplishing t!ie object of his preser^ journey. And I am willing to admit that I anticipate better result!* (roni any friendly exeruons you may make in his favor, than from the letters with which the house have furnished him. Satistled that you will use every endeavor to render Mr. Brooke's stay in your city both agree- able and profitable to him, I can only express the deep obligations I will be under for your k'nd attentioni to him, while, in return, I shall be most happy to reciprocate in favor of your fricnil* visiting America. Believe me, gentlemen, Yours faithfully, Henry Dodge. LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION. •^59 RAM WaITE. est endeavors to istavus Brooke, ;nry Dodge. Introducing a Firm. Cincinnati, 0., May ti, 1881 Messrs. Lord & Taylor, New York. Gentlemen : I have the pleasure of introducing to your acquaintance the respectable firm of Dugan & Co,, of the Salt Lake City, the senior of which, Mr. James Dugan, is at present in this city ; but proposes extending his trip to your metropolis. Any civilities or attentions you may adjudge proper to extend to him will be regarded as a personal obligation. These gentlemen deal largely in dry goods, as a branch of a miscellaneous business; and, from conversation with Mii Pugan, I am induced to believe that they will give your house a preference of their orders in future. Should the present introduction lead to the establishment of permanent relations, I •hall be most happy. Believe me, gentlemen. Your obedient servant, Thomas Hughes. Letter of Introduction and Credit. San Francisco, May ^tk, 1881. Messrs. Taylor & Co., Broad St., Nf.w York. Gentlemen : We take pleasure in introducing to your acquaintance, Mr. Gonzales Orteaga, of the highly respectable firm of Vega, Orteaga & Co., ot Mazatlan, Mexico, who contemplates a tour through the oil regions of Pennsylvania and the manufacturing districts of that State. Should you hare the power to further his inclinations in that direction, it will be a source of gratification to us, as we trust that this introduction may prove productive of mutual advantage to yourselves and to our friend. Should Mr. Orteaga find it necessary to take up any cash for travelling expenses, oblige us by accommodating him to any sum not exceeding 51000, coin, taking his draft upon us at three days, sight, in payment. We refer to our letter of this date, per mail, for Mr. Orteaga's signature. We remain, gentlemen. Yours very truly, Stratman, Hill & Co. A Business Introduction. Chicago, Ills., May isi, 1881. J. W. Dawson, Esq., Philadelphia. My Dear Sir : This will introduce to you Mr. William Channing, of this city, who visits Philadelphia on a matter of business which he will explain to you in person. Vou can rely upon his statements, as he is a gentleman of high character; and should you be zttls to render him any assistance, it will be gratefully appreciated by Yours truly, Hamilton Dextep Introducing One Lady to Another. Utica, N. Y., May 5M, 18: Dear Mary t Allow me to introduce to you my very dear friend. Miss Nellie Lee, the bearer of this letter You have heard me speak of her so often that you will know at once who she is. As I am sur« 26o LETTERS ASKING FAVORS. you will be mutually pleased with each othei , 1 have asked her to inform you of her presence !a your city. Any attention you may show her 'vill be highly appreciated by Yours affectionately, Lizzie Bright. fdterisi %%\r them, as it is well to be cautious in offering your counsel to persons, even to those who seek it. As a general thing, a man has all he can do in managing his own affairs. Still, where your counsel is asked, or where you can assist a friend by it, give it frankly and simply, not with an affectation of superiority, but with the interest and cordiality of a friend. Should your friend see fit to disregard your advice, do not be offended. In asking it he does not pledge himself to follow it, and doubtless has good reasons for his course. Never give advice from interested motives. Let your counsel be dictated by your experience, and an honest desire to promote your friend's welfare. From an Elderly Gentleman to a Young Lady. Craven Street, Afer^ 16M, 1790. I send my good girl the books I mentioned to her last night. I beg of her to accept of them as a small mark of my esteem and friendship. They are written in the familiar, easy manner, for wTiich the French are so remarkable, and afTord a good deal of philosophy and practical knowledge, unembarrassed with the dry mathematics, used by more exact reasoners, but which is apt to discourage young beginners. I would advise you to read v. "V" a pen in your hand, and enter in a little book short hints of what you find that is curious, or that may be useful ; for this will be the best method of im- printing such particulars in your memory, where they will be ready, either for practice on some future occasion, if they are matters of utility, or at least to adorn and improve your conversation, if they are rather points of curiosity. And, as many of the terms of science are such as you cannot have met with in your common reading, and may therefore be unacquainted with, I think it would be well for you to have a good dictionary at hand, to consult immediately when you meet with a word you do not comprehend the precise meaning of. This may at first seem troublesome and interrupting; but it is a trouble that will daily diminish, as you will daily find less and less occasion for your dictionary, as you become more acquainted with the terms; and, in the meantime, you will read with more satisfaction, because with more understanding. When any point occurs, in which you would be glad to have further information than your book affords you, I beg you would not in the least apprehend that I should think it a trouble to receive and answer your questions. It will be a pleasure, and no trouble. For though I may not be able, out of my own little stock of knowledge, to afford you what you require, 1 can easily direct you to the books where it may most readily be found. Adieu, and believe me ever, my dear friend, Yours affectionately, B. Franklin. :. i. LETTERS OF ADVICE 263 A Father's Counsel to a Son. The Earl of Straffoid's Dying Advice to his Son. The Tower, May nth, ■'.641. Bv Dearest William: These lines are the last you will receive from a father who tenderly loves you. I wish I had greater leisure to impart my mind to you; but, I trust, our merciful God will supply all things by his grace, and guide and protect you in all his ways. To his infinite goodness I bequeath you. Therefore, be not discouraged ; serve him, and trust in "hitn, and he will preserve and prosper you. lie sure you give all respect to my wife, which will well become you, for she has ever had a great love for you. Never be wanting in your care to your sisters, but let them ever be most dear to y-n ; this is a duty that you owe to the memory of your excellent mother and myself. And the like regard you must have to your younger sister; for, indeed, you owe it to her also, both for her father's and her mother's sake. Serve God diligently, morning and evening; recommend yourself to him ; and have him before your eyes in all your ways. Be careful to take the counsel of those friends whom I have desired lo advise you in your education. With patience hear their instructions, and diligently follow their counsel ; for, till you have experience in the world, it will be far safer to trust to their judgments than to your own. Lose not the time of your youth ; but gather those seeds of virtue and of knowledge, which may be of use to yourself, .ind to your friends, for the rest of your life. And that this may be the better effected, attend to it with patience; and be sure to refrain from anger. Suffer net sorrow to cast yon down ; Init, with cheerfulness and good courage, and in all sobriety and truth, go on in the race which you have to run. Be sure, with a hallowed care, to have regard to all the commandments of God ; and do not allow yourself to neglect them in the least respect, lest by degrees you come to forget them in the greatest ; for the heart of man is deceitful above all things. Perform all your duties and devotions towards God, rather joyfully than pensively, foi 'ae loves a cheerful giver. As for your religion, let it be directed by those who are in God's church the proper teachers of it, rather than by your own fancy, or by men who are singular in their opinions, and delight to go in ways of their own finding out : you will certainly find sober- ness and truth in the one, and much unsteadiness and vanity in the other. The king, 1 trust, will deal graciously with you, and restore to you those honors and that fortune of which a distempered time ha. deprived you together with the life of your father : which I rather advise m.iy be by a new gift and creation from himself than by any other means, in order that you may pay thanks to him without having obligation to any other. Be sure you avoid, as much as you can, inquiring after those who have been sharp in theii judgments towards me; and I charge you never to suffer a thought of revenge to enter your heart. But be careful to inform yourself who were my friends in this prosecution, and apply yourself to make them your friends also : on them you may rely, and bestow much of youi conversation. You must not fail to behave yourself toward my lady Clare, your grandmother, with all dutj •nd observance, for she loves you most tendtrly, and she has been verykind to me. God rewarti her for it ; and in this and all the rest, what I counsel you, the same 1 direct also to your sisters. And once more I do, from my very soul, beseech our gracious God to bless and govern you: H save you in the day of his visitation ; and to unite us again in the communion ni his blessed saints, where there is fulness of joy and bliss forever. God Alniigtuy of his infii-.ite goodness bless you, and your sisters; perfect you in every goo' •■ork ; and give you right understandings in all things! I am your most loving father, Thomas Wentwobim , I ii! 264 LETTERS OF ADVICE. Letter of Advice to a Young Merchant. m {From " ll'ebster's Business Man." ) Nkw York, yune izth, 1879. Mr. Henry Moore, Buffalo, K. Y. : My Dear Sir: — Your favor of the 1st inst. has been duly rcccivcJ, wherein you a/e pleased to solicit my advice touching your intention of e-^tablishinjj yourself in business; and to express a desire for ascertaining the beit means whereby to insure respectability and success in a mer- cantile line of life. I am not aware of the extent of means which you intend to invest permanently, but I presume lh.1t you h.ive c.-ilculated the chances and risks of a competition from other sources, and hav/. therefore set aside a suftleieni sum to sustain your enterprise until a fair trial can be had of the locality in which you seek to establish yourself. This consider.ition is all-important, for, as /nu cannot expect to realize, at the utmost, more than a living, for a year or so, you must expect I.) sink the interest upon your investment until such a time as you can master the feaiures of your market. Moreover, I presume you have taken your age into consideration, for it is idle to sup- pose that a man can establish himself loo early in life ; forthen he lacks both the knowledge and experience for successful competition. However, I would not advise you to defer your project (o an over remote period, for long waiting may perchance rob you of that zeal and courage in- dispensable for business purposes. Generally, the exuberance of youth tempts towa'd visionary speculation ; a|)athy in middle age closes the eyes to brilliant opportunities, while an excess of Mutioii very frequently induces unexpected ruin. Your first ambition to prove a coinpetent trader should be the acquisition of knowledge, and particularly of information appertaining to your business. You will find yourself thrown in contact with men of various dispositions and tendencies; some m.iy be ignorant, yet crafty; others intel- ligent and still disingenuous. To combat both of these classes requires a deal of worldly wisdom ; nevertheless this wisdom is readily acquired through studious observation of men and of books. Where a dealer finds you thoroughly conversant with the history of the articles in which you trade, it induces him to confidence in your judgment ; besides conversational abilities is one of the most appropriate accessories to successful traffic, as you can attract through its means friends, who may prove reliable patrons; and in addition to enabling you to sustain a mixed conversation, general learning is an absolute requirement for a man of commerce. Above all things, acquire a correct epistolary style ' which I am sorry to say is a rare accom- plishment with even prominent merchants) as those with whom you correspond are tempted to judge of your abilities through the manner and expression of your letter writing. Before establishing yourself, you should estimate the extent of business which can be done •vith a portion of your capital, and make close calculations as to the probable cost of your per- sonal expenses and that of maintaining your establishment. You should be always CHUtious to keep a reserve fund, in order to anticipate the annoyance of bad debts, or the chance occurrence of contingencies of such a nature as cannot be instantaneously provided against. With this reserve I would advise you to open a bank account, and in doing so to select a bank of large cnpital, as in such an one facilities for discount and for the collection of distant drafts are belter •Jinn in an institution with moderate resources. Maintain the strictest faith with your banker, ^o that when you desire accommodation you can enjoy a preference over those who keep vacil- lating or doubtful accounts. Do not enter into copartnership unless upon most advantageous terms, as it is more agreeable U> labor and accumulate through your own exertions ; still, should an opportunity offer to con- solidate with some older and well established house, avail yourself of it, for it is wiser to be the junior of a highly respectable firm than to be the head of one struggling to obtain a foothold. I^t the arrangement of your books precede all other operations, and if possible, make ail "he LETTEItS OF ADVICE. 26$ •riginal entries yourse''" while supervising your accounts daily. See that all your transactions are correctly notcil, and your records faithfully kept, as many firms arc entirely ruined through entrusting too much to the fidelity of clerks and hook keepers. Bear in mind th.-it your books are a legal record of your business life, and in the event of death, constitute the most reliable schedule of your personal estate. During business hours attend to nothing but business; cultivate the acfpiaintance and friend- ship of men of your own habits, and of those particularly engaged in a branch of trade similar to your own, as by so doing you not only extend confidence in your own integrity, but glean a piass of valuable information upon trade topics. But neither deal nor associate with persons of equivocal character; on the contrary, your credit will augment proportionately to the extent of your transactions with reput.ible houses, as their endorsement coming to your banker's notice will convey to him a favorable impression of your business relations. Without identifying yourself with politics, watch their course with circumspection, as the various ch.inges in national affairs operate either disadvantageously or beneficially upon the trade market. Study the history of current events, make careful comparisons of the fluctuation in price, in demand, and in supply, from month to month and from year to year, in order that you may guide your own operations by the lessons these facts impart. Be prompt in responding to all conununications, and never sutler a letter to remain without an answer; by attention and condescension you will succeed in winning the esteem of your cor- respondents, and gain from them a preference in receiving commissions. Never fail to meet a business engagement, however irksome it may be at the moment. Never descend to prevarication or procr.istination, or seek to work out of an obligation, even if you have a chance so to do. Should the word of a man prove worthless, his bond will be looked upon as equally valueless. Prefer as much as possible dealing for cash, or upon the shortest credit, and by adopting this rule you will avoid complications which may prove ruinous. Undertake no business without mature reflection ; through accident a rash and precipitate art may turn out profitable; nevertheless, as a general thing, deliberation and the avoidance of risks betokens a healthy business character. Confine your capital closely to the busines' ni have established; avoid speculations in affijirs, however tempting, if foreign to your lir< ■ f t'nU ,and should you have any surplus above the retjuirements of your establishment, in aly in those securities which your banker would be willing to accept as collaterals for a Ic:. ..ould you desire one. Lead a regular and domesiic life; avoid ostentatious display in costume and manner of living; choose your associates discreetly, and prefer the society of men of your own type. A vain and extravagant course of life, even if you have the means to sustain it, impairs your credit and standing as a mercantile man, while dissipation of any kind will assuredly deprive you of both credit and reputation. Should you prove successful, he not over-elated, and above all things treat your debtors with leniency and compassion, for bear in mind that the storm of a day's duration may sweep away the labor of years. Avoid litigation as much as possible ; study for yourself the general theory of law applying to commerce, and be your own lawyer. Apart from saving moneys expended for costs, this species of knowledge confers upon you a self-reliance and confidence ; while its possession secures for you the respect of your business neighbors. Be affable, polite and obliging to everybody; avoid discussion, anger, and pcttishness; inter- fere with no disputes the creation of others ; decline acceptance of political or conspicuous social positions, and your modesty will gain you profitable friends instead of envious detractors. Should you find yourself in embarrassment, or threatened with adverse circumstances, seek out some judicious adviser, one capable of giving counsel, and lay before him, in ample detail, the factj of your case. Listen to his suggestions, ponder upon them, and should they appear \^ \: 266 LETTERS ACCOMPANYING PRESENTS, fair and honorable, act upon them. But never resort to desperate resources to extricate youraelf, with n possiliility of sinking deeper in the mire. It is better to j{o .tt once into bankruptcy, than In ciulure the agony of a prolonged series of disappointments. Should the counsel of your first advidcr fail to satisfy your anticipations, seek the views of a second; then refrain from going further, but act upon your own judgment as enlightened by the views two reliable friends have expressed. Remember that liie golden rule of commercial life is probity. Act, therefore, honestly, up- rightly, and conscientiously in all matters of trade ; never misrepresent, falsify, or deceive ; have one rule of niorat life, and never swerve from it, whatever may be the acts or opinions of other Bien. I trust that you will be eminently succt sful, but should the result prove otherwise, I hope that your conduct will have been such as to have won the esteem and sympathy of your fellow* meB, and of Yours sincerely, Thomas Webster. lETTERS ACCOMPANYING PRESENTS. ^^=. In sending a gift to a friend or acquaintance, it should be accompanied by i brief, pleasantly written note. Letter Enclosing Tickets for a Theatrical Performance. Baltimore, yanuary 8///, iS8i. My Dear Mrs. Freeman: This morning a friend of mine sent me four tickets for reserved seats at Ford's Opera House this aftfcrnoun. We have all seen the play now being acted there, and as I think your young people might like to go, I enclose them to you with our best love. Believe me, yours affectionately, Rosa Glover. Accepting Tickets with Thanks. Baltimore, January S/A, i88i. Dear Mrs. Glover: You are indeed very kind ! The tickets you have sent us could not have come at a better lime. Jane's two daughters have just come up from Annapolis for the day, and will greatly en- joy going to the theatre with my daughter and myself. Thanking you for your great kindness, Believe me, yours very sincerely, Alice Freeman. Congratulating a Lady on her Birthday, and Sending a Present. Trenton, January 21st, 1881. My Dear Anne: To-morrow being your birthday I send you a trifling gift, which I hope you will accept as a token of my affection for you ; I wish it were more worthy your acceptance, and hope you may LETTERS ACCOMPANYING PRESENTS, Win hare many happy returns of the day. Let me hear if you receive the parcel safely, kiiuiest love and good wishes, I am ever your afteclionatc friend, Laura Witxis. Another Form. Trenton, January 21st. 1881. My Dear Anne: Accept my best wishes for many happy returns of your birthday, and also the accompanying iiifle as a mark of my sincere affection. Always yours sincerely, Laura Wilus. Acknowledging Letter and Present. Trenton, January 2u/, i88i. My Dearest Laura: Very many thanks for your kind note, and for the lovely little case you have so kindly sent to me. I shall always value it and keep it for your sake. How good it was of you to remem- ber my I)irthday when you have so many other things to think about at the present time. I shall hope soon to be in town and shall then come and thank you in person. Nellie joins mo in kindest love to all your circle, and Ever believe me. Your affectionate friend, Anne. Accompanying a Present. Camden, June 8//i. Dear Marion: Accept this little token of love and esteem from an old friend. It is but a small proof of my affection, which words <".re not needed to express, for I am well .iwarc that you know me ever to be Your true and loving friend, Clara McKenzie. Returning Thanks for the Gift. Camden, June ^tk.. How can I thank you sufficiently for your magnificent gift, you dear, kind friend ? Yo» quite load me with kindnesses; no proof of your friendship was wanting to assure me of your esteem and friendship, which I hope I shall always deserve. Thanking you from my heart, Believe me, yours most affectionately, Marion Leslie. Another Form of Letter Accompanying a Present. Louisville, Jufy6ih, 1S81. My Dearest Nelly Many happy returns of the day! So fearful was I lest it should escape your memory, that I thought 1 would send you this little trinket by way of reminder. I beg you to accopt it and wear it for the sake of the giver. With love and best wishes. Believe me ever, your sincere friend, Caroline Richardson. Returning Thanks for the Present. Louisville, July 6/A, 1881. Dear Mrs. Richardson: ' am very much obliged to you for the handsome bracelet you have sent me. How kind and thoughtful it was of you to remember me on my birthday. I am sure I have every cause to blesj the day, and did I forget it I have many kind friends to remind me of it. Again thanking yoM ior your present (which is far too beautiful for me), and also for your kind wishes, Believe me, your most grateful NelL.E SULLlVANi 268 LETTERS ACCOMPANYING PRESENTS. Letter Accompanying a Book Praented by the Author. New Vurk, A/anA l8M, i88l. My Dear Sir : 1 send you with this a copy of my work upon Philosophy. I shall feci gratified by your acceptance of it, and trust that it may prove sufficiently attractive 10 you to induce you to read it. Very truly yours, John Locke, Robert Johnston, Esqr., New York. The Answer. New Yor k , Apn7 4/ A, 1 88 1 . My Dear Sir: Your note of the 18th of March, together with a copy of your work upon Thilosophy, reached me in due time. I have .ead the book with pleasure and profit. I trust it may add as much to your pecuniary fortune as it will undoubtedly contribute to your just fame as an author. Accept my grateful thanks for the book, and believe me, Yours sincerely, Robert Johnston. John Locke, Esqr., New York. Accompanying a Basket of Fruit to an Invalid who is a Stranger to You. BiNGHAMTON, September Ith. Madam : Allow me to offer for your acceptance this small basket of fruit and flowers. I have not the pleasure of your acquaintance, but I trust my sympathy in your sufferings may excuse the in- trusion of a stranger. I remain, etc., Selina Adams. Letter Acknowledging the Dedication of a Book. South Street, December i-jtk, 1796. Sir: I received, a few days ago, your obliging letter, together with the very beautiful book which accompanied it. The dedication of such an edition of such an author is highly gratifying to me •, and to be mentioned in such a manner, by a person so thoroughly attached to the principles of liberty and humanity, as you, sir, are known to be, is peculiarly flattering to me. I am, with great regard, sir, Your obedient servant. Rev. Gilbert Wakefield, C. J. Fox. London. Letter Acknowledging a Service Rendered. Paterson, N. J., Afari-A 24th, 1881. My Dear Sir: I beg to thank you most sincerely for your kind assistance to me in my efforts to obtain em* pfoyment here. The recommendation you gave to Messrs. White & Co. respecting m" wrj entirely successful, and I am now at work with a prospect of permanent employment. Hoping that I may some day be able to serve you, I remain, dear sir, Yours very truly, Henry Hopkins, Esqr., George Wilson. Newark, N. J- uthor. March xith, i88l. sufficiently attraclive John Lockk. I , April 4//i, i88i. Philosophy, reached ch to your pecuniary )UERT Johnston. "anger to You. N, Septtmber yh. rs. I have not the may excuse the in- Selina Adams. mber i-jik, 1796. autifui book which ly gratifying to me; o the principles of ne. C. J. Fox. irrA 24/4, 1881. forts to obtain em* respecting m" wat ayment. »RGE Wilson, LETTERS OF CONGRATULATION. 269 Letters of Congratulation are proper only upon some marked improve- ment in the fortune of a friend, a marriage, tlie birth of a child, a recovery from sickness, or an election or appointment to office. They should be written as soon as possible after the event. A marked de- lay will cause your congratulations to seem forced. The letter should be written with warmth and heartiness, but overstrained or injudicious praise, or a too abundant use of compliments, should be avoided. Advice is out of place in such a letter. If it becomes you to advise a friend, do it in another epistle. - -» Congratulating a Lady upon her Marriage. HlLDERSHAM, /f?<^«i/ fj//l, I742. Madam: I should have paid my compliments earlier on the joyful occasion of your marriage, if I had known whither to address them, for your brother's letter, which informed me, hapi)ened to lie several days at Cambridge before it came to my Iiands. My congratulation, however, though late, wants nothing of the warmth with which the earliest was accompanied ; for I must beg leave to assure you that I take a real part in the present joy of your family ; and feel a kind of paternal pleasure, from the good fortune of one, whose amiable qualities I have witnessed, f jhi her ten- ■'.erest years, and to whom I have ever been wishing and ominating everything that is good. I always expected that your singular merits and accomplishments would recommend you, in proper time, to an advantageous and honorable match; and I was assured that your prudence would never suffer you to accept any which was not worthy of you : so that it gives me not only the greatest pleasure on your account, but a sort of pride also on my own, to see my expectations fully answered, and my predictions literally fulfilled. You have the fairest prospect of conjugal felicity now open before you, by your marriage with a gentleman not only of figure and furtune, but of great knowledge and understanding, who values you not so much for the charms of your person as for those of your mind, which will always give you the surest hold of him, as thoy will every day be gathering strength, whilst the (ilhers are d;iily losing ii. ISeauty has great power to conciliate affection, but cannot preserve it without the help of the mind : whatever the perfections of the one may be, the accomplishments of the other will always be the more amiable, and. in the married state especially, will be found, after all, the most solid and lasting basis of domestic comfort. But I am using the privilege of my years, and, instead of compliments, giving lessons to one who does not need them. I shall only add, therefore, my repeated wishes of all the happiness that matrimony can give both to "ou and Mr. Montagu, to whose worthy character I am no stranger, though I have not the honor to be known to him in person; and that I am, with sincere respect, Madam, Your faithful friend and obedient servant, CONVERS MiDDLETON, : I 27© LETTERS OF COS'GRATULATON: Congratulating a Friend upon his Good Fortune. Cincinnati, O., y^«^j.'6/A, i8Si. My Dear George : I have just learned from your cousin, Thomas Ilill, that you have been appointerl Managet of the Crescent Iron Works, in your city, and hasten to offer my congratulations. I tliink tin- Company fortunate in securing your services, and I know that you deserve all the pood foiliiin' that can come to a man of honor, intelligence and industry. I hope this may be hut the (me- runner of something better. Should it be so, no one will rejoice more heartily than Your sincere friend, Thomas II. Lane. Congratulating a Friend upon his Marriage. Hillside, May 24/A, i88t. My Dear Thompson : I have to-day received the invitations to your wedding, and as I cannot be present at thaJ happy event to offer my congratulations in person, I write. I am heartily glad you are going to be married, and congratulate you upon the wisdom of your choice. You have won a noble, as well as a beautiful woman, and one whose love will make you a happy man to your life's end. May God grant that trouble may not come near yoo, but should it be your lot you will have a wife to whom you can look with confidence for com- fart, and whose good sense and devotion to you will be your sure and unfailing support. That you may both be very happy, and that your happiness may increase with your years, is the prayer of Your friend, Daniel Hill. George Thompson, Esqr., St. Louis, Mo. Congratulating a Friend upon the Birth of a Son. DoWNlNGTOWN, March 20//4, 1881. My Dear Wilson : I congratulate you most heartily upon the fulfilment of your hopes in the birth of a son. May he be always tiie source of happiness and comfort to his parents that he is now, and be the pride and help of your old age. As for the little fellow himself, I can wish him no greater good fortune than to grow up the copy of his father in all things. Remember me kindly to Mrs. Wilson, And believe me ever. Yours sincerely, Walter ..,. Hodges. Keplg to the Above. Philadelphia, March 23J, 1881. V>ear Walter: Thank you for your congratulations on the birth of our boy. In matters of this kind, hopeful S 'soands are often doomed to disappointment. I have noticed frequently that anxiety for a ^ ■» generally results in a daughter, W^ are lucky. Need I say that the bny is a Jim boy > Did you ever know a baby of either sex that was not " fine ? " Mother and child — heaven l.les* iheiii both! — are doing well, and the father is delighted to he able to make such a good i*;,ior of them. The latter, proud of his new acquisition, remains now, as ever. Yours truly, Thomas Wtlson, LETTERS OF Sy^aPATUY. 271 Letters of Sympathy and conflolence are difficult to write, and require great tact as well as good taste on t .c part of the writer. Properly written and inspired by a genuine sympathy, they may be of great comfort to your friend. . The letter should not be too long, and should be earnest and simple in tone. Do not underrate the sorrow of your friend, but deal with it tenderly, admitting its magnitude, administering such consolation as may be appropriate to the occasion, and pointing your friend to the One who can heal all sorrow. To a Friend on the Loss of his Mother. London, September 2yh, 1750. Dear Sir : You have, as I find by every kind of evidence, lost an excellent mother, and I hope you will not tliink me incapable of partaking of your grief. I have a mother now eighty-two years of age, whom therefore I must soon lose, unless it please God that she rather should mourn for nie. I read the letters in which you relate your mother's death to Mr. Str.ihan ; and think I do myself honor when I tell you that I read them with tears ; but tears are neither to me nor to you of any further use, when once the tribute of nature has been paid. The business of life summons us away from useless grief, and calls us to the exercise of those virtues of which we are lamenting our deprivation. The greatest benefit which one friend can confer upon another, is to guide, and incite, and elevate his virtues. This your mother will still perform, if you dili- gently preserve the memory of her life and of her death : a life, so far as I can learn, us*^ li, wise and innocent ; and a death resigned, peaceful and holy. I cannot forbear to mention that ..either reason nor revelation denies you to hope th.at you may increase her happiness by obeying her precepts, and that she may, in her present state, look with pleasure upon every act of virtue to which her instructions or example have contributed. Whether this be more th.in a pleasing dream, or just opinion of separate spirits, is indeed of no great importance to us, when we con- sider ourselves as acting under the eye of God ; yet surely there is something ple.asing in the belief that our separation from those whom we love is merely corporeal; and it may be a great incitement to virtuous friendship if it can be made probable that that union, which has received the divine approbation, shall continue to eternity. There is one expedient by which you may, in some degree, continue her presence. It you write down minutely what you remember of her from your earliest years, you will read it with great pleasure, and receive from it many hints of soothing recollection, when time shall remove her yet farther from you, and your grief shall be matured to veneration. To this, however painful for the present, I cannot but advise you as to a source of comfort and satisfaction in the time to come : for all comfort and all satisfaction is sincerely wished you by, dear sir, your, etc. S. Johnson. Mr. Georgk ELri::NSTON, London. 2/2 LETTERS OF SYMPATHY. To a Friend on the Death of her Husband. London, ^/n'/ yh, 1781. Dearest Madam : Of your inj'.iiKiions to pray for you und write to you, I liope to leave neither unobserved ; and I hope to find you willing in a short time to alleviate your trouble by some other exercise of the mind. I am not without my jiart of the calamity. No death since that of my wife has eveJ oppressed me like this. But let us remember that we are in the hands of Him who knows when to give and when to take away ; who will look upon us with mercy through all our variations of existence, and who invites us to call on Him in the day of trouble. Call upon Him in this great revolution of life, and call with confidence. You will then find comfort for the past, and support for the future. He that has given you happiness in marriage, to a degree of which, without personal knowledge, I should have thought the description fabulous, can give another mode of happiness as u mother; and, at last, the happiness of losmg all temporal cares in the thoughts of an eternity in heaven. I do not exhort you to reason yourself into tranquillity. We must first pray, and then labor; first implore the blessing of God, and then use those n.eans which he puts into our hands. Cul- tivated ground has few weeds; a mind occupied by lawful business has little room for useless neglect. Let us pray for one another, that the time, whether long or short, thut shall yet be granted us, may be well spent ; and that when this life, which at the longest is veiy short, shall come to an end, a better may begin, which shall never end. I am, dearest madam, Mrs. Thrale, Your, etc. Southampton. S. Johnson. To a Friend on the Death of his Wife. Hamiton, April 4///, 1881. My Dear John : I sincerely commiserate you in this your fearful and sad visitation. Hard, indeed, is it to lose your wife, whom you so ilearly loved. Your dear wife was in every act, deed, nd word a true Christian. Your account of her death is deeply touching; but how grateful you must have felt to have seen her so resigned and happy in the thought that, although her loss would cast a shadow on your life on earth, you would meet her hore.ifter in that better world, where no trouble or sorrow is to be found. She was good in every acceptntion of the term : her charities (so unostentatiously dispensed), her cheerful willingness to relieve any real distress, her talents and charms, endeared her to all. Naturally you must deeply grieve for the loss of one so dear and excellent. You have indeed cause for deep grief, de:u John, and at present all consolation must seem to you impossible; but God has ordained that Time shall bring comfort and soothing for all earthly sorrows, and to its healing influence we must leave you. As soon as you feel equal to the journey, come to us, and stny as long as you feel inclined. We will walk and ride together. There is great healing in Nature, and open-air exercise — I speak from experience — does as much as reason and philosophy in soothing a great B'ief. My wife unites with me in best regards and truest sympathy. 1 am ever, dear John, John Howe, Esq., Yours most truly, New York. Richard Lennox, To a Friend on the Death of her Hwiband. Mv Deau Mrs. Kino: Philadelphia, May 24M, 1881. It was with pain and grief that I learned this morning of the death of yoi'r husband and my dear friend. if ■ LETTERS OF SYMPATHY. 273 %th, 1781. )served ; and ercise of the ifc has eve( knows when variations of in this great le past, and ee of which, give another cares in the 1 then labor; hands. Cul- m for useless e granted us, 1 come to an Johnson. 4///, 1881. Itcd, is it to nd word a u must have would cast a 1, where no her charities , her talents one so dear consolation ind soothing as you feel Ik and ride xperience — Lknnox. \th, 1 881. and and my Though I know that no words of mine can bi-inj^ comfort to your sorely tried henrt, yet I can not refrain from writing to you to express my dtep and heartfelt sympathy in your affliction. Knowing your husband as intimately as I did, I can understand what a blow his death is to you. He was a man whose place will not be easily filled in the world; how impossible to fill it in his home ! You are, even in your loss, fortunate in this. He left behind him a name unsullied, and which should be a precious legacy to his children and to you. His life was so pure and his Chrisiinn faith so undoubted, that we may feci the Ijlcssed assurance that he has gone to the home prepared for those who love and faithfully serve the Lord Jesus. This should comfort you. You have the hope of meeting him one day in a better and a hap- pier union than the ties that bound you here on earth. He waits for you, and reunited there, you will know no moreparting. I pray Clod to temper your affliction and give you strength to endure it. May He, in His own good time, give you the peace that will enable you to wait with patience until He shall call you to meet your loved one in Heaven. Sincerely yours, Mrs. Lydia King, Horace Whitney. New York. Ho a Friend on the Death of her Sister. Orange, N. Y., Ma^ 4/i, 1881. My Dear Agnes The melancholy intelligence of your sister's death h-is grieved me more than I can express, and I beg to tender you my heartfelt sympathy. Truly we live in a world where solemn shadows are continually falling uiion our path — shadows that teach us the insecurity of all tem- poral blessings, and warn us that here "there is no abiding stay." We have, however, the blessed satisfaction of knowing that death cannot enter that sphere to which the departed are removed. Let hope and faith, my dear friend, mingle with your natural sorrow. Look to that future where the sundered ties of earth are reunited. Very sincerely yours, To Miss Agnes Grey, Clara Morland. No. 4 West Thirty-fourth St., New York. To a Friend on the Death of his Brother. New York, yufy X2iA, 1881. Dear Mr. Clifford : In the death of your brother, you have sustained a misfortune which all who had the pleasure of knowing him can feelingly estim.-ite. I condole with you most sincerely on the sad event, and if the sympathy of friends can be any consolation under the trying circumstances, be assured that all who knew him share in your sorrow for his loss. There is, however, a higher source of consolation than earthly friendship, and, commending you to that, I remain. Yours sincerely, Simon T. Clifford, Esq., Franklin Harpe*. Boston. To a Friend on the Death of her Child. Charleston, S. C, Novetnber x-jth, 1881. My Dear Lizzie : I feel that a mother's sorrow for the loss of a beloved child cannot be assuaged by the com- monplaces of condolence, yet I must write a few lines to assure you of my heartfelt sympathy in your grief. There is one thing, however, that should soften the sharpness of a mother's IS -74 FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS. nj[o«y under such a Tiereavement. It is the reflection that "little children" are pure and guile- le>;vi, and that of such is the );;n};(lom of heaven. "It is well with the child." Much sin and woe li.^s it escaped. It is a treasure laid up in a better world, and the gate through which it has pi-ised lo peace and joy unspeakable, is left open so that you, in due time, may follow. Let this be your consolation. Aflectionately yours, To Mrs. Lizzie Norton, Maud Mowhrey. Ni;\v Haven, Ct. To a Friend on a Sudden Reverse of Fortune. St. Louis, Mo., Jitne 5///, iSSi. My Dear Friend : Hackneyed phrases of condolence never yet comforted a man in the hour of trouble, and I am not going to try their cfTect in your case. And yet let me say, in heartfelt earnest, that I was deeply pained to hear of your sudden and unexpected reverse of fortune. Misfortune is very hard to bear, when it falls upon one, like a (lash of lightning from a clear sky, without any warning. Hut do not be discouraged. When Senator Iknton saw the work of many years C'insumod in ten minutes, he took iht matter coolly, went to work again, and lived long enough to rep.'.ir the damage. So I hope will yoj. There is no motto like "try again," for those whom fate has stricken down. Besides, there are better things than wealth even in this world, to say nothing of the ne.\t, where we shall neither buy nor sell. If I can be of any assistance to you, let me know it, and I will help you as far as I am able. In the meantime, cheer up, and believe me as ever, Yours sincerely, CifARi.K.s Wilson, Esq,, Covington, Ky. Samuel Wilmnp.. Letters to intimate friends and to relatives need not be as formal as tliose we have already given. They should be dignified, but natural, free and unre- strained. "Wc all delight to talk of ourselves ; and it is only in letters, in writing to a friend, that we can enjoy that conversation, not only without rcpro.ich or interruption, but with the highest propriety and mutual satisfac- tion." In such letters, above all things, a natural and lucid expression of the s.-ntiments of the writer is necessary. Friends expect our thoughts and feelings, not a letter filled with unmeaning verbosity; and though, where excellence is ci;mcd at, considerable attention must be paid to the disposition of the words and SL-ntences, it must not be at the sacrifice of the energy resulting from a free expression of the sentiments. It is a common saying with young friends, as an excuse for remissness in their correspondence, that they have nothi. g to write about; but surely between >• ■■'* FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS. 275 ftlcnds there must be a similarity of taste on some subjects, and a discnssion of their sentiments and opinions on any one of them, in a course of correspond- ence, would be acceptable and also valuable, as tending to their muti.ia'. improvement. letters expressing the feelings of children toward their parents, and the anxious aftection of parents for their children, afford themes of the most inter- esting character, and examples of the most perfect confidence. In style, they have the widest range, "from grave to gay, from lively to severe." Cliildren away from home, in the excitement of new scenes and fresfl acquaintances, may for a time forget and neglect their parents; but momenta must recur reminding them of their affectionate solicitude, and in trouble and affliction making them yearn for a sympathy they may then only in its absence thoroughly a, .reciate, and it is at such times that a letter relieves the heart of the writer and moves tliat of the parent. Children sliould, however, accustom theniselves to write regularly to their parents, and they sliould express themselves in the same easy, cheerful way that they would do in speaking at home. The only rule wc think it necessary to lay down, is the propriety of preserving a due regard to the relationship in which *he writers are placed to each other. A father, wlien writing to his son, should preserve his superiority by a gentle degree of authority, and a son should never lose sight of the manner in which he can best express his sense of filial duty. It is best for friends and relatives to correspond frequently. The ties that bind them to each other are thus kept strong and bright, and they are enabled to impart to each otlier at regular intervals such news as each desires most to heai. From a Lady at the Seaside to a Friend in the City. St. Leonards, August izth, 1881. My Dear Mrs. Beaumont : I h.ivc been here two months with my family, and regret that in anoilier month we must leave this charming little Isle for the noise and confinement of a city life. I had heard much of this place, but nothing had ever come up to the reality. We have taken lodgings close to the sea- side, within a convenient distance of the markets, which are always well supplied with delicious fresh fruit, vegetables, fish, meat, and poultry as good as can be had anywhere. Our days are spent on the shore and on the rocks, with the occasional change of country walks through the green lanes, the hedges of which are perfect ferneries — different varieties of ferns growing in every locality — in fact, the Island abounds with them. Every variety that I have come across I am carefully pressing, and you will be astonished when you see my collection. Just fancy my rising at 6 o'clock to bathe, with the children. We all enjoy it much, this bay being particularly adapted for it, as it is a firm, sandy shore. You would be struck with the animation of the scene which this place presents in th*; early morning — visitors coming, some from no small distance, for the same purpose as ourselves; and most thoroughly do they enjoy \\. The poor children are already lamenting that their holiday will so soon be at an end ; that their rambles in the country, and their scrambles amongst the rocks, must be exchanged for hard study and dull rooms — which rooms, by-the-by, bid fair to be well decked with mementos of this delightful spot, if tables and shelves covered with sea-weeds and ferns indicate their inten- tions. I feel quite satisfied that they will go back to their books with double energy from ihe 76 FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS. rhange. As Tar as I nni concerned, Iioth the sea voy.i^c (ihe chief ohstaric to strangers coming; licrc), the pure air, niid the (jiiiet, have (juite rotoreil me, and I feel I shall l)0 al>lc to resume liousehold duties, which you are well aware my late delicate health had entirely pievented me from undertakiiif; for a lonj» time. We have often sjioken of you, l-nowinf^ your romantic tastes; how you would enjoy sitting on the rocks, gazinj; on the moonlit sea ; no sound heard but the niurnnir of the waves ; — that is to say, when u>e were not near, for f[uiet with merry youny people is not easily obtainable. Then the lovely drives through the country, with the ever-varying scene of green valleys und rocky bays! You would, I am sure, be ijuite as uiiw'.lling to leave the place as I am. I must not tire you more with this long letter, but I feel as if I could never cease extolling the beauties of this lovely Island. Perhajis I may be so fortunate as to awake in ycu a wish to visit it; should you do so, I am sure you will not be disappointed. Farewell. With kindest regard* to yourself and family. Believe me, , Yours most sincerely, KATHiiRiNE Ward. From a Husband, Absent on Business, to his Wife. Lexington, Ky., ^tine \st, iS8i. My Dear Wife: This is the first time, my darling, we have ever experienced the bitterness and misery of sepa- ration, and the few days I have already been absent from you apjx-ar like years. What my state of mind will be at the expiration of another two or three weeks, I will let your little affectionate heart conjecture. But I must not be selfish, my de.'ire:-,t Julia. You share my trial, but do not lie down-hearted, the time will soon pass away. You must go out and visit the good friends near you. Your dear, kind mother also is within an easy walk, I am i;lad to think. I am glad to tell you that my trip has been more prosperous than I ventured to hope. I have succeeded in making arrangements which will greatly enlarge my business during the coming year. I need not tell you that the thought that all my efforts, if succcisful, will but increase your comfort and happiness, spurs me on to still greater exertion. I leave to-night for Louisville, where I shall sjxind to-morrow. Thence I go to Cincinnati, from which place I will write to you again. Hoping to be with you again within a week, I remain, with love to your mother and a hundred kisses to yourself, Your affectionate husband, JosiAn Webb, The Wife's Reply. New York, June ^th, 1881. Dear HrsBANn: Nobody can guess how much delight can be conveyed in a sheet of paper, who has not b..-cn blest with just such a letter as I received from you yesterd.ay. So you are coming home, darling, forthwith. How my heart jumps for joy when I think of it ! Don't I love you, and donU you know it, and ivonU I pay u]i the long arrear of kisses I owe you when you return ! Make haste to the arms of your expectant wife, MarcaUET Webb. From a Married Son to his Mother. riiii.AnFi.piiiA, Afarc/i loth, 17 — . My Dear Mother : We received your kind letter of the 2d instant, by which we are glad to hear you still enjoy wch a measure of health, notwithstanding; your great age. We read your writing very easily. I never met with a word in your letters but what I could easily understand, for though the hand tnu\. ;il.vnysfhp best, the sense makes everything plain. My leg, which you inquire after, i« FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS. 2jy now quite well. I shall keep these servants, l)ut tlio rn;in mil in my own house. I have hired himuut luthc man thai lakes care of my iJiilch iiiiiiuiit; oliiee, who .-(yiees to keep him in victuals and cluilics, and to \y,\y me a dollar a week for his work. The wife, since ih.il affair, liehaves exceeding well ; but we conclude to sell ihem both the first good opiiurlumty, for wc do not like nej;ro servants. We got aj;ain aboul half wli.il wo lost. As to your grandchddren, Will is now nineteen years of age, a tall, proper youth, and tnmh of a beau. He acc|uired a habit of idleness on tlie Kx|)edition, but beginjof late to apply him >elf to business, and I hope will become an industriou.-. man. lie im.igined his father had got enou^di for him, but 1 have assured him that I intenlease(l with my household management during your absence. l':i|)a considers nie ijuite clever, and a credit to your able teaching; still 1 know I am but a beginner, and each day I feel more and more the need of your leaching, particularly in directing the servants, whuni I cannot praise too much for tbcir aitention and industry. 'I'bey have been most careful that everylhing should go on as usual. I have not neglected my music and singing. In the latter, papa says, you will find a marked improvement; liui he is such a dear, kinil, iiululgcnt father, that I fear he praises me above my deserts, and I long foi your approval also, dear mother, as I know you are too anxious that 1 should excel to be partial. Hoping that nothing will delay your loiigwish(.'nths here. Our house isquile a mansion, with every comfort we can desire; the grounds surrounding us arc most tastefully laid out, with the advantage, that not being a new ])lace, we h.ive it in its full beauty. 1 wish there were not such a great distance between us. We often speak of you, and lament that you cannot come and spend six months with us. I am sure you would enjoy the change, and you would have horse exeicise to your heart's content. In the morning before breakfast we generally make up a p.irly for a long rule, and thus see a great deal of the country. Although a continent divides us, do nut im.igine we forget our old friends; could you see the eager faces when the post-bag comes in, you woulil l)e convinced that such w.is not the case. You, dearest Helen, are one of our most valued correspondents. Your nice long letters are so full of all that really interests u-;, that wo look most anxiously forward for your budget. Accept our united thanks for those which you have sent. Trusting that you will n.-member us, and write as often as you can spare time, and with best love (in which all here heartily Join; remember me ever as your Attached and sincere friend, Louise Munro. On Return from a Visit to a Friend. Easton, May c)ih. My Dear Friend: I reached home in safety at elove.i r. M., after a long journey, during which I was so for- tunate as to meet with very agreeable fellow-travellers, who rendered it less tedious than it might ')ihurwise have been. And now I am at home my first thoughts turn to you, and I can do nothing till I have thankeO you for all your kindness and attention during my visit at your delightful house. You really, my dear friend, possess the art of making all around you feel at home and hnp|iy. I seldom leave home for so long a tiir, and never have I returned to it with so much rego' But the best of friends must part. Life is an ever-changing scene of sunshine and shade, but , 1-RlF.NDr.Y AND FAMILY LETTERS. 27(J 4ftall n.it vr. my home, happy as it is, forget llic sunshine of my vi4t to you. Wit.!s niA»tl .'iianks a».i much love lo your jjartnis, and tacn ami every iiK-nilicr ol your f.uuily, believe mc, Yours most afTectionately, Mary Kos\ Asking a Friend in Town to make Purchases. W'lNSLOW, ^ufy "Jth, Dear Mary: I have a favor lo ask you before you leave town ; it is to make a few purchases for inc. W# have such a poor choice of things in this place in the w.iy of ilrt'ss, thai I am going to tax youi* kindness to bring mc 12 yards of blue silk, the same color as the enclosed sample j lo yarfrf of spotted clear whitf nmslin; two dozen pairs of light-colored kid gloves, 6)2 and G}{ in sizei and will you also select a nice new necktie for each of the l.'oys ? — ()uiie in the fashion, oi course. Coming from a distance will greatly add to their beauty and value in the wearcn eyes. Hoping that you will not think me too troublesome, iielieve me, with the truest regard, Yours very sincerely, Matilda i-kaser. From a Lady to Another, Complaining of Not Hearing from her. llARTl-iiKD, yauuary 20/A, iSbi. Dkar Maria: 1 wrote you a long letter ages ago, and have never had a line from you since. I b.ope yow are well. They say " 111 mws files apace," therefore I am in hopes thai nothing is the niattfr I suppose you have heard of the death of Paul Kraser. It was very sudden, indeed : he rciuriieii /rom his office at four o'clock, in perfect health apparently, and was taken ill as he '.v;is sitting' down to dinner at six. Dr. .\rchl)ul was instantly with him, but nothing could save Mm. ilc leaves, as you know, four little children. Mrs. Frascr is broken-hearted, as may be imagined; every one, of course, wonder-, what will become of her. Having for many years been on the most intimate terms with them, I know the whole of their affairs, and, be'ween you and me, shi will not be badly off. He was so careful in everyway, that although tlicy lived well, iMuctMesi money was spent by them than in many houses where it is muddled away. I very much fear, dear, I shall not see you in this house again, for I have made up my mind 'o give up housekee])ing for a time. As yet I have not fixed where I shall go. Teresa is ai Shipcoats : only poor Andrew is at home with me; he must find it very dull, poor fellow! as for the last ten days I have been suffering from influenza, and confined closely lo my room. W« ire now in the middle of winter — wliat a severe one it has been! /'..ccept my kindest love; and hoping you will soon send me a line, that I may know some- thing of your movements, Believe me. Yours affectionately, GRAcii Drake. F.'-om a Girl at School Requesting Permission to Bring a Friend Home fbi the Holidays. Springdale SK'sus.WiY, T><.rcm//er i^//i, iSSi. Dear Mamma: Yo'i have always been so very indulgent to me. and havs s.-) nr*!>i rfr.nnted my req'iPjlu b.'t am rilmost sure you will grant a favor I am going to asK- you. It is (his: our vat-ao ••■ comiflences next week, and a very dear friend of mine, an orphan, who is almost jiiy coBst'\B' 28o FK/J:XJ>Ly A.\J) I AMI I y LETTERS. companion, will lie obliged to remriiri at school the whoic of iht; holidays, .is the friends with whoni she was to havi; spert this vacation have lost their cjrlcsl boy in >carlft fever, so you »e« it is uucrly inijiossiMe for poor Clara to jjo to tbem. Will yoii allow her xo (■f)iiie home with nie? Wo should jirofer to share the same room; she is very affetlionatt, kind, nnd H""'l. ;>"d would be a favorite with ail at home. I do so feel for iny poor, dear frieml ! If she Ins in r
«;;; j/^. Ukar Mother : I know you will all be pleased at home to hear I like my place very much. My mistress is >Try kind to me, .iiid shows me herself how to do thinjjs I hail not le.unt before, 'lli.it is very dill'erent to my other mistress, who only used to tell me but did not teach me, and I find 1 remember much better now, besij. My Dear Boy : Now you have returned to school, it is my duty to point out to you how absolutely necessary it is fot your future success that you should persevere m your studies, more ',:.->peciuIly if y.)U 'wish to leave college (for which you are destined) with honor. Do not be carried away wiib .'he natural love of ease and ]ileasure, but accustom yourself at once to really hard work. It you cannot reconcile yourself to do so in your youth, you will be unable to do so as you grow older, and you will become incapable of achieving anything great. Application may be difficult at first, but when once you have .'\ccustiinied yourself to it, you will find study pleasant, easy and agreeable, and in years to come you will be well repaid for the toil and trouble you now undergo. \V!|,it can be pleasanter than to find yourself at the herid of your school, leaving all competitors i)ehind ? what more gratifying than to give pleasure to your father and mother, and to obtain the .idmiratif)ri and approval of your teachers ? That, dear boy, will be your reward if you study ■onstantly and pnticntly ; but if you n^lect the opportunities offered to you now, your future life •vill be nothing but disquietude, and you will grow up ignorant, and be despised. Pay altenliou to my advice, and work in the morning of your days. With your mother's best love and min^ Believe me, your ever affectionate father, RiCIIARU PtTERbON. FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS. 283 HOMPSON From a Father to a Son, relative to his Expenditiin-. Hackney, Alarc/i y A, 1&81. My Dear Son: Your last letter gave us pleasure not unmixed with pain : pleasure to learn that you were well, and held in esteem by your superiors, and on friendly terms with those of your own stanning ( awd pain from the request which it contained. Your mother, like myself, feels grieved that yuv should ask for an additional allowance. You should consider that you have brothers and sisters for whom I have also to make a provision, and that if the allowance I now give you (which is considered large) be increased, it must deprive us all of some of our necessary coniforis. You must reflect on this, dear boy, and then 1 am well assured that you will not urge yuin- request. 1 will, however (for this once alone, understand me), make you a present of one hundred dollars. Your own good sense, I am certain, will show you the necestily of retrenchment, so I shall net allude to the matter further. The presents you sent us each by last mail are much appreciated and treasured by us. We are going to move from this neighborhood, as we find it too expensive; when next you write, therefore, address to Durnford Street. All your pets are well, and we guard them jealously for your sake. Trusting you will remain kome time at Cannes, as it agrees with you so well, and that we may constantly hear from you, Believe me, with our united, kindest love, Your affectionate father, H. V. RossiTER. A Father, who has lately Lost his Wife, to his Daughter at School. WOBURN, yu/y 20ih, My Darling Child: I Was very pleased and comforted by your last affectionate letter. Bitterly, indeed, do I misa you ! Had I given way to my own selfish wishes, I think I should not have allowed ycju to return to school. Your dear aunt, however, who is now looking carefully after my domestic aflairs, showed me so plainly that by keeping you at home I should be depriving yoa of iw advantages of education, that I sacrificed my feelings for your sake. On reflection, also, 1 hopeo that you would find some little consolation and comfort from association with young la lies oj your own age, for here all is cheerless and dreary. The void caused by your dtar mother's death can never be refilled; my home is truly desolate. It would have been wrong io kci^p vuu •t iiome to share my grief, and thus uselessly add bitterness to your younger years. Do noi grieve too long and bitterly, my child, for your dearly loved motlier ; imitate her in every r\ctuji, of her life; and v/hen time has slightly moder.ated your poor father's sorrow, and you ara .« jharire of his home and your own, things may be brighter and more cheerful again, I'lMv write to me soon, and Believe me, Your ever affectionate father, Thomas Dale. A Parent to Ms Daughter at Service. Medford, Jl/tj/r/t 1st, 1S81. My Dear Daughter: When you left home for service, you were so young and inexperienced that we were mosi anxious as to your welfare. We are truly thankful to find from your letter, received a f«w ilnvK ago, that you are in a place that is likely to prove comfortable. I need not give you muck advice as to obedience, for you have always been, both to your mother and niysplf, a mos obedient and dutiful child. Your mistress is very kind in showing you how to perform your duties. Be attentive, and grateful to her fur such kindness. >84 FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LEIIERS. Do not make acquaintances too hurriedly ; never stay out later than the hour appointed foi you to be at home; and on no account whatever admit any one into the house, without hr| obtaining leave from your mistress. Never miss an opportunity of attendin;^ Divine wor.li.p Write to us as often as you can ; and with the love of your motiier and myself, Believe me, your affectionate fatl.er, JosKPH Hod(;es. Letter from an Absent Father to his Son. Paris, October ith, 1802. Drar Richard: Here I am, after having lingered six or seven days very unnecessarily in London, I don'l know that even the few days that I can spend here will not be cnouj;n — sickness, long and glocniy — convalescence, disturbed by various i)aroxysms — relapse confirmed — the last a spec- tacle soon seen and painfully dwelt upon, 1 shall stay here yet a few days. There are some to whom I have introductions that I have not seen. I don't suppose I shall get myself [re Rented to the consul. Not having been privately baptized at St. James's would be a difficulty ; to get over it a favor; and then the trouble X getting one's self costumed for the show ; and then the small value of being driven, like the be" ts if the field before Adam when he named them ; — I think I sha'n't mind it. The character of lliis place is wonderfully different from that of London. I think I can say, without affectation, that I miss the frivolous elegance of the old times before the Revolution, and that in the place of it 1 see a squalid beard grown, vulgar vivacity; but still it is vivacity, infinitely preferable to the frozen and awkward sulk that I have left. Here they certainly wi>h to be happy, and think that by being merry they are so. I dined yesterday with Mr. Fox, and went in the evening to Tivoli, a great, planted, illuminated garden, where all the bourgeoisie of Paris, and some of a better description, went to see a balloon go up. The aeronaut w.as to have ascended with a smart girl, his bonne atnie ; for some reason that I know not, some one went up in her place; she was extremely mortified ; the balloon rose, diminished, vanished into night; no one could guess what might be its fate, and the pool drar one danced the whole evening to shake off her melancholy. I am glad I am come here. I entertained many ideas of it, which 1 have entirely given up, or very much indeed altered. Never was there a scene that could furnish m^re to the weejiing or the grinning philosopher; they might well agree that human affairs were a sad joke. I see it everywhere, and in everything. Th< wheel has run a complete round ; only changed some spokes and a few " felloes," very little for the better, but the axle certainly has not rusted — nor do I see any likelihood of its rusting. At present all is quiet except the tongue, thank.> to those invaluable protectors of peace — the army ! ! At Tivoli last night we had at least a hundred soldiers, with fixed bayonets. The consul now /i'7'es at St. Cloud, in a magnificence., solitary, but still fitting his marvellous fortune. He is very rarely seen — he travels by night — is indefati- liable — has no favorite, etc. As to the little affairs ai the Priory, I can scarcely condescend, after a walk in the Louvre, amid the spirit of those arts which were inspired b;. freedom, and have been transmitted tc power, to think of so jioor a subject. I hope ;.• get a letter fK)m you' in London, at Osborne's, Adelphi. Many of the Irish are here — not of consequence Vi be in danger; 1 iiave merely heaid of them. Yesterday I m^t Arthur O'Connor in the street, with Lord and Lady Oxford. Her ladyship very kindly pressed me to dine; but I was engaged. I had bargained for a cabriolet, to go and see my poor gossip. Set out at two : at the end of five miles found I was totally ;ais- directed — returned to St. Dcny's— got a miserable dinner, ami w.is fleeced as usual, I had some vengeance of the rased, however, by dei^loring the misery of a country where a strangei had nothing for his dinner but a bill. You feel a mistake in chronology in the two " yester- days;" but, in fact, part of this was written yesterday, and the latter part now. I need ivul u I\'IKXDLY AND lAMILY LETTERS. 28$ ilcsire you to liid any one remember me; but tell them I remember them. Say how Eliza does. Tell Amelia and S.irah I do not forget them. God bless you all. Yaur affectionate father, J. P. CURRAN. A Descriptive Letter. SiiKEViSBVK\, Sepremderg/A, iSii. My Dear Friend: Accept a liasty line for your entertaining letter. I have been so constantly in motion, or in company, or indisposed, that I have not written one letter but of absolute necessity or business i.nce I met you that last morning. Vou have not the less lived in my affectionate remembrance. Instead of the stipulated fortnight, Mr. Gisborne dttaincd '.is a month in his charming forest, accompanyinij u-;, however, on our excursions. We obeyed your commands in making the Derbyshire tour. Matlock is enchanting, of a different character, but not more interesting than Malvern, where we stayed a couple of days in our way to Staffordshire. Everything concurred to make our visit at Yoxall interesting; scenery of a peculiar character, and pleasant society in the house and neighborhood. Among our inmates was Mr. , brother to Lord , the bent of whose mind and the turn of whose conversation incline me to believe that he is not unworthy to fill the pulpit at Lutterworth, once so worthily filled by Wickliffe. It is delightful to witness the many accessions to the cause of Christian piety in the higher ranks of life. We are come to this fine old town to visit sortie friends. Both the near and distant views art intimately connected with our history. Here is the battle-field where Harold once fought ; and since still more distinguished by the fall of Hotspur, Harry Percy. They do not exactly show ihc spot where Falstajf ran away. Another hill presents the scene of the valour of Caractacus. Another of an ancient oak, said to have been planted by Owen Glendower. .Still more substan- tially valualile are the numerous edinces con-^ecrated to public charity ; all appear to be remark- ably well conducted. With public charity the name of Michard Reynolds naturally connects itself, as it did in Colebrook Dale, the most wondferful mixture of Elysium and Tartarus my eyes ever beheld; steam-engines, hills, wheels, forges, fires, the dunnest .ind the densest smoke, and the most stupendous iron bridge, .all rising amid hills that in natural beauty rival Dovedale and Matlock. We grieved that excessive fatigue and heat, rendered more intolerable by a withering e.ast wind, jirevented us from roving through Reynolds' fine walk, which he keeps up for the benevolent accommodation of others. To-morrow (alas I it is still a parching east wind) we propose, if it please God, to set out on a little Welsh tour with our hosts, to peep at the Vale of Llangollen, Valle Crucis, Chirk Castle, etc., etc. We hope to return over the classic ground of Ludlow, a town I much wish to see. May God bless and direct you, my dear friend. Yours affectionately, 'I. Moke. A Young Lady, Inquiring the Cause of her Friend's Silence, BosTOH, ApnV 20tA, iSSi. Dear Lizzie: I am quite at a loss to conjecture the cause of your silence, as I am unwilling to believe you liave entirely forgotten me, or that there is any decline in your affection or reg.ard. It is now more than a month since I received a letter from you, .and in the meanwhile I have formed many theories in (nder lo account for your long epistolary silence. Have you been sick, or what has been the matter ? Do let me he.ir from you as soon as you can. I would have called upon you, but I have been confined to the house with a sprained ankle ever since I first heard you were sick, I am anxious to know how you progress, and will there- fore inquire about you daily. Trusting I shall soon have the pleasure of seeing you out again, I 'eni.iin, Dear Lizzie, your sincere friend, Julia Martin. «8fi INVITATIONS, NOTES OF CEREMONY, ETC. ^n^^ ---<=i^g^. » ■.» - » ^ » ^ J » -.0 . » ■. » .. » ■■ » - r^ S^^^^ — %Tv JncitatiattJj, ^ott% 4 ^^^^^m^» tit. |? The form of the note is most frequently adopted by ladies, who in this wa> generally issue invitations to parties. It is, however, on many general orca- sions, extremely dseful, as in returning thanks for any courtesy shown, or when any misunderstanding has arisen between friends, in which case it tends to guard against personalities. It is a form useful, also, as being intermediate between the distant and familiar styles, though it is not usually employed when the communication is of any length. Invitation to a Dinner Party. Mr. and Mrs. Greene request the pleasure of Mi's. Page's company at tlinner on Thui-sAiy, the 19th of December, at six o'clock. RiVERSiiAM Park, December lotk. Declining the Same, Mrs. Page regrets extremely that a prior engagement will prevent her having the pleasure of dining with Mr. and Mrs. Greene on the I9ih of December. 31 Russell Square, /)^cv?;«i^r ink. Accepting. Mrs. Page has much pleasure in accepting Mr. and Mrs. Greene a invitation to dinner on Um iQfh of December. 31 Russell Sqvw.^., December iiM. Imitation to a Dinner Party. Mv Dear Miss Sumner : Will you favor us with your company at dinner on Tuesday next ? It will be quite a famil; gathering, but EJward and I should not consider it complete without your presence, I wiU take no denial. Believe me, Yours sincerely, JUDD Street, yune gtk. Hannah Delmar. A Less Formal Invitation. Dear Louis ,• Come and dine with us on Thursday next, to meet a few old and valued friends, who* Tiiames I shall not here mention, l)ut 1 assure you it will give you great pleasure to see ihe-n Pray let me have a favorable reply, and believe me, Yours ever sincerely, 1829 Walnitt St., Nov. $tk. Tttv i'^-^^iKu, Invitations to Evening Parties. Mrs. Davis requests the ;i:ca-,ure of Mr. Cole's company lo-raorrow evening, at half-past nint- Dancing. RoAfNEY Lodge, yhvuary ^A. nner on Um INVITATIONS, NOTES OF CEREMONY, ETC. 287 An Invitation to an Evening Party. Mn Napwilh requests the pleasure of Captuin, Mrs. T^rodsliam, and faniily's coiopany to 9 rtnall eveniii}; party, on Friday, l8fh Septemlier, 1879. Eight o'clock. Music and cards. 4 St. Dominic Place. A Very Friendly Invitation. 24 Monument Viacv., December 22d, iSS/ Dear Mrs. Lees We purpose having a smaV pai ty for music and cards next Thursday, and hope that you, »our husband, and the de.-tr girls will join us. If you can favor us with your company, please 4sk the younp ladies to bring their music, and do not be later than eight o'clock. We unite in kindest love to you all. Believe me, Most affectionately yours, Jennie Carroll. Accepting. 19 St. Paul St., December zyt., 1881 ^s Dear Mrs. Carrohi Wo slin'l have much pleasure in accepting your kind invitation for Thursday next Edith desires me to give yon her love, and to say th.it she is delighted at the prospect u* j musical evening ; she will bring all your favorite songs, aiid do her best to sing them With our united best regards, Believe me. Yours affectionately, Harriet L»k. Invitation to a Juvenile I^rty. 29 Fifth Avenue, Dttembtr 4/A. Oear Mrs. Gibson : Will you allow your I'ttle glris to join a juvenile party at our house, at five o'clocn. on Ush 7th instant? It is Selina's birthday, and I have ' .vited a few of her young friends *t; jieey 4 f'w'w tier. I have named an early hour, as I «1o not like tare tiours for little folks. With kind regauls, tieleive me, Vours sincerely, Maria Gkav. Answvir Aceepting 49 W Forty-third St., December 4/I. Dear Mrs. Gray: 1 feel miich pleasure in accrpt-.ng yoor kind invitation fc* my little girls, pastlcuiHrty u yr- nave named an early hour. ! have hitherto refused all mvuations for them on account of tlw inte hours of juvenile parties ir the present day, which ! ^onsjder very injurious to children. With many thanks, Believe me, Yours very sincerely, Maria G!b&i> Hwlining. 19 W Forty-third St.. Decembtr ,\th i88i. Ww- Deak Mrs. Gravi Tlianks for your kind invitatFoB to my little ones. I should not hesitate to accept H if H«^ il: ,. l< I 288 INVITATIONS, NOTES OF CEREMONY, ETC. were quite Well, but Sarah has a very bad cold and sore throat; and as our doctor has some fear that she is showing some symptoms of measles, I am compelled to decline it. 1 hope Selina may enjoy her birthday party. Kiss her for me, and wish her many liappy returns of the day. Ever yours very truly, Maria Gibson, Invitation to a Picnic. Orange, August c)tk. My Dear Mrs. Stanley: While this glorious season lasts, we are desirous of getting up a Picnic party for our youn^ people and their friends. Should the we.ither be favorable, next Tuesday is the day we have fixed upon for the ex cuisinn, and I shall be delighted if you and your two dear girls will join us in our merry- linking. It is strictly to be a gipsy party, and you will oblige me by coming in a suitable dress — that Is, prepared for rambling in lanes and getting over hedges and ditches ; to be rewarded by some lovely views, besides affording the gentlemen opportunities of showing their gallantry and good nature in helping the ladies. I will send the Picnic Omnibus round for you at — o'clock, as our house is to be the start- ing-point. . By seiidmg an early reply you will oblige, Yottts most sincerely, Rosa Duncan. Accepting. Orange, August 9//I. My Dhak Mrs. Duncan j 1 am niost happy to accept your Invitation for myself and my daughters on Tuesday next, Lucy and Mary are delighted to go. Of all parties a Picnic is that which they most thoroughly znioy . tot, .tb thev say, all formality is set aside on such occasions, and in the face of nature one feels i-trn as uir and dares be natural, which, in the present state of society, is rather dithcult 1 riavc a yiwor ro asK- 11 is that you will permit me to bring "a little contribution to the rural repast which yt)u are prepanng. Our garden is well stocked with fruit, and by allowing m€ Ut Jupply tilt ic:>ser( vou wili greatly oblige Your sincere friend, Laura Stanley. declining. Owing to a Previous Engagement. Orange, August yh. My Deaj Mas. T>UNCANi I ^.rr. exceedingly sorry to be obliged to decline your kind invitation for Tuesday next, owing II. & prior eng*§eMent caused by the coming of age of my brother's eldest son, on which occa> loll the family dine together at his nouse Hoping the weathev will prove favorable for your excursion, and that the young people will •1 A.' i»avi'* - ''i't could w'.sb., Believe me {'Viritti kind regards, in which my daughters unite), Yours very sincerelyf Lauea Stanley r our you 11)4 be the start* INVITATIONS, NOTES OF CEREMONY, ETC. 285 Imitation to a Picnic — A Lady to a Gentleman. COI-EHROOK, August 20///, iSS.. Dear Mr. Paxton: We have a few friends from New York stayintr with us now, and as the country is lookinji very heauiiful and ihc wcalher tcniptinjj, we propose to have a Picnic at Orani^e, on the 24th inst. We have arranged wilii Mrs. Mason, and Major and Mrs. Caldwell, as to the means of convcvince ; so if you are disengaged and will join us, call here at about I I.JO. We have 1 racant seat for you in our carriage. iJelieve me, t>ear Mr. Paxton, Yours truly, Laura REODiNa Invitation to a Friend at the Seaside to Come and Spend Some Tima in th' Country. Thr Elms, August 6tk, 1881. My Dear Eleanor : I should be very glad if you could come and spend a month with us : the country Is really se lovely dining this season, and the evenings so deliciou>ly cool that such an admirer of nature would, I think, enjoy the change from your wild rocky scenery to our quiet, peaceful valley, ind from the roar of the waves to the music of murmuring brooks, I expect my brother and sister to spend the autumn with me, and if you can make up youi mind to leave home for a short time, they, as well as I. will be delighted with your company. George, who is as merry and mischievous as ever, will, I know, do his utmost to add to youi enjoyment and make your visit a pleasant one. With kindest regards to all at home, Believe me. Your sincere friend, Annie Leighton. Accepting. Gloucester, Mass., August Jti, i88i, Wy Dear Mrs. Leighton: I shall be dtlighted to accept your kind invitation. It will be a great treat to pay an inland visit again, and I shall always enjoy staying with you very much. I shall also be very glad ta jee my old friends ag:iiii, and to have a laugh with George, Ple.xse excuse a short note, as I am going out with a frienr and she is waiting for me, but I would not delay a minute in acknowledging your kind invitc.ion. With love from all of us to you and yours, I am ever Your obliged friend, Eleanor, Declimng. Gloucester, Mass., August Tth. Dear Mrs. Leighton : Thank you very much for so kindly inviting me to stay with you, but, alas ! I cannot have tha great pleasure of going to you. My dearest mother is very ill, and I cannot leave her; you see 1 have a double cause for regret, my disappointment having such a sad cause. I wish indeed thpt I could sec your lovely place, and have a laugh with George. Pray remember me to him, and give my best love to your sister, when you see her. My invalid requires all my time, P'ease, therefore, excuse a very hurried note, an^i Believe me, Your disappointed, but affectionate, Elkanuk. t9 *po JNVITATIONS, NOTES OF CEREMONY, ETC. I i ■ OcAkxsT Eleanor i i iini truly sorry (or llic cause of our disappointment. *. wbnnever you have a moment to spare. VVc uuilc iu love and aH'eciionate sympathy to yoit The Elms. Auput Mi Pray let me hear how the dear irmh' Vour sincere friend, AnMB I.EUillTiJN Invitation to a Wedding. NewYopk. Mij- tj/A, iSSi My Dear Mrs, Stsdman r We li.ive fixed on tho twclfih of June for oar marriage. Arthur says he shnll call it tb* .roudesl day of his life, and knowing our allachmcnt, you will not lie surprisfd whtM 1 lat ■liat 1 gladly look forward to it. Siill, on the dawn of this new life, a lingering love fot my <.4d I'.vne, where I have otptrienced so much happiness, causes some natural regrets. To leave a>} ( havf! cherished of old, and to cling to one only in the future, at times saddens me; bur :n Uu aopeof matting Arthur's happiness, I feel more reconciled to the change. The purport of my letter I must not foigct, which is lu l)cg that you will favor us with ya yiresencc at the ceremony. By sending an early reply, and that a favorable one, you will confer the greatest favor on Your loving friend, F1.0KENCK Darliw. Answer Accepting. AlTIANY, Jlfajf 15/A. My Dear Florencr. Most gladly do I accept your Invitation to your wcddmg on the I2th of June, which day I Kirnestly hope and pray will date as the era of many, many happy years for you, attended witk .•very hlessing. If my short acquaintance with Mr. Ch.isc justifies me in forming an opinion of him, I may say that I think him a most csiimalde, frank, and warm-hearted man, and one to whom « could safely intrust the future of my old companion, were I to decide what should be her fatf, Oeing spared that responsibility, I still mean to sanction the act by being present at the ceremony. Until then adieu, and with warmest love believe me, Yours very affectionately, Margaret Steidman. Invitation to Dinner (Bachelor's). The Albany, 7«»' ^o^i- Dr\R Browne » Will you dine with me at eight o'clock to-morrow? Some of our fellows are coming, an^ we mean to have a quiet game of whist in the course of the evening. Come if ivjssiblc. Yours truly, Horace Twisi. Invitation to a Bachelor Party. Kidderminster, /l-M/arv, 18S1. [)EAR Fellows: Yesterday I met Donovan and our four other old friends, who are here for a few day* I'.^y are coming to dine with me to-morrow at seven. I know it is some years since you m ■ uienai I hope you will make one of our party. Believe me, yours sincerely, F. CUNNINT.HAM LOVE LETTERS. 991 Accepting the Same. KlonERMlNSTER, Ftbruary, 1881. De/ir Cunningham : It will allord me the very greatest pleasure to dine with you to morrow at seven. It is many years since I met those you mention, but I have a vivid recollection of passing many pleasa.it nourii in their society and conipanioniihip. Believe mc, yours sincerely, Harry Fellows. A Gentleman Regretting he cannot Accept an Invitation, 1619 Walnut Street, February tsf, i88i. My Dear Maoam : Thank you very much for thinking of mc on Saturday. I should have liked to have joined your p.irty immensely, hut I go to Wilmington that afternoon, and am therefore unable to havt the plcnsuic of accepting your very kind invitation. My m-iUKT and sisicrs have gone to Washington i they left on Wednesday, and on the same day (iMf fi iLiuls, the IJoscawcns, returned to IJallimore. I hope to reach that truly lovely place on S.uiuday. Altiiougli a month has elapsed since the last year left us, I must send you and your sifter all good old-fashioned New Year's wishes, hearty and sincere; will you both accept them? And with many ibauks, repeated, for your kind note, Believe me, dear Mrs. Blake, Your sincere friend, Henry Ross. E iETTEPS, 'tjty With regard to courtship and marriage, the reader is referred to those »;ubjects as treated in a preceding part of this wc^H^ Dtiriiig the j^eriod of the engagement it is of^iP necessary for lovers to be absent from each other, and they will naturally seek to commune with each other in letters expressive of their affection. These epistles are termed " Love Letters," and are beyond all comparison the most attractive and interesting of letters, as they are written in the intimate confidence excited by a tender passion. The language of the heart is universal ; in all countries, and with all people where there is sensibility, it is understood. It is the language of nature, charming us with its simplicity, and, by its true expression of our feelings, possessing the power of commanding our sympathy. There are few suggestions that can be offered as to the composition of love letters. They are frequently based upon the more general form of letters of friendship, the affections of the writers giving a tone to the whole, and being displayed by direct allusions as occasions present themselves. Any extravagant 2)2 rOVE J.ETTERS. m llattery should be avoided, both as tending to disgust those to whom it fa addressed, as well as to degrade tlie writers, and to create suspicion as to tlieif sincerity. Tiie sentiments should spring from the tenderness of the heart, and, when faithfully and delicately expressed, will never be read without exciting sympathy or emotion in all hearts not absolutely dearleiied by insensibility. A love letter should be neither stiff nor constrained ; nor should it be stilted in style. Write as you would talk to tiie object of your affections, and express your honest sentiments, (lood sense will always dictate a proper amount of reserve ; but where you feel it necessary to exercise caution in writing to a lover, you had better not write at all. Where you cannot trust him implicitly, put no fiiith in him at all. The following forms are oflercd, as has been already remarked, as models, and it is hoped may prove of service. A Formal Declaration of Love. Dayton, Aft?y 26M, 1881. My Dear Miss Mary: You may think it a presumption in nic to address you tliis letter, I)ut I feel that the time has come when my future happiness — and, I trust, your own — depends upon a frank and honest declaration of my feelings towards you. I have long cherished for you a deep and faithful love, and have only refrained from telling you so in words that you mijjht have time to see it in my conduct towards you, and so be enabled to examine your own heart, and judge whether you could return that love. I have not tried to conceal my feelings. Your beauty, your sweetness of disposition, your strong good sense, and the many amiable qualities that endear you to your friends, have made you dearer to me than to any or all of them. I love you as a man should love the woman he wishes to make his wife, and I am bold enough to hope that this avowal will cause you jileasure, rather than pain. I ask you to be my wife, and I assure you, that should you consent to confer such a happiness upon me, the best efforts of my life shall be devoted to your happiness and comfort. I am not, as you know, a man of wealth, but my means enable me to marry, and though I cannot promise you the luxury that a wealthier man could bestow upon you, I can promise a faithful and enduring love, and a home in which your comfort will be my chief aim. Will you not consent to make me the happiest of men by letting me know that my hopes are not vain, and by promising to be at some future, and I hope not distant, time my wife ? I shall await your answer with anxiety, and beg that you will send it at your earliest convenience. 1 remain, dear Miss Mary, Yours most sincerely, William Richardson. A Favorable Answer. Dayton, May zj/A, 1881. My Dear Mr. Richardson: Your letter of yesterday was not a surprise to me, and I will frankly say that it g.ive me greal happiness. I will say to you as frankly as you have told your love for me, that I return youi Kntiments, and will strive to be to you all that you can wish me. I shall be glad to sec you this evening. Yours, Mary. LOVE LETTERS. An Unfavorable Reply. 293 Dayton, Atay rjth, 1881. Mv Dkar Mr. Richardson: Your noic of ycsicnlay h.is been received. Wliile thanking you sincerely for your flattering estimate of me, and for the ^reat lienor you have clone me in askiuy me to he your wife.camlor comi)cls me to say that as I do not cherish for you the feelin-s a wile should bear t..wauls her nusbaud, I mu.t decline the honor you would confer upon me, and refuse the olll-r you n>ake rot* , . r 1 1 1 <• • I have the highest respect for you, and I assure you this refusal costs me a great deal of pam. For your sake, I wish it could be otherwise; but as it cannot, it is but right that 1 should tell you so frankly. Let me hope that you will yet fmd some woman, worthy of you, who will make you the eooa wife you deserve. ,,. , , , • ' Sincerely your friend, Mary Blaine. A Less Formal Offer. Snow Uill, January is/, iSSl. Dear Rosy: On reiurninfj from skating yesterday afternoon, and reflecting alone on the pleasant morning we had passed, I was more than ever impressed with my wretclied, solitary existence. Will yoa break for me this monotonous routine of life by saying, " It need not be, Charlie? " I have loved you fondly and long; your parents and mine are intimate friends; they know my private character. Will you accept me as your husband, dearest Rosy ? Believe me ever, Your attached, Charlie. The Reply. Snow Hill, January ij/, i88l. " It need not be, Charlie." I shall be at home this evening. Rosy. Another Form of an Offer of Marriage. Wilmington, March $th, 18S1. My Dear Miss Greene: I have intended many times when we have been together to put the simple question which this note is inteni.U;d to propose ; but although it seems the easiest thing in the world to make an offer of marriage, yet when the heart is .is deeply interested in tlie answer as mine is, it is apt to fail one at the critical moment. Can I, dare I hope, tiiat you will jiermit me to call you mine? Am I mistaken, misled by vanity, in supposing that this proposal, made in the truest spirit of respectful love, will not be displeasing to you ? My position and prospects warrant me in saying that I can provide for you a comfortable home, and I may truly add that without you no place can be a home to me. Anxiously awaiting your answer, I remain. Yours affectionately, Henry Townsend. Miss Maud Greene, Wilmington, Del. A Favorable Reply. WiTMlNGTON, March dth, iSSi. Dear Mr. Townsend: Your offer of marriage is certainly unexpected, hut it is made in a manner so diffident and respectful as to iireelndo the possibility of its giving offence. I am not offended; but marriage ii *94 LOVE I.ETTEKS. • serious matter, and aFihuujjIi I uoufess my own iiicliiiatiuiis arc in your favor, I must advise witli liiosu whu liavu a li^ht to bu cuii.iultcil, Ij.Toiu I give yuu a ilucidcil aniiWLr. I tliiiiU I may say, liuwuvci , iii Uiu mcaiitimu, thai yuu need iiul Jfipair. Siiicetfly yours, Maud Gri:i:ne. Mr. Henry Townsend, WiLMiNr/ruN, Del. An UnJ'avorahle Reply. Wilmington, March bth, iSSi. Di'.AR Sir ; Yuu have nddresscd me in plain and earnest language, and I feel it my duty to give a candid and po.silive answer to your proposal wiliiout dcl.iy. I cannot accept your offer. As an Acquaintance, I have found your society aj^reeable, hut have never thought of you as a lover. It is, therefore, utterly impossible that I can res[)ond favorably to your leller. Thanking you for the honor you have done me, but at the same lime requesting you to consider your offer fmally iteclined, 1 remain Your friend, Maud Greene. Mr. HicNRY Townsend, WiLMiNciTON, Del. A Declaration of Love at First Sight. VVaterkord, Mil}/ 8//t, iSSi. De\r Miss Logan : Although I have been in your society but once, the impression you have made upon me is so di-ep and powerful th.it I cannot forbear writing to you, in defi.ince of all rules of etiquette. Aflection is somelimes of slow growth; but sometimes it springs up in a moment. In half an hour after I was introduced to you my heart was no longer my own. I have not the assurance to suppose that T have been fortunate enough to create any interest in yours; but will you allow me to cultivate your acquaintance in the hope of being able to win your regard in the course of time ? Petitioning for a few lines in reply, I remain, dear Miss Logan, Yours devotedly, Walter Philips. Miss Susan Logan, Waterkord. An UnfavoraUe Reply. Waterford, Afay 8i/i, l8Si. Sir: Your note has surprised me. Considering that you were, until last evening, an entire stranger to me, and thai the few wi rds which passed between us were on commonqilace subjects, it might be called impertinent. But I endeavor to view it in a more favorable light, and am willing to attribute your extraordinary and sudden professions of devotion to ignorance of the usages of SOI iety. You will oblige me by not repeating the absurdity, and I think it best that this note »hould close the correspondence and our acquaint.mce. By attending to this request, you will obhge, Your obedient servant, Susan Logan. WM.TF.R Philips, Esqr., Waterford. A Favorable Reply. Waterford, May 9///, 1881. Dear Sir; 1 ought, I suppose, to call you severely to account for your declaration of love at fust sight, but ' cannot in conscience do so; for to tell you the truth, I have thought more about you sinco LOVE LETTERS. 295 w ' J c/ur liritT interview than I sIiouUl l)e \\ illiii>; to ailmil, if you h.id not come to confession lirit. Anil now a woiil or two in HCiiousness : wc know iiul little as yet of each oilier, and liciirl.s should not lie cxeliiinyeil in the ilaik. I shall he happy to receive you litre as a fiieiul, ami a'l to out future relations to each other, we shall be hetter ahic to judye what they ouyhl to be when wo know each other nioie intimately. I am, dear sir, Yours truly, Susan Logan. Mr. Waiter Philips, VVaterforo. An Ardent Declaration. Troy, June loM, 1881. My Dearest ftARA: I can no loni;er restrain myself from writing to you, dearest nnd best of girls, what I have often been on the point of saying to you. I love you so nuieh that I cannot fnul words in which to express my feelin>j;s. I have loved you from the very fust day we met, and always sh;dl. Do you blame me because I write so freely ? I should be unworthy of you if I did not tell you tho whole iruih. Oh, Clara, can you love me in return ? I am sure I shall not be .able to bear it if your answer is unfavf)ral)le. I will study your every wish if you will give me the ri^ht to da 80. M.iy I hope? Send just one kind word to your sincere adorer, Harry Palmer. The Reply. Troy, June iil/i, 1S81. Dear Harry : Thank you for your dear letter. It has made me very hajipy. My heart has lon^ been yours, as I will own, although you may think less of me for the frank avowal, and I am blushing for myself while I make it. Of course, we must consult our parents before making any serious engagement. Meanwhile believe nie, Yours ever, Clara, From a Young Man who Intends to Settle on a Farm. NORTHAMl'TON, February i^h, 1881. Dear Miss Mary: You will not be surprised to hear that I have decided upon removing from here, and settling upon a farm of my own. This step, I am sure, is a wise one. There is a capital chance in Somerset county ; in fact, a certainly for a man who is not afraid of work, and is willing to rough it for a while. I have enoufih capital to ensure a good start, and have no fear of the result. Father and mother approve of my intention, and .so do all my friends, although, to tell the honest truth, I do not think that if their advice had been against ihe change, my purpose would be altered in the least. In fact, I feel like being independent, and working my own way in the world. And now, dear Miss Mary, cannot you guess why I am telling you all this? It is because beyond all my wishes and hopes is the hope that my start in life may be with you at my side. Dearest, I have never told you lu)W I loved you. I have not enough words to tell you now, IJut if a life-long devotion to yon, if a love that cannot turn or change, be worthy of your accept, mice from me, I offer it to you with all my heart. Do not reject it. I picture to myself how happy we may be in our own homestead, you and I together. How many times I have thought over the time when I could honorably ask you to be my wife ! I would not do so until I had made all my plans, for I would not ask you to marry on an uncertainty. Now, Mary, if I did not think that I could make you happy, I would not ask you to be mjr wife. We have had many a pleasant time together, and somehow I do not think you havo learned quite to hate me. This is a curious letter, perhaps you will say, but you know it is just me all over. I cannoi 2g6 1.0 J'^ LETTERS. make it any better, and at all events I hope it says just what it means, which is, that I love yon very clearly, and want j'ou to be n-.y wife, and preside over the new home that I am preparing for you. So, dearest Mary, do not say " No " to Your sincere and affectionate admirer, Thomas Anderson. 4 Favorable Reply. Northampton, February t^th, 1861. Dear Ihomas: Reidly. you haf^ly give me a chance to object to any of your arrangements. You have the farm, and think, as a matter of course, you must have me, too. But suppose I do say " No," and decline to be. taken possession of in ihe way you propose. I think I ought to l)e very anf y with you, for leaving out what young ladies expect in a love letter. You should have filled it tfilh all sorts of compliments to my beauty, if I have any, my (jualifications for the presidency you speak ef, and many other excellencies which, of course, I possess. Still, dear Thomas, I will not scold, and will even own that in ever so long a time I might come to love you just a little. As for your proposal, I would promise to think about it, but where would be the use? You have evidently made up your mind, and all th.-tt is left for me is to do fhe same; and, as some people say that the first duty of a wife is obedience, to begin to practise its exercise at once. AVill that suit you, sir ? Seriously, you make nic very hapjiy. I try to write as if I were unaware of how great the change is which you offer no, but my heart will try to make itself heard all the lime, and I cannot restrain it. I accept your Idvp, Thomas, as ireely as it is given, and all mine is yours in return. I will try to he a good wife to you, with God's help and my own best endeavor. I have no fears for my future, if you are with me, and if that future be not a bright one, my efforts to make ii so will not have been wanting. Until we meet, then, believe me, dear Thomas, Yours affectionately, Mary Lacey. Trom a Gentleman to a Widow. Thiladelphia, A/try 10///, i88i. My Dear Mrs. Winchester : I am sure you are too clear-sighted not to have observed the profound impression which your amiable qualities, intelligence and personal attractions have made upon my heart, and as you have not repelled my attentions nor manifested displeasure wiien I ventured to hint at the deep interest I felt in your welfare and happiness, ^ jai-not help hoping that you will receive an explicit expression of my attachments, kindly an^. I.vorably. I wish it were in my ]5ower to clothe the feelings I entertain for you in such words as should make my pleadings irresistible ; hut, after all, what could I say, more than that you are very dear to me, and that the most earnest desire of my soul is to have the privilege of calling you my wife? Do you, can you love me? You will not, I am certain, keep me in suspense, for you are too good and kind to trifle for a moment with sincerity like mine. Awaiting your answtr, I remain, with respectful affection, Ever yours, Mrs. Julia Winchester, Frederick Holmes. Philadelphia. A Favorable Reply. Philadelphia, May 12///, 1881. My Dear Mr. Holmes : I despise false delicacy, and therefore shall not pretend that I have been blind to Ihe state of your feelings. Nay, more, I will say that if your attentions had been altogether unwelcome, I ! fit ^11 ,-. ,( 'CK f. (■ "■ I hoi \f i^ . lilX, ■<: .'t '^ ■-■'toC'U.^ ! Vf . >n V' Ai K. tR; J> i. './ ■1.. ( 1 :i-t. l^>">(. :i Mnpo-f;: ■■''.-: -Trr t-n tr rUUji '».^ iira »]\;^i| ■H-.', i l:f^. -'/"'" •■ ^ ;.i'." I*;:if ^ig, .Ui;.if ; .■•»^' >, -.*',if,f_ A' If!.. ■f 1,: '•••"" 't^' Cr.fl ^'^'f^,» U>-m :-<> ;. <| '. 'tirt, i.i.!v w :.Xi5.', :.. • *. . -:'?r ?4<» /;; >2im -V «<.* : i »' tii- y , *!' Mi ^ r;, A' W.c'*.'.4»- :.( c. •{t ^ S^ ^:. 3b ? ■*■-.,■ '^.^ ■li. iA''^, LOVE LETTERS. 297 should have treated them with a degree of coldness which you say I havn not shown Widows, you know, are supposed to have more ex])crience and tact in lliese matters than single ladies, and depend upon it, if I had disliked you, I should have known how to make you aware of iJie fact Under all the circumstances, I think you may hope. I shall be pleased to see you whenever yon feel inclined to call, and meanwhile, I remain, Yours very truly, JUUA WlNCliJ-blUu Frederick Holmes, Esqr., I'lIlLAUELPHIA. An Unfavordhh Reply. rwiLADELPHlA, J/<7> I2M, i88k Dear Sirs You give me credit for a discernment I do not possess, for I declare to you, I never suspected thr.t there was anything beyond friendship in the sentiments you entertained toward me. I am sorry to find it otherwise, because it is out of my power to answer your question in the atlirmative. I esteem you, but theie I must pause. My heart is untouched. The probability is that I shall always remain a widow. Wishing you, with all my heart, a more favorable response from some worthier object, J continue, Your sincere friend, Julia Winchester. Mr. Frederick Holmes, rHILADELPlII/i. L*;..- ^ '*«■.. .&¥■ A Love Letter from a Gentleman to a Lady. NEkV York, January 20/4, 1S81. Dearest : D.iys have passed by now since we have had the pleasure of a few moments' conversation even; how these hours have dragged their slow pace along you and I alc^e can tell. It is only when we are left to the peaceful enjoyment of our own society that time flies. It may be that to-morrow at Mrs. E.'s we shall have a little time alone. We all dine there; she told me she should have a dance also, and that your mumma had promised her your sister and yourself should be of the party. Miy I ask for the first waltz? T =!end a few flower;, but T imigine you will only wear one, the rose in your hair; your sister is always pleased with a bouquet, so I shall not be very angry if you let her have them, onJy wear my rose. Your own Edward. From a Lady to her Lover loho lias not Written to her. Whitehall, A'Jwvw^t-;- 6//?, 1881. Dear John: It is more than a month since you wrote to me. Are you ill? or what causes your silence? 1 have thought lately also that your letters were constrained and cold, as well as few and fat between. Has your affection for me changed? If so, speak frankly to me, denr John. I would not for the vorld hold you to your promise to me, if you desired to be released from it. Write to me immediately, and answer me truly. I am, ever. Yours affectionately, Matilda. Zg8 LCVE LETTERS. bran a Lady to her Lover whom she Suspects of Inconstancy. IlARTroRD, Novanber 4//i. J 11. la a visii ycjlerday from my oM friend Mrs. Curtis. She is, you know, ignorant of mj on;,M!,'einent to you In tlie course of conversation she told me that you were at Mrs, Lee's party, •11(1 that you were flirting with Sophy Grey I Is this truth, or idle invention? If it be really he case, no words would be sufficiently strong to express my contempt for you. Is it right for ■» man to win a woman's affection only to disappoint her at last? Your own heart (that is, if *ot very materially changed) will answer, " No I " Write immediately to me, then, and dispel my rjixieties, for Ihcy arc almost more Ihan I can at present bear. I demand the truth from you, which every houurablu-miadcd man is bound to render to the woman whose aftections he has gained. Your vei-y unhappy Lai;ra. The Lover's Reply, Hew York, A'ovfMder s'' '88i. Dearrst T.ovei Such I must and will, with your permission, always call you. Your letter really caused me mucii uneasiness; but Dr. Brown, who came in just as it arrived, strictly fori-ade me to excite myself in any way, and would not allow me to reply to it immediately, as he feared an imme- aialc return of my old heart complaint. Who can have been so mischievous, so ungenerous, lo determined to make two hearts miserable, as to invent this wicked story of my flirtation wiih Miss Grey? You name Mrs. Curtis. On inquiring of her this morning, on hur return from Hartford, 1 find she heard it somewhere spoken of, she s.\ys, but cannot recall to her mind the jjerson who mentioned it. Let me at once and forever disabuse you of such a suspicion. My affection for you is unchanged and unchangeable; often and often I have by letter, and veibally »oo, pledged myself that you alone, Laura, dearest, were my only thought, my only joy. lianish all vain suspicions from your mind. Trust in me; I will never deceive you; my love is invio- lably yours; for you I breathe, for you I live, without you I should die. Believe me, dearest, night and day you are uppermost in my thoughts, and a sad, sad day it would be for me if for one moment you withdrew that confidence in me that I have so long happily possessed. Be- lieve no aspersions against one who loves you madly. The time, I trust, will soon arrive when I can call you mine .alone, and no breath of suspicion shall ever fall upon my fidelity. Love me then, my dearest, as your own heart dictates; have no cares in future as to any attention, even in the least degree, being shown by me to any one, further than due civility, or what i» required from the usages of society, exacts. Tomorrow I will do myself the pleasure of calling, end trust then to succeed (if not successful now) in fully explaining away any doubts or fearj you may entertain. Believe me, dearest Laura, Your devoted George. A Lover Urging the Fulfilment of a long Engagement. New York, September Stfi, iS8l. My Dr;AR lucv: When T have hitherto in conversation ventured to approach the subject of this communication, vol) have invari.ibly succeeded by wit, against which I wear no armor, or playful badinage, that disarms me, in driving me from your presence, hardly knowing whether to laugh or be mortified by my defi-rAt. I nm in the position of a general, who, having laid siege to a fortress, at length is assured of victory by the submission of the enemy, but finds that capitulation does not mean the wrrendsr of the object of attack. I thought that you had capitulated, and that your surrendi* *:, LOVE LETTERS. 295 was unconditional. But I am slill gazing vainly upon wliat I had deemed already con(iucrcd« and si"h in vain foAhc possession wliich I thought was my own. Hopeless of success by any other tactics, I now propose to spring a mine upon you, capture you by general assault, blow down your defences, and, in short, do all manner of tcriible things that can be dreaa.ed or thought of. But I will throw aside metaphor, and speak plainly and seriously, trusting that you will read and judge kindly and considerately what I have to say. We have now been engaged longer than is customary, and certainly long enough to enable each of us to be satisfied as to whether or not our engagement was wisely entered into. Fov me, I can only sny that it lias been long enough to convince me tliat my happiness is in your hands, and that, with God's help, yours is safe in mine. Let us then put an end to this long novitiate of love. Let us not tempt cruel fate to step in between us and mar both our lives, but let us instead set out together, hand in hand and heart with heart, upon the jialh of life laid out before us, and upon which the sunshine of promise now falls brightly. Say when shall ilii* be? When shall I call you mine forever, and this long delay be over ? Believe me your ever-faithful lover, Charles Howard. A Favorable Reply. Brooklyn, September 6lk, iS3i. My Dear Charlie: I did not know that you had so much of the inspiration of warlike Mars, and am lialf-int'ined to be alarmed by your very fiercely expressed letter. Poor me ! In a state of siege too ! What can I say to such a redoubtable warrior, unless to beg for mercy, and sue for the best terms of surrender which I can obtain. Seriously, 1 am sorry if I have been unreasonable in avoiding conversation upon a ccvtain subject. It has been from no want of faith in you or love for vou that I have preferred to post* pone the giving up of my liberty. I have felt happy as I was, and secure of your alieclion, and quite sure that I myself should not change. Now, however, I promise to think seriously on the subject, and not to turn aside from it if you again introduce it into our conversation — in short, you shall not again feel that such a letter as that you have sent me is necessary. I remain, ever yours affectionately, Lucy. From a Soldier Ordered Away, to his Betrothed. Newport, R. L, ^fy 8M, 1881. Dearest Julia: 1 can sc.ircely compose myself to write, for this very morning, at mid-day parade, a telegram was received by our commanding officer directing the regiment to hold itself uiulcr orders foi immediate service; ?o that, of course, I shall be prevented seeing you before our di'ijailure, as all leave is stopped for officers as well as for the non-commissioned officers and men. Where our future destination may be no one can at present conjecture, but we think it may bo New Mexico. Mow blighted now are our hopes! where all seemed bright and joyous, nothing is left but separation and blank despair. Julia, you love me; you are mine, are you not, dear JuIk. ? Although separated for a time, we shall love each other faithfully; no doubts must arise; no feelings of suspicion or fear between us; but firm in the knowledge that we .ire de- votedly attached to each other, and that nothing can change the ardent feelings we entertain, w« .nius; wait and hope. I trust in a few short yeare, my darling Julia, to call you mine. Your Ronald will be true to his promise and his love, and in faith that his Julia will bear up bravely fls a soldier's destined wife should do, he obeys his country's call in anguish but not in despair. A.ccept the little present I send you (forwarded by registered letter by this evening's post), aiio with most affectionate and enduring love. Believe me, my dearest Julia, vour ever devoted, Ronalr Di;gaK 300 LOVE LETTERS. Fixing the Wedding-Day. Cornwall, August Sfk. My Dear CIeorge: If the l6th of lliis month will suit your plann, I shall be ready to take the final vowi which will bind me to obedience for the future. Will you Ije a very severe " lord and master? " Ah ! I kiiow what you will say ! Only keep your promises, dcarf>st, as faUhfuUy as I intend to keep m'.ne, and we shall be very ha]ipy together. But we must both ask God's assistance foi the perfoimance of our new duties, or we may fail lamentably. I am a little nervous, and half sad, half hapi>y. Come soon, and soothe Your anxious and alTectionale, Elizaueth. Postponing the Wedding-Day. New York, ^une i^th. My Dear John: In reply to your most affectionate letter, I am compelled to ask you for a little further delay. I have always promised Janet Gordon that she should be my bridesmaid, and she cannot be in New York for another fortnight. Will you wait, dear? I should be so much oiiliycd to you if you would; and I trust it is the very last disappointment th.U I sli.dl ever inllict on you. My dearest John, believe me ever your failhfully attached, Laura. A loung Lady to her Mother, Informing her of a Proposal. CAric May, October, i8Si. My DicAfiEST Mother: I have very wonderlul tidings to communicate to you ! Yesterday Mr. Carver, of whom we have seen a great deal since I came to my aunt's, joined me on the beach (where I was walking with only aunty's liitle dog I'ido with me), and after a lilllc uninijiorlant conversation, suddenly proposed to me ! I was very much astonit;hed, for I had not ai ulca that he cared for me. I have referred him to you, as I cannot decide without your advice and approval. But, dearest mamma, I bke him very much better than any one whom I have ever seen, and if you would not think it iinpiu lent of us to marry on I'is small income, I think I could be very happy with him. I do not think that riches confer happiness, and I should be content myself to share his moderate means and struggle io get on with him, hoping for better days to come. He is a very religious man, mamma; and very good-tempered. I could trust him fully, and loal\ up to him as a guide and adviser. My aunt knew that he intended to make ri\e an offer, and says that she thinks I "might do worse," which is warm approval from her. Pray, dearest mother, let me hear from you by return of post. I cannot help feeling restless till this affair is settled. Ever your loving and obedient child, Jennie. A Servant to her Loveri New Haven, yufy 8//;, iSSi. Dear Edward: Your letter received last week was a great pleasure to me, as you seem to be doing so well. I shall be veiy glad when we can meet again and talk over our future prospects. It seems alinorl a lifetime since we saw each other, and yet it was only five weeks ago last Sunday. I feel ilut the old saying, about absence making the heart grow fonder, is very true, Edward; I Impe it is the same with you. I like my place very much, indeed; the family are all kind and good to me. They must like me, I think, as my mistress has raised my wages to $4 a week. I told ber you would be able to go to your mother's for a few days soon, and she has no objection to jfour coming to 5e« we *)eie. I must leave off now, with best love. I 'emain, yours affectionately, IlANNAH. 1 S'.'A'J INWALL, August 8fk. o take the final vowj ;re " lord and master? " as faithfully as I intend ask God's assistance foi the Elizabeth. w York, >««f 14/A. ror a little further delay. ;1, and she cannot be in o much ol)liged to you jvcr inllict on you. d, Laura. a Proposal. May, October, 1881. Ir. Carver, of whom we h (where I was walking It conversation, suddenly lat he cared for me. I approval. But, dearest en, and if you would not be very happy with him. :cnl myself to share his to come, luld trust him fully, and she thinks I " might do mot help feeling restless :hild, Jennie. WEN, July Wi, 1 88 1. 1 to he doing so well. \, spects. It seems alniorl ast Sunday. I feel tin* rue, Edward; 1 lii>[.'e it are all kind and good to s to $4 a week. I told \ she has no objection to ately, IlANNAH. K g: af^S^O li *.T 0® f^ S2S1- m. H7 / 7- >•*'>-•> t''y% i»^^S G/ifii-1 ■ -!?:•* •I. iiiv'iis:. !»■ re--., i'p'r r'. :". rm : . * ■ . ' ^. I ^i ,oii i'>f ■*'•■ :tv if^f. • '.f ' «•• ■ ;Hl iu, one ' /t Ml ■' '■%/- V'* ' ../ '/>'• -,=■ *-•■*• ..• ■■' :'! -'SV. ■f(^-fi.t 1 >f >. if*'f k'^l &■ lit ' '•^sy :^' .urS WEUDIh'Ci CARDS Ai\'D IM'ITATIONS. 301 WEOOiNG CARDS AND iNVITATIDNS .^'?k=>- Ciooi) TASTK shouUl be displayed in the printing of wedding invitations. The wedding always takes place at the residence of the bride, or at the church she is in the habit of attending. If the parents of the bride are living, they send out the invitations. Invitations to persons residing in the same city or town must be delivered by a special messenger. Only those to persons at a distance should be sent by mail, and these must b'j placed in an outer envelope of heavy texture for the protection of the inner envelope. The paper used for wedding invitations should be heavy, and of the finest quality. The invitation may be printed from type or from an engraved plate. Though the latter is more costly, it is by far the better plan. The size of the paper is regulated by the prevailing style. It is best to seek the advice of a stationer on this subject, as he is obliged by the nature of his business to keep himself fully informed as to the customs of the day in this respect. The following forms are furnished by Mr. Wm. II. Hoskins, 913 Arch Street, Philadelphia, one of the leading stationers of that city. vl;\ ri'}t€/ { //l\^ Oc^^ua-'i-cC QD i cawii. {/fea-j^Jtr/ny tt/i^^yi^^'^^, (Z>7pci-4^^ /O^^ a02 WEDDING CARDS AND INVITATWm. €1./ ^ /=^ c'c^^. eTA ^tz-i^te^c-c J2/K ^c4a. '^^^ad^ S^. Ufi^^a^^nd. -e^ C^^eKnA-^-n- -S^?^, €€^u<^a^ c^'U^-w^n, (M^ict^^i^^ay. f:::^//.-!,/ (M)M. (&Mf^ g4^. J2^'cUlcd<>'n.. i WEDDING C^iRDS AND INVITATIONS. 303 Sometiines, in the place of the script used above, the old English letter is employed. This is a matter of taste. Two cards accompany the invitation to the wedding. One of these is en- graved with the names of the couple to be married, and is larger than the other, which bears merely the maiden name of the bride. In some places it is the custom to attach the cards to each other by a fine white satin ribbon tied in a wedding-knot and inserted in the upper part of the centre of the card, or in the upper left-hand corner. The following will show the style of cards referred to: Cy^l. ^i/na/ Q^'id. Qif^m. ^2^. (&^.md(ma. C?fc. /^W Cyfadtit/ ^/. ci^ltdot^. (^^7%)CU. ^/c^^^/ nted on note paper ■ -~\ u^^hi. fc9/. IP m 1: ■1(1:1 i® O'lG) i Yir, ..je^ trE^p/.yf- 'i w^'''^ji'i/f ?/n."(. .i^ffT-, :■ iW''l®*»>. *#•>- ■ -^t.-9 ,: >■■■■■<•";•._ •*.<-* -• •'M^'v ^' « ■ - *. I^s -i!^, ta**-*-— -*■ .fa. ■ ^^'-^ •« •f" ., >.4 .;.^ * i .* ,'1>' 'ikitm [)■■> t( »x* hAppy - Ar.i-i*'- «i .^ I^^or |?^ii.\%'^F ,'»'rs:'r*?i5rn rf ^h>K Jk:'-1. (),; Htj vd I 'i! «! i 1 WEDDING ANNIVERSARIES. 30s '^^=^^^^5=5ss*'fc^ i^^^liig ^^w^'t^ttm/tlt!^ It is tlie cnstom in tliis country to celebrate the anniversaries of happy «iiarriagcs at certain periods. These are — Tlie First Anniversary, called the Cotton Wedding. " Paper '• . " Leather '* «' Wooden «* -« Woollen " " Tin " " Silk and Fine Linen Wedding. «« Crystal " " China " " Silver '< " Pearl •• ^nby »♦ "in *^ Z^.r. ond Second « << Third «< «< Fifth « « Seventh «i « Tenth « « Twelfth <( l« Fifteenth (1 <( Twentieth • 1881. *.- ra. 'I ii <5^/i»* .Tifn tfffri^?' answer requested. Invitations to the Silver Wedding should be printed upon fine white paper, In silvered letters. The following form is used, the letters being silvered : 1856. ^.«™»,^^ 1881. <1^ I; 308 WEDDING ANNIVF.RSARTE^. Invitations to the Golden Wedding should be printed npon heavy white 01 cream-colored paper in rich gilt letters. They present a handsome appearance, llie following is the form used : 1831. ,^ ^^^ Aunlvo^^ 1881. ;^ M37p <& Mrs. Jolia R« Hill, "/ 287 CHESTER ST. %\t ^iamottd betiding. But very few persons enjoy the happiness of celebrating the seventy-fifth anniversary of their marriage; but where this is possible, it should be observed with all the impressiveness the occasion demands. The invitations should be printed in clear letters on the heaviest and finest paper, and the envelopes should match. The following is the form used : 1806. % S9UW"W%« 1881. C// S2^c^te, 1892 Woodland Avenue. LYCEUMS Al/D DEBATING SOCIETIES. 309 i Avenue. Form of Constitution FOR A Lyceum or B3EfiATiNnd if, after four weeks thereafter, his account remains unsettled, he shall stand suspended, and shall not be reinstated until all dues and arrearages against iiim shall be i)aid. Sec. 3. — Any member who shall be in arrears to the r;ociety to the amount of two dollars shall be suspended ; and should his account remain unsettled three weeks thereafter, he shall be expelled. i'lr 314 LYCEUMS AND DEBATING SOCIETIES. Article IX.— TAX. If the funds of this society sliould at any time be exhausted, or inadequate to meet its demands, tliere shall be an equal tax upon each member to make up the deficiency. Article X.— FLNES. The chair shall have the power to impose the following fines: Sec. I. — Any member who sliall, at the meetings, make use of any improper /anguage, or refuse to obey the commands of the chair when calk.d to order, or be guilty of any disorderly co-iduct, shall be fined for each offence ten cents. Sec. 2. — A member failing to attend any meeting of this society shall be fined ten cents, unless he renders a satisfactory excuse. Sec. 3 — A member shall be fined ten cents on being found absent half an hour after the calling of the roll, unless he can assure the society that what belated iiim was insurmountable. Sec. 4. — Any member leaving the debating hall before the society shall have adjourned, without the consent of the presiding officer, shall pay a fine of fifteen cents. Sec. 5. — Any member failing to defend the position in debate assigned him by the chair, sh.all be liable to a fine of thirty cents, unless excuses sufficiently valid be given. Sec. 6. — If a leader in debate is found absent, unless a reasonable excuse be offered he shall be fined twenty-five cents. He will also incur the penalty for non-attendance. Sec. 7. — Any member, whilst another member has the floor, leaving his seat or the room, whispering or talking, or otherwise attracting notice, thereby in- terrupting the member speaking, shall be fined ten cents ; and for such acts oi disorder no excuses shall be rendered. Sec. 8. — If any member calls another to order, and fails to substantiate his point, he shall be fined ten cents. Sec. 9. — If a member appointed to serve on a committee neglects to attend to its duties, he shall, imless he presents a satisfactory excuse, be fined teti cents. If a committee fails to do its duty, each member will be fined as stated in the preceding clause. Sec. 10. — Should the Secretary, Treasurer, or any other officer, reglect to have at the meetings such books and papers belonging to the society as may be necessary to use ; or neglect to perform his duties as laid down in the constitu- tion and by-laws, he shall, unless a reasonable excuse be given, n])on the motion of a member, and with the consent of the society, be fined for each offence twenty cents. Sec. II. — Should a committee be hindered in the performance of its duty through the negligence of any officer, said officer shall be fined ten cents. Sec. 12. — If a member neglect to pay his fines or assessments within two LYCEUMS AND DEBATING SOCIETIES. 315 ivpeks af'er being imposed, he shall be fined ten cents, and lor each succeeding wech, if he still persists in not paying, fifteen cents. Skc. 13, — Sliould any member lefiise to conform to the rules of debate, ctc^ lie shall suffer a penalty of twenty cents. Sec. 14. — For such acts of negligence a. id violations of the rules ;in(l regula- tions of this society as are not noticed in the above sections, the cliair, witii die consent of the society, may impose a fine not less than ten cents, and not exceeding one dollar. Article XI The society may at any time fine the President, whde presiding, for anv neglect of duty, ten cents. Article XII.— APPEALS. Any member shall have the riglit, when fined, to appeal from the decision of the chair to the meeting; and if his appeal be seconiled by another member both distinctly asserting in courteous language that ihcy believe the decision of the chair to be erroneous, the society will take into considerati(^>: the question^ and unless the society sustain the i)osition of tlie chair, iho fine shall be remitted. Article XIII. —RESIGNATION. No member shall resign unless his resignation be submitted in writing two weeks previous to the time of resignation. No such resignation shall De received by the society until all arrearages are paid. substantiate his Article XIV.— SUSPENSION AND EXPULSION. Sec. I. — Any member who shall refuse to conform to the constitution, by laws, rules and regulations of this society, or be guilty of repeated disorderly conduct, shall be subject to suspension or ex|)ulsion. Sec. 2. — When the motion for the expulsion of a member shall have been made, it shall be announced at two regular meetings previous to action being taken, when the accused shall be permitted to show reasons why he should not be expelled. If, however, three-fourths of the members ])reseiU vote in favor of the motion, it shall be carricv ; and under no circumstances can it be reconsidered. Sec. 3. — Members expelled cannot be proposed again for mcmbersiiip within three months. Article XV.— TRIAL. Any member charged with indecent language, or gross immond conduct, shall be tried by a committee of five ; and one of the committee believing him guiltv, shall, before the whole society, ])rosecute the case. After the prostcutor has made his speech, the prosecuted shall rise, and if he choose make his tie- feiice. The prosecution shall then close the argument, and tiie society shali determine, viva voce, whether he shall be censured, suspendeil, 01 expelled. I 3^6 LYCEUMS AND DEBATING SOCIETIES. Article XVI.— COMMITTEES. Sec. 1. — There shall always be one standing committee, and special com- mittees may be appointed by the President. Sec. 2. — All questions broi'ght forward by the Query Committee shall be presented by the chairman of the committee to the society, and the vote shall be taken, for reception or rejection, without debate. The reports of all other committees are free for debate, etc. Sec. 3. — All reports of committees shall be presented in writing, and signed by the members offering tlie same. A majority of a committee ( oiv;;):itutes a (luorum for the transaction of business. Each member shall be fir -d for tlie non-performance of his duty; and when a committee is fined for non-pcrforniance of duty, each member shall bear an equal share of the fine. Sec. 4. — The chairman of the Query Committee shall, immediately before the expiration of his term of office, present to and read before ti c society his monthly report. Article XVII.— BADGE. Each member of this society shall wear a suitable badge, which the society sliall see fit to adopt. Article XV 'm -LIBRARY. The society being, as it were, in its nascent state; has not the funds at com- mand now to appropriate to that highly commendable undertaking of purchasing a library of one or two thousand volumes. However, there shall be a library. Rule i. — No question shall be stated unless moved by two members, nor be open for consideration until stated by the chair. When a question is before the society, no motion shall be received, except to lay on the tabic, the jircvious question, to postpone, to refer, or to amend; and they shall have precedence in the ')ider in which they are arranged. Rule 2. — When a member intends to speak on a question, he shall rise in his place, and respec uUy address his remarks to the President, confine himself to tiie (j.iestion, and avoid personality. Should more than one member rise to speck at the s;cmc time, the President shall determine who is entitled to the floor. Rule 3. — Every member shall have the privilege of speaking three times on any question under conside'-ation, but not oftener, unless by the consent of the society (determined by vote) ; and no member shall speak more than once, until every member wishing to speak shall have si)oken. Rule 4. — The President, while presiding, shall st.ite every question coming before the society ; and immediately before putting it to vote shall ask ; "/\.i; you ready for the question? " Should no member rise to speak, he sliall rise to put the question ; and after he has risen no member shall speak upon it, unles* by permission of the society. LYCEUMS AND DEBATING SOCIETIES. 317 (1 special com- irittee shall be d the vote shall orts of all other ing, and signed ;ee ( jn;:!;itutes a be fir -d for the non- performance mediately before e the society his hich the society he Ixmds at com- ing of purchasing lall be a library. ) members, nor be stion is before the able, the previous lave precedence in )n, he shall rise in It, confine himself )ne member rise to ntitled to the floor, ing three times on the consent of the : more than once, ry question coming ,te shall ask: "A." oak, he shall rise to )eak iiporj it, unles* Rule 5. — The affirmative and negative of the question having been both pul and answered, the President declares the number of legal votes cast, and whether the affirmative or negative have it. Rule 6. — All questions, unless otherwise fixed by law, shall be determined by a majority of votes. Rule 7. — .A.fter any question, except one of indefinite postponement, has been decided, any member may move a reconsideration thereof, if done in two weeks after the deci-ion. A motion for reconsideration the second time, of the same question, shall not be in order at any time. R-i'LE 8. — Any two members may call for a division of a question, when the same will admit of it. Rule 9. — The President, or any member, may call a member to order while speaking, when the debate must be suspended, and the member takes his seat until the question of order is decided. Rule 10. — The President shall preserve order and decorum; may speak to points of order in preference to other members; and shall decide all question = of order, subject to an appeal to the society by any membc.-, in which appeal no person shall speak but the President and the member called to order. Rule ii. — No motion or proposition on a subject different from tha* nnder consideration shall be admitted under color of an amendment. Rule 12.— ^-No addition, alteration or amendment to the constitution, by- laws, etc., shall be acted upon until it shall have laid upon the table two weeks. Rule 13. — No nomination shall be considered as made until seconded. Rule 14. — The President shall sign all the proceedings of the meetings. Rule 15. — No member shall vote by proxy. Rule 16. — No motion shall be withdrawn by the m.over unless the second withdrew his second. Rule 17. — No extract from any book shall be read consuming more than five minutes. Rule 18. — No motion for adjournment shall be in order until after nine o'clock. Rule 19.— Every motion shall be reduced to writing, should the officers of the society desire it. 'SuLE 20. — An amendment to an amendment is in order, but not to amend an amendment to an amendment of a main question. KfLE 21. —The previous question shall be pu. in this form, if seconded by a majority of the members present: "Shall the main question be put?" If decided in the affirmative, the main question is to be put immediately, and ill! further debate or amendment must be suspended. Rule ?2.— Members not voting shall be considered as voting in the affirma- tive, unless excused by the society. Rule 23.— Any member offering a protest against any of the proceedings of 3l8 LYCEUMS AND DEBATING SOCIETIES. this society may have the same, if in respectful language, entered in full upon the minutes. Rule 24. — No subject laid on the table shall be taken up again on the same evening. RuLR 25. — No member shall speak on any motion (except the mover thereof) more than twice, nor more than once until all wishing to speak shall have spoken; neither shall he make or debate an amendment, having spoken twice oa the original motion, without permission of the society. RuLK 26. — No motion shall be debatable until seconded. Rli.k 27. — Points of order are debatable to the society. * Rule 28. — Appeals and motions to reconsider or adjourn are not debatable. Kvw. 29. — When a very important motion or amendment shall be made and seconded, the mover thereof may be called upon to reduce the same to writing, and hand it in at the table, from which it shall be read thrice, open to the society for debate. Rule 30. — The mover of a motion shall be at liberty to accept any amend- ment thereto ; bi:t if a.i .amen 1 men t be offered and not accepted, yet duly seconded, ihr, society shall pass, upon it before voting upon the original motion. Rule 31. — Every officer, on leaving his office, shall give to his successor all papers, documents, books and rnoney belonging to the society. Rule 32.— No smoking, and no refreshments, except water, shall be allowed in the society's hall. Rule 33. -When a motion to adjourn is carried, no member shall leave his seat until the P esident has left his chai'. Rule 34. — No alteration can be made in these rules of order without a four- fifth vote of ihc sc'ciety, and two weeks' notice ; neither can they be suspended but by a like vote, and then for the evening only. I ; I" Sec. I. — The President, or in his absence the Vice-President, shall take the chair at; the hour named in the 2d section of Article I. of the by-laws. In the absence of those onicers a President /ricviL»us Slated meeting. r ,1 ! ! ;22 ««»^l ffOW TO CONDUCT A PUBLIC MEETING HOWlo CONDUCT A PUBLIC MEETliG When it is necessary to secure the expression of the sentiment of a con» munity upon any [)ublic question, it is usual for ( ( rtain leading citizens to issue a call for a meeting of their fellow-cilizens at some stated place, at a designated nour of a fixed day or evening, botii the place and the lime being clearly stated in the call for the meeting. Such a call may be written or printed, and sliould be posted in a number of public places in the village or neighborhood. ShouH there be a ne\vsi)apcr published there, it should be advertised in such paper several days before the time a])pomted for the meeting. Care; should be taken to secure the promise of some well-known speaker to l^ present and address the meeting. The call should be in the following style : Repuhlican (or Democratic) Meeting. The citizens of New Market, in favor of the policy »>f the Re]->al)lic.in (or Democrai.ic) par'.jr are reqiicsled to meet at Wilson's il.ili on Thursday evening, September 8ih, at 7 o'clock, to lake such measures as in their judgment may seem hest calculated to secure the success of Jh« party in the next election. The Hon. Joseph Triim.m will address the meeting. In the meantime the persons who have undertaken the ta.sk of arranging the meeting must hold a conference and select ntTi* ers for the meeting. These ihould be chosen from the leading citizens of the place. Upon the arrival of the appointed evening, the iiianagers of the affair musi be present punctually at seven. The meeting should not be called to order intil half an hour later. This custom obtains universally, and is intended to allow for the difference in time-pieces, .so that every person wishing to be pres' ent may arrive before the opening of the meeting. At half-past seven Mr. Thom^is Wise, one of the persons getting up the meet* ug, rises, steps to the front of the ])latform, and says: "The meeting will please come to order." As soon as this request is complied with, Mr. Wise contmues; " I move that Mr. George W. Davis be chosen as President of this meeting Mr. William Lane, another of the managers, says* " I second the motion." Mr. Wise then puts the question to the meetiifj as follows. /row TO CO.VDUCT A PUBLIC MERTTNG 323 of a com ens to issue designated early stated and should pd. Sliouly leave of the House.* — December 23, 181 1. 3. He shall rise to put a question, but may state it sitting. — April 7, 1789. 4. Questions shall be distinctly put in this form, to wit: "As many as are of opinion that (as the question may be) say Aye;^' and after the affirmative voice is expressed, "As many as are of the contrary opinion, say No.'' If the iSyitaker doubt, or a division be called for, the HouSe shall divide; those in the affirmative of the question shall first rise from their seats, and afterwards those in the negative. t If the Speaker still doubt, or a count be required, by at least one-iirth of a quorum of thj members, the Speaker shall name two members, one from each side, to tell the members in the affirmative and negative ; which being reported, he shall rise and state the decision to the House. — March 16, i860. 5. The Speaker shall examine and correct the journal before it is read. He shall have a general direction of the Hall, and the unappropriated rooms in that part of the Capitol assigned to the House shall be subject to his order and dis- posal until the further order of the House. He shall have a right to name any member to perform the duties of the Chair, but such substitution shall not extend beyond an adjournment. — December 23, 181 1, and May 26, 1824. 6. No person shall be permitted to perform divine service in the chamber occupied by the House of Representatives, unless with the consent of the Speaker. — May 19, 1804. 7. In all cases of ballot| by the House, the Si)eaker shall vote; in other cases he shall not be required to vote, unless the House be equally divided, or ;ment of order, * Difficulties h.ive often arisen as to a supposed discrepancy between the appeal contemplated in this rule and that referred to in rule 61. There is no discrepancy. The question of ordei mentioned in the seco'.d rule relates to motions or propositions, the applicability or relevancy, or their admissibility on the score of time, or in the order of business, etc. The " call to order," mentioned in rule 61, on which, in case of an .ippeal, there can be no debate, has referL'iice only to " transgressions of the rules in speaking," or to indecorum of any kind. See also rule 133, in which debate on an appeal pending a call for the previous question, is prohibited. j rhe manner of dividing the House, as originally established i)y the rule of April 17, 17S9, was, that the members who voted in the affirniative went to the rii^ht of the Chair, those in the negative to the left. This was, doubtless, taken from the old practice of the House of Common* of England. The passing of the members to and fro across the Houso vv.as found so incon- venient, and took up so much lime, that the mode of dividing the House was, on the 9th of June, 1789, changed to the present form: the members of each side of the question rising in their sea's and being thci'e counted. X The word here used in the original formation of the rule was election. On the 14th of January, 1840, it was changed to the word ballot. According to the practice, however, this rui* is held to apply to all c.ises oi election. ^2« PARLIAMENTARY LAW unless his vote, if given to the minority, will make the division equal ; ar.d in case of such equal division, the question shall be lost.* — April 7, 1789. 8. All acts, addresses, and joint resolutions shall be signed by the Speaker; and all writs, warrants and subpoenas, issued by order of the House, shall be under his hand and seal, attested by the Clerk. — November 13, 1794. 9. In case of any disturbance or disorderly conduct in the galleries or lobby, the Speaker (or chairman of the committee of the whole House) shall have power to order the same to be cleared. — March 14, 1794. Of the Clerk and Other Officers. 10. There shall be elected at the commencement of each Congress, to con- tinue in office until their successors are appointed, a Clerk, Sergeant-at-arms, Doorkeeper, and Postmaster, each of whom shall take an oath for the true and faithful discharge of the duties of his office, to the best of his knowledge and abilities, and to keep the secrets of the House ; and the appointees of the Door- keeper and Postmaster shall be subject to the approval of the Speaker ; and, in all cases of election by the House of its officers, the vote shall be taken viva voce. — March 16, i86o.f 11. In all cases where other than members of the House may be eligible to an office by the election of the House, there shall be a previous nomination. — April "], 1789. ■"■On a very important question, tnken December 9, 1803, on an amendment to the Constitu- tion, so as to change the form of voting for President and Vice-President, which required a vote of tvio-thirds, there appeared eighty-three in the affirmative, and forty-two in the negative; it wanted one vote in the affirmaiive to nialrt7 17, 1789. VViien the roll call is completed, the Speaker shall state that any member offering to vote does so upon the assurance that he was within the bar before the last name on the roll was called. — March 19, 1869. Provided, however, that any member who was absent by leave of the House may vote at any time before the result is tnnounced. — March 2, 1865. It is not in order for the Speaker to entertain any request for a member to change his vote on any question after the result shall have been declared, nor shall any member be allowed to record his vote on any question, if he was not present when such vote was taken. — May 27, 1870. 30. Upon a division and count of the House on any question, no member without the bar shall be counted. — November 13, 1794. 31. Every member who shall be in the House when the question is put shall give his vote, unless the House shall excuse him. J — April 7, 1789. All motions to excuse a i^ember from voting shall be made before the House divides, or before the call of the yeas and nays is commenced ; and the question shall then be taken without debate. — September 14, 1837. § * Of late (lifTerences of opinion have occasionally arisen as to the kind of inteiest alliuled to in this rule. It has been contended to apply to members who were merchants or manuf.icturers, or engaged in other business to be afTecte'.I by tariffs or other bills touching r.itcr oriUiiics, etc. This construction has never been su-.tained by the Mouse. The original cunslrucliun, and the only true one, is direct personal or pecuniary interest. f As originally adopted, the word present was used in this rule where the words «' within the bar of the House" now appear. The alteration was made on the 14th of Septenilicr, 1837. By a decision of the House, at the first session of the thirly-fifth Congress (see Journal, p. 337), soon after its occupancy of the present hall, the " bar of the House " was defined to be " upon the floor of the hall, and not outside of any of the doors leading into it." And when interro- gated as to his presence, every member must answer the question for himself. X By rule 30, the datn of which is subsequent in dale to this, a member who may be " in the House " is not allowed to vote, unless he be " within the bar," upon a division or count of the House. \ That part of rule 31, which allowed a brief Terbal statement of reasons to be given by Any jiember for requesting to be excused from voting, was rescinded January 2, 1847. 332 PARLIAMENTARY LAW. % 33. Tlie name of a member who presents a petition or memorial, or who atTers a resolution to the tDUhideration of the House, shall be inserted on the journals. — Afarch 22, 1806. 33. No member shall absent himself from the service of the House, unless he have leave, or be sick or unable to attend. — A/'ril 13, 1789. Of Calls of the House. 34. Any fifteen members (including the Speaker, if there be one) shall be authorized to compel the attendance of absent members. — Ap*-il 1 7, 1 789. 35. Upon calls of the House, or in taking the yeas and nays on any (luestion, the names of the members shall be called alphabetically. — Aprii 7, 1789. 36. Upon the call of the House, the names of the members shall be called over by tlie Clerk, and the absentees noted : after which the names of the ab- sentees shall again be called over; the doors shall then be shut, and those for whom no excuse or insufficient excuses are made may, by order of those present, if fifteen in number, be taken into custody as they appear, or may be sent for and taken into custody, wherever to be found, by special nies:,engers to be aijpointcd for that purpose.* — November 13, 1789, and December 14, 1795. 37. When a member shall be discharged from custody, and admitted to his seat, the House shall determine whether such discharge shall be with or without paying fees; and in like manner, whether a delinquent member, taken into cus- tody by a special messenger, shall or shall not be liable to defray the expenses of such special messenger. — November 13, 1794. On Motions, Their Precedence, Etc. 38. When a motion is made and seconded, it shall be stated by the Speaker; or, being in writing, it shall be handed to the Chair and read aloud by the Clerk, before debated. — A/>n7 7, 1789. 39. Every motion shall be reduced to writing if the Speaker or any member desire it. — April i^, 1789. Every Z£/r///(f« motion made to the House shall be inserted on the journals, with the name of the member making it, unless it be withdrawn on the same day on which it was submitted. — March 26, 1806. 40. After a motion is stated by the Speaker, or read by the Clerk, it shall be deemed to be in the possession of the House ; but may be withdrawn at any time before a decision or amendment. — April 7, 1 789. 41. When any motion or proposition is made, the question, "Will tha * The rule, as originally est.nhlished in relation to a call of the House, which was on iha 13th of November, 1789, differed from the present rule in this : there was one day's notice to be given, and it required a vote of the House, and not fifteen members, to order a member into tnsJody. It was changed to its present form on the 14th of December, 1795. On the 7th of January, 1802, it was changed back to its original form, to require "an order of the House" tc take absent members into custody, and so remained until the 23d of December, 1811, when tt \iis again changed to what it is now — 1. e., fifteen members. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 333 House now consider it?" shall not be put unless it is demanded by soma member, or is deemed necessary by the Speaker. — December 12, 181 7. 42. When a question is under debate, no motion shall be received but to adjourn, to lie on the lal)le, for the previous question, to postpone to a diiy <;er- tiin, to commit or amend, to postpone indefinitely ; which several motions shall have precedence in the order in which they are arranged* — March 13, 1S22— and no motion to postpone to a day certain, to commit, or to postpone iiulefinitely, being decided, shall be again allowed on the same day, anil iit the fime stage of the bill or proposition. 43. When a resolution shall be offered, or a motion made, to refer any sub- ject, and different committees shall be proposed, the question shall be taken in the following order : The Committee of the Whole House on the state of the Union ; the Commit. tee of the Whole House ; a Standing Committee ; a Select Committee. — March 13. 1825- 44. A motion to adjourn, and a motion to fix the day to which the House shall adjourn, shall be always in orderf — April 7, 1789, and January 14, 1840J these motions, and the motion to lie on the table, shall be decided without debate. J — November 13, 1794; March 13, 1822. 45. The hour at which every motion to adjourn is made shall be entered on the journal. — October^, 1837. 46. Any member may call for the division of a question, before or after the ♦This rule, as originally established, April 7, 1789, read thus: "When a question is under debate, no motion shall be received unless to ammd it, to commit it, for the previous question, or to adjourn^ On the 13th of November, 1794, the motion to postpone to a day certain was introduced next after the previous question. On the I7ih of December, 1805, the rule was changed as follows: 1st, the previous question; 2d, to postpone indefinitely; 3d, to postpone to a day certain ; 4ih, to lie; Slh, to commit; 6th, to amend ; 7th, to adjourn. On the 23d of De- cember, 181 1, the order was changed as follows: ist, to adjourn; 2d, to lie; 3d, the previous question; 4th, to postpone indefinitely; 5th, to postpone to a day certain ; 6th, to commit; 7th, to amend. On the 13th of March, 1822, they were classed as above, and were declared, for the first time, to have precedence according to their arrangement ; previous to which the notijns of the Speaker often governed as to the precedence of these motions; and hence the direction of llie rule. t It has been decided and acted upon that, under this rule, " a motion to fix the day to which the House shall adjourn " takes precedence of a motion to adjourn. The reason of this decision i<, that, before the House adjourned, it was proper to fix the time to which it should adjourn- To this decision, and unon this reasoning, no objection has been made. X In the first rules established by the House, on the 7th of April, 1789, it was directed that " when the House adjoiirns, the members shall keep their seats until the Speaker goes forth, and then the members shall follow." This rule was left out of the rules established 13th of Novem- ber, 1794, On the 13th of March, 1822, a rule was adopted prohibiting a motion to adjourn before /our o'clock if ther; was a pending question ; it was rescinded on the 13th of March, 1824. On the 13th of March, 1822, a rule was also adopted against the rising of the Committee of the Whole before four o'clock, which was abrogated on the ajth of March, 1824. li t SS4 PARLIAMENTARY LAW. main question is ordered,* which shall be divided If it comprehend prof.osition» in substance so distinct that, one being taken away, a snlwtantive propos'tion shall remain for the decision of the House. — September 15, 1837. A motion to strike out and insert shall be deemed indivisible — December 23, 181 1; but a motion to strike out being lost, shall preclude neither amendment noi • Oiotion to strike out and insert. — March 13, 1822. 47. Motions and reports may be committed at the pleasure of the Kousi^ — April 7, 17 89. 48. No motion or proposition on a subject different from that under consid- eration shall be admitted under color of amendment. f — March 13, 1822. No bill or resolution shall, at any lime, be amended by annexing thereto, or incorporating therewith, any other bill or resolution pending before the House. J — September 15, 1837. 49. When a motion has been once made, and carried in the aflfirmativc or negative, it shall be in order for any member of the majority to move for th« reconsideration \k\txtoi— January 7, 1802 — on the same or succeeding day— December IT,, 181 1; and such motion shall take precedence of all other qucs* tions, except a motion to adjourn§ — May 6, 1828 — and shall not be withdrawn after the said succeeding day without the consent of the House ; and there- ifter any member may call it up for consideration. — March 2, 1848. •The words in italics were inserted in this rule March 16, i860. f This rule was originally established on the 7th of April, 1789, and was in these wordt; "Nif new motion or proposition shall be admitted under color of amendment, ns a subuilute fi>r th« motion or proposition under debate." On the 13th of March, 1822, it was changed lo iiit {.'reseni form, in which the words new and substitute do not appear. J The latter clause of this rule was adopted at the first session of the 25th Congress \ iind ai originally reported by the committee, the following words were contained at the end of it « " Nof by any proposition containing the substance, in whole or in part, of any other bill or resolution pending before the House." These words were stricken out by the House before it would agret to the rule ; by which it would seem to be decided that a bill or resolution might be amended by incorporating therein the substance of any other bill or rcsuluiiun before the House. Such has been the general practice of the House. I A difference of opinion and a discrepancy in action have sometimes occurred in administenng this rule. Twenty years ago, and previously, a motion to reconsider could not be made after the tubjcct was disposed of, if there was another subject before the House, until that subject h.til passed away ; it was then often too late to make the motion. It was under this practice that Mr. Randolph was unable to move a reconsideration of the settlement of the celebrated Missouri question (notice of which he gave out of time), as, before he could do so, the bill had been taken to the Senate. The practice of late years has been changed, so as to allow the motion tu reconsider to be made at any moment within the prescribed time. If the motion be made when a different subject is before the House, it is entered, and remains until that subject is disposed of, and then "takes precedence of all other business, except a motion to adjourn." When am final vote has been taken, and a motion made to reconsider, that motion may be laid on tiu table ; in which ca-se. according to the practice of several years past, the vote stands as lhouK^ the motion to reconsider had not been made. This is correct ; as, if the Home wished to rCviO* PARLIAMENTAR Y LAW. ^•s^ 50. In filling up blanks, the largest sum and longest time shall be first put.^ AprilT, 1789. Order of Business of the Day, 51. As soon as the journal is read, and the unfinished business in which the House was engaged at the last preceding adjournment has been disposed of, reports from committees shall be called for and disposed of; in doing wliich the Speaker shall call upon each standing committee in regular order, and then upon select committees; and if the Speaker shall not get through the call upon the committees before the House passes to other business, he shall resume the next call where he left off — September 15, 1837 — giving preference to the report last under consideration: Provided, That whenever any committee shall have occupied the morning hour on two days, it shall not be in order for such com- mittee to report further until the other committees shall have been called m their turn.* — December 7, 1857. f 52. Reports from committees having been presented and disposed of, the Speaker shall call for resolutions from the members of each State and delegate from each Territory, beginning with Maine and the Territory last organized, alternately ; and they shall not be debated on the very day of their being pre- sented, nor on any day assigned by the House for the receipt of resolutions, unless where the House shall direct otherwise, but shall lie on the table, to be taken up in the order in which they were presented; and if on any day the whole of the States and Territories shall not be called, the Speaker shall begin on the next day where he left off the previous day : Provided, That no member shall offer more than one resolution, or one series of resolutions, all relating to the same subject, until all the States and Territories shall have been called.— January 14, 1829, 53. A proposition requesting information from the President of the United States, or directing it to be furnished by the head of either of the executive de- partments, or by the Postmaster General, shall lie on the table one day foi consideration, unless otherwise ordered by the unanimous consent of the House — December 13, 1820 — and all such propositions shall be taken up for consid* the matter, it would a^ree to the motion to reconsider, instead of laying it on the t.ible. Motioni to reconsider should be promptly acted on, otherwise it is in the power of a single member (voting on the strong side against his sentiments, solely for the purpose of placing himself in a, situation to make th" motion) to arrest business which a majority have determined to despatch. * This proviso dnes not restrain the House from considering a report already made for tt longer period than two days; simply prevents a committee from reporting Jurther z.{\.^x occupying lh.it period. f This rule, as it originally stood, was amended in the revision of the rules at the ist session of the 36th Congress, viz. : so as to provide for the consideration of the unfinished business at fhe last adjournment immediately after the journal is read ; to give preference to the report last ander consideration, without the necessity for the pendency of a motion to commit; olhe* •wnenHments were made ni the same time, which were rescinded Januar)- n, 1867. t,: ^36 PARLIAMENTARY LAW. cration in the order they were presented, immediately after reports are called for from select committees, ard when adopted, the Clerk shall cause the same to be delivered. — -January 22, 1822. 54. After one hour shall have been devoted to reports from committees and resolutions, it shall be in order, pending the consideration or discussion thereof, to entertain a motion that the House do now proceed to dispose of the business on the Speaker's table, and to the orders of the A%y— January 5, 1832 ; which being decided in the affirmative, the Speaker shall dispose of the business on his table in the following order, viz. : St. Messages and other executive communications. 2d. Messages from the Senate, and amendments proposed by the Senate to bills of the House. jd. Bills and resolutions from the Senate on their first and second reading, that they be referred to committees and put under way ; but if, on being read a second time, no motion being made to commit, they are to be or- dered to their third reading, unless objection be made ; in which case, if not otherwise ordered by a majority of the House, they are to be laid on the table in the general file of bills on the Speaker's table, to be taken up in their turn. 4th. Engrossed bills and bills from the Senate on their third reading. 5lh. B'Us of the House and from the Ser e, on the Speaker's table, on their engrossment, or on being ordered to a third reading, to be taken up and considered in the order of time in which they passed to a second reading. The messages, communications, and bills on his tabic having been disposed of, tlie Speaker shall then proceed to call the orders of the day. — September 14, 1837. 55. The business specified in the 54th and 130th rules shall be done ai no other part of the day, except by permission of the House. — December 23, 1811. 56. The consideration of the unfinished business in which the House may be e. .gaged at an adjournment shall be resu "ned as soon as the journal of the next day is read, and at the same time each day thereafter until disposed of; and if, from any cause, other business shall intervene, it shall be resumed as soon as such other business is disposed of. And the consideration of all other un- finished business shall be resumed whenever the class of business to which it belongs shall be in order under the rules. — March 18, i860.''' * The rule of November 13, 1794., for which this was suhstiuited, provided that "the un- firished business in which the House was engaged at the last preceding adjournment shall have preference in the orders of the day; and no motion on any other business shall be received, without special leave of the House, until the former is disjiosed of." The object of the new rule was to give the unfinished business a more certain, as well as highly privileged, position. According to the construction given this rule, the unfinished business on private bill days is not resumed until the next private bill day, and the first hour after the reading of the journal oa Monday u devoted to the obj<;cts contemplated by the 51st and 130th rules. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 337 Of Decorum and Debate. 57. When any member is about to speak in debate, or deliver any matter to the House, he shall rise from his seat and respectfully address himself to " Mr. Speaker" — ^pn7 7, 1789— and shall confine himself to the question under debate, and avoid personality. — December 23, 1811. 58. Members may address the House or committee from the Clerk's desk, or from a place near the Speaker's chair. 59. When two or more members happen to rise at once, the Speaker shall name the member who is first to si^eak. — April 7, 1789. 60. No member shall occupy more than one hour in debate on any question in the House, or in committee ; but a member reporting the measure under consideration from a committee may open and close the debate : Provided, That where debate is closed by order of the House, any member shall be al- lowed, in committee, five minutes to explain any amendment he may offer — December 18, 1847 — after which any member who shall first obtain the floor shall be allowed to speak five minutes in opposition to it, and there shall be no further debate on the amendment ; but the same privilege of debate shall be allowed in favor of and against any amendment that may be offered to the amendment ; and neither the amendment nor an amendment to the amendment shall be withdrawn by the mover thereof, unless by the unanimous consent of the committee. — August 14, 1850 : Pro7)ided, further, That the House may, V/ the vote ot a majority of the members present, at any time after the fr »" minuttii" debate has taken place upon proposed amendments to any section c ^^aragraph of a bill, close all debate upon such section or paragraph, or at their election upon the pending amendments only. — March 19, i860.* 61. If any member, in speaking or otherwise, transgress the rules of the House, the Speaker shall, or any member may, call to order ; in which case, the member so called to order shall immediately sit down, unless permitted to ex- plain; and the House shall, if appealed to, decide on the case, but without debate ;t if there be no appeal, the decision of the Chair shall be submitted to. If the decision be in favor of the member called to order, he shall be at liberty to proceed ; if otherwise, he shall not be permitted to proceed, in case any member object, without leave of the House ;% and if the case require it, he shall be liable to the censure of the House. — April 7, 1789, and March 13, 1822. * This proviso was adopted so as to enable a majority to get a bill out of Committee of the Whole after a reasonable time has been occupied in debating amendments, and was reported att the same time with an amendment to the 123d rule, the effect of which was to prevent a practice of doubtful propriety by which the friends of a bill were in the habit of taking it out of Committee of the Whole by adopting a reconiTiendaiion to strike out the enacting clause. t See rule 2, with note appended to it. X That part of this rule which is printed in italics was adopted on the 13th of March, 1822,. with the exception of the words "in cose any member object," which were inserted on the 14th of September, 1837. 22 538 PARLIAMENTAR Y LAW. 62. If a member be called to order for words spoken in debate, the person calling him to order shall repeat the words excepted to, and they shall be taken down in writing at the Clerk's table ; and no member shall be held to answer. '9r be subject to the censure of the House, for words spoken in debate, if any other member has spoken, or other business has intervened, after the words spoken, and before exception to them shall have been taken. — September 14, 1837. 63. No member shall speak more than once to the same question without leave of the House — April t, 1789 — unless he be the mover, proposer, or inr troducer of the matter pending; in which case he shall be permitted to speak in reply, but not until every member choosing to speak sliall have spoken. — January 14, 1840. 64. If a question depending be lost by adjournment of the House, and re- vived on the succeeding day, no member who shall have spoken on the preceding day shall be permitted again to speak without leave.* — April 7, 1789. 65. While the Speaker is putting any question, or addressing the House, none shall walk out of or across the House ; nor in such case, or when a mem- ber is speaking, shall entertain private discourse; nor while a member is speaking, shall pass between him and the Chair. — April 7, 1789. Every mem- ber shall remain uncovered during the session of the House. — September 14, 1837. No member or other person shall visit or remain by the Clerk's table while the ayes and noes are calling, or ballots are counting. — September 14, 1837. Smoking is prohibited within the bar of the House or gallery.-— Febrtiary 28, 1871. 66. All questions relating to the priority of business to be acted on shall be decided without debate. — February 21, 1S03, Of Committees, 67. AU committees shall be appointed by the Speaker, unless otherwise spe- cially directed by the House, in which case they shall be appointed by ballot ;"f and if upon such ballot the number required shall not be elected by a majority of the votes given, the House shall proceed to a second ballot, in which a plu- rality of votes shall prevail ; and in case a greater number than is required t(? ..ii • There is no proceeding in the House to whicli this rule can be applied. It was originnlls'* 'framed in reference to that law of Parliament which says that all pending questions are lost liy adjournment, and to be again considered must be moved anew. In the rules as revi»,,i and established on the 7th of January, 1802, the prohibition to speak on the next day w»» confiiu-cl to those who had 5>poken truice on the preceding day. It so remained until the 14th of January, 1840, when the word twice was left out. f The rule as originally adopted, April 17, 1789, directed that the Speaker should appoint all committees unless the number was directed to consist of more than three members; in whici« .(.ise, the ballot was to be resorted to. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 339 ted on shall be •ompose or complete a committee shall have an equal number of votes, the House shall proceed to a further ballot or \>i!i\o\.%.— January 13, 1790. 68. Tlie first named member of any committee shall be the chairman ; and in his absence, or being excused by the House, the next named member, and so on, as often as the case shall happen, unless the committee, by a majority of their number, elect a chairman.* — December 28, 1805. 69. Any member may excuse himself from serving on any committee at the time of his appointment, if he is then a member of two other committees. — ) April 13, 1789. 70. It shall be the duty of a committee to meet on the call of any two of its members, if the chairman be absent, or decline to appoint such meeting.— December 20, 1805. 71. The several standing committees of the House shall have leave to report by bill or otherwise. — March 13, 1822. 72. No committee shall sit during the sitting of the House without special leave. — November 1;^, 1794. 73. No committee shall be. permitted to employ a clerk at the public ex- pense, without first obtaining leave of the House for that purpose. — December 14, 1838. 74. Thirty Tour standing committees shall be appointed at the commence- ment of each Congress,f viz. : * The occasion of this rule was this : Mr. John Cotton Smith, of Connecticut, had been chair- man of the Committee of Claims for several years, and on the Sth of November, 1804, was re- appointed. On the succeeding day he was excused from service on the committee, and his colleague, Samuel VV. Dana, was appointed " in his stead." The committee considered Mr, Dana its chairman ; he declined to act, contending that he was the tail. Being unable to agree, the committee laid the case before the House on the 20th of November, Up to this time there was no rule or regulation as to the head of a committee. The usage had been that the first named meml)er acted ; but it was usage only. The subject was referred to a committee. On the 22d of November, 1804, the committee reported, and recommended that the first named member be the chairman ; and in case of his absence, or of his being excused by the House, the committee should appoint a chairman by a majority of its votes. The House rejected this pro* position. The Committee of Claims the next day notified the House that, unless some order w.ts taken in the premises, no business could be done by the conr, aiUee during the session ; and thereupon, on the 20th of December, 1805, the House adopted the above rule. In this case tho Committee of Claims availed itself of the privilege contained in the last clause of the rule, and elected Mr. Dana chairman, much again?* his wishes. f Prior to the revision of the rules, in March, i860, it was provided that the standing commit.* tees should be appointed at the commencement of each session. At the said revision the Com- mittee on Engraving was abolished, and its duties transferred to the House members of thr Committee on Public Printing. — (See Rule 100.) Originally the Committee of Claims way eh»rfl;ed with revolutionary and land claims, and all sorts of pensions. On the 22d of Decem- ber, 18 13, the duties of that committee were divided, and a committer was appointed called the Cvmmittee on Pensions and Revolutionary Claims. On the 9th of December, 1825, a separate rommittee on Revolutionary Pensions was created, leaving the business of Invalid pensions to Si ! I ' i 340 PARLIAMENTAR Y LA tV. K Committee of Elections.— VW. 13, 1789. A Committee of Ways and Means. — yan. 7, 1S02. A Committee on Appropriations.— it/or^A 2, 1865. A Committee on Banking and Currency. — March 2, l865< A Committee on the Pacific Railroad.— AfarcA 2, 1865. A Committee of Claims. — JVcv, 13, 1794.* A Committee on Commerce. — Dec. 14, i79S.t A Committee on Public Lands.— Z>^f. 17, 1805.^ A Committee on the Post-Office and Post Roads.— iVZw. 9, 1808.J A Committee for the District of Columbia. — ^an. 27, l8o8.1| A Committee on the Judiciary.— T''"' 3i 1813. A Committee on War Claims. — Dec. 2, i873."i[ A Committee on Public Expend:'.ures.^/>^. 26, 1814. A Committee on Private Land Claims. — Aprii 29, 1816.** A Committee on Manufactures. — Dec. 8, i8i9.ff A Committee on Agriculture. — May 3, i820.ff A Committee on Indian Affairs. — Dec. 18, i82i.f')' To consist of eleven mem* bers each (March 3, 1873). Except the Committee on the Pacific Railroad, to consist of thirteen mem bers (March 9^ 1869). the committee created on the 22d of December, 1813. On the 13th of December, 1825, four days after its insti'-'.ion, the designation of the Committee on Revolutionary Pen- sions was changed to the Committee on Military Pensions, and it was charged with both revolutionary and invalid pensions. On the loth of January, 1831, the Committee on Military Pensions became .he present Committee on Revotuiinnary Pensions, and an additional committee was created called the Committee on Invalid Pensions ; and the pension business was apportioned to the two committees, as set out in the duties assigned to the committees. * See note (*), page 470. f This committee was originally a Committee on Commerce and Manufactures. On the 8th of December, 1819, a Committee en Manufactures was constituted, but no duties have been assigned to that committee in the rules. X The 3d of January, 1805, was the first time at which it was proposed to appoint a Commit- tee on Public Lands. The proposition was then made by Mr. John Boylie, of Kentucky, and was rejected. On the 17th of December, 1805, the committee was constituted for the first time. Previous to that day the business relating to the lands of the United States was either sent to the Committee of Claims or to a select committee, and frequently in parts to both. \ From the earliest stages of the government a select committee was annually raised upon the •ubject of " tl»e Post-Office and Post Roads," and was always composed of a member from each State. A standing committee was instituted on the 9th of November, 1808, and, like the select committees, was directed to be composed of a member from each Stale. On the 23d of Decem- ber, iSri, it was directed to be composed of the same number of members as the other standing committees. II By Rule 162 the Speaker is directed to appoint the Delegate from the said District an additional member of the said committee. *f See note (*), page 470. ** W.ien the Committee on Private Land Claims was first constituted, it was composed of five members — two less than the other committees. On the 19th of December, 1817, it was directed to be composed of seven members. f f There are no duties assigned to the Committees on Manufactures, Agriculture, and Indian Affairs, in the Rules. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 345 said District an ilture, and Indian A Committee on Military Affairs. — March 13, 1823. A Committee on the Militia. — Dec, 10, 1835. A Committee on Naval Afifairs. — March 13, 1823. A Committee on Foreign Affairs. — March 13, 1822. A Committee on the Territories.— Z>f<-. 13, 1825.* A Committee on Revolutionary Pensions. — Dec. 9, l825.f A Committee on Invalid Pensions. — Jan. 10, 1831. A Committee on Railways and Canals. — April 9, 1869. A Committee on Mines and Mining. — Dec. 19, 1865. A Committee on F, admen's Affairs. — Dec. 4, 1866. A Committee on Education and Labor. — March 21, 1867. A Committee on the Revision of the Laws. — July 25, 1868, A Committee on Public Buildings and Grounds. — March 10, 1871 A Committee on Patents.— i>//. 15, 1837. A Committee on Coinage, Weights, and Measures. — Jan. 2 1S64— March 12, 1867. A Committee of Accounts. — A^ov. 7, 1804.^ A Committee on Mileage. — Se/i/. 15, 1837. To consist of eleven menv bers each (March 3, 1873). ■■} To consist of seven mem- bers. To consist of five mem* bers each. 75. It shall be the duty of the Committee of Elections to examine and report upon the certificates of election, or other credentials, of the members returned to serve in this House, and to take into their consideration all such petitions and other matters touching elections and returns as shall or may be presented or come into question, and be referred to them by the House. — November 13, 1789; November \ I, 1794. 76. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Appropriations to take into consideration all executive communications and such other propositions in regard to carrying on the several departments of the government as may be presented and referred to them by the House. — March 2, 1865. In preparing bills of appropriations for other objects, the Coinmittee on Appropriations shall not include appropriations for carrying into eF- t treaties made by the United States; and where an appropriation bill shall be referred to them for their cons.ideration, which contains appropriations for carrying a treaty into effect, and for other objects, they shall propose such amendments as shall pre- vent appropriations for carrying a treaty into effect being included in the same bill with appropriations for other objects. — March 2, 1865. 77. It shall also be the duty of the Committee on Appropriations, within thirty days after their appointment, at every session of Congress, commencing on the first Monday o-f December, to report the general appropriation bills. — September 14, 1837 — for legislative, executive and judicial expenses; for siindry\ * By Rule 162, the Speaker is directed to appoint one of the Delegates an additional member •f the saie the "civil and dii)lomatic," " army," " n;ivy," and " Indian." The present enumer.ition includes all that in the recent practice of ihe House have been treated as general ajipropri^uion bills. The authority to the Committee of Ways and Means to report said bills at any time (for refer- fnct) was first conferred on the 19th of March, i860, and when the duly of reporting the appro- ■priaiion bills was imposed upon the Cimnnitice on Ajipropriations, like authority was cunferred on the latter committee. By rule 119 these bills may, at any lime, by a majority vole, be made special orders. + This committee was originally a Committee on Commerce and Manufactures. On the 8th of December, i8l9,a separate Committee on Manufactures was consiiiuied, and the duiies of the original Comnr.itlee on Commerce and Manufactures have been confirmed, as al>nve. by leaving out the words " and Manufactures," There are no duties assigned in these rules to the Com* Biiltee on Manufactures. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 343 be referred to them by the House ; and to report their opinion thereon, together with such propositions relative thereto as to them shall seem expedient. — ■ Novemberi), 1808. 82. It shall be the duty of the Committee for the District of Columbia to take into consideration all such petitions and matters or things touching the said District as shall be presented, or shall come in question, and be referred to them by the House; and to report their opinion thereon, together with such propositions relative thereto as to them shall seem expedient.— yawttary 27, 1808. The third Monday of each month, from the hour of 2 o'clock, p. m., until th". adjournment of that day, shall, when claimed by the Committee for the Distri^^. of Columbia, be devoted exclusively to business reported from said committer ; and said committee shall henceforth be omitted by the Speaker in the regu!- ; call of committee. — May 8, 1874. 83. It shall be the duty of the Committee on the Judiciary to take into con- sideration such petitions and matters or things touching judicial proceedings as shall be presentee'., or may come in question, and be referred to them by i n.' ounts, to govern said committee in all allowances for such works, and ii . Uult i . in order for said committee to report at all times. — March 16, 1844. loi. It shall be in order for the Committee on Enrolled Bills — March 13. i8a2 — and the Committee on Printing to report at any time. — March 16, i860. 102. Seven additional standing committees shall be appointed at the com- mencement of the first session in each Congress, whose duty shall continue until the first session of the ensuing Congress. — March 30, i8i6. To Consist of Five Members Each. 1. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Department of State ; 2. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Treasury Department ; 3. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates lo the Department of War ; *So much of this rule as is printed in italics was inserted on the 19th of March, 1S60, and ko much of the rule of March 16, 1844, as imposed these duties upon the Committee on Engrav- ing was stricken out, thereby abolishing the latter cunimitlee. iii'; iH 346 PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 4. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Department of the Navy ; 5. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relat«»s to the Post-Office ; 6. A committee on so mucli of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Public Buildings; 7. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Interior Department ;* and 8. A committee uii so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Dej)artment of Justice | 103. It shall be the duty of the said committees to examine into the state of the accounts and expenditures respectively submitted to them, and to inquire and report particularly — Whether the expenditures of the respective departments are justified by law ; Whether the claims from time to time satisfied and discharged by the re- spective departments are supported by sufficient vouchers, establishing their justness both as to their character and amount ; Whether such claims have been discharged out of funds appropriated therefor, and whether all moneys have been disbursed in conformity with appropriation- laws ; and Whether any, and wliat, provisions are necessary to be adopted, to provide more perfectly for the proper ai)plication of the ])ublic moneys, and to secure the Government from demands unjust in their character or extravagant in their amount. And it shall be, moreover, the duty of the said connnittecs to report, from time to time, whether any, and what, retrenchment can be made in the expen- ditures of the several departments, without detriment to the public service ; whether any, and what, abuses at any time exist in the failure to enforce the pay- ment of moneys which may be due to the United States from jniblic defaulters or others; and to report, from time to time, such provisions and arrangements as may be necessary to add to tiie economy of the several departments and the accountability of their officers. — March 30, 1816. It shall be the duty of the several committees on public expenditures to inquire whether any offices belonging to the branches or departments, respectively, con- cerning whose expenditures it is their duty to inquire, have become useless or unnecessary; and to report, from time to time, on the expediency of modifying or abolishing the same ; also, to examine into the pay and emoluments of all offices under the laws of the United States; and to report, from time to time, such a reduction or increase thereof as a just economy and the public service may require. — February 19, 181 7. *This committee was created March 16, i860. \ This committee was created January 16, 1874. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 347 res as relatca Of Committees of the Whole. 104. The House may at any time, by a vote of a majority of the meml)en present, suspend the rules and orders for the purpose of going into the Com* mittee of the Whole House on the state of the Union ; and also for providing for the discharge of the Committee of the Whole House, and the Committee of the Whole House on the state of the Union— yrt////ary 25, 1848; from the furtlier consideration of any bill referred to it, after acting without debate on all amendments jiending and that may be offered.* — March 11, 1844. 105. In forming a Committee of the Whole House, the Speaker shall leave his chair, and a chairman, to preside in committee, shall be ai>i)ointed by the Speaker, t — ///>/-// 7, 1789. 106. Wiienever the Committee of the Wliole on the state of the Union, or the Committee of the Whole House, finds itself without a quorum, the chairman shall cause the roll of the House to be called, and thereui)on the committee shall rise, and the chairman shall report the name of the absentees to the House, which shall be entered on the journal. — Dccembir 18, 1847. 107. Upon bills committed to a Committee of the Wliole House, the bill shall be first read througliout by the Clerk, and then again read and debated by clauses, leaving the preamble to be last considered ; the body of the bill shall not be defaced or interlined ; but all amendments, noting the page and line, shall be duly entered by the clerk on a separate paper, as the same shall be agreed to by the committee, and so reported to the House.J After report, the bill shall again be subject to be debated and amended by clauses, before a question to engross it be taken. — April 17, 1789. 108. All amendments made to an original motion in committee shall be incor- porated with the motion, and so reported. — April "j, 1789. 109. All amendments made to a report committed to a Committee of the Whole House shall be noted, and reported, as in the case of bills. — April 7, 1789. 110. No motion or proposition for a tax or charge upon the people shall be discussed the day on which it is made or offered, and every such proposition shall receive its first discussion in a Committee of the Whole House. — Novcmbef 13. »794. 111. No sum or quantum of tax or duty, voted by a Committee of the Whole * In the re.irr.ingement of the rules under the resolutions of the House of March 16, 1S60, Ills rule was separated from the 145th rule, of which it h.id previously formed a part. f Ori);inally the rule was silent as to the mode of appointing a chairman of the Commilteff of the Whole. He was appointed by the House by iio7iination and vote thereon. Thai practice became very inconvenient, and on the 13th November, 1794, the rule was amended by adding " by the Speaker." By rule 9, the chairman has power, in case of any dislurbanct or disorderly conduct in the galleries or lobby, to order the same to be cleared. X This refers to bills in manuscript and bills from the Sv'^nate. It was long after the date of this rule that the practice of printing the bills obtained. 348 PARLIAMENTAR Y LAW. House, shall be increased in the House until the motion or proposition for such increase shall be iirst discussed and voted in a Committee of the Whole House ; and BO in respect to the time of its continuance. — November 13, 1794. 112. All proceedings touching appropriations of money and all bills making appropriations of money or property, or requiring such appropriations to be made, or authorizing payments out of appropriations already made, shall be first discussed in a Committee of the Whole House. — January 13, 1874.* 113. The rules of proceedings in the House shall be observed in a Committee of the Whole House, so far as they may be applicable, except the rule limiting the times of speaking — April 7, 1 789 ; but no member shall speak twice to any question until every member choosing to speak shall have spoken. — December 18, 1805. 114. In Committee of the Whole on the state of the Union, the bills shall be taken up and disposed of in their order on Hie calendar ; but when objection is made to the consideration of a bill, a majority of the committee shall decide, without debate, whether it shall be taken up and disposed of, or laid aside: pro* vided, that general appropriation bills, and, in time of war, bills for raisinjj' men or money, and bills concerning a treaty of peace, s'r.all be preferred to all other bills, at the discretion of the committee ; and when demanded by any member, the question shall first be put in regard to them— y/z/y 27, 1848; and all debate on special orders shall be confined strictly to the measure under con> sideration. — March 16, i86o.t OfBilh. 115. Every bill shall be introduced on the report of a committee, or by motion for leave. In the latter case, at least one day's notice shall be given of the motion^ in the House, or by filing a memorandum thereof with the Clerk, and having it entered on the journal \ and the motion shall be made, and the bill introduced, if leave is given, when resolutions are called ror;§ such motion, * This rule, as first adopted, required all proceedings touching appropriations of money to be first moved in Cominillee of the VVIioIe. The word "moved" was struck out on the 17th of December, 1805, as it was found in practice greatly to retard public business. f This amendment was adopted for the purpose of reforming to some extent the practice which had previously prevailed in Committee of the Whole on the slate of tlie Union, of indulging in general deb.ite without regard to the measure under consideration. J In the early stages of the government, before the institution of standing committees, it was the common practice to introduce bills, on motion for leave, by individual members; the bills were then referred to a select committee, to examine and report upon. The practice, however, of introducing bills by members on leave, gradually grew into disuse as standing committees were created, and, for nearly thirty years, no case occurs on the journals. Within a few years past the practice has been revived and h.is now become very common, but it is, nevertheless, a very inconvenient one, and does not facilitate business. Previous to the 13th of March, 1822, w strict was the House upon the introduction of bills, that standing committees had to obtaij leave, in every case, to report by bilL Oa that day the 71st rule was adopted \ See rule 130. PARLIAMEN'l^tR Y LA \V. HI or the bill when Introduced, may be committed. — April 7, 1789 ; September 15, 1837; and March a, 1838. But the Speaker shall not entertain a motion for leave to introduce a bill or joint resolution for the establishment or change of post routes, and all propositions relating thereto shall be referred, under the rule, like petitions and other papers, to the appropriate committee. — May f 1870. 116. Every bill shall receive three several readings in the House previous W its passage ; and bills shall be despatched in order as they were introduced, tnless where the House shall direct otherwise ; but no bill shall be twice read on the same day, without special order of the House. — April 7, 1789. 117. The first reading of a bill shall be for information, and, if opijosition be made to it, the question shall be, "Shall this bill be rejected?" If no opiK)sition be made, or i<" the question to reject be negatived, the bill shall go to its second reading without a question.* — April 7, 1789. 118. Upon the second reading of a bill, the Speaker shall state it as ready for commitment or engrossment ; and, if committed, then a question shall be, whether to a select or .-tanding committee, or to a Committee of the Whole House; if to a Committee of the Whole House, the House shall determine on what day — November 13, 1794; if no motion be made to commit, the ques- tion shall be «tated on its engrossment ; and if it be not ordered to be engrossed on the day of its being reported, it shall be pl-'-.ced on the general file on the Speaker's table, to be taken up in order. — September 14, 1837. But if the bill be ordered to be engrossed, the House shall appoint the day when it shall be read the third time. — November 13, 1794. 119. General appropriation bills shall be in order in preference to any other bills of a public nature unless otherwise ordered by a majority of the House. — September 14, 1837. And the House may, at any time, by a vote of a majority of the members present, make any of the general appropriation bills a special order. — March 16, i86o.t 120. No appropriation shall be reported in such general appropriation bills, or be in order as an amendment thereto, for any expenditure not previously authorized by law — September 14, 1837 — unless in continuation of appropri- ations for such public works and objects as are already in progress, and for the * If no opposition be made to a bill, or ii che question to reject be negatived, and the bill receives its second reading forthwith (as is usual), it is always understood that it is by " special order of the House." In the rapid and hurried manner in which bills are now reported and acted upon, the motion is seldom or never made, nor is the question put, " Shall the bill be now read a second time?" The Speaker takes it for granted that the motion has been made and allowed, and announces the second reading as soon as the first reading is completed. f This latter provision was inserted in the l4Sth rule March 16, i860, but in the rearrange- ment under the resolution of that date it was deemed more appropriate to annex it to this rula By rule 114 all debate on special orders is confined strictly to the measure under consideration. i 350 PARLlAMEiVTAKY LAW. 1 M contingencies for carrying on the several departments of the government. — March 13, 1838. 121. Upon the engrossment of any bill making appropriations of money for works of internal impi )vcnient of any kind or description, it shall be in the pjwer of any member to call for a division of the question, so as to take a separate vote of the House upon each item of improvement or appropriation contained in said bill, or upon such items separately, and others collectively, as the members making the call may specify ; and if one-fnth of the members present second said call, it shall be the duty of the Speaker to make such di- visions of the question, and put them to vote accordingly. — February 26, 1846. 122. The bills from the Court of Claims shall, on being laid before tlK House, be read a first and second time, committed to a Committee of the Whole House, and, together with the accompanying reports, printed. — March 16, 1S60. 12^. A motion to strike out the enacting words of a bill shall have prece- dence of a motion to amend ; and, if carried, shall be considered equivalent to its rejection. — March 13, 1S22. Whenever a bill is reported from a Committee of the Whole, with a recommendation to strike out the enacting words, and such recommendation is disagreed to by the House, the bill shall stand recom- mitted to the said committee without further action by the House. — March 16, i860.* But before the question of concurrence is submitted, it is in order to entertain a motion to refer the bill to any committee, with or without instruc- tions, and when the same is again reported to the House, it shall be referred to the Committee of the Whole without debate, and resume its original place on the calendar. — May 26, 1870. 124. After commitment and report thereof to the House, or at any time before its passage, a bill may be recommitted — April 7, 1789; and should such recommitment take place after its engrossment, and an amendment be reported and agreed to by the House, the question shall be again put on the engross- ment of the bill. — March 16, iSCo.f 125. All bills ordered to be engrossed shall be executed in a fair round hand. — April 7, 17S9. * This latter clause was inserted for the purpose of correcting a practice which had begun to 'obtain, wherebj the friends of a bill were enal)led, by striking out the enacting clause, to cut ofll debate and amendment and take a bill back into the House and there pass it. At the same time, however, an amendment was made to the 60th rule, whereby a majority is enabled, "at any lime after the live minutes' debate has taken place upon proposed amendments to any paragraph or section of a bill, to close all debate upon such section or paragraph, or, at their election, upon the pending amendments only." f Of late years, according to the practice, if the previous question on its passage be pending or ordered, a motion to recommit is not in order. The latter clause of this rule was adopted, for the first lime, March 16, i860, previous to which there has been no fixed rule in regard to the case therein provided for. PARLIAMENTARY LA If'. 351 )vernment. — ir round hand. 126. No amendment by way oi rider shall be received to any bill on its third read i 11 p. — April 8 , 1 8 1 4. 121. vviicn a bill shall pass, it shall be certified by the Clerk, noting the day of its passage at the foot thereof. — April 7, 1789. Local or Private Business. 128. Friday in every week shall be set apart for the consideration of private bills and private business, in preference to any other, unless otherwise decer- mined by a majority of the House. — -January 22, \Z\o\ January 26, 1826;* and May 8, 1874. 129. On the first and fourth Friday of each month, the calendar of private bills shall be called over (the Chairman of the Committee of the Whole House commencing the call where he left off the previous day), and the bills to the passage of which no objection shall then be made shall be first considered and disposed oL— January 25, 1839. But when a bill is again reached, after having been once objected to, the committee shall consider and dispose of the same, unless it shall again be objected to by at least five members. — March 16, i860 f May 8, 1874. Of Bills On Leave and Resolutions. 130. All the States and Territories shall be called for bills on leave and reso- lutions every Monday during each session of Congress ; and, if necessary to secure the object on said days, all resolutions which shall give rise to debate shall lie over for discussion, under the rules of the House already established; and the whole of said days shall be appropriated to bills on leave and resolu- tions, until all the States and Territories are called through. — February d, 1838. And the Speaker shall first call the States and Territories for bills on leave; and all bills so introduced during the first hour after the jouinal is read shall be referred, without debate, to their appropriate committees : Provided, however, That a bill so introduced and referred, and all bills at any time introduced by unanimous consent and referred, shall not be brought back into the House upon a motion to reconsider. — March 16, i2>6o,\ and Jafiuary 11, 1872. And on * Under llie rule of 26lh April, 1S28, rclntive to a postponement or change of the order of business, it his been decided tliat it \.aVc%tzvo-tltiriis to proceed to public business on Friday and Saturday. The reason of this decision is, that the rule of the 26th of April, 1828, made no exception in favor of the clause for a majority, contained in this rule ; and that therefore that ^-irovision was annulled. There have been three appeals upon this point, but the House in all instances afTirmed the decision in favor of two-thirds. f The rule of January 25, 1839, simjily provided for calling over the calendar on the first and Tourth Friday; the words " atiu Sadtrday" were added on the l6th March, i860. The latter branch of the ruic, which provides that upon a second call at least five members shall object, was adopted at the same time. The words " and Saturday " were stricken out of rules 128 and 129, May 8, 1874. Jihe words "bills on leave" where they occur were inserted in this rule on the i6th March, i860. By rule 115 it is required that at least one day's notice shall be given of the motion t« introduce a bill on lecve. 352 PARLIAMENTARY LAW. i i said call, joint resolutions of State and Territorial legislatures for printing and reference may be introduced.— ^awwary ii, 1867. Of Petitions and Memorials. 131. Members having petitions and memorials to present may hand them to *he Clerk, indorsing the same with their names, and the reference or disposition to be made thereof; and such petitions and memorials shall be entered on the journal, subject to the control and direction of the Speaker, and if any petition or memorial be so handed in which, in the judgment of the Speaker, is ex- cluded by the rules, the same shall be returned to the member from whom it was received. — March 29, 1842.* Of the Previous Question. 132. The previous question! shall be in this form : "Shall the main question be now put?" — April t, 1789. It shall only l)e admitted when demanded b) a majority of the members present — February 24, 181 2 ; and its effects shall be to put an end to all debate, and to bring the House to a direct vote upon a motion to commit, if such motion shall have been made; and if this motion does not prevail, then upon amendments reported by a committee, if any; then — August 5, 1848 — upon pending amendments, and then upon the main question.— yawttfl/;)' 14, 1840. But its only effect, if a motion to postpone is m ^: n.! ,'■ k 'i I * So much of the rules as authorized the presentation of jietitions in the House was stricken out December 12, 1853. According to the practice under this rule it is competent for a member to withdraw from the files petitions and memorials presented at a former Congress, and re-refer (hem. f The previous question was recognized in the rules established April 7, 1789, and could be demanded by five members (the parliamentary law places it in the power of two members — one to move, the other to second). On the 23d Deceml)cr, 181 1, it was placed on a footing with the yeas and nays; that is, at the command o^ onefiflh of the inembers present. It remained ss until the 24th February, 1812, when the rule w.is changed to its present form of a majority. According to former practice, the previous question brought the House to a direct vote on the main question ; that is, to agree to the main proposition, to the exclusion of all amendments and incidental motions; but on the I4ih January, 1840, it was changed to embrace, first, pending amendments, and then the main ])roposition, The original intent of the previous question was, to ascertain the sense of the House, in the early stages of a subject, as to tho propriety of entertaining the matter; and if decided afTirma- lively, the debate went on ; if decided negatively, the debate ceased, and the siibiert passed from before the House without motion or further question. This was the practice in Congress under the confederation ; and it is still the practice in the British Parliament. Now, by the practice of the House, as well as by the terms of the rul it i;. reversed : if the molion for the previous question is decided in the nflfirmative, debate ceases, and the House proceeds to vole; if in the negative, the proceedings go on as if the motion for the previous question had not been made. Until the revision of the rules in March, i86o, whenever the ]irevious question was seconded, and the main question ordered, pending a motion to postpone, the motion to postpone was cut off. PARLW-fENTARY LAW. 353. rinting and ind them to disposition ered on the any petition ;aker, is ex- am whom it lain question emanded by ff cts shall be vote upon a this motion tee, if any ; on the main ( postpone is ise was stricken U for a member ess, and re-refer , and could be members — one n a fooling with It remained sa of a majority. irect vote on the imendments and e, first, pending e House, in the decided aflirma- s\iliiect jia^i^fd :tice in Congress it. Now, by ibe e motion for the >rr)cecds to vote ; ion had not been )us question was otion to postpon* pending, shall be to bring the House to a vote upon such motion. Whenevev the House shall refuse to order the main question, the consideration of the sub> ject shall be resumed as though no motion for the previous question h.ad been made. The House may also, at any time, on motion seconded by a majority of the members present, close all debate upon a pending amendment, or an amendment thereto, and cause the question to be put thereon ; and this shall not preclude any further amendment or debate upon the bill. A call of the House * shall not be in order after the previous question is seconded, unless it shall appear, upon an actual count by the Speaker, that no quorum is present. — March i6, i860. 133. On a previous question there shall be no debate. — December 17, 1805. \11 incidental quest! ( as of order, arising after a motion is made for the previous question, and pending such motion, shall be decided, whether on appeal 01 otherwise, without debate. — September 15, 1837. Of Admission on the Floor. 134. No person except members of the Senate, their secretary, heads of departments, the President's private secretary, foreign ministers, the governor for the time being of any State, senators and representatives elect, judges of the Supreme Court of the United States and of the Court of Claims, and such per- sons as have by name received the thanks of Congress — March 15, 1867 — shaU be admitted within the hall of the House of Representatives — March 19, i86of — or any of the rooms upon the same floor or leading into the same — March 2, * For the mode of proceeding in the case of a call of the House, see rules 36 and 37. f The first rule for the admission within the hall of other than members was adopted on the ;'ih of January, 1802, and was confined to " Senators, officers of the general and State govern- .'aents, foreign ministers, and such persons as members might introduce." On the llthof January, 1802, an attempt was made to amend so as to exclude persons " introduced by members," which failed. On the 8th of November, 1804, a proposition was made to confine the privilege to Senators, which also failed. On the 17th of Decembc '805, officers of State governments were excluded. On the 1st of February, 1808, a propositi-., was made to admit ex-members of Congress and the judges of the Supreme Court. After a good deal of debate it was rejected. On the lith of F^ebruary, 1809, the rule was enlarged so as to admit judicial officers of the United States, as also ex-members of Congress. On the 2Sth of Februury, 1814, those who had been heads of departments were admitted. On the 10th of February, 181 5, officers who had received the thanks of Congress were included. On the I2th of January, '816, the navy commissioners. On the 21st of February, 1816, governors of States and Territories. March 13, 1822, the President's secretary. On the 26th of January, 1833, the rule was further enlarged by admitting " such persons as the Speaker or a member might introduce ; " and on the loth of December, 1833, the House, by a vote almost unanimous, rescinded that amend- ment. On the 2;;d of December, 1857, soon after removing into the new hall in the south wing of the Capitol Extension, the privilege of admission was restricted to " members of the Senate, their secretary, he.-ids of departments. President's private secretary, the governor for the time being of any State, and judges of the Supreme Court of the United States." On the 19th ef March, i860, it was adopted in its present form, excepting the last clause, a proposition to admit ML-members having been rejected. The last clause, adopted March 2, 1865, was intended t« 23 I t 'i,!! ! t iS4 PARI.IAMENTAR Y LA IV. 1865 ; provided that ex-members of Congress who are not interested in any claim pending before Congress, and shall so register themselves, may also bt admitted within the hall of the House ; and no persons except those herein specified shall at any time be admitted to the floor of the House. — March 15, 1867. Of Reporters. 135. Stenographers and reporters, other than the official reporters of the House, wishing to take down the debates, may be admitted by the Speaker to the reporters' gallery over the Speaker's chair, but not on the floor of the House ; but no person shall be allowed the privilege of said gallery under the character of stenographer or reporter without a written permission of the Speaker, specifying the part of said gallery assigned to him; nor shall said stenographer or reporter be admitted to isaid gallery unless he shall state in writing for what paper or papers he is employed to report ; nor shall he be so admitted, or, if admitted, be suffered to retain his seat, if he shall be or become an agent to prosecute any claim pending before Congress ; and the Speaker shall give his written permission with this condition. — December 23, 1857. Unfinished Business of the Session. 136. After six days from the commencement of a second or subsequent •session of any Congress, all bills, resolutions,* and reports which originated in .the Hou.:e, and at the close of the next preceding session remained undeter- mined, shall be resumed and acted on in the same manner as if an adjournment had not taken place. — March 17, 1848. And all business before committees of the House at the end of one session shall be resv med at the commencement of the next session of the same Congress, as if no adjournment had taken place. — March 16, i86o.t Miscellaneous. 137. Whenever confidential communications are received from the President of the United States, the House shall be cleared of all persons, except the members, Clerk, Sergeant-at-arms, and Doorkeeper,^ and so continue during prevent persons not entitled to the privilege of the hall from occupying the cloak and other adjoining rooms. * The word " resolutions," as here used, has been construed to apply to joint reyolutions only. f Prior to this date it had been the practice for several years, near the close of the first session of a Congress, for the House to adopt a resolution making a similar provision. This amendment was adopted to save the necessity for the passage of a similar resolution at every Congress. Jin the rule as originally established, on the 17th of February, 1792, it is provided that the House l)e cleared of all persons, except " the members and the Clerk." In the rules of the 13th of November, 1794, the language used is "the members of the House and its ojicers." In Jhe edition of the 7lh of January, 1802, 'he terms " members and Clerk" are again used, and on the 23d of December, 1811, it was changed to its present form, so as to include the Sergeant- at-arms, and Doorkeeper. By rule 10 it is provided that the Clerk, Sergeant-at-arms, Door- keeper, and Postmaster, shall be sworn " to keep the secrets of the House." PARLIAMENTAR Y LA W. 355 e cloak and othei the reading of such communications, and (unless otherwise directed by the House) during all debates and proceedings to be had thereon. And when the Speaker, or any other member, shall inform the House that he has communica- tions to make which he conceives ought to be kept secret, the House shall, in like manner, be cleared till the communication be made ; the House shall then determine whether the matter communicated requires secrecy or not, and take order accordingly. — February 17, 1792, and December Tfi, 1793. 158. The rule for paying witnesses summoned to appear before this House, or either of its committees, shall be as follows: For each day .-' .' ;iness shall attend, the sum of four dollars; for each mile he shall travel in corning to or going from the place of examination, the sum of five cents each way ; but nothing shall be paid for travelling when the witness has been summoned at the place of trial. — May 31, 1872. 139. Maps accompanying documents shall not be printed, under the general order to print, without the special direction of the House. — March 2, 1837; September 11, 1 83 7 . * 140. No extra compensation shall be allowed to any officer or messenger, page, laborer, or other person in the service of the House, or engaged in or about the public grounds or buildings ; and no person shall be an officer of the House, or continue in its employment, who shall be an agent for the prosecu- tion of any claim against the government, or be interested in such claim other- wise than as an original claimant ; and it shall be the duty of the Committee of Accounts to inquire into and report to the House any violation of this rule. — March 8, 1842. 141. When the reading of a paper is called for, and the same is objected to by any member, it shall be determined by a vote of the House. f — November 13, 1794. 142. When a question is postponed indefinitely, the same shall not be acted upon again during the session. — December 17, 1805. J 43. Every order, resolution, or vote, to which the concurrence of the Senate shall be necessary, shall be read to the House, and laid on the table, on a day preceding that in which the same shall be moved, unless the House shall other- wise expressly allow. — April 7, 1789. 144. The rules of parliamentary practice comprised in Jefferson's Manual shall govern the House in all cases to which they are applicable, and in whiih ithey are not inconsistent with the standing rules and orders of the House, an*' joint rules of the Senate and House of Representatives. — September 15, 1837. 145. No standing rule or order of the House shall be rescinded or changed without one day's notice being given of the motion therefor — November 13. * See rrle loo. + As originally adopted, this rule contained, after the word " for," the words, " which haO before been read to the House." They were stricken out on the 14th of December, 1795. 356 PARLIAMENTAR V LA iV. ■ • !' 1794; nor shall any rule be suspended, except by a vote of at least two-third* of the members present* — March 13, 1822 ; nor shall the order of business, as established by the rules, be postponed or changed, except by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members present ; nor shall the Speaker entertain a motion to suspend the rules, except during the last six days of the session, and on Monday of every week at the expiration of one hour after the journal is read f — April 26, 1828, and/une 22, 1874 — unless the call of States and Territories for bills on leave and resolutions has been earlier concluded, when the Speaker may entertain a motion to suspend the rules.— /une 8, 1864. 146. All elections of officers of the House, including the Speaker, shall be conducted in accordance with these rules, so far as the same are applicable ; and, pending the election of a Speaker, the Clerk shall preserve order and decorum, and shall decide all questions of order that may arise, subject to appeal to the House. — March 19, i860. 147. These rules shall be the rules of the House of Representatives of the present and succeeding Congresses unless otherwise ordered. — March 19, i860. 148. An additional standing committee shall be appointed at the commence- ment of each Congress, whose duties shall continue until the first session of the onsuing Congress, to consist of seven members, to be entitled a " Committee on Coinage, Weights, and Measures;" and to this committee shall be referred all bills, resolutions, and communications to the House upon that subject. — January 21, 1864; March 2, 1867. 149. The names of members not voting on any call of the ayes and noes shall be recorded in the journal immediately after those voting in the affirma- tive and negative, and the same record shall be made in the Congressional Globe.— y««^ 8, 1864. 150. It shall be the duty of the Committee on the Pacific Railroad to take into consideration all such petitions and matters or things relative to railroads or telegraph lines between the Mississippi valley and the Pacific coast as shall be presented or shall come in question, and be referred to them by the House, and to report their opinion thereon, together with such propositions relative thereto as to them shall seem expedient. — March 2, 1865. 151. It shall be the duty of the Committee of Ways and Means to take into consideration all reports of the Treasury Department, and such other proposi- tions relative to raising revenue and providing ways and means for the support of the government as shall be presented or shall come in question, and bu * By rule 104 a majority may, at any time, suspend the rules for the purpose of going into Committee of the Whole on the state of the Union, and also for closing debate therein ; and by rule 1 19 to make any of the general appropriation bills a special order. These are exceptioik to this rule. f The words " at the e Loiration of one hour after the journal is read," were inserted March 16, i860, so as to enable the House, on Mondays, to receive reports, bills on leave, and result* Uons, as provided for in rules 51 and 130, without interruption. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 357 referred to them by the House, and to report their opinion thereon by bill or otherwise, as to them shall seem expedient ; and said committee shall have leave to report for commitment at any time. — March 2, 1865, 152. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Banking and Currency to take into consideration all propositions relative to banking and the currency as shall be presented or shall come in question, and be referred to them by the House, and to report thereon by bill or otherwise. — March 2, 1865. 153. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Mines and Mining to consider all subjects relating to mines and mining that may be referred to them, and to report their opinion thereon, together with such propositions relative thereto as may seem to them expedient. — December 19, 1865. 154. The allowance of stationery to each member and delegate shall be of . J value of seventy-five dollars for a long session, and forty-five dollars for a short session of Congress. — December 19, 1865. (By law the allowance for stationery and newspapers is fixed at one hundred and twenty-five dollars for each session.) 155. The hall of the House shall not be used for any other purpose than the legitimate business of the House, nor shall the Speaker entertain any proposition to use it for any othe»" purpose, or for the suspension of this rule : Provided, That this shall not interfere with the performance of divine service therein, under the direction of the Speaker, or with the use of the same for caucus meet- ings of the members, or upon occasions where the House may, by resolution, agree to take part in any ceremonies to be observed \ksex€\xi.— January 31, 1866. 156. There shall be appointed at the commencement of each Congress a standing Committee on Freedmen's Affairs, to consist of nine members, whose duty it shall be to take charge of all matters concerning freedmen, which shall be referred to them by the House. — December 4, 1866. 157. When an act has been approved by the President, the usual number of copies shall be printed for the use of the House. — March 15, 1867. 158. Messages from the Senate and the President of the United States, giving notice of bills passed or approved, shall be reported forthwith from the Clerk's desk. — March 15, 1867. 159. Estimates of appropriations, and all other communications from the ex- ecutive departments, intended for the consideration of any of the committees of the House, shall be addressed to the Speaker and by him submitted to the House for reference. — March 15, 1867. 160. There shall be appointed at each Congress a Committee on Education and Labor, to consist of nine members, to whom shall be referred all petitions, bills, reports, and resolutions on those subjects, and who shall from time to time report thereon. — March 21, 1867. 161. Pending a motion to suspend the rules, the Speaker may entertain one motion that the House do now adjourn j but after the result thereon is announced, he shall not entertain any other dilatory motion till the vote is taken on sus- pension. — February 25, 1868. i58 PARi.iAAtK.vr.tf^ y r.A w. i !l tj 'ml 163. The SjUMkcr shall appoint from iunong the Delegates from the Territo- ries one addilioiuil member of the ("ommittee 011 the Territories, and sli.ill appoint tlie Delegate from tlie District t)f Colmnhia an additional member of the Committee for the District of C"ohmd)ia ; bnt the said Delegates, in their respective eommittees, siudl have the same privileges only as in the House. — Decftnbfr 13, 1871. 163. VVlienever the seats of members shall have been -ovi(icii, Tiiat this rule .shall not apply to House resolutions offered in the inoriiiiig hour of Monday: Atu\ proviiifii furthfr, That it shall not apply to any proposition to appro[)riate the money, the credit, or other proi)erty of the United States, except the regular Atmual appropriation bills. — February i, 1875. |arm for Couaurtiu^) the ielil)(ratiQU$ ni » j^orietj).* A yiJORUM of members being present, and the hour of meeting having arrived, the President takes his seat, and says : " The meeting {or society, club, or association') will come to order." Then turning to the Secretary he will direct him to call the roll. The Secre- * From The Young Debater aiul Chairman's Assitlant. New York : Dick and Fitzgerald. \ very useful little l>ook. COA'J)l'CnNG THE nEI.IHEliAriOMi OF SOCIETIES, ETC. 35y Ury will lltc'ii c;ill the names of ihc mciubcrs, making a note of the al)scntce!» Tills (ioiK-, tl»c I'rcsidcnl will say: •' The Secretary will please read the minutes of the last meeting." 'i'he Secretary will read the minutes. When he has finished, the I'rcsidcnl will say : " Yon have hearil the miimtes of the previous meeting read. What order d« yoM take on them ? " A memhcr will then move that they be adopted. His motion will he ser> onded by another member. The Presitlent will then say : ♦• It has been moved and se< onded that the niimites of the jjrevious nurting, whi( h you have just heard read, be adopted. Arc you reaily for the (jues- tioii?" Should a member rise to sjjcak upon the question, tlie President will rer- o;^ni/e him by naming him by his place, or in any way which will identify him without using his name, if possible. ShouUl no one speak on the motion, or when the debate is finished, the President will say : "It has been moved and seconded that the mintites of the previous meeting be adopted. As many as are in favor of the motion will signify their a.ssent by saying 'Aye 1 ' " When the ayes have voted, he will say: •' Those of the contrary opinion, ' No ! ' " When the noes have voted, he will announce the result. On a (all for the previous (piestion : "Shall the main (piestion be now put? Those in the affirmative will," etc, On an appeal, state the decision, and, if you think proper, the reasons there- for, and tliat it has been appealed from, and then : " Shall the decision of the chair stand ? Tiiose in the affirmative," etc. Should it be sustained, say : " The ayes have it. The decision of the chair stands a.s the judgment of thu meeting " {or society, etc., as the case may Ife). Should it not be sustained, say : " The noes have it. The decision of the chair is reversed." In announcing the result of a question, if it be carried, say: " The ayes appear to have it — the ayes have it — the motion {or amendment, «) is oui of order." He will make him take his seat, and then state wherein the member is out of order. If the point of order is raised by a member, he will say : " The niLiiibtT {indicating him) will state his point of order." When this has been done, he decides the point. On a question of the time of adjournment, he says : " It has been moved and seconded that when this meeting {or club, etc., as tht -.ase may be) adjourns, it adjourns to {naming time and place). / re you ready for the question?" And if no one rises to speak, puts the question. On a question of adjournment he says : "It has been moved and seconded, that this meeting {or club, etc.) do now :uljournj" and puts the question. When adjournment is carried, he says : "This society {or club, etc.) stands adjourned to" {■ taming time and place ); '.ir if without any time, he says: " This society {or club, etc.) stands adjourned without day." The chairman of a society or meeting should be chosen for his familiarity with parliamentary rules. He is not chosen to give the members the benefit of his own opinions, but to decide questions in accordance with established princi- ples and with impartiality. \ 362 QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION, ■ '■• ir " SdClETSSS. FQ» ®IS€WSSI&M With a List of Boohs Giving Information upon each Subject. 1. Which was the greater Man, Oliver Cromwell or Napoleon Bonaparte ? See Carlyle's Letters and Speeches of Crom- well. Cuanning's Character of Napoleon. Southey's Cromwell. Scott's Life of Napoleon. Mitchell's Fall of Napoleon. Hazlitt's Life of Napoleon. Carlyle's Hero- Worship. "The Hero as King." RoiiKRT Hall on Bonaparte. Macaulay's Critical Essays, vol. i., pp. I So- 1 87. Hallam's Constitutional History. Lord Brougham's Statesmen n the reign of George HL, " Naix>leon." 2. Was the Execution of Mary Queen of Scots Justifiable ? See History of England. — HuME. P. Eraser Tytler's Life of Mary. Miss Strickland's Letters of Mary. Bell's Life of Mary. Mrs. Jameson's Life of Mary. Robertson's History of Scotland. Edinburgh Review, vol. xliv., p. 37. Miss Benger's Life of Mary. Note. — This discussion will embrace the following considerations : For what crimes did M.iry suffer? Did she commit the offences alleged against her ? And had the law oi England an> jurisdiction over her? 3. Has the Invention of Gunpowder been of Benefit to Mankind ? See Channing on War. GlHUON's Decline and Fall of the Roman Em])ire, chap. Ixv. Edinburgh Review, vol. v., p. 147. Wilkinson's Engines of War. Note. — It is intended to inquire by this question, Whether Gunpowder, by making war more dreadful and abhorrent, has not tended to lead mankind to its discontinuance ? whether, in fact, perfection in War does not necessarily lead to the |ireference of Peace ? The use of Gunpowder in Mechanics may be taken into consideration with advantage to the discu.jsion. 4. Which is the more valuable Member of Society, a great Mechanician or a great Poet ? See Channing on the Age. Emerson's Essays. Edinburgh Review, vol. xlvi., p. 365. " " vol. xlvii., pp. 184- 202. M'Culloch's Geographical Dictionary. Art. " British Empire." M'Culloch's Political Economy. J^as- sim. Note. — This question turns upon the com- parative value of a Greaf Doer and a Great Thinker, and lies between the utility of Me- ch.inics and Morals ; of Physics and Meta- physics. It is the belief of many of the chief :i''\ ■' t writers of the day, that our njje i^ too methan- lea!, and nec-ds to Ix: spiri'.ualized ; thin debate wdl o|)en that question. f the Roman 5. Which was the greater Orator, Demosthenes or Cicero ? See Lord Hrougiiam's Essay on ihe Elo- quence of the Ancients, Collected Speeches, vol. iv. Edinburgh Review, vol. xxviii., p. 60. " " Tol. xxxiii., pp. 226- 246. Edinburtjh Review, vol. xxxvi., pp. 86- 109. Dr. Anthon's Cicero. With English Commentary. Note. — The discussion of this question must include references to style, aim and effect ; artistical, mental and moral power. 6. Which is the more despicable Char- acter, the Hypocrite or the Liar ? See I.XiRD Bacon's Essay on Truth. TII.LOTSON on the Advantages of Truth and Sincerity. Bishop Hall. Character of the Hypo- crite. Martin Chuzzlewit. Character of PccksniflT. 7. Has the Fear of Punishment, or the Hope of Reward, the greater Influ- ence on Human Conduct? See Adam Smith's Theory of the Moral Sen- timents. Mill on the Human Mind. Bentham's Springs of Action. DuGALD Stewart on the Mind. Bentham's Rationale of Reward and Punishment. Note. — This question Involves considera- •ions of great importance. It has to do with Education, Government, and Religion. The fear of punishment is the principle usually ]«upposed to influence us ; and upon this prin- ciple, for the most part, education, laws, and religious instruction are founded ; but many of che wisest men are beginning to doubt this system. QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION. jft;^ 8. Is Corporal Punishment justifiable f See Edceworth's Practical Eilucntion. Wii.DERSI'In's Education of the Young. Marshall's Military Miscellany. Hansard, " Debates on Floj^ging in thfl Army." Edinburgh Review, vol. xii., p. 420, Sydney Taylor's Works, p. 195. 9. Was Brutus justified in killing Caesar ? See the Speech of Brutus in Shakspeare'i Julius Csesar, Act HI., Scene 3. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vo'. iii., p. 274, vol. ii., pp. 3«8-325- Hume's Essays, vol. i., pp. 471, etc. " " vol. ii., p. 228. Note. — This question must be tried by the morals of the time when the act took placr and not by the present standard of morality, It >s quite necessary to make this distinction. 10. Should Emulation be encouraged in Education? See Edgeworth's Practical Education. Godwin's Reflections on Education. Cowper's Tirocinium. Adam Smith's Theory of the Moral Sen- timents. Coleridge's Lines, entitled " Love, //ope, and Patience in Education." IIODBES on Envy and Emulation, Sydney Smith's Works, vol. i., pp. 2a». 231. Note. — The system of prize-giving in edi cation has supporters and opponents, both sc determined, that a discussion upon the subjecr cannot fail to be interesting and instructive. Philosophy and experience should both be referred to in the debate. 1 1 . Which was the greater Poet, Milton or Homer? See Coleridge on the Greek Poets. Channing on Milton. Blair's Lectures. Campbell on Milton. ' Robert Hall on Poetic Geniiu, 3^4 QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION. i >l See Thiri.wall's Greece, vol. i., p. 24. Macaulay's Essays, vol. i., pp. 1-32. BRANDii's Dictionary of Science, Litera- ture and Art. " Epic Poetry," and the authorities there quoted. Note. — This dei)ate\vill turn upon the facts that Homer is the more real, life-like, and human poet, whilst Milton is the more imagin- ative, sublime, and spiritual ; the decision must depend upon which are the nobler qualities. \t. Is Military Renown a fit Object of Ambition ? See Ciianning's Essay on War Channing on Napoleon Bonaparte. Childe Harold, Canto I. War. RoniiRT Montgomkry's Picture of War. Robert Hall on the Miseries of War. 13. Is Ambition a Vice or a Virtue? See HuGHE.s' Essay on Ambition in the " Guardian." Lord Bacon's Essay on Ambition. WoLSEY's Advice to Cromwell. Play of Henry VHL Paradise Lost. Satan's Address to the Sun. Adam Smith on Misdirected Ambition. Bishop Watson's Sermons to Young Persons. M'Culloch's Political Economy, pp. 527- 530- 14. Has Novel-reading a Moral Ten- dency ? See Sir W. Scott's Criticism on Novels and Romances. Scott's Treatise on Romance. The Edinburgh Review, vol. xxiv., pp. 320, etc. Akenside's Pleasures of Imagination. LoRi> Jeffrey's Essays, vol. iii., p. 440. " " vol. iv., p. 517. Goldsmith's Citizen of the World, Let- ter LHL Note. — It may seem that this question barely admits of discussion, for moral novels must, of course, have a moral tendency; but at least the debate may serve to lead the debaten to a proper selection of novels. 15. Is the Character of Queen Eliza- beth deserving of our Admiration ? See Hume's History of England. Lucy Akin's Memoirs of Elizcibeth. Sir W. Scott's Kenilworth — for a faith' ful Portraiture of Elizabeth. Miss Strickland's Queens of England. Sharon Turner's History of Elizabeth's Reign. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. iii., pp. 282-284. Macaulay's Critical Essays, vol. ii., pp. 1-34- 16. Is England rising or falling as a Nation? See Bacon's Essay on States : and his Essay on the Greatness of Kingdoms. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. iii., pp. 500, 501. Edinburgh Review, vol. xxi., pp. 22, et seq. M'Culloch's Statistics of the British Empire. Compare the Elements of Modern with the Elements of Ancient Prosperity, 17. Has Nature or Education the greater Influence in the Formation of Character ? See Locke's Thoughts on Education. CoMHJ.s Coii-t:'.'.!tioi) of Man. Godwin on Education. Edgeworth on Education. Watts on the Mind. AiME Martin on Education. Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. i., p. 138. 18. Which is the more valuable Metal, Gold or Iron? See Ure's Dictionary of Arts, etc. Art " Iron." Leydfn's Ode to an Indian Gold Coin. Jacoh's Enquiry into the Precious Metals Holland's Metal Manufactures. "Lard ner's Cabinet Cyclopaedia." QUESTIONS FOR DhSCUSSION. 36s the debater. See A Paper on the Uses of Gold, " Maunder's Universal Class Book:" also one on Iron. Note. — This is a question between Show and Value — between ornament and utility. 19. Is War in any case justifiable ? See Sydney Smith's Sermons on " Invasion.'- The Tracts of the Peace Society. Chalmers on the Hatefulness of War. Channing on W.ar. Dr. Johnson's Thoughts on the Falkland Islands. RoHKRT Hall on War. Burke on the Impeachment of Warren Hastings. Edinburgh Review, vol. xxxix., pp. 6-18. " " vol. XXXV., p. 409. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. ii., pp. 320-327 ; iii., 200, 252. 20. Has the Discovery of America been beneficial to the World ? See Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. ii.,pp. 188- 209. Article " Columbus." Sydney Smith's Works, vol. i., pp. i8o, 362. Rohertson's History of America. Washington Irving's Life of Columbus, Martin's British Colonies. "North America." 21. Can any Cireumstances justify a Departure from Tihth? See Paley's Moral and Political Philosophy. Beattie's Essay on Truth. Bentham's Principles of Morals. Bacon on Truth. Comae's Moral Philosophy. Robert Hall on Expediency. Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. iii., pp. 303- 310. 22. Is Sporting justifiable? See Sydney Smith's Works, vol, i. " Game Laws." SiRUTT on the Sports and Pastimes of England. See Walker's Manly Exercises. Walton on Angling. Christopher North's Recreations. Nimrod on " The Chase, the Turf, and the Road." Scrope's Deer Stalking. Pamphlets by the Hon. G. Berkeley. 23. Does not Virtue necessarily pro- (luce Happiness, and does not Vice necessarily produce Misery in this Life? See Bentham's Rationale of Reward. Logan's Sermon — " There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked." Melvill's Sermon on the same Text. Pope on Virtue. Macbeth's Soliloquy. James Harris on Virtue, Man's Interest. 24. From which does the Mind gain th9 more Knowledge, Reading or Obser- vation ? See Gibbon's Abstract of his Readings, Lord Bacon on Study. Mason on Self-Culture. Todd's Student's Manual. Carlyle on Books. " Hero- Worship." Ch.'VNNING on Self-Culture. Robert Hall on the Advantages of Knowledge. Edinburgh Review, vol, xxxiv., p. 384. 25. Have the Gold Mines of Spain, or the Coal Mines of England, been more beneficial to the World ? See Hood's Poem — " Miss Kilmansegg," for a vivid description of the baneful influ- ence of Gold. A paper on the Use;- of Gold, in " Maun- der's Universal Class Book." M'Culloch's Commercial Dictionary Art. "Coal." M'Culloch's Geographical Dictionary, Art. " British Fapire." i: i ^1 \ 'i I ' 566 QUESTIOu\'!> J- OR DISCUSSION. t6. Which was the greater General, Hannibal or Alexander ? Bee Plutarch's Life of Alexander. History of Rome, Thirlwall's History of Greece. 27 Which was the greater Poet, Dry- den or Pope? See Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. i., pp. 163- 166. Sir W. Scott's Life of Dryden. Campbell's British Poets. Dr. Johnson's Parallel between Dryden and Pope. " Lives of the Poets." Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. ii., pp. 520-522. Lord Byron's Strictures on Bowles. 28. Which has done the greater Ser- vice to Truth, Philosophy or Poetry ? See Edinburgh Reviev/, vol. xxi., p. 294. Bacon's Advancement of Learning. Also the Works quoted in a previous theme in this Volume. Note. — Philosophy is here meant to signify intellectual wisdom ; and poetiy, that inspira- tion respecting truth which great poets exhibit, and which seems to be quite independent of acquired knowledge. Philosophy is cultivated reason, poetry is a moral instinct toward the True and Beautiful. To decide the question we must see what we owe on the one hand to the discoveries of our philosophers, to Socrates, Plato, Epicurus, Bacon, Newton, Locke; and on the other, for what amount and sort of truth we are indebted to the intuition and inspiration of our poets, as Homer, Milton, Dante, Shak- speare. 29. Is an Advocate justified in defend- ing a man whom he knows to be Guilty of the Crime with which he is charged ? See Sydney Smith's Works, vol. i. "On Counsel being allowed to Prisoners." Bentham. Judicial Establishment. Brougham on the Duty of a Barrister. See Paley's Moral Philosophy. Punch's Letters to his Son Choice of a Profession." Sydney Taylor's Works, vol 102-103. "On tht pp. 30. Is it likely that England will sink into the Decay which befell the Nations of Antiquity ? See PlaYFAIR's Enquiry into the Fall i>( ■ Nations. Bacon's Essay on Kingdoms. Volney's Ruins of Empires. Gibbon's Decline and Fall of the Ronwn Empire. Southey's Progress and Prospects of Society. Vaughan's Age of Great Cities. 31. Are Lord Byron's Writings Moral in their Tendency ? See Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. ii., pp. 366- 371- Macaulay's Critical Essays, vol. i., pp. 3»'.3S2- Sydney Taylor's Works, p. 288. Note. — The works of Byron must here b# looked at as a whole, and not be judged by isolated passages; they must be tried, too, bj eternal, and not by fashionable, morality. 32. Do the Mechanicians of Modern equal those of Ancient Times ? See Fosbrooke and Dunham's Roman An» and Manufactures. Fosbrooke and Dunham's Greek Ditto. Wilkinson's Ancient Egypt. Pettigrew's Ditto. Maurice's Ancient Hindostan. Heeren's Historical Researches. 33. Which is the greater Civilizer, thi Statesman or the Poet ? See Debate No. i., p. 17. Carlyle's Hero- Worship, as Poet," "The Hero QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION. 1^7 's Roman An» See GuiCCTARDiNl's Maxims ; Martin's Trans- lation. See also the authorities quoted in Debate I., p. 34. Which is the greater Writer, Charles Dickens or Lord Lytton ? See the Edinburgh Review, the Quarteriy, Blackwood's Magazine. HoRNE's Spirit of the Age, Frazer's Magazine : various articles on the sub- ject during the last twenty-five years. 35. Is the Principle of Utility a safe Moral Guide ? .See Bentham's Works; Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. iii., pp. 303-310. Madame De Stael's opinions thereon. An able article on the subject in the New Monthly Magazine for 1837. Robert Hall on Expediency. Paley's Moral Philosophy. Hume's Essays. " Why Utility pleases." Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. i., pp. 15, 16, 193 and 242. Dymond's Essays, pp. 4, 28, 123. 36 Was the Deposition of Louis XVI. justifiable ? See Carlyle's, Thiers', De Stael's and Macfarlane's History of the French Revolution. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. >"•. PP- 3-352- Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. ii., pp. 40- 45- Historic Fancies. By the Hon. G. Smythe. 37. Is the Use of Oaths for Civil Pur- poses Expedient ? Seo Bentham's Tract on the Needlessness of an Oath. Hansard. " Debates in Parliament " on this subject. Dymond's Essays, pp. 58-67. 38. Is a Classical Education essential to an American Gentleman ? See Milton on Education. Whewe/ ,'s University Education, Locke's Thoughts on Education. Amos' Lectures on the Advantages of a Classical Education. Robert Hall on Classical Learning. Sydney Smith's Works, vol. i., pp. I83-^ 199. Edinburgh Review, vol. xv., pp. 41-51. 39. Are Colonies advantageous to the Mother Country? See M'Culloch's Edition of Smith's Wealth of Nations. Merivale's Lectures on Colonies. ToRRENS on Colonization. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. iii., P- 325- Brande's Dictionary of Science, Litera- ture, and Art. Art. " Colonies," and the works there quoted. 40. Which does the most to produce Crime — Poverty, Wealth, or Igno^ ranee ? See Dumas' Celebrated Crimes. Bacon on the Uses of Knowledge. Dr. Harris' Mammon. Foster's Essay on the Evils of Popular Ignorance, Robert Hall on the Hardships of Poverty. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. iii., PP- 37 '-376. Edinburgh Review, vol. xlviii., pp. 176- 181. 41. Is the Unanimity required from Juries conducive to the Attainment of the Ends of Justice ? See Blackstone's Commentaries on the Laws. Bentham's Judicial Establishment. Bentham on Government and Special Juries. 368 QUESTIONS FOR DrSCUSSION. See Stephens' Commentaries on the Law. Syonf.y Taylor's Works, pp. 392, 397, 413- ia. h it not the Duty of a Govern- ment to Establish a System of National Education? See Locke's Thoughts on Education. Wyse on Education. Chanmng on Education. James' Educational Institutions of Ger- many. Fox's Lectures on Education. Simpson's Popular Education. Godwin's Reflections on Education. Rousseau's Emile. Melvill's University Sermons. Robert Hall on Knowledge. Life of William Allen, pp. 84-86. 43. Are the Intellectual Faculties of the Dark Races of Mankind essen- tially inferior to those of the White ? S«^ Lawrence's Natural History of Man. Prichard's Physical History of Man- kind. BuFFON's Physical History. Elliotson's Physiology. Combe on the Constitution of Man. Also I^rande's Dictionary of Science, Lit- erature and Art. Art. " Negroes; " and the authorities there cited. 44. Ts Solitary Confinement an effec- tive Punishment? See Works on Prisons in Question No. 45. Note. — This discussion should include the value of Solitary Confinement as a punishment, «nd its reformatory effecis on the criminal. 45. Should not all Punishment be Re- formatory f bee Bentham on Punishment. Beccaria on Crimes and Punishments. Report of the Prison Discipline Society. Howard's State of the Prisons. Romilly's Memoirs. See Edinburgh Review, vol. xxii., pp. 1-26. Adsiiead's Prisons and Prisoners. 46. Is a Limited Monarchy, like that of England, the best form of Gov ernment ? See Delolme on the Constitution. Hallam's Constitutional History. De Tocqueville's Democracy in Amet ica. Edinburgh Review, vol. xx., pp. 37S,27t>. Hume's Essays, vol. ii., pp. 129-131. Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. iv., pp. 4- 18, 114, 115. 47. Is not Private Virtue essentially requisite to Greatness of Public Character ? See Dymond's Essays, pp. 70-79. 48. Is Eloquence a Gift of Nature, or may it be acquired ? See the Works quoted in Debate X , p. 184. 49. Is Genius an innate Capacity? See Grisentiiwaite's Essay on Genius. Akenside's Pleasures of Imagination. Mill's Analysis of the Human Mind. Dr. Brown's Philosophy of the Mind, Locke on the Understanding. Dugald Stewart's Element* of the Human Mind. Reid's Inquiry into the Mind. Sir W. Temple's Essay on Poetics* Genius. Rev. Robert Hall on Poetic Oenius. Edinburgh Review, vol. xxxiv., pp. 8»< 88. 50. Is a rude or a refined Age the more favorable to the Production of Works of Imagination? See Sydney Taylor's Works, p. 169. Southey's Progress of Society. Jeffrey's Ess.iys. Campbell's British Poets. tientji of the Sm Hazlitt's Criticism on British Poetry. Edinburgh Review, vol. xxxvii., pp. 410- 412. Edinburgh Review, vol, x'.ii., pp. 306, 307- Edinburgh Review, vol. xlviii., pp. 50, 51. " '• vol. xxxiv., p. 449. 51. Is the Shrhspearian the Augustan Age of English Literature ? See Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. i., pp. 8t- PP- 315-342; lii., QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION. 55 3«9 . pp- 445- 161 ; ii Hazlitt's Criticism. Sir VV. £< t on Poetry. Campbei.i Hritish Poets. AiKiN's British Poets. Hume's History of England, Schlegel's Lectures on Literature. 52. Is there any Standard of Taste? See Alison an Taste, Burke on the Sublime and Beautiful, Lord Kames' Elements of Criticism, Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. i., p. 75; ii., p. 228, etc. Edinburgh Review, vol, xlii., pp. 409- 414. Hume's Essays. 53. Ought Pope to rank in the First Class of Poets ? See Campbell's British Poets, AiKlN's British Poets. Byron's Defence of Pope. BoWLFjs on Pope, Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. ii, Hazlitt on the British Poats, Roscoe's Edition of Pope. 54- Has the Introduction of Machinery been generally beneficial to Man- kind ? 3ee Bakbage on Machinery, Chalmers' Political Economy, M'CULLOCH's Political Economy, pp. 100-206. "4 , Which produce the greater Happu ness, the Pleasures of Hope or of Memory ? See Rooers' Pleasures of Memory, Campbell's Pleasures of Hope. Abercromuie on the Moral Feelings, Adam Smith's Theory of the Moral Sea timents. Hume's Essay on the Passiong. 56. Is the Existence of Parties in a State favorable to the Public Wei fare? See the History of Party, By G. W. CooKR Essays written in the Intervals of Busi ness. " On Party Spirit." Hume's Essay on Parties, e'c. Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. iv., pp 34-36. Edinljurgh Review, vol. xx., p. 343. Dymond's Essays, pp. 1 17-119, 57. Is there any Ground for believing in the ultimate Perfection and uni- versal Happiness of the Human Race? See South ey'S Progress and Prospects of Society. Channing's Works generally, Fichte's Destination of Man. Trans. lated by Mrs, Sinnett. Lord Jeffrey's Ess.iys, vol, i., pp. 85- 92; ii., p. 212, etc. 58. 7s Co-operation more adapted to promote the Virtue and Happiness of Mankind than Competition ? See Channing's Remarks on Associations, Report of the Co-operative Knowledge Association, 59. Was the Banishment of Napoleon to St. Helena a Justifiable Proceeding? See Sir W. Scott's Life of Napoleon. Alison's History of Europe. i • . n > I'l i^M ^il i '.' • 370 QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSfON. See IIazlitt's Life of Napoleon. MoNTHOLON's Memoirs of Napoleon. Bourrienne's Memoirs of Napoleon. History of the French Empire. By Thiers. Mrs. Apki.l's Napoleon. 60. Ought Persons to he excluded from the Civil Offices on account of their Religious Opinions ? See Locke's Thoughts on Toleration. Sir Ci Mackenzie on Bigotry. Bacon on Unity of Religions. T. Moore on Corruption and Intolerance. Coll. Works. Peter Plymley's Letters. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. ii., p. 116. Sydney Smith's Works, vol. i., p. 232; ii„ pp. 1-23. Macaulay's Critical Essays, vol. ii., pp. 432-502. 61. Which exercises the greater Influ- ence on the Civilization and Happi- ness of the Human Race, the Male or the Female Mind ? See AiME Martin on the Education of Mothers. Woman''^ Mission. Woman and her Master. By Lady Morgan. :R. Montgomery on the Education of Females. Priests, Women, and Families. By MlCli- Ei.ET. Translated by Cocks. 'Female Disciple of the Early Christian Church. By Mrs. H. Smith. Sydney Smith's Works, vol. i., pp. 200- 220. 62. Which did the most to produce the French Revolution, the Tyranny of the Government, the excesses of the Higher Orders, or the Writings of Voltaire, Montesquieu and Rous- seau? See Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. ii., pp. s^ 104. Cari.Y1.f,'s French Revolution, Michei.et's French Revolution. Alison's History of Europe. Thiers' History of the French Revolution, Mignet's History of the French Revolu- tion. Smyth's Lectures on Modem History. Dr. Cooke Taylor's Revolutions n Europe. Mackarlane's French Revolution. De .Stael's Considerations on the French Revolution. Burke on the French Revolution. Niebuhr's Age of the French Revolution. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. iii., pp. 1-352. 63. Which was the greater Poet, Byron or Burns ? See Carlyle's Hero- Worship. "The Hera as Poet." Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. ii., pp. 389- 421. Carlyle's Miscellanies. " Burns." Lockhart's Life of Bums. Sydney Taylor's Works, p. 288, etc. See also Autliorilies quoted in Question 31, p. 496 64. Is there reasonable Ground for believing that the Character of Richard the Third was not so Atro- eious as is generally supposed ? See Halsted's Richard the Third. Walpole's Historic Doubts. Bulwer's Last of the Barons. 65. Does Happiness or Misery prepon derate in Life ? See Dr. Johnston. Discontent the Commoi^ Lot of all Mankind. Jeremy Taylor's Sermon, " Via Intelll gentioe." Sir G. Mackenzie's " Happiness." Goldsmith on the Love of Life. Pope on Happiness. of tent the Common on, " Via Intelli •>ee Thomson on the Miseries of Life. Pollock on Happiness. (Course Time.) Paley on the Happiness of the World. (Natural Theology.) Burns' Poem, " Man was made to Mourn," *6. Should the Press be totally Free? See Milton on the Liberty of the Press. Curran's Speeches for Rowan and Fin- nerty. Thoughts on Restraint in the Publication of Opinion. By the Author of Essays on the " Formation of Opinion." Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. iii., pp. 245, 2SS. 290, 539- Lord Erskine's Speeches on the Liberty of the Press. Hume's Essay on the Liberty of the Press. Edinburgh Review, vol. xxv.,pp. 1 12-124. Sydney Taylor's Works, pp. 122, 144, 222. •'/. Do modern Geological Discoveries agree with Holy Writ ? S«e Lyell's Elements of Geology. Buckland's Organic Remains. Dr. Pye Smith on Geology. Vestiges of the Natural History of Crea- tion. Phillips' Geology. Humboldt's Cosmos. Ansted's Geology. G. F. Richardson on Geology. Ansted's Ancient World. Scft also a series of Articles and Letters in the " London Times," of September and October, 1845. 68. Did Circumstances justify the first French Revolution? Sm Cari.YLE and other authorities quoted at Question 62, Taley on the Right of Rebellion. Alison's Europe. Arnold's Modem History. Taylor's Revolutions of Europe. Lamartine's History of the Girondists. QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION. 37 1 69. Could not Arbitration be made n Substitute for War? See Peace Society's Tracts. Debates in the House of Comrajni, 1848-9. Dymond on War. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. ii., pp. 320-327. Reports of the Peace Congress, 1848-1849 -1850. Elihu Burritt's Bond of Brotherhood. 70. Which Character is the more to be admired ; that of Loyola or Luther ? See Macaulay's Works. Art. " Loyola." MoNTGOMhRY's " Luther." Burnet's History of the Reformation. D'Aubigne's History of the Reformation. Stebbing's History of the Reformation. The Jesuits, by Michelet. Michelet's Life of Luther. The Jesuits as they were and are. Isaac Taylor's Loyola and Jesuitism. Sir James Stephens' Essays on Eccles*- astical Biography. 71. Are there good Grounds for apply- ing the Term " dark " to the Middle Ages? See Hallam on the Middle Ages. Wright's Essays on the Middle Ages, Maccabe's History of England before the Revolution. Turner's History of England during the Middle Ages. Maitland's Dark Ages. Berrington's Literary History of the Middle Ages. Guizot on Civilization. 72. Which was the greater Poet, Chat' terton or Cowper ? Sfie Southey's Life and Works of Cowper. Hayley's Life and Works of Cowper Cary's Edition of Cowper's Works. Hazlitt on the British Poets, Jeffrey's Essays, " Cowper." Dr. Johnson's Remarks on Chatterton. 372 QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION. 73. Are Public or Private Schools to l I be preferred ? See Amos on Commercial Education. Arnold's Miscellaneous Works. Kay on the Education of the English People. Cowper's Tirocinium. Tremenheere's Reports on Education. 74- Is the System of Education pur- sued at our Universities in accord- ance with the Requirements of the Age? See Whewell on University Education. IIuber's En(jlish Universities. The Collegian's Guide. Debate on University Reform, House of Commons, 1850. Kay's Social Condition and Education of the English People. Edinburgh Review, vol. Ixxx. « 75. Is the Decline of Slavery in Eu- rope attributable to moral or to economical Influences? See James' History of Chivalry. Hailam's Middle Ages. Macaulay's History of England. " In- troductory Chapter." Historical Pictures of the Middle Ages. GuiZOT on Civilization. 76. Is Anger a Vice or a Virtue ? See Paley's Moral Philosophy. Adam Smith's Theory of Moral Senti- ments. Abercrombie on the Moral Feelings. Whewell's Elements of Morality. Brown's Ethics. Letters to my Unknown Friend. « Tem- per." 77. Which uas the greatest Hero, Alexander, Coesar, or Bonaparte? See Plutarch's Lives. Carlyle's Hero- Worship. "The Hero as King." See Niebuhr's History of Rome. Arnold's History of the Roman Coro monwealth. BouRRiENNE's Napoleon. 78. Which was the worse Monarch, Richard the Third or Charles the Second ? See Sharon Turner's Richard the Tiiird. Macaulay's History of England. Sydney's Diary of the Times of Charles the .Second. Walpole's Historic Doubts. Halsted's Richard the Third. 79. Which was the greater man, Franklin or Washington ? See Life .ind Times of Washington. Family Library. Bancroft's History of the United States. Macgregor's Progress of America, vol. i. Maunder'.s Biographical Treasury. Various Lives of Franklin, 80. Is it probable that America will hereafter become the greatest of Nations ? See Putnam's American Facts. Buckingham's America. Lyell's America. Macgregor's Progress of America. CoMiiE's Notes on America. Hamilton's Men and Manners ia America. Wyse's America. 81. Should not greater Freedom of expression be encouraged in Debate ? See Brande's Dictionary of Science, Litera- lure and Art. Art. " Eloquence," and the authorities there quoted. Cicero. I>e Oratore. Hume's Essay on Eloquence. 82. Which was the greater Chaucer or Spenser? See Hazlitt's British Poets. Cowden Clarke's Riches of Chaucer, Poet, QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION. 373 nman Com i of Chaucer. Sci Mitpord's Edition of Spenser. Tyrwuitt's Edition of Chaucer. Cell's English Poets. 83. h the present a Poetical Age ? .See Warwick's Poets' Plcasaunce. Introduction to Lkigh Hunt's " Imagi- nation and Fancy." Moir's Treatise on Poetry. Foster's Handbook of Modern European Literature. Montgomery's Lectures on Poetry. Macaulay's Essays. Lord Jevfrey's Essays. 84. Was Louis XIV. a great man ? See Miss Pardoe's Louis XIV. James' Life of Louis XIV. Michelet's History of P'rance. Macaulay's History of England. Crowe's History of France. Voltaire's Age of Louis XIV. 85. Is it the Duty of a Government to make ampler Provision for the Lit- erary Writers of the Nation ? See SotJTHEY's Colloquies on Society. GrisenthWaITE on the Claims of Genius. Forster's Life and Adventures of Oliver Goldsmith. 86. Which is the greater Poet, Mrs. Howitt or Mrs. Hemans ? See RowTON's Female Poets. Gilfillan's Literary Portraits. Mary Howitt. Lord Jei-frev's Essay on Mrs. Hemans. 87. Should not all National Works of Art be entirely free to the Public? See Debates in British Parliament on the Subject. Hamilton on Popular Education. 88. Are not the Rudiments of individ- ual Character discernible in Child- hood? Bee Essays on the Formation of Character. See Combe on the Constitution of Man. Comhe on Infancy. Early Influences. Jean Paul Richter's Levana. 89. Is not Satire highly useful as a Moral Agent ? See the Works of Rahelais. Duchat's trans- lation. Leiuh Hunt's Wit and Humor. Kclectic Review, 1845. The Satirical Writers of the Middle Ages. Sterne on Satirical Wit. Hazlitt on the Comic Writers of Eng- land. Mai>an's Juvenal and Persius. 90. Has not the Faculty of Humor been of essential Service to Civilization ? See Leigh Hunt's Wit and Humor. JIackinnon's History of Civilization. Cari.YLe's Miscellanies. Article on Richter. IlAZLirr on the Comic Writers of Eng- land. Burton's Anatomy of Melancholy. 91. Is it not to Emigration that Eng- land must mainly look for the Relief of her population ? See Thornton's Over-population and its Remedy. Merivale's Colonization and Colonies. Torrens on Emigration. Reports of Emigration Commissioners. Morning Chronicle. Articles on Emi- gration. 1850. Howitt's Colonization. Laing's Notes of a Traveller {second series). 92. Does National Character descend from age to age ? See Carlyi.e on Characteristics. Prichard on the History of Man. C0MIIE on the Constitution of Man. 11 374 QUESTJOXS FOR D/SCUSSION. 93. Do the Associations entitled "Art Unions " tend to promote the spread of the Fine Arts ? See Reports of Art Unions. Mrs. Jamrson's Art and Morals. 94- Is it possible that the World will ever again possess a Writer as great as Shakspeare? See Dryden on Shakspeare. Hazlitt on Shakspeare. ScHLEGEL on Shakspeare's Drama. Voltaire on Shakspeare. 95. Is the cheap Literature of the Age on the whole beneficial to general Morality ? See Publications of the Society for the Diffu- sion of Knowledge. Bacon on Knowledge. Chambers' Publications generally. 96. Should not Practice in Athletic Games form a Part of every System of Education ? See Walker's Manly Exercises. Rees' Cyclopjcdia. Art. " Gymnastics." Encyclopaedia Britannica. Art. " Educa- tion." Craig's Philosophy of Training. Richter's Levana. 97. Is not the Game of Chess a good Intellectual and Moral Exercise? See Franklin's Morals of Chess. Walker's Chess Studies. Staunton's Chess Players' Handbook. Tomlinson's Amusements in Chess. 98. Have Mechanics' Institutions an- swered the Expectations of their Founders ? See The City of London Magazine, 1842-43. Reports of the Manchester Athenxum. Reports of the Liverpool Mechanics' Institution. See Brougham on Mechanics' Institutions, Manual of Mechanics' Institutions. 99- Which is to be preferred, a Town or a Country Life ? See HowiTT's Rural Life of England. ' Howitt's Rural Life of Germany. Knight's London. Jesse's Literary Memorials of London. Jesse's Scenes and Tales of Country Life. Blaine's Encyclopaedia of Rural Sports. Miller's Pictures of Country Life. The Boy's Country Book. 100. Poet, Which was the greater Wordsworth or Byron ? See Jeffrey's Essays, vol. ii., pp. 366-371. Edinburgh Review : on Wordsworth, and on Byron. Quarterly Review : on Wordsworth, and on Byron. Macaulay's Critical Essays, vol, »., pp. 31 1-352- Sydney Taylor's Works, p. 288. Moore's Life of Byron. British and Foreign Review, vol. vii. 1 01. Which is the more baneful, Skep^ ticism or Superstition ? See Reason and Faith, by H. Rogers. Re- printed from the Edinburgh Review. Cairns on Moral Freedom. Coleridge's Inquiring Spirit. The Natural History of Enthusiasm. Fanaticism. Hare's Victory of Faith. 102. Is the average Duration of Human Life increasing or diminishing ? See Porter's Progress of the Nation. M'CuLLOCH's Statistics of the British Empire. Neison's Contributions to Vital Statisticfc Reports of the Registrar-General. The Claims of Labor. Combe's Physiology. 103. ^s ^i/"^ Assurance at present con- ducted on safe and equitable Princi- ples? See IUylis' Arithmetic of Life Assurance. Morgan's Principles and Doctrines of Assurance. Pocock's Explanjition of Life Assurances. Dk Morc;an's Treatise on Probabilities. 1 04. Arc there good Reasons for sup- posing that the Ruins recently dis- covered in Central America are of very great Antiquity ? See Stephens' Central America. Stephens' Central America. Second visit. Fosbroke's EncyclopoLHlia of Antiquities. DuNLOP's Travels in Central America. 105. Do Titles operate beneficially in a Community ? See Paley on Honor. Dymond's Works. Bentham on the Rationale of Reward. Macintyre's Influence of Aristocracies. Hamilton on Rewards. 106. Would not Pulpit Oratory become mare effective if the Clergy were to preach extemporaneously ? QUESlfONS FOK D/SCUSS/ON. See 375 of Ui« Brougham on the Eloquence Ancients. Whatei.ey's Rhetoric. Spalding's Rhetoric. Branue's Dictionary of Science, Litcra ture and Art. Art. " Eloquence." 107. Is not Intemperance the chief Source of Crime? See AusHEAu's Prisons and Prisoners. Life of W1LLIA.M Allen. Doum.EUAY's Statistical History of En^ land. Beggs' Lectures on Depravity. 108. Should not the Study of Historn be more encouraged than it is ? See M'CuLLAGH on History. Biglani) on History. Carlyle's Miscellanies. History. God in History: by Dr. Gumming. Schlegel on the Philosophy of History Arnold's Lectures on Modern History. Smyth's Lectures on History. Stehuing's Essay on the Study of WW tory. Tytler's Elements of General Histoiy. 576 XESOLLT/OXS, PETlTlOiXS, ETC. |om$ {qi |e$(iMiG&$, IfiUtiGiLi, 6k A WRITTEN resolution is a formal and deliberate mode of expressing tht opinions and sentiments of a society, club, or public assemblage. Resolutions should be written tersely and witli great clearness. No unnec- essary words should be used ; nor should there be any ambitious attempts at fine writing. The writer of the resolutions should state exactly what he means ; nothing more nor less. It is customary to preface a series of resolutions by a preamble. This may be omitted at the discretion of the writer. Where a preamble is used, it should set forth the cause of the resolutions which are to follow. It should always begin with the word, " Whereas." The resolutions follow immediately after the preamble, each one beginning with the word, "Resolved." We give a few resolutions as specimens for the guidance of the reader. Resolutions of Condolence on the Death of a Free Mason. At .1 rejjular communication of St. John's Lodge, No. 210, A. F. and A. M., held March 24th, 1878, the following preamble and resolutions were unanimously adopted: Whereas, It has pleased the Supreme Architect of the Universe to remove from our niidsi our late brother, Thomas W. Johnston j and, Whereas, The intimate relations long held by our deceased brother with the members of iliis Lodge render it proper that we should place on record our appreciation of his services .as n Mason and his merits as a man : therefore be it Resolved, By St. John's Lodge, No. 210, on the registry of the Grand Lodge of Maryland, of Ancient, Free and Accepted Masons, that, wliile we bow with huml)le submifsion to the will of The Most High, we do not the less mourn for our brother who has been calld from uis labor to rest. Resolved, Thai in the death of Thomas W. Johnston this Lodge loses a brother who was always active and zealous in his work as a Mason ; ever ready to succor the needy and distressed of the fraternity; prompt to advance the interests of the order; devoted to its welfare and pros-, perity ; one who was wise in counsel and fearless in action ; an honest and upright man, whose virtues ende.ired him not only to his brethren of the order, but to all his fellow-citizens. Resolved, That this Lodge tenders its heartfelt sympathy to the family and relatives of oul deceased brother in this their sad affliction. RfH'lved, That the members of this Lodge will attend the body of our deceased brother to the grave, in full regalia, to pay the last honors to his remains. Resolved, That these resolutions be entered upon the Minutes of this Lodge, and that a coi^y nt them be sent to the family of our deceased brother. N %^%i^^^?^^N*f^i^«*^^fis ^i^^i?^;aiiolinb County, Va., September 8, 1879. I 11 1 ' pnii i ij 9 3 1 580 PUBLIC CELEBRA1.0NS. Remonstrance Against the Passage ef a Law. To the General .',-«embly of the Stale of Pennsylvania: The petition o t!^ undersigned, citizens of the village of Port Kennedy, respectfully sets forti, That they have lean.ed that a bill is novir before the two Houses of Assembly, for the purpoBC of erecting the town aforesaid into a corporate borough, and, believing such a measure to br ttnnecessary and injurious, and against the will of the inhabitants in the limits of th^- proposed borough, respectfully, but energetically, remonstrate against its passage by your honorable body. And your petitioners, as in duty bound, will ever pray, etc. {//ert follow the signatures.) Public Celebrations may be held by the citizens of a city, town, or vil- lage, as a whole people; or by societies or clubs. The chief public celebration in this country is held on the Fourth of July, or Independence Day. In former years it was the custom to celebrate Washing- ton's Birthday (February 2 2d), but this patriotic observance has been almost entirely discontinued. Should the celebration be conducted by the citizens at large, a public, meeting should be held some weeks in advance, at which a Committee of Ar- rangements should be appointed to make provision for the various portions of the ce'-'bration. The Committee of Arrangements should meet as soon as practicable after iis appointment. A chairman and secretary should be elected, after which the chairman should appoint the various sub-committees, whose duty it is to arrange the various details of the celebration. These sub-committees should be as follows: Committer on Correspondence. — This committee is charged with the duty of inviting such distinguished guests as may be desirable. Committee on Finance. — This committee solicits subscriptions of money, anA manages the expenditure of it. , Committee on Place. — This committee engages a suitable hall, or, if the cele- bration is to be held in the open air, secures suitable grounds, and attends to the erection of stands, etc. Committee on Orator. — This committee secures an orator for the occasiuo, rVBLlC CELEBRATIONS. 38 1 and also a reader of the Declaration of Independence, or of the Constitution of the United States, where it is desired to have these documents read, and great care should be taken to select some one known to be a good reader, in order that full effect may be given to the documents to be read, as a bad reader will only mar the ceremonies. Committee on Music. — This committee provides the vocal or instrumental music for the occasion. Committee on Printing. — This committee attends to the proper advertising of the celebration, and provides programmes and such other printed matter as may be needed for the occasion. Other sub-committees may be appointed to take charge of such other details as may need providing for. All sub-committees are under the control of the Committee of Arrangements, and must report to it at its regular meetings. The Committee of Arrangements may accept or reject the acts of sub-committees. The programme, or order of exercises for the celebration, should be carefully prepared beforehand, and should be rigidly adhered to. Public Dinners are given in honor of some public or social anniversary, or of some distinguished person. They may be given by the citizens of a place at large, or by any number of them, by a political party, a society, or a club. The first step is, as in the case of a public ineeting, to appoint a Committee of Arrangements, which attends to all the preparations for the dinner. If the dinner is to be given to a particular person, a formal invitation, tender- ing him this honor, should be addressed to him, signed by as many persons as possible. Should the person accept the invitation, he may either name the day or leave it to the persons tendering the dinner to fix the date. In the latter case, the Committee of Arrangements call upon him and arrange a date best suited to his convenience. It is the custom to issue tickets to a public dinner, except to invited guegts. These tickets are sold at a fixed price, the money thus received being devoted to paying for the entertainment. Should the occasion be one of importance, written invitations are despatched to distinguished persons in other places. It is not to be expected that all ran accept, but their replies, which are read at the close of the entertainment, fur- nish a very pleasant feature of the occasion. The guests assemble in one of the rooms provided for the occasion, and, when dinner is announced, enter the dining-room and proceed to the places assigned them. The best plan is to place a card with the name of the person on the table at the place he is to occupy. Where there is more than one table, the President seats himself at the head of the principal table, and the Vice-President takes his place at the foot. A Vice-President is placed at the head of each of the other tables. $82 PUBLIC CELEBRATIONS. If possible, the table should be arranged in the shape of a T, and the gtiests arranged according to the following diagram: ^ «-^ *>^ ^ n ' >■* ^ ^* r* ^ i? i8.g.S.-5-3 8.8.8.8.1 C5 m m tn ciS g. m C5 o ffl fli • • • s <* 2 • A CA M M M 5^ ** r» c* c» f» r> r^ c» b^ U4 UJ U« o o d d o Diners. O O o d d «^ o O O _ ___d_ _o ■f J I d o o d d o o o d o _o p_ o_ SHnen. r 2 (0 1 The company stand by their chairs, keeping their eyes fixed upon the Presi- dent. As soon as he takes his seat, they seat themselves. Then the principal guest is escorted to his seat by a committee appointed for that purpose. As he enters the room, the President and all the company rise, and remain standing until the guest cf the day has taken his seat, when they resume their chairs. The President then gives a signal, and the waiters serve the dinner. When the last course has been served and partaken of, the cloth is removed, and the President proceeds to read the regular toasts, which have been prepared beforehand by one of the sub-committees. At dinners on the Fourth of July, or anniversaries connected with public matters, the number of regular toasts are thirteen, commemorative of the original number of States. It is not necessary to have so many on ordinary occasions. But there are certain toasts, given in certain order, which are never to be omitted. The first toast is to the day PUBLIC CELEBRATIONS. 383 •-elebrated, if it be a particular day. If not, what would be the second \oast, " The President of the United States," becomes the first. This toast is always to be received with applause, even if the party dining be politically ' jjposed to him, because the toast is to the office, and not the man. The next in order is to the Governor of the State ; and the next is to the invited guest, if there be one. The last toast is always given to the opposite sex. After the President has read the toasts, the Vice-President, at the other end of the table, who should be furnished with a copy, also reads aloud. The guests, as they are about to drink it, repeat it, or part of it, aloud. If the guest be toasted, it being personal, every one rises and drinks stand- ing, following their drinking by applause. If, however, the personal toast be to any who are dead, although all rise, they drink the toast and resume their seats in perfect silence. The guest of the evening, having been toasted, is expected to reply, which he does, so soon as the party has seated itself, after it has drunk the toast. As he rises, the President does the same, mentions his name, and resumes his own seat, until the guest has closed. The regular toasts being through, volunteer ones are in order. If it be desired that any one should speak, the usual course is to propose a toast in his honor. After this has been done, it is expected that he will rise, return thanks, and make such proper remarks as will please the company. If, after the cloth has been removed, a song be desired from any one, his name is called out — Mr. (naming him) for a song. The President then repeats : " Mr. is called upon for a song." If the party is in voice at all, his best plan is to rise and sing at once ; if not, he will rise, excuse hin'-elf, and offer a sentiment, or tell a story. Towards the close of the entertainment, the President will leave his seat and call a Vice-President, or some other gentleman, to it; and the company will Keep the fun going as long as they think proper. When the principal guest leaves, the company will rise, and remain standing until he has left the room. As the President is responsible for the good order and harmony of the occa- sion, the company are bound by the strictest obligation of honor to obey hia directions and carry out his wishes in all things. Sometimes one of the company wishes to drink with another. In that case, he sends a wq,iter to the person, who informs him that the other desires the pleas- ure of a glass of wine with him. The parties look to each other, and, raising their glasses to their lips, either take a sip, or drink it, as each thinks proper. Formerly, at these public dinners, men drank to excess. To do this now is considered ill-bred. Indeed, no guest need drink at all, unless he chooses. He .should keep a glass of wine before him, and raise it to his lips at every toast; but, if he should not choose to drink, good manners requires that no one should Dote his abstinence. •1 i I ij "^A e5^5^^:>^ ;e;>^t5=&5^^5=?ii ^^^ A PRACTICAL TREATISE 'IfpE a^^6E^ 0F 600D ^eCIETY, -^-I- S H W I N G •!-♦- ^VHAT TO SAY A3»jn HOIV TO ACT VfOM At,I« OCCAf*IONS| HOMT TO nUKSS ^BVni.1., AVID HO^V TO APPEAR TO THC BE;sT advantage in SOCIETV. T is the natural desire of every person to appear to the best advan- tage in the eyes of one's fellow-creatures. We all wish to be admired, respected, and loved; and there is no person more miserable than the man who believes himself to be disliked or unappreciated by the people into whose society he is thrown. In order to receive this appreciation and affection, one must be worthy of it. Mere wealth will not bring it ; neither will polit- ical power or influence secure it. It is the personal qualities of the individual that win for him the friendship and admiration of his associates. A thoroughly good-hearted person , a man or woman of correct principles, will always shape his or her conduct so as to command respect ; but it is not suflRcient to always act justly or from right principles to fulfil one's duty in society. There are so many observances to be met, so many things to be considered and provided for, that, without an exact knowledge of what is due to one's self and one's associates, it is impossible to fulfil all the requirements of society. This knowledge is obtained by the study of what is termed Etiquette, which word we may define as " a code of laws established by society for its protection ^gainiit rudeness, and other offences which the civil law cannot reach." The !NTROD UCTOR Y. 38^ •aw cannot ptinish a man for disrourtcous behavior, but society can, and by refusing to receive or recognize him, can cause him to change his manners It is, therefore, necessary that we should know wliat is rude or disagreeable con- duct, >viiat things society forbids, and what it demands. This we can do only by stuc'ying the laws which govern it. Son'e writers have held that politeness is merely an artificial quality, meaning nothing. But surely, when our own comfort and the happiness of others depend so much upon the exercise of this quality, we must class it among the attributes most to be cultivated and desired. Politeness enables us to avoid wounding •.he pride, or shocking the prejudices of those around us, and thus to render ourselves agreeable. It is but a new application of the Golden Rule: "Do nnto others as ye would they should do unto you." Its principles are the same among all civilized nations, but its application is of course governed by the customs of each country. Thus a well-bred Amcric an will find himself as much at his case in Paris or London as in New York, and can quickly learn the differences in mere social observances. High birth and good-brcetling are the privileges of the few; but the habits and manners of a gentleman or a lady may be acquired by all. Nor is their acquirement attended with 'lifTiculty. Etiquette is not an art requiring the study of a lifetime; on the contrary, its principles are simple, and their practical application involves only ordinary care, tact, and sagacity. We all know a gentleman or lady when we meet one, no matter in what yatb, or under what circumstances. We recognize them by a kind of instinct, since it is not easy to define in what the gentlemanly or ladylike quality con- sists. That which will not admit of definition will, however, often yield to analysis, and it is so in this case. To be a gentleman or lady implies the pos- session of certain qualities, and they are always the same qualities. It implies, first, a high degree of self-respect, only equalled by a keen sense of the respect and estimation in which others have a right to be held. It implies, further, a cultivated delicacy of taste and feeling, a just recognition of what is due to superiors and inferiors, and above all a generous and hearty appreciation ot the claims of the opposite sex. To this may be added a certain amount of educa- tion — self-acquired or otherwise — and a perfect familiarity with the customs and usages of good society. It is this familiarity that enables one to do just the right thing at the right moment, and to maintain that perfect ease of manner which all admire and few possess. It enables one to avoid that haughty and reserved manner which many ill-bred people affect, mistakenly thinking it a mark of high position in life. Haughtiness and reserve, we repeat, are not characteristic of the gentleman or lady, but of the pari>enu. The real gen^ tleman or lady can afford to forget their dignity and be genial and sociable ; the imitation article cannot. Etiquette also saves one from indulging in undue familiarity, or in excess of^ courtesy, which are offensive. To be courteous and obliging under o'l circumstances is an imperative duty, and is natural to a well 25 I \4, '\ I': i'! '■ ' ; 386 7//yr TOILET. bred person ; but to overburden people with attention, to render them uncom- fnrtaliK- by an excessive proffer of services, to insist upon placing them under (ibiig:Uioiis which they do not desire to accept, is not only to render one's svlf disagreeable, but contemptible. It will tluis be seen that the Laws of Etiquette arc founded on common-sense, and tliat there is a real necessity that every person should be familiar with them. In the lollowing pages it is our aim to state these laws plainly and comprehen- sively. The writer lays down no arbitrary rules of his own ; he gives simply the prin( iples and observances that govern gootl society in all lands, adapting thera to the special needs of American readers. ^^ ^^^^^^^^^^is^fc"-* E TOILET. ^ci^^^r:.5»=THE CARE OF THE PERSON.'«!.-r.'?vf^^ jy Thi: first care of all persons in society should be for their personal appear- ance. Those who are slovenly or careless in their habits are unfit for refined society, and cannot possibly make a good appearance in it. A weil-brctl person will always cultivate habits of the most scrupulous neatness. A gentleman or lady is always well dressed. The garment may be plain or coarse, or even worn "thin and shiny," but it is carefully brushed, neat, and worn with dignity. The ]iroverb which warns us against judging by appearances can never have had much weight in cities or populous communities. There appearance is inev- itably the index of character. First impressions must in nine cases out o*" ten be formed from it, and that is a consideration of such importance that no gen- tleman or lady can afford to disregard it. Personal appearance depends greatly on the careful toilet and scrupulous attention to dress. The first point which marks the gentleman or lady in appearance is rigid cleanliness. This remark applies to the body and everything which covers it. A clean skin— only to be secured by frequent baths — is indispensable. Many hold that perfect cleanliness is impossible withou*: the aid of the Turkish bath; but th.ough the effect of that institution is undoubtedly admirable, there are constitutions with which it does not agree. This cannot be said of ordinary liath'^, and they should be repeatedly used. And we need not say that the face and hands should be spotless. There is no surer indication of a gentleman or lady than a pure white hand — white in the sense of being clean — and perfectlj kepi nails. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 387 The hair and Iccth should also receive the utmost attention. The skin jf the head should be as white as that of the hand, and the hair thoroughly brushed and kept. So, also, with the beard of men. It should be adapted to the style of the fare, and carefully attended to, or it will become offensive to its wer-er. A man may bo as cleanly in all respects at the table witli a beard as without one, but not without care and attention. This matter of cleanliness extends to all articles of clothing, under-wear as well as outer-wear. Perfect neatness is a mark of true gentility. It is to the toilet that beauty resorts for these purposes. There also the less- favored find the means of simulating the charms they do not naturally possess*, and ihougli the sterner sex are not supposed to "sacrifice to the Graces," a modern Valentine would, without attention to the toilet, soon degenerate into a veritable Orson. Every lady owes it to herself to be fascinating; every gentleman is bound, for his own sake, to be i)resentable ; but beyond this there is the obligation to society, to one's friends, and to those with whom we may be brought in contact. If I reqt'est a lady to honor me by accompanying me to the opera, and she presents herself with tumbled hair, a questionable face, an ill-chosen dress, badly-fitting gloves, and an atmosphere of cheap and offensive perfumes, she does me a positive wrong; she becomes an infliction which I am not bound to suffer. So, again, if I make an appointment with a gentleman to walk in some public place with him, and lie appears in the condition of a man who has slept in a stable, with shaggy hair and beard, crea-sed clothes, soiled linen, and with an odor of stale tobacco pervading him, I have a right to resent it as an affront. Duty, therefore, has even more to do with attention to the toilet than vanity ; we owe it to ourselves, and we owe it to others, to turn to the very best account, and to preserve every agreeable quality we may have been endowed with to the latest period of our respective lives. In treating of the lady's toilet, it may be well to endeavor to convey some idea of the general arrangements and requirements of a lady's dressing-room. This room, of course, in many instances, is her bed-room as well; but that will in no way interfere with the general application of what we have to say. The walls should be decorated with a light-colored, lively paper, the window curtains and furniture covers being in harmony therewith. A few choice prints or water-color drawings may be hung on the walls, and one or two ornaments may occupy a place on the mantel-piece ; but it shotdd be borne in mind that the room is to be used exchisively for dressing and the toilet, so that anything interfering with these offices in any way should be studiously avoided. In addition to the ordinary furniture of the room, there should be a dressing- table, light and portable, so that it can be placed in different parts of the cham ber to command the best light. On the table, which is generally adorned with 1 388 THE TOILET. \ fancifully-worked muslin cover desceiuling to the ground, should be placed ail oval looking-glass, with liglits on each, side of it. On this table should bo arranged the laily's drcssing-ca , her jewel box, pin-cu-)hion, and such articles as may be needed at the time. The hair pin-cushion bhould form a prominent article. It is made in this way : It may be round or square ; the sides of wood or card-board. It should be loosely stuffed with fine horse-hair, and covered with plain knitting, worked in single Berlin wool witi\ fine needles. Tiiis cover offers no impediment to tiie hair-pins, which are much better preserved in this way than by being left about in an untidy fashion. In addition there should be a tray with various kinds of combs, brushes, hair-pins, and /i isftfcs ; bottles of various perfumes, and pots of hair-oil and bandoline, with boxes of lip-salve and powder-puff. The washstand should be furnished with a large pitcher and basin, a smaller pitcher for fres'i water, a tumbler, mug, china tray containing two tooth- bni!5hes and nail-brushes (hard and soft), sponge basin holding two sponges (large and small), and tooth-powder box. On the right of the washstand should be the towel-horse, on which should be suspended one fine and two coarse towels, together with two very coarse or Baden towels, as they are called. Beneath the washstand should be placed the foot-bath. On the wall there should be hooks and pegs at various convenient distances, from which may be suspended cachepei^^nes, dressing-gowns, dresses about to be svorn, or any other articles of general or immediate use; indeed, there cannot !)e too many of these conveniences in a lady's dressing-room. An easy-chair should be placed in front of the toilet-table just of sufficient height to enable the lady to brush her hair, etc., in front of the looking-glass, sUd'n^. One or two other chairs may be placed about the room, and a sofa or couch, if space admits thereof. Between the windows should be placed a cheval glass, with branches for can- dles on each side, in order that the lady may be enabled to take a full-length view of herself. A wardrobe — the larger the better — is an indispensable addi- tion to this room, and it should contain one compartment extending its entire height, so that dresses may be hung uj) in it. %)xt Gentleman's ^xm\v^^'€m* The gentleman's dressing-room is naturally simpler than that of the lady, unless he be a married man and share that of his wite. He has in either case his separate wants, which must be provided for. There should be a good clear mirror, small in size, which can be set on a table or hung against the wall, for shaving. Only the clearest and best glass should be used for this purpose, as a dull glass causes many a cut of the razor. In addition to the glass the gentle- man needs razors, shaving-brush and soap, razor strop, and a small tin vessel for hot water. Brown or turpentine soap should never be used for shaving. It dam- ages the skin. A good article o£ toilet soap or shaving cream should be used. THE LAWS OJ- ETIQUETT ^8q In addition to the shaving materials the gentleman requires a comb, a stiff hair-biu.'.h, which should be kept clean, a tooth-brush, and a good dentifrice. Tootli-powder is the best dentifrice. Liquids used for this purpose contain Hcids which injure the teeth. Cologne water, bay rum, extracts to suit the taste, a flehh-brush, a good clothes-brush, blacking-brush and materials, with » box or stand to rest the foot on while blacking the boots or shoes, complete tht gentleraan's outfit. The Bath is a necessity not only to cleanliness, but to good health. In nearly all tov/n houses, and in many country houses, there is a separate bath-room with hot and cold water, and every convenience for the Dather. Where this is not the case it is well to have the bath-tul) placed in the centre of the dressing-room or chamber, on a piece of oil-cloth or India matting to prevent the carpet from being spla.licd. For ladies, the b«;st form of bath is the ordinary hip-bath; for gentlemen, the circular sponge-bath. Where these cannot be procured, an old-fashioned washtub will aiiswcr every purpose. The water should always be fresh. Its temperature should be regulated by the constitution of the bather. Some persons can bathe once a day, others less frequently ; but no one should be content with less than two baths a week. This is the minimum number for cleanliness. Cold baths are invigorating to most healthy persons, but they do not cleanse the pori-s of the skin. A cold bath, from 60° to 70°, is about the most health- giving and invigorating process one can undergo ; but beyond invigoration it is of no great service. No one can preserve a purely clean skin by the use of cold batlis only, though the purifying effect is increased by the use of rough towels, which help to remove impurities from the surface of the skin. Sea-water baths are still less useful in the way of cleansing; indeed, a warm bath is often found necessary after a short course of them. The same remark applies to the sea-r.alt baths now so much in vogue. Apart from the invigorating effect of the cold water in the daily bath, the friction occasioned by the rub of the towel is very beneficial ; rough towels should therefore be used in moderation. Shower baths cannot be recommended for use indiscriminately, as th« shock caused by the sudden fall of water operates most injuriously on some constitutions. Milk baths, and baths impregnated with perfumes, need not be mentioned.1 except as absurdities in which silly women have believf-.d and indulged, but never with any beneficial efTect. Nothing equals plenty of pure soft water. The best time for bathing is upon rising in the morning. A good exercise with the dumb-bells directly after the bath contributes much to the improve- ment of health and development of muscle. Bathing at night, especially id warm water, is apt to throw one into a sweat after retiring. M^ 3CO THE TOILET. i 'Hie daily bath is now the rule rather than the exception, and its effect is admirable. When we know that the skin is coMsr-'h.ly throwing off fine dust- like scales, and that these, blending wicn other foreign matter, stop up the pores, and so prevent the skin from performing i^s natural functions, it is quite cleai that constant bathing is necessary to preserve the health of the body. Nor is a mere plunge into water, either hot or cold, sufficient. Soap should be used, because the alkali in it assimilates with the oily exudations of the skin and thus a good medium for removing impurities is obtained. Ii has been said tliat soap is calculated to irritate the skin and injure the com- plexion. It does nothing of the kind. Some of the finest complexions we have known have been regularly washed with soap every day. Care, however, should be taken that the soap is of a good quality. If any unpleasant sensations are experienced after its use, they may be imme- diately removed by rinsing the surface with water slightly acidulated with lemon juice. Of late years the practice of taking Turkish baths has been introduced, and is very much in vogue. These baths are the best thorough cleansers of the pores of the skin in existence. But no one should venture on them except after having first had medical advice on the subject, as there are many constitutions and states of health to which they would be injurious in the highest degree. In all our directions with regard to the bath, it must be borne in mind that we only refer to those who are in a moderately sound state of health; otherwise they should consult their medical attendant before entering on a course of bathiag. And this is of tne most importance where sea-bathing is concerned. Persons in delicate health, or with certain constitutions, may suffer the most serious consequences from even a single plunge into the sea. Care should be taken to remedy an offensive breath without delay. Nothing renders one so unpleasant to one's acquaintance, or is such a source of misery to one's self. The evil may proceed from some derangement of the stomach, some defective condition of the teeth, or catarrhal affection of the throat and nose. Tlie most sensible plan is to seek medical advice at once, as a removal of the cause of the trouble is the only way of effecting a permanent cure. If the teeth are at fault, the dentist can remedy the trouble. Careful and regular brushing of the teeth will go far to prevent a bad breath. The constant use of alcoholic stimulants will, in lime, cause the breath to become offensive. The remedy is abstinence from the use of liquors. Many remedies are suggested for this trouble, but it is best not to attcmjy to doctor ourselves. Let a competent medical man ascertain the cause, ait4 trtai that. One may with safety use the following, however : ^-; THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 39: Take of the concentrated solution of clilorirle of soda, from sir to ten drops id a wineglassful of pure water. Take immediately after dressing in the morn» n co* metics and wasiies for the skin. Some of these are harmless, and for t'-vo oi them we give receipts elsewhere; but there are others in which there art mineral substances which are most injurious. They dry up the skin, ar.ri onl> defeat the end they are supposed to have in view. Violet-powder, which is so much in use, sliould be avoided as much .u pos- sible, as it tends to make the skin rough, and enlarge the pores. Moles are frequently a great disfigurement to the face, but they should no> be tampered with in any way. The only mode of getting rid of moles is by a surgical operation, and this is always attended with danger. Freckles are of two kinds. Those occasioned by exposure to the sunshine, and consequently evanescent, are denominated "summer freckles;" those which are constitutional and permanent are called "cold freckles." Tlie latter result from causes which cannot be reached by any external appli- cation. Summer freckles are not so difficult to deal with, and with a little care the skin may be kept free from this cause of disfigurement. Some skins are so delicate that they become freckled on the slightest exposure to the open air of summer. The cause assigned for this is, that the iron in tliu blood, forming a junction with the oxygen, leaves a rusty mark where the junc- tion takes ];)lace. If this is so, the obvious cure is to dissolve the combination, for which pur- pose this coiirse has been recommended : Prepare the skin, by spreading over it at night a paste composed of one ounce of bitter almonds, one ounce of barley flour, and a sufficient quantity ol iioney to give the paste consistency. Wash off in ihe morning, and d-.nnj, ; ) 392 THE COMPLEXION. the day apply, with a camel-hair brush, a lotion compounded thus : one drachra af muiiatic acid, half pint of rain water, and a teaspoonful of lavender water. The following remedies have also been recommended : 1. At night wash the skin with elder-flower water, and apply an ointment- made by simmering gently — on-; ounce of Venice soap, a quarter ounce of deliquated oil of tartar, and a c inrter oupxe of oil of bitter almonds. When it acquires consistency, three drops of oil of rhodium may be added. Wash the ointment off in the morning with rose water. 2. One ounce of alum, one ounce of lemon juice, in a pint of rose water. 3. Scrape horseradish into a cup of cold sour milk, let it stand twelve hours, strain, and apply two or three times a day. 4. Mix lemon juice, one ounce, powdered borax, a quarter drachm, sugar, 1 ilf a drachm ; keep for a few days in a glass bottle ; apply occasionally. 5. Another remedy is, muriate of ammonia, half a drachm, lavender water, two drachms, distilled water, half a pint ; apply two or three times a day. 6. Into half a piiU of milk squeeze the juice of a lemon, with a spoonful of brandy, and boil, skimming well ; add a drachm of rock alum. There are various other discolorations of the skin, proceeding frequently from derangement of the system ; the cause should always be dis(!:overed before attempting a remedy, otherwise you may increase instead of curing it. Beautiful eyes are the gift of nature ; but even those of the greatest beauty may owe something to the toilet, while those of an indifferent kind are often susceptible of improvement. Any tampering with the eye itself with a view to giving it additional lustre should be severely condemned. It can only result in harm. The sight has often been permanently injured by the use of belladonna, preparations of the Calabar bean, and other substances having a strong effect on the eyes. But without touching the eye itself, it is possible to give the effect of bright- ness, softness, etc., by means of the eyelids and eyelashes. Made-up eyes are by no means desirable, and to many are si.igularly displeasing; the same may be said of " made-up " faces geiicrally. Some ladies are, however, persuaded that it adds to their charms to give the eyes a long almond shape, after the Egyptian type, while very many are persuaded that the eye is not seen to ad- vantage unless its apparent size is increased by the darkening of the lids. Both these effects are produced by means of wliat is termed kohl, a black powder, which may be procured at the druggist's, and is mixed with ro.e water, and applied with a camel-hair brush. Many ladies with light or red hair have adopted the singular idea of dark- pining the eyebrows and eyelids, under the impression that it gives piquancy to il*e face. But though a blue eye peeping through a dark eyelash is often charm* ruj enough in nature, the effect is seldom good when artificially produced. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 393 The effect of the eyes is greatly aided by beautiful eyelashes. These may be secured to a certain extent by a little care, especially if it is taken early in life. The extreme ends should be cut with a pair of small sharp scissors, care being taken to preserve the natural outline, not to leave jagged edges. Attention ii this matter usually results in the lengthening of the la:ihes. Dyeing them is another expedient for increasing their effect often resorted to. A good permanent black is all tliat is needed, and Indian ink serves the purpose as well as anything. As an impromptu expedient to serve for one night, a hair pin held for a few seconds in the flame of a candle, and drawn through the lashes, will serve to color them well, and with sufficient durability. We need scarcely add that the hair pin must bo suffered to grow cold before it is used, or the ccnsequences may be that no eyelash will be left to color. Good eyebrows are not to be produced artificially. It is possible, however, to prevent those which are really good from degenerating through neglect. When wiping the face dry after washing, pass a corner of the towel over the forefinger, and set the eyebrows in the form you wish them to assume. Many persons oil the eyebrows as well as the hair. Many persons are troubled with their eyebrows meeting over their nose, or at least growing closer together than is consistent with beauty. In this case they often pluck out the hairs, but it does not get rid of them. That is only to be done by the use of a depilatory, such as the following: Pluck out'the hairs with tweezers as fast as they grow, wash with warm water, and then apply milk of roses. All depilatories are objectionable, and the consequence of using them is that a mark, like a scar left from a burn, remains, and is more disfiguring than the hair it has eradicated. Still, if persons will use them, the above is the most harmless. It is well to have on the toilet-table a remedy for inflamed eyes. Spermaceti ointment is simple and well adapted to this purpose. Apply at night, and wash off with rose water in the morning. Golden ointment will serve the like pur- pose. Or there is a simple lotion made by dissolving a very small piece of alum and a piece of lump sugar of the same size in a quart of water; put the ingredients into the water cold, and let them simmer. Bathe the eyes fre- quently with it. Styes in the eye are irritating and disfiguring. Foment with warm water; at night apply a bread and milk poultice. When a white head forms, prick it with a fine needle. Should the inflammation be obstinate, a little citrine ointment may be applied, care being taken that it does not get into the eye, and an aperient should be tried. %\kt ^nt anil ^n%. The crevices of the ears should be carefully cleansed every day. When the wax from the ear accumulates in the opening, it should be removed. Caution M 1 i n7 iSa 394 THE COMPLEXION, ii>i should be used in this matter. Thrutisng pins or "ear-cleaners" into the ear to remove tb.e wax is apt to bruise the organs and produce dt.'at'ness. The passages of the nose should be kept clear. No one should be without a handkerchief. Picking the nose is a disgusting habit, and may be easily avoided. Beware of preparations for increasing the growth of the hair. They generally produce baldness. A few simple precautions will keep both the scalp and hair in good condition. The skin of the head is particularly delicate, therefore especial care should be taken in brushing the hair and in keeping the scalp as clean as pussible. The hair should be brushed carefully. The brush should be of moderate hardness; not too hard. The hair should be separated in order that the head itself may be well brushed, as by so doing the scurf is removed, and that is most essential, as not only is it unpleasant and unsightly, but, if suffered to remain, it becomes saturated with perspiration, and tends to weaken the roots of the hair, causing it in time to fall off. A lady's hair should be brushed for at least ten minutes in the morning, for ten minutes when it is dressed at noon, and for a like period at night. In brushing or combing it, begin at the extreme points, and in combing, hold the portion of hair just above that through which the comb is passing firmly between the first and second fingers, so that, if it is entangled, it may drag from that point, and not from the roots. The finest head of hair may be spoiled by the practice of plunging the comb into it high up, and dragging it in a reckless manner. Short, loose, broken hairs are thus created, and become very troublesome. Should a lady use oil or pomatum on her hair? The question is often asked, and in reply we may answer that where the hair is healthy and abundant, it is unnecessary. There are cases, however, where oiling may be of service. A white, concrete oil pertains naturally to the covering of the human head; but some persons have it in more abundance than others. Those whose hair is glossy and shining need nothing to render it so; but when the hair is harsh, poor, and dry, artificial lubrication is necessary. Persons who perspire freely, or who accumulate scurf rapidly, require it also. Nothing is simpler or better in the way of oil than pure, unscented Lucca salad oil, and, in the way of a pomatum, genuine bear's grease is as pleasant as anything. Apjily cither with the hand, or — and this is a cleaner and more efficacious plan — keep a soft brush for the purpose, but take care not to use the oleaginous substance too freely. An over-oiled head of hair is vulgar and offensive. It is as well also to keep a piece of flannel with which to rub the hair at night before brushing it, ;io that all the oil used in the day may be removed. '^^#'^ , hold THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. y^^ Vinegar and water forms a good wash for the roots of the hair; a solution of ammonia, is often used with good effect for the same purpose. For removing icurf, glycerine diluted with a little rosewatcr will be found of service. Any preparation of rosemary forms an agreeable and highly cleansing wash. The yolk of an p"g, beaten up in warm water, is a most nutritious application to the scalp. A very good one is made in this way: Take an ounce of powdered borax and a small piece of camphor, and dissolve in a quart of boiling water; the hair must afterwards be washed in warm water. Many heads of hair require nothing more as a wash than soap and water. The following is said to be a good receipt for strengthening the hftir and pre- venting it from coming out : Vinegar of cantharides, half mi ounce, Cologne w?-er, one ounce, rose water, one ounce; the scalp should be brushed briskly until it is red, and the lotion applied to the roots of the hair twice a day. Ladies will find great benefit from cutting the ends of their hair once a month. It will increase the length and thickness of their tresses. The late fashion of changing the hair to a golden color is most reprehen- sible. The means used are sure in the end to result in baldness. Our advice to the ladies is, attend carefully to the cleanliness of the hair. Eschew all washes, cosmetics, hair-dyes and greases as much as practicable. Dress the hair as simply as possible, and avoid wreaths, bits of lace, and black velvet bows as much as you can, remembering that a fine head of hair is, "when unadorned, adorned the most." All the general rules that we have given for the lady of course apply, to a certain extent, to the gentleman. The sensible and manly practice is to wear the hair quite short. The gentle- man has really so little time to devote to the mysteries of the toilet, that it would seem unnatural for him to have long and curling locks which required some considerable attention every day for their arrangement. Gentlemen are more liable to baldness than ladies, owing no doubt to the use of the hat ; ihey should, therefore, be very careful in the treatment of X\m\ hair, and beware of the indiscriminate application of nostrums and essences. In the early stages, before the head grows shining, this may sometimes be used with effect : A quarter of a pint of cod liver oil, two drachms of origanum, tifteen drops of ambergris, the same of musk. Wash the head well every morning \ it strengthens the hair, and is a great preservation against cold. Those who shave should be careful to do so often. Nothing looks worse than a stubbly beard. Some persons, whose beards are strong, should shave every day, especially if they are going to a party in the evftning. The style of hair on the face should be governed by the kind of face. Some people wear the full beard, not shaving at all ; others, long Cardigan whibkers; some moustache and whiskers, or mutton-chop whiskers, or the long flowinj ii! i % I ir^ 1 396 THE COMPLEXION, moustache and imperial of Victor Emmanuel, or the spiky moustache of thu" late Emperor Napoleon III. But whatever the style be, the great point is to keep it well brushed and trimmed, and to avoid any api)earance of wildness or in- attention. The full, flowing beard, of course, requires more looking after in the way of cleanliness than any other. It should be thoroughly waslied and brushed every day, as dust is sure to accumulate in it. If it is naturally glossy, it is better to avoid the use of oil or pomatum on the beard. Gray hair is a matter demanding a word or two. What is to be done with it? To an extent it is possible to arrest the tendency to grayness when it begins at the points of the hair. Frequent cutting and thorough brushing will often cause the Coloring matter to resume its interrupted flow iu the liair tubes. When the change begins at the roots, then there is little hope of restoring the color. Then the question arises: Is it well to dye the hair? There are several objections to dyeing. One is, that it is almost impossible to give the hair a tint which harmonizes with the complexion. Again, dyed hair is always dead and lifeless in appearance j and unless the fact of dyeing can be concealed, the process is as objectionable as the wearing of a wig. But a still more important point is that almost all dyes have a tendency to injure the hair. The teeth should be carefully brushed every morning after breakfast, and again before retiring at night. It is an excellent habit to use the toothbrush after each meal. Regular cleansing of the teeth will do away with the neces- sity for dentifrices. A soft brush should be used, and if a dentifrice is needed, let it be in the form of a powder. Charcoal finely powdered is excellent. The tooth powder prepared by any competent dentist may be used with safety. On the slightest evidence of decay, accumulation of tartar, or a^y injury to the teeth, a dentist should be promptly consulted. It is most important that the hands should be carefully looked after. In the first place they should be kept scrupulously clean, and therefore should be very frequently washed — not merely rinsed in soap and water, but thoroughly lathered and scrubbed with a soft nail brush. In cold weather the use of lukewarm water is unobjectionable, after which the hands should be dipped into cold water and very carefully dried on a fine towel. Be careful always to dry the hands thoroughly, and rub them briskly for some time afterwards ; not attending to this sufficiently causes the hands to chap, crack, and become red. Should the hands chap, rub a few drops of honey over them when dry, or anoint them with cold cream or glycerine before retiring to rest. Should you wish to make your hands white and delicate, you might wasli them in hot milk and writer for a day or two. On retiring to rest, rub them Tl/E LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. ^g^ well over with some palm oil, and put on a pair of woollen gloves. The hands should be thoroughly washed with hot water and soap the next morning, and a pair of soft leather gloves worn during the day; they should be frequently ruhbed together to promote circulation. Sunburnt hands may be washed in lime water or lemon juice. Warts, which are often more common with young people than adults, are very unsightly, and arc sometimes very difficult to get rid of. The best plan ji to buy a small stick of lunar caustic — which is sold in a holder and case at the druggist's for the purpose — dip it in water and touch the wart every morning and evening, care being taken to cut away the withered skin before repeating the operation. The nails should be cut twice a week, after washing, and kept scrupulously clean. They should be pared with a sharp penknife. Care should be taken not to cut them too short, though if they are left too long they will frequently get broken or torn. They should be nicely rounded at the corners. The "filbert-shaped " nail is considered the most beautiful. Never bite your nails. It is a disagreeable habit, and greatly disfigures the fingers. Some people are troubled by the cuticle adhering to the nail as it grows. This may be pressed down with the towel after washing, or loosened around the edge with some blunt instrument. Do not scrape the nails with a vkw to polishing their surface. Such an operatron only tends to make them wrinkled. The feet, from the circun;^^55=Ci5"^^5=?^'- ^j;^^ .jkj Next in importance to the care 0*" he person is the dress of the individual. A neatly dres.^cd person is always well dressed, and ready to appear before another at any moment. It is a matter of self-respect to be well dressed at all times. This does net mean that a person should spend a larger sum than h« or she can afford upon dress. The rule should be, decide how much you can afford to expend upon your clothing, and then dress as well and as tastefully ds the amount will warrant. It is a mistake to think that rich dressing is the most refined. Simplicity and taste should be studied, and not display. The dress should harmonize with the appearance of the wearer. It is a blunder to appear in the street in a dress suitable only for an evening entertainment. The most lavish display in dress will not atone for lack of beauty or grace. Therefore, ugly or unrefined people should avoid calling attention to their defects by "loudness" in dress. Elegance lies in simplicity. When you have spent several hburs in the society of a lady, and cannot remember her dress, you may be sure it was perfect. It did its full duty as a dress in being merely accessory to her charms j and you remember the woman and not her clothes. A neglect of dress is a grave fault in man or woman. So is too much regard for it. Those who are habitually well dressed are free from the latter error. They are accustomed to appearing well, and do not trouble themselves unduly about their clothing. Lavater — one of the keenest students of human nature- has said: "Young women who neglect their toilet and manifest little concern about dress, indicate a general disregard of order — a mind but ill adapted to the details of housekeeping— a deficiency of taste and of the qualities that inspire love." A well-dressed man does not require so much an extensive as a varied ward- robe. He needs a different costume for every season and every occasion, but if he is careful to select clothes that are simple and not striking or conspicn ous, he may use the same garments over and over again without their beinp noticed, provided they are suitable to the season and the occasion. Ke needs n business suit, a frock-coat, with pants and vest suited to it, a dress suit, and an overcoat. I* O i] 400 HOfV TO DRESS H^F.LL. Propriety is outraged when a man of sixty dresses like a yoiitli of sixteen) when a man wears clothes showy in pattern and extreme in cut; when he dresses either above or below his station, or in a style inconsistent with his profession or calling; when his dress is not in keeping] with the occasion on whi( h it is worn. Other examples might be given, but these will suffice to show that to be dressed with propriety, that is, in harmony will) one's self and one's surround- ings, is :o be well dressed. Morning attire admits of great variety in style. The frock-coat, in black or some dark color, is much worn, in conjunction with a white waistcoat and fawn or gray trousers. If the waistcoat is not white, it should be of the same rnaterial as the coat. Dark trousers should be worn in winter. In the country, or by the sea-side, or when travelling, a greater laxity of Uyle is permissible. The tweed suit may then be worn; the color either light or dark, according to taste. When in town wear a hat, and a good one — light, bright, glossy, and becom- ing. Among the fopperies which a gentleman may permit himself, that of a white hat-lining is the most excusable; though to preserve it free from taint it must be constantly renewed. In the country any form of felt hat is permitted for morning wear. In this country a soft hat, or in warm weather a straw hat, is much worn, and has by custom become as nuich full dress as the silk or ":igh hat. Whether in tov;n or country always wear gloves. Those for town wear should be of a light, delicate tint, as such a glove has an air of elegance and fmish. Gloves for the country may be stouter; but the material must be kid, and the fit perfect. A gentleman is known by his glove. A light cane may be carried ; but it should be simple in style. An umbrella is always In style. In the morning dress thus described — every article of which should be of the best quality — a gentleman may present himself in any society. For the j)ark, the streets, morning concert, flower show, pic-nic, or whatever may present itself, he is properly clad. The business suit may be reg^ilated by the taste of the wearer. It should always be neat and substantial. With regard to evening dress, the rule is rigid, and a gentleman need \>p under no uncertainty as to what he should wear to a dinner, ball, or party, or in making an evening call. The dress suit in all countries consists of a black dress, or swallow-tail coat, black waistcoat, cut low, black trousers, white cravat, patent leather boots, and white — not yellow or lavender — kid gloves. In Euro- pean countries no gentleman permits himself to be seen during the evening in morning dress, unless when travelling and unable to change his attire. Sunday is an exception to the rule. Then no dinner parties are given, and the demi-toilette is adopted in the most careful families. Hence no one goe? to church in evening dress. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 401 In this country many persons consider evening dress an aflectation except on special occasions. It is well, therefore, to regard this prejudice, and avoid full dress where it is not generally adopted. It is always desirable to have a dress coat at hand, as it may be needed at any time. With both morning ar.d evening dress jewelry maybe worn, and the choice of it is u matter of some moment. There appears to be no limit to the vahic of what may be worn, supposing the value is not ostentatiously (:ons[)icuous in the thing itself. As simplicity is the great point to be aimed at in dress, it follows that it must not be outraged in the matter of ornament. Thus it would be bad taste for a man to wear the Koh-i-noor as a breast-])in, even if he pos- sessed that treasure, because it would be too "loud;" but were it jossible for him to pTocure a red pearl, or any other surpassing novelty both rare and quiet, he would be quite justified in wearing it. Jewelry should be good (false jewelry is an abomination), simple in style, selected with taste, and should harmonize with the colors of the dress that is worn. For mornings, gentlemen wear a scarf pin, or ring clasping the scarf, of a good solid character, avoiding those too hrge or showy, a signet ring, and a watch chain. The watch chain may in the evening be a little more elaborate; and if you have a really fine diamond ring there is no objection to your wearing it: but only wear one ring at a time. Gold sleeve buttons are in good tcistc, but they should not be too fanciful or set with stones. Gentlemen should shun a profusion of jewelry. It is bad manners for a gentleman to use perfumes to a noticeable extent. Avoid aflecting singularity in dress. Expensive dressing is no sign of a cen- tleman. If a gentleman is able to dress expensively, it is very well for him to do so, but if he is not able to wear ten-dollar broadcloth, he may comfort him- self with the reflection that cloth which costs but five dollars a yard will look quite as well when made into a well-fitting coat. With this suit, and wcll-maae hoe;;, clean gloves, a white pocket-handkerchief, and an easy and graceful deportment withal, he may pass muster as a gentleman. Manners do quite aa much to set off a suit of clothes as clothes do to set off a graceful person A dress perfectly suited to a tall, good-looking man, may render one, who \\ neither, ridiculous; as although the former may wear a remarkable waistcoat or singular coat, almost with impunity, the latter, by adopting a tiuiilar costume, exposes himself to the laughter of all who see him. An unassuming simplicity in dress should always be preferred, as it prepossesses every cue in favor of the wearer. Avoid wl.at is called the "niffianly style of dress," or the nonchalavt and slouching api^earance of a iialf-unbuttoned vest, and suspenderless pantaloons. That sort of affectation i>, if possible, even more disgusting than the painfully elaborate frippery of the dandy. When dressed for company, strive to appear as easy and natural as if yon werp in undress. Nothing is more distressing to a sensitive person, or more ridiru 26 103 HOW TO DRESS WKLL. Ions to oDfc g'ft'j-'t with an esprit moqueur, than to see a lady laboring under th* consciousness of a P.ne gown; or a gentleman who is stiff, awkward, and qncainly in a brau-tiew coat. In this country the rr.lcs of etiquette vary as regards evening dress for geiuio- men. It is always cortict, and is insisted upon in tlie society of large cities. .i) other parts of the country a trock-coat is regarded as a suitable evening coat. In the dress of ladies, great latit'ide is allowed; but the aim of the gent;« •ex should also be simplicity and taste. A lady must always consider what colors will suit her complexion. If she Ivf dark, blue will not look well upon her; or if she be fiir, pink will not lx'vill give the neces.-.ary information. In Europe, the evening dress requires the exposure of the arms and neck; but in this country the more sensible plaa of covering tb'ise parts of the body prevails. The street dress of a lady should be simple and without display. To dres* conspicuously or in brilliant colors for the street is a sign of ba('i breeding. In bad weather, a light India-rubber waterproof with a hood is more convenient .and a Ijetter protection than an umbrella. To wear much jewelry on the street ,'3 vulgar. In large cities it .i^ubjerts a lady to the d.anger of lobbery. A. lad; should always dress neatly at home. She is then ready to receive # 'rjomiog caller without having to change her dress. A lady should change her dress for the evening. Seme neat and daintj the and ities. :oat. .•nt:t THE LAWS OP ETIQUETTE. 403 costume should be worn, acrording to licr taste, for it is in the evening that she is thrown most with tlie male members of her family, and is most likely to have visitors. In making evening calls upon her friends, a lady should wear a hood, or some light head-wrap easily laid aside. A bonnet should always be removed at the commencement of such a visit. For bails, or soirt-es, the dress should b of the richest and most elaborate description, with elegant jewelry. This is a matter of ta.ste with the lady, who should avoid being over dressed. White kid gloves and white satin or kid boots are most suitable to a ball dress. If the overdress is of black lace, black satin shoes are worn. For church the dress is simple and plain. Very little jewelry should be worn, and the costume should be of quiet colors. It is a mark of bad taste for ladies to attend church elaborately or conspicuously dressed. It shows a dis- regard for the solemnity of the sanctuary, and is calculated to draw off the attention of others from the duties of the place. In receiving the Holy Com- munion, tlie hands should be ungloved. For the theatre and other places of amusement, the ordinary walking-dress is suitable. A rich and elegant shawl may be worn, as it can be thrown off when uncomfortable. For tiic opera the richest full dress should be worn. This must be governed by the prevailing fashion. The head should be bare, and dressed in the most becoming style. Jewelry may be worn, according to taste, as there is no place where it shows to better advantage. A light or brilliant colored opera cloak wdl add greatly to the lady's appearance and comfort. Gloves of white, or delicately tinted kid only are to be worn. For the country or sea-side, simple and inexpensive dresses should be pro- vided for ordinary wear. The bonnet should give place to a hat with a brim sufficiently wide to shield the face and neck from the sun. Bathing dresses should be made of blue or gray flannel. The skirt should come down to the ankles, and the sleeves should be long. An oil silk or India- rubber cap, fitting tightly around the head, will protec the hair from the salt water. The costume for travelling should be simple and of qu •. colors, such as will not show dirt. A very slight display of jewelry should be made, especially if the lady is travelling alone. A waterproof cloak should be carried along, as no one can tell at what time it may be needed. In the summer, a long linen duster should be worn over the dress. It should be belted at the waist. A lady should consider her age in choosing her costume. An old woman cannot afford to dress like a young girl. No one should dress in the " height of the fashion." Moderation is a sure mark of good breeding. It is impossible to prescribe an exact style or mode of dress for ladies. Fashion will change, and, it must be confessed, in the matter'^of female costume, its changes have been for the better. 404 COLORS IN DRESS. i Nothing is of greater importance to a lady than the selection and arrange- me-it of the colors of her dress. The effect of the most elaborate and costly costuine may be ruined by an error in this respect. The color of the dress should be in keeping with the lady's a])pearance and age. Briglit, gay colors suit the young; quiet and subdued shades those of middle life or the aged. Colors that are becoming to a blonde cause the brunette to appear at a dis- advantage. Again, there are shades that look well by the light of the sun, but are greatly changed by gas or other artificial light. Perfect blondes or brunettes may wear hues whicii are not suited to those of less pronounced complexions. The colors of the head-dress and the lower drapery should always harmonize, and all should blend with the appearance of the wearer. Blondes may wear dark violet shades, with lilac and blue; green, with darker or lighter tints. If the blonde is very rosy, the lighter shades will be more becoming. White blends well with these colors, and will add to the charm of the fair wearer. Neutral tints, such as sln'j, russet, maroon, and the various shades of brown, arc becoming to blondes. Gray, drab, fawn, and stone colors may be worn by them to advantage. Brunettes look well in glossy black. Green is also becoming, and bright, strong colors suit them best. AVIiite is also becoming. Yellow, trimmed with black, is a striking costume for a brilliant brunette. In cold weather dark or quiet colors are best; in warm weather the lighter hues should be worn. There is nothing so charming in the summer as white. Black is always neat and in good taste. Having chosen the c(>lors to be worn, it is important to know how they should be arranged. One color should predominate, or give tone to the dress; ihe others should set it off either by contrast or by harmony. A few hints upon this subject may be useful. (^tiit^n XW, %mx&m\tit. Black and white. Black and orange. Black and maize. l/i.ic k and scarlet. Black and lilac. Black and pink. Black and slate color. Black and brown. THE LAWS OF Black and drab, or buff. Black, white, and yellow, or crimson. Black, orange, blue, and scarlet. Blue and drab. Blue and stone color. Blue and gray. Blue and white. Blue and straw color. Blue and maize. Blue and chestnut. Blue and chocolate. Blue and brown. Blue and black. Blue and gold. Blue and orange. Blue and salmon colcr. Blue and scarlet. Blue and purple. Blue and lilac. Blue, scarlet, and purple, or lilac. Blue, orange, and black. Bhie, orange, and green. Blue, brown, crimson, and gold, or yellow. Blue, orange, black, and white. Crimson and black. A poor harmony. Crimson and drab. Crimson and brown. Very poorly. Crimson and gold. Crimson and orange. Crimson and maize. Crimson and purple. Green and srarlet. Green, scarlet and blue. Green, crimson, blue, and gold, or yellow. Green and cold. Greer and orange. Green and yellow. Lilac and crimson. Lilac, scarlet, and white, or black. Lilac, gold color, and crimson. Lilac, yellow, or gold, scarlet & white. ETIQUETTE. ^qj Lilac and gold, or gold color Lilac and maize. Lilac and cherry. Lilac and scarlet. Orange, blue, and crimson. Orange, purple, and scarlet. Orange, blue, scarlet, and purple. Orange, blue, scarlet, and claret. Orange, blue, scarlet, white and green. Orange and chestnut. Orange and brown. Orange, lilac, and crimson. Orange, red, and green. Purple, scarlet, and gold color. Purple, scarlet, and white. Purple, scarlet, blue, and orange. Purple, scarlet, blue, yellow, aiid black. Purple and gold, or gold color. Purple and orange. Purple and maize. Purple and blue. Red and gold, or gold color. Red and white, or gray. Red, orange, and green. Red, yellow, or gold color, and black Red, gold color, black, and white Scarlet and slate color. Scarlet, black., and white. Scarlet, blue, and white. Scarlet, blue, and yellow. Scarlet, blue, black, and yellow. Scarlet and blue. Scarlet and orange. White and gold. White and scarlet. White and crimson. White and cherry. White and pink. White and brown. Yellow and chestnut, or chocolHte Yellow and brown. Yellow and red. H t06 THE ETIQUETTE OF INTRODVCTIONS. Yellow and crimson. Yellow, purple, scarlet, and biiie. Yellow and black. Yellow and purple. Yellow, purple, and crimson. Yellow and violet. The various modifications of these shades must be provided for by tnc osi^ •/td good judgment of the person using them. Avoid display in the clothing of your children ; but dress them well. Good «iothes, neatly made and fitting well, increase the self-respQct and personal pr>dii of a boy or girl. If you can afford it, never require your son to wear your cast-off clothing. Let his clothes be made for him. It will be money well spent. Your boy has a pride in his appearance as well as yourself. Cultivate it, and spare him the mortification of appearing in old or badly fitting clothes. Do not cultivate vanity ; but by all means encourage self-respect. It is a sheet anchor to a boy or young man. Attention to the principles we have laid down will render one fit to make «tn Ajjpearance in society. ItvjfcS:^'^ It is the common custom among a certain class of persons in this country to introduce friends or acquaintances to everybody they may meet, whether at home or abroad, or even while walking or riding out. This is wrong. Great care and discrimination should be exercised in making introductions of gentle- men to each other, and still greater care in the introduction of gentlemen io ladies. In introducing one person to another you assume a sort of social responsibility for the person you introduce, and you should be careful as to whom you gi/e this indorsement. By introducing a man of bad character to a lady, you do her a positive wrong. She cannot shake him off as easily as a man can, and his association with her is an injury to her reputation. You should be especially careful in introducing strangers into your family. Be very sure whom you bring into your domestic circle, for great trouble may arise from bringing in bad oi wortliless jjersons. No gentleman should be presented to a lady without her permission being previously asked. Ladies should grant this permission with caution, and orily ^here the person making the request is one in whom they have confidence i% THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 407 gentleman should never introduce an acquaintance into the house of a friend without first asking and receiving permission to do so. As a rule, gentlemen should not be introduced to each other until their wishes on the subject arc ascertained by the person making the presentation. The reasons for this are obvious. A man may be very agreeable to you, and yet not so to your friend. A stupid person may find a man of learning and taste a delightful acquaintance, and yet be positively unbearable to that man. In visiting the house of a friend, should you find there a person who seems desirous of making your acquc intance, you may meet his advances half way without impropriety. His presence in your friend's house is a guarantee to you that he is a proper person for you to know. In making introductions you introduce a gentleman to a lady, an inferior to a superior, an ordinary person to a distinguished one, and a young man to an old one. You should be very careful to speak the names distinctly. If either person fails to I'^Jerstand the name of the other, he may ask it. When intro- ducing a gentleman to a lady, the party making the presentation will say, bow- ing to each as the name is spoken, "Miss Dupont, allow me to introduce (or present) to you my friend, Mr. White: Mr. White, Miss Dupont." A young lady may be introduced to a very old gentleman; beauty thus paying a tribute to age. In introducing members of your family, you should always mention the name. Say, "My father, Mr. White," "My daughter. Miss White," or "Miss Ellen White." Your wife should be introduced simply as "Mrs, White." In introducing persons with titles, the title should always be distinctly men- tioned. Thus, you should say, in presenting a clergyman to a Senator of the United States, "Senator Hill, allow me to introduce to you my friend, the "Reverend Doctor (if he is a Doctor of Divinity) Lee. Dr. Lee is the rector of St. David's Church, New York." Then turning to Dr. Lee, you should say, "Senator Hill represents the State of Georgia in the Senate of the United States." Upon introducing strangers, it is well tc add some pleasant remarks, which will serve to put them at their ease and start the conversation between them. It is proper upon being introduced to a person, to say, "I am happy to meet yoa, Mr. — ;" or "I am glad to make vour acquaintance." If inore than one person is to be presented to one, you .should mention the name of the single person only once, but call the name of each of the others distinctly, bowing to eacli as his or her name is mentioned. Thus, "Mr. Hayes, allow me to introduce Mr. Logan, Mr. Davis, Mr. Green, Mr. Brown,, Mr. Gray." If a lady, or a person in a superior position, wishes to know a gentleman or an inferior, you have a right to infer that the latter will not decline the honor. The ( ustom of shaking hands upon being introduced is the rule in thi:< country. It is a matter of taste among gentlemen. If a hand is offered, it is Cude to reject it. It should be accepted cordially. As a general thing, how- r m ','ivJ 408 i^//^ ETIQUETTE OF INTRODUCTIONS. ever, introductions should be acknowledged by a bow. A gentleman should always lift his hat in acknowledgment of an introduction to another gentleman, or to a lady on the street. A single lady should never give her hand to a gen- tleman in such a case ; a married lady may do so without impropriety. Persons meeting at the houses of friends when making morning calls need >not be introduced to each other, and certainly should not be, unless it is known that such introductions will be mutually agreeable. Nor should persons who have accidentally met in tlv^flmanr-Pi". without being introduced, bow or in any way express recognition shoifla||L '.' afterwards meet. If, when walking in the street with a friend, you raee^isclh i, it is not neces- sary, in fact, it is improper, to introduce them. If, however, you meet a lady who evinces a desire to stop and speak, your friend shoiild stop with you, and may be introduced in a formal manner; but such introduc;ion does, not warrant him in considering himself the lady's acquaintance. It is the same with an introduction at a ball, or a dancirg party. * Relations, such as a sister, a son, or a brother, may be introduced to friends casually met, without ceremony '^r hesitation. At an evening party it is th ^^ost's or hostess's duty to make their guests acquainted with each other. . ■ ngland, this is dispensed with. Your name is announced as )0u enter the lOom. You bow to your hostess and the com- pany, and may then address any one in the company. In this country guests may properly introduce each other. In making introductions, act in a graceful and easy manner. It will serve to set your friends at ease. Persons hostile to each other, meeting at the house of a friend, must treat each other with perfect courtesy, and give no sign of their quarrel. A person making a visit to your house should be introdn^d to every caller. Letters of introduction are often of great value; but you should exercise great caution in giving them. Never do so unless b her. Above not object to man, with the street. It is continue his s the gentle- ty may salute e left IS occu- lady who is unacquainted Shake liantjg and will dis- s. Give the ; both parties 5 gloved, and tly, with the : removed, a.s eel A lady s title, or by ' Use their oiinded, and you, addrecs In address- Mister," or 1 Mrs. ." 3 Style each "in public, le Christian s. C." Vm J . ■ ■ t, ■ \ m '-^Mi:^^\ r THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 4ri iiii®t-i§ %l to ilitt^t Your conduct on the street should always be modest and dignified. Loud and boisterous conversation or laughter and all undue liveliness are improper tn public, especially in a lady. When walking on the street do not permit yourself to be so absent-minded as to fail to recognize your friends. Walk erect and with dignity, and do not go along reading a book or a newspaper. Should you stop to speak to a friend, withdraw to the side of the walk with him, that you may not interrupt the passing of others. Should your friend have a stranger with him, apologize to the stranger for the interruption. You must never leave your friend with whom you are walking to speak to another without first asking him to excuse you. In walking with a lady on the street, give her the inner side of the walk, unless the outside is the safer part ; in which case she is entitled to it. Youi arm should not be given to any lady except your wife or a near relative, or a very old lady, during the day, unless her comfort or safety require it. At night the arm should always be offiired; also in ascending the steps of a public build- ing. A gentleman should accommodate his walk to that of a lady, or an elderly or delicate person. Wh>en a lady with whom a gentleman is walking wishes to enter a store, he should open the door, pjermit her to pass in first, if practicable, follow her, and close the door. He should always ring door bells, or rap at a door for her. A gentleman should never pass in front of a lady, unless absolutely necessary, and should then apologize for so doing. Should a lady ask information of a gentleman on the street, he must raise his hat, bow, and give the desired information, ir unable to do so, he must bow and courteously express his regrets. In crossing the street a lady should gracefully raise her dress a little above her ankle with one hand. To raise the dress with both hands is vulgar, except in places wliere the mud is very deep. A gentleman meeting a lady acquaintance on the street should not presume to join her in her walk without first asking her permission. It may not b« agreeable to her, or convenient that her most intimate friend should join her. She has the right, after granting such permission, to excuse herself :uid leavt the gentleman whenever she may see fit; and a gentleman will never takt \% ' 412 ETIQUETTE OF THE STREET. ofTence at the exercise of such a right. If it is inconvenient for a lady to accept the gentleman's company, she should frankly say so, mentioning some reason, and excusing herself with friendly courtesy. Gentlemen give place to Jadies, and to gentlemen accompanying ladies, in crossing the street. If you have anything to say to a lady whom you may happen to m^et in the street, however intimate you may be, do not stop her, but turn round and walk in company ; you can take leave at the end of the street. When you are passing in the street, and see coming toward you a person of ijour acquaintance, whether a lady or an elderly person, you should offer then fce wall, that is to say, the side next the houses. If a carriage should happen to stop in such a manner as to le.iv'> only a narrow passage between it and thft houses, beware of elbowing and rudely crowding the passengers, with a view to get by more expeditiously. Wait your turn, and if any of the persons befort mentioned come up, you should edge up to the wall, in order to give them tht place. TJKy also, as they pass, should bow politely to you. When two gentlemen accompany a lady in a walk, she should place herself between them, and not unduly favor either. \ gentleman meeting a lady friend accompanied by another gentleman, should not join her unless satisfied that his i)resence is agreeable to both parties. A lady should not venture out upon the street alone after dark. By so doing she compromises her dignity, and exposes herself to indignity at the hands of the rougher class. When a lady passes the evening with a friend, she should make arrangements beforehand for some one to come for hei at a stated hour. If this cannot be done, or if the escort fails to come, she should courteously ask the host to permit a servant to accompany her home. A married lady may, if circumstances render it necessary, return home alone. An unmarried lady should never do so. Shpuld your host offer to accompany you himself, decline his offer, politely stating that you do not wish to give him so much trouble ; but should he insist tipon it, accept his escort. In the case of a married lady, the husband should always come for her. He is an ill-bred fellow who refuses to render his wife such attention. A lady, upon arriving at her home, should always dismiss ner escort with thanks. A gentleman should not enter the house, although invited by the lady to do so, unless for some especial reason. Never offer to shake hands with a lady in the street if you have on dark gloves, as you may soil her white ones. If, when on your way to fulfil an engagement, a friend stops you in the street, you may, without committing any breach of etiquette, tell him of youi appointment, and release yourself from a long talk ; but do so in a courteous manner, expressing regret for the necessity. A lady does not form acquaintances upon the street, or seek to attract the attention of the other sex, or of persons of her own sex. Her conduct is ilways modest and unassuming. Neither does a lady demand serv'ces or \y to accept me reason, e to Jadies, rn'^et in the d and walk a person of offer then mid happen it and tha ritii a view sons before i^e them th« ace herself ;ing a lady ess satisfied Jy so doing e hands of she should :uted hour, courteously i lady may, irried lady er, politely Id he insist and should er his wife lismiss uer igh invited ark gloves, I'ou in the im of youi 1 courteous afiract the conduct is serv'ces or # IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I It 1^ 1 2.5 22 ZO 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 -^ 6" — — ► '^. ^ w / '/ /«^ Photographic Sdences Corporation ^^V^ 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 # M u c V. X c I/, u .J c: < c I < a H u z u u tr. c X c u ij ca < z c X < x ^ (-1 H u r^Z: Z/ 50 rt 25 9^ > 00 S t n 3 z ^ H n > 0^ r nT TO TJ — W w z 3. ■il 1 r s: G r< s X M k z p i 1 THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE, 4IS facing the horses. . Enter a carriage so that your back is toward l)ie seat you are to occupy; you will thus avoid turning round in the carriage, v.liicli is awk- ward. Take care that )ou do not trample on the ladies' dresses, or shut them in as you close the door, The rule in all cases is this : you quit the carriage first and hand the lady out. You may properly speed your horse in driving with a lady, but remember that it is vulgar to drive too fast; it suggests the idea of your having hired the "trap" from a livery stable, and is in every respect ungentlemanly. In driving, endeavor to preserve entire self-possession. The carriage or buggy should be driven close to the side-walk, and the horses turned from the side-walk, so as to spread the wheels away from the step. The THE MODE OP ASSISTING A LADY INTO A CARRIAGE. gentleman should then alight, quiet the horses, and hold the reins in his right hand as a guard against accidents. The lady should, in leaving the carriage, place her hands on the gentleman's shoulders, while he should place his under her elbows. Then, with his assistance, she should spring lightly to the pave- ment, passing him on his left side to avoid the reins which he holds in his right. In driving, the gentleman must place a lady on his left. This leaves his right arm free to manage his horses. A gentleman should not drive fast if the lady accompanying him is ti..Jd, or objects to it. He should consult her wishes in all things, and take no risks, as he is responsible for her safciy. Above all, he should never race with another team. Such conduct is disrespectful to the lady who accompanies him. 4i« CONVERSATION AND CORRKSPONDENCE, i-c^J,^^" CONVERSATION AND CORRESPONDENCE. :|je;pt5=t5=^5=cij^7)'' It is not given to every man to be a brilliant talker, or to express himself ili wr '"'ig with elegance or forte. There is, however, no reason why any person wi';;' ,;oes into society should be ignorant of the rules of polite intercourse, or '■ '' re much given. Never whisper in company; and, above all, never converse in any languaj^s with which all present are not familiar, unless, of course, foreigners are present who only speak their own tongue, with which you may happen to be acquainted. In tliat case take care that, if possible, the company shall be apprised of what is passing. Should a person enter the room in which you are conversing, and the conversation be continued after his arrival, it is only courteous to acquaint him with the nature of the subject to which it relates, and to give him an ide? of what has passed. In conversing with either superiors or equals do not address them by name If they are persons of rank or title, do not say, "Yes, General," "No, Sena tor," "Of course, Mr. President;" though you may occasionally make use ot some such phrase as, "You will perceive. General," "You will understand, S^^nator." Avoid the too frequent use of "Sir," or " Madam," and bewar<* of addressing a comparative acquaintance as " My dear sir," or "My dea madam." In speaking of third persons always use the prefix " Mr." or " Mrs.' to their names ; do not refer to them by their initials, as Mr. or Mrs. B. Never allude to any one as a " party " or a " gent ; " and, above all, refrain from any of the vulgarisms to which some persons have recourse when they cannot recol- lect the name of a person, place, or thing. Can anything be more inelegant 01 atrocious than such a sentence as this ? " Oh, ^mith, I met what's-his-name driving that what-is-it of his, down by the — you know — close to thingummee's house." Yet this kind of reniark is heard every day. Never give short or sharp answers in ordinary conversation. To do so is simply rude. "I do not know," or "I cannot tell," are the most harmless words possible, and yet they may be rendered very offensive by the tone an<^ manner in which they are pronounced. Never reply — in answer to a question like the following, " Did Mrs. Spitewell tell you how Miss Rosebud's marriage was getting on?" — "I did not ask." It is almost like saying, I never ask impertinent questions, though you do ; we learn plenty of things in the world without having first inquired about them. If you must say, you did not ask. say, that "you forgot to ask," "neglected it," or "did not think of it." We can always be ordinarily civil, even if we cannot always be absolutely wise. Express yourself simply and clearly. Avoid all attempts at elegance 01 oomposlty. Use the shortest and plainest words you can, and when you have* daid what you desire to say, stop. 37 »i ^(4 CONVERSATION AND CORRESPONDENCE. Speak in a distinct, well-modulated voice, but avoid loud talking. A low, sweet voice is one of a woman's greatest charms, and will never fail to win her the admiration of men. Mothers should beware of praising or talking much of their children in com- pany. Such topics, though interesting to themselves, are tedious to others. Mere courtesy will prevent your visitor from differing with you, but he will be glad to discontinue the conversation. Remember "brevity is the soul of wit;" therefore "speak little, but speak Veil, if you would be thought a person of good sense." Be cautious in relating anecdotes. Unless you can relate a story with eas*. and effect, it is better not to attempt it. Avoid laughing at your own wit. Habitual relaters of anecdotes are apt to become great bores. Do not mimic the peculiarities, infirmities, or short-comings of others in general society. You may give offence to some one present who.is a friend of the person caricatured. Do not speak of what passes in a house that you are visiting. You need not tell all the truth unless to those who have a right to know it all, But let all you tell be truth. Do not offer advice unless you know it will be followed. Beware, however, of advising an angry or an opinionated person. Be cautious as to asking questions. The reply may be very embarrassing to Ihe person of whom the question is asked. Do not volunteer information, especially in public ; but be very sure you an correct in what you state as facts. Do not sit dumb in company, but bear your share in the general conversa- tion. Do this with modesty and self-possession, neither thrusting yourself for- ward, nor hesitating where you should speak. It is better to be a good listener than a good talker. Always listen to a person who is addressing you, in a manner that will show him that you are interested in his speech. You can pay him no higher com- pliment. It is not necessary to express your opinions upon all subjects ; but if you give utterance to them, do so fearlessly, frankly, and with courteous regard for the opinions of others. The greater your learning, the mc:e modest should be your manner of ex- pressing it. Never ask any one who is conversing with you to repeat his words. Nothing is ruder than to say, "Pardon me, will you repeat that sentence? I did not hear you at first," and thus imply that your attention was wandering when he first spoke. When we speak of ourselves and another person, whether he is absent or present, propriety requires us to mention ourselves last. Thus we should say. ke and I, you and I, THE LAWi, OF ETIQUETTE. 419 To do so is to draw Do not indulge in words or phrases of double meaning, upon yourself the contempt of those who hear you. Avoid exaggerated expressions. Speak simply, and with moderation, or men will doubt your statements. Always be good-tempered. Nothing is so agieeable or so useful in society, as a pleasant, even temper. What may be very entertaining in company with ignorant people, may be tiresome to those who are better informed than yourself. Do not dispute in a party of ladies and gentlemen. If a gentleman advances an opinion which is different from ideas you are known to entertain, either ap- pear not to have heard it, or differ with him as gently as possible. You will not say, "Sir, you are mistaken ! " "Sir, you are wrong 1 " or that you "happen to know better;" but you will rather use some such phrase as, "Pardon me — if I am not mistaken," etc. This will give him a chance to say some such civil thing as that he regrets to disagree with you ; and if he has not the good manners to do it, you have, at any rate, established your own manners as those of a gentleman in the eyes of the company. And when you have done that, you need not trouble yourself about any opinions he may advance contrary to your own. In conversing with a lady, do not appear to brirg your conversation down to her level. Sensible women detest "small talk," and regard with contempt the man who appears to think they cannot converse intelligently upon subjects generally treated of in society. Be lenient to the weakness and foibles of your friends. Remember that you need a like forbearance from them. The correspondence of a lady or gentleman is a point to which especial im- portance should be attached, because it is one by which others are sure to form, an estimate of the writer's worth or pretensions. It is impossible to get over the ill-effect produced by a badly written, indif- ferently spelt, and unsightly letter. Therefore observe these rules : Let your stationery be of the best quality,, your handwriting plain, your style simple, inclining always to brevity. Never- omit to put your address and the date on which you write, and to add the name of the person addressed at the foot of the letter, unless it is written in the third person. Address strangers and those you wish to treat with formal respect, as "Sir," or f** Madam ; " those with whom you have any acquaintance may be addressed as, " Dear Sir," or "Dear Madam ; " while to your friends you would write, " My dear Sir," or "My dear Madam." Formal letters conclude, "I am, sir, your obedient servant," or "I have the honor to remain, sir, your obedient servant." "Yours, respectfully," or "Very respectfully, yours," is a form not often used among persons of good breeding. It is better suited to infe- riora addressing superiors. To intimate friends, use some such form a^ 420 VISITING— THE USE OF CARDS, ETC. "Very truly, yours," "I am, dear sir, faithfully yours," or "Yours, very sincerely." Always reply promptly to a letter, no matter of what nature, and always pay '.he postage, taking special care that the stamp you use covers the weight. It ij ..ufficient to use adhesive envelojjes, except in special cases. mi '<»at«;ft^s^b«^<^; flsitlii T^s Use efi Garis, &c ■^iis^^^z^^:!^^^ \^^^S^S^S^i 1^^ In fashionable life, a lady is under an obligation to call on all her female acquaintance at stated times. These calls are formal in their nature, and arc generally short. The conversation is devoted to society news, the gossip of the day, and kindred subjects. In the large cities of the Eastern States, such calls are made from eleven in the morning until three o'clock in the afternoon. In other parts of the country, where the dinner-hour is in the middle of the day or early in the afternoon, they are generally made from nine to twelve o'clock, and are termed morning calls, as "morning" is supposed to mean any time before dinner. The morning call should be brief. From ten to twenty minutes is usually sufficient. It should never be j^rolonged over half an hour. A lady, in making a formal call, should never lay aside her bonnet or shawl. A gentleman making a morning call must retain his hat in his hand. Hi;> umbrella may be left in the hall, but not his cane. t Should a gentleman accompany a lady on a morning call, he must assist her up the steps to the door of the house, ring the bell, and follow her into the reception-room. He must wait patiently until the lady rises to take leave, and accompany her. Avoid all ungraceful or awkward positions and all lounging in making calls. Sit upright at ease, and be graceful and dignified in your manners. Do not handle any of the table ornaments in the room in which you arc received. They may be admired, but not handled. Should other callers be announced during your visit, wait until the bustle attending their entrance is over. Then rise quietly and take your leave, bow- ing to the new-comers. Your hostess is not obliged to introduce you to her other visitors, and you should take no offence at her failure to do so. Do not make it appear that your departure is on account of the new arrivals. When a call is ended it is customary among the best bred people to ring for a servant to open the front door for a visitor. Some persons prefer to attend Ii If tj van! card ere Jjiil coi accl insj call to very ser» THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 42 1 visitors to the door themselves ; and this should be done if a ocrvant is noi called upon. It is not courteous to let a visitor find hi^ or her wuy out of yo'ir house unattended. Avoid subjects calculated to lead to a prolonged conversaiion. Time youi visit proixjrly, and do not take out your watch and say it is time to go. Rise quietly, and take your leave with a few pleasant remarks. A lady engaged upon fancy work of any hind is not obliged to lay it aside !n receiving the call of an intimate acquaintance. In formal calls a lady shou^u devote herself entirely to her guests. Should a lady visitor take her leave, a gentleman, if present, should rise, and offer to conduct her to her carriage. The offer will not often be accepted, but if it is, do not forget to return and pay your respects to your hostess before quittiojt the house. ETIQUETTE OF THE DRAWING-ROOM. In making a call, if the lady called upon is not at home, leave your card; «n the— th." If any other reason besides that of a prior engagement prevents the invitation being accepted, it should be stated. Whether accepting or declining, a reply to an invitation to dinner should always be returned immediately or at the very earliest convenience. When practicable, invitations should be sent by the hands of a servant rathei than through the post j but this is a remnant of punctiliousness wliich " railway manners " are rapidly sweeping away. §imtx §tm* Dressing for dinner only presents points of difficulty to the ladies ; the rule to be followed by gentlemen is simple enough. Several considerations serve to embarrass the gentler sex. For a "great" dinner, a lady dresses in a style which would be extravagant and out of keeping with a "small " dinner; yet the invitation is in both cases couched in the same terms. Moreover, a dinner is often the prelude to an evening party, or a visi^ to the opera, or some other form of amusement ; and the style of dress must be suited to these contingencies also. One or two general rules may be laid down. Full dinner dress means a low dress ; the hair arranged with flowers or other ornaments ; and a display of jewelry, according to taste. For a grand dinner, a lady dresses as elaborately as for a ball ; but there is a great distinction be- tween a ball dress and a dinner dress. I^t no misguided young i>e//e who is invited to a great house rush to the conclusion that it will be right for her to appear in a dress she has worn in a ball-room. The style of thing required i? wholly different. In the ball-room everything should be light, floating, diaph= THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. ^j, anous, ethereal, and calculated to produce a good general clTcct. A dinner dri..a must be good in quality ; it should be of silk of the latest make, with an ample train. By way of setting the dress off, rich lace may be worn — Brussels, Mechlin, Honiton, Maltese or Cluny ; but such light ma- terials as blonde, tulle, areophane, tarlatane, etc., are quite out of place as trimmings. Jewelry of almost any value may be worn at a great dinner — diamonds, ^arls, emeralds, rubies, any kind; but it is not in good taste to wear too much jewelry at any time. As accessories, an opera-cloak, a fan, and a pair of perfectly white and per- fectly fitting gloves must not be forgotten. In dressing for an ordinary dinner — say a dinner of six or eight, or a dinner at a country-house — the demi-toilette is sufficient. The dress should be made with a low body; but a transparent arrangement of net or muslin fastening round the throat should be worn over it. This is better than an ordinary high dress. With this style the hair may be carefully dressed, but not elaborately adorned. The jewelry, too, should be moderate in quantity, and in keeping with the subdued effect of the costume. White gloves are indispensable. Now, as to the gentlemen. The theory is that they dress for dinner in such a manner as to be prepared for any kind of entertainment — opera, concert, theatre, party, meeting, or even ball — which they may have occasion to attend during the evening. The dinner, or evening, dress consists of a black dress-coat, black waistcoat and trousers, white cravat, patent leather boots, and white kid gloves. Black neck-ties and lavender gloves have gone out ; elaborate shirt-fronts, thrown up with pink silk, are also among the things of the past. Jewelry of a more showy description than that worn in an earlier part of the day is permissible. A handsome chain may be worn with a gold watch ; a diamond ring is in good taste, and the shirt-studs may be choice, but should be in proportion to the means of the wearer. It may be as well to remark that dinner-parties are not supposed to be given on Sundays, and therefore when an invitation is accepted for that day — or when, on a visit, host and guests dine together — it is not necessary to dress : the ladies appearing in high dresses, or the demi-toilette at most ; gentlemen in walking-dress. To secure the success of a dinner, certain arrangements are indispensable. To begin with : it must be given in a comfortable and appropriate room. Where there is a choice of rooms, that selected should be in keeping with the number of the guests. See that it is warm — about 68". If, as is now the custom in most of out <;32 ET!QVETTF. OF THE TAIil.E. cities, the dinner be given at a late hour, requiring the room to be lighted, let it be lit ho that the light falls on the table. If the room is usually lit by means of gas brackets, over tho fire-place or elsewhere, supplant them by moderator- lamps on the table, as nothing is more uncomfortable than a light at one';) back. The room should be carpeted, if only that the servants may move about it without noise. Let the fire be properly screened, so that the guests on that side the room may not be roasted. A glass screen is best. It is not easy to determine on the best shape for a dinner-table. The old oblong table has disadvantages ; the host and hostess are effectually separated, and the same may be said of the guests on either side. Oval tables are now much in vogue, and are comfortable. Round tables also have their advocates ; but, like those which are oblong, thej cause the company to break up into knots. Still, for small parties, many pi'efer them. Take care tha* the cioth placed upon it is radiantly white, the folds showing that it has been recently opened. The same remark will apply to the table napkins. It is customary to place an epert^ne in tlie middle of the table, and a vase or stand of flowers at intervals down it. But it is well to see that these objects are not so pretentious as to prevent those dining from having a clear view of those opposite them. The appearance of the table is secondary to the comfort of the guests. Every one who sits down will require to be provided for in this way : On the right of the space left for the plate place two knives and a spoon. The present mode is to use silver knives as well as forks for fish, and in that case this knife is placed with the others. On the left three forks — that tor sweets smaller than the others. The glasses are placed on the right. These should be at least four in number. As it is a great breach of decorum, as well as a sign of ignorance, to drink one sort of wine from a glass intended for another, we will describe the glasses commonly in use. The tall glass, or that with the shallow, saucer-like top, is for Champagne ; the green for hock, Chablis and similar wines ; the large, ample glass for claret and Burgundy ; the round, full-shaped glass for port, and the smaller glass for sherry. Each guest will be provided with a table-napkin, which, in laying the table, should occupy the place reserved for the plate. There are many different, many ingenious ways of treating the dinner-napkin. The simplest is to leave it in the folds in which it comes from the laundress. The arrangements as to wines demand a word ; and, by the way, the master of the house is answerable for the quality of the wines — the lady for the excellence of the coffee or tea to follow. ThB LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 433 At thp best diiinr r-parlics wine is broug'nt and handed round by the servants; hut even then a few decanters are placed on the table. Where tlic party is small and of a fanuly character, all wines are put on table, so that each guest may help the lady next him, and himself, and then pass tiic bottle. Variety in wines is indispensable in large dinners, and the taste fur light wines which now prevails is consiantly achling to it. There uiu.st be provided sherry and Sauterne for the fish and soup. With tha joints the guests should have the choice of hock, Chablis, and one or two kinc!:» of claret. At the next stage, with game, Burgundy may be given, and there should l)e port on table for the few who choose to take it at this stage. Then come liie "ladies' wines," as they have been sometimes called, still or sparkling Champagne and Moselle. Port accompanies < heesc. Por dessert provide port and sherry, Madeira and claret. Hock, Champagne, Moselle, Chablis, and some few other wines are brought to table in bottle; the choice varieties of daret in t le baskets in which they are imported ; port, sherry and Madeira are decanted ; ordinary clarets and Burgundy wines are handed round in claret-jugs, either of silver or glass. Respecting the dinner itself, it is impossible to lay down any fixed rule. That must be governed by the season and the taste of the host. We may add that a dinner, however humble in its pretensions — if only such as a man gives when he asks another to come and " take a chop " with hit i— should never consist of less than three courses, namely, soup or fish, a joini (which, in a small dinner, may be accompanied by poultry or game) and pastry. Clieese, with salad, follows as a matter of course. Wherj the dinner is very small, it is sufficient to provide port, sherry, claret (which is more in vogue than ever), or a Rhenish wine : a bottle of Champagne may be added at discretion. For dessert this i)rovision shouhl be ma.le : each guest will require a silver s])oon and fork, a plate, with a small folded napkin in it, and three glasses — for l)ort, sherry and claret. Finger-glasses, containing rose-water, used to be placed on each guest's left hand at dessert; but it is now the mode for the perfumed water to be taken round in a deep silver dish, each person in turn dipping the corner of his napkin in it, and wetting the fingers and lips. It may be added that the success of a dinner greatly depends on the attendants. It is very desirable that there should be a sufficient number of servants. Three will be enough for a party of ten or fifteen at table. They should be previously instructed in their duties, and each should have particular duties assigned, and attend to these only. Each should take charge of one part of the table, and no other. Thus one looks after the guests on the right from the host to the mistress, another taking the opposite side of the table, while a third has charge of the sideboard, wines, etc. They should be instructe(5 in the right pronurxiation of the names of wines. White collars and gloveir as I I 434 ETIQUETTE OF THE TABLE. «hould be worn by females ; or if not, care should be taken that the hands and nails are perfectly clean. The servant hands everything at the guest's left tixnd. 0\\ their arrival, the guests are shown into the drawing-room, which should W well lighted, and in cold weather well warmed. The hostess should be ready in her drawing-room to receive at least by the hour for which dinner is fixed. She should have dressed, have given a glance at the dinner-table to see that all the appointments are correc t, looking more c'Fpecially to the smaller points, which servants are apt to overlook. She should then repair to the drawing-room, occupying a position there s'lffir iently near for her to command an uninterrupted view of the door, and not too close, because it is a mark of attention on her part to rise and advance a icw steps to receive her guests as they arrive. Coriliality should mark the reception of each. Ill g(;od liouses the guests are received at the house-door by the footman, who ascertaiiii; the name and announces it at the drawing-room door. In some ostablishments, where men-servants are not kept, the females in attendance do riiis ; l»ut the bawling out of names is absurd in small houses, where the guests are few. It is peculiarly the part of the lady of the house to entertain the guests as (hey arrive, during the awkward half-hour preceding dinner. If she is at ease. It is not difficult to introduce the guests to each other, to make observations suggesting conversation — introducing any topic of the day, or availing herself of any chance allusion to pictures, articles of vertu, prints, cartes de visitc, (;r other objects of interest in the drawing-room, to which, however, it is not well that she should herself direct attention, unless the curiosity of the objects, rathei than their value, constitutes their attraction. During this period the lady (piietly "pairs off" her guests, introducing to the gentlemen the kulies they will take down Ui dinner. When a butler forms ]iart of the establishment, he appears at the drawing-door and announces that dinner is on the table, waiting respectfully as the guests [)ass out. When there is no butler, the announcement is made bv the footman or the parlor-maid, or, in small families, by the housemaid. Dinner should be announced a few minutes after the arrival oi the last guest — that dreadfiil personage whose vulgar disregard of punctuality has perhaps endangered the success of the repast. It is well to give the servant charged with the duty of announcing the guests^ ;-. fairly written list of the names to be looked at beforehand, and ticked ofi' as I'ley arrive. This prevents mistakes in names, and has this furtlier advantage, :'iat thv? dining-room maybe lit up, and matters forwarded, as the company arrive; and when all are there, the order to serve maybe given, without the master or lady of the house beinj; troubled. When dinner is announced ilic master of the house will offer his arm to the THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 435 fady to whom lie desires to show tlie greatest respect, and places her on Wo light hand — he generally taking the lower end of the table. The gentlemr-n 00 whom has been conferred the honor of escorting the hostess offers her his arm and conducts her to the head of the table, then takes his seat on her left hand. The rest of the company follow and take the seats assigned them by the host or hostess; these being arranged on theol(l-fa.shioned plan, according to prece- dence — married ladies taking the lead of unmarried. But as this precedence question involves endless difficulties and unpleasantness, when one gets beyond the broad distinctions of rank, profession, and so forth, the good taste of the present day has suggested an innovation which is being widely followed. It is taken for granted that every place at a friend's table is equally a place of honor and equally agreeable, so that, in the best circles, it is becoming the custom for the guests to sit in the order in which they enter the room, even the lady of the house resigning her place of honor and taking any seat that o.Ters. A little care should, however, be taken that a judicious distribution of the guests, accord- ing to their tastes, accomplishments, terms of intimacy, etc., is secured. Ladies sit on the right of gentlemen. As soon as seated all the guests remove their gloves, and taking the napkins from the table, open them and spread them on the knees. The napkin is not to be tucked into the waistcoat, or pinned on to the front of the dress. It will usually contain a roll ; that is placed on the left side of the plate. These preliminaries arranged, each gentleman converses with the lady he has brought down until the dinner begins. Soup is always first served — one ladle to each plate. Eat it from the side ot your spoon. Do not take it too hot ; and do not ask twice for it, or dip up the last spoonfuls, or tilt your plate to get at it. If the servants do not go roimd with wine after soup, the gentleman should ask his lady if she will permit him to help her to a glass of sherry, and take one himself, passing the decanter. The custom of taking wine with other guests has almost gone out; but if you are asked to do so, it is proper to fill your glass with the wine your friend is drinking. Fill, and put your lips to the glass, but do not empty it. Never decline to take wine when asked, unless you avow temperance princi- ples, and pour a little fresh wine from the decanter each time: then bow and sip. A gentleman must see that his lady does not want for wine. She can neither ask for it nor help herself; she can only exercise her discretion in the number of times she will empty the glass. To return to the viands. Fish follows souj). At tl^e best tables you will fird a silver fish-knife as well as fork ; if not, eat with the fork in the right hand and a small piece of bread in ihe left. Never spit the bones out into the plate, or touch them with your fingers: use a corner of your napkin to convey them tc the isfde of your plate. When there are two kinds of fish, the larger one — say the turbot — is placed 436 ETIQUETTE OF THE TABLE. before the host: the lady taking that which is less calculated to fatigue in the helping. When fish sauce is handed, put it on the side of your plate. By the way, endeavor to learn the sauces appropriate to the different kinds of fish — as lobster sauce with turbot, shrimp or caper with salmon, oyster with cod, and so on. The entries follow : — they are, for the most part, served in covered silver side-dishes. It is not customary to do more than taste one, or, at the most, two of these. They consist of sweetbreads, path, cutlets, and made-dishes gen- erally, and over-indulgence in thein is apt to unfit one for enjoying the rest of the dinner, while it is not very good for digestion. Eat, such as can be eaten that way. witli a fork. The roast meats are placed about the table in this way: — the largest and most important, say haunch of venison, before the host; one before the lady of the house, and such dishes as tongue or ham before particular guests, occupying seats at points where carving-knives and forks will be found ready placed. It is proper to proceed to carve what is put before you for that purpose without hesitation or demur. Carving is a most important accomplishment, and one that should be acquired by every gentleman. A man should be able to carve a joint or a bird easily, dexterously, without exertion, and with infinite neatness. But facility is only to be acquired by practice. You will see an unpractised man stand up and labor at a joint or a bird, while another will quietly dispose of it without effort or difficulty. Tact has something to do with it; practice more. We need hardly say that both knife and fork are used for meat and poultry, and likewise for game ; but under no jiossible circumstance is the knife to be put in or near the mouth. Do not begin to eat meat until you have all the accessories — the vegetables, the gravy, and, in the case of venison or mutton, the currant jelly. Do not load your plate with different kinds of vegetables. Eat them with a fork. Do not take a spoon for peas: it is unnecessary. It is best for both gentlemen and ladies to eat asparagus with the knife and fork, cutting off the heads. In England gentlemen eat asparagus by taking the stalk in their fingers. Ladies never do. , Game follows. It is often put on wnn the sweets, in which case the principal dish of game is placed before the gentleman, and the pudding or tart before the lady of the house. Minor dishes are arrayed at the sides. It is very necessary for a gentleman to have a knowledge of the way in which hare, pheasant, par- tridge, teal, snipe, and small birds generally, are carved and helped. A knife is used in eating all of them. You may use a spoon for pudding; but the rule is, always use a fork where it is possible. Ices and custards are eaten with a spoon. Cheese concludes the dinner. As a rule, only the gentlemen eat it, ladies de. 'ining to do so. It is eaten with a fork. Kusks, or puiled bread, as it is ihe lay, Iter \ver 3St, ten- of TJIE LAIVS OF ETIQUETTE. 457 called, should be handed round with it These may be taken, and also broken, with the fingers, as bread is done. In Englaiul grace is said just after dinner, and before dessert is set on, Thii rule is imperative in that country. When the servants have placed the dessert on table, and have handed th« fruit and sweets once round, they retire. The gentlemen then devote themselves to the ladies, and see that they want for nothing. They offer wine, and select the choicest fruits from those at hand. Should a lady take a pear, an apple, or an orange, the gentleman next her pre- pares it, using a silver knife and fork, and never touching it with the fingers. In the same way, should she take walnuts or nuts of any kind, he will crack them for her. There will be plenty of time f him to have his own dessert when the ladies have returned to the drawing-room. This will happen after a little dessert has been taken, or if there is ice, after that has been partaken of. Then the hostess bows to the lady of most distinction present, and all the ladies rise and prepare to retire. The gentleman nearest the door opens it, and holds it open for them. The hostess is the last to go out. While they are going all the gentlemen rise, and remain standing until they are gone. After this the gentlemen remain a little while over their wine — a much shorter time than formerly — and then join the ladies in the drawing-room, not strag- gling in one after another as if reluctantly, but entering in a body. Tea and coffee are dispensed by the lady of the house in the drawing-room. This is her special province. It should be accompanied by a few wafers, a plate of very thin rolled bread-and-butter, and a few biscuits of the lightest description may be added. One cup of tea or coffee only should be taken ; and we need hardly say that it must not be poured into the saucer to cool. It will be handed round the room by the servants. In the drawing-room there should be a little music to give relief to the conversation. At a plain family dinner, at which one or two guests are present, more devolves on the host and hostess, and less on the servants. The various courses are sent round, but the wines are often placed on the table, rnd passed from one gentleman to another. However quiet and unpretending the party, a lady must never help herself t» anything, even if it is immediately before her. Above all things she must nor touch the decanters. And she must studiously refrain from offering to hand anything to others ; that is a signal proof of ill-breeding. Nothing should be suffered to disturb the general composure at a dinner-table. Accidents will happen ; wine will be spilt, and glass and china broken ; but these things should neither bring a frown to the face of the hostess, nor he 438 ETIQUETTE OF THE TABLE. wfifered to embarrass the unlucky guest. Tlie highest compliment ever pauJ to t lady, as expressive of her essentially lady-like qualities, was that she was — " Mistress of herself, though china fall." Let us add a few general hints. Eat with your mouth shut. Cut the io(, < in w c D be bet Sll :i a ^ ^ H < 0, » P r//A /.^{Fi OA ETIQUETTE. ^^n Do not set your cup on the table-cloth, as it will soil it. In passing your cup to your hostess or the waiter, remove the spoon, and lay it in the saucer, besid* the cup. Always act simply and easily, as if you were accustomed to doitv^ things proixjrly. ■=*^!!s^^-^^^^fe:>Ci^t^ ET!«|lliff E iF TIE PftiW It is in the party or ball-room that society is on its very best behavior. Everything there is regulated according to the strict code of good breeding; and as any departure from this code becomes a grave offence, it is indispensable that the etiquette of the ball-room be thoroughly mastered Balls are of tv/o kinds, public and private. The etiquette of public balls is almost identical with that of private assem- blies of the same kind, and it will be sufficient to observe here, that those attending them should, if possible, form their own parties beforehand. Ladies, especially, will find the comfort and advantage of this. The rule as to giving private balls or parties is this: that ball-goers should make one return during the season. In giving this, you may imitate the vulgar among the higher classes, and hare a "crush," as it is called ; but it is in far better taste to restrict the number of inviiations, so that all the guests may be fairly accommodated. The invitations should, however, be sligluly in excess of the number cotmtcd on, as it is ra.e, indeed, that every one accepts. One-third more than the room will hold m;iy generally be asked with safety. It is desirable to secure the attendance of an equal number of dancers of both sexes ; but experience shows that to do this it is necessary to invite more gentlemen than ladies. It is the lady of the house who gives a party or ball. The invitations should be in her name, and the replies addressed to her. The invitations should be sent out three weeks before the time \ but a fortnight is sufficient : a less time is not de rigueur. Printed forms of invitation may be obtained at every stationer's ; but it is better that they should be written. In that case use small note-paper, white, and of the very best vquaiity : let the envelopes be also thick and good. This form of invitation may be used. It has the merit of brevity and simplicity, two very desirable qualities in an invitation ; 440 Mrs. ETIQUETTE OF THE PAH TV AND THE BALL. • " Monday, ynnuary 1st. requests the pleasure of Mr. 's company at an Evening IVwty, on Monday, January 21st. "An answer will oblige. " Dancing." This is the simplest, and, therefore, the most desirable form of invitation. To this an answer should be returned within a day or two, and it may assume the following form, which also has the merit ot simplicity : " Wkonksday, yanuary ^d. " Mr. has much pleasure in accepting Mrs. 's polite invitation for Monday evening, the 21st ii'st." Short or verbal invitations should never be given, even among relations and intimate friends ; it is discourteous, as implying that they are of no importance, and is excessively vulgar. It may be mentioned here, that married ladies are usually attended by their husbands; but the rule is not necessarily observed. Unmarried ladies should be accompanied by their mothers, or may be under the care of a chaperon, a married sister, or an elderly lady friend. As to the ball-room : — When there is a choice of rooms, one which is light, lofty, and well ventilated, should be selected, if its size and proportions adapt it for dancing purposes. A square room is better than one which is long and narrow, but a medium between these extremes is best. Above all, a ball-room should be well lighted, and have a gay or exhilarating appearance; the decora- tions should be light, the window curtains of a like description, and flowers and shrubs may be introduced with advantage. A good floor is essential to the enjoyment of dancing ; wiien the carpet is taken up, care should be used that no roughness isf surface is presented. Some ladies have their dancing-floors carefully polished with beeswax and a brush. A crumb-cloth or linen diaper, thoroughly well stretched over a carpet, is the next best thing to a polished floor. The question of music is important. If it is a large ball, four musicians is the least number that sliould be engaged — piano, cornet or flute, violin, and violon- cello. In small assemblies the violin and piano arc sufficient. When the piano alone is used, however limited the number of guests, the hostess should secure the attendance of a professional pianist, because the guests ought not to be Uft to the mercy of those who happen to be present and can be prevailed on to phuient room IS alwoUitcly necessary. The refreshment room should, if possible, be on the same floor as the ball- room, because it is not only inconvenient, but dangerous, for ladies heated by the dance to encounter the draught of the staircases, while it is most destructive to their dresses. PioviJc in the refreshment room wine, lemonade, tea and coffee, ices, biscuits, wafers, cakes, and cracker bon-bons. Supper sliould be laid in a separate room. What it should comprise must depend entirely on the txste and resources of those who give the ball. To order It in from a good confectioner is the simplest plan, but is apt to prove somewhat expensive. If provided at home, let it be done on a liberal, but not vulgarly profuse, scale. Substantial fare, such as fowls, ham, tongue, turkey, etc., are absolutely necessary. Jellies, blanc-mange, trifle, tipsy-cake, etc., may be added at discretion. The French fashion of giving hot soup is coming in, and IS very pleasant : the lighter kinds of soujj — such as Julienne, gravy, and vermicelli — are most suitable. Noticing upon the table should require carving; the fowls, pheasants, turkeys, and other birds should be cut up beforehand, and held together by ribbons, which only require severing. Whatever can be iced should be served in that way. If it is a ball of any pretensions. Champagne and Moselle should be provided, as those wines are now drank by all classes ; port and sherry, of course, and it is well to add claret. A lady should drink very little wine, and certainly not more than one glass of Champagne; it also behooves gentlemen to be careful in this respect, as nothing is more odious or contrary to the usages of modern society than any appearance of excess in this particular. Tlie supper-room is opened about midnight, and is not closed till the end of tne ball. A cloak-room for the ladies must be provided, and one or two maids to receive shawls or cl )aks, which they will place so that they may be easy of access, and to render any assistance in the way of arranging hair or dress, repairing a torn dress, or any office of that kind. In this room there should be several looking-glasses, with a supply of hair-pins, needles, thread, pins, and such articles as may be needed in a lady's toilette. A hat room for gentlemen must not be forgotten ; and it is best to provide checks, both for articles belonging to ladies and gentlemen left in charge of the attendants. Where checks cannot be had, tickets numbered in duplicate may he used — one being given to the lady or gentleman, and the other pinned to the roat or cloak. By this means the property of each guest is identified, and conf'Asion at the time of departure is prevented. «43 ETIQUETTE OF THE PARTY AND THE BALL. Fashion is so capricious and so imperative in the matter of liress, thai it is lifficult to give advice or instruction of permanent value upon this subject. Still there are laws by which even Fashion is regulated anil controlled. Ther2 are certain principles in dress, approved by good taste and common-sensej A^hich cannot be outraged with impunity. A lady, in dressing for a ball, has first to consider the delicate question of r L^ And next, that of her position, whether married or single. As everything about a ball-room should be light, gay, and the reverse of depressi ig, it is permitted to elderly ladies, who do not dance, to assume a lighter and more effective style of dress than would be projjer at the dinner- table, concert, or opera. Rich brocades, if not sombre in hue, and a somewhat profuse display of good jewelry, are permissible. The toilette of the married and unmarried lady, however youtliful the former, should be distinctly marked. Silk dresses are, as a rule, objec tionable for those who dance; but th. married lady may appear in a moire of light tint, or even in a white silk, if properly trimmed with tulle and flowers. Flowers or jewels may be worn in the hair. In some places small feathers are worn. Jewelry should be sparingly displayed. Young unmarried ladies should wear dresses of light material — the lighter the better. Tarlatane, gauze, tulle, the finest muslin, lace, and all similar fabrics are available. Such dresses should be worn over a silk slip, or underdress. There is no restriction as to colors, except that they should be chosen with reference to the wearer. Thus a blonde apjiears to most advantage in deiicate hues, such as light blue and pink, mauve, white, and like shades. Arsenic green should be avoided, as injurious to health. The bmnette should, on the contrary, select rich and brilliant colors. Flowers arc the proper ornaments for the head and dress. The French ladies select them with reference to the season ; but this is not insisted on in this country, and summer flowers may be worn at Christinas. Jewelry should be very si)aringly used, especially by those who dance. Ladies in deep mourning should not dance, even if they permit themselves to attend a ball. Should they do so, black and scarlet or violet is the proper wear. Where the mourning is sufficiently slight for dancing to be seemly, white, with mauve, violet or black trimmings, flounces, etc., is proper. White gloves befit the ball-room: in mourning they may be sewn with black. They should be faultless as to fit, and never be removed from the hands in the ball-room. It is well for those who dance to be provided with a second pair, to replace the others when soiled, or in case they should split, or the buttons should come off — accidents small in themselves, but sources of great discomfort. As in the promenade, so in the ball-room, boots have greatly superseded the use of shoes ; these are of kid, satin, or silk, either white or matching the dress in uress, tnat ii is is subject, ui controlled, common-sense, te question of the reverse of -, to assume a It the dinner- id a somewhat "ul the former, lable for those nt, or even in k'crs or jewels 3rn. Jewelry he lighter the imilar fabrii!- ierdrcss. ! chosen with e in delicate es. Arsenic lould, on the French ladies d on in this ancc. hemselves to > the proper emly, white, with black, ands in the ond pair, to ttons should 11 fort. erseded the the dress in ,! i y Ed Q < U s a? u < X ■J D Q u H < u X aa ■< 'A 2 X 7) < ai O Q X u X H yy/A Z/i;f.y o/? etiquette, 443 lolor. With the tendency to revive the fashions of the Enijiire in France, >.hoes, then worn, are reappearing. All the accessories of the toilette — gloves, shoes, flowers, fans, and the (jpera cloak — should be fresh and new. Inattention in this matter spoils the effect of the most impressive toilette. The attire in which alone a gentleman can present himself in a l)all-roora is so rigorously defined, and admits of so little variety, that it can be desciihed in a few words. He must wear a black dress coat, black trousers, and a black waistcoat ; a white necktie, white kid gloves, and patent leather boots. This is imperative. The ball-suit should be of the very best cloth, new and glossy, and of the latest style as to cut. The waistcoat may be low, so as to disclose an am])le shirt-front, fine and delicately plaited ; it is better not em- broidered, but small gold studs may be used with effect. White waistcoats have not "come in," as they were expected to do. The necktie sliould he of a washing texture, not silk, and not set off with embroidery. Gloves, white, not straw-color or lavender. A " gibus," or shut-up hat, is sometimes carried under the arm j but it is an impediment, and the hat is better left dov.r stairs. Excess of jewelry is to be avoided : simple studs, gold solitaire sleeve-!inks, may be used, and a watdichain, massive, and with the usual charms and appendages. Perfumes should be avoided as effeminate ; if used at all, for the handkercliief, they should be of the very best and most delicate character, or they may give offence, as persons often entertain strong aversions to peculiar scents. i!»tfc5"i:S^^"tiii^^; 5*^i^:5^i5^/ » - c » ■. » ' » ^ » ■ '^W?*"^!^ ETPETTE OF THE BALL-ROOM. 1t>'-^5^^^^^- At balls of a public character the " party," of what ever number it may consist, enters the room unobtrusively, the gentlemen conducting the ladies to convenient seats. In a jirivate party or ball, the lady of the house will linger near the door by which her guests enter (at least till supper time, or till all have arrived), in order to receive them with a smile, an inclination of the head, a passing remark, or a grasp of the hand, according to degrees of intimacy. The master of the house and the sons should not be far distant, so as to be \ i 444 ETIQUETTE OF THE BAl.L-ROO'J. able to introduce to the lady any of his or their fricmls on their arrival. Tt is not necessary that the daughters should assist in the ceremony of reception. Guests are announced by name at a private ball in Europe, and in some places in this country this rule is observed; tut this is entirely a matter regulated by the custom of the place. As they read) the door of the ball-room, the servant calls out, "Mr. and Mrs. ;" "Mr. Adolphus ;" "the Misses ." On entering the ball-room, they at once proceed to pay their respects to the ilidy of the house, and may then acknowledge the presence of such friends as they find around them. At public balls a programme of dancing is given to the guests on their arri- val ; and tliis example should be followed in anything more than a mere " carpet-dance." The (lances should, in any case, be arranged beforehand, and it is convenient and inexpensive to have them printed on cards of small and convenient size, the numbered dances on one side, and numbered lines for engagements on the other. A better plan ' to have a card folding in the middle, thus giving two pages, with dances on one page, and spaces for engagements on the opposite one. These shut together, and prevent pencil-marks being rubbed off. A pencil should be attached by a ribbon; but gentlemen should make a memoran- dum always to provide themselves with a small gold or silver pencil-case when going to a ball, so that they may be prepared to write down engagements. A pretty idea has been sometimes carried out at baHs — it is that of having the order of dancing printed on small white paper fans, large enough for practical use, one being given to every lady on her arrival. The notion is chai'ming, and the expense not great. From eighteen to twenty-one dances is a convenient number to arrange for : supper caiises a convenient break after, say, the twelfth dance, and if, at the end of the ball-list, there is still a desire to prolong tiie ball, one or two extra dances are easily improvised. A ball should commence with a march, followed by a quadrille, after which a waltz should succeed. Then follow quadrilles and waltzes, including galops, arranged as those having charge of the ball may think best. Formerly at public balls a Master of the Ceremonies was considered indis- pensable; but this custom is almost obsolete, the management of the ball being in the hands of a comr-ittee, who are distinguished by rosettes, ribbons in the button-hole. These superintend the dances, and gentlemen desiring to dance with ladies apply to them for introductions. In private balls introductions are effected through the lady of the house, or other members of the family. Where there are daughters, they fitly exert them- selves in arrangip'r sets, giving introductions, etc. — never dancing themselves until all the other ladies present have partners. Ho gentleman should ask a lady to dance with him until he has received au THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 445 IS lie Ihe as rri- introduction to her. Tiiis may be given through members of the family giving the ball, or the lady's chaperon, or one intimate friend may ask permission to introduce another. The iisiKil form of asking a lady to dance is: "May I have the pleasure of dancing this quadrille with you?" Wiiere there is great intimacy: "Will you dance?" may suffice. To accept is easy enougli — " Thank you," is sufficient ; to decline with delicacy, and without giving offence, is more difficult — "Thank you: I am engaged," suffices when that expresses the fact — when it does not, and a lady would rather not dance with the gentleman applying to her, she must beg to be excused, as politely as possible, and it is in better taste for her not to dance at all in that set. The slightest excuse should suffice, as it is ungentlemanly to force or press a lady to dance. Ladies should take especial care not to accept two partners for the same dance; nor should a gentleman ask a lady to dance with him more than twice during the same evening; if he is intimate with a lady, he may dance with her three, or even four, times. Do not forget to ask the daughters of the house. When a lady has accepted, the gentleman offers her his right arm, and leads her to her place on the floor, A slight knowledge of the figure is sufficient to enable a gentleman to move through a quadrille, if he is easy and unembarrassed, and his manners are cour- teous; but to ask a lady to join you in a waltz, or other round dance, in which you are not thoroughly proficient, is an unpardonable offence. It is not in good taste for gentlemen who do not dance to accept invitations to balls ; but It is only the vulgar parvenu who, with a knowledge of dancing, hangs about the doors and declines to join in the amusement. It is not necessary to bow to the lady at the end of a quadrille — in fact, any- thing like formality is now discountenanced; it is enough that you again offer her your right arm, and walk half round the room with her. You should in- quire if she will take refreshments, and if she replies in the affirmative, you will conduct her to the room devoted to that purpose — where it is good taste on the part of the lady not to detain her cavalier too long, as he will be anxious to attend to his next engagement, and cannot return to the ball-room until she is pleased to be escorted thither, that he may resign her to her chaperon or friends, or to the partner who claims her promise for the next dance. A lady should not accept refreshments from a stranger who dances with her lit a public ball. The gentleman who dances with a lady in the last dance before supper, con- ducts that lady to the supper-room, attends on her while there, and escorts her back to the ball-room. . At a private ball, the lady of the house may ask a gentleman to take a lady down to supper, and he is bound to comply, and to treat her with the utmost delicacy and attention. 4^6 ETIQUETTE OF THE BALL ROOM. In either case a gentleman will not sup with the ladies, but stand by and attend to them, permitting himself a glass of wine with them; but taking a subsequent opportunity to secure his own refreshment. It is vulgar either to eat or drink to excess at a ball-supper. It is not well to dance every dance, as the exercise is unpleasantly heatinp and fatiguing. Never forget an engagement — it is an offence thnt does not admit of excuse, except when a lady commits it; and then a gentleman i< bounfl to take her at her word without a murmur. It is not the mode for married persons to dance together. Engaged persons should not dance to- gether too often ; it is in bad taste. Gentlemen should endeavor to entertain the ladies who dance with them with a little conversation, or something more novel than the weather and tlie heat of the room; and in round dances they should be particularly careful to guard them from collisions, and to see that their dresses are not torn. Assemblies of this kind should be left quietly. If the party is small, it is permissible to bow to the hostess ; but at a large ball this is not necessary, un- less indeed you meet her on 3'our way from the room. The great thing is to avoid making your departure felt as a suggestion for breaking up the party; as you hnve no right to hint by your movements that you consider the entertain- ment lias been kept up long enough. Finally, let no gentleman presume on a ball-room introduction. It is given with a view to one dance only, and will certainly not warrant a gentleman in going further than asking a lady to dance a second time. Out of the ball-room such an introduction has r,o force whatever. If those who have danced together meet next day in the street, or the park, the gentleman must not venture to bow, unless the lady chooses to favor him with some mark of her recognition. If he does, he must not exi)ect ar.y acknowledgment of his salutation. After a private ball it is etiquette to call at the house during the following week. A gentleman attending a private ball unattended will first ask one of the ladies of the house to dance with him. If she is unable to do so, she will introduce him to an agreeable partner. A gentleman will dance first with the lady he accompanies to the ball, but will not dance with her too often. Do not engage in any long or confidential conversations in the ball-room. Do not wait until the music has commenced before selecting your partner. Lead her to her place in time to commence with the other dancers. A lady should never leave a ball-room unattended. A gentleman seeing a lady with whom he is accjuainted desirous of doing so, should promptly ufCer K; escort her, and the lady, on her pnrt, should accept the proffi^-red escort a- frankly as it is tendered, but should bo careful net to keep the gentleman toe long away from the ballroum. id by and t taking a ;Iy heatinp does not itlemnn is ; mode for dance to with them ;r and the careful to mall, it is _>ssary, un- hing is to party J as entertain- It is given tleman in ball-room ■ the park, favor him xj)ect ai.y following me of the ), she will ; ball, but -room. r partner. 1 seeing a ly offer to escort a^ leman toe ., I t THE LAWS OF EriqUETTE. .147 \ .■■• knowledge of the French terms used in dancing is absolutely nccessa'-y ti; ;.*ancers. We give the following, with their definitions. They will be found ■sufFicicnt for all practical purposes: . Balancez. Set to or swing partners. Balancez aiix coins. Set to or swing corners. r.ciiancca quatre en ligne. Set four in a line. Chainc Anglaisc. Top and bottora couples right and left. Chaim Anglaise double. Double right and left. Chainc Anglaise dcmi>'. Half right and left. Chainc dcs dames. Ladies* chain. Chaine dcs dames double. All the ladii " commence the chain at the same time. Chainc {la grandc). All the couple hassez (\p\XQ round, giving right an'.' i''ft hands alternately — beginning with the right until all resume placeis. Ckassrz. Move to right and left, or left to right. Cl'ass<'. crciscz. Lady and gentleman chassez in opposite directions. Cavalier seul. Gentleman advances alcne. Dcmi-pronicnadc. All the couples half-promenade. Dos-il-dos. Pack to bnck. , , Clissade. A sliding step. Ze grand rond. All join hands, and advance and retire twice. Le grand tour de rond. Join hands and dance round figure. La gran Je promenade. All promenade romid figure and back to places. Le moui'uct. Hands across. Demi-moulinel. Ladies advance to centre, r.ivc right hands and retire. Traversez. Oppo;;ite persons change places] retr^ocrsez, they cross l>a<;i iij^ain. • Vis-d,-vis. Face to face, or the opposite partner. Therk is no surer mark of a well-bred man or woman than proj^er and dignified conduct in public. The truly polite are always quiet, unobtrusive, considerate of others, and cTeful to avoid all manifestations of superiority or elegance. We have elsewhere spoken of the conduct that should be observed on the street, and again call the reader's attention to this portion of jur subject. Loud and boisterous talking, immoderate laughing and forward and pushinj; conduct are always marks of bad breeding. They inevitably subject a person 10 the satirical remarks of the persons with whom he is thrown, and are per- haps the surest means of proclaiming that such a pv.'son is not used to tiie w.iyj of polite society- 448 ETIQUETTE IN CHURCH. — 15» It is the duty of a well-bred person to attend churrh regularly on Sunday. In entering the churrh you should pass quietly and deliberately to your pe-» or seat. Walking rapidly up the aisle is sure to disturb the congregation. If you are a stranger, wait in the lower part of the aisle until the sexton or ushers show you a seat, or you are invited to enter some pew. A gentleman should remove his hat as soon as he enters the inner doors of the church, and should not replace it on his head after service until he has reached the outer vestibule. In accoinpanying a lady to church, pass up the aisle by her side, open the pew door for her, allow her to enter first, and then enter and seat yourself beside her. Should a lady desire to enter a jbew in which you are sitting next the door, rise, step out into the aisle, and allow her to enter. Once in church, observe the most respectful silence except when joining in the worship. Whispering or laughing before the service begins, or during service, is highly improper. Wiien the worship is over, leave the sacred edifice quietly and deliberately. You may chat with your friends in the vestibule, but not in the hall of worship. Remember, the church is the house of God. Should you see a stranger standing in the aisle, unnoticed by the sexton oi usher, quietly invite him into your pew. You should see that a stranger in your pew is provided with the books neces' sary to enable him to join in the service. If he does not know how to use them, assist him as quietly as possible. Where there are not books enough for the sepa ."'»a make bills, however, pay them |)romj)tly. M.ike no bill you are not sure of paying at the time promised by you. Avoid debt as tiie greatcit curse of life. •'^ETIQUETTE OF THE THeIt RE--=' It A cF.NTi.EMAN desiring a lady to accompany him to the opera, theatre, or other jthu e of amusement, must send her a written invitation not later than the day previous to the entertainment. It must be written in the third person, upon wh'te note-paper of the best quality, with an envelope to match. The lady must send her reply immediately, so that should she be unable to accept, the gentleman may secure another companion. ShoTild the lady accept the invitation, the gentleman must secure the best seats within his means. To ask a lady to accompany you to a place of amuse- ment, and incur the risk of being obliged to stand during the performance, is to be inexcusably rude to her. Should the demand for seats be so great that you cannot secure them, inform her at once, and propose another occasion when you can make this provision for her comfort. Jn entering the hall in which the entertainment is given, a gentleman should walk by the side of the lady until the seat is reached. If the width of the aisli? is not sufficient to allow this, he should precede her. As a rule, he should take t he outer seat ; but if that is the best for seeing or hearing, it belongs to the lady. The habit of leaving ladies alone during the "waits," and going out to "get a drink," or " to sj^eak to a friend," is indicative of bad manners. A gentle- man escorting a lady to a place of amusement is bound to remain by her side to the end of the entertainment. At the opera it is customary for ladies and gentlemen to leave their seats, and promenade in the lobbies or foyer of the hou.se during the intervals between the acts. The gentleman should always invite the lady to do so. Should she decline, he is bound to remain with her. A gentleman accompanying a lady is not bound to give up his seat to another lady. His duty is solely to the lady he accompanies. He cannot tell at what moment she may need his services, and must remain where she can command tnem. it is rude to whisper or talk during a performance. It is discourteous to 452 ETIQUETTE OF TKAVELI ING. t'le performers, and annoying to those of the audience around you, who desire tu c-.ijoy the entertainment. To seek to draw attention to yourself at .1 place of amusement is simply vulgar. It is in especial bad taste for lovers to indulge in any affectionate demonstra- tions at such places. \. gentleman must see tlat the luiy accompanying him is provided with a programme. If at the opera, he musi also provide her with a lib.etto. Applause is the just duo of the deserving actor, and should be given liberall'-. Applaud by clapping tlie hands, and not by stamping or kicking with the feet. Upon escorting the lady back to her home, the gentleman should ask permis- sion to call upon her the next day, which request she should grant. She should, in her own sweet way, cause hirn to feel that he has conferred a genuine pleasure uix)n her by his invitation. A gentleman who can afford it should always provide a carriage on such occa- sions. If his m.eans do not permit this, he should not embarrass himself by assuming the expense. If the evening be stormy, he should not expect the lady to venture out without a carriage. A gentleman should call at the lady's house in full time to allow thein to reach their destination before the commencement of the entertainment. @ J Jltiquette of Jj There is nothing that tests the natural politeness . *" men and women so thoroughly as travelling. Each one then desires to secure his or her comfort, and as a rule all are selfish. Even those who are courteous upon ordinary occa- sions are now bent on making provision for themselves alone, careless of the comfort or rights of others. At the ticket-office, the public table, the hotel counter, there is a rush for places, in which the ordinary courtesies of life are thrown aside, and men and women seem thrown back to the age cf barbarism. The writer remembers a striking instance of this. A steamer on one of our principal bays was once crowded with several hundred ministers of the gospel, who were returning from one of their annual meetings. There were also a number of ladies on board. When the bell rang for dinner there was a rush of the ministers for the table, and every lady was crowded from her seat. A very moderate exercise of courtesy will greatly add to the comfort and pleasure of travellers. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 45j desire [vulgar. Iionstra- with a Iberall'-. le feet. |pern>is- should, [pleasure Persons contemplating a journey should thoroughly inform themselves as to the route to be taken, the times of arrival and departure of trains, the cost of the journey, and the time it will consume. Nothing should be left to chance. The various railway guides published in this country contain all the necessary information. Any other information desired can be obtained at the office where the ticket is purchased, if asked for in a courteous manner. By making your arrangements beforehand, you will be able to have your mind at rest during j'our journey, and so be prepared to enjoy it to the utmost. Seats in a parlor car, or berths in a sleeping-car, must be paid for in addition to the fare of the journey. In a sleeping-car the most agreeable portion is the centre. Be careful to check your baggage to its destination, and to see that the number of the check on the trunk corresponds with that of the duplicate given you. Upon arriving at your destination, do not give up your trunk to irresponsible INTERIOR OF A DRAWING-ROOM CAR. expressmen. Take the number of the wagon. The person who solicits your check on the train is the safest. He has the endorsement of the railroad com- pany, and his charge is but little more than that of the men around the depot. In eEII cases take a receipt for your check. In travelling, dress simply, and avoid all display of jewelry. See that your valuables and money are not unnecessarily exposed ; for the principal lines of travel are infested with pickpockets and thieves. In the summer, provide your- self with a linen overdress or duster, as a protection against the dust of the road. On long journeys, always carry an overcoat suited to the season and an umbrella. A lady may safely travel alone within the limits of the United States. Few men will dare to presume upon her lack of an escort ; and should she be sub- jected to any such annoyance, she has only to appeal to the nearest gentleman : I! 454 ETIQUETTE OF TRAVELLING. ho secure protection and assistance. Tlie employos of all the lines of travel are required by their employers to pay particular and respectful attention to ladits travelling alone. A gentleman may with propriety place a lady under the charge of a friend. To accept such a trust is to make yourself responsible for the lady's comfort during the journey. In accepting the charge of a lady for a journey, a gentleman should accom- pany her from her house, or be at the depot in ti/ne to see that her ticket is DEPOT OF THE PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD AT ALTOONA. purchased, her baggage checked, and the lady properly seated in the car befoi9 the departure of the train. She should be given the choice of the window ct the inner scat. "Upon reaching the end of the journey, if provision has not been made on thd tram for tlie delivery of her baggage, the gentleman should conduct the ludy to the "Ladies' Room" of the station, and leave her there while he attends to her bapfgngc. He shoiild then c-^t ort her to the carriage, or street car, and see her SJifcly at the house of her friends before leaving her. He should call the next day and inquire how shj has stood the journey. A well-bred lady will not are idles :coTn- ket is THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 455, refuse to receive such a call from a gentleman whose protection she has accepted ••Hiring a journey unless for some good reason. It is optional with her, however, whether she will receive him or not. A lady travelling alone may with propriety accept the services of her fellow- traveliers. She should courteously acknowledge them. A gentleman seeing a lady travelling alone in need of his assistance should promptly and courteously offer it. He should never seek to make her acceptance of his offer a pretext for forcing his acquaintance upon her. Ladies should avoid making acquaintances, even of their own sex, in traveV iir g. When a service is rendered her she should never acknowledge it coldly or haughtily; nor answer a remark from a stranger with a " frozen stare." On steamers, and at eating-houses on the route, do not rush for the table, but act with courtesy and deliberation. Never fail to offer your seat to a lady should all the other places be taken. Should you see a lady standing on a car or steamer, offer her your seat. Do not occupy more than one seat in a crowded car. You have no right to it. An overcoat, or valise, deposited on a seat in the absence of the claimant is proof that the seat is occupied. Fellow-passengers, whether on a steamboat or in the cars, should at all times be sociable and obliging to one another. Those who are the reverse of this may justly be considered foolish, selfish, or conceited. In the cars you have no right to keep a window open for your accommoda- tion, if the current of air thus produced annoys or endangers the health of another. At the same time it is your duty not to object to this unless you can find no other seat, or unless it is a dangerous matter to you. The discomforts of travelling are serious enough. We should all try to lessen them. In riding in an omnibus or street-car, or crossing a ferry with a friend, if he wishes to pay for you, allow him to do so without remark. Do not insist upon paying for yourself or both. You can return the favor at some other time. It is especially the duty of ladies to look after other ladies younger or less experienced than themselves who may be travelling without escort. To watch these, and see that they are not made the dupes of villains, and to pass a pleas- ant word with others who may possibly fee) the loneliness of their situation should be the especial charge of every lady of experience. Such a one may often have the privilege of rendering another lady an important service in giv* ing her information or advice, or even assistance. Every lady of experience and self-possession should feel her duties to be only less than those of a gen- tleman in showing favors to the more helpless and less experienced of her own llCX The friendship which has subsisted between travellers terminates with the journey. When you get out, a word, a bow, and the acquaintance formed is finished and forgotten. ;* i ill i I 45(3 COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE. There is nothing more important to the happiness of a lifetime than a right •election in marriage. Tlie "holy estate of matrimony" is not an engagemenc entered into to-day to be broken at any subsequent time. It is an arrange- ment which must shape our destiny here, and largely influence our immortal future. How careful, then, should one be to make a proper selection ? We do rtot aim here to present more than a few practical hints upon this all- important subject. Poets, novel! s, essayists have written of it, but it will always rema.n new ; therefore we trust that what we have to Fay may not prove dull. There can bb. no question that the Creator, in establishing the institution of marriage, designed one woman for one man, and intended that each should de- vote their best effoits to promoting the happiness and highest good of the other. A plurality of wives nas one invariable tendency: it debases instead of elevating woman; brutalizes the man, and brings untold troubles upon the offspring. Tlierefore Christian nations reject it, and cling to the law of nature and of God. Where a man and a won/an agree to devote their lives to each other, it is aU- important that they should make no mistake in their selection of each other. The greater part of the troubles of married life spring from a neglect to comply with this law. Persons who are in n^ way suited to each other rush into matri- n ony, and pass their lives in repentmg their error. Such a choice must oe made only by the persons concerned. Personal selec- tion is a solemn duty each must meet fully, and in person. Nothing can excuse •t. Allowing others to decide it always punishes the guilty parties. All who lo must be miserable. Even the other party has no right to unduly insist. Those who do, perpetrate an unmitigated wrong on the yielding party; and those who allow themselves to be persuaded against their own better judgment will rue their pusillanimity the remainder of their lives. Let those who make great efforts to persuade a woman whom they love, but who does not love them, remember that they will be much more miserable with her in aversion than without her. Let all marry voluntarily and assume this responsibility, great as it confessedly is, for themselves; and after taking due counsel, and fully weighing [R0ifl ft (Til i^^ JmLtfT THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 457 all arguments and conditions on both sides, finally decide it according to the best lights they themselves can command. It is, of course, impossible to lay down any specific rules for such selections, but it will be useful to attend to a few general principles. You should not marry a person whom you have not known long enough to become familiar with his or her character, habits, and disposition. To marry after a brief acquaintance is, upon general principles, a mistake. Marry in your own position in life. If there is any difference in social posi- tion, it is better that the husband should be the superior. A woman does not like to look down upon her husband, and to be obliged to do so is a poor guar- antee for their happiness. It is best to marry persons of your own faith and religious convictions, un- less one is willing to adopt those of the other. Difference of faith is apt to divide families, and to produce great trouble in after life. A pious woman should be- ware of marrying an irreligious man. Sickly persons should not marry persons similarly afflicted. A healthy girl, as a rule, should not marry a man in bad health. Besides burdening herself with the care of an invalid, she is apt to be left a widow at any time. A wife cannot bring a greater fortune to her husband than good, robust health ; and '•o with the husband. Therefore choose wisely in this respect. A woman should not marry a man of confirmed dissipated habits. Only sorrow awaits such a union. Don't be afraid of marrying a poor man or woman. Good health, cheerful disi)ositions, stout hearts and industrious hands, will bring happiness and comfort. It is well to reflect upon the qualities of the parents of your intend J, as their children are apt to inherit their traits. As a rule, cousins by blood should not marry. She who blames you during courtship will scold you after marriage. Be careful how you marry into a family afflicted with insanity or any heredi- tary disease. It may appear in your children. Members of a family thus afflicted incur a grave responsibility in marrying. Those who are medium in complexion, stature, etc., who are neither extra dark nor light, large nor small, tall nor short, lean nor fat, etc., may marr> those who are medium, or nearly like themselves in these respects, or in eithei extreme, or a little more or less so than themselves. Thus, those whose hair is neither dark nor light, but about midway between both, may marry those who are a shade darker, or lighterj than themselves, or a good deal darker or lighter, or even jet black or bright red, as they may fancy, or as other circumstances may favor most, the complexion being not especially material ; yet the darker one is, the lighter his or her companion should be. Bright red hair should marry jet black, and jet black auburn, or bright red, etc. And the more red-faced and bearded or impulsive a man, the more dark, i M It ! ■ C 458 COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE. calm, cool and quiet should his wife be ; and vice versd. The florid should not marry the florid, but those wlio are dark in proportion as they themselves are light. Red-whiskered men should marry brunettes, but not blondes ; the color of the whiskers being more determinate of the temperament than that of the hair. The color of the eyes is still more imjx)rtant. Gray eyes must marry some other color, almost any other, except gray ; and so of blue, dark, hazel, etc. Those very fleshy should not marry those equally so, but those too spare and •lim J and this is doubly true of females. A spare man is much better adapted to a fleshy woman tlian a round-favored man. Two who are short, thick-scl* and stocky, should not unite in marriage, but should choose those differently constituted; but on no account one of their own make. And, in general, those predisposed to corpulence are therefore less inclined to marriage. Those with little hair or beard should marry those whose hair is naturally abundant ; still, those wlio once had plenty, but who have lost it, may marry those who are either bald or have but little; for in this, as in all other cases, all depends on what one is by nature, little on present states. Those whose motive-temperament decidedly predominates, who are bony, only moderately fleshy, quite prominent-featured, Roman-nosed and muscular, should not marry those similarly formed, but those either sanguine or nervous, or a compound of both ; for, being more strong than susceptible 01 emotional, they both require that their own emotions should be perpetually prompted by an emotional companion, and that their children also be endowed with the emotional from the other parent. That is, those wpo are cool should marry those who are impulsive and susceptible. Small, nervous men must not marry little nervous or sanguine women, lest both they and their children have quite too much of the hot-headed and impulsive, and die suddenly. Generally, ladies who are small are therefore more eagerly sought than large. Of course this general fact has its exceptions. Some are small hereditarily, others rendered so by extra action in some form, over-study, or over-work ; because during growth their intense nervous systems consumed energy faster than their weak vital could manufacture it, which dwarfed their stature. Two very beautiful persons rarely do or should marry ; nor two extra homely. Tlie fact is a little singular that very handsome women, who of course can have their pick, rarely marry good-looking men, but generally give preference to those who are homely; because that exquisiteness in which beauty originates naturally blends with that power which accompanies huge noses and disproportionate features. Rapid movers, speakers, laughers, etc., should marry those who are calm and deliberate, and impulsives those who are stoical; while those who are medium may marry those who are either or neither, as they prefer. Mascjline women, who inherit their father^ s looks, stature, appearance, ana THE LAWS OF ETIQIKTTE. 459 physique mainly, slioiild give preference to men who take most after mother, (liiysically ; whilst women cast strongly after their mother should marry those men in whom the masculine form and physiology superabound. Noses indicate characters by indicating the organisms and temperaments. Accordingly, those noses especially marked either way should marry those having opposite nasal characteristics. Roman noses are adapted to those which turn up, and pug noses to those turning down ; while straight noses may marry either. Narrow nostrils indicate small hmgs. Such are adapted to those with broad nostrils, wliich accompany large lungs and vital organs. Strongly feminized men, who inherit after mother or grandmother, should marry strongly masculinized women, who take chiefly after their fathers, so as to secure both th.e male and female characteristics. Dependent and vine- like women are always drawn most to positive, firm, wilful, authoritative men, who love to command, and take the resijonsibility ; while men of weak will need strong-minded women to as:.ume the respoubibility uud urge them oJi to effort. Men who love to co.nmand must be especially careful not to marry imperious, womcn's-rights women; while those who willingly "obey orders" need just such. Some men require a wife who shall take their p irt j yet all who do not //i-^i/ strong-willed women should be careful how they marry them. Unless you love to be opposed, be careful not to marry one who often argues and talks back; for discussion before marriage becomes obstinacy after. A sensible woman should not marry an obstinate but injudicious, unintelligent man ; because she cannot long endure to see and help him blindly follow his poor, but spurn her good, plans. Though such men need just such women to helj) lay out their life-course, while such women could get on passably with such husbands who heeded their suggestions, yet such men plan poorly, blindly follow their own wills, and authoritatively compel their wives to help carry them out. Obstinate men must be sensible, or else content with wives and children who are not. If they could only realize that such women are just the very ones they require, yet that they sliould always ask and heed their advice, they would render their wives' position most agreeable instead of painful, and every way most promotive of their mutual happiness and success. A submissive but intellectual woman may marry a man whose will is stronger, even though his intellect is smaller than hers; yet it is better for both if his intellect is still larger than hers, so that she may repose in his superior judgment. Such a woman feels inadequate to assume responsibilities or set herself at work, and must have some guide. Naturally dependent, she must lean, though even on a crooked stick. The reserved or secretive should marry the frank. A cunning man cannot endure the least artifice in a wife. Those who are non-committal must marry ihose who are demonstrative ; else however much they may love, neither will ^«# 460 COUmSIIlP ANL MARRIAGE. feci sure as to the other's affections, and each will distrust the other, while their children will be deceitful. Those who are frank and confiding also need to l)e constantly forewarned by those who are suspicious. A timid woman should never marry a hesitating man, lest, like frightened children, each keep perpetually re-alarming the other by imaginary fears; nor yet a careless man, for he would conunit just indiscretions enough to keep her in perpetual " fear and trembling ; " but should marry one who is bold, yet judi- cious, so that her intellect, by reposing in his tried judgment, can feel safe, and et her trust in him quiet her natural Tearfulness. A hopeless man should marry a resolute, hopeful woman, who is always telling how well things are going to turn out, and em ouraging, and who has sufficient judgment to be allowed the reins, lest the fears of both Tender him pusillani- mous and their children cowards. Many men live tame lives, though abundantly capable of accomplishing almost anything, because too irresolute to once begin ; whereas, with a judicious yet expectant wife to prompt him to take initiatory steps, he would fill responsible positions. An industrious, thrifty, hard-working man should marry a woman tolerably saving and industrious. As the "almighty dollar" is now the great motor wheel of humanity, and that to which most husbands devote their entire lives, to delve alone is uphill work. Much more if she indulges in extravagance. It is doubly important, therefore, that both work together pecuniarily. But if either has property enough to create in both a feeling of contentment, large acquisition in the other is less important; yet a difference here often engenders opposition elsewhere. Good livers should marry — he to provide table luxuries, she to serve them up, and both to enjoy them together. Indeed, a good appetite in both can often be made to harmonize other discordant points, and promote concord. Men large in beauty should by no means marry women deficient in it ; yet women in whom it is large may marry men in whom it is only fair, provided other traits are favorable; for a man of taste can never endure a slattern, while a woman of taste can beai with a man who is careless of appearances, and love him, provided he has sufficient power and stamina of character to eclipse this defect by his sterling characteristics ; yet he must let her " fix him up nicely." That is the happiest period in life — exceeding in happiness every succeeding period — when, as the poet expiesses it, — "A young man's fancies Lightly turn to thoughts of love." Tiie first real awakening of the heart to the influence of woman is an cpodi in a life never to be forgotten. It may have been preceded — it often is preceded ■ — by flashes of admiration or interest, such as the school-boy designates love; 77/A /..Urs OF ETIQUETTE. 46 1 hut these arc as nothing to that first, true, deep, absorbing passion, which it is impossible to mistake. It is not necessary that the object of it shouhl be either beautiful or worthy ; she may be a plain woman, full of faults, whims, caprices, sflfishness, unattractive in manner, and with a heart of marble. It matters not — he loves, and he is happy. His affection is returned — " And to know she loves him. Know her kind as fair, Is in joy to revel, Is to walk on nir." Equally strong, equally absorbing is the influence of love in its bright, rosy dawn on the gentle nature of woman. The newly awakened emotion fills her life, and lends a mystical l>eautyboth to earth and sky. What a proud, joyous, happy moment that is. when a young and innocent girl first says to herself, " I am beloved, and my lover is dearer to me than the whole world, dearer to me ♦.han my own life!" Poets and novelists never tire of depicting the charms of the springtide of love in woman. They show us how it adds beauty to the beautiful, and invests even those of ordinary attractions with a singular charm and fascination, the result of happ'ness and lightness of heart. These latter are and ever were the best cosmetics. In them lies the magic of perpetual youth, and they should at least accompany the dawn of love in woman's heart. In one of our novelists we read of a lover whose devotion to the object of his passion was such that he would have "taken the sunshine out of his own life to save the clouds from darkening down on hers. He would have left his day without a noon to prevent night from closing over hers." Surely the mere fact of being the object of such devotion must fill a woman's life with happiness. And devotion like this is not rare. There maybe engage- ments in which there is no love, as there are marriages in which there is no real union ; but depend on it, that to love and to be loved are not exceptional human experiences. The passion is a common, not a rare one. Heaven has graciously " Sowed it far and wide, By every town and tower ; " giving it as the secret joy and solace of the humblest among us. Out of love naturally and properly springs courtship. Often a man's courting days are the happiest of his life. They should always be so ; but it does not absolutely follow that they are. It is so easy, so delicious to love — the heart learns that lesson so readily — but the expression of that love, in accordance with set forms and conventional rules, is often rather a trial than otherwise. The bashful man finds himself constantly put to the blush. The man unaccustomed to society, and to ladies' society especially, is forever at fault. Both are nervous, anxious, and ill at ease. Both need the advice and suggestions of those who have already acquired their experience. That advice and those suggestions are not always readily obtained ; but a book may often h 1 i, f si i 4.62 C0LA'7S///r AXn M.4K,'^/.IGF.. be consulted with as much profit as a friend, and with that conviction (he suggestions which follow are offered. Everything in life worth having must l)e paid for. It is not very fjall.in* to say it, but it is very true that this applies even to the position of a lover. He sacrifices something for the privileges he enjoys. The halcyon days of love are preceded by a period of existence not altogether unenviable. Tiiere is a delicious freedom about it. The disengaged man is wholly irresponsible. He goes where he will, and does what he likes. As some one has said, "Everything is forgiven him on account of his position. If he talks nonsense, it is his high spirits ; if he dances incessantly the whole evening, it is that he may please * those dear girls ; ' if he is marked in his attentions to ladies, he is only on his probation j if he has a few fast lounging habits, it is held all very well in a young fellow like that." Society has a perpetual welcome for him ; the men like him for his social qualities, and the ladies receive him with rapture, if for no other reason than simply because — he is disengaged. Nor is the position of the disengaged ^ject most at heart, more near and near. Like doves about a dovecote, wheeling round The central wish, until we settled there. Then in that time and place I spoke to her, Requiring, though I knew it was mine own, Yet, for the pleasure that I took to hear, Requiring at her hand the greatest gift— A woman's heart, the heart of her I loved ; And in that time and place she answered me, And in the compass of three little words. More musical than ever came in one, . The silver fragments of a broken voice, Made me most happy, lisping, 'I am thine.'' " Here, again, we find in a novelist "another methcd," as the cookery booki put it : this is the proposal during a country walk, and may be strongly recom- mended as a model to be acted upon. " * Stop,' said St. George, as they were about to part, ' you are not uncon- scious — you cannot be unconscious — of the way in which I love you ; how dear everything belonging to you is to me. Oh, Polly ! let me hope, let me believe that I am not indifferent to you, and that you will try to love me, far more than you think you can now, in return for the way in which I will try to win that precious love ! ' " Taken by surprise, she had no answer ready. " St. George took her hand. " ' Oh, my true, first, deep love ! I never knew half the value of my life until I met you ; and now I could not bear it without the thought, the hope of you ss my guiding star I Whisper the one word, and all my life, all its strength, aU its love shall be spent to make you happy ! ' THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. ^g- "She grasped the hand he extended and looked up into his face. It was enough. They sat down together on the beach, and with no other witnesses tlun the ever-changing, never-ceasing roll of the waves, the two young lovers exchanged their vows of mutual love, and faith, and trust. "At tlie close of an hour, hallowed to them by mutual vows and promises, they rose to return' to the house." In a third and different style wa have the courtship in " David Copperfield," VI which the taciturn carrier owns his intentions to Peggotty, by inscribing iu *halk on the tail-board of his cart the words, " Barkis is willing." Examples might be multiplied; but these will suffice. The very worst style of proposing is doing it by proxy. King Edgar, it will be recollected, tried ♦his plan, and with little success. He sent his favorite courtier to see a lady whose beauty was noised abroad, and to plead his cause with her. The courtiet sent word that the lady was only estimable for iier wealth, and, infatuated with her beauty, made her his own bride — a piece of treachery for which he ulti- mately paid the penalty with his life. His fate, however, has not deterred others from following his i:::ample, but wooing by proxy is very seldom successful in this respect. Faint-hearted lovers — timid, nervous, and unable to bring themselves to the point — sometifties adopt the expedient of proposing by letter. This is always objectionable where a personal interview can be had, because a man can tell his Jove so much better than he ran write about it. The passion of his breast glows in his eyes. The sincerity of those feelings to which he struggles to give utter- ance is gathered from the tone of his voice, and the obvious emotion which overcomes him. Now, in a letter, there are only words, and generally ill-chosen ones. There is nothing so difTicnlt to write as a love-letter. Either it is too impassioned and savors of exnggeration, or it is too matter-of-fact, and convtya an idea of coolness. Stilted it is almost sure to be; and it is only by good fortune that it escapes being ridiculous. However, there are circumstances — absence among others — which sometimes oblige a man to write. In another portion of this work v.ill be given models of letters of proposal, replies, etc. They are not intended to be copied ; but are designed to serve as models for those in need of such assistance. There comes a period in a courtship when it is necessary to ask the consent ^f tne parents to your union with the daughter. Opinions differ as to when this step should be taken. Intensely prudent people tell us that the parent should be spoken to before the daughter — that a permission to make an avowal of love with a view to matrimony should be btained, and then acted upon. Otherwise, say these oracles of the old school, there is something clandestiPi 30 ? i I XG6 COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE. •oout the proceeding, and the lady's feelir.g> may be trifled with to no purpose. Certainly we should not counsel anything rlandestine ; but it is very certain tha« if Ihis be the proper method very fev. courtships are conducted with >tricl propriety ?.n the present day. It is all very well in the old comedies for stern parents to assume the ri;;hl of interdicting all love-making so far as their daughters are' concerned ; but it '.eldom aD'^wered in those cases, and is not at all in accordance v/ith the usages of modern life. In thes« days — and practically it was always so — the lover and the object of his choicp come to an understanding without much being said about it on «eithef side, and, as we have described, a favorable opportunity brings an avowal from the lips of the gentlem-.i, who entreats permission to pay his addresses, and receives an assurance that it would not be distasteful to the lady herself, butth'at he must "ask papa." When the proposal is made by the gentleman in writing, he usually asks per- mission to obtain the consent of the lady's parents. This also is sometimes done in writing; but it is much better that, for each of the two great steps in the courtship — projxjsing to the lady and asking the father's or mother's consent — a persona) interview should be obtained. If the lover is too diffident to approach the subject in his own proper person, or if circumstances compel him lo write, he should bear in mind that his letter ought to treat of two points — first, his regard for the lady ; and secondly, the circumstances which warrant him in seeking to make her his wife. So much depends on the relative position of the parties, that no form of letter ran be given to meet this case, at all likely to be serviceable ; but, bearing the points stated in view, the writer would dwell briefly on the strength of his attachment, intimate his belief that he was not wholly indifferent to the lady, and then state in general terms the nature of his position, and the grounds on which he felt justified in requesting the parent's sanction to a formal and express recognition of his wishes and intentions. A letter of this kind should be brief and to the purpose : without having quite vhe conciseness or formal'ty of a purely business epistle, it should be free frore. romance or sentiment. A father who is asked to part with his child to another, is called on to regard the step not from a lover's point of view, but from thai of a man of the world. He knows how mych that child's happiness will depend on the positio i she is to occupy, and the comforts by which she is surrounded ; lira it is natural and pardonable if these are the points to which his attention is first directed. It may be distasteful to the lover to have to speak calmly of his character and his means, instead of going into raptures over his passion and the ciiarms that have inspired it; but, under the circumstances, \\ is incumbent or. nim to do so. Of course the suitor is bound by the paternal decision, whether it i.'i favorable itr the reverse. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 467 And here a word may not be out of place as to the power placed in a jjurent's hands, and the manner in which it shoulci be exercised. The point has often been debated a3 to how far a parent's judgment, feelings, or prejudices ought to be respected by a son or daughter in a matter of such moment as that of the choice of a partner for life. On this point some sound and sensible views .;:.ve been expressed by a writei in the (London) Saturday Review to the following effect : " There are a great many nice questions with reference to the exact duty of parents in preventing matrimonial mistakes on the part of their daughters. Of course, if a girl has set her heart on a groom, or on somebody whom they know to be an unprincipled scamp, her father and mother would be gravely to blame if they did not promptly take every possible step to prevent the marriage. But suppose the favored suitor is what they call ' a very deserving young man,' but needy, are they to prohibit the match in the face of the daughter's vehement inclination? Or a case may arise in which they know nothing against the character or the position of the suitor, but entertain a vague misgiving, an indistinct prejudice against him. May this be justly allowed to counterbalance the daughter's deliberate preference? There are a hundred shades of feeling between cordial approbation of a man for a son-in-law, and a repugnance which nothing can overcome ; and it is impossible to draw the line at any one point, and say, * Here the father is justified in withholding his consent.' In every case very much must depend upon the character of the daughter herself. If she is naturally weak and wrong-headed, the exercise of parental authority can hardly be carried too far in order to protect her. But if she has habitually displayed a sound judgment and a solid temper, the question how far a father will be wise in imposing his veto is one which there must be a great deal of practical diliftculty in deciding." " I am not sure that if you really love a person, and are quite confident about him, that having to look forward to being married is not the best part of it all." So says one of Mr. Anthony Trollope's heroines, expressing her views on the pleasure of being engaged ; and there is much truth in the opinion. It is the friends who experience the inconvenience. Take this brief description of the state of things sure to prevail. " You return home in the evening, and are about to enter your drawing-room. * Hist 1 ' cries an unseen friend, as you are opening the drawing-room door, * they are in there.' Of course, being kindly disposed, and unwilling to interrupt the lovers, you don't go in ; but should the warning have unluckily come too late, there will generally be manifest on the part of the pair a rapid change of position, a totally ineffectual attempt to appear to be doing something, and an eager and uncalled-for desire for your company. ' Come in, Joe ; come in, ola fellow ; so glad to see you ; we were just at this moment talking of you, ' etc. And so it goes on. Oh, excellent young couples ! kindly remember that in most ^r^%•^ 468 COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE. houses much is given up to 3'ou during the spooning season by people who are equally interesting and deserving with yourselves; so pray be thanklV.!, risul do not bend the bow too much. For remember always that, wonderful swells as >-ou may be in your own estimation, unless you behave with common-sense and consideration, you may easily become tremendous bores to those who have to befir with you. " A closer intimacy is permitted to the engaged in this country than in any other. It is preceded by the introduction of the suitor to the lady's relatives, after which the lady is introduced to his family. The latter make the first calls on the friends of the lady accepting. When the gentleman's offer is accepted, it is customavy for hiin to ask the lady's acceptance of- a present, some article which sl:.e may " keep for his sake. " An "engaged" ring is usually worn by the lady. This engagement ring is worn on the fourth finger of the right hand (that is on one next the little finger) in England. In this country it is worn either on the fourth finger or forejittger, the English rule being generally followed. After marriage it is transferred to the fourth finger of the h/i hand, and becomes the guard or keeper of the wedding ring. An engagement ring may be either a plain gold band, or set with gems. V/here the lover can afford it, it is usual to present the lady with a ring containing a handsome diamond set. The prevailing fashion in England is very pretty, and may be recommended to those in this country who can afford it. Engagement rings there are set with stones so rjclccted that the initial letters of the names of the gems shall in construction form the Christian or jjct name of the lover. The engagement ring given by the present Prince of WaU.'s to the Princess Royal of Denmark at their betrothal was set with a beryl, an emerald, a ruby, a topaz, a jacinth, and an emerald, the stones in this order forming the word " Bertie," the familiar name of the Prince of Wales in childhood. It may be added that the ring was of dead gold, in the form of a flat band or strap with a bu'kle. There are many delica'.e ways in which the engaged lover may express his devotion besides giving costly presents. All young ladies at this stage of their lives are fond of being written to, and a few flowers — arranged to express attachment, or conveying a compliment according to the language of flowers — the loan or gift of a volume of some favorite writer, with a page turned down at a suggestive passage, are attentions sure to be appreciated. \n(\ such lovers' festivals as St. Valentine's day must not be forgotten or overlooked. It would be remiss, indeed, if a lover did not send his lady a valentine. The etiquette of valentines is not very strictly defined. Some consider that to send one to a Udy is tantamount to a declaration ; but this is not the populir view of the THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 469 ijaviCT. At all events, valentines may and should be exchanged among those engaged. The important point is, the manner in which those engaged should conduct themselves toward each other, and those in whose society they mix. It need hardly be said that a lover's conduct should be marked bj^ delicacy and consideration for his intended bride. A certain degree of warmth and familiarity is also permissible, such as would be out of the question under other circumstances. Tiie intended will, of course, abandon all habits likely to be offensive. He will be scrupulous in his attention to his personal appearance, and careful not to appear in places of amusement with other ladies. Carelessness and inattention are unpardonable in ? man so situated. Towaids the lady's family and friends also it is indispensable that he should behave with the utmost respect and consideration. Her parents should receive as much attention as his own, and her sisters and brothers should be made sensible of cordial good feeling. On the lady's part great care and discrimination are necessary. She shouid be careful to refuse rather than encourage the assiduities of others who may seek her favor. Levity and coquettishness of manner are in the worst pos- si'ole taste. Some vain, frivolous, and heartless girls delight in flirtations at this period — in exciting the jealousy of those they have pledged themselves to, or even in treating them with haughtiness and contempt. Such a girl does not deserve the love of a true heart, and not unfrequently atones fcr her folly with a life of misery as the result of her marriage. Speaking now of both the parties to the engage*- ""t, we may add this morsel of sound general advice on their behavior in con.; Affected indifference is in bad taste. So is ex«.> :^)\ . ss. Do not behave with too grei t freedom, and do not, on the other hand, s.. apart, hand clasped in hand, or make displays of affection and fondness. The lady ought not to be i)erpetually parading her conquest, nor should the gentleman make a display of slavish devotion. Both these modes of procedure are equally out of place in society, and only make those who practise them ridiculous, and other people uncomfortable. And here one word on an important point. Engagement') among the upper classes involve financial arrangements in which the lady is deeply concerned. She may have money, and in that case it is de- sirable that some legal control over it should be secured to her. In any case, her friends should secure her a settlement, as it ia called — that is, a certain sum, out of her own or her husband's income as a provision for herself and children — which is inviolable, and in the event of trouble or difficulty cannot be touched either by the husband or his creditors without the wife's consent. A certain allowance for "pin money" — that is, dress and incidental expenses — is aisu »:ustomary. Among the ;niddle and lower classes this kind of thing is not and cannot be ■J \ 470 COURTSHIP '» It 4 RR /AGE. insisted on. The intended wife has c 'he nsband's honor and solemn en- gagement to love and cherish her on whioli to ri. -•. It is, however, an excellent custom for the gentleman to insure his life in favor of liis intended wife uj^on the near approach of his marriage, and this plan cannot be too strongly recom- mended. It secures something in casa of trouble or death, and is as near an approach to a settlement as many persons have it in their power to make. In this country an insurance policy nuile in favor of a wife cannot be touched by her husband's creditors. It is a lady's privilege to reject a suitor. Let us suppose that she chooses to exercise that privilege. There is only one way in which she can do it creditably and with justice to herself and her suitor. She must convey to him dearly and without ambiguity the decision she comes to. One of the hardest things in the world is to meet the ardent outpourings of a loving heart, and to dash the hopes of an impassioned lover, by the utterance of that freezing monosyllable — "No." It is paniful, and it seems cruel, yet it is by far the best and most mercifnl course to adopt. Nothing can be more unfair or more unjustifiable than a doubtful answer given under the plea of sparing the suitor's feelings. It raises false hopes. It renders a man restless and unsettled. It may cause him to express himself, or to shape his conduct in such a manner as he would not dream of doing were his suit utterly hopeless. As a woman is not bound to accept the first offer that is made to her, so no sensible man — no man whose opinion is worth her consideration — will think the worse of her, or feel himself personally injured by a refusal. That it will give him pain is most probable: if his heart does not suffer, his vanity is sure to do so ; but he is sure in time to appreciate the fact that his feelings were not trifled with, or his position made ridiculous, but that his advances were met in the earnest and candid spirit which had actuated him in coming forward. Let young ladies always remember that, charming and fascinating as they may be, the man who proposes pays them a high compliment — the highest in his power. This merits appreciation and a generous return. A scornful "No," a contemptuous snigger, a hastily invented plea of a pre- vious engagement, or a simpering promise to "think about it," are all the reverse of generous, and all equally odious. In refusing, the lady ought to convey her full sense of the honor intended her, and to add, seriously, but not offensively, that it is not in accordance with her inclination, or that circumstances compel her to give an unfavorable answer. It is only the contemptible flirt who keeps an honorable man in suspense for the purpose of glorifying herself by his attentions in the eyes of friends. Noi an en- celient s upon rccom- lear an ce. In ;hed by is only ind her decision rings of itterance merciful I answer jpes. It niself, or ; were his er, so no rill think riat it will is sure to were not ;re met in ird. ig as they highest in 1 of a pre- ire all the r intended accordance in favorable luspense for ends. Noi l! I I F'^ \ but a frivolous or vkioti? v,\r\ hcsxit of the «)n .1. SMfhaii oftcr i«! a privikgoU romnim.icauun. ■■' ,;!crcd. Nc. iruc-hcirtcfl wnr.iin w (»nlei' "iu »»• ,.mMs."niiuM for lUc man »ver w'josf; h-ijipitu**; ' iMul, white 'he idea of tri.nnplvng in his an,-: I .-, luiU be infxprrisibly p-i-iful to her. . ,.y of the r. j-:icd suitor is t-quuliy ck-ar T-'tiquctte • •,> " The Ij^y's dwision ab final, iiid t^-itrc from ih-^ fu-id . r tc d^rpind the reason of her refu«r,l; If >>' ret, if it 18 on.': ""• ''• ''•* ''^ »^ iiwKjlal.,., r PS suit, ir to iollott- •>{' •' • • "'y viiu ;.';^-' H .iUMd to re^' T , the wo. SI ptwsiblc laslc. The , >m the circle cviuiiiscf nccs whic»i cannot be •uMi h as poHsiblt nin«is», 90 tl 171 1 lid an 'd is .tl' cvrry W'l T r^irr.icf aft;-ni;i)i dtV appp; This I. -IwMV} i dis'.res ,. ■ • - ,. .< \. fli-. .inH i. lUJ; ^onseii: able to 11^ I: enter into '^ t- unhappine- d<-..id(id but c;entlt; lernus, .u •!.c lidy as much iis iKtsii-^li- V: ,:igeinents are nv • = > when sdfte i'oel> i'lful one. 1, ,. .,., ,.. ,.;i.vp,v;;?nf -hui-ld V Uroke--^ - ' '>vthint; n- jfifti -*-''«'^ ihyt only •A^ ll •? slcp, his \tu'\: nl) ei\;)r:'i:S • : «■■ -.{Hiring 'ht. the wish oi rh'. of »il cert i ,,i » -v i.t'rSii '**"«^' «#A'. '•#»*ii* t , rK^ I » . ■^ -• , »' ' ''■*■, ■^yi. /■■•^ ■"■/-^ " ■.■^■" :-«/ ■ TEStSEBSi '■?**"." ♦ "nji, * ■ '^' » « :>• rnK r.AWs OF etiqvtte. \jt «'Oii!(l any but a frivolous or vicious girl boast of the offer sb". had rerflv(?d ;intl ri'jrc if(i. SiK h an ofTcr is a privileged communication. The secret of it s()onid be held sacred. No true-hearted woman can entertain any other feclir.f^ than that of commiseration for the man over whose happiness she has been compelled to throw a cloud, while the idea of triumphing in his anguish, or abuslnf^ hi* coiifidenfe, mu-.t be inexp'-essibly painful to her. The duty of the rejected suitor is equally clear. Etiquette demands t> it he shall accept the lady's decision as final, and retire from the field. He has no right to demand the reason of her refusal; if she assign it, hr is bound to respect her secret, if it is one, and to hold it inviolable. To persist in urging his suit, or to follow up the lady with marked attentions, would be in the worst possible taste. The proper course is to withdraw as much as possible from the circles in which she moves, so that she may be sparea reminiscences which cannot be other than painful. Rejectetl suitors sometimes act as if they had received injuries they were bound to avenge, and so take every opportunity of annoying or slighting the helplc&i victims of their former attentions. Such conduct is cowardly and unmanly, lo say nothing of its utter violation of good breeding. Wiien practicable, it is best, for his own and the lady's sake, that the fijccteu viitor should travel for a short time. Sometimes it will happen that an engagement has to be broken off. This is always , distressing thing. Moreover, an engagement is a serious, a'most a sacrtil, tie, and ought not to be lightly sundered. Still circumstance! will occur which render this course indisjxjnsable. They may be of a pecun- iary or family nature — but very often an engagement is broken off because the consenting parties find, on closer acquaintance, that they are mutually unsuit- able to each other. In that case it is better to break the compact than to enter into a more serious one, that of marriage, with the knowledge that ordy unhappiness and want of thorough union can attend it. When it is the lover himself who feels compelled to take the step, his posi- tion is inexpressibly delicate and distressing. He can only express himself in decided but gentle terms, and acting with firmness, but sparing the feelings of the lady as much as possible. Engagements are more frequently broken off at the wish of the lady, and ce» tainly when she feels that her happiness is compromised the course is a wi^i though painful one. It is best that an engagement should be broken off by letter. This should be accompanied by anything in the way of portrait, letters, o; grifts which may have been received during the engagement. When the letter is acknowledged, which it should be in a tone of dignin',-Ll ^72 COURTSniP AND MARRIAGE. resignation, rather than querulous upbraiding, a similar return of ihe exchanged letters and presents should take place. Let us suppose the proposal happily accepted, and that no misadventure has marked the period of engagement. Lei us imagine that the proper and decent time has elapsed, and that all obstacles, if obstacles there be, have been over- come. The next step is the marriage of the happy pair, and the joyful fulfil- ment of their dearest hopes. The first great question is, " When shall the wedding take place?" Li Europe the favorite months for weddings are, generally speaking, June, July and August. There is some unaccountable prejudice against the month of May. Easter week is a very popular time for marriages. Wednesday or Thurs- day is considered tlie best day — indeed, any day but Friday, which is considered ■unlucky. In this country all se?sons are regarded as suitaLle, except that Lent is con- sidered an inappropriate time, and Friday shares the prejudice entertained towards it in Euroi^e. It is the privilege of the lady to appoint the time for the wedding, and the gentleman should leave her unfettered in this, except for very important reasons. The season of the wedding day may be governed, to a certain extent, ' y the place where the honeymoon is intended to be passed ; and by the same rule, the honeymoon is frequently governed by the season at which a wedding is obliged to take place. Marriage is regulated in this country by the laws of the various States of the Union. Some of these retjuire a license from the county court, or circuit court of the city in which the marriage is to take place. This license must be pro- cured by the intended husband, and he must be accompanied by a near relative of the lady — her father or guardian is the proper person— who must make oath that she can lawfully contract the proposed marriage. The bridal trousseau does not include plate, glass, china, furniture, though we have seen these articles mentioned as belonging thereto in a book professing t ) be an authority on the subject. It comprises simply the bride's stock of attire, which is to last her for the first few years of her wedded life. She should be careful, however wealthy she may be, not to have too great a quantity of wearing apparel ; for the changes of fashion are so frequent that it is just possible the .iiake of many of her garments may be quite gone by before she has had time to wear them. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 472 L ih. jflipossible to give an accurate statement of the cost of a trousseau, for thai is a matter that must be governed by the means and taste of the bride. Presents to the bride and bridegroom-elect should be sent in during the week previous to the wedding — not later than two full days before the cvenc. It is 80 customary now to make an exhibition of the presents the day before, or the day of the wedding, that it is more than ever necessary that they should arrive in good time. They should be in accordance with the means, and in harmony with the tastes of the recipients. Nothing is in worse taste ihan to send some gorgeous orna- ment for a house where it will be out of keeping with all the rest of its belongings, and only serve for a monument of the vulgar ostentation of its donor. We happen to know of an instance of a most elaborate and orna- mentally decorated jewel-box, which was presented to a young bride, who was very blooining and very lovely, but had not a diamond to bless herself with. If people do not know what to send, or what the young couple require, they should ask; for nothing is more annoying than to give or receive duplicate presents. We have known instances of five butter-knives, three soup-ladles, and a couple of tea-urns being presented to a young couple just starting in life. It is customary for the gentleman to make his bride a present of jewelry to be worn at her wedding, where his means will permit him to do so. The bride's bouquet should be composed exclusively of white flowers, such as gardenias, while azaleas, or camelias, with a little orange blossom intertwined. It is the privilege of the bridogroomsman to procure and present this to the bride. It is generally considered a delicate a«-tention on the part of the bridegroom to presei: I o o u 6 O u b. O u i c ftd ETIQUETTE OF THE HODSEHOLI). Courtesy between husband md wife should not cca.se with marriag?. The cool indifierence which some married persons display towards each other is as objectionable as the excessive affection of othere. You should never fortjot that your wife is i lady, entitled to all the courtesy and attention you lavished uponi her before marriage. The wife, on her part, should so conduct herself that her hubband will delight to treat her thus. iutiw of x\t m\u. On the wife especially devolves the privilege and pleasure of rendering home happy. We shall, therefore, speak of such duties and observances as pertain to her. When a young wifr first settles in her home, many excellent persons, with more zeal, it may be, than discretion, immediately propose that she should devote some of her leisure time to charitable purposes : such, for instance, as clothing societies for the poor, or schools, or district visiting. We say Avith all earnestness to our young friend, engage in nothing of the kind, however laud- able, without previously consulting your husband, and obtaining his full con- currence. Carefully avoid, also, being induced by any specious arguments to attend evening lectures, unless he accompanies you. Remember that your Heavenly Father, who has given you a home to dwell in, requires from you a right performance of its duties. Win your husband, by all gentle appliances, to love religion ; but do not, for the sake even of a privilege and a blessing, leave him to spend his evenings alone. Look often on your marriage ring, and remen! er the sacred vows taken by you when the ring was given ; such thoughts will go far toward allaying many of these petty vexations which circumstances call forth. Never let your husband have cause to complain that you are more agreeable abroad than at home ; nor permit him to see in you an object of admiration, as respects your dress and manners, when in company, while you are negligent of both in the domestic circle. Many an unhappy marriage has been occasioned by neglect in these particulars. Nothing can be more senseless than the con- duct of a young woman who seeks to be admired in general society for her lX)liteness and engaging manners, or skill in music, when, at the same time, she nakes no effort to render her home attractive ; and yet that home, whether a vxlace or a cottage, is the very centre of her being — the nucleus around whicb 31 ,%* IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 1.1 |S0 ^^ IIIIIM 20 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 ^ 6" ► V <^ % /i (^8. 0%, :> '? >>' W,^^ °^t Hiotographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) ^72-4503 ^ iV We modest, and endeavor to accomi .date nature rather than procure admiration. Keep to the fashion of your equals, such as are civil and oruerly with respect to time and place. 23. Play not the peacock, looking everywhere about you to see if you be well decked, if your shoes fit well, if your stockings set neatly and clothes handsomely. 24. Associate yourself with men of good quality if you esteem your own reputation, for it is better to be alone than in bad company. 25. Let your conversation be wiihou* malice or envy, for it is a sign of a tractable and commendable rature; and in dl causes ol passion admit reason to govern. 26. Be not immodest in u.gi* g your fri ud to discover a secret. 27. Utter not base and frivolous among; t grown and learned men, nor very difficult questi ; or subjects am^^ngst the ignorant, nor things hard to be believed. 28. Speak not of doleful things in time A narth nor at the table ; speak net of melancholy thing , as death and .. mnds; and if )thers mention them, rhange, if you - vi, the discourse. Tell not your dreams but to your intimato friends. 29. Break not a jest when none take pleasure in mirth. Laugh not aloud, nor at all without occasion. Deride no man's misfortunes, though there seem to be some cause. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 49j 1 your own 30. Speak not injurious words, neither in jest nor earnest. Scoff at none, Piithough they give occasion. 31. Be not forward, but friendly a;id courteous, the first to salute, bear and answer, and be not pensive when it is time to converse. 32. Detract not from others, but neither be excessive in commending. 33. Go not thither where you know not whether you shall be welcome or not. Give not advice without being asked ; and when desired, do it briefly. 34. If two contend together, take not the part of either unconstrained, and be not obstinate in your opinion ; in things indifferent be of the major side. 35. Reprehend not t-he imjierfection of others, for that belongs to parents, masters and superio:s. 36. Gaze not on the marks or blemishes of others, and ask not how they came. What you may speak in secret to your friend deliver not before others. 37. Speak not in an unknown tongue in company, but in your own language ; and that as those of quality do, and not as the vulgar. Sublime matters treat seriously. 38. Think before you speak ; pronounce not imperfectly, nor bring out your words too hastily, but orderly and distinctly. 39. When another speaks be attentive yourself, and disturb not the audience. If any hesitate in his words, help him not, nor prompt him without being de- sired; interrupt him not, nor answer him till his speech be ended. 40. Treat with men at fit times about business, and whisper not in the com- pany of others. 41. Make no comparisons; and if any of the company be commended for any brave act of virtue, commend not another for the same. 42. Be not apt to relate news if you know not the truth thereof. In dis. coursing of things you have heard, name not your author always. A secret discover not. 43. Be not curious to know the affairs of others, neither approach to those that speak in private. 44. Undertake not what you cannot perform ; but be careful to keep your promise. 45. When you deliver a matter, do it without passion and indiscretion, how- ever mean the person may be you do it to. 46. When your superiors talk to anybody, hear them; neither speak nor laugh 47. In disputes be not so desirous to overcome as not to give liberty to each one to deliver his opinion, and submit to the judgment of the major part, especially if they are judges of the dispute. 48. Be not tedious in discourse. Make not many digressions, nor repeai often the same matter of discourse. 4V4 WASHINGTON OFFICIAL SOCIETY. 49. Speak no evil of the absent, for it is unjust. 50. Be not angry at table, whatever happens ; and if you have reason to be »o, show it not; put on a cheerful countenance, especially if there be strangers. for good humor makes one dish a feast. 51. Set not yourself at the upper end of the table; but if it be your due, or the master of the house will have it so, contend not, lest you should trouble the company. 52. When you speak of God or His attributes, let it be seriously, in reverence and honor, and obey your natural parents. 53. Let your recreations be manful, not sinful. 54. lAbor to keep alive in your breast that little spark of celestial fire called conscience. In addition to the ordinary rules of etiquette, official society in Washington City is governi'd by a code of fixed laws. The social observances of the While House ar^ prescribed with great exactness, and constitute the Court iitiquette of '.^^e Republic. At the very commencement of the Government under the Con-stitution the social question became one of great magnitude, and m order to '»djust it upon a proper basis, President Washington caused a defi- nite Code to be drawn up ; but the rules were too arbitrary and exacting to give satisfaction, and society was not dispo: d to acknowledge so genuine an equal- ity as the code required among its members. Frequent and bitter quarrels arose in c^ ^sequence of the clashing of social claims, and at last a code was agreed upon, which may be stated as follows: The President and his family are recognized as the head and front of the social structure. The President, as such, must not be invited to dinnc" by any one. and accepts no such invitations, and pays no calls or visits of ceremony. He may visit in his o; Ivate capacity at pleasure. An invitation to dine at the White House takes precedence of all others, and a previous engagement must not be pleaded as an excuse for declining it. Such an invitation must be promptly accepted in writing. During the winter season, a public reception or levee is held at stated times, at which guests are expected to appear in full dress. They are presented by the usher to the President, and have the honor of shaking hands with him. They everenre THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 495 then pass on, and are presented by another usher to the wife of the President, to whom they bow, and pass on. These receptions last from eight until ten o'clock p. M. On the ist of January and the 4th of July the President holds public recep- tions, commencing at noon, at which the Foreign Ministers present in Wash- ington appear in full court dress, and the officers of the army and navy in full uniform. On such occasions, the President receives first the Heads of Depart- ments, Governors of States, Justices of the Supreme Court and Members of the two Houses of Congress, in the order named ; then the Members of the Diplo- matic Corps, who are followed by the officers of the army and navy. The doors are then thrown open to the general public, who for the space of two hours pay their respects to the Chief Magistrate of the Nation. The Vice-President of the United States is expected to pay a formal visit to the President on the meeting of Congress, but he is entitled to the first visit from all other persons, which he may return by card or in person. The Judges of the Supreme Court of the United States call upon the Presi- dent and Vice-President on the annual meeting of the Court in December, and on New Year's Day and the 4th of July. They are entitled to the first call from all other persons. Members of the Cabinet call upon the President on the ist of January and the 4th of July. They are required to pay the first calls, either in person or by card, to the Vice-President, the Judges of the Supreme Court, Senators and the Speaker of the House of Representatives on the meeting of Congress. They are entitled to the first call from all other persons. Senators call in person upon the President and Vice-President on the meeting of Congress, New Year's Day and the 4th of July, if Congress is in session at the last named time. They also call first upon the Judges of the Supreme Court, and upon the Speaker of the House of Reptesentatives on the meeting of Congress. They are entitled to the first call from all other persons. The Speaker of the House of Representatives calls upon the President on the meeting of Congress, on New Year's Day, and on the 4th of July, if Congress is in session. The first call is due from him to the Vice-President and the Judges of the Supreme Court, but to him from all other persons. Members of the House of Representatives call in person upon the President on the meeting of Congress, and on New Year's Day, and by caru or in person on the 4th of July, if Congress is in session. They call first, by card or in person, upon the Vice-President, the Judges of the Supreme Court, Speaker of the House, Senators, Cabinet Officers and Foreign Ministers, soon after the opening of the session. Foreign Ministers call upon the President on the ist of January and the 4th of July. They cail first, in person or by card, upon the. Vice-President, Cabinet Cfficeis, J uiiges of the Supreme Court and the Speaker of the House on the first opportunity after presenting their credentials to the President. They also 496 WASHINGTON OFFICIAL SOCIETY. make an annual call of ceremony, by card or in person, on the above men- tioned officials soon after the meeting of Congress, 'i hey are entitled to the first calls from all other persons. The Judges of the Court of Claims call in person upon the President on New Year's Day and the 4th of July. They pay first calls to Cabinet Officers and Members of the Diplomatic Corps, and call annually, by card or in person, upon the Vice-President, Judges of the Supreme Court, Senators, Speaker and Members of the House soon after the meeting of Congress. The intercourse of the other officers of the Government is regulated by superiority of rank in the public service. The intercourse of the families of officials is regulated by the rules which govern the officials themselves. Besides the public levees of the President, the ladies of the White House hold receptions at stated periods, to which invitations are regularly issued. The President sometimes appears upon these occasions, but is under no obliga- tion to do so. It has long been the custom for the President to give a series of State Dinners during the session of Congvcaa, to which the various members of that body, the higher Government officials and the Diplomatic Corps are successively invited. In order to show attention to all, and oiTend none, it is necessary t^' give quite a number of these dinners during the session. THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS. 4v; The flower world is linked with all the finer sympathies of our nature. TIki sweet blossoms that cover the green wood are the delight of our childhood ; a bouquet is the best ornament of girlish beauty : the meetest offering from young and timid love. Flowers deck the chamber of old age, and are the last sad gift of sorrow to the dead. It was from the East that we obtained a language of perfume and beauty which bestows a meaning on buds and blossoms, though the Turkish and Arabic flower-language does not much resemble ours. It is formed, not by an idea oi sentiment originating in the flower itself, but by its capacity for rhyming with another word; /'. e., the word with which the flower rhymes becomes its signification. La Mottraie, the companion of Charles XII., brought the Eastern language of flowers to Europe ; but it was the gifted Lady Mary Wortley Montague who first told the English-speaking world how the fair maidens of the East had lent a mute speech to flowers, and could send a letter by a bouquet. Here is part of a Turkish love-letter sent by her in a purse to a friend. She says, speaking of it : "There is no color, no flower, no weed, no fruit, herb, pebble, or feather, that has not a verse belonging to it ; and you may quarrel, reproach, or send letters of passion, friendship, or civility, or even of news, without even inking your fingers." In the letter the following flowers are employed : Jonquil. — Have pity on my passion. Rose. — May you be pleased, and all your sorrows be mine. A Straw. — Sufier me to be your slave. The European flower-language was utilized, and almost formed, by Aim^ Martin ; and the earlier works on the subject were only translations or adapta- tions from the French : but English writers have a good deal altered and modi- fied it since ; and as new flowers come yearly to us from other lands, every fresh vocabulary may contain additional words or sentences, even as our own tongue grows by grafts from other languages. The vocabulary which is given below is believed to be complete ir every 'ftspect. 3a .Ill it ? M I ^f 11 498 7If£ LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS. A very. interesting correspondence may be maintained by means of bouquets. We give below several examples of this. The message is given and then the names of the flowers, needed in the bouquet. I. Maf maternal love protect your early youth In innocence aha joy ! Flower's needed. Moss Maternal love. Bearded Crepis Protect. Primroses Early youth, Daisy Innocence. Wood Sorrel yoy. 2. Your humility and amiability have won my I6ve. Flowers needed. Broom Humility. White Jasmine Amiability. Myrtle Love. 3- Let the bonds of marriage unite us. Flowers needed. Blue Convolvulus Bonds. Ivy Marriage. A few whole straws .. . Unite us. A Farewell. Farewell I give me your good wishes. For- get me not. Flowers needed. Fprig of Spruce Fir. . .Farewell. Sweet Basil Give me your good wishes. Forget-Me-Not Forget me not. 5. Your patriotism, courage, and fidelity merit everlasting remembrance. Flowers needed. Nasturtium Patriotism. Oak leaves Courage. Heliotrope Fidelity, Everlasting, or, Immor- telles Everlasting remem- iratut. 6. A Red Rose I love you, 7- An Impertinence. Your insincerity and avarice make me hate you. Flowers needed. Cherry Blossom, or, Foxglove Insincerity, Scarlet Auricula Avarice. Turk's Cap Hatred. 8. A Warning. Beware of deceit. Danger is sear. Depart Flowers needed. Oleander Beware. White Flytrap... . ..... Deceit. Rhododendron Danger is neat. Sweet Pea Depart, A Rebuke. Your frivolity and malevolence will caii*e you to be forsaken by all. Flowers needed. London Pride Frivolity. Lobelia Malevolence, Laburnum F'orsaken. 10. Be assured of my sympathy. May you fin* consolation I Flowers needed. Thrift B^ assured of my sympathy. Red Poppy Consolation. II. By foresight you will surmount your diffi cuUies. Flowers needed. Holly Foresight. Mistletoe You will surmmmt your difficultin. kc me hate THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS 499 If a flower be given reversed, its original signification is understood to be Contradicted, and the opposite meaning to be implied. A rosebud divested of its thorns, but retaining its leaves, conveys the senti- ment, " I fear no longer; I hope ; " thorns signifying fears, and leaves hopes. Stripped of leaves and thorns, the bud signifies, " There is nothing to hope or fear." The expression of flowers is also varied by changing their positions. Place » marigold on the head, and it signifies "Mental anguish;" on the bosom, •• Indifference." When a flower is given, the pronoun / is understood by bending it to th*; right hand ; thou, by inclining it to the left. " Yes," is implied by touching the flower given with the lips. " No," by pinching off" a petal and casting it away. " I am," is expressed by a laurel-leaf twisted round the bouquet. " I have," by an ivy-leaf folded together. «* I offer you," by a leaf of the Virginian creeper. THE VOCABULARY. ce will caMM May you fin* tred of tttf hy. on. int your «liffi ', HffimltiH. Abecedary VoluhUity. Abatina Fickleness. Acacta Friendship. Acacia, Rose ov White Elegance. Acacia, Yellow Secret love. Acanthus The fine arts. Artifice. Acalia Temperance. Achillea Millefolia. . . . IVar. Achimenes Cupreata.. .Such worth is rare. Aconite (Wolfsbane) . . Misanthropy. Aconite, Crowfoot Lustre. Adonis, Flos Sad memories. A'rican Marigold Vulgar minds. Agnus Castus Coldness. Indifference. Agrimony. Thankfulness, Grati- tude. Almond (Common). . . .Stupidity. Indiscretion. Almond (Flowering). .^<7/tf. Almond, Laurel Perfidy, Allspice Compassion. Aloe Grief. Religious su- perstition. Altheea Fi-uter (Syrian Mallow) Persuasion. Alyssum (Sweet) .... Worth beyond beauty. Amaranth (Globe) .... Immortality. Unfad ing love. Amaranth (Cocks- comb) Foppery. Affectation. Amaryllis Pride. Timidity. Splendid beauty. Ambrosia Love returned. American Cowslip. ...Z?»W«? beauty. American Elm Patriotism. American Linden Matrimony. American Starwort. . . . Welcome to a stranger Cheerfulness in qM age. Amethyst Admiration. Andromeda. Self-sacrifice. Anemone (Zephyr Flower) Sickness. Expectation. Anemone (Garden) . . .Forsaken. Angelica Inspiration, or Magie, Angrec ..Royalty, Apricot (Blossom) . . . .Doubt, Apple Temptation, Apple (Blossom) Preference, Fa m t speakt him great and good. Il T! i;i i IH^ t II 'ii 500 THE LANGUACE Ai\'D SENTIMENT OF PLOIVERS. ^pple, Thorn Deceitful charms. Apocynum (Dogsbane) Deceit. Arbor VitK Unchanging friend- ship. Live for me. Arum (Wake Robin). .Ardor. Zeal. Ash-leaved Trumpet Flower Separation, Ash Mountain Prudence, or With me you are safe. Ash Tree Grandeur. Aspen Tree Lamentation^ or fear. Aster (China) Variety. Afterthought. Asphodel My regrets follmv you to the grave. Auricula. Painting. Auricula, Scarlet Avarice. Austvjrtium Splendor. Azalea Temperance. Bachelor's Buttons .... Celibacy. Balm Sympathy. Balm, Gentle Pleasantry. Balm of Gilead Cure. Relief Balsam, Red Touch me not. Impa- tient resohes. Balsam, Yellow Impatience. Barberry Sharpness of temper, Basil Hatred. Bay Leaf / change but in death. Bay (Rose) Rhododen- dron Danger. Beware, Bay Tree Glory. Bay Wreath Reward of merit. Bearded Crepis Protection. Beech Tree Prosperity. Bee Orchis Industry. Bee Ophrys Error. Begonia. Deformity. Belladonna Silence. Husk I Bell Flower, Pyra- midal Constancy. Bell newer (small white) Gratitude, Belvedere / declare aga inst you, Betony Surprise. Bilberry Treachery. Bindweed, Great Insinuation. Impor- tunity. Bindweed, Small Humility. Birch ^ Mteiness. Birdsfoot, Trefoil Revenge. Bittersweet; Night- shade Truth, Black Poplar Courage. Blackthorn Difficulty, Bladder Nut Tree .... Frivolity. Amusement Bluebottle (Centaury) .Z>(r/»Vaf)'. Bluebell Constancy. Sorroxvfm regret. Blue • flowered Greek Valerian Rupture. Bonus Ilenricus Goodness. Borage Bluntness. Box Tree Stoicism. Bramble Lo7vliness. Envy. Re morse. Branch of Cui rants . . . You please alt. Branch of Thorns Severity. Rigor. Bridal Rose Happy love. Broom Humility. Neatness. Browallia Jamisonii . . . Could you bear poverty : Buckbean Calm repose. Bud of While Rose. . .Heart ignorance of loi'e Buglos Falsehood. Bulrush Indiscretion. Docitily Bundle of Reeds, with their Panicles Music, Burdock Importunity, Touch me not. Bur Rudeness, You weary me. Buttercup (Kingcup). ./;i^ra/i^»(^. Childish ness. Butterfly Orchis Gayety. Butterfly Weed Let me go. Cabbage Profit, Cacalia Adulation. Cactus Warmth. Calla ^thiopica Magnificent beauty. Calceolaria / offer you pecuniary assistance, or I offet you my fortune. Calycanthus Benevolence. Camelia Japonica, Red . Unpretending excel lence. Camelia Japonica, White Perfected Loveliness. Camomile Energy in adversity Campanula Fyramida. .Aspiring, THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS. 501 Canary Grass Perseverance. Candytuft In'-fference. Canterbury IJell ■i^t^.tcwledgment. Cape Jasmine / am I09 happy, Cardamine Paternal error. Carnation, Deep Red. ./4/aj/ for my poor heart. Carnation, Striped Refusal, Carnation, Yellow Disdain. Cardinal Flower Distinction, Catchfly Snare. Catchfly, Red Youthful Love. Catchfly, White Betrayed. Cattleya Mature charms, Cattleya Pineli Matronly grace. Cedar Strength. Cedar of Lebanon Incorruptible, Cedar I/caf I live for thee. Celandine (Lesser) .... Joys to come. Cereus (Creeping) .... Modest genius. Centaury Delicacy. Champignon Suspicion. Chequered Fritillary. . . Persecution. Cherry Tree, White . . . Good education. Cherry Tree, White. . .Deception. Chestnut Tree Do me justice. Chinese Primrose Lasting love. Chickweed Rendezvous, Chicory Frugality, China Aster Variety. China Aster, Double.. ./ partake your senti- ments. China Aster, Single. . . I will think of it, China or Indian V'lnV.. .Aversion. China Rose Beauty always nezti. Chinese Chrvsanthe- mam Cheerfulness under ad- versity. Chorozem» Varium, . . . You have many lovers. Christmay Rose. '. Relieve my anxiety. Chrysantixmum Red. . I love. Chrysanthemum, Whiic Truth. Chryi^nthemum, Yel- low Slighted love. Cineraria Always delightful. Cioauefoil Maternal affection. Ci'wea Spell. pKtus, or Rock Rose. , Popular favor. Cistus, Gum I shall die tomorraru). Citron Ill-natured beauty, Clarkia The variety of youf conversation delight* me. Clematis Mental beauty. Clematis, Evergreen . . Poverty. Clianthus IVorldiincss. Self-seek* ing. Clotbur Rudeness. Pertinacity, Cloves Dignity. Clover, Four-leaved . . .Be mine. Clover, Red Industry. Clover, White Think of me. Cobsea Gossip. Cockscomb, Amaranth. /b//>;.' ■•nder ufet ..It Corchorus Impatiet; ■ f ■■ yunce. Coreopsis Always c/u erful. Coreopsis Arkansa .... Lcme at first sight. Coriander Hidden worth. Corn Riches. Corn, Broken Quarrel, Corn Straw Agreement. Corn Bottle Delicacy. Corn Cockle Gentility. Cornel Tree Duration. Coronella Success crown you* wishes. Cosmelia Subra The charm of a blush Cowslip Pensiveness. Winning grace. Cowslip, American.. . .Divine beauty. Crab (Blossom) Ill-nature. Cranberry Cure for heartache. ■ 1 i '1; h 1 502 THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS, Creeping CereM Horror, Cress Stability. Power. Crocus Abuse not. Crocus, Spring Youthful gladnesi. Crocus, Saffron Mirth. Crown, Imperial Majesty. Power. Crowsbill Envy. Crowfoot Ingratitude. Crowfoot (Aconite- leaved) Lustre. Cuckoo Plant Ardor. Cudweed, hrti^xxzzxi. .Unceasing remem- brance. Currant Thy frown will kill me. Cuscuta Meanness. Cyclamen Diffidence. Cypress Death, Mourning. iJaffodil Regard. Dahlia Instability. Daisy Innocence. Daisy, Garden / share your sentiments. Daisy, Michaelmas.. . ./ar uclisia, Scarlet Taste. Furze, or Gorsc Love for all seajonj. Garden Anemone Forsaken, Garden Chervil Sincerity. j'iarden Daisy / pattaki your senti- ments. Karden Marigold Uneasiness. Garden Ranunculus.. . }bM are rich in at- tractions. Garden Sage Esteem. Garland of Roses Reward ofvirtut. Gardenia Refinement. Germander Speedwell . Facility. Geranium, Dark Melancholy, Geranium, Horse-shoe- leaf Stupidity. Geranium, Ivy Bridal favor. Geranium, Lemon .... Unexpected meeting. Geranium, Nutmeg.. . .Expected meeting. Geranium, Oak-leaved True friendship. Geranium, Pencilled,. .Ingenuity. Geranium, Rose- scented Preference. Geranium, Scarlet Comforting. Geranium, S i 1 v er- leaved Recall. Geranium, Wild Steadfast Piety. Gillyflower Bonds of affection. Gladioli Ready armed. Glory Flower Glorious beauty. Goat's Rue Reason. Golden Rod Precaution. Gooseberry Anticipation. Gourd Extent. Bulk. Grammanthus Chlora- flora Your temper is too hasty. Grape, Wild Charity. Grass Submission. Utility. Guelder Rose Winter. Age. Hand Flower Tree. . . . Warning. Harebell Submission. Grief. Hawkweed Quicksightednest. I {awthorn Hope. I Jazcl Reconciliation, Heartsease, or Pansy. . Thoughts. I leath Solitude. Helenium Tears. Heliotrope Devotion, or I turn m thee. Hellebore Scandal, Calumny, Helmet Flower (Monkshood) Knight-errantry. Hemlock You will be my death. Hemp Fate. Henbane Imperfection. Hepatica Confidence. Hibiscus Delicate beauty. Holly Foresight. Holly Herb Enchantment. Hollyhock Ambition. Fecundity Honesty Honesty. Fascination Honey Flower Love sweet and secret. Honeysuckle Generous and devon. affection. Honeysuckle (Coral) . . The color of my fate. Honeysuckle (French) Rustic beauty. Hop Injustice. Hornbeam Ornament. Horse Chestnut Luxury. Horlensia You are cold. Houseleek Vivacity. Dometts Industry, Houstonia Content. Hoya Sculpture. Hoyabella Contentment. Humble Plant Despondency. Hundred-leaved Rose . Dignity of mind. Hyacinth Sport. Game. Play. Hyacinth, Purple Sorrowful. Hyacinth, White Unobtrusive loveliness. Hydrangea A boaster. Hyssop Cleanliness, Iceland Moss Health. Ice Plant Your looki freeze me. Imbricata Uprightness. StH» ments of honor. Imperial Montague. . . . Power. Indian Cress Warlike trophy, Indian Jasmine (Ipo- moea) Attackmems. 504 THE LASUUAGE AND HENTIMENT OF I- LOWERS. Indian Pink \^Q\\\At),Ahuays lovtly. Indian I'lutn.. . Privation, Iri» Mtsuigt, Irii, German J- la me. Ivy Friendship. Fidelity. Marriage. Ivy, Sprig of, with Tendrils AuiJuous to please. Jacob's Ladder Come down. Japan Rose Beauty is your only attraction, Jftsmine Amiability. Jasmine, Cape Transport of joy. Jasmine, Carolina Separation. Jasmine, Indian I attach myself to you, Jasmine, Spanish Sensuality. Jasmine, Yellow Grace and elegance. Jonquil I desire a return of affection. Judas Tree Unbelief. Betrayal. Juniper Succor. Protection. /usticia The perfection of fe- male loveliness. K-ennedia Mental beauty. King-cups Desire of riches. Laburnum Forsaken. Pensive Beauty. lady's Slipper Capricious beauty. Win me and wear mi. l^gcrstreemia, Indian. . Eloquence. Lantana Rigor. Lapageria Rosea There is no unalloyed good. (.arch 4udacity. Boldness. Larkspur Lightness. Levity. I^arkspur, Pink Fickleness. Larkspur, Pui-ple Haughtiness. laurel Glory. Laurel, Common, in flower Perfidy. Laurel, Ground Perseverance, Laurel, Mountain Ambition. Laurel-leaved Magno- lia Dignity. l«Urestina A token. Lavender Distrust. Leaves (dead) Melancholy. Lemon Zest. Lemon Blossoms Fidelity in love, Leschenauitia S p 1 e n- dens You are eharming. Lettuce Coldhtartedness. Lichen Dejection. Solitude Lilac, Field Humility. Lilac, Purple First emotions of love Lilac, White Youthful innocence. Lily, Day Coquetry. Lily, Imperial Majesty. Lily, White Purity. Sweetness. Lily, Yellow Falsehood. Gayity. Lily of the Valley Return of happinen UnconscitHS sweet- ness. Linden or Lime Txeci. Conjugal love. Lint /feel my obligations. Live Oak Liberty. Liverwort Confidence. Liquorice, Wild /declare against you. Lobelia Malevolence. Locust Tree Elegance. Locust Tree (green).. .y/^r<-//ow beyond tk* grave. I.«ndon Pride Frivolity. Lote Tree Concord. Lotus Eloquence. Lotus Flower Estranged love. Lotus Leaf. Recantation. Love in a Mist Perplexity. Love lies Bleeding. . . .//opeless, not heartleu. Lucern Life. Lupine Voraciousness, Madder Calumny, Magnolia Love of nature. Magnolia, Swamp Perseverance. Mallow Mildness. Mallow, Marsh Beneficence. Mallow, Syrian Consumed by love. Mallow, Venetian Delicate beauty. Mallon Creeana Will you share m f fortunes t Manchineal Tree Falsehood. Mandrake //orror. Maple Reserve. I' TIIR LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS. at heartUsu Marianthus Hope for btUtr days. Marigold Grief. , Marigold, African Vulf^ar minds. Marigold, French.. ..Jealousy. Marigold, Prophetic. .Prediction. Marigold and Cypress . Des/ia:r. Marjoram Blmhes. Marvel of Peru Timidity. Meadow Lychnis Wit. Meadow Saffron My best days art past. Me.ndowsweet Uselessness, Mci-cury Goodness. Mcseinbryanthemum. . . Idleness. Mexcreon Desire to please. Michaelmas Daisy Afterthought. .Vlignonelte Your qualitus surpass your charms. Milfoil War. Milkvetch Your presence softens my pains. Milkwort Hermitage. Mimosa (Sensitive Plant) Sensitiveness. Mint Virtue. Mistletoe I surmount difficulties. Mitraria Coccinea Indolence. Dulness. Mock Orange Counterfeit. Monarda Amplexicau- lis Your whims are quite unbearable. .Monkshood A deadly foe is near. Monkshood (Helmet Flower) Chivalry. Kn ig h t- errantry. Moon wort Forget fulness. Morning Gloiy Affectation. Moschatel Weakness. Moss Maternal love. Mosses Ennui. Mossy Saxifrage Affection. Motherwort Concealed love. Mountain Ash Prudence. Idourning Bridw Unfortunate attach- ment. I have lost all. Mouse-eared Chick- weed Ingenuous simplicity. Mouse- eared Scorpion grass Forget me not. Moving Plant Agitation. Tranquil- Miidwort Ifappineit. lity. Mulberry Tree (Black) I shall not survivt you. Mulberry Tree (While) Wisdom. Mushroom Suspicion, or I can't entirely trust you. Musk Plant Weakness. Mustard Seed Indifference, Myrobalan Privation. Myrrh Gladness, Myrtle Love. Narcissus Egotism. Nasturtium Patriotism. Nemophila Success everywhere' Nettle, Common Sting- ing You are spiteful. Nettle, Burning Slander. Nettle Tree Conceit. Night-blooming Cereus Transient beauty. Ni<>ht Convolvulus. . . .Night. Nigiilshade Falsehood, Oak Leaves Bravery. Oak Tree Tospitality. Oak (White) Independence. Oats The witching sou,' tt music. Oleander Be^vare. Olive Peace. Orange Blossoms Your purity equals your loveliness. Orange Flowers Chastity. Briaai Jet tivities. Orange Tree Generosity. Orchis A belle. Osier Frankness. Osmunda Dreams. Ox eye Patience, Palm Victory. Pansy Thoughts. Parsley Festivity. Pasque Flower You have no claims. Passion Flower Religious superstition when the flower ii reversed, or FaUh 1/ erect. Pafi^noe Pork Patience. jl '! ,« in ii I' ; i!i! '.06 T//£ LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF t'LOWEKS. Pea, Everlasting An appointed meeting. Lasting pleasure. Pea, Sweet Departure. Peach Your qualities, like your charms, are unequalled. Peach Blossom I am your captive. Pear Affection. Pear Tree Comfort. Penstemon Azureum. .High-bred, Pennyroyal Flee away. Peony Shame. Bashfulness. Peppermint Warmth of feeling. Periwinkle, Blue Early friendship. 'Periwinkle, White Pleasures of memory. Persicaria Restoration. Persimmon Bury me amid Na- ture's beaut its. Peruvian Heliotrope.. .Devotion. Petunia Your presence soothes me. Pheasant's Eye Remembrance. Phlox Unanimity. Pigeon Berry Indifference. Pimpernel Change. Assignation, Pine Pity. Pine-apple You are perfect. Pine, Pilch Philosophy. Pine, Spruce Hope in adversity. Pink Boldness. Pink, Carnation IVoman's love. Pink, Indian, Y)onh\t. ..-ikvays lovely. Pink, Indian, Single.. .Aversi'^n. Pink, Mountain Aspiring. Pink, Red, Double. . . .Pure and ardent love. Pink, Single Pure love. Pink, Variegated Refusal. Pink, White Ingeniousness. Talent. Plantain VVhitr man s foif! steps. Plane Tree Genius. Plum, Indian Privation. Plum Tree Fidelity. Plum, Wild Independence. Plumbago Larpenta.../i'i)^wM/{«. Polyanthus Pride of riches. Polyanthus, Crimson.. , The heart's mystery. Polyanthus, Lilac Confidence, Pomegranate Foolishness. Pomegranate Flower. .Mature elegance. Poor Robin Compensation, ot 'Jf. equivalent. Popl-.»-, Black Courefge, Poplar, White 7'ime. Poppy, Red Consolation. Poppy, Scarlet Fantastic extravag^nct Poppy, White Sleep. My bane. Potato Benevolence. Potentilla / claim, at least, yow esteem. Prickly Pear Satire. Piide of China Dissension. Primrose Early youth and tad ness. Primrose, Evening . . . .Inconstancy. Primrose, Red Unpatronized merit. Privet Prohibition, Purple Clover Provident. Pyrus Japonica Fairies' fire. (Quaking-grass Agitation. Quamoclit Busybody. Queen's Rocket You are the queen of coquettes. Fashion, Quince Temptation. Ragged-robin. Ranunculus . . Ranunculus, Garden.. . Ranunculus, Wild Raspberry Ray grass Red Catchfly Reed Reed, Split Rhododendron (Rose W) Rhubarb Rocket Rose Rose, Austrian Rose, Bridal ... , Rose, Burgundy . Rose, Cabbage. , , Rose, Campion.. Rose, Carolina, , , Wit. Yott are radiant with charms. I'*// are rich in tf'c tractions. Ingratitude. Remorse, Vice. Youthful Iwe. Complaisance. Music. Indiscretion. Danger. Beware. Advice. Rivalry. Love. Thou art a.l that i Iffiiety, Happy lovf. Unconscious heautv. Ambassador of love. Only diseme my love. Love is dangerous. ^ ft THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS. 50; %th and smI radiant wUh rt a,l that i Rose, China Beauty always new. Rose, Christmas Tranquillize my anx- iety. Rose, Daily Thy smile I aspire to. Rose, Damask Brilliant complexion. Rose, Deep Red Bashful shame. Rose, Dog Pleasure and pain. Rose, Guelder Winter. Age. Rose, Hundred-leaved Pride. Rose, Japan Beauty is your only attraction. Rose, Maiden Blush.. .If you love me you will find it out. Rose, Montiflora Grace. Rose, Mundi Variety, Rose, Musk Capricious beauty. Rose, Musk, Cluster . . Charming. Rose, Single Simplicity. Rose, Thornless Early attachment. Rose, Unique Call me not beautiful. Rose, White / am worthy ofiyou. Rose, White (withered) Transient impressions. Rose, Yellow Decrease of love. Jealousy. Rose, York and Lan- caster War, Rose, Full-blown placed over two Buds Secrecy. Rose, White and Red together Unity, Roses, Crown of Reward of virtue. Rosebud, Red Pure and lovely. Rosebud, White Girlhood. Rosebud, Moss Confession of love. Rosebud (Rhododen- dron) Be7vare. Danger, Rosemary Remembrance. Rudbeckia Justice. Rue Disdain. Rush Docility. Rye Grass Changeable disposition. Saffron Beware of excess. Saffron Crocus Mirth. Saffron, Meadow My happiest days are past. Sage Domestic virtue. Sage, Garden Ester m. Sainfoin Ar, itation. Saint John's Wort Animosity. Salvia, Blue Wisdom. Salvia, Red Energy. Saxifrage, Mossy Affection. Scabious Unfortunate love. Scabious, Sweet Widowhood. Scarlet Lychnis Sunbeaming eyes. Schinus Religious enthusiasm. Scotch Fir Elevation. Sensitive Plant Sensibility. Senvy Indifference. Shamrock Light-heartedness. Shepherd's Purse / offer you my all. Siphocampylos Resolved to be noticed. Snakesfoot Horror. Snapdragon Presumption, alto "No:' Snowball Bound. Snowdrop Hope. Sorrel Affection. Sorrel, Wild -.Wit ill-timed. Sorrel, Wood Joy. Southernwood Jest. Bantering. Spanish Jasmine Sensuality. Spearmint Warmth of sentiment. Speedwell Female fidelity. Speedwell, Germander. Facility. Speedwell, Spiked. . . .Semblance. Spider Ophrys Adroitness. Spiderwort Esteem, not love. Spiked Willow Herb. .Pretension. Spindle Tree Your charms are en. graven on my heart. Star of Bethlehem Purity. Starwort Afterthought. Starwort, American . . . Cheerfulness in old age. Stephanolis Will you accompany me to the East ? Stock Lasting beauty. Stock, Ten Week Promptness. Stonecrop Tranquillity. Straw, Broken Rupture of a contract. Straw, Whole Union. Strawberry Blossoms . . Foresight. Strawberry Tree Esteem, not love. Sultan, Lilac I forgive you. Sultan, White Sweetness. 5o8 THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS. i Sultan, Yellow Contempt. Sumach, Venice Splendor. Sunflower, Dwarf.. .. .Adoration. Sunflower, Tall Haughtiness. Swallow-wort Cure for heartache. Sweet Basil Good wishes. Sweetbriar, American. . Simplicity. Sweetbriar, European . . / wound to heal. Sweetbriar, Yellow... .Decrease of love. Sweet Pea Delicate pleasures. Sweet Sultan Felicity. Sweet William Gallantry. Sycamore Curiosity. Syringa Memory. Syringa, Carolina Disappointment. Tamarisk Crime. Tansy (Wild) / declare war against you. Teasel Alisanthropv. Tendrils of Climbing Plants Ties. Thistle, Common Austerity. Thistle, Fuller's Misanthropy. Thistle, Scotch Retaliation. Thorn, Ajiple Deceitful charms. Thorn, Branch of Severity. Thrift Sympathy. Throatwort Neglected beauty. Thyme Activity or courage. Tiger Flower For once may pride befriend me. Traveller's Joy .Safety. Tree of Life Old age. Trefoil Revenge. Tremella Nestoc Resistance. Trillium I'ictum Modest beauty. Triplilion Spinosum.. .Be prudent. Truffle Surprise. Trumpet Flower Fame. Tuberose Dangerous pleasures. Tulip, Red Declaration of love. Tulip, Variegated Beautiful eyes. Tulip, Yellow Hopeless love. Turnip Churity. Tussilage (Sweet- scented) Justice shall be done you. Valerian An accommodating dis- position. Valerian, Greek Rupture. Venice, Sumach Intellectual excellence. Splendor. Venus' Car Fly with me. Venus' Looking-glass. .Flattery. Venus' Trap Deceit. Verbena, Pink Family union. Verbena, Scarlet Unite against evil, or Church unity. Verbena, White Pray for me. Vernal Grass Poor, but happy. Veronica Fidelity. Veronica Speciosa. . ..Keep this for my sakA Vervain Enchantment. Vine Intoxication. Violet, Blue Faithfulness. Violet, Dame Watchfulness. Violet, Sweet Modesty. Violet, Yellow Rural happiness. Virginia Creeper / cling to you both in sunshine and shade. Virgin's Bower Filial love. Viscaria Oculata Will you dance wiiJk me ? Volkanienia May you be happy ! . Walnut Intellect. Stratagem. Wallflower Fidelity in adversity. Watcher by the Way- side Never despair. Water Lily Purity of heart. Water Melon Bulkimss. Wax Plant Susceptibility. Wheat Stalk Riches. Whin . , Anger. V.hite Jasmine Amiability. White I.ily Purity and modesty. White Mullein Good nature. While Oak Independence. White Pink Talent. White Poplar Time. White Rose (dried) . . .Death preferable to lost of innocence. Whortleberry Treason. Willow, Creeping Love forsaken. Willow, Water Freedom. Willow, Weeping Mourning. Willow Herb '. . . Pretension. Willow, French Bravery and humanity. Winter Cherry Deception. Wisteria Welcome, fair stranger. Witch Hazel A spell. Woodbine Fraternal love. Wood Sorrel Joy. Maternal ten- derness. Wormwood Absenc. Xanthium Rudeness. Pertinacity. Xeranthemum Cheerfulness under adversity. Yew Sorrow. Zephyr Flower Expectation. Zinnia Thoughts of abttnt friends. THE ART OF IVRITING POETRY. 5og With Practical and Comprehensive Instructions for Composing Verses and Finding the Proper Rhymes. As MOST persons are given, at some period of their lives, to writing poetry, it seems not inappropriate to devote a portion of this work to a few practical remarks upon that subject. Poetry is the language of the imagination. The idea generally entertained that it consists in the writing of rhymes, and in the proper arrangement of the verses and words employed, is erroneous. Verses may be arranged with the most precise skill, so that the keenest critic shall be unable to detect a flaw in tlieir construction, and yet may not be poetry. On the other hand, a prose composition may be rich in the truest poetry. The words or verses are but the dress in which the thought is clothed. It is the thought, the idea, or the picture painted by the imagination that is poetry. The famous expression of Menon, " Like the sandal-tree, which sheds a perfume on the axe which fells it, we should love our enemies," though written in prose, is poetic in the highest degree. This distinction of the poetic principle should be carefully borne in mind by those who aspire to write verse. The usual form of poetry is verse, and it is most common to adorn it with rhyme. Versification is the art of making verses. The word stanza is frequeaily used for verse, but improperly so. A verse consists of a single line. A stanza con- sists of a number of lines regularly adjusted to each other. We may, then, define a verse as a line consisting of a certain succession of long and short syllables. The half of a verse is called a hemistich. Two lines or verses constitute a distich, or couplet. The standard by which verse is measured is called metre. This depends on the number of the syllables and the position of the accents. In order to regulate the proper succession of long and short syllables, verse* are divided into certain measures, called feet. This term is applied because the voice, in repeating the lines, steps along, as it were, in a kind of measured pace. This division into feet depends entirely upon what is called the quantity of the syllables; that is, whether they are long ox short, without reference to tho words. 510 THE ART OF WRITING POETRY. I < I \ I V l'^ Two kinds of verse are used by poets — rhyme and blank verse. Rhyme is characterized by a similarity of sound at the end of certain definitely arranged "lines. For example : All thoughts, r.ll passions, all ... . delights, Whatever stirs this mortal .... frame, Are but the ministers of ... . love, And feed his sacred .... flame. What is the baby thinking about ? Very wonderful things no ... . doubt. Ijlank verse is a combination of lines that do not rhyme. It was the earlies) form of poetry used, and the only form attempted in Europe until the Middle Ages, when the minstrels and poets of that period introduced the novelty ot rhyme. It is used principally in dramatic compositions, descriptive and heroic poems, and the like. The following, from Shakspeare's play of *'As You Like It," is a fair sample of blank verse : " I have neither the scholar's melancholy, Which is emulation ; nor the musician's. Which is fantastical ; nor the courtier's. Which is pride ; nor the soldier's, which is Ambition ; nor the lawyer's, which is politic ; , Nor the lady's, which is nice ; nor the lover's, Which is all of these; but it is a melancholy Of mine own ; compounded of many simples, Extracted from many objects, and, indeed. The sundry contemplation of my travels; In which my often rumination wraps me In a most humorous sadness," A foot may sometimes consist of a single word, or, again, it may comprise two or three different words, or be composed of parts of different words. In English verse, eight kinds of feet are employed. Four of these are feet of two syllables, and four are feet of three syllables. The feet composed of two syllables are the Trochee, the Iambus, the Spondee, and the Pyrrhic. Those consisting of three syllables are the Dactyle, the Amphibrach, the Anapaest, and the Tribrach. The Trochee is composed of one long and one short syllable ; as, g^dry. The Iambus consists of one short syllable and one long one ; as, bitrdy. The Spondee is composed of two long syllables ; as, high ddy. The Pyrrhic is composed of two short syllables ; as, on the dry land. The Dactyle is composed of one long syllable and two short ones ; as, holiness, piietly. The Amphibrach is composed of a short, a long, and a short syllable; as, ieHght/ul, removal, cosiUmir. THE ART OF WRITING POETRY. 511 The Anapaest is composed of two short syllables and a long one ; as, dntra- tine, separate. The Tribrach is composed of three short syllables ; as, happiness. The Iambus, the Trochee, the Anapaest, and the Dactyle are most frequently nsed, and verses may be composed wholly or chiefly of them. The others are termed "secondary feet," because they are used only to vary the harmony of the verse. English verse is divided into four classes, distinguished by the I'eet of which each is composed, viz. : the Iambic, the Trochaic, the Anapaestic, and the Dactylic. Some writers hold that the Dactylic is not, strictly speaking, a dis- tinct division, but is nothing more than the Anapaestic with the first two unaccented syllables omitted. " Every species of English verse," says Parker, "regularly terminates with an accented syllable ; but every species also admits at the end an additional unac- cented syllable, producing (if the verse be in rhyme) a double rhyme ; that Js, a rhyme extending to two syllables, as the rhyme must always commence on the accented syllable. This additional syllable often changes the character of the verse from grave to gay, from serious to jocose ; but it does not affect the measure or rhyme of the preceding part of the verse. A verse thus lengthened is called hypermeter, or over meter." Different kinds of feet frequently occur in all the different kinds of verse ; but it is not always possible to determine them with accuracy. The Iambus, the Trochee, the Spondee, and the Pyrrhic are easily recognizable ; but the Dactyle, the Anapaest, and the Tribrach are not so readily discriminated, as poetic license allows the writer to make the foot in question a Trochee, a Spondee, or a Pyrrhic. Pure Iambic verse is composed of lambusses alone. The accent is uniformiv <)n the even syllables. We give below specimens of the various feet used 19 wjiting this style of verse: Ont foot. my On high, J\uo fiit. We can | not see Beyond | the sea. Tkrte feet The grim | and blood | y band. With its I relent | less hand. four feti, Come now | again | thy woes [ impart. Tell all I thy sor | rows, all | thy sin. m w 51- Five feet. Six feet. Seven feet. THE ART OF WRITING POETRY. While to I his arms | the blush | ing bride | he took, To seeming | sad | ness she | composed | her look. The day | is past | and gone; | the ey | 'ning shades | appear. When all | thy mer | cies, O | my God, | my ris | ing soul | surveys, Transport | ed with | the sight, | I'm lost | in wond | er, love, | and praise. Note. — This style of verse is rarely written as above in modern poetry, but is divided inf^ four li'^es, as fohows : When all | thy mer | cies, O | my God, My ris | ing soul | surveys, Transport | ed with | the sight, | I'm lost In wond | er, love, | and praise. ^ight feet. Glory f ty, ftee, / my God, | this night, | for all | the bless | ings of | the light: Keep me, | O keep | me, King | of kings, | under | thy own , almight | y win|{s. This couplet would generally be written thus : Glory I to thee, | my God, | this night, For all I the bless | ings of | the light: Keep me, | O keep | me, King | of kings, Under | thy own | almight | y wings. In Trochaic verse the accent is uniformly on the odd syllables. One foot. Tivo feet. Three feet. Four feet. Five feet. Six feet. Seven feet. Shining, Twining. Rich the j treasure, Sweet the | pleasure. Go where | glory | waits thee. Yet when | fame e | lates thee. Stars from | out the | skies are | peeping. Nature I now is [ softly | sleeping. Ye that | do des | pise the | lowly | worker. Farewell, | brethren ! | farewell, | sisters ! | I am | dying I Once up I on a I midnight | dreary, | while I | ponder'd | weak and | weary. The accent in Anapaestic verse is upon the last syllable. Oiu foot. I irdain, A 1 in vain. sm • rwo feet. Three feet. Four feet. THE ART OF WRITING POETRY. Hark ! above, | the soft dove Sings of love | as we rove. 513 I am mon | arch of all | I survey. At the close | of the day | when the .am | let is still. In Dactylic verse the accent is upon tlie first syllable of each successive three- One foot. Two feet. Th- ee feet. Four feet. Fivf feet. Joyfully, Fearfully. Merrily | welcome us, Safe on the | shining sand. Speak to her | tenderly, | lovingly, Chide her but | gently and | soothingly. Owning her | weakness, her | evil be | havior. Come to me | beautiful | visions of | happier | days than thir ! Pyrrhic. On the tall tree. Spondee. The wide sea. Amphibrach. Delightful, Unequal, Coeval. Tribrach. Numerable, Conquerable. In reading poetry, a pause should be made at the end of each line. It should not be too long, but should be sufficient to mark the measure and the end of the line. It is made by a very brief suspension of the voice, without any change in the tone or accent. It is a mistake to read poetry as though it were prose, nmning the lines together, and so losing the music, which is one of the greatest charms of verse. Another pause is often required in the body of a verse, for the sake of the sense. This is called The Caesura, or The Casural Pause. Its position may be generally ascertained l^y the grammatical construction of the sentence and the punctuation, as these naturally indicate where the sense either demands or permits a pause. In the following lines the place for the caesura is indicated by an asterisk; The Saviour comes* by ancient bards foretold. Exalt thy towering head* and lift thy eyes. Caesar* the world's great master* and his own. English poetry may be classified as follows : Epic, Dramatic, Lyric, ElegaiC; Pastoral, and Didactic. 33 ^14 THE ART OF JV/i/T/.VC rOKTkY. I: IV. \\\ An Epic poem is a romantic tale in verse, and embraces many Incidents and numerous characters. It is narrative and descriptive in character, :ind heroic in erformed by shepherds. This form of poetry was very popular in ancient times. Didactic poetry is that which is written for the avowed purpose of conveying * moral. Campbell's " Pleasures of Hojx;," Thomson's " Seasons," and Pope's ■" Essay on Man," are poems of this class. The Ode. The Ode is the highest of modern lyrical compositions. It is n'ritten in the loftiest strain, filled with the noblest ideas, and seeks to inspire similar thoughts in the soul of the reader. To this class belong the hymns usea •in religious worship. The Pcean. The Paean was a song of triumph sung by the ancients in honoi of Apollo, on the occasion of a victory, or to the other gods as a thanksgivinj» tt-iT the cessation or cure of an evii, Tlir. ART OF WRITING POETRY. \\% Thf Pallad. The Ballad is the simplest form of descriptive poetry, and i? written in a pleasing style, so that it maybe easily sung by those who have little acquaintance with music. The Sennet. The Sonnet is composed of fourteen lines or verses of eciual length. It properly consists of fourteen iambic verses of eleven syllables, and is divided into two chief parts. The first of these is composed of two divisions, each of four lines, called quatrains; the second of two divisions of three lines each, called terzines. The lines are so constructed that the first eight contain but two rhymes, and the last six but two more. In the first part the first line must rhyme with the fourth, fifth, and eighth ; and the second with the third, sixth, and seventh. In the second part the first, third, and fifth are made to xhyme with each other ; and the second with the fourth and sixth. The following will show the construction of tlie sonnet: First time he kissed me, he but only kissed The fingers of this hand wherewith 1 write; And, ever since, it grew more clean and white. Slow to world greetings . . quick with its "Oh, list!' When the angels spe.ik. A ring of amethyst I could not wear here, plainer to my sight, Than th.it first kiss. The second passed in height The first, and sought the forehead, and half missed, Half falling on the hair. O beyond meed ! That w.-xs the chrism of love, which love's own crown, With sanctifying sweetness, did precede. The third upon my lips was folded down In perfect, purple state; since when, indeed, I have been proud, and said, " My love, my own." 7hf Cantata is a composition, or song, of a musical character, containing reel' Natives and airs, and may be adapted to a single voice, or to many singers. Thi Canzonet is a short song, consisting of one, two, or three parts. The Charade. In poetry the charade is a composition the subject of whicL is a word of two syllables, each forming a distinct word. These syllables are concealed in an enigmatical description, first separately, and then together. The Madifiral. This is a short lyric poem, adapted to express happy ana pleasing thoughts on the subject of love. It contains not less than four, no» more than sixteen verses of eleven syllables, with shorter verses interspersed, a of verses of eight syllables irregularly rhymed. The following is a fine example of the madigral : To a Lady of the County of Lancaster, •with a White .Rose. If this fair rose offend thy sight, Placed in thy bosom fair, *T will blush to find itself less v;;'hitc:, And turn Lancastrian there. 1] jl6 THE ART OF WRITWC POETRY. But if thy ruby lip it spy, As kiss it thou may'st deign, With envy jialc 'twill lose its dye, , And Yorkish turn ngnin. The Epigram. This is a short poem, treating of a single subject, and closing with some ingenious and witty thought, which is rendered intcjresting by being unexpected. An epigram should be concise. Its point often rests upon a witticism or verbal pun ; but the better class of epigrams are marked by fine* ness and delicacy rather than by smartness or repartee. The Impromptu. This is a poem written on the instant, without previous thought or i)reparation. The Acrostic is a poem in which the initial lines of each line, taken in order from the top to the bottom, make \\\t a word or phrase, generally a per- son's name or motto. The following is an example : L: I F — rieiidship, thou 'rt false! I hate thy flattering smile! R — eturn to me those years I spt'nt in vain. I — n early youth the victim of thy guile, E — ach joy took wing ne'er to return again — N — e'er to return ; for, chilled hy hopes deceived, D — ully the slow paced hours now move along ; S — o changed the lime, when, thoughtless, I believed H — er honeyed words, and heard her syren song. I — f e'er, as me, she lure some youth to stray, r — erhaps, before too late, he '11 listen to my lay. Tlie Prologue. This is a short poem spoken before the commencement of a dramatic performance, and is designed as an introduction to the play. The Epilogue is a sliort poem spoken by one of the actors after the close of a dramatic performance, and sometimes recapitulates the incidents of the drama. The Parody is a ludicrous imitation in verse of some serious subject. The Satire is a poem in which wickedness and folly are exposed with severity, and are held up to contempt. A satire should be general, not personal. The Lampoon, or Pasquinade, is a personal attack in verse, and deals in abuse and vituperation rather than in argument. ?Cott0 autt (Common ^XtXxt, tXi, In English psalmody the words Long, Common, Short, and Particular Metre are employed to designate the various styles of psalms and hymns used. When each line of a stanza has eight syllables, it is called Long Metre. Wlicn the first and third lines have eight syllables, and the second and fourth have six syllables, it is called Common Metre. When the third line has eight, and the rest have six syllables, it is "illed Short Metre. Stanzas in Particular Metrt are of various kinds, and are not sutyect to definite rules. 1 1 A DjJJVO.VA/H of A'I/VMES. $17 ement of a A> Diciiasaarj o£ RkjaxeSc ^^ For the assistance of those who desire to write poetry, we give the following Vocabulary of Rhymes, taken from Walker's " Rhyming Dictionary." It will be found very useful. . ^irertionis! tor |inaing ^hiimc^. 1. In looking for a word, consider the five vowels. A, E, I, O, U, and be- gin at the vowel that precedes the last consonant of the word ; for example, to ^-ind persuade, and the words that rhyme to it, D is the last consonant, A the \owel that precedes it ; locik for ADE, and you will find made, fade, invade, and all the other words of that rhyme. 2. In like manner, if a word end in two or more consonants, begin at the vowel that immediately preceiles the first of them ; for example, land, N is first of the final consonants, A the vowel that precedes it ; see AND, and you will find band, stand, command, etc. 3. But if- a diphthong, that is to say, two or more vowels together, precedes the last consonant or consonants of a word, begin at the first of these two vowels ; thus, to find the rhymes to disdain, look not for IN, but for AIN, and you will find brain, chain, gain, etc. 4. To find a word that ends in a diphthong preceded by a consonant, begin only at the first vowel of the diphthong ; for example, to find the rhymes to subdue, look for UE, and you will find clue, due, ensue, etc. 5. All the words that end in a single vowel, preceded by a consonant, are found by looking for that vowel only, except always the words that end in mute E, which are constantly found by the same method that has been already prescribed for finding the rhymes io persuade, whose final E is silent, and serves only to lengthen the sound of the A in the last syllable. AB. Bab, cab, dab, mab, nab, blab, crab, drab, scab, stab. Allowable rhymes, babe, astrolabe, etc. See Direction 3. ACE. Ace, dace, pace, face, lace, mace, race, brace, chace, grace, place, space, trace, apace, deface, efface, disgrace, displace, misplace, tmbrace, grimace, interlace, retrace, populace. etc. Perfect rhymes, base, case, abase, debase, etc. Alloiuablc rhymes, grass, glass, etc., peace, cease, etc., dress, less, etc. ACH. Attach, detach, etc. Perfect rhymes, batch, match, etc. AllcrMable rhymes, fetch, wretch, etc. See Direction 3. ACK. Back, cack, hack, jack, lack, pack, quack. i Si8 A DICTIOXAKY Of h'l/YA/Il.i. tai'k, sack, rack. Mack, clack, crack, knack, slack, snack, stuck, track, wrack, attack, zodiac, demoniac, tiyinixisiac, almanac. Allowable rhymes, bake, take, etc., neck, speck, etc. ACT. Act, fact, pact, tract, attract, abstract, extract, compact, contract, cletr.ict, distract, exact, pro- tract, enact, infract, sulitract, transact, cataract, viuh the pmterits and participles of verbs in ack, as backed, backed, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in akc, as baked, caked, etc. .See Direction 3. AD. .\d(l, bad, dad, gad, had, lad, mad, pad, sad, br:id, clad, glad, plad, cbad, etc. Allonuible rhymes, cade, fade, etc., glede, bead, read, etc. Scf Direction 3. ADE. Cade, fade, made, j.ide, lade, wade, blade, glade, shade, spade, trade, degrade, evade, dis- suade, invade, persuade, blockade, biig.ade, eHphmade, cavalcade, masquerade, renegade, retrograde, serenade, ambuscade, cannonade, palisade, etc. Perfect rhymes, aid, maid, braid, afraid, upbraid, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in ay, ey, and eigh, as played, obeyed, weighed, etc. Allowable rhymes, add, bad, etc., bed, dead, etc., bead, mead, etc., heed, need, etc. See Direction 3. AFK. .Safe, chafe, vouchsafe, etc. Allowable rhymes, leaf, sheaf, etc., deaf, etc., laugh, stafT, etc. AFF. Gaff, chaff, draff, quaff, staff, engraff, ci'.ilaph, cenotaph, paragraph, etc. Perfect rhyne, laugh. Mlowable rhymes, safe, chafe, etc. AFT. .\ft, haft, raft, waft, craft, shaft, abaft, graft, draft, ingraft, handicraft. Perfect rhymes, draught, and the preterits and participles of verbs in aff <7«(/augh, as quaffed, laughed, etc. .I'/owable rhymes, the preterits and participles »f z\rbs in afe, as chafed, vouchsafed, etc. AG. Kag, cag, fag, gag, nag, quag, rag, tag, wag, brag, crag, drag, flag, knag, shag, snag, stag, wrng, scrag, Brobdignag. AGK. Age, cage, gage, p.ige, rage, s.igc, wage, stage, swage, assuage, engage, disengage, en- rage, presage, appi;n.ige, cuncubinagc, heritage, hermitage, parentage, parsonage, person.agc, pastur.age, patronage, pilgrimage, villanage, e(iuii)age. Allotvable rhymes, edge, wedge, etc., liege, siege, oblige, etc. AID, sec ADE. AHJHT, sec ATE, AIGN, see ANK. All.. Ail, bail, fail, hail, jail, mail, nail, p >', quail, rail, sail, tail, wail, tlail, frail, snail, trail, assail, avail, detail, bewail, entail, prevail, retail, countervail, etc. Perfect rhymes, ale, bale, dale, gale, hale, male, pale, sale, tale, vale, wale, scale, stale, swale, whale, impale, exhale, regale, vale, nightingale, etc. Allowablt rhymes, peal, steal, etc., bell, cell, etc. AIM, see A ME. A IN. Cain, bliiin, brain, chain, fain, gain, grain, lain, main, pain, rain, vain, warn, drain, plain, slain, Spain, stain, swain, train, twain, sprain, strain, abstain, amain, attain, complain, con- tain, constrain, detain, disdain, distrain, en- chain, entertain, explain, maintain, ordain, pertain, obtain, refrain, regain, remain, restrain, retain, sustain, appertain. Perfect rhymes, baiif, cane, dane, crane, fain, jane, lane, mane, plane, vane, wane, profane, hurricane, etc., deign, arraigii, campaign, etc., feign, reign, etc., vein, rein, etc. Allowable rhymes^ lean, mean, etc., queen, seen, etc., ban, can, etc., den, pen, etc. AINT. Faint, paint, plaint, quaint, saint, taint, ac- quaint, attaint, complaint, constraint, restraint, etc. Perfect rhyme, feint. Allowable rhymes, cant, p.ant, etc., lent, rent, etc. AIR, see ARE. AISE, see AZE., AIT, see ATE. AITH,see ATH. AIZE, see AZE. AKE. Ake, bake, cake, lake, make, quake, rake, take, take, wake, brake, drake, flake, shake, !•■ ■ I A DICTIONAKY Oh h'/ZYAf/iS. 5'<> Mukc, Rtake, Urakc, spake, awake, butake, fur- »aKc, miit.ikc, |>artakc, overtake, undertake, besp.ikc. I'erftct rhymes, break, steak, etc. Allowable rhymes, back, rack, etc, beck, deck, •tc, speak, weak, etc. AL. Cabal, canal, iinim.d, admirid, cannibal, cap- ital, cardinal, comical, tonjuj;a!, curpoial, criminal, critical, festival, funeral, ycnrrai, bospital, interval, Iil)eral, madrigal, literal, ma^'ical, mineral, mystical, musical, natural, iiri(;inal, pastoral, pedestal, personal, |)liysical, poetical, political, ])rincipal, |)ro(lit;.d, prophet- ical, rational, satirical, reciproc.d, rhetorical, leveral, temporal, tra^;ical, tyrannical, cnrnival, schi^^matical, whimsical, arsenal. Alloivabk rhymes, all, ball, etc., ail, maM, etc., ale, pale, etc. ALD. H\1<1, scald, emerald, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles cf verbs in all, aul, aw>^ rhymes, revenge, avenge, etc. ANK. Raiik, blank, shank, clank, dank, dranlv 520 A DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. ii - 'it. > .■ilank, frank, spank, slank, lank, plank, prank, rank, thank, disrank, mountei:iank, etc. ANSE, see ANCE. ANT. Ant, cant, chant, grant, pant, plant, rant, slant, aslant, complaisant, displant, enchant, gallant, implant, recant, supplant, transplant, absonant, adamant, arrogant, combatant, con- sonant, cormorant, protestant, significant, visit- ant, covenant, dissonant, disputant, elegant, elephant, exhorbitant, conversant, extravagant, ignorant, insignificant, inhabitant, militant, predominant, sycophant, vigilant, petulant, etc. Allowable rhymei, faint, paint, etc. See AIMT and ENT. AP. Cap, gap, hap, .ap, map, nap, pap, rap, sap, tap, chap, clap, trap, flap, knap, slap, snap, wrrip, scrap, strap, enwrap, entrap, mishap, I'tc. Allowable rhymes, cape, tape, etc., cheap, he- and swap, APE. Ape, cape, chape, grape, rape, scrape, shape, escape, mape, crape, tape, etc. Allowable rhymes, heap, keep, etc. APH, see AFF. APSE. Lapse, elapse, relapse, perhaps, and the plural: of nouns end third persons sin^^ular of the present tense in ap, as caps, maps, etc., he saps, he laps. etc. Allowable rhymes, the plurals of nouns and third persons singular of tvrbs in ape and eap, as apes, he apes, heaps, he heaps, etc. APT. Apt, adapt, etc., rhymes, the preterits and participles of the verbs in ap, as tajijied, slapjjcd, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and par- ticiples of the verbs in ape, as aped, escaped, etc. AR. Bar, car, far, jar, mar, par, tar, spar, scar, star, chair, afar, debar, unbar, catarrh, partic- ular, perfjcndicular, secular, angular, regular, [■ipular, singular, titular, vinegar, scimetar, calendar, colander. Perfect rhyme, the plural verb are. Allowable rhymes, barn, prepare, etc., pair, repair, wear, tc.ir, war, etc., and words ending in er or or, having the accent on ike last syllable, or last but two. ARB. Barb, garb, etc. ARCE. Farce, parse. Mars, etc. Allowable ihyriir. scarce. ARCH. Arch, march, parch, starch, countermarch, etc. ARD. Bard, card, guard, hard, lard, iiard, shard, yard, bombard, discard, regard, interlard, re- tard, disregard, etc., and the preterits and par- ticiples of verbs in ar, as barred, scarred, etc. Allowable rhymes, cord, reward, etc. ARD. Ward, award, reward, etc. Alloiuab'.e rhyfiicf, hard, card, see the last article, hoard, lord, bird, curd, and the preterits and participles of the verbs in ar, or, and ur, as barred, abhorred, incurred, etc. ARE. Bare, care, dare, fare, hare, mare, pare, tare, rare, ware, flare, glare, scare, share, snare, spare, scpiare, stare, sware, prepare, aware, lie- ware, compare, declare, ensnare. Perfect rhymes, air, fair, hair, lair, pair, chair, stair, affair, dcbonnair, despair, impair, lepair, etc., bear, pear, swear, tear, wear, forbear, forswear etc., there, were, where, ere, e'er, ne'er, else- where, whate'er, howe'cr, howsoe'er, when- e'er, where'er, etc., heir, coheir, their. Allow- able rhymes, bar, car, etc., err, prefer, and here, hear, etc., regular, singular, war, etc. ARES. Unaw.ares. Rhymes, theirs, and the plurals of nouns and third persons sin'^.l,,;- of verbs in are, air. eir, ear, as care, he cares, pair, he pairs, heirs, bear, he bears, tic. The allow- able rhymes are the plurals of nouns and the third persons singular of verbs which are al- lowed to rhyme with the termination ars, as bars, cars, errs, prefers, etc. ARE. Scarf. Allowable rhymes, dwarf, wharf. ARGE. Barge, charge, large, targe, discharge, o'er- charge, surc'iarge, enlarge. Allotuable rhymes, verge, emerge, gorge, forge, urge, etc. A DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. 521 uabk ih\mc. ountermarch, ARK. Bark, cark, clark, dark, lark, mark, park, ((hark, spark, stark, embark, remark, etc. Al- loiuable rhymes, cork, fork, etc. ARL. Snarl, marl, pari. Allowable rhymes, curl, furl, etc. ARM. Arm, barm, charm, farm, harm, alarm, disarm. Allowable rhymes, warm, swarm, stonn, etc. ARN. Ham, yam, etc. Allowable rhymes, warn, forewarn, etc., horn, mom, etc. ARN. Warn, forwarn. Perfect rhymes, horn, morn, etc. Allowable rhymes, barn, yarn, etc. ARP. Carp, harp, sharp, counterscarp, etc. Al- lowable rhyme, warp. ARSII. Harsh, marsh, etc. ART. Art, cart, dart, hart, mart, part, smart, tart, start, apart, depart, impart, dispart, counter- part. Perfect rhymes, heart, etc. Alloroable rhymes, wart, thwart, etc., hurt, etc., dirt, flirt, etc., pert, etc. ART (sounded ORT). Wart, thwart, etc. Perfect rhymes, short, retort, etc. Allowable rhymes, art, sport, court, etc. ARTH, sc. EARTH. ARVE. Carve, starve, etc. Allowable rhymes, nerve, deserve, etc. AS. Was. Allowable rhymes, has, as. ASS. Ass, brass, class, grass, lass, mass, pass, alas, amass, cuirass, repass, surpass, morass, etc. Allmuable rhymes, base, face, deface, etc., loss, toss, etc. ASE, see ACE. Ash, cash, dash, clash, cr.ash, flash, gash, gnash, hash, lash, plash, rash, thrash, slash, trash, abash, etc. Allowable rhymes, wash, 'juash, etc., leash, etc. . ASH. Wash, quash, etc. Allozvable rhymes, cash, dash, etc. ASK. Ask, task, bask, cask, flask, mask. ASP. Asp, clasp, gasp, grasp, hasp. Allowabh. rhymes, wasp, etc. AST. C.ist, last, blast, mast, past, vast, fast, aghast, avast, forecast, overcast, outcast, repast. Per- fect rhymes, file preterits and participles of verbs in ass, as classed, amassed, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in ace, as placed, etc. Nouns and verbs in aste, as taste, waste, etc. ASTE. Baste, chaste, haste, paste, taste, waste, dis- taste. Perfect rhymes, waist, and the preterits and participles cf verbs in ace, as faced, placed, etc. Allowable rhymes, cast, fast, etc., best, nest, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in ess, as messed, dressed, etc. AT. At, bat, cat, hat, fat, mat, pat, rat, sat, l.it, v.at, br*t, chat, flat, plat, sprat, that, gnat. Allowable rhymes, bate, hate, etc. ATCH. Catch, match, hatch, latch, patch, scratch, smatch, snatch, despatch. ATE. Bate, date, fate, gate, grate, hate, tate, mate, pate, plate, prate, rate, sate, state, scate, slate, abate, belate, collate, create, debate, elate, ddate, estate, ingrate, innate, rebate, relate, sedate, translate, abdicate, abominate, abro- gate, acceler.ite, accommodate, accumulate, accurate, adequate, affectionate, advocate, adulterate, aggravate, agitate, alienate, ani- mate, annihilate, antedate, anticipate, antiquatc, arbitrate, arrogate, articulate, assassinate, cal- culate, capitulate^ captivate, celebrate, circu- late, coaguLate, commemorate, commise<-ate, communicate, compassionate, confederate, con- gratulate, congregate, consecr.ate, contaminate, corroborate, cultivate, candidate, coSperate, celebrate, considerate, consulate, capacitate, debilitate, dedicate, degenerate, delegate, do- 522 A DICTIONARY OF RIIYMLS. liberate, denominate, depopulate, dislocate, aeprecate, discriminate, derogate, dissipate, delicate, disconsolate, desperate, depreciate, educate, effeminate, elevate, emulate, estimate, elaborate, equivocite, eradicate, evaporate, exaggerate, exasperate, expostulate, extermi- nate, extricate, facilitate, fortunate, generate, gratulate, hesitate, illiterate, illuminate, irri- tate, imitate, immoderate, impetrate, impor- tunate, imprecate, inanimate, innovate, insti- gate, intemperate, intimate, intimidate, intoxi- cate, intricate, invalidate, inveterate, inviolate, legitimate, magistrate, meditate, mitigate, mod- erate, necessitate, nominate, obstinate, partici- pate, passionate, penetrate, perpetrate, person- >ie, potentate, precipitate, predestinate, pre- 'lominate, premeditate, prevaricate, procras- tinate, profligate, prognosticate, propagate, recriminate, regenerate, regulate, reiterate, reprobate, reverberate, ruminate, separate, sophisticate, stipulate, subjugate, subordinate, xutTocate, terminate, tolerate, temoerate, vindi- cate, violate, unfortunate. Perfect rhymes, bait, plait, strait, wait, await, great. Nearly perfect rhymes, eight, weight, height, straight. Allowable rhymes, beat, heat, etc., bat, cat, etc., l>ct, wet, etc. ATII. Bath, path, etc. Allowable rhymes, hath, faith, etc. ATHE. Bathe, swathe, lathe, rathe. AUB, see OB. 'AUCE, see AUSE. AUCII, seeOACH. AUD. Fraud, laud, applaud, defraud. Perfect rhymes, broad, abroad, bawd; and the preterits and participles of verbs in aw, as gnawed, sawed, etc. AUoxuable rhymes, odd, nod, etc., ode, bode, etc. ; aho the word load. AVE. Cave, brave, gave, grave, crave, lave, nave, knave, pave, rave, save, shave, slave, stave, W!\ve, behave, deprave, engrave, outbrave, for- gave, misgave, architrave. Allowable rhyme, eseem, misdeem, esteem, disesteem, redeem, seem, etc. Allowable rhymes, dame, lame, etc., limb, him, etc., them, hem, etc., lamb, dara, etc. See AME. EAN. Bean, clean, dean, glean, lean, mean, wean, yean, demean, unclean. Perfect rhymes, con- vene, demesne, intervene, mien. Nearly per- fect rhymes, machine, ker,! , screen, seen, green, spleen, between, careen, foreseen, se- rene, obscene, terrene, etc., queen, spleen, etc. Allo^vable rhymes, bane, mane, etc., ban, man, etc., bin, thin, begin, etc. EANS, see ENSE. EANT, see ENT. EAP, sec EEP and EP. EAR, see EER. EARD. Heard, herd, sherd, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in ex, as erred, preferred, etc. Allowable rhymes, beard, the preterits and participles of verbs in ere, ear, and ar, as revered, feared, barred. EARCIL Search, perch, research. Allowable rhymes, church, smirch, lurch, parch, march, etc. EARL. Earl, pearl. Perfect rhyme, girl, etc. At' lorwable rhymes, snarl, marl, churl, furl, etc. EARN, see ERN. EARSE, see ERSE. EART, see ART. EARTH. Earth, dearth. Perfect rhymes, birth, mirth, etc. Allowable rhymes, hearth, etc. EASE, sounded EACE. Cease, lease, release, grease, decease, de- crease, increase, release, surcease. Perfect rhyme, peace. Nearly perfect rhymes, piece, niece, fleece, geese, frontispiece, apiece, etc Allowable rhymes, less, mess, etc., lace, mace, etc., miss, hiss, etc., nice, vice, etc. EASH. see ESH. EAST. East, feast, least, beast. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in ease, en ceased, increased, etc. Nearly perfect rhyme, [iriest. Allowable rhymes, haste, taste, etc., best, chest, etc., fist, list, etc., and the pret- erits and participles of verbs in ess and iss, a* dressed, liissed, etc. EAT. Bleat, eat, feat, heat, meat, neat, seal, treat. 524 A DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. ^\.\ I'. > i ir - wheat, beat, cheat, defeat, estreat, escheat, en- treat, retreat. Perfect rhymes, obsolete, re- plete, concrete, coni[)lete. Nearly perfect rhymes, feet, fleet, gleet, greet, meet, sheet, sleet, street, sweet, discreet. Allowable rhymes, bale, great, hate, etc., get, met, etc., bit, hit, etc. See ATE. EATH. Breath, death, etc. Allowable rhymes, heath, sheath, teeth. EATHE. Breathe, sheathe, etc. Perfect rhymes, wreath, inwreath, bequeath, beneath, under- neath, etc. Nearly perfect r/yw/«, seethe, clc. EAVE. Cleave, heave, interweave, leave, weave, be- recve, inweave. Perfect rhymes, receive, con- ceive, deceive, perceive. Nearly perfect rhymes, eve, grieve, sleeve, thieve, aggrieve, achieve, believe, disbelieve, relieve, reprieve, retrieve. Allowable rhymes, give, live, etc., lave, cave, etc., and have. EBB. Ebb, webb, etc. Allowable rhymes, babe, astrolabe, etc., glebe, etc. ECK. Beck, neck, check, deck, speck, wreck. Al- lowable rhymes, break, take, etc., beak, sneak, etc. ECT. Sect, abject, affect, correct, incorrect, col- lect, deject, detect, direct, disrespect, disaffect, dissect, effect, elect, eject, erect, expect, indi- rect, infect, inspect, neglect, object, project, protect, recollect, reflect, reject, respect, select, subject, suspect, architect, circumspect, dialect, intellect. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in eck, as decked, checked, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and part- iciples of verbs in ake and eak, as baked, leaked. ED. Bed, bled, fed, fled, bred, led, red, shred, shed, sped, wed, abed, inbred, misled. Perfect rhymes, said, bread, dread, dead, head, lead, read, spread, thread, tread, behead, o'erspread. Allowable rhymes, bead, mead, etc., blade, fade, etc., maid, paid, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in ay, ey, and eigh, as bayed, obeyed, veighed, etc EDE, see EED. EDGE. Edge, wedge, fledge, hedge, ledge, pledge sedge, allege. Allowable rhyme:, age, page, etc., siege, oblige, etc., privilege, sacrilege, sortilege. EE. Bee, free, glee, knee, see, three, thee, tree, agree, decree, degree, disagree, foresee, o'ersee, pedigree, he, me, we, she, be, jubilee, lee. Nearly perfect rhymes, sea, plea, flea, tea, key. Allowable rhymes, all words of one syllable ending in y, ye, or ic, or polysyllables of these terminations having the acctr>t on the ultimate or antepenultimate syllable, EECE, see EASE. EECH, see EACH. EED. Creed, deed, indeed, bleed, breed, feed, heed, meed, need, reed, speed, seed, steed, wfpd, proceed, succeed, exceed. Perfect rhymes, knead, read, intercede, precede, recede, concede, impede, supercede, etc., l>ead, leatl, mead, plead, etc. Allo^uable rhymes, bed, dead, etc., bid, hid, etc., made, blade, etc. EEF, see lEF. EEK, see EAK. EEL, see EAL. EEM, see EAM. EEN, see EAN. EEP. Creep, deep, sleep, keep, peep, sheep, steejv sweep, weep, asleep. Nearly perfect rhymes, cheap, heap, neap, etc. Allowable rhymes ape, rape, etc., step, nep, etc., hip, lip, etc. EER. Beer, deer, fleer, geer, jeer, peer, meer, leer, sheer, steer, sneer, cheer, veer, picker, dom- ineer, cannoneer, comi)eer, engineer, mutineer, pioneer, privateer, charioteer, chanticleer, career, mountaineer. Perfect rhymes here, sphere, adhere, cohere, interfere, persevere, revere, austere, severe, sincere, hemisphere, etc., ear, clear, dear, fear, hear, near, sear, smear, spear, tear, rear, year, appear, besmear, disnppeav, endear, auctioneer. Allowable rhymes, bare, dare, etc., prefer, deter, cbarab- ter, etc. EESE, see EEZE. i| A DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. 525 EET, see EAT. EETH, sec EATII. EEVE, see EAVE. EEZE. Breeze, freeze, wheeze, sneeze, squeeze, rt«c the plurals of nouns, and third persons singula^, present tense of verbs tn ee, as bees, he sees. Perfect rhymes, cheese, these, etc. Nearly perfect rhymes, ease, appease, disctse, displease, tease, seize, etc., and ine pb—ah of nouns in ea, as teas, pleas, etc., and the polysyllables ending in es, having the accent on the ante- penultimate, as images, monarchies, etc. EFT. Cleft, left, theft, weft, beref' ntc. Allowable rhymes, lift, sift, etc., and third persons singular, present tense, of verbs in afe, aflf, augh, and iff, as chafed, quaffed, laughed, whiffed, etc. EG. Egg, leg, beg, peg. Allowable rhymes, vague, plague, etc., league, league, etc. EIGH, see AY. EIGHT, see ATE. EIGN, see AIN. EIL, see AIL. EIN, see AIN. EINT, see AINT. EIR, see ARE. EIT, see EAT. EI VE, see EAVE. EIZE, see EEZE. ELL. Ell, dwell, fell, hell, knell, quell, sell, bell, cell, dispel, foretell, excel, compel, befell, yell, well, tell, swell, spell, smell, shell, parallel, sentinel, infidel, citadel, refel, repel, rebel, im- pel, expel. Allowable rhymes, bale, sale, etc., heal, peal, etc., eel, steel, etc. ELD. Held, geld, withheld, upheld, beheld, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in ell, as swelled, felled, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits an J participles of verbs in ale, ail, etc., heal, seal, etc., as empaled, wailed, etc., healed, sealed, etc. ELF. Elf, pelf, self, shelf, himself, etc. ELK. Elk, whelk, etc. ELM. Elm, helm, realm, whelm, overwhelm, etc. Allowable rhymes, palm, film, etc. ELP. Help, whelp, yelp, etc. ELT. Belt, gelt, felt, welt, smelt, pelt, divelt Perfect rhyme, dealt. ELVE. Delve, helve, twelve, etc. ELVES. Elves, themselves, etc. Perfect rhymes, the plurals of nouns and third persons singular of verbs in elf and elve, as twelves, delves, shelves, etc. EM. Gem, hem, stem, them, diadem, stratagem, etc. Perfect rhyme, condemn, contemn, etc. Allowable rhymes, lame, tame, etc., team, sear., theme, phlegm, etc. EME, see EAM. EMN. Condemn, contemn, etc. Perfect rhymes, gem, hem, etc. Allowable rhymes, lame, tame, etc., team, seam, etc. EMPT. Tempt, exempt, attempt, contempt. EN. Den, hen, fen, ken, men, pen, ten, then, when, wren, denizen. Allowable rhymes, bane, fane, etc., mean, bean, etc. ENCE. Fence, hence, pence, thence, whence, de- ience, expense, offence, pretence, commence, abstinence, circumference, conference, confi- dence, consequence, continence, benevolence, concupiscence, difference, diffidence, diligence, eloquence, eminence, evidence, excellence, impenitence, iin|)eitinence, impotence, impu' dence, improvidence, incontinence, indiffer- ence, indigence, indolence, inference, intelli- gence, 'nnocence, magnificence, munificence, negligence, omnipotence, penitence, prefer- ence, providence, recompense, reference, residence, reverence, vehemence, violence. Perfect rhymes, sense, dense, cense, condense, immense, intense, prepense, dispense, suspense, prepense, incense, frankincense. l fl iiil 126 .4 DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. ENCH. Bench, drench, retrench, quench, clench, (tench, tench, trench, wench, wrench, in- trench. END. liend, mend, blend, end, fend, lend, rend, send, spend, tend, vend, amend, attend, ascend, commend, contend, defend, depend, descend, distend, expend, extend, forefend, impend, misspend, obtend, offend, portend, pretend, protend, suspend, transcend, unbend, appre- hend, comprehend, condescend, discommend, recommend, reprehend, dividend, reverend. Perfect rhymes, friend, befriend, and the preterits and participles of verbs in en, as penned, kenned, etc. Alltnaable rhymes, the preterits and participles cf verbs in ean, as {^leaned, yeaned, etc. ENDS. Amends. Perfect rhymes, the plurals of AouHS, and third persons singular, present tensi; of verbs in end, as ends, friends, he abends, etc. ENE, see EAN. ENGK Avenge, revenge, etc. ENGTII. Length, strength, etc. EN.SE, sounded FNZE. Clpnnse. Perfect rhymes, the plurals of ■nouns, and third persons singular, present *tme, of verbs in en, as hens, fens, he pens, he k»ns, etr. ENT. Bent, lent rent, pent, scent, sent, shent, spent, tent, vent, went, absent, meant, ascent, assent, attent, augment, cement, content, con- .wnt, descent, dissent, event, extent, foment, frequent, indent, intent, invent, lament, mis- spent, o'erspent, present, prevent, relent, re- pent, resent, ostent, ferment, outwent, under- went, discontent, unbent, circumvent, represent, abstinent, accident, accomplishment, admon- ishment, acknowledgment, .-iliment, arbitra- ment, argument, banishment, bnttlement, blandishment, astonishment, armipotent, bellip- otent. benevolent, chastisement, competent, compliment, complement, confident, continent, corpulent, detriment, different, diffident, dili- gent, disparagement, document, element, elo- quent, eminent, equivalent, establishment, evident, excellent, excrement, exigent, experi nient, firmament, fraudulent, government, emiiellishment, imminent, impenitent, imperti- nent, implement, impotent, imprisonment, improvident, impudent, incident, incompetent, incontinent, indifferent, indigent, innocent, insolent, instrument, irreverent, languishment, ligament, lineament, magnificent, management, medicament, malecontent, monument, negli- gent, nourishment, nutriment, Occident, omnip- otent, opulent, ornament, parliament, penitent, permanent, pertinent, president, precedent, prevalent, provident, punishment, ravishment, regiment, resident, redolent, rudiment, sacra- ment, sediment, sentiment, settlement, subse- quent, supplement, intelligent, tenement, tern. jTcrament, testament, tournament, turbulent, vehement, violent, virulent, reverent. Alloviablt thymes, paint, saint, etc. ENTS. Accoutrements. Perfect rhymes, the fluralt of nouns, and third persons singular, preicni tense, of verbs in ent, as scents, he assents, etc. El'. Step, nep, etc. Allowable rhymes, leap, reap, etc., rape, tape, etc. EPT. Accept, adept, except, intercept, etc. Per- fect rhymes, crept, slept, wept, kepi. Allorwable rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in .-ipe, eep<7M(/eap, ^j peeped, reaped, shaped, etc. ERR. Err, aver, defer, infer, deter, inter, refer, transfer, confer, prefer, parterre, administer, wagoner, islander, arbiter, character, villager, cottager, dowager, forager, pillager, voyager, massacre, gardener, slanderer, flatterer, idola- ter, provender, theatre, amphitheatre, foreigner, lavender, messenger, passenger, sorcerer, inter- preter, officer, mariner, harbinger, minister, register, canister, chorister, sophister, presbyter, l.iwgiver, philosopher, astrologer, loiterer, prisoner, gra.sshopper, astronomer, sepulchre, thunderer, traveller, murderer, usurer. AlloW' able rhymes, bare, care, etc., ear, fear, etc., bar, car, etc., sir, fir, her, etc, ERCH, see EARCH. ERCE, sec ERSE. A D^CTrOA'AKY OF fUlVMES. 52; ERD, see EARD. ERE, see EER. ERGE. Verge, absterge, emerge, immerge. Perfect rhyme, rlirge. Nearly perfect rhymes, urge, purge, surge. AUowahU rhymes, barge, large, etc. ERN. Eern, stem, discern, concern. Perfect rhymes, learn, earn, yearn, etc. Allcavnblc rhvmes, barn, yarn, etc., burn, turn, etc. ERSE. Verse, herse, absterse, adverse, averse, con- verse, disperse, immerse, perverse, reverse, traverse, asperse, intersperse, univei^e. Perfect rhymes, amerce, coerce, etc., fierce, tierce, pierce, etc. AUotvable rhymes, farce, parse. Mars, etc., purse, curse, etc. ERT. Wert, advert, assert, avert, concert, convert, controvert, desert, divert, exert, exjiert, insert, invert, pervert, subvert. Allowable rhymes, heart, part, etc., shirt, dirt, etc., hurt, spurt, etc. ERVE. Serve, nerve, swerve, prsserve, deser\'e, con- serve, observe, reserve, disserve, subserve. Allcnuable rhymes, starve, carve, etc., curve, etc. ESS. Bless, dress, cess, chess, guess, less, mess, press, stress, acquiesce, access, address, assess, compress, confess, caress, depress, digress, dis- possess, distress, excess, express, impress, op- press, possess, profess, recess, repress, redress, success, transgress, adulteress, bashfulness, bitterness, cheerfulness, comfortless, comeli- ness, dizziness, diocess, drowsiness, eagerness, easiness, embassadress, emptiness, eavenness, fatherless, fillhiness, foolishness, forget fulness, forwardness, frowardness, fruitfulness, fulsome- ness, giddiness, greediness, gentleness, gov- erness, happiness, haughtiness, heaviness, idle- ness, heino'isness, hoariness, hollowness, holi- ness, lasciviousness, lawfulness, laziness, little- ness, liveliness, loftiness, lioness, lowliness, manliness, masterless, mightiness, motherless, motionless, nakedness, needincss, noisomeness, numberless, patroness, peevishness, perfidious- ness, pitiless, poetess, prophetess, ransomless. readiness, righteousness, shepherdess, sorceress, sordidness, spiritless, sprighllincss, stubborn ness, sturdiness, surliness, steadiness, ♦.eiuler- ness, thoughtfulncss, ugliness, uneasines<<, unhappiness, votaress, usefulness, wakefulness, wantonness, weaponless, wariness, willingness, wilfulness, weariness, wickedness, wilderness, wretchedness, drunkenness, childishness. Al lowabie rhymes, mass, pass, etc., mace, place, etc. ESE, see EEZE. ESIl. Elesh, fresh, refresh, thresh, afresh, me«h. Allowable rhymes, mash, flash, etc. ESK. Desk. Perfect rhymes, grotesque, burles(ii-.i», etc. Allowable rhymes, mask, ask. EST. Best, chest, crest, guest, jest, nest, pest, quest, rest, test, vest, west, arrest, attes\, be- quest, contest, detest, digest, divest, invest, infest, molest, optest, protest, request, suggest, unrest, interest, m.-inifest, etc. Perfect rhymes, breast, abreast, etc., and the preterits and parti- ciples of verbs in ess, as dressed, pressed, ex- pressed, etc. Allo7vable rhymes, cast, fast, etc., haste, waste, etc., beast, least, etc. See EAST. ET. Bet, jet, fret, get, let, met, net, set, wet, whet, yet, debt, abet, beget, beset, forget, regret, al- phabet, amulet, anchoret, cabinet, epithet, par- apet, rivulet, violet, counterfeit, coronet, etc. Perfect rhymes, sweat, threat, etc. Allowable rhymes, bate, hate, etc., beat, heat, etc. ETCH. Fetch, stretch, wretch, sketch, etc. Allowablt rhymes, match, latch, etc., peach, bleach, etc. ETE, see EAT. EVE, see EAVE. EUM, see UME. EW. Blew, chew, dew, brew, drew, flew, few, grew, new, knew, hew, Jew, miew, view, threw, yew, crew, slew, anew, askew, bedew, eschew, renew, review, withdrew, screw, inter- view, etc. Perfect rhymes, blue, clue, due, cue, glue, hue, rue, sue, true, accrue, ensue, endue, imbue, imbrue, pursue, subdue, adieu. 528 .1 DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. I \ purlieu, perdue, residue, avenue, revenue, retinue. EWD, see EUD. EWN, fee UNE. EX. Sex, vex, annex, convex, complex, perplex, circumflex, and the plurals of nouns and thini persons singular of verbs in eck, as check, he checks, etc. Allowable rhymes, ax, wax, etc., and the plurals of nouns and third persons singular of verbs in ake, ack, eak, eke, icjue, ike, etc., breaks, rakes, he takes, he breaks, racks, he ekes, pikes, he likes, he piques, etc. EXT. Next, pretexts, and the preterits attd parti- ciples of verbs in ex, as vexed, perplexed, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in ax, as waxed, etc. EY.see AY. IB. Bib, crib, squil), drib, glib, nib, rib. Ai'o7u- able rhymes, bribe, tribe, etc. IBE. Bribe, tribe, scribe, ascribe, describe, super- scribe, prescribe, proscribe, subscribe, tr.-in- scribe, inscribe. Allowable rhymes, bib, crib, etc. ICE, Ice, dice, mice, nice, price, rice, spice, slice, thrice, trice, advice, entice, vice, device. Per- fect rhymes, the nouns, rise, concise, precise, paradise, etc. Allowable rhymes, miss, kiss, hiss, artifice, avarice, cockatrice, benefice, cicatrice, edifice, orifice, prejudice, precipice, sacrifice, etc., piece, fleece, etc. ICH, see ITCfl. ICK. Brick, sick, chick, kick, lick, nick, pick, ({uick, stick, thick, trick, arithmetic, asthmatic, choleric, catholic, phlegmatic, heretic, rhetoric, schismatic, splenetic, lunatic, asteric, politic, empiric. Allowable rhymes, like, pike, etc., weak, speak, etc. ICT. Strict, addict, afflict, convict, inflict, contra- dict, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in ick, as licked, kicked, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and parti- ciples of verbs in ike, eak, as liked, leaked, etc. ID. Bid, chid, hid, kid, lid, slid, rid, bestrid, pyramid, forbid. Allo7vable rhymes, bide, chide, parricide, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in y or ie, as died, replied, etc., lead, bead, mead, ilced, need, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in ee, as freed, agreed, etc. IDE, Bide, chide, hide, glide, pride, ride, slide, side, stride, tide, wide, bride, abide, guide, aside, astride, beside, bestride, betide, confide, decide, deride, divide, preside, provide, suii- side, misguide, subdivide, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in ie and y, as died, replied, etc., and the participle sighed. Alloiuable rhymes, beail, mead, etc., bid, hid, etc. IDES. Ides, besides. Perfect rhymes, the plurals of nouns and third persons singular of verbs in ide, as tides, he rides. Allo7uable rhymes, the plurals of nouns and third persons singular of verbs in ead, id, as beads, he leads, etc., kids, he bids, etc. IDGE. Bridge, ridge, abridge, etc. IDST. Midst, amidst, etc. Perfect rhymes, tht second person singular of the present tense of verbs in id, as thou biddest, thou hiddest, etc. Allowable rhymes, the second person singular of the present tense of verbs in ide, ead, as thou hiddest, thou readest, etc. IE, or Y. By, buy, cry, die, dry, eye, fly, fry, fie, hie, lie, pie, plv, pry, rye, shy, sly, spry, sky, sty, tie, try, vie, why, ally, apply, awry, bely, com- ply, decry, defy, descry, deny, imply, espy, out- vie, outfly, rely, reply, supply, untie, amplify, beautify, certify, crucify, deify, dignify, edify, falsify, fortify, gratify, glorify, indemnify, just- ify, magnify, modify, mollify, mortify, pacify, petrify, purify, putrify, qualify, ratify, rectify, sanctify, satisfy, scarify, signify, specify, stupify, terrify, testify, verify, villify, vitrify, vivify, prophesy. Perfect rhymes, high, nigh, sigh, thigh. Allojvable rhymes, bee, she, tea, etc., pleurisy, chemistry, academy, apostasy, conspir- acy, confederacy, ecstasy, democracy, embassy, A DICTIOI^ARY OF RJIYMF.S. 529 aiMacy, legncy, supremacy, lunacy, privacy, i^racy, mulady, remedy, tragedy, comedy, cos- mography, fjeograpliy, geometry, etc., elegy, certainty, sovereignly, loyalty, disloyalty, pen- alty, casualty, ribaldry, chivalry, infatiiy, con- stancy, fealty, cavalry, bigamy, poly^inxy, /acancy, inconstancy, infancy, company, ac- i company, dittany, tyram-.y, viilr.ny, anarchy, monarchy, lethargy, incendiary, in.':ii::'ary, li- brary, salary, sanctuary, votary, auxiliary, en- trary, diary, granary, rosemary, urgency, in- fantry, knavery, livery, recovery, roi)bery, novelty, anti]iathy, apathy, sympathy, idolatry, galaxy, husbandry, cruelty, enemy, blasphemy, ])roph';cy, clemency, decency, inclemency, emergency, regency, progeny, energy, poverty, .iberty, property, adultery, artery, artillery, bat- tery, beggary, bribery, bravery, delivery, drud- gery, flattery, gallery, imagery, lottery, misery, mystery, nursery, raillery, slavery, sorcery, treachery, discovery, tapestry, majesty, mod- esty, immodesty, honesty, dishonesty, courtesy, heresy, poesy, poetry, secrecy, leprosy, perfidy, subsidy, drapery, symmetry, drollery, prodigy, policy, mutiny, destiny, scrutiny, hypocrisy, family, ability, activity, avidity, assiduity, civil- ity, community, concavity, consanguinity, con- formity, congruity, diuturnity, facility, falsity, familiarity, formali^y, generosity, gratuity, hu- midity, absurdity, activity, adversity, affability, affinity, agility, alacrity, ambiguity, animosity, antiquity, austerity, i^uthority, brsvity, calamity, capacity, captivity, charity, chastity, civility, credulity, curiosity, (inciy, declivity, deformity, duty, dexterity, dignity, disparity, diversity, diviiiity, enmity, enormity, equality, equanim- ity, equity, eternity, extremity, fatality, felicity, fertility, fidelity, frugality, futurity, gravity, hostility, humanity, humility, immanity, imma- turity, immensity, immorality, immortality, im- munity, immutability, impartiality, impossibil- ity, impetuosity, improbity, inanity, incapacity, incivility, incongruity, inequality, indemnity, Infinity, infiexibility, instability, invalidity, jol- lity, lenity, lubricity, ningnanimity, majority, mediocrity, minority, mutability, nicety, per- versity, per|)lexity, perspicuity, prosperity, privity, probability, probity, projjensity, rarity, rapidity, sagacity, sanctity, sensibility, sensual- 34 ity, sclidity, temerity, timidity, tranquillity, virginity, visibility, university, irumpery, a)iok ogy. genealogy, etymology, simony, sympliony soliloquy, allegoiy, armory, lactury, pillory, faculty, treasury, usury, augury, importunity impunity, impurity, inaccuracy, inability, incr» diilily, indignity, infidelity, infirmity, initjuity, integrity, laity, liberality, malignity, maturity, morality, mortality, nativity, necessity, neutral ity, nobility, obscurity, opportunity, partialiiy,, peipetuity, prosperity, priority, prodigality, pu^•. ity, quality, quantity, scarcity, security, severity simplicity, sincerity, solemnity, sterility, stupid ity, Trinitj", vacuity, validity, vanity, vivacitj. unanimity, uniformity, unity, anxiety, gayety impiety, piety, satiety, sobriety, society, variety, customary, melody, philosophy, astronomy, anatomy, colony, gluttony, harmony, agony, gallantry, canopy, history, memory, victoryj calumny, injury, luxury, penury, perjury, usury, industry. lECE, see EASE. lEF. Grief, chief, fief, thief, brief, belief, relief, etc. Perfect rhymes, reef, beef, etc. Nearlj perfect rhymes, leaf, sb^af, etc. lEGE. Liege, siege, oblige, disoblige, assiege, be siege. lELD. Field, yield, shield, wield, afield. Nearlj perfect rhymes, the preterits and participln of verbs in eal, as healed, repealed, etc. lEN, see EEiV. lEND, see END. lERCE, see ERSE. TEST, see EAST. TEVE, see EAVE. IFE. Rife, fife, knife, wife, strife, life. AUoumbh rhymes, cliff, skifi, stiff, whiff, etc. IFF, see IFE. TFT. Gift, drift, shift, lift, rift, sift, thrift, adrifi, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs ifi iff, oi whiffed, etc. TG. Big, f!'g, gig, fig, pig, rig, sprig, twig, swig. Allowable rhymes, league, teague, fatigue, etc. Vi .'' i 530 .-/ DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. IGE, see lEGE. IGH. secIE. IGHT, see ITE. IGN, see INK. IGUE. see IvXGUE. IKE. Dike, like, pike, spike, strike, alike, dislike, oblique. AllowahU rhymes, leak, speak, an- tique, etc., lick, pick, etc. ILL. Bill, chill, fill, drill, gill, l)ill, ill, kill, mill, pill, quill, rill, shrill, frill, skill, spill, still, swill, ihrill, till, trill, will, distil, fulfil, instil, codicil, il.iffodil, utensil. Perfect rhymes, all words ending in ile, ivith the accent on the antepenul- timate syllable, as volatile, etc. Alloivahle thymes, byle, chyle, file, feel, reel, etc., meal, peal, seal, etc., and words in hie, having the accent on the antepenultimate, as suitable, etc. ILD. Child, mild, wild, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs of one syl- lable, in ile, or of more syllables, provided the accent be on the last, as piled, reviled, etc. Allo7vable rhymes, the preterits and participles ef verbs in ill, as filled, willed, etc., in oil, as oiled, boiled, foiled, etc. ILD. Gild, build, rebuild, etc. Perfect rhymes, ■ the preterits and participles of verbs in illed, as filled, willed, etc. Allowable rhymes, child, .mild, and their allowable rhymes, which see. ILE. Bile, chyle, file, guile, isle, mile, pile, smile, .stile, style, tile, vile, while, awhile, compile, revile, defile, exile, erewhile, reconcile, be- guile. Alloivable rhymes, oil, boil, etc., bill, .till, etc. ILK. Milk, silk, bilk, etc. ILT. ' Gilt, jilt, built, quilt, guilt, hilt, spilt, stilt, tilt. ILTH. Filth, tilth, etc. IM. Brim, dim, grim, him, rim, skim, slim, trim, ■whim, prim. Perfect rhymes, limb, hymn, limn, .lllmvable rhymes, lime, time, «1)mr, etc., team, gleam, etc. IMH, see IM. I ME. Chime, time, grime, climb, clime, crime, prime, mime, rhyme, slime, thyme, lime, sulv lime. Allowable rhymes, brim, dim, mari- time, etc. IMES. Heiimes, sometimes, etc. Perfect rhymes, the plurals of nouns and third petsons singular, present tense, of verbs in ime, as chimes, he rhymes, etc. Allowable rhymes, the plurah of nouns and third persons singular, present tense, of verbs in cam, and im, as dreams, brims, he swims, etc. IMN, see IM, IMP. Imp, pimp, limp, gimp. IMPSE. Glimpse: rhymes, the plurals of nouns and third persons present of verbs in imp, as imps, he limps, etc. IN. Chin, din, fin, gin, grin, in, inn, kin, pin, shin, sin, spin, skin, thin, tin, win, within, assassin, javelin, begin. Allonuable rhymes, chine, dine, etc., lean, bean, etc., machine, magazine, etc. INCE. Mince, prince, since, quince, rince, wince, convince, evince. INCH. Clinch, finch, winch, pinch, inch. INCT. Instinct, distinct, extinct, precinct, succinct, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in ink, as linked, junked, etc. INI). Hind, find, mind, blind, hind, kind, grind, rind, wind, behind, vnkind, remind, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in ine, as refined. Allowable rhymes, rescind, prescind, and the noun wind, as it is frequently pro- nounced ; also the participles of verbs in oin, at joined. INE. Dine, brine, mine, chine, fine, line, nin* pine, shine, shrine, kine, thine, trine, twine. A DICTIONAR Y OF RHYMES. m rince, wince, cinct, succinct. ♦irtc, Vine, whine, combine, confine, decline, fefine, incline, inshrine, intwine, opine, cal- cine, recline, refine, repine, superfine, inter- Jine, countermine, undermine, supine, concu- liine, porcupine, divine. Perfect rhymes, sign, assign, consign, design, etc. Allmvable rhymes, bin, thin, tin, origin, join, loin, etc., and poly- fyllahtes ending in ine, pronounced in, as masculine, feminine, discipline, libertine, beroine, etc. ING. Bring, sing, cling, fling, king, ring, sling, spring, sting, string, swing, wing, wring, thing, etc., and the participles of the present tense in ing, with the accent on the antepenultimate, as recovering, allering, etc. INGE. Cringe, fringe, hinge, singe, springe, swinge, tinge, twinge, infringe. INK, Ink, think, wink, drink, blink, brink, chink, clink, link, pink, shrink, sink, slink stink, bethink, forelhink. INT. Dint, mint, hint, flint, lint, print, squint, asquint, imprint. IP. Chip, lip, hip, clip, dip, drip, lip, nip, sip, rip, scrip, ship, skip, slip, snip, strip, tip, trip, whip, equip, eldership, fcllowshii;, workman- •hip, rivalship, and all wards in ship, with the accent on the antepenultimate. Allowable rhymes, wipe, gripe, etc., leap, heap, etc, IPE. Gripe, pipe, ripe, snipe, type, stripe, wipe, archetype, prototype. Allowable rhymes, chip, lip, workmanship, etc. IPSE. Eclipse : rhymes, the plurals ef nouns and third persons singular, present tense, in ip, as lips, strips, etc. Allowable rhymes, the plurals of nouns, and third persons singular, present ttnse, of verbs in ipe, as gripes, wipes, etc. IR, see UR. IRCH, see URCH. IRD, see URD, IRE. Fire, dire, hire, ire, lyre, mire, quire, sire, spire, squire, hire, wire, tire, attire, acquire. admire, aspire, conspire, desire, inquire, entire, expire, inspire, require, retire, transpire, Tyre. Perfect rhymes, friar, liar, brier, und nount formed from verbs ending in ie, or y, as crier, dier, as also the comparative of adjectives of the same sounding terminations, as nigher, shier, etc. IRGE, see ERGE, IRL. Girl, whirl, twirl. Nearly perfect rhymcf, curl, furl, churl, etc. IRM. Firm, affirm, confirm, infirm. Nearly perfect rhymes, worm, term, etc. IRST, see URST. IRT, seeURT. IRTH. Birth, mirth. Perfect rhymes, earth, dearlli, which see, ISS. Bliss, miss, hiss, kiss, this, abyss, amiss, submiss, dismiss, remiss. Allowable rhyvus, mice, spice, etc., peace, lease, etc. IS, pronounced like IZ. Is, his, whiz. ISE, sec ICE and IZE. ISH, Dish, wish, fish, cuish, pish. ISK. Brisk, frisk, disk, risk, whisk, basilisk, tam- arisk, ISP. Crisp, wisp, lisp. 1ST. Fist, list, mist, twist, wrist, a.ssisf, consist, desist, exist, insist, persist, resist, subsist, niche- mist, .imethyst, anatomist, antagonist, annalist, evangelist, eucharist, exorcist, herbalist, hum- orist, oculist, organist, satirist, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in iss, at missed, hissed, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in ice, as spiced, sliced, etc. IT. Bit, cit, hit, fit, grit, flit, knit, nit, pit, quit, sit, split, twit, wit, hit, writ, admit, acquit, commit, emit, omit, outwit, permit, remit, sub mit, transmit, refit, benefit, perquisite, Alloit able rhymes, beat, heat, etc., bite, mite, light, etc. 532 A DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. ^■\ ITCH and ICII. Ditch, pitch, rich, which, fitch, bitch, flitch, hitch, itch, stitch, switch, twitch, witch, he- witch, nich, enrich. ITEandlGIIT. Bite, cite, kite, blite, mite, quite, rite, smite, tpiti', trite, while, write, contrite, disunite, des- pite, indite, invite, excite, incite, polite, reijuite, recite, unite, reunite, aconite, appetite, parasite, proselyte, expedite. Perfect rhymes, Mijjhl, benight, brij^ht, fight, flight, fright, height, light, knight, night, might, plight, right, tight, slight, sight, spright, wight, afTiight, alight, aright, foresight, delight, despite, unsight, upright, benight, bcdight, oversight. Allowable rhymes, eight, height, weight, etc., bit, hit, etc., favorite, hypocrite, infniite, requisite, opposite, apposite, exquisite, etc. ITII. Pith, smith, frith. ITHE. Hithe, blithe, tithe, scythe, writhe, lithe. Allowable rhyme, with. IVE. Five, dive, alive, gyve, hive, drive, rive, shrive, strive, thrive, arrive, connive, contrive, deprive, derive, revive, survive. Allowable rhymes, give, live, sieve, forgive, outlive, fugi- tive, laxative, narrative, prerogative, primitive, sensitive, vegetive, affirmative, nllcrnative, con- templative, demonstmlivc, diminutive, distrib- utive, donative, inquisitive, lenitive, negative, perspective, positive, preparative, provocative, purgative, restorative. IX. Fix, six, flix, mix, affix, infix, prefix, transfix, mtermix, crucifix, etc., and the plurals of nouns and third persons of verbs in ick, as wicks, licks, etc. Alloxvable rhymes, the plurals of nouns and third persons singular of verbs in ike, as pikes, likes, etc. IXT. Betwixt : rhymes, the preterits and parti- ciples of verbs in ix, as fixed, mixed, etc. ISE .ind IZE. Prize, wise, rise, size, guise, disguise, advise, authorize, canonize, chastise, civilize, comprise, criticise, despise, devise, enterprise, excise, ex- ercisv*, idolize, immortalize, premise, revise, ugnaiize, solemnize, surprise, surmise, suffice. sacrifice, sympathize, tyrannize, in,! Iht ph,rak of nouns and third persons singular, present tense, of verbs in ie or y, as pies, lies, he re- plies, etc. Allowable rhymes, miss, hiss, pre- cipice, etc. O, see {)0 and 0\V. OACII. Broach, croach, poach, abroach, approach, encroach, rejiroach. Perfect rhyme, loach. Allowable rhymes, botch, notch, etc., much, hutch, etc. OAD. see AUD and ODE. OAF, see OFF. OAK, see OK E. OAL, see OLE. 0AM, see OME. OAN, see ONE. OAP, see Ol'E. OAR, see ORE. OARD,sceORD. OAST, see OST. OAT, sec OTE. OATH, see OTH, OB. Fob, bob, mob, knob, sob, rob, throb. Per- feet rhymes, swab, squab. Allowable rhymes^ daub, globe, robe, dub, etc. OBE, Globe, lobe, probe, robe, conglobe. Alltmh able rhymes, fob, mob, etc., rub, dub, etc., daub, etc. OCE, see OSE. OCK. Block, lock, cock, clock, crock, dock, frock, flock, knock, mock, rock, shock, stock, sock. Allowable rhymes, oak, jxike, cloke, etc., look, took, etc., buck, suck, etc. OCT. Concoct : rhymes, the preterits and participlet of verbs in ock, as blocked, locked, etc. Allow- able rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in oak and oke, as croaked, soked, yoked, etc. CD. Clod, God, rod, sod, trod, nod, plod, odd, rod, shod. Allowable rhymes, ode, code, mode, etc., and the preterits and participles of verit in ow, as sowed, did sowj etc. ODE and OAD. Bode, ode, code, mode, rode, abode, coi> A DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. 533 rode, eipltxlc, forcho<1c, conitnode, incom- mode, episode, etc. Perftcl rhymes, road, load, Road, load, etc., and the freUrils and failicipUs of verbs in ow, as owed, showed, etc, Allmvable thymes, blood, flood, clod, bod, nod, broad, fraud, etc. See OOD. OE, sec OW. OFF and OUGH. 0(T, scoff, etc. Pel feet rhytiut, congh, trough, etc. AUcfwabie rhymes, oaf, lo«f, etc. , firoof, roof, etc. See f ')F". ( )!■ T. Oft, croft, noft, aloft, etc., nnd tht frtttrits and participUt of verbs in off and uff, at scofTed, etc. OG. HoR, boR, cng, doft, clog, foR, frog, log, jog, etc. /Vr/t<-/ rA)'w/«, dialogue, epilogue, aRot;, »ynagogue, cataloRUc, pedagogue. Allowable rhymes, rogue, vogue, etc. OGUE. Rogue, vogue, prorogue, collogue, diMem< Itogue. Allocable rhymes, bog, log, dialogue, etc. OICE. Choice, voice, rejoice. Allowablt thymes, ticc, vice, rice, etc. OID. Void, avoid, devoid, etc., and tht frtttrits tnd participles of verbs in oy, at buoyed, cloyed, ttc. Allowable rhymes, hide, bide, ride, etc. OIL. Oil, boil, coil, moil, soil, spoil, toil, despoil, cirbroil, recoil, turmoil, disembroil. Allowable 'hjmtt, ible, while, tile, etc. OIN. Coin, join, sul)join, grnin, loin, adjoin, con* Join, disjoin, enjoin, purloin, rejoin. Allowable rhymes, whine, wine, fine, etc. See INE. OINT. Oint, joint, point, disjoint, anoint, appoint, disappoint, counterpoint. Allowablt rhyme, Dint.. OISE. Poise, noise, counterpoise, equipoise, etc., tnd the plurals of nouns, and third persons sin- fular, present tense of verbs in oy, as boys, cloys, etc. Allowable rhymes, wise, size, prize, imd the plurals of nouns, and third persons singular, present tense, of verbs M io «r y, « picti, tries, etc. GIST. Hoist, moist, foist, etc. Perfect rhymes, /W preterits and participles of vei bs in oicc, as rejoiced. Allowable rhymes, the pritnUs ami participles of verbs in ice, as spiced, etc. OIT. Coit, exploit, adroit, etc. Allowablt rhymes. white, light, might, sight, mite, etc. OKE. Broke, choke, smoke, (poke, r'roke, yoke, l)espoke, invoke, provoke, revoke, etc. Perfect rhymes, choak, clonk, oak, soak. Allow able rhymes, stock, mock, etc., buck, luck, etc., talk, walk, etc., look, book, etc. See OCKrtWfl'OOK. OL. Loll, doll, droll, extol, ca|)itoI, etc. AllowabU rhymts, all, ball, etc., awl, bawl, etc., hole, mole, etc., dull, mull, etc. OLD. Old, bold, cold, gold, hold, mold, scold, sold, told, behold, enfold, unfold, uphold, withhold, foretold, manifold, marigold. Perfect rhymes, preterits and participles of verbs in oil, owl, ole and oal, as rolled, cajoled, foaled, bowled, etc. OLE. Bole, dole, jole, hole, mole, pole, sole, stole, whole, shole, cajole, condole, parole, patrole, pistole, etc. Perfect rhymes, coal, foal, goal, soal, bowl, droll, prowl, roll, scroll, toll, troll, control, enroll, etc., soul, etc., to roll, etc. Al- lowable rhymes, gull, dull, etc., bull, full, etc., loll, doll, etc., fool, cool, etc. OLEN. Stolen, swollen. OLT. Boh, colt, jolt, holt, dolt, molt, revolt, thunderbolt. Allowable rhymes, vault, fault, salt, etc. OLVE. Solve, absolve, resolve, convolve, involve, devolve, dissolve, revolve. OM, see UM. OME. Lome, dome, home, tome. Perfect rhymes, foam, roam. comb. Allowablt rhyttttt, dwaU II i S I I J34 A DtCTIONAKY OF RirYMES. lum, come, bomb, etc., troublesome, etc. See JOM. 0MB, see OOM. OMPT, see OUNT. ON, see UN. ON. Don, on, ton, upon, 'lOn, etc. Perfect rhymes, gone, undcrgotic;, etc. Allowable 'hymes, Jun. run, won, etc., own, moan, etc., lone, bone, etc., AmL.?on, cinnamon, compari- son, caparison, garrison, skeleton, union, (uppoo. OND. Pond, bond, fond, beyond, abscond, corre- spond, despond, diamond, vagabond, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in on, as donned, conned, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in one, oan, and un, as stoned, moaned, stunned, etc. ONCE, see UNCE, ONE. Prone, bone, drone, thirone, alone, slonC; eone, lone, zone, atone, enthrone, dethrone, postpone, etc. Perfect rhymes, grown, flown, disown, thrown, sown, own, loan, shown, overthrown, groan, blown, moan, known. Al- lowable rhymes, dawn, lawn, etc., on, con, etc., none, bun, dun, etc., moon, boon, etc. ONG. Long, prong, song, thong, strong, throng, wrong, along, belong, prolong. Allowable rhymes, bung, among, hung, etc. ONGUE, see UNG. ONK, see UNK. ONSE. Sconce, ensconce, etc. Allowable rhymes, iwce, nonce, askaunce, etc. ONT. Font Perfect rhyme, want. Allowable 'kvmes, front, affront, etc., confront, punt, 'unt, etc., the abbreviated negatives, won't, -ton't, etc. OO. Coo, woo. Nearly perfect rhymes, shoe, two, '00, who, etc, do, ado, undo, through, you, true, hlue, liew, strew, etc. Allowable rhymes, know. Wow. go, toe, etc. .See Direction 3. OOD. Brood, mood, food, rood, etc. Nearly per- fict rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in 00, as cooed, wooed, etc. Allowable rhymet wood, good, hood, stood, withstood, unuerstood, brotherhood, livelihood, likelihood, neighbor hood, widowhood, etc., blood, flood, etc., feud, illude, habitude, etc., the preterits and partici> pies of verbs in ue, and ew, as brewed, strewed, etc., imbued, subdued, etc., bud, mud, etc., and the three apostrophized auxiliaries, would, rould, ^omXA, pronounced wou'd, cou'd, shou'd, etc., ode, code, and the preterits and participles of verbs in ow, as crowed, rowed, etc., also nod, hod, etc. OOF. Hoof, proof, roof, woof, aloof, disproof, re- proof, behoof. Allowable rhymes, huff, rutT, rough, enough, etc., off, scoff, etc. OOK. Book, brook, cook, crook, hock, look, rook, shook, took, mistcok, undertook, forsook, betook. Allowable rhymes, puke, fluke, etc., duck, luck, etc., broke, spoke, etc. OOL. Cool, fool, pool, school, stool, tool, betjoL Allowable rhymes, pule, rule, etc., dull, gul', etc., bull, pull, etc., pole, hole, etc. OOM. Gloom, groom, loom, room, spoom, bloom, doom, etc. Perfect rhymes, tomb, entomb, awA the city Rome. Nearly perfect rhymes, whom, womb, etc. Allowable rhymes, come, drum, etc., bomb, thumb, clomb, etc., plume, spume, etc., and from, home, comb, etc. OON. Boon, soon, moon, noon, spoon, swoon, b ''. m, lampoon, poltroon. Allowable rhymes, tune, prune, etc., bun, dun, etc., gone, don, etc., bone, alone, etc., moan, roan, etc. See ONE. OOP. Loop, poop, scoop, stoop, troop, droop, whoop, coop, hoop, etc. Perfect rhymes, soup, group, etc. Allowable rhymes, dupe, up, su|\ tup, etc., cop, top, etc., cope, hope, etc. OOR. Boor, poor, moor, etc. Perfect rhymes, tour, amour, paramour, contour Allowable rhyme*, bore, pore, etc., pure, sure, etc., your, pour, etc« door, floor, etc., bur, cur, etc., sir, stir, etc. OOSE. Goose, loose. Nearly perfect rhymes, tht A DICTIOXARY OF RHYMES. 535 toum deuce, use, etc., profuse, seduce. Allow- ibU rhymes, close, jocose, globose, etc., moss, loss, etc., us, pus, thus, etc, OOT. Root, boot, coot, hoot, shoot. Nearly perfect rhymes, suit, fruit, etc., lute, impute, etc. Alli« verb mourn, the nouns urn, turn, etc. ORN, rhyming with MORN. Horn, shorn, torn, worn, lorn, forlorn, love- lorn, sworn, forsworij, over-born, forbora 536 A DICTIOiXARY Of RHYMES. !'■» Perfea rhyme, mourn. Allowable rhymes, bom, torn, etc., urn, turn, etc. ORSE, see ORCE. Horse, endorse, unhorse. Allmvable rhymes, ■worse, curse, etc., remorse, coarse, course, corse, etc. ORST, see URST. ORT, see ART. ORT, rhyming with WART. Short, sort, exhort, consort, distort, extort, resort, retort, snort. Allowable rhymes, fort, court, port, report, etc., dirt, shirt, etc., wort, hurt, etc. ORT, rhyming with COURT. Fort, port, sport, comport, disport, export, import, support, transport, report. Allowable rhymes, short, sort, etc., dirt, hurt, etc. ORTH. Forth, fourth. Allowable rhymes, north, worth, birth, earth, etc. OSE, sounded OCE. Close, dose, jocose. Pet feet rhymes, morose, gross, engross, verbose. Allowable rhymes, moss, cross, etc., us, thus, etc. OSE, sounded OZE. Close, dose, hose, pose, chose, glose, froze, nose, prose, those, rose, compose, depose, dis- close, dispose, discompose, expose, impose, in- elo!>e, interpose, ojjpose, propose, recompose, repose, suppose, transpose, arose, presuppose, foreclose, etc., a«(/ the plurals of nouns and apostrophized preterits and participles cf verbs in ow, oe, (), etc., as rows, glows, foes, goes, etc. Allowable rhymes, the verbs choose, lose, etc., ind the plurals of nouns and third persons sin- {ular of verbs in ow, rhyming with now, as cows, and the word buzz. OSS. Boss, loss, cross, dross, moss, toss, across, «nil)oss. Allowable rhymes, the nouns, close, dose, jocose, etc., and ns, thus, eic. OST. Cost, frost, lost, accost, etc., and the preterits and participles of words in oss, as niosseo%\, compost, most, etc., coast, boast, toast, etc., bust, must, etc., roost, and the preterits and partici- fles oj verbs in oosc, as loosed, etc. OT, see AT. Clot, cot, blot, got, hot, jot, lot, knot, not, plot, pot, scot, shot, sot, spot, apricot, trot, rot grot, begot, forgot, allot, besot, complof, coun- terplot. Allowable r.4>';««, note, vote, etc., boat, coat, etc., but, cut, etc. OTCH. Botch, notch, etc. Perfect rhyme, watch. Allowable rhymes, much, such, etc. OTE. Note, vote, mote, quote, rote, wrote, smote, denote, promote, remote, devote, anecdote, ante- dote, etc. Perfect rhymes, boat, coat, bloat, doat, float, ^loat, goat, oat, overfloat, afloat, throat, moat. Allowable rhymes, bout, flout, etc., hot, cot, etc., but, cut, etc., boot, hoot, etc. OTH. Broth, cloth, froth, moth, troth, betroth. Per- fect rhyme, wrath. Allowable rhymes, both, loth, sloth, oath, growth, etc., forsooth, the noun mouth, and the solemn auxiliary doth, to which some poets add loathe, clothe, but I think im- properly . See OOTH. OU, see OO and OW. OUBT, see OUT. OUCH. Couch, i)ouch, vouch, slouch, avouch, crouch. Allo'iVable rhymes, much, such, etc., coach, roacii, etc. OUD. Shroud, cloud, proud, loud, aloud, croud, overshroud, etc., and the preterits and partici- ples of verbs in ow, a: he bowed, vowed, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in ow, as owed, flowed, etc., blood, flood, bud, mud, etc. OVE. Wove, inwove, interwove, alcove, clove, grove, rove, stove, strove, throve, drove. Allo^v- able rhymes, dove, love, shove, glove, alx)ve, etc., move, behove, approve, disprove, dis- approve, improve, groove, prove, reproof, etc. OUGH, see OFF, OW, and UFF. OUGHT. Bought, thought, ought, brought, forethought, fought, nought, sought, wrought, besought, be- thought, methought, etc. Perfect rhymes, aught, naught, caught, taught, etc., sometimes draught. A DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. 537 Allowable rhymes, not, yacht, etc., note, vote, etc., butt, hut, etc., hoot, root, etc. OUL, see OLE and OWL. OULD. Mould. Perfect rhymes, fold, old, cold, etc., anJ the preterits and participles of verbs in owl, ol, and ole, as bowled, tolled, cajoled, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and parti- ciples of verbs in ull, as gulled, pulled, etc. OUNCE. Bounce, flounce, renounce, pounce, ounce, denounce, pronounce. OUND. Bound, found, mound, ground, hound, p(.)und, round, sound, wound, abound, aground, around, confound, compound, expound, pro- found, rebound, redound, resound, propound, surround, etc., and the preterits and participles of the verbs in own, as frowned, renowned, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in one, oan, and un, as toned, moaned, sunned, etc., consequently fund, refund, etc., and wound {a hurt), pronounced woond. OUNG, see UNG. OUNT. Count, mount, fount, amount, dismou t, re- mount, surmount, account, discount, miscount, recount. Allowable rhymes, want, font, don't, won't, etc. OUP, see OOP. OUR. Hour, lour, sour, our, scour, dcflour, de- »our, etc., rhymes perfectly with bower, cower, flower, power, shower, tower, etc. , pronounced bow'r, tow'r, etc. Allowable rhymes, bore, wore, roar, pour, tour, moor, poor, etc., pure, ore, etc., sir, stir, bur, cur, etc. OURGE, see URGE. OURN, see ORN and URN. OURS. Ours rhymes perfectly with the plurals of nouns and third persons present of verbs in wr, and ower, as bonis, scours, defiours, /iinvt-rs, showers, etc. Allowable rhymes, the tifurals of nouns and third persons present of verbs in oor and urc, as boora, moors, etc., cures, endures, etc. OURS. Yours rhymes perfectly with the plurals of nouns and third persons present of verbs in ure, as cuies, endures, etc. Allowable rhyme, ours, and its perfect rhymes and the plurals of nouns and third persons present of verbs in oor, ore, and ur, as boors, moors, etc., shores, pores, etc., burs, slui-s, stirs, etc. OURSE, see ORCE. OURT, see ORT. OURTII, see ORTH. OUS, see US. OUS, pronounced OUCE. House, mouse, cliouse, etc. Allowable rhymes, the nouns close, dose, jocose, etc., deuce, use, produce, etc., us, thus, etc., moose, and the noun noose. OUSE, pronounced OUZE, see OWZE. OUT, Bout, lout, out, clout, pout, gout, grout, rout, scout, shout, snout, spout, stout, sprout, irout, about, devout, without, throughout, etc., rhymes perfectly with doubt, redoubt, misdoubt, drought, etc. Allowable rhymes, note vote, etc., boat, co.it, etc., lute, suit, etc., got, not, etc., nut, shut, hoot, boot, etc. OUTII. Mouth, south, when nouns have the th sharp. The verbs to mouth, to south, etc., may allow- ably rhyme with booth, smooth, etc., which see. OW, sounded OU. Now, bow, how, mow, cow, brow, plow, sow, vow, prow, avow, allow, disallow, en- dow, etc. Perfect rhymes, bough, plough, slough [mire), etc., thou. Allowable rhymes, go, no, blow, sow, etc. OW, sounded OWE. Blow, stow, crow, bow, flow, glow, grow, know, low, mow, row, show, sow, strow, stow, slow, snow, throw, trow, below, bestow, fore- know, outgrow, overgrow, overthrow, reflow, foreshow, etc. Perfect rhymes, po, no, toe, foe, owe, wo, oh, so, lo, though, hoc, ho, a^;o, forego, undergo, dough, roe, sloe, and the verb to sew (7f;'/// a needle). Allowable rhymes, now, cow, vow, do, etc. See the last article. GSNU see OLE. Cowl, growl, owl, fowl, howl, prowl, etc. 538 A DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. Perfect rhymes, scoul, foul, etc. Allowable thyiiui, bowl, soul, hole, goal, etc., dull, gull, etc. OWN, see ONF Brown, town, clown, crown c il, null, trull, skull, annul, disannul. Allowable rhymes, fool, tool, etc., wool, bull, pull, full, bountiful fanciful, sorrowful, dutiful, merciful, wonderfui A DICTION ARV OF RHYMES. 539 •rorshipful, and every word ending in ful iwing the accent on the antepenultimate syl- itble. ULE. Mule, pule, yule, rule, overrule, ridicule, misrule. Allowable rhymes, cull, dull, wool, lAill, b/unliful, etc. See the last article. ULGE. Bulge, indulge, divulge, etc, ULK. Bulk, hulk, skulk. ULSE. Pulse, repulse, impulse, cxpulse, convulse, ULT, Result, adult, exult, consult, indult, ociiult. Insult, difficult, etc. Allowable rhymes, colt, bolt, etc. UM. Crum, drum, gruni, gum, hum, mum, scum, plum, stum, sum, swum, thrum. Perfect rhymes, thumb, dumb, succumb, come, become, overcome, burthensome, cumbersome, frolic- some, humorsome, quarrelsome, troublesome, martyrdom, Christendom. Allowable rhymes, fume, plume, rheum, and room, doom, tomb, hecatomb, UME, Pume, plume, assume, consume, perfume, resume, presume, deplume. UMP. Bump, pump, jump, lump, plump, rump, stump, trump, thump. Perfect rhyme, clomp. UN. Dun, gun, nun, pun, run, sun, shun, tun, •tun, spun, begun. Perfect rhymes, son, won, ton, done, one, none, undone. Allowable rhymes, on, gone, etc, tune, prune, etc. See ON. UNCE Dunce, once, e*c. Allowable rhymes, sconce. UNCH. Bunch, punch, hunch, luncii, munch. UND. Fund, refund. Perfect rhymes, the pret- erits and participles of verbs in un,(7X shunned, etc. UNE. Jiint*, tune, untune, jejune, prune, importune, etc. Nearly perfect rhymes, moon, soon, etc. Allowable rhymes, bun, dim. etc. UNG. Clung, dung, flung, hung, rung, strung, sung sprung, slung, stung, swung, rung, unsung Perfect rhymes, young, tongue, among, Atlow able rhymes, song, long, etc, UNGE, Plunge, spunge, expunge, etc. . UNK. Drunk, sunk, shrrnk, stunk, spunk, punk trunk, slunk. Perfect rhyme, monk. UNT, Brunt, blunt, hunt, runt, grunt. PtrfeA rhyme, wont (/o be accustomed^. UP, Cup, sup, up. Allowable rhymes, cope, scope. and dupe, group, etc. UPT. Abrupt, corrupt, interrupt. Perfect r.'iymes, the participles of verbs in up, , idolatrous, in- famous, miraculous, mischievous, mountainous, mutinous, necessitous, numerous, ominous, perilous, poisonous, populous, prosperous, ridiculous, riotous, ruinous, scandalous, scrupu- lous, sedulous, traitorous, Ireacherdus, tyran- nous, venomous, vigorous, villainous, adventur- ous, adulterous, ambiguous, blasphemous, dolorous, fortuitous, sonorous, gluttonous, gratuitous, incredulous, lecherous, libidinous, magnanimous, obstreperous, odoriferous, pon- derous, •■avenous, rigorous, slanderous, solicit- ous, timorous, valorous, unanimous, calamjtous. Allowable rhymes, the nouns use, abuse, diffuse, excuse, the verb to loose, and the nouns goose, deuce, juice, truc% etc., close, dose, bouse, vouse, etc. | USE, with the s pure. The nouns use, disuse, abuse, deuce, truce. Perfect rhymes, the verb to loose, the nouns, goose, noose, moose. Allowable rhymes, uf thus, buss, etc. USE, sounded UZE. Muse, the verbs to use, abuse, amuse, diffuse, excuse, infuse, misuse, peruse, refuse, suffuse, transfuse, accuse. Perfect rhymes, bruise, and the plurals of nouns and third persons singular of verbs in ew, and ue, as dews, imbues, etc Allowable rhymes, buzz, does, etc. U3H. Blush, brush, crush, gush, flush, rush, hush. Allowable rhymes, bush, push. USK. Busk, tusk, dusk, husk, musk. UST. Bust, crust, dust, just, must, lust, rust, thrust, trust, adjust, adust, disgust, distrust, intrust, mistrust, robust, unjust. Perfect rhymes, th* preterits and participles of verbs in uss, as trussed, discussed, etc. UT. But, butt, cut, hut, gut, glut, jut, nut, shut, strut, englut, rut, scut, slut, smut, abut. Perfect rhyme, soot. Allowable rhymes, boot, etc., dis- pute, etc., boat, etc. UTCIL Hutch, crutch, Dutch. Perfect rhymes, much, such, touch, etc. UTE. Brute, lute, flute, mute, acute, compute, con- fute, dispute, dilute, depute, impute, minute, pollute, refute, reput';, salute, absolute, attri- bute, constitute, destitute, dissolute, execute, institute, irresolute, persecute, prosecute, pros- titute, resolute, substitute. Perfect rhymes, fruit, recruit, etc. Allowable rhymes, boot, etc., boat, etc., note, etc., hut, etc. UX. Flux, reflux, etc. Perfect rhymes, the plurals of nouns and third persons of 7ierbs in uck, as ducks, trucks, etc. Allowable rhymes, the plu- rals of nouns and third persons of verbs tK ook, uke, oak, etc., as cooks, pukes, oaks, etc. Y, see IE. rz. e, deuce, trace. lose, the nouns, 'lie rhymes, u/ E. , amuse, diffuse, refuse, suffuse, lies, bruise, and Persons singular vs, imbues, etc tc. ish, rush, hush. ist, rust, thrust, istrust, intrust, 'tct rhymes, the rbs in uss, as , jut, ni'.t, shut, , abut. Perfect , boot, etc., dis- trject rhymes. compute, con- iipute, minute, absolute, attri- ilute, execute, irosecute, pros* ^erfect rhymet, 'tries, boot, etc., tes, the plurals erbs in uck, as hymes, the plu- US of verbs iK [kes, oaks, etc. % ® C^ B //..».. ■//- " V • . /^ tl ^•KT r . ;:A '» "S^i, ^l7^I|^ ,^id croqut.proi, nny be piriced ui o ..aid b:: accurately :, (ait lawn iv '•'''• ^ 'I ihtt balls. re ?;vVorul ■vva)^ "' •'- •"try ren"ires •:. . ,]• •■ ".fft'r e'^'U •■-. A hC'ij. :■< ..ivvn) *n froi. . ■:-»- phu.L-'d i> -• - , eg b tbef' driv ,■' on each ssd^. (; >;/J:i i;iid « ui nf ib^ -i, .'.%& 4t?f>»c. iv *>'-.< .I* ■, iujap ''--'ifl ^' y-t.. .^•:vjif. ll^,^■]f>^ Oii6 inidwiiy bctweti* tuc i*''0 kl^iwuvd V-*>Dj^ ^ ■r_ m '^-'^L^^ ■mjt-' '■1^. :■*->, IIJME AMUSEMENTS. 54 » Embracing Brief and Comprehensive Rules for the Most Popular and Amusing GamsSy Sports^ and Flays, Both In-door and Out-door, for Both Sexes, Old and Young, Showing HOW TO MAKE HOME HAPPY, OUT'DOOR AMUSEMENTS. As this is peniliarly a lady's game, although played by both sexes, we shall, in what follows, speak of the player as a female. Tlie rules which follow are based upon the experieijce of the best players, and are regarded, both in this country and in England, as authoritative upon the subject. Arranging the Ground. A full-sized croquet-ground should measure forty yards by thirty yards ; but the game may be placed in a smaller space. In all cases the boundaries of the ground should be accurately defined. A smoothly cut lawn is the best for the game ; the grass forming a soft cushion for the balls. There are several ways of arranging the hoops. The method commonly used in this country requires ten hoops, and two pegs. The pegs are set a few feet from the upjier and lower ends of the lawn or space used, and are driven firmly into the ground. A hoop is then set into the ground a few feet (according to the size of the lawn) in front of the peg or stake, and in a line with it, and a second hoop is placed at a similar distance in front of the first one. A second stake or peg is then driven into the ground at the opposite end of the lawn, and twc hoops are set up in front of it, at equal distances, as above. Now set up a hoop on each side (right and left) of the second hoop from the stake. Then set up the remaining hoops, one midway between the two left-hand hoops, i'l^i'l J42 nOMF. AMUSEMENTS. and the other midway between the two right-hand hoops, .ind the gronnd H ready for the game. Implements Used in the Game. The implements used in croquet ai four in number, viz. : balls, mallets, hoops, and stakes. T/if Balls. — These should be made of box or some other hard wood, and should be about ten inches in circumference, and weigh about five and a half ounces. They should be painted of different colors, and as brightly as possible. The usual colors arc red, blue, orange, brown, pink, green, yellow and black. The Mallets. — These instruments ought to weigh at least twice as much as the balls. Some makers furnish mallets which are absolutely lighter than the balls. This is a manifest absurdity. The propelling instrument ought always to be much heavier than the object which it propels, otherwise the player is obliged to supply the v/ant of the weight by throwing; extra force into his stroke, and therefore to disarrange bis aim and to destroy all delicacy of play. This self-evident rule is carried out in all other games where balls are struck, and there can be no reason why croquet should form the solitary exception. The length of the mallet-handle is another point of great importance. As a general thing the handles are much too long. Two feet four inches from the head of the mallet is amply sufficient length for a mallet-handle, and we should always be inclined to remove an inch even from this length. Very tall persons will of course require longer handles, but for persons of ordinary height a mallet ought not to exceed two feet six inches in total length. Ladies, especially, do not need long mallets, and we are sure, from practical experience, that every inch of useless length detracts from the real power of the instrument. The two faces of the mallet-head should be slightly convex. The Hoops. — These are made of iron wire about as thick as an ordinary stair- rod, bent over to form an arch. One foot is usually the span of the arch. The hoops should be painted white, as darker colors are indistinct on a lawn. The Stakes. — These are stout pieces of wood, sharpened to a point at the lower end. They are usually about two or two and a half inches in diameter, and are painted in a succession of rings, the colors of which correspond with those of the balls. The implements for the game should be of a good quality. A poor, cheap set is dear in the end, as it will soon break, Lejimtions. A Point is made when a hoop is run, or a stake is hit, in order. The Croquet. — When one ball strikes another, the striker's ball is taken up, placed against the other, and then struck with the mallet, so as to communicate the stroke to the other ball. Tight Croquet. — When the player rests his foot on his own ball, and hold* it in his place while he strikes it with the mallet. he gronnd it )alls, mallets, d wood, and ve and a half y as possible, and black. » much as th^ lan the balls, always to lie er is obliged 3 stroke, and Is are struck, xception. tance. As a :hes from the id we should r persons of total length. om practical eal power of rdinary stair« of the arch, on a lawn, point at the in diameter, ■respond with i poor, cheap 1 is taken up, communicate 11, and holdi A FA^^lO^Al!LE CROgUET PAKTV. HOME AMUSEMENTS. 545 ^^ ■SJ.1 mm 111 tight croquet, if the striker's ball slips from under the foot when struck, the stroke is lost, and he loses his turn of play. Loose Croquet. — When the striker's ball is not \ield down by tie foot, so that both balls are driven by the stroke. Some players call loose croquet "double croquet," or " taking two turns." Roquet. — When a ball, which is fairly struck 'by the mallet, comes in contact with another ball. Turn of Plav is when a player continues to drive his ball through hoops, to strike the stakes, or to roque other balls. Rover. — A ball which has passed all the hoops and touched the turning-stake. None but the rover may employ the loose croquet. Striking Out. — When a ball has passed all the hoops, and struck both stakes, it is said to have " struck out," because it is henceforward out of the game. Bridged Ball. — Any ball that has passed the first- hoop. BoOBV. — Any ball that has failed to pass the first hoop. %\t %m$ 0t Croquet. 1. Mallets. — There should be no restriction as to the number, weight, size, shape, or material of the malleis j nor as to the attitude or position of the striker; nor as to the part of the mallet held, provided the ball be not struck with the handle, nor the mace stroke used. 2. Size of Balls. — The balls used in match play shall be 35^ inches in diameter. 3. Choice of Lead and of Balls. — It shall be decided by lot which side shall have choice of lead and of balls. In a succession of games the choice of lead shall be alternate, the sides keeping the same balls. 4. Commencement of Game. — In commencing, each ball shall be placed on the starting spot. The striker's ball, when so placed and struck, is at once in play, and can roquet another, or be roqueted, whether it has made the first hoop or not. 5. Stroke, v/hen taken. — A stroke is considered to be taken if a ball be moved in the act of striking; but should a player, in taking aim, move her ball accidentally, it must be replaced to the satisfaction of the adversary, and the stroke be then taken. If a ball be moved in taking aim, and then struck without being replaced, the stroke is foul (see Law 25). 6. Hoop, when run. — A ball has run its hoop when, having passed through from the playing side and ceased to roll, it cannot be touched by a straight-edge [)Iaced against the wires on tlie side from which it was played. 7. Baix driven partly through Hoop. — A ball driven partly through ity hoop from the non-playing side cannot run the hoop at its next stroke, if it can te touched by a straight-edge placed against the wires on the non-playing side 8. Points counted to Non-Striker's Ball. — A ball driven through its hoop, i! 544 HOME AMUSEMENTS. or against the turning-stake, by any stroke not foul, whether of its own or of the adverse side, counts the point so made. 9. Points made for Adversary's Bali.. — If a point be made for an adver« sary's ball, the striker must inform her adversary of it. Should the striker neglect to do so, and the adversary make the point again, she may continue het turn as though she had played for her right point. 10. The Turn. — A player, when her turn comes round, may roquet each ball once, and may do this again after each point made. The player continues her turn so long as she makes a point or a roquet. 11. Croquet imperative after Roquet. — A player who roquets a ball must take croquet, and in so doing must move both balls (see Law 25). In taking croquet, the striker is not allowed to place her foot on the ball. 1 2. Ball in hand after Roquet. — No point or roquet can be made by a ball which is in hand. If a ball in hand displace any other balls, they must remain where they are driven. Any point made in consequence of such displacement counts, notwithstanding that the ball displacing them is in hand. 13. Balls Roqueted simultaneously. — When a player roquets two balls simultaneously, she may choose from which of them she will take croquet; and a second roquet will be required before she can take croquet from the other ball. 14. Balls found Touching. — If at the commencement of a turn the striker's ball be found touching another, roquet is deemed to he made, and croquet must be taken at once. 15. Roquet and Hoop made by same Stroke. — Should a ball, in making its hoop, roquet another that lies beyond the hoop, and then pass through, the hoop counts as well as the roquet. A ball is deemed to be beyond the hoop if it lies so that it cannot be touched by a straight-edge placed against the wires on the playing side. Should any part of the ball that is roqueted be lying on the playing side of the hoop, the roquet counts, but not the hoop. 16. Pegging OUT. — If a rover (except when in hand) be caused to hit the winning-stake by any stroke of the same side, not foul, the rover is out of the game, and must be removed from the ground. A rover may similarly be pegged out by an adverse rover, 17. Rover PEGGED OUT by Roquet. — A player who pegs out a rover by a roquet loses the remainder of her turn. 18. Balls sent off the Ground. — A ball sent off the ground must at once be replaced 3 feet within the boundary, measured from the spot where it went off, and at right angles to the margin. If this spot be already occupied, the ball last sent off is to be placed anywhere in contact with the other, at the option of the player sending off the ball. 19. Ball sent off near Corner. — A ball sent off within 3 feet of a corner is to be replaced 3 feet from both boundaries. 20. Ball touching Boundary. — If the boundary be marked by a line on the turC a ball touching the line is deemed to have been off the ground. If tho HOME AMUSEMENTS. 545 )wn or of an adver- :he striker •ntinue her t each ball itinues her I ball must In taking ie by a ball lUst remain splacement two balls )quet ; and other ball, he striker's oquet must I making its h, the hoop op if it lies ires on the ing on the to hit the out of the y be pegged rover by a ust at once ere it went ed, the ball the option of a corner I line on the nd. If the boundary be raised, a ball touching the boundary is similarly deemed to have oeen off the ground. 21. Ball sent off and returning to Ground. — If a ball be sent off tne G:round, and return to it, the ball must L»e similarly replaced, measuring from the point of first contact with the boundary. 22. Bail sent within 3 feet of Boundary. — A ball sent within 3 feet of the boundary, but not off the ground, is to be replaced as though it had beer, sent off — except in the case of the striker's ball, when the striker has the option of bringing her ball in, or of playing from where it lies. 23. Boundary interfering with Stroke. — If it be found that the heighi of the boundary interferes with the stroke, the striker, with the sanction of th. umpire, may bring in the balls a longer distance than 3 feet, so as tc allow a free swing of the mallet. Balls so brought in must be moved in the line of aim. 24. Dead Boundary. — If, in taking croquet, the striker send her own ball, or the ball croqueted, off the ground, she loses the remainder of her turn; but if by the same stroke she make a roquet, her ball, being in hand, may pass the boundary without penalty. Should either ball while rolling after a croquet be touched or diverted from its course by an opponent, the striker has the option given her by Law 26, and is not liable to lose her turn should the ball which has been touched or diverted pass the boundary. 25. Foul Strokes. — If a player make a foul stroke, she loses the remainder of her turn, and any point or roquet made by such stroke does not count. Balls moved by a foul stroke are to remain where they lie, or be replaced, at the option of the adversary. If the foul be made when taking croquet, and the adversary elect to have the balls replaced, they must be replaced in contact as they stood when the croquet was taken. The following are foul strokes : (a) To strike with the mallet another ball instead of or besides one's own in making the stroke. {b) To spoon, I. (?., to push a ball without an audible knock. {/) To su ike a ball twice in the same stroke. (rf) To touch, stop, or divert the course of a ball when in play and rolling, whether this be done by the striker or her partner. {e) To allow a ball to touch the mallet in rebounding from a stake or wire. (/) To move a ball which lies close to a stake or wire by striking the peg o' wire. {g) To press a ball round a stake or wire (crushing stroke). (//) To play a stroke vifter roquet without taking croquet. (/■) To fail to move both balls in taking croquet. {k) To croquet a ball which the striker is not entitled to croquet. 26. Balls touched by Adversary. — Should a ball when rolling, except \\ be in hand, be touched, stopped, or diverted from its course by an adversary, the striker may elect whether she will take tiie stroke again, or whether the bal.' 35 >46 HOME AMUSEMENTS. I « I Si' ihall remain where it stonpc-d, or be placed where, in the judgment of thw umpire, it would have rolled to. 27. Balls stopped or diverted by Umpire. — Should a ball be stopped o-. diverted from its course by an umpire, she is to place it where she considiTs it would have rolled to. 28. Playing out of turn, or with the wrong ball. — If a player play o-.it of turn, or with the wrong ball, the remainder of the turn is lost, and any poiiu or roquet made after the mistake. The balls remain where they lie when the penalty is claimed, or are replaced as they were before the last stroke was made, at the option of the adversary. But if the adverse side play without claiming the penalty, the turn holds good, and any point or points made after the mis- take are s orer aim. 34. Umpirv^.— An umpire shall not give he uninion. or notice any erro« HOME AMUSEMENTS. 547 that may be made, unless appealed to by one of the players. The decision of an umpire, when appealed to, shall be final. The duties of an umpire are: (ft.) To decide matters in dispute during the game, if appealed to. (^.) To keep the score, and, if asked by a player, to disclose the state of it. (r.) To replace balls sent oF 'he ground, or to see that they are properly adjusted. (//.) To adjiist the hoops or stakes not upright, or to see that they arc properly adjusted. 35. Absence op Umpire. — When there is no umpire present, permission to move a ball, or to set up a stake or hoop, or other indulgence for which an umpire would be appealed to, must be asked of the other side. 36. Appeal to Referee. — Should an umpire be unable to decide any point at issue, she ma; appeal to the referee, whose decision shall be final ; but no player may appeal to the referee from the decision of the umpire. Theory of the Game. The game of croquet is played by opposite parties, of two or more on a side, each player being provided with a mallet and her own ball which are dis- tinguished by their color. The players each in their turn place their balls a mallet's length in front of the starting stake, and strike them with the mallet, the object being to pass through the first one or two hoops. The turning or upper stake must be struck with the ball before the player can pass her ball through the returning hoops. On returning to the starting point, the ball must strike the starting post before the player can be considered a winner. The side that gets its balls out first wins the game. Suggestions to Players. The Croquet. — Having mastered the art of driving her own ball in a straight line in any requisite direction, so as to strike another ball or to pass through a hoop, and the more difficult -rt of "placing" it — that is, of so judging the strength of her stroke as to make the ball roll exactly as far, and no farther, than she desires — the player must study and master the art and practice of thus directing and placing two balls — that is, she must make herself a proficient in the "croquet." In the earlier days of croquet tliere was much to be said and learnt upon the right method and judicious employment of " tight croquet " — a feature in the game now happily abolished. The stroke was made as follows: The striker placed the two balls together as in "croquet" proper, put her foot upon hei own ball, and then delivered the stroke. If this was done properly — and it was hardly possible for a player who had had any practice to fail, except from ex- treme carelessness — the object-ball was driven off at a velocity proportioned to the vigor of the stroke, and in a direction in accordance with the relative posi- ^.«*!#^- .' 'm- 548 HOME AMUSEMENTS. tions of the two balls, as we have explained further on, while the striker's ball remained firm under her foot. It has been found that all the advantages of this old " tight croquet " may be obtained by skill in the use of the mallet unaided by the foot ; and therefore for this and other reasons, not necessary now to specify, its use has been abolished. To drive your own ball where you will in a straight line is a matter of com- parative faf;ility, and some skill in "judging strength " is not difificult of attain- inent, nor by any means uncommon ; to treat in like manner the object-ball, while your own is held firm with your foot, is not only not more difficult, but positively much more easy, and far less liable to failure; but to be able to place both balls at will exactly where most wanted — either following each other, or each going off at a different angle, and having to traverse a different distance — this, indeed, is a very triumph of skill and dexterity, and entitles a player to a place among the very first, so far as mere mechanical proficiency is concerned. It is in the croquet that are to be found all the scientific possibilities of the game ; and, therefore, the player who desires to excel cannot take too much trouble in making herself as far as possible mistress of this fascinating branch of its practice. • In order to do this with any success, she must possess or acquire a thorough knowledge, theoretical or practical, or both, of the natural laws which govern the motions of the balls when brought into contact with one another. "We need not go into any abstruse scientific details ; they are not necessary for the due attainment of our object, which is to take a practical rather than theoretical view of the subject : a reference to one simple rule of mechanics will answer every purpose. If one ball be driven by another ball coming in contact with it, the former will fly off from the latter in the direction of the straight line joining their centres. This rule holds good also when the two balls are in contact at rest, and one is struck as in *' the croquet." Attention to this rule will make the direction of the croqueted ball a matter of mathematical certainty. Get this line correctly, and it matters not how you strike your own ball : the croqueted ball must take the right direction. There is not much difficulty in placing either the croqueted or the croqueting ball singly J but when both have to be " placed," or still more when both have to be taken through a series of hoops together, then the player will indeed be required to put forth her utmost skill — to do all she knows. - The movements of the croqueting ball depend entirely upon the handling of the mallet. A simple formula will, perhaps, prove more serviceable here than pages of instruction. Bear this, therefore, in mind: "Short sharp strokes PRODUCE GREAT ANGLES J LONG SWEEPING STROKES, FINE ANGLES." The former drive the croqueted ball, and hardly stir the other; the latter drive the croqueting ball, and, unless the angle be fine, scarcely move the croqueted. HOME AMUSEMENTS. 549 er's ball ' may be thercror«> lias been of com- of attain- •ject-ball, iciill, but ; to place other, or istance — layer to a icerned. es of the oo much jranch of thorough h govern necessary ther than lanics will le former ling their :t at rest, a matter ; how you roqueting both have ndeed be ndling of here than • STROKES he former drive the etcd. In making the sweeping or driving stroke, the mallet must be grasjicd with rigid hand and wrist as firmly as possible, and quite low down, and must be made to follow well after the ball. Great firmness and decision are required to make tliis very useful stroke effeclively. The short sharp strokes must be delivered with a loose wrist, the mallet not being held too tight, but rather allowed to play in the hand. Care must bt; taken, too, to arrest the mallet's motion at the very instant of delivery: if it be allowed to follow the ball in the least, it will not only modify the angle, but will impart to the ball more or less of its own forward impetus. To avoid this, the mallet should be brought up sharp with a kind of jerk — a knack not very difficult of acquirement. A thorough command of this method of making the croquet is exceedingly valuable, and, indeed, to a first-rate player, is simply indispensable: in every game she is sure to find abundant opportunity of making it service- able. It is exceedingly difficult to make these short sharp strokes with any certainty with the heavy mallets, and it requires an exertion of muscular power not possible to everybody. It is better, especially for ladies, when this stroke occurs in the game, to lay aside the large mallet, and to make use of the small one. This being actually lighter than the balls, will have a tendency of itself to fly back when the stroke is delivered, and will therefore require little of tnat sudden jerk back which is so trying to the wrist, and what it does require is rendered comparatively a matter of unimportance by its immeasurably inferior momentum. With the small mallet a skilful ' 'T'er can drive the croqueted ball to the very extremity of the ground, and yet : :. .'v her own ball from the spot. This can, of course, only be done where • ^' no attempt at a splitting stroke ; but even in this latter case it is perfectly wonu.rful what may be, done with the two balls : the croqueted ball may be sent far away in one direction, and the striker's ball be made to roll, screwing along in a slow aggravating manner, up to another ball or towards a hoop, only a foot or so off. There is one more maxim which we wish to impress upon our readers : Keep YOUR OWN HALLS TOGETHER, AND VUUR ADVERSARY'S APART. In this lies thf secret of all successful management of a game. However hard it may seem at the time to give up a strong ix)sition with one ball, in order to go back and help ita laggard brother, or to stop a combination of the enemy, it musthe done, and done systematically too, at all hazards. One ball by itself is a very lame and impotent affair : two together become a host. If at the end of a break you find nothing immediately to your hand for you to do, as must constantly happen as soon as your ball has made all or most of its hoops, and with but one turn left, lie up to your second ball, unless, of course, it be dose to an enemy, when such play would be simply suicidal. You thus place your enemy in this position : Either she must go on with her game, ano risk letting you in with your two balls together — a thing no player would think ill il' 550 HOME AMUSEMENTS. af, unless she had '•..s ^absolutely certain strokes before her, which would make it worth her v. e to b we the after risk — or you compel her to leave hci game, and come and separate '. .r balls. In either case you retard her game, which is the same thing as advancing your own. We have seen many a game iost and won by attention or neglect of this simple rule. pwn S^Knttijd. The game needs, first of all, a smooth, level ground, which may be either hard-rolled earth, asphalt, or (.probably best of all) well-rolled, closely cut turf. A set consists of four racquets, four India rubber balls, 2yi^ inches in diameter and 1^ ounces in weight, and a net attached to two posts, 24 feet apart, at a height of 5 feet from the ground at tiie posts, and sagging to a height of only 4 teet at the centre. The best dimensions for the ground, according to the rules of the Marylebone Cricket Club, are 30 feet wide at the base lines (the end lines), 24 feet wide at the centre, where it is spanned by the net, and 78 feet long. The ground is divided lengthwise by a central line, and on either side of this, as one stands facing the net, are the " right court " and " the left court." The courts are again divided by a "service line," drawn parallel to the base linos at a distance of 26 feet from the net. The ground may be longer than this, according as four, six or eight players are engaged; but the service lines should always be at two-thirds of the distance from the net to the base lines. Aground may be easily and quickly measured and marked out with a 100-foot tape-line and some plaster of paris and water or whitewash, or, indeed, almost any substance which will make r. distinct line on the turf. To play the game, sides are formed, each occupying its own side of the net, and the choice of courts may be determined by spinning a racquet in the air, while an opponent calls out "rough" or "smooth" before it falls to the ground with one of those faces uppermost. The side which loses the choice of courts may elect to begin as "hand-in" or "hand-out." Hand-in is the one who "serves" the ball, that is, begins the game (standing with one foot on either side of his base line) by serving (striking) the ball so that it shall pass over the net and come to the ground in the diagonally opposite court between the oppo- nent's service line and the net. If he serves the bail into the wrong court, into the net, or into the diagonally opposite court, but beyond the service line, he makes a " fault." Hand-in becomes hand-out (and his opponent becomes the server) when he serves the ball outside of court, or when he makes two succes- sive faults; or when he fails to return the ball so that it shall fall into one of his opponent's courts. When hand-in makes a "good service " (serves the ball 'Uto the diagonally opposite court within the service line), the hand-out, who is guarding that court, attempts with his racquet to strike the ball as it bound* from the grouna, so that it s^iall return over the ae^ into either one of hand-in's ch would leave hci ler game, y a game be either ' cut turf. diameter part, at a of only 4 the rules (the end d 78 feet k of this, t." The se linos at :han this, les should A ground tape-line most any f the net, 1 the air, he ground of courts : one who on cither i over the the oppo- ourt, into e line, he :omes the ^o succes- to one of es the ball (ut, who is it bounds hand-in'i HOME AMUSEMENTS. 55 1 lourts. Hand-in, or his partner, may then strike the ball before it bounds (thai is to say, " volley " it), or, after it has bounded once, returning it again within hand-out's courts, and then hand-out has like privileges with it. The ball can thus be struck any number of times back and forth over the net until one or the other fails to return it, or returns it so vigorously that it falls outside the oppo- nent's courts, or allows the ball to touch any part of his clothes or person. DIAGRAM OF A LAWN TENNIS COURT. If it is hand-out, or his partner, who fails to make ** good return," or if thf service is volleyed, one point is scored for hand-in. Hand-in then again serves the ball (serving from his right and left courts alternately), and if he makes a good service and makes good returns until hand-out finally fails to make a good return, another point is scored for hand-in, and he continues to serve and add to his score until he fails. When hand-in fails to make a good service or a good return, or makes two successive faults, no point is scored, and one of his opponents becomes the server. The side which first scores fifteen points, or " aces," wins the game. But, if both sides reach fourteen, the score is called "deuce." A new point, called "vantage," is then introduced, and either side, in order to score game, must win two points in succession, called " vantage " and " game." It is important to remein()er that, when a ball drops on any line, it is con- sidered to have dropped within the court aimed at and bounded by that line, and that it is a good service or a good return, although the ball may have touclied the net or either of the posts in passing over them. §ad[minto». Badminton is an English game, and ather resembles lawn tennis, but it is played with battledoors and shuttlecocks over a net. The dimensions of ground required to be set apart for the i^ame are sixty feet long and thirty feet wide. The net is stretched across the hall or lawn, and tho 1 5 J HOME AMUSEMENTS. ";ord, having been aflRxed at top ami bottom to the standard, is to he secured to a stake or peg driven into the ground at each end of the net. The net diviuo the ground into two parts; eacii part must again be divided into two by mariting with challt or by a ccrd tiiroiigh the centre of the net. At three feet distance on each side of the net a line is to be drawn, and this is termed the serving rrcase. Four players on each side, or eight, are the ordinary number. If the players are many, the score of the game is 29; if few, 21. The side first tu hcrve is de- termined by lot, and in order to equalize the chances, only half the number of pJayers thus selected serve in the first innings. After the first innings all the opponents serve, and then all the others in rotation. The battlcdoor must never be raised higher than the elbow, and the shuttle- cock must be struck invariably underhand tlie first play. At other times it may be struck either over or under, but only under when serving. The game begins by the serving i)layer standing in the court on his right hand, and throwing or serving the shultlcc o( k into the opposite diagonal court. If the oi)pontnt jilayer does not meet and drive it kick before it touches the ground, then the first player scores one, and at once removes into the court to the left of that in which he stands, and another server takes his place, and throws the sluittlococ k. if the adversary term"d the servoe strike the shuttlecock back, and the server, or first player, miss it, then the latter is out — this is called a " hand out " — and another player of his side takes his place, but then the servces score one. If the server miss the shuttlecock in the act of serving, or strike it overhand, he is out. If the shuttlecock does not clear the net, or if it fall within the serving crease on the other side, if he serve it into the wrong court, or beyond the boundary, he is out, and the others score. When all on one side have served, the other party become servers. The servers score a point each time that the shuttlecock is missed by the adversary, or not struck back clear of the net, or if struck beyond the boundary. The winners of a game become servers in the following one. This is a very old English game, and war. known in the days of Queen Eliza- "Leth, who declared it to be "the best sport she had seen." For this game a garden wall, or the side of a house without windows, with a piece of smooth ground before it, is necessary. A line is drawn with chalk on tiie wall at a distance of about a yard from the bottom. On the ground a long line is marked out, with two other lines at right angles with it, reaching to the wall, forming an oblong square. This space marks the "bounds." The players stand in a row outside the boundary line, a player on each side standing alternately; for, of course, as it is a trial of skill, the players divide, ts in croquet. ' The first player begins the game by bouncing the ball on the ground in the nOi.:E AMUSEMENTS. 553 Chincie manner of playing ball. On its rebouiuling, he strikes it with the palm of his hand against the wall in such a manner that at its descent it shall fall outside " bounds." This is done only for \\\t first stroke ; after it the ball must be struck so as fo fall within /lounJs, utiierwisc the opposite jjarly scores "one." The players strike the ball in turn — first one side, then the other. If any player misses the ball at the rebound, or strikes it beneath the line on the wall, or hits it out of "bounds," the o[)posite side count "one." "Fif- teen" is the game, and the side which first counts it, wins. Prisoner's Base used lo be considered a game for boys only; but the hardier education of the young ladies of the present day has caused it to become a game for both brothers and sisters. The exercise and animation of this pastime wiil render it delightful on a cold winter afternoon. It is played thus: A lung straigiu line is marked out on the ground parallel with a wall, hedge, laurel fence, etc., but at about two or three yards distance from it, and this space is divided into two eijual portions. These are called bases. One belongs to the first of the two parties or sides into which the players are divided, the other to their antagonists. At some tolerable distance fi;om the bases, two prisons arc marked out parallel with each oilier, with a good space between them; each prison must be opposite to its own party's base. The players should consist of an even number, and should have two leaders or chiefs, under whom they must be equally divided. 'hey range themselves in a long row, just behind the front line of their respective bases, and the game begins by one player (called "the Stag") run- ning from his own base in the direction of the prisons. When he has run a few paces he shouts " Chevy! " at which signal one from the opposite party rushes out and tries to touch him. Instantly another player from the stag's party darts off to intercept the pur- suer, whom he endeavors to touch before he can reach the one who be.f 1.1 the game, and who, of course, makes for his own base again. Player after player follows, each trying to "touch" an enemy or to avoid being touched by one. Those who are touched on either side have to go to prison. The leaders on both sides endeavor to rescue the prisoners from their adver- saries, which they may do if they can reach the prison, and touch their captive followers, without being touched by the enemy themselves; but it is very diffi- cult to achieve this, as a good look-out is kept over the prisons. The game is ended when a// the players on one side are in prison, with the leader, who alone can rescue them. If the prisoners on both sides are all released, it is a drawn game, and the) must begin again. 554 CRICKET. 2^ \%\ .M^ A .i » J.T>*ftl ^^^^^i^zJt^^ The game of Cricket has long been one of the most popular and prominent of the national sports of England. Of late years it has been extensively adopted in this country, and is rapidly winning its way to popularity here. It is one of the most manly and enjoyable of out-door games, and we commend it lo the attention of our readers. The rules given below are those adopted by the well-known Marylebone Cricket Club, of England, which are recognized as authoritative tliroughout tlie world. The Ball 1. Must weigh not less than five ounces and a half, nor more than five ounces and three-quarters. It must measure not less than nine inches, nor more than nine inches and one-quarter in circumference. At the beginning of each innmgs either party may call for a new ball. The Bat 2. Must not exceed four and a quarter inches in the widest part; it must not be more than thirty-eight inches in length. The Stumps 3. Must be three in number; twenty-seven inches out of the ground ; the bails eight inches in length, the stumps of equal and sufficient thickness to pre- vent the ball from passing through. The Bowling Crease 4. Must be in a line with the stumps; six feet eight inches in length, the • tumps in the centre, with a return crease at each end towards the bowler at right angles. The Popping Crease 5. Must be four feet from the wicket, and parallel to it; unlimited in length, i'Ut not shorte/ than the bowling crease. The Wiekets 6. Must be pitched opposite to each other by the umpires, at the distance o* twenty-two yards. CRICKET. 555. 7. It shall not be lawful for either party during a match, without tlie consent of the other, to alter the ground by rolling, watering, covering, niowin-^^, or beating, except at the commencement of each innings, when the grou)i(l rnay be swept and rolled at the request of either party, sucli request to l:)o made to one of the umpires within one minute after the conclusion of the former innings. This rule is not meant to prevent the striker from beating the ground with his bat near to the spot where he stands during the innings, nor to prevent the bowler from filling up holes with sawdust, etc., when the ground is wet. 8. After rain the wickets may be changed with the consent of both jwrties. l\ie Bowler 9. Shall deliver the ball with one foot on the ground behind the bowling crease and within the return crease, and shall bowl four balls before he change wickets; which he shall be permitted to do only once in the same innings. 10. The ball must be bowled. If thrown or jerked, the umpire shall call "No ball." 11. He may require the striker at the wicket from which he is bowling to stand on that side of it which he may direct. 12. If the bowler shall toss the ball over the striker's head, or bowl it so wide that in the opinion of the umpire it shall not be fairly within the reach of the batsman, he shall adjudge one run to the party receiving the innings, either with or without an appeal, which shall be put down to the score of "wide balls;" such ball shall not be reckoned as one of the four balls: but if the batsman shall by any means bring himself within reach of the ball, the run shall not be adjudged. 13. If the bowler deliver a "no ball" or a "wide ball," the striker sliall be allowed as many runs as he can get, and he shall not be put out except by run- ning out. In the event of no run being obtained by any other means, tlien one run shall be added to the score of "no balls" or "wide balls," as the case may be. All runs obtained for "wide balls" to be scored to "wide balls." The names of the bowlers who bowl "wide balls" or "no balls" in future to be placed on the score, to show the parties by whom either score is made. If die ball shall first touch any part of the striker's dress or person (exce[ t his liands) ihe umpire shall call "Leg bye." 14. At the beginning of each innings the umpire shall call "Play;" from that time to the end of each innings no trial ball shall be allowed to any bowler. The Striker is Out 15. If either of the bails be bowled off, or if a stump be bowled out of the ground j 16. Or, if the ball, from the stroke of the bat or hand, but not the wrist, bck held before it touch the ground, although it be hugged to the body of the catcher ; I ! I I m i\ B'* \,50 CRICKET. 17. Or, if in striking, or at any other time when the ball shall be in play, both his feet shall be over the popping crease, and his wicket put down, except his bat be grounded within it ; 18. Or, if in striking at the ball he hit down his wicket; 19. Or, if under pretence of running, or otherwise, either of the strikers prt* vent a ball from being caught, the striker of the ball is out ; 20. Or, if the ball be struck, and he wilfully strike it again; 21. Or, if in running, the wicket be struck down by a throw, or by the hand or arm (with ball in hand) before his bat (in hand) or some part of his person be grounded over the popping crtise. But -T both the bails be off, a stump must be struck out of the ground ; 22. Or, if any part of the striker's dress knock down the wicket ; 23. Or, if the striker touch or take up the ball while in play, unless at the request of the opposite party ; 24. Or, if with any part of his person he stop the ball, which, in the opinion of the umpire at the bowler's wicket, shall have been pitched in a straight line from it to the striker's wicket, and would have hit it, 35. If the players have crossed each other, he that runs for the wicket which js put down is out. 26. A ball being caught, no run shall be reckoned, 27. A striker being run out, that run which he and his partner were attempt- ing shall not be reckoned. 88. If a lost ball be called, the striker shall be allowed six runs; but if more than six shall have been run before "Lost ball" shall have been called, then the striker shall have all which have been run. 29. After the ball shall have been finally settled in the wicket-keeper's 01 bowler's hands, it shall be considered dead; but when the bowler is about to deliver the ball, if the striker at his wicket go outside the pop])ing crease before such actual delivery, the said bowler may put him out, unless (with reference to the 2 1st Law), his bat in hand, or some part of hispers on be within the popping crease. 30. The striker shall not retire from his wicket and return to it to complete his innings after another has been in, without the consent of the opposite party. 31. No substitute shall in any case be allowed to stand out or run between wickets for another person without the consent of the opposite party; and in case any person shall be allowed to run for another, the striker shall be out if either he or his substitute be off the gr<5und in manner mentioned in Laws 17 and 21, while the ball is in play. 32. In all cases where a substitute shall be allowed, the consent of the oppo- site party shall also be obtained as to the person to act as substitute, and the pl*,ce in the field which he shall take. 33. If any fieldsman stop the ball with his hat, the bal' shall be considered dead, and the opposite party shall add five runs to their score; if any be rui» ihey shall have five in all. CRJCKL-.T. 55^) 34- Tlie ball having been liit, ihe striker may guard his wicket with his bat, or with any part of his body except his hands, that the 23d Law may not be disobeyed. 35. The wicket-keeper shall not take the ball for the purpose of stumping until it has passed the wicket ; he shall not move until the ball be out of the l)owler's hand ; he shall not by any noise incommode the striker; and if any part of his person be over or before the wicket, although the ball hit, the striker shall not be out. 36. The umpires are the sole judges of fair or unfair play, and all disjjutes shall be determined by them, each at his own wicket; but in case of a catch wliich the other umpire at the wicket bowled from cannot see sufficiently to decide upon, he may apply to the other umpire, whose opinion shall be conclusive. 37. The umpires in all matches shall pitch fair wickets, and the parties shall toss up for choice of innings. The_umpires shall change wickets after each party has had one innings. 38. They shall allow two minutes for each striker to come in, and ten minutes l)etween each innings. When the umpire shall call "Play," the party refusing to play shall lose the match. 39. They are not to order a striker out unless appealed to by the adversaries. 40. But if one of the bowler's feet be not on the ground behind the bowling crease and within the return crease when he shall deliver the ball, the umpire at his wicket, unasked, must call " No ball." 41. If either of the strikers run a short run, the umpire must call "One short." 42. No umpire shall l)e allowed to bet. 43. No umpire is to be changed during a match, unless with the consent of botii parties, except in case of violation of the 42d Law; then either party may dismiss the transgressor. 44. After the delivery of four balls the umpire must call "Over," but not until the ball shall be finally settled in the wicket-keeper's or bowler's hand; the ball shall then be considered dead ; nevertheless, if an idea be entertained that e'ther of the strikers is out, a niostion may be put previously to, but not after, the delivery of t'le next ball. 45. The umpire must take especial care to call "No ball" instantly upon delivery ; " Wide ball " as soon as it shall piss the striker. 46. The [tlayers who go in second shall ibllow their innings, if they have obtained eighty runs less than their antagonists, except in all matches limited to only one day's play, when the number shall be limited to sixty instead of eighty. 47. When one of the strikers shall have been put out, the use of the bat shall not be allowed to any person until the next striker shall come in. Note, — The Committee of the Marylebone Club think it desirable that, pie- ' li 5j>8 cricket. riously to the commencement of a match, one of each side should be declared the manager of it; and that the new laws wi'h respect to substitutes maybe carried out in a spirit of fairness and mutual concession, it is their wish that such substitutes be allowed in all reasonable cases, and that the umpire should inquire if it is done with the consent of th° manager of the opposite side. Comjjlaints having been made that it is the practice of some players when at the wicket to make holes in the ground for a footing, the Committee are of opinion that the umpires should be empowered to prevent it. 1. When there shall be less than five players on a side, bounds shall be [daced twenty-two yards each in a line from the off and leg stump. 2. The ball must be hit before the bounds to entitle the striker to a run, which cannot be obtained unless he touch the bowling stump or crease in a line with his bat, or some part of his person, or go beyond them, returning to the popping crease, as at double wicket, according to the 21st Law. 3. When the striker shall hit the ball, one of his feet must be on the ground, and behind the popping crease, otherwise the umpire shall call " No hit." 4. When there shall be less than five p . , ; '- on a side, neither byes, nor over- throws shall be allowed, nor shall the strik ' »... caught out behind the wicket, nor stumped out. 5. The fieldsman must return the ball so that it shall cross the play between the wicket and the bowling slump, or between the bowling stump and the bounds; the striker may run till the ball be so returned. 6. After the striker shall have made one run, if he start again, he must touch the bowling stump and turn before the ball cross the play, to entitle him to another. 7. The striker shall be entitled to three runs for lost ball, and the same num- ber for ball stopped with hat, with reference to the 28th and 33d Laws of double wicket. 8. Wh' 1, there shall be more than four players on a side, there slull be no bounds. All hits, byes, and overthrows shall then be allowed. 9. The bowler is subject .0 the same laws as double wicket. ic. Not more than one minute shall be allowed between eafii ball. Observations on Rules 3, 4, and 5. The use of the boivlin,^ crease is to insure the delivery of the ball from a poim not nearer to the batsman than the opposite wicket ; the bowler viay di-livcr. though iie would hardly care to do so, from any distance behind the crease; the rule only insists that at ledst one foot shall be behind it. The return crease is to keep the bowler within reasonable limits as to lateral deviation from the wickets. This is a matter of no .slight importance, as it is evident that any material edging off to one side would completely stultify ai/ CRICKET. 559 uttempts of ihe batsman to obtain a correct guard, and would, moreover, leave him constantly uncertain as to the precise spot from wliicli the ball would be delivered, and thus render anything like a correct defence impossible. The use of \.\\^ popping crease is to confine the batsman to his wicket, and to mark out some definite space as hin ground, beyond which he can stir onlyat the risk of being run or stumped out. Were there no distinct mark, umpires would be unable to come to a satisfactory decision in cases of delicacy, where an inch more or less is a matter of life or death to the batsman ; and umpires should, therefore, be very careful that the popping crease is accurately and distinctly traced. Its length is unlimited, tlut a player may not be put out for running to one side of his ground, a practice not much to be commended, certainly, when unnecessary, but one which is sometimes unavoidable in case of a rush of fielders between wickets. A player should of course, when practicable, take the nearest, and, therefore, the straiglitest line between the wickets; but when the way is aot clear, a slight run sound is often good policy. s. s s. Stumps. B. C. Biiwling Cre.->se. R c. Return Crease, p. c. Popping Crease. Rule 9. " One foot " means here any part of one foot. Some umpi.»-es, espc cially country amateurs, of whom I have more than one now in my eye, are jitrongly impregnated with the idea that it is possible to deliver a ball with one fool be ore the crease and the other behind it, but off the ground, and call '' No ball " ac Tordingly, to the extreme discomfiture of any round-arm bowler with a lively ''••iivery, who happens to come within reach of their tender mercies. Now, this supposed " no ball ' ' is simply a physical impossibility ; let any man try to bowl — not clmck — but fairly bowl a ball with only the forward foot on the ground, and he will be convinced of the fact at once. Another delusion, also very com- ^lon, is, that fast bowlers drag their latter foot after them over the crease before delivery, and thus, of course, give "no balls." This, too, is almost an impos- sibility ; the real fact is, as every one who will take the trouble to think must S60 CRICKET. see at once, that the ball cannot be "bowled " witli any force or bias except from the firm fulcrum of the hinder foot, and consequently that any appearance of movement before the ball is delivered arises from defective judgment on the part of the umpire as to the correct sequence of the two events. " Shall \iQ\s\four balls." This rule may be, and is subject to, agreement be- tween the two parties playing. It is usual to \Adiy five balls or six to the over in one-day matches. "Shall change winnings only once in one innings." This is to prevent an imfair advantage being taken by changing constantly a crack bowler from end to end to the manifest detriment of the opponents. Rule iQ. ''The ball must be hoivlcd, not thrown or jerked." The difference between throwing and bowling is very difficult to define in words, though in its main featur ; easy enough in action ; there tre, though, forms of bowling very difficult, if not i'r.possible, to distinguish from throwing. These must be left to the umpire. P. nrtically an umpire will not interfere, unless the bowler's style be palj-'ably imfair. A ball is jerked when the hand or arm is at the moment of delivery arrested suddenly by contact with the side. This jerking imparts to the ball, in some mysterious way, a life and fury highly dangerous to the bats- man ; and is for thi: reason sternly prohibited. No umpire, however lax upon the subject of throwing delivery, would tolerate for a moment the least approach to a jerk. Rule 12. The umpire in this case, as in others, must use his own judgment as to the ball pas.ing within reach. A great deal depends upon the height of the batsman, a tall man having, of course, a longer reach than a short one. Should a ball thjt i\as been .:alled "wide" be hit, the "wide" is, ipso facto, annulled, and must tiot be scored. Rule 13. "Ail nnifi obtained from wide balls to be scored to wide balls." This only applies 10 ruiis got from them as "byes" — upon the principle that the bowler, and not the lung-stop, is responsible for any deficiei:cy in tlie field- ing. Hits — as see last rule — are not contemplated in this direction. Rule 14. " No l;ial ball shall be allowed." Tliis does not inhi[)it a bowlo: from taking advantage of a pause in the game to try his hand with a ball or two at the side of the wickets; he must only be careful not to impede liie course of the game. Rule 17. The ground is measured from crease to crease — /. e., from the pop- ping crease to the bowlei" > crease ; the foot must therefore be inside the popping ciease. If it be only on the crease, and the wicliots be put down, the player is out. Rule 19. The umpire must judge whether the inteiference vvith the catch has been accide^'tal or incidental, and decide accordingly. Rule 20. A player may block or knock the ball away from his wickets after ac has played it ; he only may nut strike it with a view to run-getting. Rule 24. There is a good deal of diffi' ulty about the application of this rule. !^s it stami*, n-^ round-arm bowler not bowlin^f over the wicket ever can get »_ CRICKET. 56 J uian out •' le>'-l><'f< re, "unless vaith a " break-back " ball. It has been proposed, with some sl.ow of reason and expediency, that the rule shall stand thus: "Any ball that, in thec^jinion of the umpires, would have hit the wicket." The test of actual practice can alone prove the real value of the proposed amendment. It must be remembered that a man may be out //<-^(/ before v^-icket ; the only part of the person excepted is the hand from the wrist downward. Rule 29. Here, again, the umpire must rely wholly upon his own discretion. Me nuist judge by the wicket-keeper's manner whether the ball be settled 01 not. Rules 30, 31, 32. Courtesy will always grant the required consent in all cases of real emergency ; but courtesy and right feeling equally demand that no advantage shall be taken of the concession. If a man be partially incapacitated after a match is made up, a request for consideration is quite en tegte ; but no man ought to be deliberately played with the foreknowledge of his inability to discharge all his duties, and with the intention of supplementing his weak points by a substitute. Rule 35. Umpires should pay special attention to this rule. As an actual fact, few but regular professionals have sufficient regard to its requirements and intentions. One reason is, that with a sharp, eager wicket-keeper, it makes no slight demand upon the umpire's keenness and attention to enforce the rule in its integrity, not to mention the necessity of no little firmness and decision, in checking any infraction of its regulations. Rule 38. This rule is aimed against those people, of whom, sad to say, there are too many in the world who are ready to take advantage of every omis- sion and flaw in a rule or a law — the principle is the same — that can for the moment turn to their own benefit. In playing the game each side should play to win, and play its very best ; but a victory won by sharp practice is no victory at all, and a defeat staved off by similar means is a defeat still. The Laws of Single Wichet. Single wicket is not to be spoken of when double wicket is practicable, though I would qualify this if the double wicket were only po.ss=!)Ie with the aid of a tail of inferior players ; better play a short-handed game at single wicket with good players than a full-sidL'd game at double wicket with inferior players. There is nothing more deteriorating than i)lay with inkrior players; nothing more improving than play with superiors. Single wicket, however, has one very useful (piality; there is no better practice for hard hitting than a single-wicket match, with a bowler and two or three men in the field. It is really astonishing the distance the ball must be hit with even only two good men in the field to get the one run. To any one deficient in hard forward hitting I can recommend no better practice than a course of single wicket. I can in my own person testify strongly to the efficiency of the pre3crii)tion. Ped- dling about in one's blockhole is all very well, sometimes, at double wicket 36 ll $62 CRICKET. vhen the other batsman is making the runs, and all depends upon keep'ng thf wickets up, but it does not pay in the long run, and what is more to the pur- oose, it is not cricket. The equipment of a cricket player consists of a bat, a ball, and two wickets These may be obtained in almost any town of importance in the country. The articles enumerated above are absolutely essential. Should the player desire it. he may add to these the gloves, leggings, cap and shoes, used by professional players. These are not essential, however, as many a good and hearty game has been played without them. Thev can l^ obtrined of any dealer in sporting goods. It is best to purchuo.. ^nicics of * good quality. Inferior equipments will soon give way, while those of a go'jsi grade should last for years if properly treated. Fielding. Tht s.-icnce of fielding naturally resolves itself under two heads. First, stop- ping the ball uy a catch at the hop or on tlie ground ; and second, by returning it to the wickets. It might be thcight by the uninitiated that the mere return of the ball, after having succeeded in stopping it, is a matter of the simplest kind, and hiirdiy worth speaking of, much less investing with the dignity of a scientific disquisition. Every ball ou^^/U to be stopped by the hand or hands. In stopping the ball the player has two things to consider : first, to stop the ball ; secondly, to ilu -o at the least possible inconvenience to himself. First, then, to stop a ball in the air, or in other Avords, to catch it. It matters not whether the ball cornea fast or slow, the method of receiving it is the same, and is this : the liands must be held with the fingers well spread out and slightly curved inwards, like so many hooks or claws : the thumb must be stretched well back, also slit;htly curved, and the palm must be made to assume a slightly cup-like form ; the result of this arrangement is that the impact of the ball almost closes the hand by its mere action on the tendons, the palm is driven backwards, and the Angers close almost involuntarily upon the ball. To avoid very unpleasant consequences to the fingers, such as broken bonei or dislocated joints, the hands should never be held with the line of the fingeri, reckoning from the wrists to the tips, pointing in the direction of the course of the ball — this line .should always be at right angles to its course. That is, if the ball be well in a line with the body and above the chest, the fingers should point upwards; if much below the chest, they must point downwariis; if the ball pass much to either side, the line of the hand must be across its course. In a falling ball the palms must be upwards ; for a rising ball downwards. Of course the position of the palm and fingers above mentioned must be preserved. In Using both hands for a low ball, the little fingers must be brought togethct (both palms to the front), and slightly interlaced : for a. high ball, the thumlx '^■'W- rSBii«^' CRICKET. 563 rnv^st be brought together in like manner. Further, to save the hand and wrist from unnecessary jars, the hands should be always held in such a way, that either by the flexion of the elbows, or the yielding of the hands, the ball may be received as upon a spring, and not upon an unyielding body. In taking a ball directly in his front, the |ilayer must take care that his hands are not driven upon his body by an unexjicctedly sharp ball ; if the part with which his hands come in contact be hard, woe to his hands ! if soft, woe to that part ! To acquire this art of stopping the ball correctly, it is well to begin with catching it from gentle tosses at short distances, gradually increasing both dis- tance and speed of the ball, being careful the while, at each attempt, to note whether the position of the hands was in rule, and endeavoring to correct the defects as they show themselves. The same practice should be tried with a rolling ball, and then a bounding ball. A fair proficiency having been acquired in these initiatory practices, the tyro may proceed to the more ambi- tious points in fielding. But first he must learn to stop the ball, both on the ground and in the air, with right or left hand alone, and must not rest satisfied Hntil he can thus use either hand indilTercntly, and with equal certainty. With most men the left hand is weakt/ and less under control than the right, and should therefore be more exercised. It will be found a useful plan to practise principally the weaker hand, paying little attention to the stronger, which is sure to take care of itself. Not only must the ball, to be properly fielded, be handled neatly and returned sharply, it must be met. The fieldsman must not be content to stand still to let the ball come to him, running only when the ball would pass him on one side or the other: the ball must be met. A good fieldsman starts instinctively forward to every ball that comes his way. Not only, too, must the player run to meet the ball, but he must continue to run until the ball has actually left his hands on the way back to the wickets. Many players — too many, indeed — run until jast ujwn the ball, and then stop to field it, not rec- ognizing the value of the time thus lost. What with the difference between the place where the ball might have been taken and whjre it was taken, with the loss of energy of action resulting from the dead stop, the loss of the distance the player would have passed over in the necessary step or two after taking the ball and before returning it, and finally the loss of additional impetus in the return to the wickets, a very tolerable case of woful waste of time might be made out. Of as much importance as quickness in return is straightness. A ball well thrown in should come in as nearly a straight line from the fieldsman's hand t( the bails as possible. The great aim of a fieldsman in returning the ball shoulil oe to bring it to the wicket keeper's hands as quickly as possible, and in such a manner that the least possible movement may be necessary to displace the bails. I 11 ^ir I ^1 ii;. 'nil &v 1 1*:- 564 CRICKE T. Bowling. ' Tlio bowling of ilie present day is of two kinds — round-arm and underhand. Of these two, the fust is tlic only form tolerated by young players, and even by many of more experience, who ought to know better. Round-arm bowling is chiefly valuable for the increased power over the velocity of the ball, but tliis increase of power is only gained by delivering the ball from an unnatural position, and with an unnatural action — an action and position, in fact, purely artificial from beginning to end; and in consequence, except in extraordinary cases, as above noticed, as much or more is lost in point of accuracy as is gained in vekx ity. Underhand bowling, on the other hand, requires no extraordinary exertion of the muscles, m swing of the body, the arm being allowed to swing in its natural line of motion, as a pendulum, and yet it allows of great precision, gives room for the development of bias in the ball, far more destructive than mere speed, is not incompatible with a very con- siderable amount of swiftness; and finally, but not least, is not by many degrees so fatiguing as round-arm delivery. The primary object of a bowler being to hit the wickets, the most obvious way to attain this object would be to pitch clean upon them, but unfortunately for this method there is a batsman in the way, whose object it is, first, to keep the ball from hitting the wickets; secondly, to drive it away as far as he can, and for both these purposes tlicre is no better ball than the one described. The bowler has, therefore, left to him two alternatives — one to bowl all along the ground, as in the legitimate game of bowls, and the other to make the ball take the ground out of the batman's reach, and then come into the wickets on the hop. The former of these two is open to pretty nmch the same objections as the full pitch. The latter is the only method left to the bowler. A full pitch is now and then tried, it is true, but only to take the batsman off his guard, or break the regularity of the bowling. Batting. The position of the batsman is a matter of great importance. He must stand with his right shoulder to his own wicket, and his left towards the bowler's, his right foot parallel with and just inside the popping crease, and the toe about two or perhaps three inches from the guard, and the left foot somewhat advanced and pointing forwards. The bat must be held with the face towards the bowler, the point touching the guard, and the hand slightly inclined forward towards the bowler. Tiie right hand grasps the handle of the bat a few inches from the shoulder and in the rear, the left holds the handle a trifle higher up, but from tiie front; the hands being thus on opposite sides of the hcndle. This is the position ; now for the attitude:. For this the player has only three simple rules CO remember: To stand as upright and easily as possible ; to balance the body on the right leg, leaving the left free for any movement; and to turn the face easily and naturally towards the bowler, watching him over the left shoulder, CRICKET. -5^5 which nuisl hu kept well forwanl, the left elbow well up. Many good batsmen, indeed most of our very best, having " taken guard" in the manner described, rise to their full height, holding the bat still in the line of the wickets, but swinging a few inches clear of tlic ground. 'Phis attitude, though ap])arent!y less cautious than the former, is in reality, in the case of an experienced player, far more effective even for defence, since the increa.sed height of the eye gives a better sight of the ball, and the bat is more ready for "bailers," ;'. e., balls that rise high to the bails, without losing, in my opinion even gaining, in the power of being down upon *' shooters." For be it remembered, it is far easier to ilro[) the bat than to raise it. Moreover, the batsman standing upright has his muscular powers more at his disposal than when stooping. The player is now ready for the bowler to deliver the ball ; but something furtlier is necessary before he can defend his wicket or strike with full effect. The bat is merely hanging from his hands perpendicularly in front of the wicket; in order to put it in a position to block — /. e., stop the ball, or strike, a further movement is necessary. As the ball is delivered, the point of the bat should be thrown lightly and smoothly back towards the bails, the right hand being used as the j)ivot, and the left being changed from front to rear, until the whole bat lies in the line from the top of the middle-stump to the bowler's hand. This position allows the batsman, by the mere dropping of the bat to its previous position, if the ball be straight and difficult, to stop it quite as effectually, as if the bat had never been moved, with this further advantage, that the bat strikes the ball, not the ball the bat — a point always to be gained if possible — thus offering the chance of a run, where otherwise the ball might have fallen dead. And if the ball be hitable, the bat is ready raised for the purpose, so that the bats- man is enabled to wait till the ku t moment, and hit or block as it seems best. Forward Play. The ball once delivered, the batsman has to make up his mind how to stop it. (We are only at present discussing defence, /titling will come after.) A straight length-ball may either be played forward or back ; that is, the batsman may either reach forward, so as to catch the ball at or soon after the pitch, or draw back to get a longer sight of the ball. All bahs viay be played back, but many are better stopped by forward play. To play forward, the player must step out with his left foot, keei)ing the right, or pivot foot, fast inside the popping crease, and must reach forward as far as possible without overbalancing, the bat thrusit forward to the full extent of the arms, and inclined well towards the bowler, the left shoulder well forward, and the left elbow well up. This move- ment must be so timed as to meet the ball just at the rise, not too soon (or the ball may deviate slightly, and take the wickets, or give a catch off the edge of the bat, or at best meet dead wood, and fall lifeless), and not too late for very obvious reasons. The bat should be clutched tight, and be brought forcii)ly upon the ball, driving it well back to, or perhaps past, the bowler, in wlwh latter case a run is nearly always safe. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) t ^ /. /, E S m 1.0 !f« I.I 1.25 2.5 1= 1.4 111.6 V] <^ /2 ^>. '^ / w '/ /A Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 566 CRICKET. Back Hay. When the ball pitches too short to be met forward, but too far for a long hop, it should be stopped for back play. The left foot stands fast, and the right steps back towards the wicket ; if the ball comes high, the bat is brought close to the wicket, and hangs perpendicularly (or lightly inclined forward) from the wrist. If the ball comes in a "shooter," the point of the bat is dropped sharply upon it, the harder the better, just before it reaches the wicket. This play against very fast bowling is perhaps safer than the former, for the ball, if it glances from the bat to either side of the wicket, is pretty safe to make runs in consequence of its own velocity; but with medium pace and slow bowling, this advantage is wanting, and forward play, therefore, is more serviceable. Fast bowling, too, does not twist so much as the slower varieties, and it is not, there- fore, of so much consequence to kill it at the pitch. Hitting. Hitherto we have talked only of defence ; we now come to the real purpose and end of the batting — run-getting. The score is the real criterion of a bats- man, and if he be not competent to make runs, however difficult it may be to get his wicket, I must at once pronounce him no cricketer ; mere poking about the block-hole is not cricket ; it is mere waste of time. Defence is the first consideration of a batsman, but it is so on! ' that he may have more opportuni- ties of hitting. The first i)oint in hitting is to insure the flight of the ball from that part of the bat which will propel it farthest. This is called "the drive," and lies about five inches from the point of the bat, varying slightly according to the weight and make of each bat, but very easily discoverable by experiment. The next point is to time the hit so as to catch the ball just as the bat is moving at its greatest velocity, and this can only be done by hitting as late as possible, not with a heavy dead swing of the bat, like the sway of a sack, but with a sharp rapid action, as though wielding a switch. In striking a ball as it passes, /. g., from an erect position, the whole power >f the hit comes from the swing of the bat ; but in forward hitting from the x>sition of forward play, the main power is derived from a sudden thrust of the •ight arm and shoulder, meeting the ball just as in shoulder hitting in the noble art of self-defence. The most forcible forward hitters rise slightly upon the toes to gain more height, and then drop forward from the vantage ground thus formed with all the force and impetus of their body to back up the mere mus- rular action of their arms. The lightning velocity with which a ball thus met flies from the bat is rather startling to an unaccustomed bowler. Hitting may be roughly divided under two heads — ground-hitting and sky-hitting. The Jatter, especially from a "half-volley," /'. ed — or should he unnecessarily delay the game by not delivering the ball to the bat, or should he, when in the act of delivering the ball, have any part of his person outside the lines of his position, the umpire shall call a "balk," and players occupying the bases shall take one base each. Sec. 6. Every ball fairly delivered and sent in to the bat over the home base and at the height called for by the batsman shall be considered a good ball. Sec. 7. All balls delivered to the bat which are not sent in over the home base and at the height called for by the batsman shall be considered unfair balls, and every ball so delivered must be called. When "nine balls" have been called, the striker shall take first base, and all players who are thereby forced to leave a base shall take one base. Neither a " ball " nor a " strike " shall be called until the ball has passed the home base. Sec. 8. All balls delivered to the bat which shall touch the striker's bat without being struck at, or his (the batsman's) person while standing in his posi- tion, cr which shall hit the person of the umpire — unless they be passed balls — shall be considered dead balls, and shall be so called by the umpire ; and no players shall be put out, base be run, or run be scored on any such ball ; but if a dead ball be also an unfair ball it shall be counted as one of the nine unfair balls which shall entitle the striker to a base. If the umpire shall be satisfied that the pitcher, in delivering the ball, shall have so delivered it as to have intentionally caused the same to strike the batter, the umpire shall fine the pitcher therefore in a sum not less than ten dollars nor more than fifty dollars. Rule Yovkih.— Batting Department. Section i. The batsman's or striker's position shall be within a space of ground located on either side of the home base, six feet long by three feet wide, extending three feet in front of and three feet behind the line of the home base, and with its nearest line distant one foot from the home base. Sec. 2. The batsmen must take their positions in the order in which they are directed by the captain of their club ; and after each player has had one time " at bat," the striking order thus established shall not be changed during the game. After the first inning the first striker in each inning shall be t' e bats- man whose name follows that of the last man who has completed his turn (time) at bat in the preceding inning. Sec. 3. Any batsman failing to take his position at the bat in his order of striking — unless by reason of illness or injury, or by consent of the captains of 572 BASE BALL. the contesting nines — shall be declared out, unless the error be discovered befort a fiair ball has been struck or the striker put out. Sec. 4. Any batsman failing to take his position at the bat within one minute after the umpire has called for the striker shall be declared out. Sec. 5. The batsman on taking his position must call for either a "high ball,'^ a "low ball,^^ or a "fair bail,^' and the umpire shall notify the pitcher to deliver the ball as required ; such call shall not be changed after the first ball delivered. Sec. 6. A "high balV^ shall be one sent in above the belt of the batsman, but not higher than his shoulder. A "low balV shall be one sent in at the height of the belt, or between that height and the knee, but not higher than his belt. A "fair ball" shall be one between the range of shoulder-high and the knee of the striker. All the above must be over the home base, and, wl%en fairly delivered, shall be considered fair balls to the bat. Sec. 7. Should the batsman fail to strike at the ball he calls for, or should he strike at and fail to hit the ball, the umpire shall call "one strike," and "two strikes" should he again fail. When two strikes have been called, should the batsman not strike at the next "good ball," the umpire shall warn him by calling "good ball." But should he strike and fail to hit the ball, or should he fail to strike at or to hit the next good ball, " three strikes " must be called, and the batsman must run toward the first base, as in the case of hitting a fair ball. Sec. 8. The batsman when in the act of striking at the ball must stand wholly within the lines of !us posiilon. Sec. 9. Should the batsman step outside the lines of his position and strike the ball, the umpire shall call " foul strike and out," and base-runners shall return to the bases they occupied when the ball was hit. Sec. 10. The foul lines shall be unlimited in length, and shall run from the right and left hand corners of the home base through the centre of first and third bases to the foul posts, which shall be located at the boundary of the field, and within the range of home and first base, and home and third base. Said lines shall be marked, and on the inside, from base to base, with chalk, or some other white substance, so as to be plainly seen by the umpire. Sec. II. If the ball from a fair stroke of the bat first touches the ground, the person of a player, or any other object, either in front 0/ or on the foul-ball lines, or the first or third base, it shall be considered fair. If the ball from a fair stroke of the bat first touches the ground, the person of a player, or any other object behind the foul-ball lines, it shall be declared foul, and the ball so hit shall be called foul by the umpire, even before touching the ground, if it be seen falling foul. The following are exceptions to the foregoing section : All balls batted directly to the ground that bound or roll within the foul lines between home and first or home and third bases, without first touching the person of a player. ed be fort ne minute ighdali,-' )itcher to first ball batsman, in at the r than his 1 and the lUd, wl^en or should ike," and :n called, ihall warn the ball, ; strikes" n the case lust stand ind strike ners shaU run from re of first andary of and third base, with umpire, ound, the ■ foul-ball person of ared foul, ching the Is batted ;en honne a player. BASE BALL, 573 shall be considered fair. All balls batted directly to the ground that bound oi roll outside tlie foul lines between home and first, or home and third bases, without first touching the person of a player, shall be considered foul. In either of these cases the first point of contact between the batted ball and the ground shall not be regarded. Sec. 12. When the batsman has fairly struck a fair bail he shall vacate hig position, and he shall then be considered a base-runner until he is put out or scores his run. Sec. 13. The batsman shall be declared out by the umpire, as follows: If a fair or foul ball be caught before touching the ground or any object othei than the player, provided it be not caught in the player's hat or cap. If a foul ball be similarly held, before touching the ground. If a fair ball be securely held by a fielder while touching first base with any part of his person, before the base-runner touches said base. If, after three strikes have been called, he fails to touch first base before the ball is legally held there. If, after three strikes have been called, the ball be caught before touching the ground. If he plainly attempts to hinder the catcher from catching the ball, evidently without effort to make a fair strike, or makes a " foul strike." Rule Fifth. — Running the Bases. Section 1. Players running bases must touch each base in regular order, viz. : first, second, third and home bases ; and when obliged to return to bases they have occupied they must retouch them in reverse order, both when running on fair or foul balls. In the latter case the base-runner must return to the base where he belongs, on the run, and not at a walk. No base shall be considered as having been occupied or held tintil it has been touched. Sec. 2. No player running the bases shall be forced to vacate the base he occu- pies unless the batsman becomes a base-runner. Should the first base be occupied by a base-runner when a fair ball is struck, the base-runner shall cease to be entitled to hold said base until the player running to first base shall be put out. The same rule shall apply in the case of the occupancy of the other bases under similar circumstances. No base-runner shall be forced to vacate the base he occupies if the base-runner succeeding him is not thus obliged to vacate his base. Sec. 3. Players forced to vacate their bases may be put out by any fielders in the same manner as when running to first base. Sec. 4. The player running to first base shall be at liberty to overrun said base without his being put out for being off the base, after first touching it, pro- vided he returns at once and touches first base, after which he can be put out as at any other base. If, in so overrunning first base, he also attempts to run to second base, he shall forfeit such exemption from being put out. SBc. 5. Any player running a base who shall run beyond three feet from the r 574 BASE BALL. I I line from base to base, in order to avoid being touched by the ball in the handi of a fielder, shall be declared out by the umpire, with or without appeal ; but in case a fielder be occupying the runner's proj-er path, attempting to field a batted ball, then the runner shall run out of the path and behind the said fielder, and shall not be declared out for so doing. Sec. 6. One run sh.ill be scored every time a base-runner, after having reg^i- lAfly touched the first three bases> shall touch the home base before three h #id.s are out. If the third hand out is forced out, or is put out before reaching first base, a run shall not be scored. Sec. 7. When a "balk" is called by the umpire, every player running the bases shall take one base without being put out, and shall do so on the run. Sec. 8. When "nine balls" have been called by the umpire, the batsman shall take one base, provided he do so on the run, without being put out j and should any base-runner be forced thereby to vacate his base, he also shall take one base. Each ba.se-runner thus given a base shall be at liberty to nm to other bases besides the base given, but only at the risk of being put out in so running. Sec. 9. A base-runner shall be considered as holding a base, viz.: entitled to occupy it, until he shall have regularly touched the next base in order. Sec. 10. No base shall be run or run be scored when a fair or foul ball has been caught or momentarily held before touching the ground, unless the base held, when the ball was hit, is retouched by the base-runner after the ball has been so caught or held by the fielder. Sec. 1 1 . No run or base can be made upon a foul ball that shall touch the ground before being caught or held by a fielder, and any player running bases shall return, without being put out, to the base he occupied when the ball was struck, and remain on such base until the ball is held by the pitcher. Sec. 12. Any player running the bases on fair or foul balls, caught before touching the ground, must return to the base he occupied when the ball was struck, and retouch such base before attempting to make another or score a run, and said player shall be liable to be put out in so returning, as in the case of running to first base when a fair ball is hit and not caught flying. Sec. 13. If the player running the bases is prevented from making a base by the obstruction of an adversary, he shall be entitled to that base, and shall noi be put out. Sec. 14. No player shall be allowed a substitute in running the bases, except for illness o • injury incurred in the game then being played ; and such substitute shall take the ill or injured player's place only after the latter has reached first base. The opposing captain shall select the man to run as substitute. Sec. 15. Any player running the bases shall be declared out if, at any time, while the ball is in play, he be touched by the ball in the hand of a fielder, without some part of his person is touching a base. Tlie ball must be held b; the fielder after touchinx the runner. BASE MALL. 575 If a ball be held by a fielder on the first base before the base-runner, after /iltting a far ball, touches that base, he shall be declared out. Any base runner failing to touch the base he runs for shall be declared out if the ball bt held by a fielder, while touching said base, before the base-runner returns and touches it. Any base-runner who shall in any way interfere with or obstruct a fielder while attempting to catch a fair fly-ball or a foul ball, shall be declared out. If he wilfully obstructs a fielder from fielding a ball, he shall be declared uut, and, if a batted ball strike him, he shall be declared out. And no base shall be run and no run be scored. If a base-runner, in running from home to first base, shall run inside the foul line, or more than three feet outside of it, he shall be declared out. Rule Sixth. — The Umpire and His Duties. Section i. Two clubs may, by mutual agreement, select any man to umpire any game or games, provided that such agreement be in writing; and the man so selected agrees, not less than five days before such game, or the first of such games, to act as such umpire. Sec. 2. A staff of League Umpires shall be selected in the following manner: Prior to April ist of each year each club shall send to the Secretary the names of any persons of good repute, and who are considered competent to act as umpires. A list of all persons so nominated shall be prepared by the Sec- retary, and submitted to each club, which shall then select therefrom a number equal to three times the number of clubs then in the League, and shall transmit a list thereof to the Secretary, and the required number, having the greatest number of approvals, shall constitute the staff of League Umpires. The Board shall fill any vacancy caused by declination, and shall appoint an umpire to replace any that may be objected to, in writing, by three League clubs after the commencement of the championship season. Sec. 3. In the absence of the agreement provided in Section 1 of this Rule, the visiting club shall, not less than three days before any championship game, submit, by telegraph, to the home club the names of five League Umpires, none of whom shall reside in the city of the visiting club. The home club shall then be charged with the duty of providing one of the five so named, upon the grounds in season for the game. Sec. 4. In case the visiting club shall have failed to furnish the five names, as provided in Section 3, the home club shall select an umpire for such game ; and in case the visiting club shall have furnished five names, as provided in Sec- tion 3, and the home club fails to produce one of the umpires so named, within fifteen minutes before the hour appointed for the game, the contending clubs shall, by mutual consent, agree upon an umpire. If they cannot so agree, the captains of said clubs shall toss for the right of choice of umpire, and the Ill ^. I! y V 576 £ASE BALL. club so winning the choice shall have the right to designate the person so to art. Sec. 5. The fee and expenses of the umpire of any championship game shall be paid by the visiting club. Sec. 6. The umpire shall not be changed during the progress of a matcn game, except for reason of illness or injury, or by the consent of the captains of the two contesting nines, in case he shall have wilfully violated the rules of the game. Sec. 7. Before the commencement of a match, the umpire shall see that the ndes governing the materials of the game, and also those applicable to the positions of batsmen and pitcher, are strictly observed. Also that the fence in the rear of the jiitcher's position is distant not less than ninety feet from the home base, except it mark the boundary line of the field, in which case the umpire, for every ball passing the catcher and touching the fence, shall give each base-runner one base without his being put out. Before calling "play," the umpire shall ask the captain-of the home club whether there are any special ground rules to be enforced, and if there are, he shall see that they are duly enforced, provided they do not conflict with any rule of the game. Sec. 8. No decision rendered by the umpire on any point of play in base- running, shall be reversed upon the testimony of any of the players. Sec. 9. Should the umpire be unable to see whether a catch has been fairly made or not, he shall be at liberty to appeal to the bystanders, and to render his decision according to the fairest testimony at command. Sec. 10. No person not engaged in the game shall be permitted to occupy any position within the lines of the field of contest, or in any way interrupt the umpire during the progress of the game. No player except the captain or player especially designated by him, shall address the umpire concerning any point of play in dispute, and any violation of this rule shall subject the offender to an immediate reprimand by the umpire. Sec. II. The umpire shall require the players on the batting side who are not at the bat or running the bases to keep at a distance of not less than fifty feet from the line of home and first base and home and third base, or further otf, if he so decide. The captain and one assistant only shall be permitted to coach players running the bases, and they must not approach within fifteen feet of the foul lines. (See also Section 7, of Rule First.) Sec. 12. Should any fielder stop or catch the ball with his hat, or any part of his dress, the umpire .shall call '* dead ball," and the base-runners shall each be entitled to two bases for any fair-hit ball so stopped or caught. Should the bail be stopped by any person not engaged in the game, the umpire must call "dead ball," and players running bases at the time shall be entitled to base: they wore running for, and the ball be regarded as dead until settled in tht hands of the pitcher while standing within the lines of his position. hase ball. 577 Sec. 13. Any mate h game in which the umpire shall declare any section of this code of rules to have been wilfully violated shall at once be declared by him to have been forfeited by the ( liib at fault. Sec. 14. No manager, captain or player shall address the audience, except in case of necessary explanation. Sfx". 15. Any League umpire who shall be convicted of selling, or offering to sell, a game of which he is umpire, shall thereupon be removed from his official capacity and placed under the same disabilities which govern expelled players under this constitution. Rule Seventh.— f/ie Umpire's Jurisdiction and Powers. The gentleman selected to fill the position of umpire must keep constantly in mind the fact that upon his sound discretion and i)ioniptness in conducting the game, and compelling players to observe the spirit as well as the letter of the rules, largely depends the merit of the game as an exhibition and the satisfac- tion of the spectators therewith. He must make his decisions distinct and clear, remembering that every spectator is anxious to hear each decision. Ha must keep the contesting nines playing constantly from the commencement of the game to its termination, allowing such delays only as are rendered unavoid- able by accident, injury or rain. He must, until the completion of the game, require the players of each side to promptly take their positions on the field as soon as the third hand is put out, and must also require the first striker of the opposite side to be in his position at the bat as soon as the fielders are in their places. The players of the side " at bat " must occupy the portion of the field allotted them, subject to the condition that they must speedily vacate any portion thereof that may be in the way of the ball, or of any fielder attempting to catch or field it. The triangular space behind the home base is reserved for the exclu- sive use of the umpire, catcher and batsman, and the umpire must prohibit any player of the side " at bat" from crossing the same at any time while the ball is in the hands of or passing between the pitcher or catcher while standing in their positions. The umpire is master of the field from the commencement to the termination of the game ; and he must compel the players to observe the provision of this Rule, and of all other sections of the playing rules ; and he is hereby invested with authority to order any player to do, or omit to do, any act necessary to give force and effect to any and all of such provisions, and power to inflict upon any player, disobeying any such order, a fine of not less than five, or more than fifty dollars for ert:h offence; and to impose a similar fine upon any player who shall use abusive, threatening or improper language to the umpire, audience or other player, and when the umpire shall have so punished the player, he shall not have the power to revoke or remit the penalty so inflicted. The umpire shall at once notify the captain of the offending player's side of the infliction of 37 .->-"? ijS FOOTBALL. i"y fine, herein provided for ; and the club to which such player belongs shall, within ten days, transmit the amount of such fine to the Secretary of the League. This is one of th'> most exciting and invigorating of games. It is of English origin. The following are recognized in both England and this country as — The Laws of Football. T. The maximum length of ground shall be two hundred yards ; the n ixiinum breadth shall be one hundred yards ; the length and breadth shall be marked off with flags, and the goals shall be upright posts, eight yards apart, with a tape across them, eight feet from the ground. 2. The winner of the toss shall have the choice of goals. The game shall be commenced by a place-kick from the centre of the ground by the side losing the toss; the other side shall not approach within ten yards of the ball until it is kicked off. 3. After a goal is wn, the losing side chall kick it off, and goals shall be changed. In the event, however, of no goal having fallen to either party at the lapse of li:ilf the allotted time, sides shall then be changed. 4. A goal shall be won when the ball passes between the goal-posts under the tape not being thrown, knocked on, or c^, ied. 5. When the ball is in touch, the first player who touches it shall throw it from the point on the boundary line where it left the ground in a direction at right angles with tiie boundary line, and it shall not be in play until it shall have touched the ground, and the player throwing it in shall not play until it has been played by another player. 6. When a player has kicked the ball, any one of ihe same side who is nearer to the opponent's goal-line is out of play, and may not touch the ball himself, nor in any way whatever prevent any other player from doing so, until the ball has been played, unless there are at least thice of his opponents uetween him and their own goal ; but no player is out of play when the ball is kicked from behind the goal-line. 7. When the ball is kicked behind the goal-line, it must be kicked off by the side behind whose goal it went within six yards from the limit of their goal. The side wiio thus kick the ball are entitled to a fair kick-off in whatever way they please without any obstruction, the opposite side not being able to approach within six yards of the bull. 8. No player shall carry or knock on the ball. Neither tripping nor hacking shall be allosved, and no player shall use his hands to hold or push his adversary, nor charge him from behind. 10. A player shall not throw the ball nor pass it to another, nor shall any pL.jOr handle the ball, under any f>retence u/hatcver. longs shall, tary of the of English ntry as — yards ; the dth shall be ^ards apart, .me shall be side losing ball until it jls shall be ler party at posts under all throw it direction at itil it shall play until it ho is nearer )all himself, ntil the ball etween him kicked from d off by the their goal. hatever way ng able to >hall use his )r shall any SWIMMING. 579 11, No player shall take the ball from the ground with his hands while it is In play, under any pretence whatever. 12. No player shall wear projecting nails, iron plates, or gutta-percha on th* •oles or heels of his boots. Definition of Terms. A place-kick is a kick at the ball while on the ground, in any position in which the kicker may choose to place it. Hacking is kicking an adversary intentionally. Tripping is throwing an adversary by the use of the legs. Knocking on is when a player strikes or propels the ball with his hands 6t arms. Holding on includes the obstruction of a player by the hand or any part of the arm below the elbow. Touch is that part of the field, on either side of the ground, which is beyond the line of flags. There is no accomplishment of more value, or a source of great' pleasure. than the art of swimming. Wherever possible, it should be acquired by both «excs. How to Begin. Ais the very essence of swimming lies in confidence, it is always better for the learner to feel secure that he can leave the water whenever he likes. Therefore let him take a light rope of tolerable length, tie one end to some firm object on the bank, and let the rest of the rope lie in the water. " Manilla" is the best kind of rope for this purpose, because it is so light that it floats on the surface instead of sinking, as in the case with an ordinary hempen rope. If there is only sand on the shore, the rope can be moored quite firmly by tying it to the middle of a stout stick, burying the stick a foot or so in the sand, and filling up the trench. Yoii may pull till you break the rope, but you will never pull the stick out of its place. If you are very nervous, tie two sticks in the shape of a cross, and bury them in like manner. The rope need not be a large one, as it will not have to sustain the whole weight of your body, and it will be found that a cord as thick as an ordinary washing line will answer every purpose. On the side of a stream or pond tie the rope to a tree, or hammer a stake id :i k 580 SWIMMING. the ground, A stake, eighteen inches in length, and as thick as 'in ordinary broomstick, is quite large enough. Hammer it rather more than two-thi.-ds into the ground, and let it lean boldly away from the water's edge. The best way of fixing the rope to it is by the "clove hitch." Now, having your rope in your hand, go quietly into the water dackwanis, Keeping your face towards the bank. As soon as you are fairly in the water, duck completely beneath the surface. Be sure that you really do go fairly under water, for there is nothing more deceptive than the feel of the water to a novice. lie dips his head, as he fancies, at least a foot beneath the surface; he feels the water in his nose, he hears it in his ears, and thinks that he is almost at the bottom, when, in reality, the back of his head is quite dry. The best way of " ducking " easily is to put the left hand on the back of the head, hold to the rope with the right hand, and then duck until the left hand is well under water. The learner should next accustom himself to the new element by moving about as much as possible, walking as far as the rope will allow him, and jumping up and down so as to learn by experience the buoyancy of the water. The first great object is to feel a perfect confidence in the sustaining power of the wcter, and, according to our ideas, the best method of doing so is by learning to float on the back. Floating on the Back. Take care that the cord is within easy reach, so that it may be grasped in a moment, should the novice become nervous, as he is rather apt to do just at first. Pake it in both hands, and lay yourself very gently in the water, arching the spine backwards as much as possible, and keeping the legs and knees perfectly straight and stiff. Now, press tb^ head as far back as possibly can be done, and try to force the back of the head between the shoulder blades. You can practise this attitude at home, by lying on two ch nirs and seeing whether your attitude corresponds with that which is given here. When you have thus lain in the water you will find that you are almost en- tirely upheld by its sustaining power, and that only a very little weight laid in the water. On reflection, you will also discern that the only weight which pull* on the rope is that of your hands and arms, which are out of water, and which, therefore, act as dead weight. Indeed, you might just as well lay several iron weights of a pound each upon your body, for the hands and arms are much heavier than we generally fancy. Just break an arm or a leg, and you will find out what heavy articles they are. Now, let your arms sink gradually into the water, and you will see that exactly in proportion as they sink, so much weight is taken off" the rope; and if you hav« only courage to put them entirely under water, and to loose the rope, your bodv will be supported by the water alone. ordinary wo-thi.-d» The best ackwards, the water, ,irly under ) a novice. e feels the ost at the ack of the eft hand is ving about imping up 5 power of >y learning isped in a ust at first, rching the 5 perfectly ) force the attitude at londs with almost en- ht laid in vhich pnll> ind which, each upon ally fancy, they are. hat exactly If you havei your bodv SWIMMING. 581 A considerable part of the body remains above the water, but it is tlie wrong part, as far as the preservation of life is concerned. We want to breathe, and it is very clear that we cannot breathe through our shoulders. Therefore, me first point fn swimming is to reverse the natural order of things, and to bring the nostrils above the surface of the water. The mouth may be set aside altogether, because there is no necessity for that aperture in swimming. It is meant for eating and for talking, but was never intended for breathing, which is the only function that a swimmer regards. Swimming, therefore, resolves itself into the ability to keep the nostrils above water, and the difficulty lies in the fact that the nostrils are set in thft heaviest part of the whole body, and that which is absolutely certain to sink below the surface unless continual efforts are made to keep it in its right position. Let, therefore, the learner be on his back, let him arch the spine in directly the opposite direction, and bend the head backwards instead of letting it hang forwards. The result of this change of posture will be at once apparent. The heaviest part of the body, the back of the head, will be partly supported by the water, and partly by the air which fills the lungs. The nostrils will then become the lightest part o*" the body, and will, of course, be above the surface when the remainder is submerged. Practically, the bather will find this result. If he will assume tho attitude which has bern described, and will be content to keep his lips tightly shut, and his limbs perfectly still, he will find that when he takes an inspiration the face will rise almost entirely out of the water. At each expiration the face will sink as far as the eyebrows and the lower lip, but no farther, the nostrils being always left free for the passage of air to the lungs. Any one who will give this plan a fair trial will gain more real knowledge of swimming in an hour than can be obtained in a year by mere practical teaching. So powerful indeed is the buoyancy of the water that if any one, whether he can swim or not, will only lie in the attitude that has been de- scribed, and will not stir hand or foot, he cannot sink if he tries. A cork will sink as soon as he. Swimming on the Back. The power of floating on the back is invaluable to the beginner, but he soon begins to acquire something more. It is very well to be able to float like a cork, but a swimmer wants to direct his course as well as to float like an inani- mate object. When the learner has learned to lie on his back without moving liands 01 feet, let him gently paddle with his hands, keeping the fingers together firmly, and scooping the water, as it were, towards liis feet. He must be careful to keep the hands below the surface, and the head wcli back. Most persons, when beginning this movement, are tempted to raise tht 582 SWIMMING. head so as to see whether they are moving, ur, if so, in which direction Con sequently, the water no longer supports his head; its weight is thrown on the body, and down goes the swimmer. When the learner can propel himself at a moderate pace head first, he should turn his hands round and scoop the water towards his head, thus propelling himself with his feet first. It will be found that the course can easily be directed merely by using one hand ralher more forcibly than the other. Having learned this simple paddling process, the young swinmier now begins to use his legs. It is possible to paddle for a considerable distance by using the hands alone, and there are sometimes circumstaiues when this process is invaluable If, for example, the swimmer should be seized witli the cramp in his legs, he is certain to be drowned if he does not have recourse to this expedient. Still, altliough the swimmer can propel himself, it is a very slow process, and he naturally will wish to get on at a faster rate. This is done by striking out the legs, with tlie icct wide apart, and then bringing them together again. These direction^ are simple enough ; but something more must be mentioned. People generally fancy that the progress of the swimmer is only caused by the pressure of tlie soles of i! <; feet against the water, and the usual opinion is that the fastest swimmer is he who has the broadest and the flattest feet. Of course, tlie pressure of the feet has something to do with it, but the chief part of the work is done, not by the feet, but by the legs. When the legs are spread, they enclose between them a mass of water of a wedge-like shape, and as they are drawn together, the body is propelled for- wards on exactly the same principle that a vessel is propelled by a screw. Steering the course is easily managed by means of the legs. If the left leg is allowed to remain still, and the right leg is used, the body is driven to the left, and vice versa when the left leg is used and the right kept quiet. The young swimmer must remember that when lie brings his legs together they must be kept quite straight and the knees stiff. The toe should also be pointed, so as to offer no resistance to the water. Swimmmg on the back is a most useful branch of the art, as U requires com- paratively little exertion, and serves to rest the arms when they are tired with the ordinary mode of swimming. All swimmers who have to traverse a considerabl- distance always turn occasionally on the back. They even in this position allow the arms to lie by the sides until they are comnletely rested, while at the same tune the body is gently .ent through the water by the legs. Let swimming on the back be perfectly learned, and practised continually. so that the young swimmer may always feel secure of himself when he is in that ;)osilion. The feet should be kept about twelve or fourteen inches below the surface of the water, as, if they are kept too high, the stroke is apt to drive the upper part /)t the head and eyes under the water. SWIMMING. 583 It must always be remarked that it is impossible to arch the spme too much, or to press the head too far between the shoulders. Swimming on the Chest. We now come to swimming on the chest, which is the mode adopted by most persons, and which, together with swimming on the back, will enable the learner to perform almost any aquatic feat. In order to begin with confidence, walk into the water until it is almost as high as the chest, and then turn towards the land, so that every movement may carry you from the deeper to the shallower water. Next, place your hands in front of the chest, the fingers stiff and pressed together, and the thumb held tightly against the forefinger. Do not press the palms together, as too many books enjoin, but hold the hands with the thumbs together, the palms down- wards and the backs upwards. Now, lean gently forward in the water, pushing your hands out before you, until the arms are quite straight, and just before your feet leave the bottom, give a little push fonvards. You will now propel youn,elf a foot or two towards the land. Try how long you can float, and then gently drop the feet to the ground. Be careful to keep the head well back and the spine arched. Repeat this seven or eight times, until you have gained confidence that the water will support you for a few seconds. Now go back to the spot whence you started, and try to make a stroke. Lay yourself on the water as before, but when the feet leave the bottom, draw them up close to the body, and then kick them out quickly. When they have reached their full extent, press them together firmly, keeping them quite straight and the toes pointed. This movement will drive you onwards for a short distance, and when you feel that you are likely to sink, drop the feet as before. Start again and make another stroke, and so on until the water is too shallow. At first, you will hardly gain more than an inch or .vo at each stroke, but after a little practice, you will gain more and more until you can advance three or four feet without putting the legs to the ground. It is a good plan to stait always from the same spot, and to try in how few strokes you can reach the land. There is a great interest in having some definite object in view, and one gets quite excited in trying to reduce the number of strokes. The next point is the movement of the arms. In reality, the arms are more valuable in swimming than the leg:, and for this simple reason : any one who has the use of his limbs at all is obliged to use his legs daily, and that lo a considerable extent. However sedentary he may be, he must walk up and downstairs twice at least in the day. He must walk from one room to another. He must get into and out of iis carriage, and walk a few paces to his office. And in all these little walks his legs have to carry the weight of his body, which, to set it at the least figure, .veiglis from seveni) to ninety pounds. 584 SWIMMING. The legs, therefore, are strengthened and hardened by continual i)ractice ; but the arms have scarcely anything to do. They hang quietly by the side, they rest on the knee or on the table, and their average work is comprised in turning over the leaves of books or wielding a pen. They are unaccustomed to hard work of any kind, and therefore fail as soon as they are put to severe and novel labor. They soon become ti-jd, the muscles refuse to obey the orders of the mind, and in a few hours the arms are so stiff that they can hardly be used at all. In a swimming match of any length we should always look at the arms of the competitors rather than the legs, and we would invariably select as our favorite the man with the broadest and deepest chest, and the most wiry arms. Now for the use of the arms. Place yourself with your face to the shore, as already directed, and make the stroke according to the regulations. But, just before the force of the leg-stroke is exhausted, spread the arms as widely as possible, turn the palms of the hands a little outwards, and bring them towards the hips with a steady, regular sweep. This movement will have two effects. It will support the body, and it will continue the propulsive force which was just given by the legs. Be very careful not to hurry this stroke, and especially not to shorten it. Beginners generally make six or seven little strokes, keeping their arms bent during the whole time; but in correct swimming the arms should be sent forward to their utmost length, and the hands brought to the hips in a slow, uniform sweep. Let this be practised over and over again, until it is perfectly learned. Even at home and on dry land it can be practised with tolerable success, by lying on a chair in front of a large mirror, and making the stroke repeatedly until it looks quite exact. About eighteen or nineteen strokes to the minute is quite fast enough f^r all ordinary purposes. In a short race of a hundred yards or so, the quickness is, of course, increased, but if we were to swim a race of one or two miles, we should be content with eighteen, or, at the most, twenty, strokes per minute. In ordinary swimming, sixteen is our usual average. Still we cover so much water at each stroke, that in the long run we come in far ahead of more showy swimmers, who wear themselves out in the first half-mile, and then are caught and passed with ease. A Common Fault. When swimming on the chest, take particular care to avoid an error into which the beginner almost invariably falls. Being extremely anxious to keep the nostrils well above the surface of the water, the swimmer is apt to press downwards his hands, so as to raise his head arid neck, and often part of the chest, completely out of the water. Now it is scarcely possible to make a worse mistake than this. By so doing, and it will error into SWIMMING. 58 J the swimmer actually supports a considerable weight in the air, and might just «s well hang some four or five pounds weight of lead round his neck. In the second place, he tires his arms most needlessly by forcing them to perform a totally unnecessary action. They will have quite enough work to do in making the ordinary stroke, without adding to them the labor of supporting the head above water. The very principle on which all swimming is founded is that of making the water support the body, and, therefore, of supporting every part of the body by the water. If even a finger be lifted above the surface, the unsupported weight of that finger tends to press the body under water. A showy or " high " swimmer may look very well to an inexperienced eye, and may take the fancy like those lofty-actioned trotting horses, which are so appropriately called " flat-catchers." But there is no endurance about either one or the other ; and it may be assumed as a self-evident fact that if two persons of equal strength enter in a match of any athletic exercise, and that one uses exertions which the other does not employ, the former will be tired sooner than the latter. So our advice to our readers is : First practise the stroke quietly and repeatedly, putting down the feet after each stroke is completed. Then try to manage two strokes without putting the feet to the ground. Then try three strokes, and so on, until you can make some four or five strokes without distressing yourself. Having achieved thus much, make your mind easy. You have conquered the art of swimming. If you can make five strokes, you can make fifty, provided that you do not hurry them in trying to cover too much water at each stroke. Should you feel yourself getting tired, or if a feeling of nervousness should come over you, the remedy is easy enough. Turn on your back, and paddle along quietly until your arms are rested. Then turn over and proceed on your course. So important is this one rule, that we repeat it again : Do not hurry YOUR STROKE. It is hardly possible for the learner to be too slow. One very good plan of learning a long and steady stroke is to try in how few strokes a given distance can be traversed. In connection with the ordinary breast-stroke we must mention one very im- portant point, namely, the manner of taking breath. If the swimmer lies, as he should lie, as low as possible in the water, he will find that at each stroke the water reaches to his lips, and will sometimes curl even over his nostrils. If, therefore, he were to take an inspiration while he is making the stroke, he would immediately draw some water into his lungs, and the only result would be tliat he would begin to choke and to cough, and would probably sink. But, if he makes a habit of expelling the air from his lungs as he makes the stroke, he need fear no danger of the kind, for the expelled air will drive away the water, and even if his nostrils should be covered, they would not take in one slight drop. It naturally follows that the proper time to take breath is while the arms are just beginning to make the stroke, and when the force of the leg-stroke Is almost expended. {86 SWIMMING. The Side Stroke. This is so called because the swimmer lies on his side. There is no stroke that enables the swimmer to last so long as this docs, and for this reason : in- stead of employing both trms and legs simultaneously in the same manner, the side stroke employs them simultaneously but in different manners ; so that when the swimmer is tired of exercising one side, he can just turn over and proceed with the other, the change of action resting the limbs almost as much as actual repose would do. The side stroke is thus managed. The swimmer lies on his right side, stretching his right arm out as far as he can reach, keeping the fnigers of the right hand quite straiglit and the hand itself held edgewise, so as to cut the water like a shark's fin. The left hand is placed across the chest, with the back against the right breast, and the swimmer is then ready to begin. He commences by making the usual stroke with his legs, and the right leg, being undermost, doing tlie greater share of the work. Before the impetus gained by the stroke is quite expended, tlie right arm is brought round with a broad sweep, until the palm of the hand almost touches the right thigh. At the sume moment, the left hand makes a similar sweep, but is carried backwards as far as it can go. The reader will see that the hands act directly upon the water like the blades of a pair of oars, and do not waste any of their power by oblique action. In ordinary swimming we seldom use the left arm, but allow it to hang quietly in the water, so that it may be perfectly ready for work when wanted. Then, after some little time, we turn round, swim on the other side, and give the left arm its fair share of labor. There is a modification of swimming on the side, which is sometimes called THRUSTING, and sometimes the Indian stroke, because the North American Indians generally employ it. These terms are rather vaguely employed, but the former is generally used when the swimmer thrusts his arm forward, and the latter when he swings it. In performing this stroke, the swimmer starts upon his right side, and sweeps his right hand through the water, as above mentioned. Whi' ; that arm is passing through the water, the left arm is swung just above the surface with a bold sweep, the hand dipping into the water when the arm is stretched to its utmost. This movement brings the body over to the left side, when the two bands change duties, the left being swept under the body while the right is swung forward. Treading Water. This is employed when the wimmer wishes to raise his head as high out of tne water as possible, and is particularly useful if he is reconnoitring, or if he is iiying to save a drowning person, or if he wishes to grasp a bough or a rope t^ve his head. The best method of making the stroke is as follows: Keep SWIMMING. 587 is no gtrok< reason : in- manner, the so that when ind proceed ch as actual as far as he id the hand left hand is the swimmer le right leg, the impetus ound with a igh. At tlie tackwards as :e the blades :tion. hang quietly ted. Then, give the left times called h American nerally used swings it. and sweeps that arm is rface with a tched to its len the two the right is ligh out of f, or if he is 1 or a rope lows: Keep the body perpendicular, and make precisely the same stroke with the legs as is done in 01 nary swimming. This action will keep the head freely out of the water, and if assisted by the hands the body will rise as far as the shoulders. Some persons literally "tread " the water, striking each foot alternately as if they were ascending a staircase We have thoroughly tried both methods, and much prefer the former. Swimming Like a Dog. The name of this method explains itself. The swimmer lies on his chest, and moves his hands and legs alternately, exactly as a dog does when swimming. The chief use in this stroke is that it affords a change of action to the muscles, and if the swimmer has to traverse any considerable distance, say a mile or two, he will find that a few occasional minutes employed in swimming like a dog will be very useful in relieving the strain on the muscles of both legs and arms. Having become tolerably expert at these exercises, the young swimmer should now learn to support and propel himself, first, without his hands, and next, without his legs. He should therefore place the hands along the sides of the body, sink the legs much deeper than in ordinary swimming, and make a succession of strokes with the legs. These strokes should be much shorter and quicker than are used when the hands are at liberty. Next, suppose that the hands are tied at the wrists, and that the swimmer is a manacled captive trying to escape across a moat. Press the hands tightly to- gether, with the fingers close to each other, and the whole hand made as flat as possible. Turn slightly on the left side, making the ordinary stroke with the legs, and bring the hands towards the left hip with a qui '< •o\'i • ■), taking care to part them from it as soon as the stroke is made. Then, try to swim without the legs. Allow the feet t ■ .ing as low as they like, keep the head well back, and make the ordinary stroke with the hands. But, instead of merely bringing them back, press them down at every stroke, so as to lift the chin well out of the water. This is a very slow business, but still it should be practised, as the swimmer may happen to disable his legs and ought to know how to manage without them. Lastly, he should learn to swim when both hands and feet are tied together. This feat is a very superior one, and always elicits much applause from spectators, being what is technically named a "gallery" stroke. Yet it is really very easy, and can be performed by any one who has practised the two former exercises. Hold the hands together, as already mentioned, and press the feet together at the ankles. Then, giving short, sharp strokes, the hands and feet working about, but not quite simultaneously. If you are performing this feat before spectators, add to the effect by tying the liands and feet with handkerchiefs. Swimming is not made more difficult by the ligatures, while the appearance of difficulty is very much increased. 588 SWIMMING. I rf'i -^ Diving. Having now tolerably mastered the surface of the water, the learner must proceed to explore its depth. It is, of course, a great thing to be able to sup- port the body in thcvater; but the swimmer's education is only half completed until he knows how to dive. Many lives have been saved by the ability to dive, many have been lost from its absence. The first object is to keep the eyes open while under water. In order to do this, sink yourself well under the surface, hold your hand before your face, and try to look at it. Hon't be afraid of water getting into the eyes. A chance drop of fresh water flirted into the eyes will make them smart, but you may keep your eyes open even in salt water as long as you like without the least irritation. When the young swimmer has learned that he really can keep his eyes open under water, he should drop to the bed of the sea or river, where it is about four feet in depth, some white object — one of the well-known alabaster eggs used for deluding sitting hens, is as good an object as can be found. Still, a lump of chalk, a thick gallipot, or anything of a like nature, will do very well. Now, try to stop and lift the egg, and you will find two results. The first is that the egg will look as large as a hat, and the second is, that you will find very great difficulty in getting to it. Now, try another way of getting to the egg. Drop it as before, spring up as high as the waist, bend your body well forward, throw the feet in the air, and try to reach the egg, head foremost. At first you will find this rather difficult, but after a little practice, it will come easily enough. Be careful to stand at some little distance from the egg, or you will overshoot it. Next drop the egg, go back some eight or ten yards, swim towards the object, and dive for the egg, from the swimming posture. This is not very easy at first on account of the difficulty in getting the chest below the surface. If, how- ever, the legs are thrown well up in the air, the weight forces the body under water. The next object is to try how far the swimmer can proceed under water. Swimming under water is managed in nearly the same manner as swimming on the surface. But in order to counteract the continual tendeiicy upwards, the swimmer must always keep his feet considerably higher than his head, so that each stroke serves to send him downwards as well as forwards. One of the chief difficulties in diving is to keep a straight course, because there is seldom anything under water by which to steer. In a river, when the water is clear, it is generally easy to look upwards and watch the trees, posts, or other objects on the banks; but in the sea it is very different business, and the swimmer must have learned to make his stroke with great regularity before he can dive in a straight line. It is hardly possible to give too much time to diving. The learner should IN-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. 589 nist take nothing but easy diving, such as have been mentioned, and then try to aciiieve more difficult feats. He should learn to dive at a considerable dis- rarice from any object, swim towards it by guess, and try to bring it to the sur- face. He should throw two, three, or more eggs into the water, and try how many he tan recover at a single dive. When he has attained a sufficient mas- tery over the water, he should stand on the bank, or in a boat, throw an egg into the water, dive after it, and catch it before it reaches the bottom. Having given practical instructions respecting the principal out-door gamef and sports, we will now call the reader's attention to a few of the most inter- tfnting; in-door games and plays. (am. Chess Cs one of the most ancient of known games of skill. Mr. Drummond, 6 writer on the game of draughts, asserts that draughts is the "elder sister of Chess/' which he properly describes as "the thinking game;" but, however that may be, there is indisputable evidence that Chess was known in the most remote periods. Various theories are advanced as to its origin. One account states tnat the wife of Ravan, King of Ceylon, devised it in otder to amuse her royal spouse with an image of war while his metropolis was closely besieged by Rama. There are at least a dozen claimants for the honor of the invention, but all the accounts of the origin of "the thinking game" are attended with more or less uncertainty. This much, at any rate, can safely be said : that it originated in the East many hundreds of years before the Christian era, and that, like civilization, it travelled westward. The date of its introduction into Europe is involved in almost as much mystery as its origin. Some writers sup- pose it to have been -ntroduced in the twelfth century, while other very respec- table authnriiies inform us that the Emperor Charlemagne, who died in the early part of the ninth century, was a chess-player. The game was much prac- tised by the monks of old, and one can imagine that it would serve to pass many solitary hours away in a pleasant and beneficial manner. To the monks, by the way, we owe the fact that our chess-boards are still made in the form of book-«, with the mock-titles of "RoUin's Ancient History," "History of China," etc., etc. Chess was forbidden in the monasteries, but the monks, ip order that they might clandestinely indulge in their favorite game, and at the 590 IN-DOOR AMUSEMENTS, same time secure themselves against detection and punishment, concealed then chess-men in these imitations of books. Another curious fact in connectior with chess history is, that one of the first books (generally thought to be the first book) printed in the English language, was a treatise on the game of Chess. Anything like a history of this game would be out of place in a merely ele- mentary work like the present. Suffice it to say, that Chess — ancient as it is— still holds its own against all "new-born gauds." It is still the favorite game among the educated, and is considered an essential accomplishment in most family circles, where, beyond doubt, it is beneficial in assisting the mental de- velopment of the young. The number of writers on the subject is legion. Mr. Walker, in his treatise, which was written in 1832, gives a list of several hun- dred works in different European languages. Such is the variety of the game that each of these writers has something new and important to say about it. One teaches us how to extricate our men from a most difficult and involved po- sition, when it would appear to an onlinary player as if nothing short of magic could do so. Another unfolds a minute system of calculation by which to entrap tne adversary who, in his desire to give checkmate, loses his discretion. Others, like Philidor, show us that we may so place our pawns that they will support one another, while presenting a formidable barrier against the advance of the enemy. We will now proceed to give the necessary directions for playing the game. The game is played on a board divided into sixty-four squares, colored al» ternately black and white. It is the same as that used at Draughts. Eight pieces of different denominations and powers, and eight Pawns, are allotted to each competitor. As a necessary distinction, each set is colored in a different way; one commonly being White, the other Red, or Black. The pieces ar* named as follows: l|iU:J>i King. Queen. BLACK. Rooks. Pawns. King. Queen. wHin. Knights. Pawns. Every player, therefore, is provided with one King, one Queen, two Bishops, two Knights, and two Rooks, l)esides the eight Pawns. They are placed, at the beginning of each game, in the following order: ncealed then 1 connertior 5ht to be the the game of a merely ele- cnt as it is— "avorite game lent in most le mental de- legion. Mr. several hun- of the game say about it. involved po« lort of magic ich to entrap ion. Others, will support vance of the J the game. !, colored al- ights. Eight re allotted to in a different le pieces ar* two Bishops, re placed, at tNtiOOR AAfUSEMENTS. OnOIR OF THI MIN ON THE BOARD. BLACK. 50 1 mAmim i is i WHITE. In placing the board, care must be taken tnat a White corner square be at fne right hand of each player. It should slso be observed that the Queen must t»e placed upon a square of her own color. The Pieces: Their Powers and Mode of Action. The King can move in any direction — forward, backward, sideways, <« diagonally, provided always, of course, that he does not move into check. The King possesses one great prerogative — that of nn'fr being taken; but by way of counterbalancing the advantage of this exemption, he is restrained from expos- ing himself to check. He can move only one square at a time, except when he castles, which he may do once during each game. He may then move two squares. He cannot castle when in check, nor after he has once moved, nor with a Rook that has been moved, nor if any of the squares over which he has to move be commanded by an adverse piece. Thk Quf.en can move either horizp"itally or diagonally. She combines the powers of the Bishop and the Rook. She can, at one move, pass along the whole length of the board, or, if moving diagonally, from corner to corner. Although she can move and take in the same manner as a Bishop, or a^ Rook, she must make the whole of one move in one direction, and cannot combine in one move the powers of these two pieces. In other words, she cannot move round a corner at one steo. 592 INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. i.it'l The Rook (sometimes called the Castle) may pass along the entire length of the hoard at one move. It may move backwards, or Ibrwards, or sideways-— but always horizontally, never diagonally. The Bishop can move only in a diagonal direction, but can go any number of squares, from one to eight, or as far as the space be open. The Bisliop can never change the color of his square. Thus, the White King's Bishop being on a White square at the beginning, remains so throughout the game. This is a necessary consequence of his move being purely diagonal. The Knight has a power of moving which is quite peculiar, and rather difficult to explain. He moves two squares at once, in a direction partly diagonal and partly straight. He changes the color of his square at every move. Tiie Knight is the only piece that possesses what is styled the "vaulting motion." He is not precluded from going to a square between which and his own other ])ieces intervene. Thus, instead of moving your King's Pawn two, as your first move, you might, if good play permitted it, move out either of your Knights right over the row of Pawns in front. This power is possessed by the Knight alone, all the otler pieces being obliged to wait until there is an opening in front of them before they can emerge. The Knight can move over thesixty-Iuur squarej of the board in as many moves. There are many ways of doing this, but Euler's solution, unlike most others, is based on mathematical calculation, and is not a mere experiment. The Pawn moves in a straight line towards the adverse party. It cannot move out of its file except in capturing one of the opposing Pawns, or i)ieces, when it steps one square in a diagonal or slanting direction, and occupies the square of the captured piece. It can only be moved one square at a time, ex- cepting in the first move, when the player has the option of advancing it two squares. The Pawn is the only piece which cannot retreat, and which docs not take in the direction in which it moves. For full explanations relative to "Queening the Pawn," and taking a Pawn en pa:isant, see instructions on those points. Abbreviations. The abbreviations which are invariably used in Chesb publications are the (bllowing : K. for King ; Q. for Queen ; B. for Bishop ; Kt. for Knight ; R. for Rook ; P. for Pawn ; Sq. for Square ; and Ch. for Check. Tlie pieces on one side of the board are distinguished from those on the other in the following manner: Those on the same side as the King are named after him, as K.'s B. (King's Bisnop); K.'s Kt. (Kng's Knight); K.'s R. (King's Rook); while those on the same side as the Queen are named Q.'s B. (Qmen's Bishop); Q.'s Kt. (Queen's Knight); Q.'s R. (Queen's Rook). The Pawns are distinguished in like manner. The Pawn occupying the square in front of the K.'s B. is calleti INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 593 ns are tlie K.'s B.'s P. ; that in front of the K,'s Kt. is called K.'s Kt.'SP.; that in front o{ the Q.'s R. the Q.'s R.'s P., etc. Technical Terms Used in the Game. The Move. — Whichever player opens the game by making the first move, is said to have "the move." Check. — When your King is attacked by any piece, he is said to be in check; and it is your opponent's duty to give you warning of such an event by crying "check," when he makes the move. You must then put your King out of check by moving him, by taking the checking piece, or by interposing one of your own men between the checking piece and your King, thus "covering" check, as it is termed. Checkmate is the term used when the King is in inextricable check — /. e., when none of the above means avail to place him beyond the range of the attacking pieces. When a checkmate is obtained, the game is at an end, that being the sole object. Discovered Check is when the player moves a Pawn or piece from befor* another piec;, thereby opening or "discovering" check — e. g., the Black Rook may be on a line with the opposing King, the only intervening piece being a Black Pawn. The removal of this Pawn "discovers check." Double Check is when check is discovereil as above, the King being also attacked by the piece moved. Peki'Etual Check is when the King of one of the players can be checked almost at every move, and when he has little else to do but move out of check. When the game has reached this stage, the weaker player may demand that clicckmate shall be given in a certain number of moves, in default of which it may be declared a drawn game. (See Rule VIII.) Drawn Game. — A drawn game may arise from several causes: i. As above. 2. Stalemate. (See "Stalemate.") 3. Equal play: "Between very good jjlayers" (remarks Philidor), " it sometimes happens that the equipoise in force and position is constantly sustained in the opening, in the intermediate stages, and in the last result ; when either all the exchangeable pieces have been mutu.iUy taken, or the remaining forces are equal — as a Queen against a Queen, a Rook against a Rook, with no advantage in position, or the Pawns are mutually blocked up.'* 4. Al>se nee of mating power — /. e., when neither player possesses the force requisite to obtain a checkmate. (See " Mating Power.") 5. Un- skilful use of a sufficiently strong force : If one player is superior in force to his adversary, and })()ssesses the requisite mating power, the game may still be drawn by the unskilful use of that superiority. If he cannot effect a checkmate in fifty moves it may be declared a drawn game. Stalemate describes that state of the game when one of the players has nothing left but his King, which is so placed that, although not in check, he cannot move without going into check. 38 I^H 594 IN-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. \ # Castling is a double operation, accomplislied by moving the King and one of the Rooks at the same time. When the removal of the Bishop and the Knight on the one side, or of the Bishop, Knight and Queen on the other, has cleared the intervening squares, the King may castle witn either of his Rooks. If it should be done on the King's side of the board, the King is to be placed on the Knight's square, and the Rook on the Bishop's; if in the Queen's section, the King must be moved to the Bishop's square, and the Rook to the Queen's. In other words, tiie King, in either case, must move two squares, and the Rook be placed on the opposite side of him to that on which he stood before. It is universally laid down that the King shall not castle when in check)' nor when he has previously moved, nor with a Rook that has moved, nor if a square over which he has to pass be commanded by an adverse piece. En Prise. — A piece is said to be en prise when under attack. En Passant {in passing). — If your adversary has advanced one of h)s Pawns to the fifth square, and you move one of your Pawns in either of the adjoining files two squares, he is entitlcil to take your Pawn, en passant, as though you had only moved it one square. 'I'his peculiar mode of capture can only l^e effected by Pawns. Ranks and Files. — The lines of squares running from left to right are known as Ranks, and those perpendicular to them, running from one player to the other, are called Files. Passed and Isolated Pawns.— A Pawn is said to be " passed " when it is so far advanced that no Pawn of the adversary's can oppose it. An Isolated Pawn is one that stands alone and unsupported. Double Pawn. — Two Pawns on the same file. " J'adoube" (signifying / adjust, or / arrange) is the expression generally used when a player touches a piece to arrange it without the intention of making a move. Perhaps it is not absolutely necessary that he shoulil say *'f adouhe," but he must at any rate use an equivalent expression. To Interpose. — Thi'> term explains itself. If your King or one of your pieces is attacked, and you move another of your pieces between the attacking piece and the piece attacked, either for the purpose of covering check, or as a means of protection, or with any other object, you a-c said to " interpose." Winning the Exchance. — You arc said to "win the exchange" when you gain a Rook for a Bishop, a Bishop for a Knight, or, in short, whenever you gain a superior piece by giving an inferior. Queening a Pawn. — You arc said to " Quocn a Pawn " when you advance it to the eighth square on the file. You may then claim a Queen, or any other piece, in exchangf' for it. Formerly the rule was that you might substitute for it any piece you had previously lost, but, according to the modern game, t'liree or more .Rooks, or Bishops, or Knights, may be obtained in this way. Gambit. — This term, which is derived from the Italian, describes an opening in which a Pawn. is purposely sacrificed, at an early stage of the game, in ordei \ IN-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. 595 Bubsequent'y to gain an advantage. Several Gambits are distinguished by the names of their inventors, such as the Cochrane Gambit, the Muzio Gambit, the Salvio Gambit, etc. There are also the Bishop's Gambit, the Queen's Gambit, etc., etc. Mating Power. — The force requisite to bring about a checkmate: a King and Queen against King and two Bishops, King and two Knights, King and Bishop and Knight, or against King and Rook, can effect checkmate. King and two Bishops can mate against King and Bishop, or King and Knight. King, with two Bishops and Knight, can mate against King and Rook. King, with Rook and Bishop, can mate against Rook and King. King can always draw against King and Bishop, or King and Knight. King and Rook against either a King and B: .lop, or King and Knight, makes a drawn game, etc. Laws of the Game. The following "laws" are in force in all the principal clubs in this country: I. — If a player touch one of his men, unless for the purpose of adjusting it, when he must say ^'J'adoube'" {see Law IV.); or it being his turn to move, he must move the piece he has so touciied. [Walker gives the following remarks on this law — "When you touch a piece with the bona fide intention of playing it, the saying 'J^atioube* will not exon- erate you from completing the move. A Chessplayer's meaning cannot be misunderstood on the point ; and were it otherwise, you might hold a man in your hand iot five minutes, and then saying ^J'adoube' replace it, and move elsewhere'."] II. — If the men are not placed properly at the beginning of the game, and this is discovered before four moves have been made on each side, the game must be recommenced. If the mistake should not be found out till after four moves have been made, the game must be proceeded with. III. — Where the players are even, they must draw lots for *V.e first move, after which they take the first move alternately. When a pl^ye- jives odds, he has the option of making the first move, and the choice of men in every game. [In giving odds, should it be agreed upon to give a Pawn, it is custumary to take the K. B. P. If a piece is to be given, it may be taken from either the King's or Queen's side.] IV. — If a player should accidentally or otherwise move or touch one of his men without saying "/'adoube,^' his adversary may compel him to move either the man he has touched or his 'King, provided the latter is not in check. V. — When a player gives check, and fails to give notice by crying "Check," his adversary need not, unless he think proper, place his King out of check, nor cover. [If it is discovered that the King is in check, and has been so for several moves past, the players must move the men back to the point at which they stood when check was given. If they cannot agree as to when check was 111 m i m m 596 INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. first given, the player who is in check must retract his last move, and defend his King.] VI. — The player who effects checkmate wins the game. VII. — Stalemate constitutes a drawn game. VIII. — If, towards the end of the game, one of the players has what is called the "mating power," his adversary may demand that checkmate shall be given in fifty moves. If this is not accomplished, it shall be declared a drawn game. IX. — The operation of " Castling" cannot be effected when the King is in check, nor when the King or Rook has been previously moved, nor when the space be not clear between the King and Rook, nor when any of the squares over which the King has to pass are commanded by the adversary. X. — So long as you retain your hold of a piece you may move it wher^ you will. [Great dissatisfaction is sometimes caused by the latitude which this law allows. It has often been said that this law would be improved if it were mado compulsory to move the piece in the direction in which it had been inclinea, and that when it has been rested on a particular square it should remain there, and the move considered complete. " To finger the squares of the board whilst planning your move," says Walker, "is strictly legal, but a most villa* nous habit."] XI. — No limit is fixed to the time allowed for the consideration of each move. Where great delay occurs, a third party may be appealed to ; and if he should pronounce the delay vexatious, the player refusing to move loses the game. [This is a necessary law, but it would often be desirable to come to a mutual agreement as to the time beforehand. No greater bore can be imagined than an eeccessively cautious player. In matches of consequence the time is gener- ally stipulated.] XII. — Should you move one of your adversary's men instead of your own, he may compel you to take the piece you have touched, should it be en prise, or to replace it and move your King ; provided, of course, that you can do so without placing him in check. XIII. — Should you capture a man with one that cannot legally take it, your adversary may compel you either to take such piece (should it be en prise) with one that can legally take it, or to move the piece touched ; provided that by so doing you do not discover check, in which case you may be directed to move your King. XIV. — Should you move out of your turn, your adversary may compel you either to retract the move, or leave the piece where you placed it, as he may think most advantageous. XV. — If you touch the King and Rook, intending to Castle, and have quitted hold of the one piece, you must complete the act of Castling. If you retain your hold of both, your adversary may compel you to move either of them. INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 597 le squares XVI. — Tlie game must be declared to be drawn should you fail to give check' mate in '^^ty moves, when you have King and Queen against King King and Rook " King and 2 Bishops " King, Bishop, and Kt. " King and Pawn «• King and 2 Pawns " King and minor piece " XVII. — Drawn games of every description count for nothing. XVIII. — Neither player may leave a game unfinished, nor leave the room without the permission of his adversary. XIX. — Lookers-on are not permitted to speak, nor in any way express their approbation or disapprobation while a game is pending. XX. — In case a dispute should arise on any point not provided for by the laws, a third party must be appealed to, and his decision shall be final. Comparative Value of the Pieces. The Pawn is always accounted the lowest in value. Its importance, how- ever, like that of all the other pieces, changes as the game progresses. Towards the end of a game its value is considerable. The Knight is of more value in the first attack than in the final struggle; It loses force as the game proceeds. In certain situations the Knight is of incomparable value. Its peculiar vaulting power gives it considerable impor- tance in complicated positions. Walker considers it of ecjual value with the Bishop. The Bishop. — Mr. Walker gives a list of the advantages which the Bishop and Knight possess over each other, and sums up by expressing it as his opin- ion, " founded on practical experience, that the Bishop is superior to the Knight only in imagination ; and that the two pieces should be indiscriminately ex- changed by the learner, as being of strictly equal value in cases of average position." Most other authorities, however, maintain that the Bishop is, upon the whole, slightly superior to the Knight. The Rook is reckoned to be about equivalent to a Bishop and two Pawns, or a Kniglit and two Pawns. It is seldom called into active play at the com- mencement of a game, but it gradually rises in importance, till towards the close it may almost be said to command the game. In actual play, it is prob- ably oftener instrumental in giving checkmate than any other piece. With the King, a Rook can mate against a King — a power possessed by no piece besides (1' Queen. The Queen decreases in power as tlie game proceeds. Throughout, how- ever, she holds by far the first position in value. The King, though seldom of much use for purposes of attack at the begin- '» ; ' -3) 598 INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. aing, acquires considerable force as the game becomes narrowed. His power of moving in any direction, and attacking any piece l>esides the Queen, is often of great value. The plan of comparing, by means of figures, jjieces of which the value varic •; so considerably, is obviously somewliat impracticable, and the estimate cannot in all cases be relied on. To the learner, however, it may be of some service in conveying to him a vague idea of their relative value. Suppose the Pawn to stand as i; the value of the Knight m-^y be estimated at rather more than 3; that of the Bishop rather less than 4; that of the Rook at about 5; and that of the ^ueen at about •» '.^ Uinti for Commencing the Game. To open the game well, some of the Pawns should be played out first. The Royal Pawns, particularly, should be advanced to their fourth square; it is not often safe to advance them further. The Bishop's Pawns should also be played out early in the game j but it is not always well to advance the Rook's and Knight's Pawns too hastily, as these afford an excellent protection to your King m case you yhould Castle. Philidor describes Pawn-playing as "the soul of Chess." Wiien they are not too far advanced, and are so placed as to be mutually supporting, they present a strong barrier to the advance of your ad- versary, and prevent him from taking up a commanding position. If you play your pieces out too early, and advance them too far, your adversary may oblige you to bring them back again by advancing his Pawns upon them, and you thus lose time. "The art of playing well at Chess," says Walker, "consists principally in gaining time," so you will see how desirable it is to avoid the necessity of retracing your steps. At the same time, you must not keep your pieces back till you have moved all your Pawns; otherwi.se you prevent your- self from framing a strong attack. Indeed, you will probably be called upon to defend yourself before your attack is ready. In this, as in so many other things, it is best to observe the jusie milieu. Much depends upoc the particular opening that you choose, and quite as much upon your own judgment. Do not commence your attack until you are well prepared. A weak attack often results in disaster. If your attack is likely to prove successful, do not be diverted from it by any bait which your adversary may purposely put in your way. Pause, lest you fall into a snare. Beware of giving check uselessly — /. e., unless you have in view the obtaining of some advantage. A useless check is a move lost, which may, particularly between good players, decide the game. It is generally injudicious to make an exchange when your position is good, or when, by so doing, you bring one of your adversary's pieces into good play. Never make an exchange without considering the consequences. When youi game is crowded and ill-arranged, and your position inferior, it is advantageous INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 599 to exchange. Sometimes, also, when you are much superior in force, it is worth your while to make an equal exchange. The operation of Castling often relieves a crowded game. A lost opportu- nity of Castling, or Castling at the wrong time, is a disadvantage which may be turned to account by your adversary. Never nut your Queen before your King in such a way that your adversary may bring forward a Bishop or Rook and attack her, and the King through her. In sn( h a caie, unless you can interpose another piece, you will inevitably lose your Queen. It is good play to "double " your Rooks — /. e., to make them mutually sup- porting. Don't bring your Rooks into active play too soon. They can gen- erally operate most effectively at a distance, and they are therefore of mosi; value iywards the end of a game, when the board is comparatively clear. A' the close of the game, do not let your King be idle. He may be useful in in:iny ways. The Bishop, too, can in most cases effectually obstruct the advancing Pawns of your adversary. Says Walker, " Direct your attacks against the King, in preference to hunt- ing smaller game." If, upon calculating several moves ahead, you see a pros- pect of giving checkmate you need not be careful to preserve those pieces which are not necessary to checkmate. Your Queen, Rook, and Bishop can operate better at a distance from the adverse King. If they are too near, a stalemate often becomes possible. From time to time take a review of the game. Although an incurably tedious player is a general nuisance, it is mere folly to play without "knowing the reason why." To take an occasional review of the £;amc gets ycu into a systematic habit. When near the close, take notice of the position of your adversary's Pawns, and if you find that you can Queen before him, make all haste to do so ; if not, attack his Pawns, so as to prevent him from Queening. If your adversary possesses a decided advantage, look out for a means of draw- ing the game. Do not stick to one opening, but learn as many as you can. Always be willing to accept odds of a better player, so that the game may be interesting to him. If you should lose, it is natural that you should feel iu- wardly chagrined, but do not let your disappointment be perceived. "Keep your temper " is a golden rule. Do not throw up the game before you arc quite sure it is lost. On the other hand, you should not too hastily jumj) to the con- clusion that you have won it. It is livcessary that you should occasionally study some of tlio best book games, but without actual practice proficiency can seldom be attained. Endeavor to understand the reasons which lead to your adversary's moveau and take measures accordingly. Vi Coo INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. r ,» i- 1 The accounts given by various authors of the origin of Draughts, if not vague, are at any rate so contradictory tliat it seems impossible to decide with anything like certainty how, when, or where the game did originate. Many writers say that in point of antiquity it takes precedence of chess, and this a]>pcars to be extremely probable, because in the first place it is a much less complex game. Indeed, it is very likely that chess is an after refinement of the game of draughts. It appears that draughts was known among the savage tribes of New Zealand; and upon the whole it may be fairly conceded that those who stand up for the greater antiquity of draughts are entitled to exclaim — "Antiquity's pride we have on our side." However, without any great loss to the reader, we may leave this question of the rival claims of draughts and chess to priority on that point to be discussed, if nut settled, by the antiquarian. Draughts is entirely a game of mathematical calculation, and although far too much stress has been laid on its merits as a means of developing the intellectual faculties of the young, it can at least be said that if innocent intellectual amnsenients are at all beneficial, then there is something to be urged in behalf of the utility of draughts. The game does not appear to have been much practised in Europe till the middle of the sixteenth century, and it was not until about a century afterwards, i. e., in 1668, that a work of any importance on the subject was published. In i75('), Mr. William Payne, a mathematician, published his still celebrated intro- duction to the game of draughts. Other works followed, but they have all been superseded by "The Guide to the Game of Draughts, by Joshua Sturges," published in London, in iSoo. This work is still the greatest authority on the subject. Having said so much by way of introduction, we .shall now proceed to give the Preliminary Instructions. The game is pUycd en a board exactly similar to a chess-board, containing sixty-four squares, colored black and white alternately. Throughout the game only one set of squares must be used ; in other words, if the players elect in the first instance to play on the white squares they cannot at any future stage of the game make use of the black squares ; and vice versa. In England it is customary to play on the white, but in this country the black squares are generally used. Assuming that black is selected, the board must be so placed that a double black corner is at the right hand, as in the following diagram, which shows the men properly placed at the commencement of the game. It will be seen from the diagram that one player begins with twelve white men, and his adversary with twelve black. The white men occupy the firs* INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 60[ three rows at one end of the board, the three rows at the other end being occupied by the black men. The object of tlie game is to capture all your adversary's men, or to "pin" them, or hem them in so that they cannot be moved. The player who succeed* in doing this wins the game. Method of Moving. The men can only be moved one square at a time. They must also be moved forward, either to the right or to the left, until they have been advanced to one of the top squares of the board, upon which they become kings, when they may be moved either backwards or forwards as the player finds best. When one of the men is made a king, he is crowned by a captured man of the same color being placed on the top of him. The men take in the direction in which they move, by leaping over any adverse piece or pieces which may be next to or in front of thetn. A capture can be made only when there is a vacant square behind the piece lo be captured. Several pieces may be taken in one move, provided of course that they are in certain positions. It is of great importance, even at the very opening of the game, to push on for a king, for, possessing the privilege of moving either backwards or forwards, he is of considerably more value than a common man. As we have already stated, the game is won by the player who first succeeds in capturing or blocking up his adversary's men ; but it often happens that the forces on each side are so reduced and rendered so equal, that neither player can hope to bring the game to a decisive conclusion. The game is then relinquished, and is declared to be drawn. It may generally be given up when the force on each side is two kings, the position on both sides being equal, or when there is only one left ; otherwise, they might keep on playing for hours without any possibility of finishing tb^ game. ^ r iii'fF P02 INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. Laws of the Game. I. The board must be placed so that .here shall be a double ^'orner ai the right hand. If you play on the white scjuares there inu^.t be a white double corner at the right hand : if on black, then a black double corner. II. The first move in each game must be taken by the players in turn. In the first game at each sitting lots must be drawn for the choice of men , and he who wins may either take the move or decide tliat his adversary shall. [It is absurd to suppose that any advantage is to be derived from playing first. If there is any advantage at all it would rather be with the second player, who has, what is technically called, " the move;" but in point of fact, it can be of no servif-e to either player to have "the move" at so early a stage of the game. It is usual for the player who moves first to take the black, and aa the players use black and white alternately, it follows that black has the first move in every game.] III. If at the end of five niinutes the player whose turn it is to move has nof moved, his adversary may demand of him to move, and if he still refuse to c*o BO one minute after being called upon, he loses the game. [This rule is not absolute. It holds good only where no special agreement has been made beforehand.] IV. You must not point over the board with your finger, nor do anything which will have the effect of interrupting your adversary's full and .ontin-ied view of the game. Either of the players persisting in this conduct after having been warned loses the game. [This rule is not universally admitted, but the practice is so excessively vulgai that we have not hesitated to affix as its penalty the loss of the game.] V. Neither player is allowed to leave the room during the i)rogress of a game without his adversary's consent, on pain of losing the game. VI. You may adjust your men properly on their squares at any part of the game, provided you intimate your intention to do so. After they are so ad justed, if you touch a man you must move it somewhere, and if you move it s(. far as to be visible over the angle of an adjoining open square you must com- plete the move in that direction. No penalty is attached to your touching a man which cannot be played. ["Touch and move" must be your motto.] VII. If a player neglect to take a man which is e/i prise, his opponent may either "huff" him, compel him to take the man, by saying, "Take that," or let the man remain on the board, as he may think proper. The act of " huff- ing" is not reckoned as a move ; a " huff and a move " go together. [It is called "standing the huff" when a player instead of taking the man which is gft prisg, makes some other move. His opponent then removes the piece which ought to have made the capture, and makes his own move. How- ever, he may, if he '^hoose, demand that the man which is en prise shall be taken AS the law states. " Standing the huff" can never be done except by the coa« INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 603 lent of the adverse player. The necessity of this law will be obvious v.Iien the young player is informed that it is not unusual to sacrifice two or three rncn in succession in order to make a decisive coup, which could not be done if there existed absolute power tu refuse to take the piece which was offered.] VIII. When one of your men reaches the row at the opposite end of the board, it becomes a king, and acquires the power of moving either backwards or forwards. IX. When a game draws near its conclusion, and one of the players has a much stronger force than the other, the i)laycr having the weaker side may demand that his opponent shall win the game in a certain number of moves, and if the opponent fails to do this, the game is declared to be drawn. Suppose three white kings and two black kings remain, black may require that the game shall be won or relinquished in forty moves. If the two white kings are opposed to one black king, the number of moves must not exceed twenty on each side. In no case can these numbers be exceeded after having been once claimed, and even if one more move would win the game, it must be declared to be drawn. X. When a player can take several pieces in the same move, he must not lemove one until his man has arrived at the last square, and if his adversary chooses, he may compel him to take all the men which are en prise. XI. If either player make a false move, he may be adjudged to have lost the game. [It would always be desirable, where practicable, to make some special agree- njent beforehand as to what should be the penalty for making a false move. The strict rule certainly seems too severe for ordinary play. It m^y generally be presumed that such mistakes are unintentional, and in most cases it will be a sufficient penalty to decide either that the piece touched shall be moved to whichever square the adversary chooses, or that it shall stand where it is, as the adversary may think best.] XII. All disputes on points not comprised within the rules to be decided by the majority of the persons present. XIII. A player refusing to finish the game, or to comply with any of the rules, shall be adjudged the loser. Hints for Beginners. As one of the most important among the few general rules that can be safely relied on, we may mention that at the beginning of a game it is better to pla7 out your .own men towards the middle of the board than to the side squares. The reason of this is obvious, for a man in the middle of the board commands in two directions, while if he is at the side, his power is curtailed by half. Always endeavor to find out the motives which lead to your adversary's moves, and try to get into the habit of constantly asking yourself what will be the result of this or that move, both with regard to your own move and your adver 6o4 INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. I '■ !■ sary's. Of cojrsc you must consider well over carli move, and in order to carrj out this advice tiiorougjjiy, if you arc only a beginner, you should, where piac ticable, play with lliosc who would not, in every case, require to move within the prescribed time. Having once gained an advantage in number of pieces, you increase the proportion by occasional exchanges. In forcing an exchaigfr, however, you must take care not to damage your position. In this way, if you are once a piece ahead, you may, by careful ph'y, and making judicious ex- changes, finally iletcrmine the game in your own favor; but, on the other hand, although there is no rule against it, it is generally considered that this system of forcing the game by exchanges is highly objectionable. Aiiiong good players it is thought to be mean. Of course this applies only to ca-; s where it is carried to excess. We cannot conclude these "hints" better than by giving the ex- cellent advice of Sturges, undoubtedly the greatest authority on the subject of draughts : "Never touch a man without moving it, and do not permit the loss of a few games to ruffle your temper, but rather let continued defeat act as an incentive to greater eflbrts, both of study and practice. When one player is decidedly stronger than another, he should give odds to make the game equally interesting to both. There must be a grea. disparity indeed if he can give a man, but it js very common to give one man in a rubber of three games, the superior player engaging to play one game with eleven instead of twelve. Another description of odds ( onsists in giving the drawn games — that is, the superior allows the weaker player to reckon as won all games he draws. Never play with a better player without offering to take such odds as he rnay choose to give. If you Ind yourself, on the other hand, so superior to your adversary that you feel no amusement in playing even, offer him odds ; and, should he refuse, cease playing with him, unless he will play for a stake, the losing which for a few games in succession will soon bring him to his senses, and make him willing to receive the odds you offer. Follow the rules of the game most rigorously, and compel your antagonist to do the same, without which draughts are mere child's play. If you wish to improve, play with better players in preference to such as you can beat; and take every opportunity of looking on when fine players are engaged. Never touch the squares of the board with your finger, as some do, from the supposition that it assists their powers of calculation, and accustom yourself to play your move off hand when once you have made up your mind, without hovering with your fingers over the board for a couple of minutes, to the great annoyance of the lookers-on. While you play do not fall into the vulgar habit of chattering nonsense, and show no impatience at your adversary should he be a little slow. Finally, bear in mind what may well be termed th(? three golden rules to be observed in playing games of calculation — firstly, to avoid all boasting and loud talking about your skill — secondly, to lose wit>» good temper — and thirdly, to win with silence and modesty." IN-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. 605 This is a lively variety of the game of Draughts. Many who do not profesi /() be skilk'd players prefer it to the ordinary game on account of the ainusic ment it affords. Still, although too slight to be ranked among the scientific games, it has its nice-ties, an«l it would be (luite erroneous to suppose that it required no skill or attention. The game is won by the player who succeeds in first losing all his men. Each player is obliged to take every piece that is offered to him, as there is no such thing in this game as standing the huff. It is best for the first few moves, to make equal exchanges. Then, by systematically opening up his back squares. a player may frequently compel his adversary to take two, and sometimes three or four, in exchange for one. In order to accomplish this it is well to play to- wards the sides, and to open up the back squares so that the adversary may be compelled to advance to the top of the board. When a player has reduced the number of his men to three, his adversary, we will suppose, having double that number, it is well for the former to pause before he gets rid of any more of his men, unless, indeed, there is a certain prospec t of his compelling the adversary to take the whole of them. In most positions a player with two or three, or even four, men has a decided advantage over the player who has only one, and may generally compel him to take the remaining number in succession. Kings are often more useful towards the close of a game than men. The player who has " the move " has the best chance of winning, provided he can retain it. This is an interesting variety of the game of Draughts, though it has never been much practised in this country. Hoyle, in his instructions on the game, remarks that it is " played by two persons with twenty men each, on a board containing one hundred squares divided into ten rows, and in a manner similar to the com- mon game, except that in this pieces are taken either backward or forward ; but are not to be moved off the board until the man or king taking the sime h;is rested on the last vacant square, as far as he then can go; and also in executing a stroke the adversary is not to move more than once over any of his captives ; and should all the captured pieces not be taken off the board, the capturer in that case is forfeited or huffed, at the option of the antagonist, and the act of huffing is not to be reckoned as a move. A player may decline the huff by com- pelling his ailversary to capture, or may delay doing either, and if several of the opponent's pieces be in situations to be taken, it is requisite to proceed so as to obtain most captives, preferring king before the men. The antagonist can insist upon this being done or huff the piece; and if, in taking prisoner, a man merely pass over one or more of the back squares, he is not thereby entitled to be crowned, that event only taking place wlien remaining on one of the said squares. A king may move from one end of an oblique line to another, if the passage be free, both from his own color and the adversary's, provided such '.\\ 6o6 IN-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. : tl adversaries are not in a position to be taken ; and having adversaries to take, the king may at once traverse over several squares, provided those squares are empty ; or over squares occupied by the adversary's pieces, should they be in a situation to be taken ; so that a king often turns to the right and left, making almost the whole range of the board. When, towards the conclusion, the players happen to have, one three kin^s, the other one king only, on the board ; if the single king be upon the centre diagonal line, and there be no im- mediate stroke in view, the game, alter a few moves, should be relinquished, and Considered as a drawn game. But if the single king do not occupy the said centre diagonal line, it is usual to play on till twenty moves shall have been respectively repeated before the game is pronounced drawn. When towards the end of a game, only a king against a king and two men, or two kings and one man, remain on the board, the player having the solitary king may compel the adversary to have his man or men crowned directly, in order to lose no time in beginning the aforesaid twenty moves. If at any time a false move be made, it depends upon the adversary whether it shall be recalled ; and when a piece is touched, unless for the sake of arranging the same, the adversary may insist upon that being played, if it can be so done." The game of Go-bang has lately become fashionable. It is stated that we owe the game to Japan. Go-bang boards with four hundred squares and innumerable counters are sold at all the fancy shops ; b'lt the game can be just as well played with an ordinary draught-board and men. Each player takes twelve men of one color, and each alternately places a man on any square (of any color) he chooses, until all the twenty-four men are placed, or until a go-bang is made, when the game is ended. Go-bang consists in get- ting five men of one color in a row without any intervening man of another color. The row may be either straight, like the squares commanded by a rook at chess, or diagonal, like those commanded by a bishop. If all the men arc put on without a go-bang, the players then move alternately. Any man may be moved one square in any direction, iike a king at chess, but he cannot move on to a square already occupied by another man, and there is no taking. The players continue to move until a go-bang is obtained, or the game is given up as drawn. Go-bang is very amusing, but, so far as we can see, with good play on both sides it must end in a draw. It is, in fact, an ingenious development of the game of our childhood, Tit-fat-to or Naughts and Crosses. The first move is very important and a great advantage. The second player must W wholly on ♦he defensive for the f rst six moves at least, unless the assailant wastes a move. The best defensive moves will be on the points towards which two lines of attack converge, or where they intersect. Try to prevent the formation of open threes. that we owe INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. Coy Bptrfallv on the oblique lines. Don't attempt a counter-attack till you see how (o carry it on effectively. Place your stops on the clear side of the attacking force, heading your adversary back towards the squares you have already cccu. pied. Place them without apparent connection, but, if possible, so that one man interposed may bring them into line. Some players give the winner the first move, but the first move should be strictly alternate, as at chjss. It you wish to give odds, give the first move: you cannot give two. The game can be f )rced by the first player with those odds. In attacking, bid for a scries of threes on the oblique files, and carry them on as far as you can before you begin filling up the direct lines. In other words (on a board properly colored), try to make your attack at first all on one color, and then fill up this skeleton pattern with the other color. Three men forming a riglit angle, with a clear space be- yond, give an almost irresistible attack. If you have a fair attack on one point, but don't see your way to winning, leave it when half developed, and distract your opponent's attention by a new one elsewhere. Above all, beware of enabling him to form a fatal counter-attack while apparently only defending. I have repeatedly seen the defending player forced to win, and actually winning unawares. The beauty of the game, in fact, lies in this: that every move hits a twofold bearing, and, though immediately defensive, may afterwards form part of an attack. Introductory. The game of Dominos is frequently looked upon as a trivial amusement, but those who are well acquainted with it agree that it affords room for much curious calculation. It is by no means a mere game of chance. Let any ordinary player enter the lists against an old and experienced hand, and he will soon dis- cover that it requires something besides good weapons to come off victorious in this as in most other contests. In fact, it is as much a game of skill as any of the card games. A moderately good player can generally tell what his adversary has in his hand, by his style of play; and by calculating two or three moves in advance, he may cither block the game or leave it open, just as be finds it will suit his purpose. The ordinary game — technically termed "double sixes" — is played with twenty-eight dominos. Hnw to Commence the Game. After the dominos have been well shufiled, each player draws one, and h« who draws the domino containing the smallest number of pips wins " the down ; " m plainer English, he wins the privilege of playing first. Sometimes a different method of deciding who shall have "the down" is adopted. One of the players draws a domino, and without showing it, asks if it is odd or even. Li the adversary guesses right, he wins " the down ; " if on the contrary, he loses it. The latter method is the more common of the two. A third method ia in 6o8 ir^-VOOR AMUSEMENTS. J; -\ I m\ 1^:1 Qse on the Continent. The person holding the highest double has the *'pose" or " down," and he commences by playing that domino. If there shouiJ be no doubles, then the person holding the highest domino has ihc J^ose. However, it is quite immaterial which of these plans is adopted. The dominos having beer, shuffled, each player takes six or seven, as may be agreed upon. If it is found that one of the players has drawn more than the number agreeil upon, his adversary withdraws the extra number, and puts them back on the heap, keeping the face downwards, of course. Each player then takes iij) his dominos, and the first player commences by putting down one of his dominos, after which his adversary joins one to it, containing on one of its sections the same number of pips as are marked upon the adjoining section of the domino first played. They thus play alternately till the game may become so " blocked " that one of the players cannot " go." His adversary will then continue to play as long as there is an end open. If he should succeed in getting rid of all his men, he wins the game; but if the game should be blocked at both ends before either player has played out, they compare the aggregate number of pips on all the dominos in each hand, and whoever has the smallest number wins the game. General Maxims. 1. Endeavor to play so as to keep both ends open, so that you may be sure of being able to "go" next time. 2. Play out your heavy dominos first, because, if the •?ame becomes blocked, you will then have fewer pips to count. 3. Contrive to play so that the numbers at both ends shall be those of which you hold the most. By this means you may often block your adversary till yoi* are played out. 4. If you have made both ends alike, and your adversary plays, follow him at that end, as the chances are that he cannot go at the other, which you may keep open for yourself until you are unable to play at his end. 5. It is sometimes an advantage to hold heavy dominos, as they not unfre- quently enable you to obtain what is called a good "follow;" and if youi adversary should hold none but low dominos, he would not be able to go. thui enabling you to play five or six times consecutively, or even to play out. 6. When you have sole command over both ends, you are generally in a position to "block" the game or not, as you think most expedient for your own game. In such a case, you must be guided by the number of dominos you hold compared with those in your adversary's hands; and another element fjr your consideration would be, whether yours are light or heavy. If they arc light, and fewer in number than your adversary's, of course your bc^! policy is to close the game at once, and count. But in this you must learii :o calculate from your adversary's style of play whether his hand is light ot neavy. 7. At the commencement of the game it is better to have a variety in hand. W-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. 609 8. If you hold a "double," with two of the same number, it is better to play the double before either of the others. Sometimes you will be obliged to play one, in which case you must endeavor to force the double. 9. If you hold a double, and one other of the sara-- number, play both con- secutively ; but if you are unable to do that, endeavor at any rate to let the double go first. 10. In playing against "the down," endeavor to deceive your opponent by jilaying a domino or two at each end indifferently. This is better than playing 10 his last domino, as it leads him to believe you cannot go at that end, while at the same time you may be simply keeping both ends open. 11. If your adversary has possession of one end, make the other of a number-, of which you hold several, with a view of forcing him to play at his end, and' shutting it against the dominos he was keeping it for. 12. If you hold several doub\es, wait till your adversary makes the number for them, in preference to making them for yourself; otherwise, a good playei will see what you are aiming at, and will block the double. But if you hold a double with several duplicates, and can bring that number at both ends, do so-., 13. If your adversary cannot go at one end, and you hold the double of that end, it is better that you should play at the other as long as you car>. When you are blocked at that end, you may then play your double, and your adversary will then in most cases be obliged to open the other end for you. 14. It is generally considered that a light hand, yet with no number missing, is the best for ordinary play. The following, for example, would be a very fine ,§, f, |;but hand: |, \, '], i, %, %■ An example of a bad hand would be: |, %, | 8' J Si T' 7' «' \. The latter, the worst possible hand would be the following: however, would seldom occur in actual play. 15. It does not necessarily follow that, because a hand is heavy, it must therefore lose. Provided it is equally varied, it has an equal chance of success with a light hand. The disadvantage of a heavy hand is shown when the game becomes blocked, and has to be decided by counting. 16. In leading "the down" from a hand consisting of a high double and several light dominos, lead the double, and afterwards endeavor to obtain command of both ends. Suppose, for example, you hold the following hand : f> §' h 4> i' 85 '^ would be better to play the \, as your other double can be forced by the aid of the § and |. 17. It will at all times be found a difficult thing, in an equal game and be- tween equal players, for the second player to win. 18. Endeavor to bring both ends as often as you can to a number of which you have several duplicates, for by that means you may block youi adversary. 19. In blocking the game, you must be cautious that you do not block it to yourself and leave it open to your adversary. 39 f? III! ^10 IK-DOOK AMUSEMENTS. 20. During the game, look over the dominos which have been played, so that you may calculate what numbers are likely to be soon run out, and what numbers your opponent is likely to be short of. 21. Do not push the game to a block if you hold a heavy hand, but play out your heaviest first, and keep both ends open. 22. Use your judgment freely. It is not always the best policy to adhere too strictly to the rules laid down in books. In fact, a wily player will oftentimes find it expedient to play a speculative, eccentric game, apparently quite at vari- ance with the ordinary "laws." 23. Keep perfectly (pjiet, attentively watch your opponent's moves, and pre- vent him, if you can, from obtaining an insight into your play. 24. Last (though not least), don't lose your temper. This game stands next in popularity to the preceding one. The same number of dominos are taken, or as many as may be agreed upon, and m mai.y points it is similar. The object of the game is to contrive so to play that the aggre- gate number of pips on the dominos at both ends shall number 5, 10, 15, or 20. If the number 5, the piayer who makes the point counts one; if 10, two; if 15, three; if 20, four. In order to make our meaning clearer, we give an illustration. Suppose that at one end there is J, and at the other a five. The next player then plays | to the single five, and scores two, because the aggregate number of pips on the dominos at both ends is ten. If the opponent should follow up by playing the g to the §, he of course scores three. To give another illustration. Suppose at one end is g, and the next player places at the other end J, he scores four for making twenty. If the game becomes blocked, he who holds the least number of pips counts one. The custom as to what number shall be "up" is different in different parts of the country. In some places it is ten ; in others, fifteen; in others again, twenty. The number ought to be agreed upon at the commencement of the •game. In our opinion, it adds to the interest of the game to select the lower (numbers. Sometimes the game is so played that he who makes five counts five ; ten is •made to count ten, and so on; but in that case not fewer than 50, and not more than 100 points should constitute the game. As we have shown, the material point in which this game differs from the rprevious one is, that you count the fives, from which circumstance it derives it? name. The next best thing to making fives yourself is to prevent your adversary 'from doing so; and when you do give him the opix)rtunity of making a poini, •it should only be in order that you may make two or three points yourself. INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 6ii When your adversary fails to avail himself of a good chance, you ma/ pre- «ume that he does not hold such and such dominos, and from that and like indications, which you must care<"'-'l/ store up in your memory, you will be able to form a tolerably accurate estimate of his hand. You should never omit to turn these indications to good account. There is only one domino in the whole pack which can be led without the next player being able to make a point from it — namely \. Always lead that, if possible. If you must play one of two dominos, either of which you fear your adver« sary will turn to his account, of course you must play that by which you think you will be likely to lose the least. It is good practice occasionally to take a survey of the game as far as it has gone, not o ly in order to refresh your memory as to what has been played, but also th you may form an opinion, if possible, of what your opponent's "little game" is. If there arc good grounds for coming to the conclusion that he holds heavy numbers while you hold light ones, block up the game as speedily as you can, and proceed to count. To understand yo%r opponent's hand is a most important matter, and we do not think we have insisted on it too much. Good players will tell you that they have won many games by watching closely the opponent's moves, and drawing therefrom inferences re- specting the dominos he holds in his hand. We need not add, the greatest iviution must be used in forming these inferences. The same number of dominos are used, and the lead is drawn for in the same manner in this as in the previously described games. The difference is, that when a player cannot go, he must draw a domino from a pack. If he cannot then go, he must draw another,, and so on until he is able to continue the game. He who plays out first, or in case the game becomes blocked, he who holds the smallest number of pips, wins. The French have a different way of playing this game. The player who holds the highest double, or, in the event of there being no double, the highest domino, has the pose or lead. The second player, should he be unable to go, may draw all the remaining dominos except two, which must remain untaken. If he leave more than two, the first player, should he require them in order to continue the game, may appropriate the surplus, still leaving two on the table. If a player cannot go, it is compulsory that he draw till he gets hold of a domino that will enable him to continue the game. Each player may take the pose alternately, or the winner in the first instance coay retain it, as agreed upon. The French method of counting is "Iso different. When a player has played out, he counts the pips in his opponent's hand, and scores them to his owr ' fi ■ h ii i 5 6l3 INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. account. In case the game should become blocked, the player holding th« fewest pips scores the number of pips in his adversary's hand to his own account, each pip counting one. A game consists of from 20 to 100 points, according to agreement. With respect to tiie English method of playing this game, the general in- structions and maxims given on the other games apply equally to this. But a few words n.ust be added with regard to the French play. He who has the highest double is compelled to play first, and cannot draw any more dominos until it is his turn to play again, but his opponent may draw all but two, which two must remain untaken during the game. But the second player should not draw more than half the dominos, unless really compelled by the badness of his hand, as by this means it will leave a chance of his opponent having as many to draw. A good player at times might be justified in taking all but two, for, by the calculation and judgment obtained by having them, he might be enabled to play them all before his opponent could play his five or six dominos, as the case may be. Should the second player hold a good hand, comprising dominos of every denomination, he should not draw until com- pelled. If he should happen to draw high doubles, he ought to continue to draw until he holds several of that number. It is not always the player holding the greatest number who gets out first, because as he has some of almost every denomination, his adversary will keep playing to him, and the odds are that he (the adversary) will be able to play out first. Still, in many games, the one holding the largest number of dominos possesses this advantage, that he has the power to keep both ends open to him- self but closed to his opponent, and he may thus run out. In order to be able to play out first with the largest number (supposing that only two dominos remain untaken), you should by all means, and in the first place, endeavor to ascertain what those two are. You may arrive at this in two ways. Suppose you hold so many of a particular number that with those already played they make six out of the seven of that denomination, you must by all means keep playing them. As an illustration, we will suppose you hold in your hand four threes, and that two other threes have already been played. Now, if you play your threes, and he not being able to i)lay them, because blocked, it is quite clear that one of the dominos on the table is a three. Then, if those you hold in your hand are — \, \, \, and \, and you find among the dominos played g and \, it is, of course, quite safe to conclude that the domino which is left is the f. The second plan is this. If during the course of the game you have given your opponent opportunities of playing a certain double which you do not your- self hold, you may be certain that is one of the left dominos. A little experiment, in order to test the nature of your adversary's hand, so as, however, not materially to injure your own, would often be found more expedient than groping all the while, as it were, in the dark. INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 6l By caiefully looking over your own hand, you may judge pretty correctly ai to whether your adversary's is light or heavy. It is only by taking into account all these and other nice points that a playtr can possibly be successful. Having formed an idea of your opponent's hand, you should make it an ob- ject to " run out," or play so that he maybe blocked, or that he maybe obliged to leave both ends open for you to play out. Having given some instructions to the player who holds the larger numlxr of dominos, we must now proceed to give a few hints to the lesser hand. If, holding the lesser hand, you can contrive to play a few moves at first with- out being blocked, you ought to be pretty sure of winning ; because, by that time, your hand will have become so disproportionately small that your opponent will have some difficulty in preventing you from playing out without blocking himself. This, therefore, must be one of your main objects. If the game goes pretty equal, bring out your strong suits. Wherever you are short of a particular suit, if you find that many of that number have already been played, you need not fear that your adversary will be able to block you in regard to it, for you will, of course, infer that they are as scarce in his hand as m your own. Endeavor to bring these rules to bear, reserving to your discretion as to whether you should in anywise depart from them, or use such modifications as the contingencies of the moment require. This is a foreign game, and each player takes only three dominos. You cau only play when your domino, added to the one previously played, would make seven. Those dominos which themselves make that number are termed " matadores," and may be played at any time, regardless of the numbers played to. The double blank is also a raatadore. The matadores, therefore, are foui in number, viz., ?, f, |, g. The highest domino leads, and if the next player cannot go, he must draw from the heap until he can. He must cease, however, to draw when there are only two dominos left. He who plays out first wins, and if the game is blocked, he who holds Jhe least number of pips counts those held by his opponent, and scores them to his own game. The number of points constituting the game is subject to agreement : it varies from ?o to loo. Maxims for Playing the Matadork Game. — This game differs widely from any of the other varieties of dominos. The element of chance is more largely introduced. The player who happens to obtain more matadores than the other is almoj>t certain of winning, provided the parties be pretty evenly balanced in skill and experience. The blanks are very valuable at this game — the double blank being the most valuable of all the matadores. It is impossible to make a seven against a blank, so that if you hold blanks you may easily block the game and count. 6i4 JXDOOR AMUSEMENTS. When you have the worst of the game, and indeed at other times as well, guard against your adversary's blanks, and prevent him from making them, which you may do by playing only those dominos which ht with the blankti Hlready down. Never play a blank at \\\q pose unless you have a matadore or a corresponding lolank. Keep back your double blank till your opponent makes it blanks all ; you ian then force him to play a matadore, or compel him draw till he obtains one. It is better to have a mixed hand. Tlic game of Backgammon is allowed on all hands to be the most ingenious and elegant game next to chess. The word is Welch, and signifies littlebattle. The origin and antiquity of the game has been accordingly ascribed to the Cambro Britons, although it is claimed also by the French and Spaniards. This game is played with dice by two persons, on a table divided into two parts, upon which there are twenty-four black and white spaces, called points. « » c * Each player has fifteen men, black and white to distinguish ,them. If you play into the left-hand table, two of your men are placed upon the ace point in your adversary's inner table; five upon the sixth point in his outer table; thiec upon the cinque point in your own outer table ; and five ui)on the sixth point in your own inner table, and the adversary's men are to be placed so as to co'' respond with yours in a directly opposite position. The object of the game is to bring the men round to your own "home," or inner table; consequently, all throws of the dice that tend to this, and impede your adversary in executing the same design on his part, are in your favor. The first most advantageous throw is aces, as it blocks the sixth point in your outer table, and secures the cinque point in your inner table, so that your adversary's two men upoa INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 615 your ace point cannot escape with liis thirowing either qualre, cinque, or six. Accordingly, this throw is often asked and given between players of ^nequai skill by way of odds. Hoyle's Instructions. 1. If you play three up, your principal object in the first place is either to secure your own or your adversary's cinque point. When that is effected you may play a pushing game, and endeavor 10 gammon your opponent. 2. The next best point (after you have gained your cinque point) 's to make your bar-point, thereby preventing your adversary running away with twa sixes. 3. After you have proceeded thus far, prefer making the quatre point in youi own table, rather than the quatre point out of it. 4. Having gained these points, you have a fair chance to gammon your adversary if he be very forward. For suppose his table to be broken at home, it will be then your interest to open your bar-point, to oblige him to come out of your table with a six, and having your men spread, you not only may catch that man which your adversary brings out of your table, but will also have a probability of taking up the man left in your table, upon the supposition that he had two men there. And if he should have a blot ac home, it will be then your interest not to make up your table, because if he should enter upon a blot which you are to make for the purpose, you will have a probability of getting a third man, which, if accomplished, will give you at least four to one of the gammon ; whereas, if you have only two of his men up, the odds are that you do not gammon him. 5. If you play for a hit only, one or two men taken up of your adversary's makes it surer than a greater number, provided your table be made up. 7'eeknical Terms. Backgammon. — ^The entire game won. Bar. — The division between the two sections of the board. Bar-point. — The point adjoining the bar. Bearing your Men. — Removing them from the table after bringing them home. Blot. — A single man upon a point. Doublets. — Two dice bearing the same number of pits. Gammon. — To win a gammon is to win two out of the three point* constituting the game. Hit. — To remove all your men before your adversary has done so. Home. — The inner table. Making Points. — Winning hits. To Enter. — To enter is to place a man again on the board after he hat been ixcluded on account of a point being already full. 6i6 IN-DOOK AMUSEMENTS. I c Laws of the Game. Hoyle appends the following laws of the game to his treatise : I. If you take a man or men from any point, that man or men mitft b< played. 3 You are not understood to have played any till it is placed upon a point and quitted. 3. If you play with fourteen men only, there is no penalty attending it, because with a lesser number you play to a disadvantage, by not having the additional man to make up your tables. 4. If you bear any number of men before you have entered a man taken up, and which consequently you were obliged to enter, such men, so borne, must be entered again in your adversary's tables, as well as the man taken up. 5. If you have mistaken your throw, and played it, and your adversary have thrown, it is not in your or his choice to alter it, unless both parties agree. Hoyle's Observations, Hints and Cautions. By the directions given to play for a gammon, you are voluntarily to make some blots, the odds being in your favor that they are not hit ; but should that BO happen, then you will have three men on your adversary's tabic. You must then endeavor to secure your adversary's cinque, quatre, or trois point, to prevent a gammon, and must be very cautious how you suffer him to take up a fourth man. Take care not to crowd your game ; that is, putting many men either upon your trois or deuce point in your own table, which is, in effect, losing those men by not having them in play. Besides, by crowding your game, you are oftener gammoned ; as, when your adversary finds your game open, by being crowded in your own table, he may then play as he thinks fit. If you are obliged to leave a blot, by having recourse to the calculations for hitting it, you will find the cliances for and against you. You will also find the odds for and against being hit by double dice, and consequently can choose a method of play most to your advantage. If it be necessary to make a run in order to win a hit, and you would know who is forwardest, begin with reckoning how many points you must have to bring home to the six point in your table the man that is at the greatest distance, and do the like by every other man abroad. When the numbers are summed up, add for those already on your own tables (supposing the men that were abroad as on your six point for bearing), namely, six for every man on the six, and so on respectively for each — five, four, three, two, or one for every man, according to the points on which they are situated. Do the like to youi adversary's game, and then you will know which of you is forwardest and likeliest to win the hit. INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. fil* Hoyle's Directions for a Learner to Bear His Men (Abridged). If your adversary be greatly before you, never play a man from your quatre, Irois, or deuce points ; but instead of playing an ace or a deuce from any of those points, always play from your highest point. Whenever you have taken up two of your adversary's men, and happen to ♦jave two, three or more points made on your own table, never fail spreading your men, either to take a new point in your table, or to hit a man your adversary may happen to enter. As soon as he enters one, compare his game with yours, and if you find your game equal or better, take the man if you can, because it is twenty-five to eleven against his hitting you. If you should happen to have five points in your table, and to have taken up one of your adversary's men, and are obliged to leave a blot out of your table, rather leave it upon doublets than any other. Two of your adversary's men in your table are better for a bit than a greater number, provided your game be forwardest ; because with three or more he would have more chances to hit you. If you are to leave a blot upon entering a man on your adversary's table, and have your choice where, always select that point which is most disadvantageous to him. For this French game, which is a very funny one, you must have a certain number of spills, or twisted pieces of paper intended to represent horns. Who- ever makes a mistake in the game, which is really difficult, has for each mistake a paper horn stuck in her hair, so placed that it will shake when she moves. The game begii 3 by one of the party saying to her right-hand neighbor, " Good-morning, genteel lady always genteel. I, a genteel lady always gen- teel, come from //taf genteel lady always genteel (here she points to the young lady on her left hand'), to tell you that she owns an eagle with a golden beak." The next player bov/s, turns to the one on her right hand, and says, " Good- morning, genteel lady always genteel. I, a genteel lady always genteel, come from that genteel lady always genteel, to tell you that she owns an eagle with a ^•olden beak and silver claws ^ The young lady bows and turns to her neighbor, saying, "Good-morning, genteel lady always genteel. I, a genteel lady always genteel, come from that genteel lady always genteel, to tell you that she owns an eagle with a golden beak, silver claws, and a lace s.iin." It is very likely that this speaker will make one or two mistakes in repeating the sentence. If so, she must be dressed in one or two paper horns, and the i.ext speaker has to say, "Good-morning, genteel lady always genteel. I. a j,enreel lady always genteel, come from that two-horned lady always two- horned, to tell you that she owns an eagle with a golden beak, silver cla\M^ 'ace skin, and diamond eyes." ei8 INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. Probably this speaker will make several mistakes, and rcccivcy^Mr paper horns ♦^n her head. Then the speaker after her must say, " Good-morning, genteel lady always jKenteel. I, a genteel lady always genteel, come from that four-horned lady always four-horned, to tell you that she owns an eagle with a golden beak, silver claws, a lace skin, diamond eyes, himX purple feathers,'^ Each of these sentences goes round the entire circle, always taking in more " horned ladies," till at last the sentence will become : "Good morning, fo'ir-horned lady always four-horned. I, a three-horned lady always three-horned, come from that two-horned lady always two-horned {pointing to the left), to tell you that she owns an eagle with a golden beak, silver flaws, lace skin, diamond eyes, and purple feathers." Every mistake (even the difference of a word, or omitting to point to the left, or to bow after each specdi) incurs a horn. The best plan for playing this game is to let the same player begin each fresh sentence — for instance, to send " the eagle with the golden beak" round first, then the "silver claws," and so on. No lady must be called " genteel " who wears the paper horns, and any mistake in the number she wears incurs anotlier horn for the blunderer. At the end each horn is ransomed, as forfeits are. Half the company leave the room. While they are absent, the others fix on a verb which the absent ones are to guess and perform. By-and-by, when their decision is made, they call in the leader of the outside party, and say, "The verb we have chosen for you rhymes with //> " (or any other word chosen.) The leader retires, and discusses with her followers what the verb can be. It is best to take those which will rhyme with the noun given, in alphabetical order. "Buy" would come first for "pie." The party enter and begin to buy of each other. If right (that is, if " to buy" was the word chosen), the spectators clap their hands ; if wrong, they hiss. Speech on either side would entail a forfeit. If hissed, the actors retire, and arrange what next to do. "Cry " would be the next rhyme, or "dye," or "eye," or "fly," or "hie," o» "sigh," or "tie," all of which are acted in turn, till the clap of approval an- nounces that the guess is a successful one. Then the spectators go out, and become in their turn actors, in the same manner. A great deal of the fun of this game depends on the acting and on the choice of the verbs; but it is almost sure to cause great amusement. %ixt mm ^mx s^m, A screen must be placed at the end of the room ; behind it is placed a large mirror and a light. The showman stands before the screen, and offers to exhibit nis wild animals to any person who will promise not to describe what he has fccen when he comes out. Then the person who gives the promise and demands in more INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 619 c.uiiUiiCe ia asked what animal he wishes to see. On his naming one the showman proceeds to describe it. The description should be very witty, and should have some application (either complimentary or satirical) to the person who wishes to see the show. The person is then admitted behind th* screen, and is shown himself xw the looking-glass. This amusement, which was very popular for several winters at the Cry ital I'alacc, is done by fixing a white sheet tightly across the room, and plating a large < vered lamp behind it on the floor. The actors dance and act behind the sheet, on which their magnified shadows are cast by the lamj). Occasionally they jump over the lamp, and thus appear to disappear by running up into the ceiling. A "ery amusing pantomime may be thus represented. We think it is improved by the Leader of the game acting as a "Chorus," and announcing the purport of each scene. A skilful arrangement of light by any scientific friend present will multiply the effects in a very wonderful and pleasing manner. The best kind 0/ pantomime is one of an old miser, who has a dancing daughter. She dances around him while he hugs his money-bags; finally, she jumps over the lamp, and appears to run up to the ceiling and disappear. The old man follows her; a thief breaks in to steal the bags of gold ; he is pursued bv a comrade, who wishes to share the spoil. They fight, but are both startled by the entrance of Columbine's lover, Harlequin, and also run up to the ceiling. Of course the actors must promote the delusion by their gestures, moving their hands and feet as if climbing upwards. A dance between the lovers, and their final disapjiearance in the ceiling, is a goo<\flnale. Site (5inttti$$. This is a very amusing deception. A tall young lad is dressed in a petticoat. Then a large umbrella is covered over its silk ribs with a gown and cloak ; a ball, for a head, is tied on the point of the umbrella-stick above the dress, and a bonnet and thick veil put on it. The umbrella is partially opened, so that its sticks set out the dress and cloak as a crinoline does. The player gets under it, and holding the handle up as high as he can grasp it, appears like a gigantic woman. Somebody knocks at the hall door to pretend that there is an arrival ; and a minute or two afterwards the footman is to open the drawing-room door and announce "Miss Tiny Littlegirl." The giantess then walks into the drawing-room, to the amazement of the company, bows, etc. It has a good effect to enter holding the umbrella-handle naturally, and then to raise it by degrees, which will give a comical appearance of growth. We have seen the giantess thus appear to rise till she peered over the tops of the highest pictures in the room. The effect is exceedingly funny. She may talk to the company aha. bending her head down towards them, and speaking in a shrill tone of voice. In clever hands, the giantess causes a great deal of fun. lil:;*- '': IN-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. Wm ^%v9X (Datar. A Leader of the game is elected ; he invites the guests to come and hear Mi. Blaine,. Mr. Philipps, or any other distinguished orator, on any given subject. It requires two persons to deliver the oration. The one who is to speak puts his arms behind his back; a shorter friend (well concealed by the window cur, lins) passes his arms round the speaker's waist, and supplies with his own the letter's want of hands. H^ is then to gesticulate to his friends words, and t'le fun of the performance consists in the singular inappropriateness of the action to the speech, the invisible gesticulator making the orator absurd by his gestures. A table placed before the speaker, and a good arrangement of the curtains, makes the illusion very perfect. The speaker must be able to keep his countenance, as his gravity is likely to be severely taxed by his friend's pantomimical illustration of his speech. % §Una iudgm^ttt. A young lady is blindfolded. The Leader of the game then brings the players, one by one, up to her, and requires her opinion of them. She is not restored to sight till she has given a just opinion of some one in accordance with (he judgment of the company. Those presented must be quite silent, and endeavor to step lightly, so as not to let her guess wheth-ir she is giving hei opinion of a young lady or a gentleman. This game, also, is a trick. Two players agree what to do. One leaves the room, but before she does so her companion whispers to her, that when she says the word "that'' the right object will be indicated. Fanny leaves the room. Ada. Now one of you must touch something in the room, and Fanny will roll us what it was. Mabel touches the sr''. -fashion. Ada. Very well: now call Fanny in. Fanny enters. Ada. Mabel has just touched something, Fanny ; was it this {touching a booh')'* Fanny. No. Ada. Is it this (touching her mamma's work) ? Fannv. No. Ada. Is it this flower-pot ? Fanny. No. Ada. Is it this ba.sket? Fanny. No. Ada. Is it that cushion ? Fanny. Yes. d hear Mi. en subject, speak puts he window th his own words, and ness of the )surd by his gement of ible to keep his friend's brings the She is not rdance with silent, and giving hei e leaves the t when she Fanny will ing a booh) ? CONUNDRUM£i. C21 1. Where was Humboldt going when he was thirty-nine years old? 2. Which is the most ancient of the trees i 3. Which are the most seasonable clothes? 4. Why are lawyers and doctors safe people by whom to take example ? 5. What injury did the Lavinia of Thomson's " Seasons" do to youn^ Palemon? 6. Why are wooden ships (as compared with ironclads) of the female sex ? 7. At what time of life may a man be said to belong to the vegetable kingdom ? 8. Which are the lightest men — Scotchmen, Irishmen, or Englishmen? 9. Which are the two hottest letters of the alphabet ? 10. Why is cutting off an elephant's head widely different from cutting off any other head ? t Fenians? 27. Why is a nabob like a beggar? 28. What sort of day would be good foi running for a cup? 29. What is the difference between a spend- thrift and a feather bed ? 30. Is there any bird that can sing the " Lays of Ancient Rome ? " 31. What have you to expect at a hotel? 32. What comes after cheese? 33. When does a man sit down to a melan- choly dessert ? 34. What notes compose the most favorit* tunes, and how many tunes do thej compose ? 35. When may a man be said to breaktasi before he gets u))? 36. Why is a hotel waiter like a race horse ? 37. When is the soup likely to run out of the saucepan ? 38. What is that word of five letter;, of which, when you take away two, only one remains ? 39. When are volunteers not volunteers? 40. Why is the letter B like a fire ? 41. Why is the letter R a profitable letter? 42. What word may be pronounced quickci by adding a syllable to it ? 622 CONUNDRUMS. 43. What is the difference between a dairy- maid and a swallow ? 44. Which animal has the most property to carry Uh him when he travels, and which w have the least ? 45. How many ..icks go to the building of a crow's nest? 46. Why was Robinson Crusoe not alone on his desert island ? 47. Why are there no eggs in St. Domingo? 48. What is invisible blue? 49. Which is the most wonderful animal in the farm-yard ? 50. Which peer wears the largest hat ? 51. When does beer become eatable? 52. Why is a patent safety Hansom cab a dangerous carriage to drive in? 53. Why are bakers very self-denying people? 54. Why is whispering in company like a forged bank-note ? 5' Which constellation resembles an empty , fire-place ? 56. What is the last remedy for a smoky chimney? 57. What relation is that child to its father who is not its father's own son ? 58. When does a cow become real estate ? 59. Why are dissenters like spiders? 60. Why did Marcus Curtius leap into the gulf in Rome ? 61. Why is a soldier like a vine ? 62. Which is heavier, a half or a full moon ? 63. When should you avoid the edge of the river? 64. Why must a fisherman be very wealthy ? 65. If *he fender and fire-irons cost three pounds, what will n tnn of coals come to? 66. Why are the fourteenth and fifteenth letters of the alphabet of more impor- tance than the others ? 67. What is the way to make your coat last ? 63. Why is an alligator the most deceitful of animals ? 69. Why is it impossible that there should be a best horse on a race-course ? 70. Why are fowls the most economical creatures that farmers keep? 71. When may a ship be said to be in love ? 72. V iat relation is the door-nut to th* scraper ? 73. What vegetable most resembles little Fanny's tongue ? 74. Why is gooseberry jam like counterfeit money ? 75. What is that which has never been 'elt, seen, nor heard — never existed, anA still has a name ? 76. Why is a congreve-box without matchc ' superior to all other boxes ? 77. Why is a postman in danger of losing hii way? 78. What is that which comes with a coach, goes with a coach, is of no use to ih»( coc.ch, and yet the coach can't go without it ? 79. What three letters give the name of a famous Roman general ? 80. Why would it affront an owl to mistake him for a pheasant ? 81. If your uncle's sister is not your aunt, wnai relation does she bear to you ? 82. Of what profession is every child ? S3. Why is the letter i in Cicero like Ambia i 84. Why is troyweight like an unconscientious person? 85. Why is chloroform like Mendelssohn ? 86. When is a sailor not a sailor ? 87. Why does a duck puts its he.id unde» water ? 88. What wild animals may be correctly shot up in the same enclosure ? 89. What makes a pair of boots ? 90. Can you tell me why A hypocrite sly Is the man who best knows Upon how many toes A pussy-cat goes ? 91. What tree is of the greatest importance in history ? 92. Which is the most moral food — cake or wine? 93. Why is a good resolution like a fainting lady at a ball ? 94. Why is a carpenter like a languid dandy r 95. When does ^ donkey weigh least ? 96. What is the last blow a defeated ship give* in battle? CONUNDRUMS. 623 97 fVhat had better be done when there is a great rent on a fai >n ? 98. Why is an uncomfortable seat like com- fort? 99, . Why is I the happiest of all the vowels? 139. Why should you never employ a tailor who does not understand his trade ? 140. Why are your eyes like friends separated by distant climes ? 141. Why is a bad-tempered horse the best hunter? 142. Wliat sort of a face does an auctioneei like best ? 143. Why is the letter F like a cow's tail ? 144. What is the difference between a hus- bandman and a sempstress ? 145. What is it of which we have two every year, two every week, and two every day? 146. How does a boy look if you hurt him ? 147. What medicine caght to be given to misers ? 148. Why do British soldiers never run away ? 149. What weight or measure would no com- petitor wish to he ? 150. What part of a railway carriage resembld Fanny when she is sleepy? 151. Why is the letter R most important to young people ? S34 CONUNDRUMS. \ k •152. Why is a healthy boy like England ? (53. When is a book like a prisoner in the States of Barbary ? 1 54. What wind would a hungry sailor prefer ? 155. On which side of a pitcher is the handle ? 156. When may a chair be said to dislike you ? 157. What is that which divides by uniting and unites by dividing ? 158. Why arc young children like castles in the air ? 159. What is higher and handsomer when the head is off? 160. Why is a proud girl like a music-book ? 161. Why is a short negro like a white man ? 162. Why are bells the most obedient of inanimate things? 163. Why are boxes at a theatre the saddest places of public amusement? 164. Why is the mo<,t discontented man the most <*asily satisfied ? 165. Why are ripe potatoes iu the ground like thieves? 166. Why is it unjust to blame cabmen for cheating us ? 167. When is a thief like a reporter? 168. When is the French nation like a baby ? 169. What does a lamp-post become when the lamp is removed ? 170. What things increase the more you contract ^lem ? 171. Why is a mother who spoils her children like a person building castles in the air ? 172. When you listen to your little brother's drum, why are you like a just judge ? 173. When is a tourist in Ireland like a donkey ? 174. Who always sits with his h-it on before the Queen ? 175. Why is a pig in the drawing-room like a house on fire ? 176. When is a river not a nver? 177. What trade never turns to the left? 178. What trade is more than full ? 179. Why is electricity like the police when they are wanted ? |8o. When is a borough like a ship ? l8t. "iVhy are guns like trees? 182. What town is drawn ntore frequently than any other ? 183. Who was the first postman? 184. Why is little Prince Albert Victor Ilk* the two things in which children mi.->.i rejoice ? 185. What is the key-note to good breeding r 186. What is the difference between a sailc ' and a soldier ? 187. Why is a rook like a farmer? i88. Why is anger like a potato? 189. Why does pedestrianism help arithmetic) 190. What trees are those which are the same after being burned as they were before ? 191. What is the best thing to do in a hurry? 192. Why are cobblers like Sir William Ferguson ? 193. Which is the ugF hood ever worn ? 194. What nation will u.vvays overcome in the end? 195. When is butter like Irish children ? 196. On what tree would an ode be written which would name an Irish M. P. ? 197. What have you now before you which would give you a company, a veiled lady, and a noisy toy ? 198. What is the difference between Kossuth and a half-starved oyster ? 199. If Neptune lost his dominions, what would he say ? 200. Why is a Dorcas Society like an assembly of dishonest people ? 201. It went before Queen Mary — poor thing! It followed King William to the end- poor man ! 202. Why is the letter A like noon ? 203. Why is a five-pound note more tha.i fiva sovereigns ? 204. When was the greatest destruction of poultry ? 205. In what respects were the government* of Algiers and Malta as different as light from darkness ? 206. When is a young lady's cheek not a cheek ? 207. When is her nose not a nose? 208. When is a boy not a boy ? 209. When is a ship foolishly in love? 210. When is a ship like Harry's mamma? 2\\. What part of London would a hot^ most like to live in ? CONUNDRUMS, 63$ SI2. What do you put before nine to make it three less by tlie addition ? 213. Why should you never attempt to catch the 12.50 train? 214. Who is the best pew-opener? 215. Given A B C, to find Q. 216. Which is the easier profession, a doctor's or a clergyman's? 217. What word of four syllables represents Sin riding on a little animal ? 2 1 8. If I were in the sun and you out of it, what would the sun become ? 219. Why is a tallow chandler the most unfortunate of all mankind ? 220. What is it that walks with its head downwards ? 221. Why are the hours from one to twelve like good Christians? 222. Why is a her walking across the road like a conspiracy? 223. On which side of the church is the yew-tree planted ? 224. Why cannot Napoleou III. msure his life? 225. How many wives does the Pr er-booV. allow? 226. Why have ducks no hereafter? 227. Why is a dog wiih a lame leg like a bo) at arithmetic? 228. Why is an engine-driver like a school master ? What will a leaden !)ullet become in water? Why is a person of short stature like an- almanac ? 231. Why is the smoke of tobacco like Port wine? 232. Why is a photogmph like a member of Parliament ? 233. Why is London Bridge like merit? 234. That which every one requires, that which every one gives, that which every one asks, and that which, very few take. 229. 230. %xmm ta (S^onunilrumd, 1. Into his fortieth year. 2. The elder tree. 3. Pepper and salt. 4. Because they practise their professions. 5. She pulled his ears and trod on his corn. 6. Because they are the weaker vessels 7. When long experience has made him sage. 8. Englishmen. In Scotland there are men of Ayr (nir), in Ireland men of Cork; but in England are lightermen. 9. K. N. (Cayenne). 10. Because when you separate the head from the body, you don't take it fro! . th«i trunk. 11. The footman. 12. .Smo-king and soa-king. 13. When it has a hole in it. 14. Because it covers its face with its hands, and runs down its own works, 15. Because it is always in fun. 16. Because they have ears which can't hear, eyes which cannot see. 17. Caper sauce. ifiL Because she's a-mountain 1 40 19. It never does right (write); of itself. 20. Because Gee (G) makes xtgo? 21. Because they make people steel (steal) pens, and say they do write (right.) 22. Because the train always runs over sleepers 23. When it is a-drift. 24. Colum/'i/f. 25. Chap. I. 26. Because it is a head (s)centre. 27. He is an India gent (indigent), 28. A muggy day. 29. One is hard up and the other soft down. 30. Yes ; they are Macaw-lays (Macaulays). 31. Inn-attention. 32. Mouse. ' 33. When he sits down to wine (whine) and pine. 34. Bank notes, and they make (four) for tunes. 35. When he takes a roll in bed. 36. Because he runs for cups, plates, anf* stakes (steaks). 37. When there's a leek (leak) in it. 38. Stone. 39. When they are mustered (mustard). I i If i 026 COXUNDKUMS. 40. 4«. 42. 43- 45- 46. 47- 48. 49. SO. 52. S3. 54. 55. 56. 57- S8. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. «7 68. 69. to. It makes oil, bo\\. Because it makes ice into rice. (jiiick. One skims milk and the other skims water. The elephant the most, because he carries a trunk. The fox and cock the least, as they ha»'e only a brush and comb be- tween them. None ; they are all carried to it. Because there was a heavy swell on the beach, and a little cove running up into the land. (This riddle is a slang one.) Because they banished the whites and cist off their yoke (yolk). A policeman when he is wanted. A pig, because he is killed firs* and cured afterwards. The one who has the largest head. When it is a little tart. Because the cabman always drives i-ver your head. Because ihey sell what they knead (need) themselves. Because it is uttered but not allowed (aloud). The Great Bear (grate bare). Putting the fire out. His daughter. / When she is turned into a field Because they are in-sects. Because he thought it a good opening for a young man. Because he is 'listed, trained, has ten drills (tendrils), and shoots. The half, because the full moon is as light again. When the hedges are shooting and the bull-rushes out. Because his is all net profit. Ashes. Because we cannot get on (O N) well without them. To make your waistcoat first. Because he shows an open countenance in the act of taking you in. Because there's always a better. Because for. every graia they eat they give «peck. 7«- 72. 73- 74. 75- 76. 77- 78. 79- 80. 81. 82. S3- 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 9«- 92. 93- 94. 95- 96. 97- 98. 99. 100, loi, 102, 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108, 109, no, III, When she wishes for a mate. A step-father (lariher). A scarlet runner. Because it is not current (currmnt). Nothing. It is matchless. Because he is guided by th« dirtctiot^ 'V strangers. A noise. C P O (Scipio). It would be making game of him. She is your mother. A player. It is between two seas (C's). It has no scruples. Because it is one of the great compoMn S3- 155. The outside. 156. When it can't bear you. 157. Scissors. 158. Because their existence is only in-fancy. 159. A pillow. 160. She is full of airs. 161. He is not at all black (a tall black). 162. Because they make a noise whenevet they are tolled (told). 163. Because they are always m tiers (ia tears). 164. Nothing satisfies him. 165. They ought to be taken up. 166. Because we call them to take us in. 267. When he takes notes. 168. When it is in arms. 169. A lamp lighter. 170. Debts. 171. She indulges in-fancy too much. 172. Because you hear both sides. 173. When he is going to Bray. 174. Her coachman. 175. Because the sooner it is put out the better. 1 76. When it is eye water (high water). 177. A wheelwright. 178. Fuller. 179. Because it is an invisible force. 180. When it is under canvass. 181. People plant them and they shoot. 182. Cork. 183. Cadmus. He carried letters from Phoe- nicia to Greece. 184. He is the sun and air (son and heir) of England. 185. B natur.-il. 186. One tars his ropes, the other pitches h'w tent. 187. He gets his grub by the plough. 188. It shoots from the eye. 189. It is a Walkinghame (walking game). 190. Ashes. 191. Nothing. 192. They are skilled in the art of heeling (healing). Falsehood. Determi-nation. When it is made into little Pats. 193- 194. J9S- 196. Ode on a yew (O'Donoghue). 628 197- Co-nun-drum. 198. One is a native of Hungary, the other a hungry native. 199. I have not a notion (I have not an ocean). 200. It is very sew-sew (soso) society, toi, Letter M. 202. It comes in the middle of the day. 20J. Because when you put it in your pocket you double it, and when you take it oiit you find it in creases. 204. When King Claudius of Denmark did "murder most foul " (fowl). 205. The one was governed by deys (days), the other by knights (nights). 206. When it's a little pale (pail). 207. When it's a little reddish (radish), 208. When he is a spoon. 209. When she is anchoring (hankering) after a swell. 210. When she is attached to a buoy (boy). 211. Gr.ny's Inn (Grazing) Lane. 212. S IX (S added). 213. Because it would be 10 to i if you caught it, 214. One bob (/. e., one shilling). 215. Take CAB, and drive through Ham- mersmith to find Kew (Q). FOR TUNE- TEL L ING. 216. 217. 218. 219. 220. 221. 222. 223. 224. 225. 226. 227. 228. 229, 230. 232, 233' 234. A clergyman: he preachen, the docln practises. .Sin-on-a-mouse (synonymous). Sin. Because all his works are wick-ed, and «I his wicked works are brought to light. A nail in a shoe. Because they are always on the watch. It is a fowl (foul) proceeding. The outside. Because no man living is able to make out his policy. Sixteen: for (four) richer, for (four) poorer, for (four) better, for (four) worse. Because they have their necks twirled in this. (Next world sounds like necks twirled.) He puts down three and carries one. Because one trains the mind, and the other minds the train. Wet. Because he is often overlooked or looked over. Because it comes out of a pipe. Because it is a representative. It is often passed over. Advice, This is a very interesting game, and may be played by any number of per- sons. A board is made and divided into eleven squares each way, as shown in the diagram given here, the figure one being in the centre. Each square must be numbered as in the diagram. The person who wishes to try his fortune must place his forefinger on a square without looking at it ; then refer to the list for the number marked on the square touched, and you will obtain an answer, ^hich, like those given by professed fortune-tellers, will often prove false or ridiculous ; as, for instance, when a married lady is told that she longs to be FOR TUNE- TELLING, 629 (narricd (84), or a child of seven is informed that he will bo married this year (89) ; but it is a very amusing game notwithstanrling. 117 116 "5 114 "3 112 III no 109 108 107 118 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 106 119 79 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 69 »05 120 80 48 24 23 22 21 20 40 68 104 121 81 49 25 9 8 7 19 39 67 103 83 50 26 10 2 I 6 i8 38 66 102 83 51 27 II 3 4 5 17 37 65 lOI 84 52 28 12 13 14 »S 16 36 64 1 100 85 53 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 63 99 86 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 98 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 ^niEiwiris to loftune-i^lUr. I. 2. 3- 4- 5' 6. 7 S. 9 la II. 12. 23- >4. «5- 16. 'T- IS. 19. 20. 21. 22. A life full of changes, die rich. Early marriage and prosperous. Many lovers, but die single. A speedy journey of great importance. Become rich through a legacy. Hours of pleasure, years of care. Your present lover is false. You will marry your present choice. Wed thrice, and die in widowhood. You will travel over land and sea. If not already wed, you never will be. Gaming will be your ruin. You will be very happy in marriage. You will change your love soon. A long life and prosperous. A rival will cause you tears. Beware of a false friend. Fate decrees you two partners. A large family of prosperous children. You will not wed your present lover. You will soon fall desperately in love. You will soon be in mourning. You will gain an estate by industry. 24. You will better yourself by marriaga. 25. You will soon lose by fraud. 26. You will marry an ill-tempered person 27. A sudden rise attends you. 28. You will see an absent lever. 29. Many enemies, but finally triumph. 30. A bad partner, but happy reformation., 31. A speedy proposal of marriage. 32. A present, and a new lover. 2^"^. Invitation to a gay party. 34. A serious quarrel. 35. A disgraceful intrigue. 36. A run of ill luck. 37. Gifts of money. 38. A good partner in marriage. 39. You will become rich. 40. Money through love. 41. Cash by trade. 42. A long journey. 43. Important news soon. 44. Mind what you say to a lovar. 45. A present from a distance. 46. A dispute with one you love. 630 FOR TUNE- TELLING. 4/. Viiit from a di&lant friend. 48. A lawsuit. 49. Advancement in life. 50. Love nt first sight. 51. A prize worth h.-iving. 53. Wealth, dignity, honor. 53. Visit to a foreign land. 54. Profit by industry. 55. A multitude of cards. 56. Preferment through a friend. 57. Second partner better than firSt. $3. Surmount mr.ny difficulties. 59. A /alse friend. 60. A pleasing surjirise. 61. A change in your affairs. 62. A ramble by moonlight. 63. Injured by scandal. 64. Unpleosai . tidings, 65. Great loss and disa])pointment. 66. About to attend a christening. 67. Change of situation. 68. A handsome ]>resent soon. 69. An invitation to a marriage. 70. News from sea. 71. Happiness or marriage, 72. PIc.isant intelligence from abroad. 73. An agreeable partner. 74. You are in love, though you won't avow it. 75. A quarrel with your indended. 76. Disappointment in love. 77. You will fall in love with one who is already engaged. 78. You will inherit an estate shortly. 79. An unexpected death. 80. You meditate an elopement. 81. A dangerous illness. 82. Crosses and disappointments await you. 83. Yon have three strings to your bow. 84. You long to be married. 85. Your intended is in the sere and yellow leaf. 86 A lapful of money and a lapful of chil- dren. Pj, You will many a widow or widower. 88. You will have few friends. 89. You will be married this year. 90. You will be apt to break your promise 91. Marry in h.i.ste and repent at leisure. 9a. You are in danger of losing your sweek heart. 93. Beware of changing for the worse. 94. You shall have m;iny offers. 95. You will be happy if contented. 96. You will shortly obtain your wishes. 97. An advantageous bargain. 98. You will see your intended next Sunday for the first time. 99. Others will covet your goo«l luck, too. Travel in a foreign land. 101. Venture freely and you will certainly gain. IU2. Your present speculations will succeed, 103. You love one who does not love you. 104. Wealth from a ijuarler you little suspect. 105. You will obtain your wishes through a friend. 106. A fortune is in store for you — persevere. 107. Alter your intention ; you cannot succeed. 108. Remain .it home for the i)resent. 109. Ill luck awaits you. no. Prepare for a journey. 111. You will succeed according to yout wishes. 1 12. Beware of enemies who seek to do you harm. 113. Misfortune at first but comfort and hap- piness after. 114. Prosperity in all your undertakings. 1 15. Rely not on one who pretends to be yout friend. 116. Change your situation and you will da better. 117. It will be difficult for you to get a part- ner. 118. Your love is whimsical and changeable. 119. You will meet with sorrow and trouble. 120. Your love wishes to be yours tiui moment. 121. You will gain nothing by marriage ar. lur promiiM It leisure. g your sweefc wone. itcd. r wishes, 1 next Sunday luck. will certainly rill succeed. love you, little suspect. es through a 1 — i>crsevere. innot succeed. :seiit. ing to your ek to do you rort and hap- lakings. ids to be yout 1 you will da to get a part- changeable, and trouble. ; yours tiMi arriagr :i/E ORACULUM. 63 1 3Pbf (Drnrulum, or goob ot |nU. The Oraculum which follows is a most amusing game. By some persons i« has tjecn regarded as mor»' than a |)astinu Tlic great Napoleon constantly con suited it It is, of course, given here merely as a pastime. The Oraculum is gifted with every recjuisile variety of response to the following questions : 1. Shall 1 obtain my wish? 2. Shall I Jjave success in my undertakings? 3. Shall 1 gain or lose in my cause? 4. Shall I have to live in foreign parts? 5. Will the stranger return? 6. Shall I recover my property? 7. Will my friend be true ? 8. Shall I have to travel? 9. Docs the person love and regard me? 10. Will the marriage be jjrospcrous? 11. What sort of a wife, or husband, shall I have? 12. Will she have a son or daughter? 13. Will the patient recover? 14. Will the prisoner be released ? ' 15. Shall I be lucky or unlucky? 16. What does my dream signify? How to Work the Oraculum. Make marks in four lines, one under another, in the following manner, making more or less in each line, according to your fancy : ********** *********** ************ • • • Then reckon the number of marks in each line, and if it be odd, mark down one dot ; if even, two dots. If there be more than nine marks, reckon tlK surplus ones over that number only, viz. : Tiic number of marks in the first line of the foregoing are odd j therefor..- make one mark thus * In the second, even, so make two, thus * * In the third, odd again, make one mark only * In the fourth, even again, two marks * * To Obtain the Answer, You must refer to The Oraculum, at the top of which you will find a row of dots similar to those you have produced, and a column of figures corresponding with those prefixed to the questions ; guide your eye down the column, at the 11! i 632 r//E ORACULUAf. top of which you find the dots resembling your own, till you come to the letter on a line with the number of the question you are trying ; then refer to the page having that letter at the top, and on a line with the dots which are similar to your owtt; ^ ou will find your answer. The following are unlucky dayS; on which none of the questions should be worked, or any enterprise undertaken : January i, 2, 4, 6, 18, 20, 22 ; February 6, 17, 26; March 24, 26; April 10, 27, 28; May 7, 8; June 29; July 17, 21 ; August 20, 22; September 5, 30; October 6; November 3, 29; December 6, 10, IS- *^ It is not right to try a question twice in one day. oi^.a.oxjx.tji^j:- QUESTIONS. 'a\ I I Shall I obtain my wish? # •« • • * *« • •* * * • * « •« *« * I ** I * I I A I H I C I 1) I K I F I G I H U C j Shall I have success in my under- I taiiings ? Shall I ga in or Us e " in my caus eTTc | " | E | F | G | H~| I Shall I have to live in foreign I parts ? H I )k* * «■ « • ** " ♦ » ^^^^ *« * ** ** E 3 _2 * *« «* ** » ** « ** • « •« »* i i k i _l i m i n i i p i q i i k|l|m|n|o|p|q D H I I I K I I, IM I N I O I P IQ |A IB |3 A I B Ic 14 K |L M N O 5 6 7 I 8 I 'I II iTJ 1 «3 I •*-' 1 '5 I >6 Will the stranger return from abroad ? Shall I recover my property stolen ? Will my friend b-^ true m his dealings ? Shall I have to travel? I Ik I H I K|I,! K r, I M H|I |K|L|M|N| Does the person love and regard 1. Iiflj ImInIoI Wfll"thelna7rbge be prosperous ? | KJ L JM J N^ '\ OTPJ What sort of a wife or husband \ , \ \ji\ \i \ r\ \ z> \ r\\ __ .shall I h ave? ^| ^ | M|N[0 | P j Qj WilTshehavcason.oradaughtor? | M fN \0\ P |" Q j A | N I O I P I Q j A ' Will the patient recover from his illness? Will the prisoner be released ? Shall I be lucky, or unlucky this i p ■ day? ' *^ L M N .Ni N O O P Q A B C D s P Q A A B C D E 6 N |P Q B C D E F 7 0|P|Q|A|B|C|U|E|F|G 8 9 p q|a B C D E F G H Q 1 A 1 B 1 C 1 D 1 E 1 F 1 G 1 H 1 I 1 10 A B C D E F G H I K II B|C|D|E|F|G|H|I|K|L|i2 C D E F G H I K L M »3 j i6 I What does my dream signify T B 'q I A I B Ic I D I Q I a7b I Cl D T E I F I G I H I I | K | L | M | N | O fP | i6 D |_E I F J^ I H J IJ K I L I M I N | 14 E I F I G I H j I I K I L I M I N I O I IS t A. What you wish for, you will shortly OHTAIN. Signifies trouble and sorrow. Be ver^ cautious what you do THIS day, lest trouble befall you. The prisoner DIES, and is regretted by Ms friends. Life will be spared THIS time, to prepare for death. %% I A very handsome daughter, but a A PAINFUL one. i" You will have a virtuous woman or man, for your wife or husband. If you marry this person, you will have enemies where you little expect. II -I- I j You had better decline THIS love, for JJ I it is neither constant nor true. Decline your travels, for they will Hot be to your advantage. Theie is a true and sincere friendship li I l>etween you uoth. • ** ♦» ** .o « *« E a ** ** iP IQIt Q A a A IB 3 E F ' i F |G 18 G H 9 H 1 I 1 10 1 I K "i K 1 L 1 n i L M •3 1 M 1 N 1 M N O 15 OIP'l^j 'iter, but a TI/E ORACULUM. 63: * * ■liu/f * You \rill HOT recover the stolen prop- erty. The stranger will, with joy, soon return. You will NOT remove from where you are at present. * * * I $1 *** 1% * * I III* ltl<|t * ** The Lord will support you in a good cause. Vou are NOT lucky — pray to God that he may help you. The luck that is ordained for you will be coveted by others. Whatever your desires are, for the present decline them. Signifies a favor or kindness from some person. There ARK enemies, who would de- fraud and render you unhappy. With great difficulty he will obtain pardon or release again. The patient should be prepared to leave this world. She will have a son, who will be learned and wise. A RICH partner is ordained for you. By THIS marriage you will have great luck and prosperity. This love comes from an upright and sincere heart. God WILL surely travel with you, and bless you. Beware of friends who are false and deceitful. You WILL recover your property- unexpectedly. Love prevents his return home at present. ** ■ii!< « Ty/iS- ORACULUM. Jl I Signifies you have many impediments in accomplishing your pursuits. Whatever may possess your inclina- tions this day, abandon them. The prisoner will get free again this time. The patient's illness will be lingering and doubtful. She will have a dutiful and hand- some son. The person will be LOW in circum- stances, but honest-hearted. A marriage which WILL ADD to your welfare and prosperity. You love a person who does not speak well of you. Your travels will be prosperous, if guided by prudence. He means not what he says, for his heart is false. With some trouble and expense, you may regain your property. You must NOT expect to see the stranger again. The stranger will not return so soon as you expect. Remain among your friends, and you will do well. You will hereafter gain what you seek. You have NO luck — pray to God, and strive honestly. You will obtain your wishes by means of a friend. Signifies you have enemies who will endeavor to ruin you. Beware — an enemy is endeavoring to bring you to strife and misfortune. The prisoner's sorrow and anxiety are great, and his release uncertain. X I The patient WILL soon recover- j^ I there is no danger. She will have a daughter, who will Im ,^ I honored and respected. ■in 1^■>^ I I* * ll * ** II I ** ** II * * II * T' V ** * II Your partner WILL be fond of liquor, and will debase himself thereby. * i This marriage will bring you to pov- erty, be therefore discreet. c« Their love is false to you, and true t* others. 1 Decline your travels for the present, for they will be dangerous. t This person is serious and true, and deserves to be respected. II You will not recover the property you have lost. F. S By persevering you will recover 1 your property again. It is out of the stranger's power to return. You will GAIN, and be successful in foreign parts. A great fortune is ordained for you ; wait patiently. There is a great hindrance to youi success at present. Your wishes are in vain at present. Signifies there is sorrow and danger before you. This day is unlucky; therefore, alur your intention. The prisoner will he restored to liberty and freedom. The patient's recovery is doubtful. She will have a very fine boy. A worthy person, and a fine fortune. Your intentions would destroy youj rest and peace. This love is true and constant ; for sake it not. * Hi* Proceed on your journey, and you will not have cause to repent it. THE ORACULUM. * t 635 If ycu trust this friend, you may have cause for sorrow. This friend exceeds all others in every respect. * * You must bear your loss with forti- tude. • The stranger will return unexpect- edly. Remain at home with your friends, and you will escape misfortunes. * You will meet no gain in your pur- suits. ** A Heaven will bestow its blessings on you. * No. JJ I Signifies that you will shortly be out J I of the POWER of your enemies. I 11 Ill-luck awaits you — it will be difficult for you to escape it. Ik* The prisoner will be released by death only. * By the blessing of God, the patient WILL recover. A daughter, but of a very sickly con- stitution. You will get an honest, young, and handsome partner. I *** Decline this marriage, else it may be to your sorrow. * ♦* * Avoid this love. Prepare for a short journey ; you will be reciilled by unexpected events. H. Commence your travels, and they will go on as you could wish. V Your pretended friend hates you secretly. * Your hopes to recover your property are vain. ** I A certain affair prevents the stn..'5ger« ^ I return immediately. ^1 * Your fortune you will find in abun dance abroad. ** Decline the pursuit, and you will di well. Your expectations are vain — you wiH not succeed. II I You will obtain what you wish for. * Signifies that on this day your foi tune will change for the better. Cheer up your spirits, your luck is a hand. * ** After LONG imprisonment he will brj released. The patient will be relieved from sickness. * * She will have a healthy son. You will be married to your equal in a short time. * * * ll If you wish to be happy, do not marry this person. This love is from the htart, and will continue until death. I. The love is great, but vill cause great jealousy. * * It will be in vain for you to travel. * ** * * Your tf end will be au sincere as you could wish him to be. I ** You will recover the stolen property through a cunning person. The traveller will soon return with joy. I| * You will not be prosperous or foi- tunate in foreign parts. •t* I Place your trust in GoD, who is tlu I I disposer of happiness. 'II THE ORACULUM. Tour fortune will shortly be changed into mis>.or:une. I It Yob ivill succeed as you desire. Signifies that the misfortune which ^'^ threatens will be prevented. Beware of your enemies, who seek to do you harm. * * After a short time your anxiety for the prisoner will cease. God will give the patient health and strength rgain. % * She will have a very fine daughter. * You will marry a person with whom you will have little comfort. The marriage will not answer your expectations. K. After much misfortune you will be comfortable and happy. A sincere love from an upright heart. * * You will be prosperous in your jour- ney. Do not RELY on the friendship of this person. * The property is lost forever; but the thief will be punished. * The traveller >vill be absent some considerable time. *^ I You will meet luck and happiness in J [ a foreign country. ? You will not have any success for the present. t n You will succeed in your under- taking. Change your intentions, and you will do well. ** Signifies that there are rogues at hand. A I Be reconciled, your circumstances }^ j will shortly mend. II * The prisoner will be released. The patient will depart this life. * * »:3: i::c She will have a son. It will be difficult for you to get a partner. You will get a very handsome person for your partner. *^ Various misfortunes will attend this *^ marriage. A This love is whimsical and chanjje- f able. i You will be unlucky in your travels. J|;| This person's love is just and true. *^ You may rely on it. II You will lose, but the thief will suffer most. ** The stranger will soon return with plenty. If you remain at home, you will have success. 1 II Your gain will be trivial. 1. You will meet sorrow and trouble. DC* * II You will succeed according to yout wishes. * 8 Signifies that you will get money. t In spite of enemies, you will do well. 1 ** * The prisoner will pass many days in confinement. The patient will rcsjover. She will have a daughter. to yout THE ORACULUM. ^n M. She will have a son, who will gain ♦ i She will have J I wealth and honor, * i- ** % ** You will get a partner with great undertakings au'' much money. The marriage will be prosperous. i* I Await the time and you will find Ih* ■y I love great. Venture not from home. This person is a sincere friend. She, or he, wishes to be yours this moment. Your journey will prove to your ad- vantage. $1 * *.* f Place no great trust in that person. You will find your property at a cer- tain time. * * You will never recover the theft. % The stranger will return, but not quickly. When abroad, keep from evil women or they will do you harm. You will soon gain what you little expect. The traveller's return is rendered doubtful by his conduct. J i You will succeed as you desire in %t \ foreign parts. t Expect no gain ; it will be in vain. You will have more n;cK than you expect. You will have great success. * Rejoice ever at that which is ordained for you. Signifies that sorrow will depart, anj joy will return. * * * Your luck is in blossom; it will soon be at hand. i Whatever your desires are, you will speedily obtain them. Signifies you will be asked to a wed- ding. % ** You will have no occasion to com- plain of ill-luck. * * Some one will pity and release the prisoner. The patient's recovery is unlikely. Death may end the imprisonment. The prisoner will be released with joy. * The patient's recovery is doubtful. She will have a son, who will live to a great age. N. *** Delay not this marriage — you will meet much happiness. I The patient will recover, but his days are hort. f ** None loves you better in this world. 1 She will have a daughter. ** i You may proceed with confidence. t You will marry into a very respect- able family. Not a friend, but a secret enemy. X By this marriage you will gain nothing. A, You will soon recover what it stolo\ U You will get a virtuous partner. fli ||Hfi H II ^^H i^ffii 1 hI Q^pi ^^H ''^ 9^B9 E^R' i* 1 II 1 1 638 ///A OJ^/tCC/Li/A^. i I The stranger will not return ngain. $1 A foreign woman will greatly en- hance your fortune. * You will be cheated out of your gain. Your misfortunes will vanish and you will be happy. * * Your hope is in vain — fortune shuns you at present. * ** That you will soon hear agreeable news. i There are misfortunes lurking about you. This day brings you an increase of happiness. * # The prisoner will quit the power of his enemies. ^i^ The patient will recover and live long. % She will have two daughters. 11 A rich young person will be your ^ partner. u Hasten your marriage — it will bring you much happiness. ** The person loves you sincerely. You will not prosper from home. J I This friend is more valuable than Jt Isold. f You will NEVER receive your goods. * He is dangerously ill, and cannot yet return. Depend upon your own industry, and remain at home. * Be joyful, for future prosperity is ordained for you. * * Depend not too much 0% y^jvr goo<' luck. ** What you wish will be (.ranted ta you. That you should be very careful thil day, lest any accident befall you. * * * ■i* I n t ** *** II II * * * * Q. Signifies much joy and happiness between friends. This day is not very lucky, bui rnthei the reverse. He will yet come to honor, althoupii he now suffers. Recovery is doubtful ; therefore, be prepared for the worst. She will have a son, who will prove forward. A rich partner, but a bad temper. By wedding this person you insure your happiness. The person has great love for yoiJ, but wishes to conceal it. You may proceed on your journef without fear. Trust him not; he is inronstant and deceitful. In a very singular manner you wili recover your property. The stranger will return very soon. You will dwell abroad in comfort and happiness. If you will deal fairly, you will surely prosper. You will yet live in splendor and plenty. Make yourself oontonted vnttk you? PRESENT fortune. GAMES, FORFEITS, ETC. 639 rathet The following games are extremely interesting and amusing, and are so simple ihat they may be easily understood and attempted. In playing forfeits, it is well for the person demanding the forfeit not to bt too extreme in his or her demand. The Tidy Parlor Maids. Two Ladies. First Lady. — Shall we dust the drawing-room ornaments, Belinda? Second Lady. — Yes, Lucinda. [They go round, and, with a feather brush, dust all the gentlemen in the room. If either tl« maids or the gentlemen laugh, the pi^rson so offending must pay a forfeit.] Botanical Questions. All 'h. 'dies and One Gentleman. Gentleman. — : o . \ny pretty noses goses To maKe a bunch of roses ? The question is asked of each lady, who answers — I suppose two noses Make a bunch of roses. iThese words must be spoken with perfect gravity. Any one laughing is obliged to repeat them until he or she can do so gravely.] Selling Adonis. One Lady and One Gentleman. The gentleman must stand on a chair in the centre of the room, while the lady-auctioneer, pointing to him, says: "Adonis for sale!" She must then enumerate all his qualities, charms, and attractions. The company then bid anything they please for him — such as a red-herring, a tea-kettle, a curb-bridle, a magic-lantern, the old grey goose, a lump of sugar, etc. The bidding is to go on till one bids a pound of soft-soap, when the lot is taken to him by the siuctioneer. No one is to laugh on pain of paying a forfeit. 640 GAMES, FORFEITS, ETC. The Anxious Mother. .One Gentleman and Five Ladies, A gentleman, ' a cap and shawl, is seated with daughters before him, sitting in a row, when he instructs them, by example, how to smile, simper, look bashful, languishing, sing, titter, and laugh. A bright and lively gentleman can make this game a source of great amusement. Poor Puss. All the Ladies and One Gentleman. The gentleman goes round and says to each lady, " Poor Puss," to which she must gravely answer, " Me-ew ! Me-ew ! " Whoever laughs or smiles must pay a forfeit. The fun lies in the fact that one or more will find it impossible to refrain from laughing. Magie Music. Four Gentlemen. They must be seated in a row, and throwing themselves back in their chairs, must all snore in different keys; the Dead Ma/ch in Saul being played over three times as an accompaniment. Any one who laughs is to be punished at the discretion of the company. Mdlle. Potoloski and Her Dancing Bear. One Gentleman and One Lady. The lady, holding the gentleman by a string or ribbon, makes him dance or perform whatever antics she chooses, he being obliged to obey her orders. Laughing is to be punished by a forfeit. The Musical Duck. One Gentleman and One Lady. The gentleman chooses any lady who can sing, and she is to sing, to any air she pleases, the words "Quack! quack!" using no other words, and singing the air correctly. Miss Ann and Jane Smith's Tabby Cats. Two Gentlemen and all the Ladies. The ladies all remain in their places, and two gentlemen in shawls and bon- nets or caps go round, one with a saucer of milk, the other with a teaspoon, with which she gives a sip of milk to each, saying, " Take that, my pretty puss ! " tu which, after taking it, "puss" must gravely answer "Mew." Laughter must be severely punished. The Horrid Man. One Gentleman. He must go round and pay a bad compliment to every lady in the room, wlio it lO answer, " You horrid man I " Any one who laughs is to pay a forfeit. GAMES, FORFEITS, ETC. g^i The Rebuff. A Lady or Gentleman. The lady or gentleman go and perform a sneeze to each of the gentlemen, if a lady, and vice versA, The answer is to ■ : " I'm not to be sneezed at." No one must laugh under penalty of paying ., fi jit. Those who can command their gravity must indeed have a rare cc trol )vjr themselves. Pat a Cake. Two Gentlemen — Ladies ad lib. The two gentlemen sit on low stoo" , patting each other's head. The ladiea dance round three times, singing — Pat a cake, pat a cake, baker's man, Make it and bake it as fast as you can ; Make it, and bake, and mark it with B, The letter for Beauty, then give it to me. The Tipsy Polha. The set stand up and dance, the music constantly changing time. Eacli player must keep time, and maintain his gravity under penalty of paying 9 forfeit. Confidences. The Whole Company. This game is an amusing illustration of how a tale gains in telling. A lady must whisper to her next-door neiglibor (/. e., the person sitting by her) an account of something which one of the gentlemen present has said or done. The listener repeats it, in a whisper also, to the lady or gentleman seated by her; and tinis it is whispered from one to the other all round the room, till it reaches the last person, who repeats it aloud. It will be found, no doubt, that, either through mistake or playful malice, it has gained considerably in its passage round tlie circle. Then a gentleman has to do the same, choosing one of the ladies present as the heroine of his tale, and this " confidence " is repeated all around the room till it reaches the last person, as before. Example of the game : First Lady whispers — " Mr. Smith has just told me that he saw a gentleman this niDiniiig smoking a cigar outside an omnibus, who looked just like a gorilla." Second Lady whispers — " Mr. Smith saw a gentleman on an omnibus just like a gorilla, and he was smoking a cigar." Fourth Gentleman (a little deaf) — " Smith saw a gorilla this morning, as lie was smoking a cigar on the omnibus with a gentleman." Fifth Speaker — "Mr. Smith saw a gorilla on an omnibus this morning. He was smoking a cigar with another gentleman." 41 I n. : f i C42 GAMES, FORFEITS, ETC. Sixth Speaker — " Mr. Smith saw the goril'a to-day. It was on an omnibus, with its keeper, and it was smoking a cigar." Seventh Speaker — " Smitii saw Monsieur de Chaillu this morning witii his gorilla on an omnibus. They were both smoking cigars." Eighth Speaker — " Smith saw Mons. de Chaillu tliis morning on an omnil)us ; he had two gorillas with him, who were »,noking cigars." Ninth Speaker — " Smith sat by De Chaillu and his gorilla this morning on the omnibus, and the gorilla actually smoked a cigar with him." Tenth Speaker — " I have just heard, with much surprise, that Smith travelh d on an omnibus this morning with Monsieur de Chaillu and his gorillas, and that Smith gave the monkeys a cigar. The two monkeys smoked as well as Mr. Smith can." Eleventh Speaker — " Smith went on a 'bus this morning, and by his side were De Chaillu and his gorillas. Smith gave them a cigar, and the two monkeys smoked together." Twelfth Speaker (repeats aloud) — " I have just heard Smith called a monkey by Miss Brown — since the story comes originally from her. It seems, that s/u says, that Smith went on an omnibus to-day with Monsieur de Chaillu and the gorilla; that Smith gave the gorilla a cigar and took one himself; and that the two monkeys, /'. e., I suppose. Smith and the f^onlla, smoked together 1 " Mr. Smith bows his thanks. The first lady repeats verbatim her whisper, to the amazement of the circle. The Divination of the Elements. An Old Scotch Game. A row of soup-plates is put on the table. One plate holds water, another earth, another air — /. e., it is left empty; in another is a pistol. Any lady wishing to learn her future fate is taken from the room and blind- folded ; the plates are moved and change places meantime. Then she is led to the table and told to put her hand on a plate, whichever she chooses. If she puts her finger in the water, it is a sign that she will marry a sailor, or take long voyages ; if she touch the earth, she will be a stay-at-home, or marry a civilian, either a merchant or a professional man ; if she touches the empty or air-plate, she will live single, " free as air;" if she touches the pistol, she will marry a soldier. This funny divination can be adapted to gentlemen by making the water represent a fair ancl kkle wife or long voyage ; the earth, a dark and domestic wife, with a landed inheritance ; the air, or empty plate, old bachelorhood ; the pistol, a quarrelsome wife, etc. Another and prettier way of playing this game is by arranging three soup- plates on a side table covered with a cloth. In one is clean water ; in anothei dirty water ; in the third, earth. GAMES, FORFEITS, ETC. 643 The inquirer into futurity is blindfolded ; the plates are moved and changtd •bout so that she cannot tell how they stand. Then she is led to the table and puts her hand out, and whichever plate she touches, is significant of her future fate. If she touches the clean water, she will marry the man she loves. If she touches the dirty water, she will marry unhappily. If she finds the earth, she will die unmarried. The same divination can, of course, be used by gentlemen. The Quiet Little Dears. Three Gentlemen. They must sit in the middle of the room with books on their laps, on which they must each build a card house. They are not to move until the thrte houses are standing together. The Man who is too Happy. One Gentleman and Six Ladies. The gentleman sitting in the middle of the room must be complimented and paid attention by each lady in turn. Without rising, he is to respond by every species of grateful manner ^ first murmuring in a whisper, "I'm too happy," increasing in the tone of his voice each time, till reaching the highest note, he rushes out of the room. The Quakers' Meeting. The Whole Company. The leader of the game must arrange the company in a circle as Quakers. The ladies need only sit up very primly, and twirl their thumbs round and round slowly, looKing steadily on the carpet. Any lady looking up, or ceasing to twirl her thumbs, must pay a forfeit. Then the leader of the game must direct a gentleman to repeat after him, in a drawling tone (twirling his thumbs slowly all the while), these words : "Verily, verily, I do say." Each c;entleman must repeat the same words, in turn, twirling his thumbs the #hile. When they have been repeated by all the gentlemen, the first must say : "Verily, verily, I do say That I must go to-day." The words are to be echoed in like manner. Then the first speaker adds : " Verily, verily, I do say That I must go to-day, '?' ) visit my sick lirother, * 0-BA-Dl-AV." After which he rises, goes into the middle of the room, and kneels down. The nearest gentleman follows, and kneels close to him ; the next close to tht 644 CAMKS, J-OJifE/TS, ETC. hist, and so on, till they form a line. Then the leader of the game must place hiinsi'lf last, kneeling also ; and, hy giving a sudden pn^h to the last player, he will cause the whole row to fall down like a row of cards on the carpet. The ladies are strictly forbidden to laugh at the catastrophe, or to cease twirling their tlumibs, under pain of paying a forfeit. To Tell Any Number Thought of. Ask a person to think of a number ; then tell him to subtract i from that number; now tell him to multiply the remainder by 2; then request him again to subtract i, and add to the remainder the ntunber he first tlioiij^ht of, and to inform you of the total. When he has done this, you must mentally add 3 to that total, and then divide it by 3, and the quotient will be the number first thought of. This is an excellent arithmetical pastime, examples of which we give below : 10 15 18 23 9 14 17 22 9 a 2 2 18 28 34 44 I I • I I 17 27 33 43 10 «5 18 23 27 42 51 66 3 3 3 3 3)30 3)45 3^)54 3^69 10 15 18 23 The Ugly Mug. A leader is chosen, and the remainder of the company must follow every motion that he makes, while he sings the description. F4E^ -t- m^ — f*-t-^^==^- i- ^ I put my right hand in, I put my right hand out. m 4^=:^ iHsl^^iplTili give my right hand a shake, shake, shake, I turn my - self a bout. The leader should stand facing the others, and his gestures are exactly as he describes them. qi:: GAMES, FORFEITS, ETC. 641, I .EADER. {Singins and making the appropriate gestures, which all imitati: ) I put my right hand in I {extrnMng the right hand lujoie him.) I put my right liand out I {turning ha// round, and again extending .h, right hand. ) I give my right hand a shako, shake, shake! {shaking the right hand.) I turn myself about 1 {turns back '^^ first position.) The same gestures are performed with the left hand while singing, I put my left hand in I I put my left hand out 1 I give my left hand a shake, shake, shake I I turn myself about ! The same performance is gone through with both hands, while singing, I put my both hands in, etc. At the conclusion of which, the leader continues the gestures with hij riglii foot, singing : I put my riglit foot in ! I put my right foot out I I give my right foot a shake, shake, shake I I turn myself about ! The same thing is done with the left foot, with the words: I put my left foot in, etc. The head is the next member brought into active service. I put my ugly mug in ! {stretching the head and neck forward.') I put my ugly mug out ! {turning half round and repeating the same motion.) I give my ugly mug a shake, shake, shake ! {nodding the head vigorously.^ I turn myself about 1 If the gravity of the company will stand this test, knowing every smile must tobt a forfeit, choose a new leader, and try again to collect some forfeits. This will, however, be scarcely called for, as the first time round '1 surely provide a pretty large crop of forfeits. The Hutchinson Family. Several of the party who do not know the trick of the game must be selected to leave the room, while the others are instructed in their parts. One of the absent ones is then recalled and introduced as Mr. or Miss Hutchinson. The remainder of the party must then imitate exactly every movement, made by this member of the Hutchinson family, even of the most trifling descrip- tion. If the unconscious leader moves an arm, every arm in the company makes the same movement ; if any play of feature, such as a look of surprise, follows, every one in the company assumes the same expression ; if a wondering look I 646 GAMES, FORFEITS, ETC. is given around the room, the head moving to ea'.h side, all make precisely the same gesture. This procedure is continued until Mr. or Miss Hutchinson XSumber One sees into the little game, and ends it by taking a seat in motion- iess quiet. Hutchinson Number Two is next usliered in to go through the same ceremonial, and the game is repeated until the Hutchinson family is extinct. It sometimes happens that a quick-witted Hutchinson will find out the trick before acknowledging the discovery, and lead the others a dance they did not anticipate, as one merry young lady, "seeing the point," walked slowly and with great gravity up and down a long drawing-room, and out of one door into the hall, across this into the room again, and round the room, all the others following her till they cried for mercy. A gentleman, after staring, yawning, and making horrible grimaces at his imitators, suddenly commenced a series of taps on each side of his nose with the forefingers of both hands, and with constantly increasing rapidity, all trying to follow him, till they were so convulsed with laughter that they were forced to admit the joke was all in his hands. The Messenger. The party are seated in line, or round the sides of the room, and some one previously appointed enters with the message, " My master sends me to you, madam," or "sir," as the case may be, directed to any individual he may select at his option. " What for? " is the natural inquiry. " To do as I do; " and with this the messenger commences to perform some antic, which the lady or gentleman must imitate — say he wags b's head from side to side, or taps with one foot incessantly on the floor. The person whose duty it is to obey com- mands his neighbor to the right or to the left to " Do as I do," also ; and so on until the whole company are in motion, when the messenger leaves the room, re-entering it with fresh injunctions. While the messenger is in the room he must see his master's will obeyed, and no one must stop from the movement without suffering a forieit. The messenger shou'd be some one ingenious in making the antics ludicrous, and yet kept within moderate bounds, and the game will not fail to produce shouts of laughter. Among the other tricks which may be commended are such as rocking the body to and fro, wiping the eyes with a pocket-handkerchief, yawning, whist- ling, stroking the chin or the beard, and making any grimace. Anotiier game, of much the same character, is known by the title, " Thus says the Grand Seignor." The chief difference is that the first player is stationed in the centre of the room, and prefaces his movements, which the others must ill follow, by the above words. If he varies his command by framiiig it, ''So >ays the Grand Seignor," the party must remain still, and d;'c'iiae io follow liis example. Any one who moves when he begins, with " So,' ot does not follow ,him when he commences with "Thus," has to pay a furfe.;. MAKING SCREENS. ^^m How to Make a Scrap Screen. Tlie first step towards a screen is to get the frame of it made by a carpenter. This may be either in wood round each panel and across, and covered with can- vas, or entirely in thin wood like a door. The first plan looks best, and is lightest, but has one disadvantage : the papef being very tightly stretched, is apt to get broken if the screen receives a knock, whilst the wooden one would resist a strong blow. In both cases your first pro- ceeding will be to cover, or have done by a paper-hanger, the entire screen with paper. I'his should be of some even color that will take varnish. French grey, lavender, egg-shell blue, sea-green, or crimson, are the prettiest colors for either prints or colored scraps to be mounted on. The great mistake people fall into in making these large folding screens i* to load them so with pictures and color as to destroy all taste, and give then; the appearance of grocers' windows decorated for Christmas-time ; therefore, be careful not to overload your screen either with subjects or bright tints. Having t:overed one side of the screen with gray paper, proceed to paste on the pictures which you may have amused yourself collecting and cutting out some months before. An immense quantity are required to ornament four panels five feet high on both sides, and the better plan is to have them all ready before starting, otherwise one panel may get over-filled, whilst another is but thinly covered. Paste is much better than gum, and can be made very strong by boiling until it becomes glutinous, and adding to it a sixth part as much powdered alum as you put flour. Having decided what your design is to be — whether a border of flowers with medallions in the centre, or a border of medallions interspersed with flowers and a bouquet in the centre, or a lot of pictures thrown down as if carelessly in the middl.;, and dancing figures or Arabesques all round — make a little drawing of it roughly in pencil on a piece of paper, and let that be your guide. You cannot paste a flower on without its leaving a mark if you pull it o(T again, and an ungraceful group will only be rendered more hideous by putting anything over it to hide the defects ; therefore, do not place a single leaf ofc without intention. If you think of ornamenting it with medallions, cut them all evenly, the same sized oval or round, and measure the spaces, and mark with a pencil before finally fixing them. If you wish a panel or space filled with prints, as if carelessly thrown down, they must not be stuck one over the other, but must only join like a Chinese puzzle. To make them fit in this manner, first measure the space they are to occupy ; then clear a large table, and paste some thin strips of white paper on to it the exact size of that space. Place your prints within the radius of tho strips of paper, taking care that the movt important portions of the pictures arw those unconcealed. As you place your prints, put a weight, stone, vase, book, ill *' ^ i t '.'y m i4: ill 1 1 i: 1 ll vf ' 1 w^ i 648 MAKING SCREENS. or anythirg on each picture, to keep it steady; then with a pencil draw a line round the outside rim of each. When all have been treated in the same way, remove the first, and cut with scissors along the pencil-line, and replace in its original position, and so on until they are all done. Begin to stick them on the screen in the same fashion, and the result will be a perfectly smooth surface, which, when varnished, will look exceedingly well. Finish off the screen with a colored stamped leather round the edges of the panels, a row of brass nails, antl a couple of embossed brass handles to lift it up by when wanted to be mo.ed. It will be best to let an upholsterer varnish it, as it is a difficult process io* an amateur. It should have two coats of white size first, and then two of whiie varnish, when it will allow of the pictures being cleaned with a wet rag. Feather Screens. Screens and fans in feathers are both jileasant and ornamental work. To make a screen, begin as follows: Mould a piece of wire into the shape of a heart, and cover this, by means of a needle and thread, with dark colored gauze or tarlatanc. Round the edge of this frame fasten a row of peacocks' feathers with gum. A very little gum put under the quills, and left to dry with a wciglit on tiiem, will make them easily adhere. Place a second row of featliers, so that the eyes of them come just between those cf the first row. Next make another frame in the same manner as before, only let the edge of it only extend as far as the (juills of the second row of feathers. Border this with the side fringe feathers of the peacock's tail, and then dispose of some red ones at the top, or any kind fancy may dictate or you possess, finisning off with a bunch of gray fluff feathers, or a knot of crimson ribbon and a gilt handle. For the back, cut a piece of caidboard the exact shape and size of the founda- tion of the screen, cover it with crimson silk, and gum on behind. Another even prettier screen is made as follows, both sides alike : Prepare a frame — circular in shape — as before, edge it thickly all round, bv means of a needle and thread, with the fringe feathers of the peacock's tail. Then put alternately in the six spaces, between tiic jjoints of the star, rows of the small brown, golil, and green feathers from the neck and back of the bird. Cut out a star in cardboard, edge it on each side with a small red feather, and cover the whole of the rest — by means of gum — one close over the other, with the bright blue feathers from the jieacock's breast. Cut out a small circle in card- board, w!iich edge with a row of canary bird or any dyed yellow feathers, letting the centre be scarlet. On this a gokl monogram in repousse work may be placed. A gilt handle and knot of ribbon completes so elegant a fan that one made for a wedding present was supposed to be the finest Brazilian work. Mats made of cloth or straw are very pretty with a border ol feathers, These may also be utilized for trimmings of hats, muffs, or jackets, partitularl> COLLECTING AND PRESERVING PLANTS. 649 pheasants' and pea-fowls'. Trimmings are made by sewing the feathers on in rows of three and two, or three and four, one over the other, on a narrow ribbon of the same color. Collecting and Preserving Plants. A collection of dried plants is not only very useful and instructive, but care and neatness in the execution may make such a collection very i)rctty. Such collections are usually called a Herbarium, and every American botanist IS ambitious to possess a herbarii-m of American plants. For such a )urpose a lew plain rules and instructions are all that is necessary, provided a good will is ready for the work. Having resolved upon forming a collection, it will be prudent to prepare the tools beforehand, and these should consist of a pocket-lens, a tin box or vascu- ium, such as a japanned sandwich-box. A few quires of paper of a spongy nature, so as to absorb moisture — such a.s grocers employ for wrapping sugar — will answer the purpose; but the size should be a little larger than that of the paper on which it is purposed ulti- mately to mount tiie specimens. A very good size for a sheet, when folded in half, is seventeen inches by eleven inches, or it may be this size and not folded, which is perhaps most convenient. A stout deal board for the top and the bottom, and this also half an inch larger each way than the paper, should be provided. Three or four bricks tied up in brown paper will serve as weights, each brick forming a parcel. This will be nl^ that is really essential until the plants are dried and ready for mounting. As ferns are very good plants to commence with, and perhaps the easiest of any to preserve, we will apply our remarks to them, and when the method of drying is acquired by experiments upon them, other plants may succeed. The collection of ferns for transplanting and the collection of fronds for preservation as botanical specimens, are to be pursued at very different periods oi the year. It may be premised that for botanical purposes frondf> destitute of fructification are worse than useless, unlesj they belong to species which pro- duce distinct fertile and barren fronds, and in which the characters and appear- ance of these fronds naterially differ. In such cases the two kinds of fronds should be collected and preserved together. The period for collecting ferns for the herbarium is, therefore, manifestly that when the fructification has nearly attained to maturity, and it is always better to collect them on a dry day than on a very wet one. Tlie collector should go out preparetl for collecting ferns, if she desires that her herbarium should present a neat and respectable appearance when completed. Some recommend a vasculum, some a bag, and some a large book under the arm ; but tomtncnd us to two half-inch deal boards, about eleven inches by seventeen inches, with a strap and buckle for each end, and twenty sheets of good bibu- .ous paper, cut to the same size and placed between them. Having selected a :.ii ! i'l " I! 1 vl2k 650 COLLECTING AND PRESERVING PLANTS. good frond or two for preservation, taking care not to oreak the stipe or stalk, but to separate it from the rhizome or root-stock, bend back the stipe just below the lowest leaflets of the frond, breaking the woody portion, but not dividing it from the rest of the frond, and lay it carefully between a sheet of your bibulous paper, and secure it with the spare paper between yojr boards; then proceed in search of more. Fronds which, with their stalks, are not too long for the paper, should be laid in without bending. In selecting fronds for preservation, it is not the largest that are required, but it is rather advisable to collect such specimens as will lie comfortably between the papers without bending, than to aim at procuring fine sipecimens, which may only prove to be a nuisance. A perfect frond of nine inc iies in length is better than a folded or otherwise mutilated one of nineteen inches. In selecting fronds, the fruit should not be too ripe, or, instead of spores, you will only find empty cases, not to mention the rusty dust that will continually tint your papers. It is better that the spores should be scarcely matured. Then, again, jt should be noticed whether the frond is eaten by insects, broken, or in any other way imperfect. Such specimens are to be avoidfjd if others can be ob- tained. Finally, the specii.'ens selected should be well grown, and not dis- torted, unsymmetrical, or c ' '' U a tendency to sporting, or departure from the general type of the neigh: jri'u' fronds. Having collected what specimens are required, and conveyed them home, the next process consists of drying them for the herbarium. This is accomplished by removing them from the pap(irs in which they have been collected and trans- ferring them to fresh paper. ;"■ )nie persons are content with a stout unsized paper, such as employed by grocers for wrapping sugar; others will proceed to blotting paper, whilst the majority will admit that Bentall's botanical paper is d'^cldediy the best. The ferns should be transferred to a sheet of drying paper; two or three thicknesses, or even four or five, may be placed upon it, and then another specimen, and thus ad libitutn. When all are in this manner trans- ferred,- the pile should be placed in a ])ress, or with a stout board above and below, loaded on the top with some heavy weights — stones, bricks, old books, or anything applicable for the purpose. Twenty-four hours at the least, and ^orty-eight r.t the most, they should remain unmoved. At the expiration of this period eacl. specimen sliould be transferred to a dry sheet of r^-iJer, with three or four thicknesses ui dry paper between each specimen, and u>^ain put under pressure for llie same period. The damp paper from which the specimens aie taken should be at once dried in the sun or before the fire. It '\^^ always advis- able to change the sheet for each variety. The specimens shnuld be laid on the pajjer, with the under or fructifying surface uppermost, and the barren side of the frond applied to the paper. Small strips of gummed paper, about one inch in length, and not more than an eighth of an inch in width, should l»e Jaid across the principal and secondary ribs or branches of the frond, and each end fastened down to the sheet of paper; other pieces may, in like manner, be plai.ed across i COLLECTING AND PRESERVING PLANTS. the tips of the fronds, or wherever else appears to be necessary to cecur« the specimen to the paper. It may be suggested that too many such slips disfigure the specimen, and if there are not sufficient it cannot be retained in its place. Experience must be the best teacher. Some object to fastening the specimens to paper at all, others recommend gluing them down by the whole surface. Both these plans appear to us to be equally objectionable. If the specimens are loose, they are not only in danger of being broken or damaged, but of being misplaced and dissevered from the label which belongs to them. If wholly glued down, they cannot under many circumstances be removed from the paper, either to be transferred to other paper oi' for closer examination or comparison. Each specimen having been mounted, the label which accompanies it should be fastened down beside it. This may be pasted. Finally, its generic and spe- cific name should be written legibly at the lower right-\\i.x\.^ corner. All the specimens belonging to one genus should then be collected together and placed between the folds of a sheet of paper, half an inch wider and longer when folded than the half-sheets upon which the specimens are mounted. These "genera covers " may be of the same paper, or a smooth brown paper may be emi:)loypd for the purpose. On the outside of the genera covers, at the lower /<^/-hard corner, the name of the genus should be written in a \ A bold hand. The whole may be transferred to a deal box, the front of which ;: movable as well as the lid, being hinged to the bottom, so as to fall down and ..u fla', '^n the table. The lid may be so contrived as to hold the front in its place whc closed. A deal box, nine inches deep, thirteei. inches wide, and twenty inches long, will hold a good collection, and if this ever should prove too small for the number of specimens obtained, a second box of the same dimensions will remedy the evil. If it is considered desirable, a little camphor may be kept with the specimens, but the best preservative will be to look them all over, and thus allow the air to have access to them, once in every six months. With such precautions a colleo tion may be preserved uninjured for years, provided always chat it is kept in $ dry place — not moderately, but thoroughly dry — or " mouk^ " may inju.e irremediably what insects have spared. A neat little collection of ferns, of smaller pretensions, and less claims to be regarded in a scientific light, may be arranged in a kind of album c scrap-book, with " guards" introduced by the binder sufficient to compensate for the extra thickness caused by the insertion of the specimens. A tinted paper is often used in the manufacture of these books, which good taste may transform into a very interesting volume for the drawing-room table. In collecting flowering plants it is essential that the plants should be Lollect*;d when in flower, and, if possible, specimens in fruit should be collected and dtieu therewitii. This will seldom be possible, but a later visit to the same sp',>t maji fiwuiih fruiting specimens,, which may be dried and placed with the flowering i» !<'li 1^ n \ i^B I I i 1 1 s 1 ■^Bt 1 i ^ 652 PRESERVING FLOWERS. portion. Wherever the plant is small, or of moderate size, the whole of it, in- r.ludhig the root, should be gathered, as this will make the specimens more valu- able for reference and comparison, and give a bett;;r idea of the plant. If the seeds are being shed, they should be collected and placed in a small envelope, which may be fastened on tlie sheet beside the plant when it is mounted for the herbarium. Stems which are too thick to lie flat, especially such as are woody, should be pared down at the back with a sharp knife, care being taken ,iot to interfere with the front or exposed portion of the specimen. Caution. — Never omit to place a label with every specimen, stating where it was found, and the date of the month and year in which it was collected. A good collection in all other points is almost valueless if this caution is not regarded. Never put dried plants away or enclose them in a box, until thoroughly dry, tir they will become mouldy. Take care to keep them, when dry, in a dry place. Preserved Flowers. The Preservation of Flowers, in their natural forms and colors, is an entirely new article of tridc th^t has arisen in Germany. Erfurt, the city of nurserymen and Tiorists, excels in manufacturing bouquets, wreaths, floral decorations for rooms, dinner tables, etc., made of such flowers. We are glad that we are enabled to lay bcfc re our readers the iitodus operandi, by translating for them the following article from tlie " Deutsches Magazin fur Garten und Blumenkunde." virst condition : Get a good quantity of fine sand, wash it till all the soluble particles are gone; you can test it by pouring the water ofi" till it looks quite cle.ir ; when you aio quite sure of the fact, pour the sand on stones or boards placed aslant, so tliat the water can run off, and let it get dry either by sun or fiip — p'.rfectly dry. Tlien ])ass the sand through a sieve, so that all dusty par- tides dis-ippear from it, as there will be such, which washing and drying will not have removed. Then pass it through a coarse sieve, so as to get rid of too large grains. When that is done, your sand shall be a mass of fine particles, of nearly eqril size, as is, for instance, the sn-rallcd silver sand, used for writing. Keep the sand- in a very dry, and, if possible, also in a warm place, that no vitalizing quality may remain in it. Cut the flowers in a fully developed state, taking care that they are neither wet nor moist by dew, rain, etc. If you cannct obtain them in any other con- dition, then the following troublesome proceeding will render them dry. Take ouie or two ilowers at a time, and put them into a glass, into which jxuir just rnough water for the ends to stand in ; the flower will then dry, and still suck ,ip water enough not to fade. Next, got x box or pot, or anything large enough to receive your flower ot floA'ers; pour sand enough into it t. enable them to stand by themselves, theii ne!r:s embt-dded in the sand. And now for that part of the work which calls ii|k>n your whole skill and your most delicate fingering. You have to fill up the 1 TO MAKE AN yEOLIAN HARP. 653 box above tlu; level uf tlie flowers with sand, so that the flowers are completely embedded in n. By means of a tube, or a funnel, or a sieve, you can do it la such a way that every particle of the flower rests in sand, and that your filling uj* shall not have crumpled or displaced the smallest jietal. Of course, such q thing can be done only in a very slow way by a beginner. Take care not to shake your box, lest the flower inside might get hurt. Carry it to a place both dry and warm, that all the moisture in the flower may pass into the sand, which, being porous, is in turn acted upon, and will let the moisture pass entirely out and get evaporated. Avoid, however, positive heat, or the colors of the flower will fade ; whilst at too low a temperature, the moisture in the flower will not dry quickly enough, and so rot it. The warmth should, as a general thing, never exceed 100*^'. When you are sure that your flowers have fully dried — a thing a very little practice in touching the box will teach you — the thing is done. Open the box, and by holding it in a slanting direction, let so much sand run out that you can lift the flower by the stem ; by turning it upside down, shaking it gently, and, if necessary, blowing on it, all the sand will be removed, and you have the flower in its most perfect form — a little brittle, to be sure, in such a dry state as this, and therefore requiring careful handling ; but a few days' exposure to the atmosphere will have imparted moisture enough to it to make it considerably less brittle. You now see why we cannot do with the larger grains of sand : they would press unequally, and spoil the flower, which forever retains all the marks of such pressure ; nor with the dusty particles of the sand, because they, as well as the soluble particles which we have removed by washing, would adhere to the hairy and velvety parts of the flower, would never be got rid of, and would materially impair the original beauty. The very newest feature about this art is, that the discovery how to preserve flowers in their natural state is quite an old affair, long forgotten, which has been restored on account of the increasing demand for bouquets. To Make an JEolian Harp. An instrument of the kind about to be described seems to be of very ancient origin, but was reintroduced during the last century. The .^olian harp pro- duces a very pleasing, melodious sound, especially in the open air, and is not difficult to construct, A long, narrow box, the length of a window, or the position in which it is to be placed, is the first requisite; it must be made of thin deal, four inches deep and five in width. At the extremities of the top glue two pieces of oak about half an inch high and a quarter of an inch thick, for bridges to which the strings are to be fixed ; 7aiViin the box, at each end, glue two pieces of beech-wood, about an inch square and the width of the box. Into one of the bridges fix seven pegs, such as are used for piano strings ; into the other bridge fasten the same number of small brass pins ; and to these ii ! ■ HB <■ I fflp ^B ^1 it r I 11 fl 1 *' 1 11 654 ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. pins fix one end of the strings, made of small catgut, and twist the other erJ of the strings around the pegs; then tune them in unison. Place over the top of the strings a thin board, supported by four pegs, and about three inches from the sounding-board, to procure a free passage for the wind. The harp should be exposed to the wind at a partly open window; to increase the draught of air, the door, or an opposite window in the room, should be open. The strings, in a current of air. sound in unison ; and with the increasing or decreasing force of the current, the melody changes into pleasing, soft, low sounds and diatonic scales, which unite and occasionally form very delightful musical tones. If the harp can be placed in a suitable position, so as to receive a sufficient draught of air, in a grotto, or romantically situated arbor, or hidden in some shady nook near a waterfall, the effect of its sweet sounds is very charming. A Series of Rules for Healthful Exercises De- signed to Develop the Bodily Strength and Promote the Health of the Young. The art gymnastic consists in regulating the voluntary motions of the body^ and giving them more strength and precision. The immediate effect is an increase both in size and power of the parts exercised, in consequence of an admirable law, which obtains in living bodies, that (within certain limits) in proportion to the exertion which is required to be made, a part increases, not only in strength and fitness, but also in size. This effect is not only local, but the whole of the functions of the body participate in the increased activity, and the mind (if it at the same time be judiciously cultivated) acquires strength, and is made more capable of prolonged exertion. If, then, bodily exercises are neglected, as they too often are by those who follow a sedentary occupation, the ill effects are soon exhibited, not only by people who are employed in-door^, but by others who neglect to take some active exercise in their leisure hours. The difference which is apparent in the appearance of the scholars in a girls' school when compared with the next boys* school in a large town, can only be attrib- uted to the same cause. The increase in the mental activity would more than compensate for the loss of time bestowed on a proper system of exercises, while the pupils would be healthy and robust. The evils of deficiency are onlj equalled by the evils of excess.' In this as in most other things, the via media ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 655 B the only safe road to success, health, and happiness. But girls should have a much modified rnnrse of exercises on account of their greater delicacy and less strength. Attention should uv paid to tlie regularity of breathing. Whatever increases the capacity of breathing in.; -oves the health, and the greatest attention is given to this point by all gymnaa::' teachers. Good wind is necessary for all feats — for the enjoyment of out-door ^.j-^rcise of every description. It may be wonderfully improved by reading aloud, c^ ♦aking long inspirations on fir^t rising in the morning, either in-doors or befort ^n open window, or, betier still, in a garden, at first cautiously, but it may be continued for ten minutes at a time. Few things are better as a guard against consumption, and for improving the breathing generally. The dress, too, must be considered. It should be loose fitting, and, if pos- sible, of flannel, confined with a belt round the waist. Taste will dictate the color, and convenience the width of the belt. The shoes should be of soft leather, light, and made like Irish "brogues," without heels. Sudden transitions are to be avoided. Exercise to be of use should begin gently and terminate in the same manner. The left hand and arm should be exercised until they Vjecome strong like those of the right. Beware of draughts; 'being cooled too quickly when perspiring is injudicious. Drinking when hot and getting into a cold current of air must be avoided. A coat or wrapper should be handy to cover the body the moment exercise is over. No exertion should be carried to excess, as that only exhausts the body. Strength will come surely and gradually. Economize your power. Do not waste your energies. Avoid kicking with your legs when performing a feat with your arms and hands. Do what you have got to do quickly and easily- The best gymnasts are those who perform their feats with the least efTort. Free Movements. Exercise i. — Lay yourself on your back in bed, if you like, but the floor is better. Keep the body stiff, and let your arms lie close to your sides. Legs and heels to lie in the same line. Now, without moving the heelr,, raise the body perpendicular from the hips upwards, without moving your legs. How strange you could not do it easily ! Lie down and try again. Better done this time. Just cross your arms over your breast, and " try again." Practise this ere you rise, varying it by clasping the hands over the head, and raise the t)ody as before, keeping the arms on a line with the shoulders. This is a practical illustration of domestic gymnastics, which you may try before you rise. Exercise 2. — Try and raise the right leg gradually, until it is perpendicular. Now lower it again by raising the body until it rests by the side of the other. Try the same movement with the left leg. When you can do this easily, try both together. Rather funny, isn't it, to have a gymnastic lesson in bed? I 656 ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. When your back will bear the strain, endeavor to raise the lower extremities and pelvis so as to touch the pillow behind your head with your toes. This is not diffii ult, and on a hard mattress is excellent practice for the muscles of the posterior portion of the human frame. Keep the arms extended, resting on the mattress, the knees stretched. Return gradually to yotir old positi jn, and you will fnul yourself quietly seated on the floor. Ni)\v vary the niovcnieut by sitting up, bend the knees, lay the soles of your feet flat against each other. Extend your arms, and hold the lower part of your legs steadily between youl hands. Lower yourself on your back; carry your Icfjs over your heels ; keep your arms full extended ; make a slight contrary movement, and return to your original position. If you prefer it, you may try Exercise 3. — Turn your face to the mattress (for, of course, you are not so effeminate as to sleep on a feather beil), and extend yourself longitudinally, sup- porting yourself by the strength of your arms and toes; the hands must be turned inward, and the fingers point towards each other. Now allow the body to sink slowly, let the arms bend gently, still keeping the bodv extended, without permitting the stomach to rest. Touch the hands with tlie lips, and return slowly to first position. Repeat the movement dclilxrately again and again. A very useful variation may be thus performed. While in tlie foregoing position, put the right hand under the right hip, leave the left hand in its place as before. Allow the body to sink, gently bend the arms, keep the body still extended on the toes, touch the left hand with the lips, and return to first position, and restore the right hand to its place. Repeat the movement with the left hand under tiie left hip, and you will have exercised many of the most important muscles of the body. Now you may get up and recollect that your lungs have been lying all night breathing slowly. Remember they are like a bladder in their otnicture, and can be stretched open to double their ordinary size with perfect safety. Expand the chest, and defy consumption. On rising from the ])jd, place yourself in an erect posture, throw your chest forwanl and your shoulders entirely olT your chest. Now take a long inspiration, suck in all the air you can — inhale nature's universal medium — the common air — so as to fill your lungs. Hold your breath, throw your arms behind, holding your breath as long as possible. Now for the sponge bath, if a shower-bath is not handy. Rub yourself dry with a coarse towel — do not be afraid of a little friction — and we will then proceed. When we come to deal with ai)j)aratus, we shall have something to say of a chest expander which may be used with advantage in the early morning in the bedroom. Before the gymnast proceeds further with his morning exercise, a draught of water and a piece of crust will assist him materially. He may then try Exercise 4. — This is a very simple movent- nt. The body is placed upright, with the feet together. The arms are extended and the body thrown on alter- nate sides, until the hands nearly touch the floor. This exercise will be fomd useful in all cases where any ill habit or contraction has been acquired by ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 657 ffdentary habits, as a consequence of wrong positions in sitting, writing, Klccping, or where there is some natural inclination to deformity. The exorcise may be continued with any degree of force, and varied jccording to the strLaf,'lli of the pui)il. Excrc isc 5.— By this time the pupil will have acquired a knowledoft of what muscles he has, and of the use he can make of them. Simple as the exercises have been, it will be found that some of the muscles are stiff and not easily moved, yet it will soon wear off, and the pupil will rejoice in the freedom of hi> limbs. He may now proceed to the "extension" movements. Place the feet close together and the toes across a straight line, so as to mark the situation of the feet ; place the hands by the side, elevate them quickly above the head, and bring them forcibly and energetically down. Ciose the hands, palm upwards, and bring the fists dose to the shoulders. Drive them forth, as if into your inveterate enemy, and then bring them back until your hands are level with your bides. Repeat each movement again and again— up, down, forward, back- ward. I'his exercise is useful to old and young, and possesses the advantage of being resorted to in all times and places, and brings into play the thoracic, dorsal, atrd abdominal muscles. Exercise 6.— Stand upright. Stretch out the hands straight at the sliouldcrs before the body, and place the palms of the hands together. Now slowly sepa- rate the hands, keep them at the same level, the arms straight, and try to make the backs of the hands maet behind you. This, to all, at the commencement, seems to lie impossible ; yet as the chest expands it becomes perfectly easy, though at first it will make the shoulders and chest rather stiff. Exercise 7. — Stand in the same position. Grasp the left hand with the right, bring the arrf . behind the head, and move them from one side to the other. This brings the pectoral muscles into play with those round the shoulder. Exercise 8. — Stand as before. Place the hands behind and let the palm*, touch, with the fingers pointing downwards. Now turn the fingers inward, and bring the hands as high as possible up the back, taking care to keep the palm* of the hands close together. Exercise 9. — Position as before. Close the hands, draw the elbows back until the hands touch the sides, and move them backwards and forwards until they move easily. You may now try the circular movement, which is one of the best methods of enlarging the capacity of the air-cells of the lungs. You may strike the palms and wrists together as they pass in front. Every one of these exercises can be done in a bed-room, parlor, or study. E.xercise 10. — Stand as before. Bring the arms quickly in front as high as the shoulders. Turn the nails upwards, then swing them forcibly backwards, at the same time turning the nails backward. Keep the body perfectly upright. Do this slowly many times. Stretch the arms and place the palms together, keep the arms at same level, and bring the hands behind yuu>. ar.!.i vr ; to mako m IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) fe // V#3^ /- 1.0 I.I If: ilM IIM I ^ IIM It i^ 12.0 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 .^ 6" ► V] <^ W ^/^J^s /, "•> "J* Photographic Sdences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ' 6$ 8 ELEMENTAR Y G YMNASTICS. .ihem meet. This movement ought to be tried night and morning, until the hands touch easily. Exercise ii. — A very powerful method of giving full play to the muscles of the chest, is here represented. Bring the right hand to the left shoulder. Ex- tend the left arm on a line with the shoulder. Throw the right arm by the right side, place the left arm on the right shoulder, and change the positions alternately several times. Then proceed to the next movement. 0{3en the hands, raise the arms sideways, and touch the back of the hands straight over' the head. , . The foregoing exercises all more or less tend to exercise the muscles of the arms, chest, neck, and to give free play to the respiratory organs ; they may be varied in their order, or alternated with any of the following, which call other muscles into play, producing at first, in some instances, a painfully delightful sensation. Exercise 12. — Amongst the old "extension" motions taught to our soldiers are two which find an appropriate place here. The first practice is to stand upright, witli the heels together, raise the arms straight upwards, the palms in front. Bend the body forward until the fingers touch the ground. The knees must be kept straight. This must be practised until a coin can be picked up with ease at each heel. Exercise 13. — Take a staff or stick about three feet and a half long. Grasp each end firmly over by the hands, with the ends of the fingers towards the body, now raise the stick over the head, keeping the elbows straight, and hands firm until the stick touches the thighs. This is a severe but excellent exercise. Exercise 14. — Before you commence the following movements, strengthen the toes by raising the body on them with a stiff leg and straight knees as high as possible ; do it slowly, again and again ; vary it by stepping from the toes, jumping from the toes, keeping the knees straight and the body upright. Place the hands on the hips, left leg in front, toe towards the ground, and jump for- ward on the right toe. Use both legs alternately. Exercise 15. — This will prove a somewhat difficult exercise at first, and will require the muscles of the leg and hips to be powerfully exerted. As you stand •upright, lift the left foot behind, bend the right knee, lower the body gradually antit you touch the ground with the left knee. Rise again ; do it slowly with each leg in succession. Exercise 16. — Stand upright as before. Extend the right arm at a right Migle with the body, attempt to kick the hand with the right foot. It cannot) be done at first, and may be tried with each leg and foot successively. This exercise may be varied by attempting to kick the back of the thighs with the heels alternately and rapidly. A third variation of the kicking practice, is to kick the chest with the knee, care being taken that the body is upright and the chest is not bent forward. When proficient in these exercises, try to kick both (thighs together with both heels simultaneously. To perform the last feat well, ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 659 H «Hght spring will be required. Both feet must come down on the same spot. «nd the performer ought not to lose his balance. Exercise 17.— Place both feet together, and the hands on the hips. Kneel slowly until both knees rest on the ground. Rise again without removing the hands from the hips, or the toes from a given line. Vary this by crossing the toes. Bend the knees gradually until you sit down d la Tun. Rise again without moving the hands from the hips. Very hard, this. Exercise 18.— You have probably found your level ere you have become pro- ficient with the foregoing. Close your feet, extend your arms in front, raise the left leg in front, bend the right knee gradually, and sit down in the same position. Try both legs alternately. This feat will at first seem a poser, but it is not so impossible as it at first appears. Exercise 19. — This is a pleasant amusement both for old and young, and if done properly, calls, it is said, Ihref^ hundred muscles into play. Place the feet close together, put the hands on the hips, rise on the toes, bend the knees and lower the body gradually till the thighs touch the heels. Extend your arms in front and fall forward, not on your nose but on your hands and toes. Keep the knees straight and body stiff. Now take a piece of chalk and mark with the right hand as far as you can. Now let your companion try and do the same. By a little competition and practice, it will be found that each trial will show an improvement in the length of stretch. You should spring from the ground At a bound, and clap your hands as you rise. Exercise 20. — Stand with your feet close together, and hands on hips, jump up and spread out the legs, close them, and cross them alternately. Keep the toes pointed, or else they will come into collision with each other as they cross. Exercise 21. — A pleasant feat is to jump through the hands held in front of the body, with the tips of the middle fingers together. Be careful though of your chin or your knees will catch it, which is far from pleasant ; heeled shoes will also come in contact in anything but an agreeable manner with your thumbs. A variation of this is to have a staff or stick about three feet long, and hold it with the hands about a yard apart. Stoop down, place your knuckles on the ground in front of your toes, holding tight the stick. Try and step over the stick without losing your grasp or moving the knuckles from the ground. Exercise 22. — If you have a friend a few other simple exercises may be com- bined. Two persons can sit down facing each other on the floor, with the soles of their feet touching. Then grasp a stick with their hands together, and pull against each other ; first, with the knees straight ; second, with them bent ; and thirdly, with the legs apart. Or they may stand up facing each other, with toe? opposite. Take hold of each other's hands, lean back and go quickly rounrt. A third exercise with two persons is to place the left hand on the hips, with the right foot in front, lock the middle finger in each other's right hand, and puh t>ackward. 1' I I? I! 66o ELEMEh^TARY GYMNASTICS. Bxercise 33. — Minor variations of these elementary and parlor gymnastics suggest themselves, particularly if any portion of the body is not exercised by the daily avocations. Either arm may be advanced, and the hands turned inwards, upwards and outwards. Subrotatory and various twisting motions of the body may be performed, the head may be turned and twisted, and carried from side to side, the body turned partly round at the loins, or one leg may remain stationary, and the other moved round as far as possible on both sides. The exercises are varied in various ways, such as jumping over joined hands, by the gymnast placing a hand on the shoulder of each companion, and returning by a backward somersault, his companions assisting him during the leap. Exercises with Furniture. Ere we begin with the ordinary apparatus, let us describe a method of domestic practice, eminently suited to the sedentary. The chairs to be used in these exercises must be of the kitchen variety, firm and strong. Exercise 24. — Place yourself between two chairs of the same height, each hand on the back of a chair, the seats of which are turned outwards. Rest the whole weight of the body on both vrists, keeping the arms extended, and raise the lower part of the body into a parallel line with the wrists. This position must be preserved for some seconds. Then allow the inferior extremities to descend gradually, and return to first position. Exercise 25. — The hands on the back of the chairs, and supporting the body by the wrists, as in the foregoing exercise. Bend the knees and descend gently, till the knees almost touch the ground. Then rise in the same manner by the assistance of the wrists and shoulders, and return to first p>osition. Exercise 26. — Standing between two chairs, the seats of which are turned in- wards, place a hand on each edge, keeping the thumbs inwards, the knees bent, the feet close together, and the heels raised. Then raise the body on the wrists, and extend forward the lower extremities, at the same time straightening them, and thus descend gently to the ground. Rise again, slill keeping the lower extremities extended in front, and return to first position. Exercise 27. — Being placed between two chairs, the back of one turned in and the other out, with the right hand on the back of one and the left on the seat of the other, gently raise the lower extremities and extend them in front ; the upper part of the body to remain perpendicular, and supported on the wrists. Then raise the lower extremities, bearing the whole weight of the body on the \e\ wrist, and place both legs on the back of the chair by a gentle and regular impulse. Return to the first position by the same means, and perform the same 4^xercise on the opposite side. Exercise 38. — A chair being fixed on the ground so as no*^ to move, place both hands on the sides of its back; then raise the body on the wrists, and elevate tli9 ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 661 lower extremities to a horizontal line. Allow the legs to descend gradually to first position. Exercise 29. — Two chairs being placed with the seats inwards, put the right foot between them, the left knee to be bent towards the floor, both hands fixed on the edges of the seats, and the right knee supporting the body. Then en- deavor to bring the lips to the floor by extending the left knee and allowing the right to go to the floor. Rise by a contrary movement, and return to first position. Repeat exercise with the left side. Exercise 30. — An arm-chair being placed in the middle of the room, place yourself facing the seat, with a hand on each arm of the chair, and raise the body on the wrists, at the same time raising and crossing the legs ; then pass them for* ward between the arms, straightening the knees, and carry them over the back of the chair without touching it. Cross them again and return to first position. Repeat this exercise many times, until the muscles of the upper part of the body are strong enough to accomplish it with ease. Exercise 31. — {With a bench.) — First place yourself upright on the bench, with the toes close together on its edge; then allow the body to descend grcdually by bending the knees and supporting its weight upon them. The elbows must be kept close to the body, the forearm extended and the fist doubled; then rising gently return to first position; repeat several times. Second. — Being seated across the bench or form, fix a hand on each side and raise the body on the wrists, the knees bent and raised to the height of the hips, tiiC body to lean forward, and in this position move along the form to the end} then make the same movement back again. Exercise 32. — Place both heels together, bend the body and knees with the elbows close to the body ; then rising and extending the arms behind, and in- clining the body forward, by means of a strong impulse, take a jump, at the same time carrying the arms forward and descending on the toes, taking care to bend the knees. Repeat many times. This exercise can be performed with very little space. Exercise 33. — A tab'tf, four or five feet wide, being placed in the middle of the room, the individual stands seven or eight feet from it; then lake a run, with the right foot foremost, and, when near the table, put the hands on the centre of it, with the right in front and the left behind; by a strong impulse he must then raise the body by the strength of the arms, and jump to the other side of the table, with his feet together and the knees bent. Balaminq. An essential feature in gymnastics is the preservation of the equilibrium of the body, called balancing. If we try to balance with one hand a small stick, feather, or other object, we find how easy it is by a little judicious arrangement ' of a few dexterous movements to prevent it falling. If we apply the same facul- Iks to the body, we acquire hardihood, presence of mind, and justness of eye, 663 ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. and a readiness at avoiding a fall by leaping. In exercising one's self ia balancing, it is usual to commence standing on one leg alternately until it can; be done with ease. When a man stands in an ordinary position the. centre of gravity passes down the spine between the feet, and of course every movement of the body changes the centre of gravity; it is never fixed. The body bends, forward on one side according to the weight it bears on the other. A pole is. Used by professional balancers, though some of the best feats are to be done by the mere use of the arms and body without any mechanical help. After a steady balance can be kept on one leg on the gr )iind, the gymnast passes to the edge of a brick or a i)ole lying on the ground before he mounts either the parallel or horizontal bar. There are several ways of mounting a bar if it is no higher than the knee or thigh : the foot is placed on it, the hands are extended in front, and the body gradually raised. Another method is to sit astride on the bar, and with a sudden spring bring both feet on to the bar, the feet crossing each other at the heels, at the same time raising the body to an upright position. Unless a good balance is kept, it cannot be done. On the Parallel Bars. We are now out of doors, and we will try our strength and skill on the parallel bars. They are formed of two pieces of wood, from six to eight feet long, four inches square, rounded at the top, so that the hand will rest on them easily. About eighteen inches apart and four feet high will be found to be the most convenient, but they may bo fixed and varied at pleasure. If intended to be permanent, they can be fixed on four po.sis driven into the ground ; but those fixed into a stout movable frame work we like the best, as they can be used either in or out of doors. These exercises are useful in strengthening the chest and thoracic limbs, and medical men recommend them in order to extend and develop the ligament and intervertebral cartilages in spinal deviations. A thousand and one fjata may be performed on tlie parallel bars. Exercise 34. — First Position. — Place yourself between the bars in the centre; put your handj on the right and left bars at the same time. A sliglit spring will raise the body on to tlic wrists. The legs must be kept close. The first position may also be obtained by an upward spring, and then place the lianda on the bars. After the wrists become accustomed to the weight and [)osilion of the bars, try The Walk. Use your hands instead of your feet to move to and fro. It is not difficult, but tiresome. It must be done regularly, with the fcead above the shoulders. The weight of the body must be kept on the rigid arm, while the other moves forward. The Swing may be next ijerformed. Communicate to your body a gentle movement backwards and forwards, until it moves freely ; the knees straight, and the feet touching each other. The swing may be increased, until in both the backward and forward movements the legs are nearly Jipright over the head, the arm-sockets forming the pivot. Exercise 35. — Rising and Sinking. — Being in the first position, place tha ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 66t IB in? legs backwards, the heels close to the upper part of the thighs. Lower yourself gently from this position, until your elbows nearly meet behind he back. Remaia in this attitude a short time, then rise gently, carefully avoiding touching the ground with your feet. You may vary this exercise by sinking gradually down as before, and kissing the bar behind each hand alternately. This is a graceful movement, but do not spoil it by touching the ground with your knees. Exercise 36. — A good and useiul position is the Letter L, as it is fancifully called. The legs are drawn up at right angles with the body, while the knees' are kept straight. It may be varied by the hands being clasped outside tlic bars whilst standing on the ground and forming the same figure underneath the bars. Exercise 37. — The gymnast will now be able to vary the preliminary exercise? by throwing his legs over either bar whilst swinging, and sit on the bar, or he may give himself a greater impetus and throw himself entirely over the bar on to the ground. He may proceed along the bar by a series of jumps with th^ hands more or less quick, or he can drop on the forearm, and let the elbow and wrist be supported by the bar, and swing in that position. Rise and drop into that position until it can be done surely and without effort. A nimble movement is to take the right hand from its position, and to touch the left-hand bar with the right hand. Try the same movement with the left hand, and when it can be done easily, try and perform the same movement by passing the hands behind the back in touching the bars. Exercise 38. — Several pretty feats on the parallel bars require some little' agility, but if the elementary free movements have been practised, they can be easily performed. To stand on the bars, you must secure a good balance whilst astride on one of the bars. The sole of one foot may now be placed on the bar, and the toe of the other foot slipped underneath it. By means of this toe draw yourself to an upright position, and bring both feet together. To do thia properly, you will have to practise balancing, as before described, or you may' get an ugly fall. Stand in the first position, throw one leg over each bar, and' rest your hands on the bar behind the legs. Remember your swinging practice. Disengage the feet, swing boldly through the bars, and when your legs are fairly through the bars, extend them and seat yourself astride, with your face in the opposite direction. Swing at one end of the bars, and when in full course spring forward, catch the bars with the hands, when the body, if it is gracefully done, will be in the position of the lowered body. If not done carefully, bte- ware of how you fall. The curling movement commences with tlie second style of the letter L. Count eight or ten, and then turn slowly over, keeping the knees straight until you hang in reverse. Come slowly back, until you assume the original position. Another good movement is to slide the hands forward and the legs backward ; put tne toes over the bars until you form th? Indian Cradle. This does not give a pleasant sensation. After a short In- terval draw yourself up again. These exercises are not necessarily performed is the ord»»- given. They may be varied almost ad infinitum. I 664 ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS, Climbing. Exercise 39. — Procure a stout board, and, according to its length, set it against the wall at an angle of from 30° to 45°. Seize both sides of the board, place the feet flat in the centre, and ascend by moving hands and feet, in short steps, alternately. This exercise throws great stress on the muscles of the loin and back, as well as the extensor muscles. A pole may be ascended in the same manner, but care must be taken that the shoes are not slippery. This movement can be performed in a room. Exercise 40. — Procure a ladder, and raise the body by seizing hold of the rundles alternately underneath. Bring the elbow of the lower arm sharp to the side, previously to pulling up the body by the other. The legs should be kept as close as possible. Exercise 41. — In climbing up a scaffold or other pole, which may be done by grasping it with both hands, the right above the left, the legs should alternately gi'asp the pole in the ascent by means of the great toe, which is turned towards the pole. In descending, be careful not to come down too fast. The friction must be thrown on the inner part of the thighs, and the hands left compara- tively free. In climbing trees, care should be taken to use the hands more than the legs, and great caution should be used in laying hold of withered branches, or they may suddenly give way. Try each branch separately with the hands in going up, and with the feet in going down, ere you trust your body to it. Exercise 42. — Rope-climbing is an 'Excellent as well as a most useful exercise. It is comparatively easy to cumb a knotted rope, or one in which short cross pieces are inserted ; but the true gymnast despises such aids, and pulls himself up by his hands alone. But ere he can attain this dexterity he must make use of his feet somewhat. A sailor passes the rope from the hands between his thighs, twists it round one leg just below the knee and over the instep. The other foot presses on the rope, and thus a firm hold is secured. When descend- ing, beware of letting the rope slip, or the skin will be torn from the flesh. Put one hand under another. Some clever climbers descend head foremost, and this is by no means difficult, as the rope is held by the feet. Exercise 43. — Seize the rope about a yard from the ground, and mn with it as far as you can. Let go and swing yourself forward, marking the spot where the toes touch the gro'tnd; but this leads us to The Giant Stride. This curious piece of gymnastic furniture is familiar to most school-boys. It is like a gigantic umbrella stick, with ropes in place of the familiar whalebone and gingham. This "flying step" is generally much abused: the boys run round it, instead of taking flying jumps over a ten-foot pole, to set the blood aglow, and perform a series of evolutions which, for grace and agility, would make a poor dyspeptic patient blush for shame. The ropes attached to the ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 665 KYolving iron cap should be fitted with a stout cross-bar of elm or ash, about tiro feet in length. Hold these staffs at arms' length, and run round the pole ontil the whole body assumes the same line as the rope, and the feet touch tho ground only at intervals. Practise this from left to right and right to letl. When the plain circle can be done with ease, a series of smaller circles with the feet whilst going round the pole. A string from the upright may be passed outside at various heights, which may be leaped by the mere action of the cen- trifugal force, as high as ten feet, easily by a boy. Be careful, however, not to lose your balance 1 On the Horizontal Bar, Every one knows what a horizontal bar is, and its construction. One of the best of many modes of construction, particularly where the space is limited, is to have two strong upright posts, firmly fixed in the ground, from fourteen to sixteen feet high, fitted with mortice holes to admit the horizontal bar. One of the posts should be fitted with notches, to allow the gymnast to reach the top easily or to descend. The bar at first should be placed just out of reach of the hands of the gymnast, ihat a small spring is necessary to grasp it. Many of the feats on the horizontal bar here described may be performed on a •winging bar, as proficiency is attained. At first the bar should be firm, and the gymnast should grasp it with the hand, not with the thumb and fingers. The thumb should rest by the side of the fingers, which should assume a hook- like form. Exercise 44. — The first exercise is to hang on to the pole, the body remaining loose and straight in a natural position. Gradually let the body hang by one hand until the arms are accustomed to the weight of the body. Be cool, and do not twist, or down you will come. When the arms are used to the weight of the body, attempt to walk along the pole, moving first one hand and then the other. The body must be kept as still as possible. You may vary this by placing one hand at each side of the bar. It will soon become easy. Exercise 45. — Seize the bar with both hands and attempt to raise the body up to the bar until it is on a level with the breast. Lower yourself gradually, and continue the exercise until it is easy and familiar. A good gymnast can do this a dozen times successively without experiencing fatigue. When it can be done easily, the body may be raised to the full extent of the arm. This exerts the muscles powerfully, and requires a strong effort. Exercise 46. — Now try the swing by the hands on the bar. It gives a peculiar sensation, but you soon become accustomed to it. When at the swing, accustom yourself to let go the bar and spring forward or backward on to the feet. Exercise 47. — Raise the body as high as possible, throw the arms over the bar, holding firmly by them. This relieves the pressure on the wrists, and is « very useful exercise, particularly when the body is raised from the ground and held up by one arm. To do this, however, the arm mtist be passed underneatt : 1 666 ELEMENTAK Y G YMNASTtCS. the bar, which must be pressed firmly between the hand and shoulder. Bach arm should be tried alccrnuteiy. Exercise 4S, — After raising yourself to the full extent of the arms, change your hands, and curl over the bar, dropping lightly on to the feet. The chang- ing hands iy to reverse tiie position of the finger points on the bar, and in this instance they must be turned towards the boily. Exercise 49. — Kicking the liar. — This feat is performed by hanging by the hands and drawing up the feet until tiie instep touches the pole. The head must be thrown well back, to counterbalance the legs and feet. Do thii slowly, and beware of unnecessary jerks and strains wlien this can be easily accomplished. Exercise 50. — May be tried. The legs are raised as in kicking the bar, but the feet are passed underneath the pole until the body hangs down with the arms twisted. The gymnast may drop on to the ground after this, or he may try to bring the body and legs back again. This will be found very diffi- cult to all but the very young and su])ple. The strain on the twisted arms is very great. Exercise 51. — A series of movements to sit on the bar are thus performed. When hanging on the bar, pass one foot between the hands as in kicking the bar. Hitch the leg over the bar, the other leg must hang as low a'i possible. Give a swing backwards and come up right on the bar. The other leg can be brought over so as to sit on the bar. The same attitude is often assumed by passing both feet under the bar and stretching them straight into the air until the head points to the ground, and the heels to .he air. Draw yourself upwards until the weight of the legs and feet bring you upon the bar seated. In botb t'.iese movements the beginner generally overbalances himself. You may leave the bar wlien seated on it in two ways. One of which is to put the hands on the bvirwith the finger points forward, slide backwards, keeping the knees bent, roll over backwards, and come down on the feet. The second is the vaulting practice. Place both hands on one side, with the fingers away from the body, then with a slight spring bring the feet over the pole and vault to the ground. Exercise 52. — Hitch one leg over the bar and hold on with the hands, ont on eacii side of the bar. Now give a swing backwards until you can give youn self such an impetus as to come right round the bar into the same position. Try the same movement with different legs and with both hands on one side of the bar until you can do it a dozen times without stopping. The hands may be placed on each side of the bar, and the legs raised one on each side and crossed above the bar. Now try and spin round the bar like a fowl on a sjnt ; when you can do this easily, try the reverse way, bring the legs backward over the bar and spring in the Indian Cradle position. This is very difficult. Exercise 53. — From the letter L, as on the parallel bars, count fifty before you drop. Bring the feet through the arms, keeping the knees straight all the time. Place one hand on each side of the bar, form letter L, then bring thu legs upwards and repeat the movement as before, but keep the arms inside the legs. ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. (fyj Exercise >;/.— Sit on the bar, point the fingers to the front, grasp the bai ftrmly on 'ar|\ ijde, let your body slide forward until the bar crosses the small pf the back, ?.nd the elbows i)roject upwards. Draw yourself back again and resume the sitting position. Sit on the bar as before, then suddenly slide back, wards and drop, catching yourself by your bent knees. Be careful to drop per- pendiculurly, and do not communicate any movement to the body. When thii can be easily done, first one log and then the other may be unhooked. . The released leg inay be thrown over the instep or hang loosely. When the begin- ner feels confidence, he may hitch both insteps over the pole, forcing the tots upwards. Loosen the hands from the pole and let the body hang pirpendicu- larly. Drop on to the ground on the hands and spring to the feet. Exercise 55. — Two difficult movements are railed the " trussed fowl," anu the "true lover's knot." To perform the first, you hang on the bar, draw up the feet and place the insteps against the bar. Push the body through the arms, and remain in that position as long as you can. The latter is a school-boy's trick, and very difficult to do. Grasp the bar, pass the left knee throiigii the right arm until the inside of the knee rests against the inside of the right elbow. Now i)ass the right knee over the instep of the left foot, let go the left hand, and with it grasp the right foot. You will now hang by the right hand in an atti- tude that professional tumblers can seldom assume. The Wooden Horse. Every one likes the exercises on the wooden horse. The apparatus is easily made. It only requires a piece of the trunk of a tree, barked and smoothed, firmly fixed on four posts, or legs, so that it cannot be easily pushed over. It should be the height of the gymnast's nose. A little nearer one end than the other, a rough, stout saddle should be placed, with the wooden pommels covered with common leather. Ti-.e hind pommel should be rather higher than the other. 0:i the off side of the horse, a sawdust bed, some four feet square, should be made, on which the gymnast may alight after his jumps. On the near side a spring-board is desirable, but not essential. A slight covering of sand on the near side is, however, absolutely necessary to avoid slips in taking the leaps. Exercise 56. — Commence by standing on the near side of the horse with one hand on each pommel. Spring up, bring the arms straight, until the body is supported by the hands, and the knees rest against the body of the horse. Spring lightly down on the toes, and continue to practise this until it becomes easy and natural. Then jump a little higher, throw the right leg over the saddle, . removing the right hand, and you are mounted. Practise mounting both ways. To dismount, place the left hand on the fore pommel, and the right hand on the saddle. A slight raising of the body, and you can throw yourself off easily. Endeavor also to sustain the body by the hands and arms, whilst the feet are off the ground, by throwing yourself a little way from the horse, so as to yte- pare yourself against the restiveness of a real nag. 668 ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. Exercise 57. — Now then for the knees. Place your hands on the pomirfla. leap up and place the right knee on the saddle; down again, and up with th« left knee on the saddle, when you can do it well and quickly by both knees, but beware of going over. To avoid this by no means uncommon occurrence, practise leaping with both knees on to the saddle, and then lean forward, make a spring and clear the legs from the saddle, and come to the ground. Your mottorin this, as in many other feats, should be "dare and do." Exercise 58. — Mount and seat yourself behind the saddle. Place the left hand on the fore-pommel and the right hand on the hurdle. Swing the body completely round, so as to seat yourself before the saddle. Change hands, and bring yourself into the position from which you started. You may vary this as follows. When mounted, place both hands on the front jwrnmel. Swing your- self as high in the air as you can. Cross your legs whilst doing so, and twist the body so as to seat yourself again on the saddle, but looking in the opposite direction. Try the reverse action, and resume your original position. This is more astonishing than useful. Other feats are ])erformed on the wooden horse, such as vaulting, leaping on to the saddle with one hand on the pom* niels, and turning somersaults over the saddle, jumping through the arms, leap- ing on to the horse as if it had a side-saddle on, but these do not require any special directions. Leaping and Vaulting. Exercise 59. — Leaping was a favorite exercise of the Greeks, and is one 6f the most useful of the gymnastic exercises. It admits of great variety. There is the standing jump, the jump over the hurdle, bar rod, string, or cat-gallows. I^apers first raise the feet and knees in a straight direction, net separating the legs. The body should be inclined forward, the run not too long, and in coming to the ground the fall should not be on the heels, but on the toes and soles of the feet. This is of great imjjortance. Unaided by a pole or other implement, a man can jump, at best, something short of his own height. In a low jump the knees are raised with the spring of the body, but in higher leaps the legs must be kept well under the body. In leaping from a height the balance should be well preserved, as there is a tendency to come down on the nose. In leaping upwards the body must be kept well forward, as there is a .tendency in this instance to fall backwards. In long leaps, the inexperienced generally throw the body over, instead of jumping feet foremost and recovering ^eir balance by the spring of the body. Vaulting. Exercise 60. — To vault with grace and agility is a nice and useful accom- plishment. The hands should be placed on the object, and the body and the legs thrown over it, as illustrated by the exercises on the wooden horse. Vaultcn call throw themselves over a height of five feet six inches to six feet. ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 669 Fom Leapino is now becoming mucli in vogue. TVie pole should be strong enough to bear the weight of the Icapcr without bending, and sound enough not (O fracture at the critical moment. The pole for beginners need not be more than seven feet long, and an attempt should be made to spring short distances with it. The hands should not be placed higher than the head, the right hand «t tlie top, and the left may be placed in the most convenient jjosition. The spring must be taken from the left foot at the instant the pole touches the ground, .and a short run may be taken to give the necessary impetus. Now, in our school- days, we always held the pole until the ground was reached, and of course came down with our face towards the spot from whence we started. But since that period high and perpendicular leaps are taken over a six-feet and higher bar, »nd the pole is left behind. Care must be taken to j)lace the hands high enough, and to have the end of the pole pointed, so that it will remain sticking in the ground. By letting the pole go as the body goes over the bar, the Icaper descends straight forwards as in an ordinary jump. When you loose the bar, push it l)ehind so as to make it fall backwards. As the Icaper goes over the bar, the knees must be bent, so that on touching the ground they will form a spring, and the force of the fall broken. With a light pole and low jump, it is sometimes carried over. In long leaps, us much as eight or ten yards may be cleared. Leaps from a height may be practised, always bearing in mind that the pole must bear your weight, and that on reaching the ground the knees must be bent for the spring. If these directions are followed, you may attain health and agility though you may not attain the skill of leaping over a bar upwards of eleven feet i« heiiiht, or emulate the professional gymnast on the " bars," "wooden horse," «r "swing-poles." 670 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. Giting Practical Directions for Cooking, and Preparing Various Articles J^eeded about the House in the Most Economical Manner, Clear Calf's Foot Jelly. — If you require only a small quantity of jelly, an ox-foot or two calfs feet will make a pint and a half, or perhaps more. Take care to select nice l.-^rge, white-looking, fresh-boiled feet ; and if you can buy them ready cleaned ."'^d scalded, it saves a j^reat deal of trouble. Cut them into pieces, taking out any dark-looking bits ; put them into a stewpan with six pints of cold water and the rinds of two lemons peeled very thin. Let them boil without rr-asing five or six hours, until the liquor is much reduced. Strain it through a ':ullender or sieve, and let it stand a. night. Next morning, take off all th^ lb. of rock alum ; \)i lb. of common whiting; and 3 gallons of water. Soap solu- fon. temperature 100° Fahr. : 3 lbs. of yellow soap, 30 gallons of water, to sr ibs. weight of cloth. I 676 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. Another method is by immersion in a preparation composed of 3 oz. of put verized alum dissolved in i pint of distilled water; and i oz. of dry white-l'^ad rubbed down in one pint of water. The two solutions are mixed and alknvcu to settle ; the liquor constitutes the required agent. Another method by immersion : i oz. of dry white-lead rubbed down in half a pint of watei ; i oz. of pounded alum disso ed in half a pint of water; uiix/ and add 2 fluid drachms of acetic acid, and allow to settle. When the cloth has been immersed in the liquor resulting from cither ot the above solutions, it is passed through a solution of quicklime, and a third ijme through a solution of Irish moss, which acts as a mucilage. Waterproofing in the household maybe easily managed thus: Boil hal. an ounce of Russian isinglass in a pint of soft water till dissolved ; dissolve an ounce of alum in a quart of water ; dissolve a quarter of an ounce of white noap in a pint of water ; strain these solutions separately through linen, and thet- mix them all together. Heat the liquid till it simmers, and apply it with a bru. h to the wrong side of the cloth on a flat table. When dry, brush the cloth \\\. htly with water. This process renders the cloth impervious to water, but not to air, and is therefore a healthy manner of rendering articles waterproof. To Render Leather Boots Waterproof. — Melt over a slow fire, one q lart of boiled linseed oil ; one pound of mutton suet ; three-quarters of a pount, of yellow beeswax ; and half a pound of common resin ; or smaller quantities in these proportions. With this mixture saturate the leather of new boots and shoes, having previously made them rather warm. Steel Pens. — Half the steel pens which are thrown away might be rendered as good as new by dipping in ink, and wiping two or three times, and then scraping inside and outside carefully with an old penknife or scissors, or by boiling in hot water and soda. They simply cease to write well from being clogged with the impurities in which some inks abound more than others. Some persons c-nsider they re-nib steel pens by deftly throwing them as one would throw a javelin in a bare floor or deal table. They must be thrown so as to stick upright in the wood. Three or four throws are sufficient to mend a pen. If not satisfactory, wipe, and throw again. To Ascertain Whether Butter is Adulterated, — When butter is mixed with tallow, it may be usually detected by melting a little of the butter in a spoon, and smelling it, when the smell of the tallow may be at once perceived. Another way to learn whether this substance has been added, is to melt a small piece of butter at a heat not exceeding that of boiling water, and pour it into a wine-glass. Then immediately pour over it two fluid drachms of commercial nitric acid (aqua fortis), and shake them slightly. If the butter employed was pure, it will rise to the surface, and not become opaque for some minutes ; but if it contains much tallow, it will quickly become a more or less opaque white mass, the nature of the change, and the time required, depending on the amount of fat present in the adulterated article. Sometimes butter is adulterated with HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 6-;7 horse-bone oil. In this case, tlie butter is to be shaken up with hot water, until melted, and allowed to collect upon the surface. Remove five drops of this and place them on a watch-glass, and immediately add ten drops of strong sulphuric acid. If the butter has been adulterated with horse-bone oil, a deeper color will be produced than if the butter did not contain that substance. To Prepare Black Ink from Elderberries.— Put a quantity of elderberries into an earthenware pan, bruise them, and let them ferment for three days in a warm temperature. Squeeze out the juice by compressing them in a thick cloth, and filter it. Then add half an otmce of suli)hate of iion (green cop- peras) to each six pints of juice, and mix with it half an ounce of common acetic acid. This ink writes very freely, and flows readily from the pen, nor does it become thick when exposed to the atmosphere, like ordinary writing ink. When this ink is first used, the writing appears of a violet color, but it gradually assumes a deep blue-black hue, owing to the absorption of oxygen from the atmosphere. To Preserve Breao for Long Periods.— Cut the bread into thick slices, and bake .it in an oven, so as to render it perfectly dry. In this condition it will keep good for any length of Ji^me required, and without turning mouldy or sour, like ordinary bread. The bread thus prepared must, however, be carefully pre- served from pressure, otherwise, owing to its brittleness, it will soon fall to pieces. When required for use, it will only be necessary to dip the bread for an instant into warm water, and then hold it before the fire till dry, and then butter it, when it will taste like toast. This is a useful way of preserving bread for sea voyages, and also any bread that may be too stale to be eaten in the usual way. Removing Ink-stains. — As furniture, books, papers, and other articles of value are liable to become disfigured by ink-stains, any information about the safest means of removing them is of value. Owing to the black color of writing- ink depending upon the iron it contains, the usual method is to employ some dilute acid in which the iron is soluble, and this, dissolving out tiie iron, takes away the color of the stain. Almosc any acid will answer for this purpose, but it is of course necessary to employ those only that are not likely to injure the ar- ticles to which we apply them. A solution of oxalic acid may be used for this purpose, and answers very well. It has, however, the great disadvantage of being very poisonous, and thus requiring caution in its use. Citric acid and tar- taric acid, which are quite harmless, are therefore to be preferred, especially as they may be used on the most delicate fabrics without any danger of injuring them. They may also be employed to remove marks of ink from books, as they do not injure printing-ink, into the composition of which iron does not entei. Lemon-juice, which contains citric acid, may also be used for the same purpose, but it does not succeed so well as the pure acid. To Cure the Sting of a Wasp or Bee.— It has been found by experience, that a good remedy for the sting of wasps and bees is to apply to the part af- fected common culinary salt, moistened with a little water. Even in a case iri 678 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. where the patient had incautiously swallowed a wasp in a draught of beer, and been stung by it in the windpipe, the alarming »ymptoms that ensued werf almost instantly relieved by swallowing repeated doses of water, saturated with salt. It is also a fact worth knowing, at the season of the year when wasps are troublesome with their stings, that no application will afford such instantaneous relief as a drop of liquor potassa; (potash water) j indeed, its effects, are so unfailing, that it may be called a specific cure. It operates by neutralizing the injected poison. Families and persons who have the care of children, will do well to have always at hand a small quantity of this solution, which should be kept in a stoppered plual. It is not an expensive application ; a quarter of an ounce will be quite sufficient to order at once, and a single drop plated on the wound — which should be first slightly opened — is all that is required. Sweet oil is also often recommended, if applied immediately. The sting, if possible, should be extracted with hair pincers or tweezers. The swellings which arise from nettle-stings, etc., may be immediately removed by gathering a sprig of the nearest aromatic plant at hand, such as thyme, mint, rosemary, or dock, and rubbing the wound with the juice of it. German Method of Keepjng Cucumbers for Winter Use. — Pare and slice (as for the table), sprinkle well with salt, in which leave tlie cucumbers twenty- four hours; strain the liquor well off, and pack in jars, a thick layer of cucum- ber and then salt alternately ; tie close, and when wanted for use, take out the quantity required, which rinse in fresh water, and dress as usual with pepi)er, vinegar, and oil. To Prevent Broth from Turning Sour. — Broth may be preserved in a good condition for some days, by taking care when first made to skim it well, and strain it, so as to remove every portion of fat from its surface. The broth should be kept in an uncovered vessel in a cool place. In summer the broth should be strained daily, and poured into a clean vessel. To Soften the Skin and Improve the Complexion. — Mix a little flowers of sulphur in afternoon milk — about a wineglassful. Let it stand all night, to be used before washing the next morning. The milk only is to be applied to the skin, without disturbing the sulphur. It must not be used when kept longer than the morning. What to do with Stale Bread. — When stale bread has become so hard that it cannot be eaten, it should be grated into coarse powder, and preserved in wide-mouthed bottles or jars. When kept well-covered up, and in a dry place, it will keep good for a considerable time. Bread thus powdered will be found very useful for the preparation of puddings, stuffings, and similar purposes. How to Preserve Butter. — Expose the butter to a gentle heat in a metal vessel ; when it melts, a quantity of impurities will fall to the bottom of the vessel, and a scum will also rise to me surface, which must be carefully removed. The heat of the fire must now be increased until the butter begins to boil — the if:"ixi. being continually removed, and the butter stirred to prevent the impiiri- HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 679 ties at the bottom of the vessel from burning. When no more scum rises to tl;e lurface of 1 e butter, the boiling must be stopped, some salt added, and tbi melting butter allowed to become so cold that it no longer burns thr finger. Then the clear butter is poured off into jars, the mouths carefully closeJ, and preserved for use. Apple Butter. — Fill a preserving pan with peeled, quartered, and cored apples. Add cloves, allspice, and cinnamon, not too strong. Cover with good cider, and boil slowly, mashing with a wooden spoon, until the whole becomes a dark brown jam, with no more juice than suffices to keep it soft and buttery. To Remove Stains from Woollen Dresses. — Make a thick rubbing of soap on a damp nail-brush. Spread the stained part on a deal table. Scrub with the brush and a sprinkling of water till quite removed. Take a wet cloth and wipe off the soap. To Remove Ink Stains. — If spilt on a table-cloth or carpet, take up quickly ill you can into a spoon, and throw it in a plate or saucer, or any china article tvhich will wash clean, or even in emergency on stout double brown paper. Take a rag or coarse cloth, dip it in cold water, and squeeze it out. Rub the stain with it, and beyond the stain on all sides, quickly and plentifully, till every mark of the ink has disappeared. If very promptly done, no trace will remain. A second wet cloth may be used to finish with. Cloth table-covers are generally recovered this way. Almost any stain falling on a table-cloth, carpet, or hearth-rug can thus be removed by prompt measures. Ink on Linen, Calico, or White Muslin. — Immediately lay the damaged part of the article in i)lenty of milk. Immerse it well. Let it lie. Then nib it well. Let it lie, and rub it alternately all day. Only very hard rubbing wili get it out, bu«- every vestige may be removed. To Improve Sandy Soils. — Mix well together ten o ,i .' stable manure, five loads of clay, twenty bushels of ashes, and an equal junt of lime. Let these remain in a heap for several months, when the compost will be ready to* use By this means poor sandy soils may be brought to a state of permanent fertility. A French Method of Preserving Eggs. — Paint over the surface of the eggs with a thick mucilage of gum arable in water. This may be easily prepared by putting some crushed gum arabic into a teacup, pouring boiling water over it, and allowing it to remain by the fire until dissolved. The commonest kind of gura arabic may be employed for this purpose. When the eggs thus coated are dry, they should be kept in a box surrounded by very dry powdered charcoal. When required for use, the gum may be removed by placing the egg in tepid water. Eggs intended to be thus preserved should be very fresh, kept at a regular and moderate temperature, and preserved from the contact of air and moisture. To Make Blackberry Wine.— Press out the juice from fu!Iy-ripe blackberries Mid kt it ferment, being lightly covered over for a couple of days, when it re- quires to be skimmed, and a half quantity of water, together wirh two or thrc« 68o HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. pounds of raw sugar, added to each gallon of juice ; after which it should remain for about a day and a niglit in an open vessel, be skimmed and strained, poured into a clean cask, and bunged up. A bottle of braniiy added in the cask improves the wine. It should remain at least six months in cask, and then be bottled. How TO Preserve Mii.k. - Pour the milk into a bottle, and place the vessel up to its neck in a sautepanful of water, which is then to be put on the fire, and allowed to boil for a quarter of an hour. The iiottle is now to be removee sent to a cabinet-maker's, and planed and repolished, which will make it look like a new one. Cleaning Bottles. — Tiie fur from the inside of bottles can be removed by putting in small pieces of brown paper in cold water and shaking well about. Cleaning Knives. — Vinegar and fruit stains upon knives can be taken off by rubbing the blades with raw potato, and then polishing on the knife-board in the usual manner. A Cheap Substitute for Soap. — The leaves and flowers of the plant called toap-wort are sometimes boiled in water, and the liquid used instead of soap to wash clothes with. It acts through containing a large qurntity of alkali. Pomade. — Two ounces of lard, two ounces of olive oil, half an ounce of rose oil, and scent to fancy. A Hint on Baking. — A basin of water put into the oven with cakes or pastry ^iU keen them from burning. HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 68 r Prfservation ok Eggs.— No item of food is perhajis more invaluable in domestic economy than the egg. There are several methods of preserving eggs —some for longer times and some for shorter. V/hen it is required to preserve them only for shorter times — say several months— it is inexpcdi.'iu, as well as 'jndesirable, to adopt those processes calcidatod to preserve them for longer times — say a year or more. It must be borne in mind, that in all processes of preserving eggs, it is essential that the eggs should be new-laid when submitted to the process. MouKs OF Preservation for Longer Times.— i. Take a box, barrel, or pan, and cover the bottom with a layer of pounded salt, about half an inch deep; lay upon it a layer of eggs as close together as possible without touching each other ; throw in pounded salt so as to fill up all the interstices between the eggs, and just to cover them ; lay in a second layer of eggs as before, and repeat the process until the box is full. Let the layer of eggs at the top of the box be covered an inch deep in salt, and let the salt be pressed down as firmly as con- sistent with not breaking the eggs. Cover the box tightly with a close lid or double sacking, and keep it in a dry, cool place. Eggs are sometimes placed in a net, a sieve, or a cullender, and immersed for an instant in a cauldron of boiling water immediately before packing them away. 2. Take a bushel of quicklime, three pounds of salt, and half a pound of cream of tartar; place them in a barrel or pan, and mix them, with water, to the consistence of thick cream, just thin enough for the eggs to float in. Place as many eggs as can be contained in this liquid, and cover over with a sack or old blanket. In this way eggs may be kept for a year or two. 3. Place eggs in a tub or barrel, and fill in the tub with a thick batter of lime, made by mixing quicklime with water. Let all the eggs be fully covered, and the vessel full to the top. Cover over with a blanket or sack, and keep in a cool place. The eggs may, at pleasure, be immersed for an instant in boiling water, as in the former processes. Modes of Preservation for Shorter Times. — i. Place the eggs in a strong string or worsted net, and suspend the net from the ceiling ; constantly — say daily — hang up the net of eggs by a different mesh, in order that all the eggs may be turned and exposed on all sides to the action of the air. By this pro- cess, eggs may be preserved for a limited period, and the yolks prevented from sticking to the shells. The period they will keep under this process may be increased by their being preliminarily immersed in boiling water for a period from the space of an instant to two minutes. 2. Rub the eggs, while new-laid, with fresh butter, lard, or gum-water, any of which serve as a preservative, by means of excluding the air from the pores of the shell; place the eggs in a net cr basket, and keep turned twice a week. Eggs should always be kept in a dr> place, but cool, as in the damp they generally become musty. 3. Parboil the c-(rgs — that is, plunge them in boiling water for a minute, or at most two, and store them by in a net or basket, being careful to keep them turned as in th< former processes. After being parboiled, they may be rubbed over, while hot I i 683 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. rith lard or fresh butter, which will greatly extend the period for which they will keep. We would especially call the attention of all mothers of families and careful housewives to these simple and easy methods of preserving eggs, by which from fifty to one hundred per cent, may be saved by a little forethought and pru- dence. Eggs for the Christmas custards and puddings cannot be bought cheajHjr than tw?nty-five cents a dozen, whereas in May good fresh eggs may be bought at the markets at the rate of ten to fifteen cents a dozen, and be pr«:serveil for the winter, equal to those to be then purchased at twenty-five cents a dozen. GoosEiiERKV Ciivmpa(;ne. — Provide forty pounds of full-grown but unripe goc -'berries, of thf (lieeu Bath or any other kind, with a little flavor ; rub off the blossoms and stocks, pick out unsound or bruised berries, and separate the small ones by means of a sieve. Put the fruit into a fifteen or twenty-gallon tub and bruise it in small portions, so as to burst the berries without bruising the seeds. Pour upon them four gallons of water, carefully stir and squeeze them with the hands, until the juice and pulp are separated from the seeds and skins ; in twelve or twenty-four hours strain the whole through a canvas bag, and pass through the fruit one gallon of fresh water. Next dissolve in the juice thirty pounds of loaf-sugar, and add water, if requisite, to make up the whole liquor to eleven gallons. Let it remain in the tub; cover it with a blanket, over which place a board, and let the temperature of the place wherein the tub is set be from 50° to 60" of the thermometer. In a day or two, according to the symp- toms of fermentation, draw off the liquor into a ten-gallon cask to ferment, keeping it filled up near the bung-hole. When the fermentation becomes some- what languid, drive in the bung, and bore a hole by its side, into which fit a wooden peg. In a few days loosen the peg, so that any air may escape ; and when there appears no longer any, drive in the peg, or spile, tightly. The wine being thus made, it should be set in a cool cellar, and remain there until the end of December, when, to insure its fineness, it should be racked into a fresh cask, to clear from its first lees ; or, should it then prove too sweet, instead of racking it the fermentation should be renewed, by stirring up the lees, or b\ rolling the cask. Sometimes, if the wine be examined on a clear cold day in March, it will be found fine enough to bottle, without further trouble. If it be ra' ked, it should be fined with isinglass. Raisim Wine. — The following receipt is an improved method of making raisin wine, and is from the experience of Mr. Arthur Aikin, Secretary to the Society of Arts. It is worth the space it occupies, from the well-known accu- racy of the writer. Mr. Aikin had been for some years in the habit of making, for use in his own family, a light, dry raisin wine ; and the following is the result of a series of his very careful experiments. He found that, with black currants and other of our native fruits, none of them are so well adapted to make light, dry wines as the better kind of raisins ; a further advantage of employirxg th»s fruit being that the wine may be made at the season when the HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 683 lemperature is most favorable to the fermentation. Tlic Muscatel raisins are preferred, and these are sold at a much cheaper rate than when Mr. Aikin made his experiments. The matter, whatever it be, which, in fermentation, con- verts a solution of sugar into vinous liquor, exists in raisins in sufficient quantity to change into wine a greater quantity of sugar than the fruit itself contains; also it is advantageous, buth as to price and (piantity, to add to the raisins from one-tenth to one-third of their weight of sugar ; and it is advisable to use good loaf-sugar. The raisins being picked, they are to be chopped finely with a mincing-knife, the stalks being put aside for a use to be mentioned here- after. After several trials, Mr. Aikin found the best proportion to bo tliree pounds of raisins and one pound of sugar to an ale gallon of water. The nmsl is sometimes prepared by mashing, sometimes by maceration. For mashing, the chot)ped raisins b'ing put into an open tub, or earthenware pan, pour on them hot water, in the proportion of about one cpiart to four pounds of fruit ; the water should not be heated higher than 120° of Fahrenheit's thermometer. The water and fruit being mixed after standing a quarter of an hour, the whole .should be stirred by hand, taking care to break down all the lumps. The fruit should be placed on a sieve, over a tub, there to drain for a short time; the husks to be then lightly i)resscd by hand, and returned to the mash-tub. The second mash is made in the same manner as the first. The water for the third mash is put on at 150° or 160°, when the liquor i,' acidulous, having the flavor of the raisins, and but little sweetness. If an astringent wine is wanted, the last mash is prepared by pouring boiling water on the stalks in a separate tub, and in a quarter of an hour the liquor is poured on the husks, and in another quarter of an hour the liquor is put on the sieve, and the husks are well scjueczod by hand. While the last mash is preparing, the liquor of the first three mashes is put into the fermenting tun, and the sugar is dissolved in it. Then add as much of the last mash as is requisite — viz., one ale gallon of must to three pounds of fruit and one pound of sugar, the temperature of the must being about 70°. The fermentation will begin from twelve to thirty-six hoL.i's, according as it is treated. If the fermentation is languid, keep on the cover of the tun, stir the scum daily into the liquor; if too rapid, take off the cover and remove the scum as it rises. The liquor is now vinous but sweet ; and, after carefully skimming it, put it into glass carboys, containing six or seven gallons, or into stoneware barrels of the same size. Insert in the bungs glass tubes, and on the second day pour into them about one inch of quicksilver, to pxclude the air. The bungs are covered with a cement of wax and rosin. The wine ought to remain an entire sunimei in the barrel or carboy, in order that the fermentation may proceed so far as almost entirely to decompose the sugar ; and as the usual times of wine-making are April and October, the wine made in the former month should be bottled abou' ^he end of September, or a week or two later, according to circumstances. Rick Dressed in the Italian Manner.— To prepare this dish, eight ouncei of rice must be first washed very carefully. Then four ounces of bacon are to 584 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. be cut in pieces, and also a Milan cabbage, which must be likewise chopped uu The cabbage and bacon are to be ctiokcd together at a gentle heat and seasoned with some parsley chopped up, garlic, pepper, salt and a little fennel. After the cabbage has been cooking for three-quarters of an hour, add the rice, and allow the whole to cook for a (piarter of an hour. It is to be serveil at table with Parmesan cheese. Another Way of Preparing the Same. — Wash eight ounces of rice and cook them for a quarter of an hour with a spoonful of stock and four ounces of butter. Now prepare a mixture of the yolks of four eggs, to which two ounces of Par- mesan cheese and a little coarse pepper have been added, mix them all with the rice, and serve in the manner directed for potage. Rice Dressed in the Turkish Manner. — Take eight ounces of rice, and wash them many times in water, steep them in some hot water, drain them, and put into a saucepan. Then swell the rice with some good gravy soup, taking care not to add too much. Divide the rice into two portions, taking one-half and beating it with some ground saffron, four i)epper-corns in powder, a j)iece of butter, some beef marrow, and a little jelly prepared from a fowl. Mix them all together, and serve up in a soup-tureen or deep dish with the gravy soup by itself. To Remove Grease from Silk. — Lay the silk on a table, on a clean white cloth. Cover the damage thickly with powdered French chalk. On this lay a sheet of blotting-paper, and on the top a hot iron. If the grease does not dis- appear at once, repeat the process. To Remove Port Wine Stains. — If a glass of port wine is spilt on a dress or table-cloth, immediately dash all over it a glass of sherry. Rub vigorously with dry soft cloths. No stains will be left. To Clean Lauies' Kid Boots.— Dip a rag in almond oil, and remove all the mud from the boot, a piece at a time, drying as you go, and never leaving the leather moist. Polish with clean rag and more oil. If you dislike the dulness this process leaves, when quite dry polish with the palm of the hand. Kid is thus both cleaned and preserved. Cleaning Copper. — When it is desired to obtain a clean, bright surface upon copper, it is customary, in all countries, to use nitric acid. In this way the desired surface is obtained with little trouble, and at once. There is, however, the objection that a considerable quantity of nitrous fumes are given off, anil these red vapors are rot only extremely disagreeable, but are very prejudicial to health. The production of these vapors may be avoided by adding a little solution of bichromate of potash to the dilute nitric acid. Experiment proves that this answers perfectly. The copper surface is brought out clean and bright, without any disengagement of vapors. On sanitary grounds, tliis method of operating deserves to become extensively known. In the manufacture of cop- perware, a great deal of this cleaning is done, and the frequent exposure to the fumes cannot but be very injurious to the workmen. In Naples there is a street HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. ggj of coppersmiths, and in pleasant weather they carry on their work in the street Itself, which is filled with workpeople plying their tiade. The cleaning, espe- cially, is done out-of-doop, and it is not yncommon to see quantities of red fumes floating upon the air, and poisoning it with hyponitrous acid, which irri- tates the throat and chest extremely, and, when inhaled frequently, cannot but lead to serious injury. Brine for Pickling Meat or Fish.— By reason of no defined system being generally known for ascertaining the intensity of brine, meat is occasionally spoilt, as it will become tainted in parts if the brine is not sufficiently strong to meet the temperature of the weather ; the other extreme, of salting meat in very strong brine, is equally objectionable, as it renders the exterior of the meat disagreeably salt and hard, while the interior is next to fresh, the flesh remain-ng soft and unset. Much perplexity, too, is often felt by the housewife to decide whether the meat is sufficiently salted, as the time required for salting will depend on the intensity of the brine. This, too, may be saved by observing the simple yet scientific method which we shall prescribe: In temperate weather brine should be composed of about twenty-four i)arts of salt to seventy-six parts of water, its specific gravity being to that of water as 1180 to 1000. Thus, by taking a bottle that will hold ten ounces of water, salt your brine until the same bottle holds eleven ounces and three-quarters. In very hot weather the brine should be stronger — twenty-eight parts of salt to seventy-two parts of water. A French Preparation tor Removing Grease or Oil Stains. — Take some dry white soap, scraped into a fine powder, and mix it up in a mortar with a sufficient quantity of alcohol, until dissolved. Then add the yolk of an egg, and mix them together. When sufficiently mixed, put in a small quantity of spirits of turpentine, and make the whole up into the consistence of thick paste by the addition of a sufficient quantity of fuller's earth. When required for use, this preparation is to be rubbed over the grease or oil stains, which should be previously moistened with warm water. When the spots are got rid of, remove the composition with a sponge, or soft brurh. This composition may be used for every kind of stain, except those caused by ink or rust. A Liquid Preparation for the Same Purpose. — To prepare this cleaning liquid, mix togetlier in a phial, furnished with a stopper, equal quantities of alcohol and rectified sulphuric ether, with eight times the quantity of rectified od of turi)entine. A little essential oil of lemon may also be added, to remove the smell of the turpentine. That kind of alcohol and sulphuric ether which is prepared from methylated spirit, which is very cheap, will answer as well as that made from pure spirit, which is much dearer. It is necessary that the stopper of the bottle should fit as accurately as possible, owing to the volatile nature of the liquids employed. When it is wished to remove an oil or grease spot, the liquid should be applied to the spot, and rubbed over it with a piece of soft sponge. When we wish to get rid of an old stain, it is advisable \Q warm W ()reviously to applying the liquid. iii II 'M tJ86 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. Pickled Lemons. — Take small lemons with thick rinds, and rub them with a piece of flannel; then slit them half down in four quarters, but not througn to the pulp ; fill the slit with salt pressed hard in ; set tl^em upright in a pan for four or five days, until the salt melts ; turn them thrice a day in their own liquor until tender. Make enough pickle to cover them of good vinegar, the brine of the lemons, Jamaica pepper, and ginger; boil and skim it, and when cold, put it to the lemons with two ounces of mustard seed, and two cloves of garlic to every six lemons. When the lemons are used, the pickle will be useful in fish and other sauces. More easily made than green pickles, and more generally approved are hot pickles. The following is a good receipt for Yellow Pickle. — To each gallon of malt vinegar take a quarter of a pound of brown mustard seed, two ounces of long pepper, two ounces of black pepper, two ounces of garlic, one ounce of turmeric, quarter of an ounce of mace, half a pound of salt, and a few roots cf horse-radish. Let the salt and spice be well dried, and put them into the vinegar cold. Gather your vegetables on a dry day, strew over them a little salt, and let them stand two or three days, then put them on a hair sieve, either in the sun or by the fire to dry. Put them in a large jar with the vinegar, and let it stand by the fire for ten days ; it must not, however, be allowed to become any hotter than new milk. The above pickle is much relished by those who like very hot things, but for ordinary palates the receipt given below is more confidently recommended. Indian Pickle. — To each gallon of malt vinegar (cold) add half a pound of mustard, six ounces of turmeric, a handful of salt, and a little grated ginger; boil the vinegar and spices together, and let the mixture cool. Boil or scald the vegetables with vinegar — taking care to have among them a little garlic and some onions ; put them in your jar, and pour on the pickle. Afterwards put in the jar a bag containing a quarter of a pound of ginger, one ounce of long pep- per, one ounce of black pepper, one ounce of cloves, and half an ounce of cayenne. For general household use this " Indian pickle " is one of the best that can be made. It is well to keep it in two large jars, each of which should hold suffi- cient for the year's consumption ; from one of these the pic':le can be taken for eating, while the other is being filled and is getting ready for use. A variety of vegetables may be put in this pickle — French beans, mushrooms, cucumbers, cauliflowers, apples, cabbages, celery, radishes, radish-pods, etc. French beans should be taken when small, and put in whole ; cauliflowers should be cut into separate branches; and cucumbers and apples should be cut in slices, or quar- tered if not too large — if cucumbers are not to be had, vegetable marrows may be used Instead of them. Red cabbage should not be used in hot pickles, or it will spoil their color (as will also walnuts) ; small white cabbages should be quartered, salted for three days, squeezed, and set in the sun to dry j celery should be cut into three-inch lengths, and the green tops should be cut ing, HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 68; from radishes. The pickle may be made when the earliest vegetables are in season, and :if<,erwards, as other kinds come to perfection. The harder kinds may be bo>!-^d 'n vinegar, and the softer scalded with boiling vinegar, and, when cool, put into the jar. Soft vegetables, such as cucumbers, will not bear boil- ing, which would make them go to a pulpy mass. When new vegetables are added to the jar, the whole should be well stirred up with a wooden spoon, as the spices and more solid parts of the pickle are apt to settle to the bottom. A metal spoon should never be used either for stirring pickle-jars, or for taking out their contents. The necessity for keeping the jars thoroughly closed is not so imperative with hot, as with green pickles, as they are not apt to go mouldy. It should be remembered that all vegetables for pickle-making should be gathered when dry. Indian Chutnee.— lake a pint of vinegar, add to it half a pound of brown sugar, and boil them till they become a thin syrup. Then add one pound of tamarinds, simmer gently for a few minutes, and, when cool, strain through a cullender. Then add half a pound of sour apples, peeled and cored, and boil till quite Foft ; when cool, add a quarter of a pound of raisins (stoned) and two ounces of garlic, both well pounded \ and afterwards, two ounces of salt, two ounces of powdered ginger, two ounces of mustard, and one ounce of cayenne. Mix well together, and put into covered jars, which must be allowed to stand by the fire for twelve hours. The longer this is kept the better it will become. Tomato Sauce.— When ripe take off the green stalks from the tomatoes. Wipe them clean, and place them in a slow oven where, they must remain till quite soft. Then work them through a sieve and take out the seeds ; and add, to every two pounds of tomatoes, one pint of good white wine vinegar, one dozen chillies, quarter of a pound of garlic, quarter of a pound of shallots shred very thin, one ounce of ground white pepper, and a good handful of salt. Boil all together, till the garlic and shallots are soft j then strain it, and skim off the froth, and if too thick add a little more vinegar. When cold, bottle it in wide-mouthed bottles. This sauce may be kept several years, a l will improve with 3ge. In addition to the above ingredients some persons put half an ounc« of ground ginger. "Household Guide" Sauce. — By the following receipt a sauce may be made as good for most ordinary purposes as the more expensive sauces, and especially useful where economy is an object. In one quart of good vinegar boil six shallots chopped fine, and twelve cloves ; when cold add quarter of an ounce of cayenne pepper, half an ounce of sugar-candy, half a gill of soy, half a gill of mushroom catchup, and half a gill of the vinegar from pickled walnuts. This must be shaken daily for a month, when it will be fit for use, or it may be closely corked up and kept for an unlimited time. To Remove White Stains on Crape Produced by Water or Rain Drops. — Spread the crape on a table, and fix it firmly down by pins or weights, placing beneath it a piece of black silk. Over the white stains wash with a camel-hair li-' m I'll 688 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS, brush common black ink, and with a piece of soft black silk take off any ink that may rest on it. LiEDiG Sandwiches. — For travellers or invalids, Liebig's Extract of Meat makes a very nice and nutritious sandwich. Directions : Cut four thin slices of oread and butter, using the best fresh butter. Spread over two of the slices a ihin layer of the Extract, with a little mustard. The Extract is generally ;ur on them a gallon of water ; let this stand five days, and stir each day ; then strain off, and to the liquor add four pounds of lump sugar. When this is dissolved put it into the cask with one lemon and one pennywortii of isinglass. This will be fit to bottle in six months. Apple Wine. — To a gallon of cider (new from the mill) add a pound and a half of moi.st sugar, a quarter of a pound of raisins, and half a lemon ; put in the cask as soon as the sugar is dissolved. This will be fit for use in two months. As the fruits or other vegetable substances on which the foregoing wines are based contain a natural ferment, they will undergo that process spontaneously, and require no yeast. Those that follow will require yeast to make thera ferment. Ginger Wine. — To six gallons of water put eighteen pounds of lump sugar, the rinds (thinly pared) of seven lemons and eight oranges, and eight ounces of ginger; boil the whole for an hour, and let it cool. When lukewarm add the juice of the above fruit and three pounds of raisins. Work with yeast, and put it into the cask with half an ounce of isinglass. This will be fit to bottle in six or eight weeks. Orange Wine. — Boil thirty pounds of lump sugar in ten gallons of water tor half an hour, taking off the scum as it rises. When the water has become nearly cold, put to it the juice of one hundred Seville oranges, and the peel of fifty ; ferment with half a pint of yeast on a toast ; let it stand twenty-four hours to ferment ; then put it into the cask with one quart of brandy. When fermentation ceases stop it close for three months ; then rack it off, and put it again into the cask with one quart more brandy and one and a half pounds of raw sugar. This will be fit to bottle in twelve months. To Wash Silk. — Lay the silk smoothly on a clean board, rub soap upon it, and brush it with a rather hard brush. The amount of brushing requisite will depend on the quantity of grease upon the silk. When it has been sufficiently brushed with the soap to cleanse it from grease and dirt, it should be well brushed on both sides with clean cold water. A little alum infused in the last water with which the silk is brushed will prevent the colors from spreading. HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 693 Should there be any patches of grease upon the silk, they should be removed as previously described, or by the application of a little camphine and alcohol. Folding or wringing silk when wet must be scrupulously avoided, as creases made in silk when wet will never disappear ; and, in like manner, hot suds must not be used for washing silks, as it will in most instances remove the colors. When an Egg Cracks. — Eggs sometimes crack upon being immersed in boiling water, or are found to be so when required for use. The plan to adopt, 60 as to prevent the contents from oozing out, is to gently rub the crack witli moistened salt, allowing a little time for it to penetrate, and then it will bo.l as well as an uncracked one. To Clean Colored Fabrics.— Nearly all colored fabrics stain the lathci used to clean them, and that without losing their own brightness in any way. No article of a different color must be plunged into a wash or rinse so stained, but must have fresh ones; and no colored article must be rii jed in a blued lather. Scarlet is particularly prone to color a wash. Different colors are improved by different substances being used in the wash or rinse ; sugar of lead has the credit of fixing all colors when first cleaned, and may be used to those likely to run. To brighten colors, mix some ox-gall, say two-pennyworth ; but of course the quantity must be regulated by the quantity of suds in the wash and rinse. For buff and cream-colored alpaca or cashmere, mix in the wash and rinse two-pennyworth of friar's balsam for one skirt. For black materials, for one dress, two-pennyworth of ammonia in the wash anvl rinse. For violet, ammonia or a small quantity of soda in the rinsing water. There are some violets and mauves that fade in soda. For green, vinegar in the rinse, in the proportion of two tablespoonfuls of vinegar to a quart of rinse. For blue, to one dress, a good handful of common salt in the rinse. For brown and gray, ox-gall. For white, blue the water with laundry blue. Dresses, mantles, shawls, opera-cloaks, under-skirts, Garibaldis, and Zouaves (the latter and such small articles need not be unpicked if the trimming is removed), articles embroidered with silk, self-colored or chintz-colored, damask curtaining, moreen and other woollen curtaining, may all be cleansed as specified so far. Blankets should be cleaned in the same way. Pull them out well, whilst wet, at both sides and both ends, between two persons. When half dry it is a good plan to take them off the line, and pull them again ; when quite dry, just give them a little more pulling out. This keeps them open and soft. Blankets are not blued so much as flannels, presently described. Never use soda to them, and never rinse them in plain water, or rub on soap. The dyers and cleaners have a mode of pressing articles which gives to many of them, such as damask and moreen curtaining and Paisley shawls, a sui)erior appearance to anything that can be achieved at home; but some of them WiU press articles at a fixed price for persons cleaning them at home. Worsted braids and fancy trimmings can be cleaned the same way. I iM 6^4 HOUSEHOLD receipts. Muslin Dresses, even of tlie most delicate colors, can be cleaned In (en minutes or a quarter of an hour, without losing their color. Melt half a pound of soap in a gallon of water, empty it in a washing tub; place near tv,-o other large tubs of clean water, and stir into one a quart of bran. Put the muslin in tlie soap, turn it over and knead it for a few minutes; squeeze it out well, but do not wring it, lest it get torn ; rinse it about (piickly in the bran for a cou|)le of minutes. Rinse again well for a couple of minutes in clean water. Squeeze out dry and hang it between two lines. A clear dry day should be chosen to wash muslin dresses; half a dozen may be done this way in half an hour. The last rinse m:./ be prepared the same way as the rinses for woollen fabrics. A colored pattern on a white ground must not be blued. Tne bran may here be dispensed with. When the dress is dry make the starch ; for a colored muslin white starch, and jnboiled, but made with boiling water, is best for muslin dresses. Stir the starch with the end o{ a wax candle. Dip the dreas. Hang it again to dry. When dry, rinse it quickly and thoroughly in c lear water. Hang it to ilry again. Sprinkle and roll it up; afterwards iron it with very hot irons. Hot irons keep the starch stiff. This rinsing after starching is (ailed clear-starching; none of the stiffness but much of the unsightlineas of the starch is removed in this way. All kinds of white muslins, lace curtains, cravats, etc., may be washed in a thick ley of soap as described, well rinsed, blued, and starched, like the muslin dresses above named. Use blue starch to whiie. White mublin Garibaldis should be very slightly blued, and the same may be observed of book-muslin dresses and cravats, as blue-looking muslin is very unbecoming to the com- plexion; a slight creamy tinge is preferable. Morning cambric dresses may be washed the same way as muslin dresses; but they do not generally clean quite so readily, and perhaps may neeil rubbing a little in places that are soiled. The advantage of thus cleansing dresses instead of washing them is, first, if colored, the process is so rapid that there is not time for the colors to rim. Secondly, the fabric is not rubbt d, and therefore not strained and worn out. Thirdly, the process saves nearly all labor, and is so qiiic kly done, that any lady may manage it for herself in the absence of a laundry-maid or a lady's maid. Many ladies make a strong solution of su.r'ar of lead — some jnit two i)enny- worth in enough cold water for one dress; stir it well when dissolvi'd, and let the dress, muslin or cotton, soak a couple of hours to set the colors before wash- ing it the first time. It does not need to be repeated. Those using sugar of lead should be careful not to do so if they have any scratches, abrasions, or vounds about their hands. Chintz may be cleanec. in the same way as muslin and print dresses. To Clean Black Silk with very Litile Troi;ble and Expense. — Take entirely to pieces the dress, jacket, etc., and well shake each piece; then spread li HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 695 over a deal table a newspaper, or sheet of clean paper, and on it lay a breadth of the silk. Brush it well both sides with a fine soft brush— a hat-brush would very well answer the purpose. Shake it again ; fold together in half, and place it on one «ide of the table. In the same manner shake, brush, and shake again each piece of the silk. Remove the paper, and plate on the table a clean newspaper, or sheet of paper. Newspapers answer best ; they are large and smooth, and proba- bly at liand. On the paper again place a breadth of the silk, and to a clean quart pudding-basin pour a lialf pint of cold water, adding half a pint of good sweet- ened gin, which is better for the purpose tlian unsweetened, as the sugar stiffens the silk. These arc the proportions for any quantity required. Have ready a piece of black crape, or black merino, about half a yard square; dip it well into the liquid, and thoroughly wash over the best side of the silk. Be careful that it is well cleaied, and, if possible, wash it from edge to edge, and wet it well all over. Then fold over the silk in half; then again, till the folds are the width of those of new silk. Place it in a clean towel, and clean each piece of the silk in the same manner, laying one piece on the other; and remembering by a mark which is the last piece done, as that must be the last ironed. Let the silk lie folded in the towel until a large iron is well lieated ; but be careful that it is not too hot ; try it first on paper, or a piece of old damped silk. Use two irons. Open the towel when the iron is ready, and place the piece of silk that yi3& first cleaned on an old table-cloth or sheet folded thick; iron \\\e wron^ side (\\x\c)ii\y, from etlge to edge, until dry. Fold the silk over lightly to the width of new silk, and place it on one end of the table untd all is done. This simple process itiffens, cleans, and makes the silk look new. DlRFXTIONS I OR CLEANING BlaCK MlRINO, OR ANY WoOLLEN Sti' T, BlACIC Cix)TH Jackets, Cloaks, or Gentle.men's Clothes, etc. — Purchase, at a chem- ist's, one jjennyworth of carbonate of ammonia. Place it in a clean quart pud- ding-basin, and pour upon it a pint of boiling water; cover it over with a clean plate, and let it stand to get cold. Having taken entirely to pieces the dress, jacket, or cloak, shake each piece well ; then spread a large newspaper over a deal table, place one breadth of the material upon it, and brush it well on both sides with a ///^ /ra;v/ brush ; shake it again and place it on one side of the table, folded in half. Brush and shake in the same manner each piece, folding and placing one piece on the other at the end of the table. When all are brushed, remove the paper and replace it with a fresh one, upon which place another, if thin. Lay upon the paper one breadth of the stuff, quite smooth and flat, the wrong side next the paper; then take a piece of black merino, about half a yard square ; dip it in the carbonate of ammonia and water (cold), well wet it, and wash over the stufT or cloth. If cloth, care must be taken to wash it the right ivcty, so as to keep it smooth; when well washed over, fold the rcaterial in half, and place it in a clean towel, laying one piece over the other, until all are done. Mark the last, as that will be the last to be ironed. Let the merino, or cloth, rest in the towel for about an hour ; then iron the wrong sidt, I ■■ 6c6 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. after placing it on a thickly folded blanket, or sheet, with a thin sheet of paper, old glazed lining out of the dress, ur piece of linen, over the blanket or sheet. Iron each piece on the wrong side until quite dry, and have two heavy irons, one heating while the other is in use. Fold over the pieces, the width of newr merino, but be careful not to foUl it so as to mark it sharply, especially cloth. Gentlemen's clothes can be thus cleaned without taking to pieces, or ironing, unless quite convenient. Vests and coat collars are thus easily renovated, the color is revived, grease spots and wliite seams removed. To Rknovate (^rape. — Brush the crape well with a soft brush, and over a wide- mouthed jug of boiling water hold tightly the crape, gradually t^vrijtching it over the jug of boiling wafr. If a strip of crape, it is very easil} '.e'.d tightly over the water, letting ti.r i)iecc done fall over the jug until all is completed. The crape will become firm and fit for use, every mark and fold being removed. White or colored crape may be washed and pinned over a newspaper, or towel, on the outside of a bed, until dry. Crape .that has been exposed to rain or damp — veils csi)cciaily — may be saved from spoiling by being stretched tightly on the outside of the being hot on a plate which you cannot hold with your naked fingers. There are two objections to these and the following — they are indigestible, and are also terrK ble "'stroys" (destroyers, consumers,^ for butter. HOUSEHOLD receipts. 697 Muffins.— With warm milk, a liberal allowance of yeast, (lour, a little salt, «nd an egg or two, make dough still softer in its consistence than the above. After kneading or beating, get it to rise well. Then make your muffins as you would small dumplings ; dust them with flour, flatten them, and bake them ilightly on a hot iron plate, or in tin rings, turning them to bake the upper side when the under side is done. The great object is to keep them liglit, moist, ond full of eyes. Mufiin-making is a profession, but its secrets are not inscru- table. Once possessed of the iron plate (which you will be able to obtain without difficulty from any ironmonger), a few trials will put you in the way; and if you have one or two failures at first, they will be eaten with tlic greater relish because they are your failures. Before toasting a muffin, cut it nearly in two, leaving it slightly attached in the middle. When toasted brown and crisp on both sides, slip the butter into the gaping slit, and serve on a plate not quite red-hot. Ckumpf.ts are made in the same way as muffins, only the paste is still softer, approaching batter in its consistency. Let them also rise well. Bake slightly in like manner on an iron plate made for the purpose. The usual size and thickness of rrumjKts you learn from the specimens sold in the shops. After toasting, muffins should be crisp ; crumpets, soft and woolly. It is like eating a bilof blanket soaked in butter. If you arc pining for crumpets, and have no iron plate, you may bake them in the frying-pan, which is often used for cake-making. Raised Buckwheat Cakes. — Warm a quart of water. Stir into it a good tablespoonful of treacle, and a teaspoonful of salt. Mix in enough buckwheat- flour (or oatmeal or Indian corn-flour) to make a stiff batter, together with a tablespoonful of good yeast. Let it stand to rise before the iire. Then bake on a hot plate, in iron rings, like muffins, or in a slack oven. Toast and eat it hot with butter. Fried Bread Cakes. — To a quantity of light dough equal to five teacupfnlp, add half a cupful of butter, three of brown sugar, a tcaspoo:.fiil of salt, foul eggs, and a little grated nutmeg. Knead these well together with flour ; let them rise before the fire until very light. Knead the dough again after it rises; cut it into diamond-shaped cakes; let them rise ; and fry in lard or dripping, as soon as light. Tliese cakes are best eaten fresh. Johnny or Journey Cake.— Boil a pint of raw/ milk; pour it over a tea- cupful and a half of Indian corn-meal, and beat it for fifteen minutes. Unless well beaten, it will not be light. Add a little salt, half a teacupful of sour milk, one beaten egg, a tablespoonfiil of oiled butter, a tablespoonful of flour, and n teaspoonful of carbonate of soda. Beat well together again. This cake is best baked in a spider (a deep iron pan) on the stove. Wlien browned on the bottom, turn it into another spider, or finish it off on the griddle. The French Country Way of Salting Pork.— Bacon, so cured, is almost the only meat ever tasted by millions of the French. As soon as the pig is killed, it is invariably not scalded, but singed, in the way so well described by 698 lIOUSEirOLD RECEIPTS. Cobbett, who shows his knowledge of boys, by saying that they love a bonfire. The caicass is laid on a truss of straw; fire is set to it to windward ; then, aftei turning the pig, any bristles left are burnt off with torches of blazing straw. The burning complete, it is well broomed, washed with cold v/ater, and well scraped with a knife as a final shave. At the killing, blood is taken for black- pudding. After opening, the "fry" is thrown into cold water for speedy use, and the chitterlings cleansed. Some leave the opened pig hanging all night to cool and stiffen ; others, seizing time by the forelock, kill before daybreak, and cut up after sunset by candlelight. The pig is halved, and then cut up into convenient pieces of from three to five pounds each, reserving often the hams, head, feet and tail, for special treats, and perhaps also a few roasting pieces. The head — /. e., the chops (after removing the brains, ears, nostrils and tongue, to stew with the tail) — may be salted with the rest ; the hams also (left entire), as they are not often smoked or pickled with treacle. The feet are boiled tender, and broiled as tid-bits. For a pig weighing two hundred pounds, take thirty pounds of coarse common salt, two ounces of ground pepper, and four ounces of mixed spices, ground. Mix these well togethel", and with them rub well each piece of pork. At the bottom of the salting-tub (made of oak, with a cover) pack a layer of pork closely together, sprinkle it with the salt and spice; then another layer of pork, and so on, till it is all packed in the tub. Sprinkle the remaining salt on the top; pour in a pint of cold water, to draw the melting salt through the meat. Put on the cover, and see how it is going on every now and then. The pork may remain in pickle from four to six months; it is then best to take it out to dry on a wicker hurdle, in a dry and airy part of the house, where it will lie in a single layer ready for use. Washing Clothes. — If pipe-clay is dissolved in the water, the linen it thoroughly cleansed with half the labor and fully a saving of one-fourth of soap; and the clothes will be improved in color equally as if bleached. The pipe-clay softens the hardest water. A cent's worth to four gallons of water. To Keep Moths from Fi;r and Woollen Clothes. — In May brush fur and woollen clothes, wrap them tightly up in linen, and put them away in drawers. Pepper or red cedar chips are good preservatives from moths, but camphor it the best. Washing Chintzes. — These should always be washed in dry weather, but if it is very cold it is better to dry them by the fire than risk spoiling the colors fro:ii freezing in the open air. It is bt.'tter, if possible, to defer their washing till the weither is suitable. To Clean Paint. — Simmer together in a pipkin one pound of soft soap, two ounces of pearlash, one pint of sand, and one pint of table-beer; to be used as soap. Another Way. — Grate to a fine pulp four potatoes to every quart of water) slir it ; then let it settle, and pour off the liquor. To be used with a sponge. Coffee as in France. — Coffee should be roasted of a cinnamon color, aoJ HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. hgg iw. veW ck- ise, ta ind nto coarsely ground when cool. For one pint of boiling water take two ounces and a half of coffee. Put the coffee into boiling water; close the cofft'e-i)oi, ant) leave it for two hours on a trivet over the fire, so as to keep up the lieat without making it boil. Stir now and then, and after two hours remove it from over the fire, and allow it a quarter of an hour to stand near the fire, to settle. Then pour it off to serve. Loaf sugar should be used for coffee. Wahh-Leather Gloves.— The grease spots should be first removed by rub- bing tiiein with magnesia, cream of tartar, or Wilmington clay scraped to powder. Make a lather of soap and water, put the gloves into the water luke- warm, as hot water will shrink them ; wash and squeeze them through this, then squeeze them through a second sud. Rinse in lukewarm water, then in cold, tnd dry them in a hot sun or before the fire, well stretching them, to prevent hem from shrinking. Another Way. — Place the gloves on the hands, and rub them with a soft sponge in lukewarm soap-suds. W^ash off the soap-suds in t lear water. Pull and strotch them, and put them in the sun, or before the fire, to prevent them from shrinking. When nearly dry, put them again on your hands, and keep iiem on till quite dry. To Mend China. — A very fine cement may be made by boiling down a little isinglass, and afterwards adding to it about half the quantity of spirits of wine, which should be applied while warm. This cement is especially valuable in mending glass, as it is free from any opaque appearance. A very strong cement may be made in the following manner, and kept for application at any time : — Heat a piece of white flint stone to a white heat, and cast it, while at this heat, into a vessel of cold water, which will reduce it to a fine powder. Carefully preserve this flint powder, and mix it with rosin to the consistency of thick paste. The rosin should be heated in an earthenware pipkin. To apply this cement, heat the edges of the pieces of the article to be mended, rub upon them this cement, and place ihem neatly and well together. When dry, scrapd off all excrescence of the cement, when tne article will be perfect. Damp Walls. — Boil two quarts of tar with two ounces of kitchc grease in an iron saucepan for a. quarter of an hour; to this mix.ure add some slaked lime and very finely-pounded glass, which has previously been through a l.air-sieve. The proportions should be two parts lime to one of glass, worked to the thick- ness of a thin plaster. This cement must be used as soon as made, or else it Will become too hard. One coat, about an inch thick, has generally answered the purpose, but if the wall is very damp, it may receive two coats. Paint over the cement or plaster, and paper may be used to cover it. A Pleasant Strengthening Drink. — Boil very gently in a saucepan the following ingredients: — The rind of a lemon, a small piece of cinnamon, and a teaspoonful of pearl barley, in about one pint ot cold water. W';.en the bariej is tender, strain through a fine sieve, and sweeten with a spoonful of treacla ^oney, or sugar, accordiner to taste. 11 1 ? .•■! 1 )oO HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. To Restore Plated Cruet-Stands, Candlesticks, etc., when the Sil. VER IS WORN OFF. — Purchase at the chemist's four cents' worth of mercury, and two cents' worth of prepared chalk, mixed as a powder. Half the chalk maybe used. Make it into a paste with a little water, in a saucer, and with a small piece of leather rub the article until the tarnish quite disappears. Polish with a leather. If this powder is used about once a week to plated articles, when worn, they will be kept as white as silver. Freckles. — To remove freckles, take one ounce of lemon-juice, a quarter of a drachm of powdered borax, and half a drachm of sugar ; mix, and let them stand a few days in a glass bottle, then rub it on the face and hands occasionally. Potato Bread. — Boil the required quantity of mealy potatoes in their skins; drain, dry, and then peel them. Crush them on a board with a rolling-pin, till they are a stiff paste without lumps. Then mix your yeast with them, and flour equal in quantity to the potatoes. Add water enough to make the whole into dough, and knead the mass well. When risen, set into a gentle oven. Do not close the door immediately, but bake a little longer than for ordinary bread. Without these precautions the crust will be hard and brittle, while the inside still remains moist and pasty. Other flours can be in like manner made into bread with a mixture of potatoes, but they are best cooked as cakes on the hearth, or in the way given below for potato cake. In Scotland oatmeal is fre- quently mixed with wheaten flour in making cakes, and in the west of Ireland with maize flour in making stirabout. Potato Cake. — Very acceptable to children at supper, especially if they have had the fun of seeing it made. Cold potatoes, if dry and floury, will serve for this. If you have none, boil some, as for potato bread. Crush them with butter and salt ; mix in a small proportion of flour (wheaten, oaten, rye, or maize) «ind a little yeast (the last may be omitted at pleasure), and with milk work the whole to the consistency of very firm dough. Roll it out to the thickness of an inch and a half or two inches. Cut it out the sizj of your fry- ing-pan, the bottom of wliich you smear with grease, and in it lay your cake, after flouring it all over. Bake, covered with a plate, on the trivet of your stove, over a gentle fire, or better on the hearth, when wood is burnt. Shake and shift it a little from time to time, to prevent burning. When half done, turn it, and cover with a plate again. Other cakes of unfcrmented pastes may be baked in the same way. To Clean Furniture. — The cleaning of furniture should depend on the mode in which the furniture was originally polished. The method at present most generally adopted is French polishing, and in such case a little spirits of turpentine should be employed, which will clear off grease and dirt without softening the varnish j it should, however, be rapidly done. If the furniture was originally polished with furniture-paste — composed of l)eeswax dissolved in spirits of turpentine by means of heat, and a little copal varnish, or resin (finely yowdered), with a little Indian red added— it should be renovated by the same HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 701 composition. In the case of furniture polished with oil, renovating (commonly termed cleaning) should be effected by means of linseed oil, slightly colored by a little alkanet root, which dissolve3 in oil aided by slight heat. To Clean Dirty or Stained Furniture.— If the furnitiv-- is in a bad state but not stained, it will be sufficient to cleanse it by well washing with spirits of turpentine, and afterwards polishing with linseed oil colored with alkanet root. Wiien, liowever, the furniture is stained or inky, it should be washed with sour beer or vinegar, warm; afterwards rubbing the stains with spirit of salts, rubbed on vith a piece of rag, which will remove all the stains. The wood may then be polished, cither with linseed oil colored with alkanet root, or with beeswax, dissolved in turpentine, with a little copal varnish or resin added. To Render New Mahogany Like Old.— This is of service in the cases of furniture repaired, or when lacquered handles have been changed for mahogany ones. Soap and water will darken to some extent; but if darker is required, use oil ; or for very dark, lime-water. To Clean Lacquered Brass-work of Furniture. — Wash m warm water, using a soft rag. If the work will not clean by this means, it must be re-lacquered. To Make Colored Drawings or Prints Resemble Oil-Paintings. — This is a favorite plan of treating pictures, as it gives them a showy appearance, and pre- vents their requiring glasses. Wash over the drawing or print with a solution of isinglass, and when dry, apply with a very fine soft brush a varnish, composed of two parts of spirit of turpentine and one of Canada balsam, mixed together. AsPHALTE for Garden-Walks, Fowl-Houses, Sheds, etc. — Having laid the walk quite even, and beaten it firm, pour upon it a coat of hot tar; while hot, sift thickly all over it road-dust or cinder-ashes. When cold, repeat the same process several times, and a good, hard, durable, and wholesome flooring will be effected. It is particularly recommended fcr the purpose of fowl-houses, as being very healthy to the stock. To Sharpen and Temper Saws and Edged Tools. — Many good saws have been spoiled by persons attempting to sharpen them without sufficient knowledge of how to do it. A file should be run along the edge of tl.e teeth until they range evenly, after which the blade should be laid on a smooth leaden surface, and a moderate rap given on every alternate tooth by means of a square steel punch and a hammer, turning the blade then on the other side, and repeating the process, taking care to see that the teeth are equally set. This done, the teeth may be sharpened by the file, beginning at the handle-end of the saw- blade. The file should form, with the saw-blade, about two-thirds of a mitre angle, and be held at an opposite inclination for every alternate tooth, each tooth being brought to a good sharp point. In good tools the quality of the steel is alike throughout. It is desirable to observe, in purchasing tools, that they be rather too hard than soft, as the temper will become reduced by wearing. To temper a tool: Having brightened its surface, melt sufficient larv, of say four inches diameter at the bottom, and two and a half to three inches deep, pour your batter (which will about half fill the pan), and put it into the oven instantly. It ought to bake, if the oven is properly regulated, in about half an hour. It must be perfectly done to be good. It is to be eaten hot, befoie the upper crust falls, and buttered to taste. To Erase Stains of Ink, Grease, etc. — A very weak solution of sulpiiuric acid will readily take ink-stains from the hands, but must on no account be used with textile fabrics. For the latter, the best jireparation we have tried is Perry'? ink-eraser, which can safely be recommended. The same manufacturer has also produced a preparation for removing grease stains, cleaning gloves, and similai operations, which may be thus readily and satisfactorily done at home. Shoes. — However worn and full of holes the soles may be, if the upper Icath ers are whole, or soundly mended, and the stitching firm, the soles may be gov* HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 705 ered with gutta-percha, and at a very small expense the shoes will be fitted for a new term of service. We have seen shoes, in appearance not worth cor.ying home, made quite sound and respectable, and to serve many months in constant wear, by being thus soled for the outlay of a few pence. Thin shoes that have been worn only in-doors, and which are laid aside on account of the tops being shabby, perhaps worn out, while the sewing is sound, may be made very tidy by covering with woollen cloth, or with a bit of thick knitting, or platted list, stitched on as close as possible to the regular seam. I have seen a pair of boo'** covered with black jean so neatly that without very close inspection they migl; easily be mistaken for new boots bought of a regular maker. This is surely uetter than wearing them in slatternly holes till they drop off the feet and are thrown away as good for nothing. Candied Horehound. — Take some horehound and boil it till the juice is extracted, when sugar, which has been previously boiled until candied, must be added to it. Stir the compound over the fire until it thickens. Pour it out into a paper case dusted over with fine sugar, and cut it into squares or any other shapes desired. Peppermint Drops. — A brass or block-tin saucepan must be rubbed over inside with a little butter. Put into it half a pound of crushed lump sugpr with a table- spoonful or so of water. Place it over the fire, and let it boil briskly for ten minutes, when a dessertspoonful of essence of peppermint is to bestirred into it. It may then be let fall in drops upon writing paper, or poured out upon plates which have been rubbed over with butter. Ginger Drops. — Mix one ounce of prepared ginger with one pound of loaf- sugar; beat to a paste two ounces of fresh candied orange in a mortar, with a little sugar. Put the above into a brass or block-tin saucepan with a little water. Stir them all well, and boil until they are sufficiently amalgamated, which will be when the mixture thickens like ordinary candied sugar. Pour out on writing paper in drops, or on plates as for peppermint drops. Lemon Drops. — Grate three large lemons ; then take a large piece of best lump sugar and reduce it to a powder. Mix the sugar and lemon on a plate with half a teaspoonful of flour, and beat the compound with the white of an egg until it forms a light paste. It must then be placed in drops on a clean sheet of writing paper, and placed before the fira — to dry hard rather than to bake. Damson Drops. — Take some damsons and bake them without breaking them. Remove the skins and stones, and reduce them to a fine pulp by pressing them through a sieve. Sift upon the pulp some crushed lump sugar, and mix it witii a knife or spatula until it becomes stiff. Place it upon writing paper in the form of drops j put them in a gentle oven to dry, and when dry take them out and turn them on a sieve. Then wet the paper, and the drops will separate from it, after which they are again to be placed in a very slack oven, and dried until they are hard. They are placed in layers in a box with paper betweej? eafh layer, and in that way will keep well, if air and damp are excluded. 45 \ ! X'- ' i. 706 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. Raspberry Drops. — Gently boil some raspberries with a little water, and then remove the skins and seeds, after which a pulpy juice will remain. To one pound of this juice add the whites of two eggs and one pound of sifted lump sugar, well beat up together. The addition must be gradually made, and tiic mixture well beat up for a couple of hours. When arrived at a proper degree of consistency, the composition is to be placed in large drops upon paper slightly rubbed over with butter. They may be dried either in a warm sun or before a slow fire, but not hastily. A larger raspberry drop or lozenge i.< made as follows : Take of raspberries two or three poimds, and boil them tflowly, stirring them until there is little or no juice left ; tlien put into the saucepan as much moist or crusted sugar as there was fruit at first ; mix the two off the fire, and when thoroughly incorporated .spread the compound upon plates — china or ironstone are best — and let it dry either in the sun or before a slow fire. When the top is dried, stamp or cut into small cakes of any shape you choose ; set these again down to dry, and when ready lay them in boxes, with a sheet of paper between each layer. Like all similar preparations, they are best kept quite free from all damp; and, therefore, tin boxes, with closely- fitting lids, are better than any other. At the same time more depends upon the dryness of the place they are kept in than upon the material of the box. Red Ink. — Take of white wine vinegar one quart, powdered Brazil-wood two ounces, and alum half an ounce; infuse them together for ten days, then let them gently simmer over a slow fire, after which add a good half ounce of gum arable. When the gum is dissolved, strain the mixture and bottle it for use. Ink thus prepared will keep its color for many years. Violet Ink. — Boil a good quantity of logwood chips in vinegar, and add to the mixture a little alum and gum arable. The depth of the tint may be modi' fied by varying the proportions of logwood and vinegar. Black Ink. — Heat a quart of rain water till it almost boils, and then put into it two ounces of green copperas; when cold strain it, and add to the liquor fivo ounces of powdered galls and two ounces of loaf-sugar. This ink keeps its color well. Paste for Moulding. — Melt some glue in water, and let it be tolerably strong. Mix with this whiting until it is as firm as dough ; then work it into the moulds, which must be previously oiled. Polish for Marble. — Melt over a slow fire four ounces of white wax, and while it is warm stir into it with a wooden spatula an equal weight of oil of tur- pentine; when thoroughly incorporated, put the mixture into a bottle or other vessel, which must be well corked whenever not in use. A little of the above is put upon a piece of flannel and well rubbed upon the marble. Another : Fine rotten-stone, with olive oil, rubbed upon the marble till the desired lustre is attained. Polish for Furniture. — White wax and oil of turpentine, as in the direct tions for polish for marble. A small quantity applied with flannel or other HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 707 woollen cloth, and well rubbed, is excellent for mahogany and walnut. If it is desired to give a yellowish tint for light-colored wood, the turpentitiC should have infused into it, for forty-eight hours before mixing, a small quantity of quercitron, or dyer's oak. To give it a reddish tinge, a little alkanet may be used in the same way as the quercitron. Gregory's Powuer.— Half an ounce of ginger, one ounce and a half of rhubarb, four ounces of calcined magnesia. Mix. Dose: fronuwenty to thirty grains. Stomachic, antacid, and laxative. India-Rubbkr Varnish for Doors.— Dissolve half an ounce of asphaltum in one ounce of oil of turpentine, also dissolve a quarter of an ounce of caoutchouc in two ounces of mineral naphtha. The two solutions are to be mixed before application. Opodeldoc. — Opodeldoc and soap liniment are the same thing. It is a popular external application for local pains and swellings, bruises, sprains, and rheumatism. There are several ways of making it. One recipe is: One ounce of camphor, five ounces of Castile soap, one drachm of oil of rosemary, one and a quarter pints of rectified spirits of wine, and one and a quarter pints of water. This requires to digest for a week, and to be occasionally stirred. When ready, filter and bottle for use. Eau de Cologne. — An excellent form of eati de Cologne may be thus pre- pared: Take two drachms of the seeds of the lesser cardamom, and put them into a still with two (juarts of rectified spirits of wine, and add twenty-foMf drops of each of the following oils: bergamot, lemon, orange, neroli, rosemary, and cedrat; allow them to remain for a few days, and then distil three pints of perfume. Sometimes a stronger preparation is made by employing half the quantity of spirit to the same quantity of materials. This preparation may £'so be made by omitting the seeds, and dissolving the oils in the spirit without distil- lation. In this case the pcrf-me will be improved by allowing the eatide Cologne^ when ir.adc, to remain at rest in a cool place, such as a dry wine-cellar, for two or three months before being used. A good kind of eau de Cologne is thus prepared: Take a quarter of an ounce of the oils of lemon and bergamot, and half that quantity of oil of orange peel,. half a drachm of oil of rosemary, and forty drops of the oil of neroli, and dis- solve them in one pint of rectified spirits of wine. This preparation will be much improved by the addition of a few drops of the essences of musk and ambergris.. A very superior kind of can de Cologne may be manufactured by distilling thirty drop.'> of each of the oils of orange peel, bergamot, and rosemary, dis- solved in half a pint of rectified spirits of wine, with thirty grains of cardamom seeds, and half a pint of orangc-fiowcr water. The materials are mixed together and allowed to remain for a few days before distillation, and then half a pint of the perfume is to be distilled from them. This perfume may also be obtained by dissolving the oils mentioned, together with half the quantity of the oil of neroli, in the spirit, and allowing them to remain a few days before use. 1 m 708 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. Another form for preparing eau de Cologne, directs the employmciit tit eau dk m^lisse des Cannes, tiiree pints, and the same quantity of compound spirit of balm, one quart of spirits of rosemary, three ounces each of the oils of cedrat, lemon and bergamot, half that quantity of the oils of lavender, neroli and lose- maryt and three-quarters of an ounce of the oil of cinnamon; the whole to be dissolved in three gallons of rectified spirits of wine. Tlie form now given iu that of the Paris Codex, and the materials are directed to be dijgested for eight days, and then three gallons distilled. An excellent kind of eau de Cologne may be prepared, which is scented prin- cipally with bergamot, as in the following recipe: Take one drachm of the oil of bergamot, dissolve it in half a pint of rectified spirits of wine, and add eight drops of the oil of lemons, four drops each of neroli and rosemary, six drops of the oil of cedrat, and a drop and a half of the oil of balm. To Clean and Renovate Velvet. — With a stilT brush, dipped in a fluid composed of equal parts of water and spirits of hartshorn, rub the velvet very carefully. When the stains have disappeared, tiie pile of the velvet may be raised thus: Cover a hot smoothing iron with a wet cloth, and hold the velvet spread over it. The vapor will raise the pile of the velvet with the assistance of an occasional whisk from a brush. To Remove Grease Spots from Dresses (Woollen), Furniture, Carpets, Table-Cloths. etc. — Make the poker red-hot. Hold it over the grease spot, within an inch of the material. In a second or two the grease will disappear. Be sure not to let the poker touch the material to burn it. lof (at, Ise* Ibe in jhl fin- I oil of CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. For Reading or Recitation, ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. BY TJIOMAS GRAY. The curfew tolls the knell of parting daj ; The lowing herd winds slowly o'er the lea, The plowman homeward plods his weary way, And leaves the world to darkness and to me. Now fades the glimmering landscape on the sight. And all the air a solemn stillness holds, Save where the beetle wheels his droning flight, And drowsy tinklings lull the distant folds; Save that, from yonder ivy-mantled tower. The moping owl does to the moon complain Of srch as, wandering near her secret bower, Molest her ancient, solitary reign. Beneath those rugged elms, that yew-tree': shade, Where heaves the turf in many a mouldering heap, Each in his narrow cell forever laid. The rude forefathers of the hamlet sleep. The breezy call of inconse-breathing morn. The swallow twittering from the straw-built shed. The cock's shrill clarion, or the echoing horn, No more shall rouse them from their lowly bed. For them no more the blazing hearth shall burn. Or busy housewife ply her evening care; No children run to lisp their sire's return, Or climb his knees the envied kiss to share. Oft did the harvest to their sickle yield, Their furrow oft the stubborn glebe has broke; How jocund did they drive their team afield ! How bowed the woods beneath their sturdy stroke 1 710 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. "Lei not Ambition mock their useful toil, Their homely joys, and destiny obscure; No Grandeur hear, with a disdainful smile, The short and simple annals of the poor. The boast of heraldry, the pomp of power, And all that beauty, all that wealth e'er gave. Await, alikj, the inevitable hour— The paths of glory lead but to the grave. Nor you, ye proud, impute to these the fault, If memory o'er their tomb no tro|)hies raise, Where, through tlie long-drawn aisle and fretted vault. The i>ealing anthem swells the note of praise. Can storied urn, or animated bust. Back to its mansion call the fleeting breath? Can Honor's voice provoke the silent dust, Or Flattery sooth*: the dull, cold car of death ? Perhaps, in this neglected spot, is laid Some heart, once pregnant with celestial fire — Hand, that the rod of empire might have -iwayed. Or waked to ecstasy the living lyre : But Knowledge to their eyes her ample page. Rich with the spoils of time, did ne'er unroll; Chill Penury repressed their noble rage, And froze tlie genial current of the soul. Full many a gem, of purest ray serene. The dark, unfathomed caves of ocean bear; Full many a flower is born to blush unseen, And waste its sweetness on the desert air. Some village Hampden, that, with dauntless breast. The little tyrant of his fields withstood — Some mute, inglorious Milton here may rest. Some Cromwell, guiltless of his country's blood. The applause of listening senates to command. The threats of pain and ruin to despise. To scatter plenty o'er a smiling land. And read their history in a nation's eyes. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Their lot forbade j nor circumscribed alone Their growing virtues, but their crimes confined ;— Forbade to wade through slaughter to a tlirone, And shut the gates of mercy on mankind ; The struggling pangs of conscious Truth to hide, To quench the blushes of ingenuous Sliame, Or heap tlie shrine of Luxury and Pride With incense kindled at the muse's flame. Far from the maddening crowd's ignoble strife, Their sober wishes never learnt to stray; Along the cool, sequestered vale of life They kept the noiseless tenor of their way. Vfct even these bents from insult to protect, Some frail memorial still erected nigh, With uncouth rhymes and shapeless sculpture decked, Implores the passing tribute of a sigh. Their names, their years, spelled by th' unlettered Mus* The place of fame and elegy supply; And many a holy text around she strews, That teach the rustic moralist to die. ;ii For who, to dumb forgetfulncss a prey. This pleasing, anxious being e'er resigned, — Left the warm precincts of the cheerful day, Nor cast one longing, lingering look behind? On some fond breast the parting soul relies, Some pious drops the closing eye requires; Even from tlic tomb the voice of Nature cries, Even in our ashes live their wonted fires. For thee, who, mindful of th' unhonored dead, Dost in these lines their artless tale relate; If chance, by lonely contemplation led. Some kindred spirit shall inquire thy fate- Haply some hoary -headed swain may say:— "Oft have we seen him, at the peep of dawn, Brushing with hasty steps the dews away. To meet the sun upon the upland lawn. 1 712 CHOICE SELECTICNS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, "There at the foot of yonder nodding beech, That wreathes its old, fantastic roots so high, His listless length at noontide would he stretch, And pore upon the brook that babbles by. "Hard by yon wood, now smiling as in scorn, Muttering his wayward fanc-js, he would rove; Now drooping, woful-wan, like one forlorn, Or crazed with care, or crossed in hopeless love. "One morn I missed him on the customed hill. Along the heath, and near his favorite tree; Another came, — nor yet beside the rill. Nor up the lawn, nor at the wood was he ; "The next, with dirges due, in sad array, Slow tiirough the church-way path we saw him bornej- Approach and read (for thou canst read) the lay Graved on the stone beneath yon aged thorn." THE EPITAPH. Here rests his head upon the lap of earth A youth to fortune and to fame unknown ; Fair science frowned not on his humble birth. And melancholy marked him for her own. Large was his bounty, and his soul sincere ; Heaven did a recompense as largely send ; He gave to misery (all he had) a tear. He gained from heaven ('twas all he wished) a friend. No further seek his me'ts ♦o disclose. Or draw his fradties no.n their dread abode, — (There they alike in trembling hope repose,) The bosom of his Father and his God. BOLL CALL "Corporal Green ! " the orderly cried; " Here ! " was the answer loud and clear. From the lips of a soldier who stood near. And " Here ! " was the word the next replied. " Cyrus Drew ! " — then a silence fell — This time no answer followed the call ; Only his rear man had seen him fall, Killed or wounded, he could not tell. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Thfere they stood^in the failing light. These men of battle, with grave, dark looks. As plain to be read as open books. While slowly gathered the shades of nignt. The fern on the hill-side was splashed with blood. And down in the corn, where the poppies grew, Were redder stains than the poppies knew ; And crimson-dyed was the river's flood. For the foe had crossed, from the other side, That day in the face of a murderous fire, That swept them down in its terrible ire; And their life-blood went to color the tide. " Herbert Kline ! " At the call, there came Two stalwart soldiers into the line, Bearing between them this Herbert Kline, Wounded and bleeding, to answer his name. *' Ezra Kerr ! " — and a voice answered " Here 1 '* " Hiram Kerr ! "— but no man replied. They were brothers, these two, the sad winds sighed. And a shudder crept through the cornfield near. " Ephraim Deane ! " — then a soldier spoke : " Deane carried our Regiment's colors," he said; " Where our Ensign was shot, I left him dead. Just after the enemy wavered and broke. "Close to the road-side his body lies; I paused a moment and gave him to drink; He murmured his mother's name, I think. And Death came with it and closed his eyes." 'Twas a victory; yes, but it cost us dear, — For that company's roll, when called at nighty Of a hundred men who went into the fight, Numbered but twenty that answered " Here 1" THE LOST STEAMSHIP. BY FITZ- JAMES O'BRIEN. "Ho, there! fisherman, hold yourhandl Tell me what is that far away — There, where over the Isle of Sand Hangs the mist-cloud sullen and gray? ^3 7U CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. See 1 it rocks with a ghastly life, Raising and rolling through clouds of spray, Right in the midst of the breakers' strife — Tell me, what is it, fisherman, pray?" "That, good sir, was a steamer, stout As ever paddled around Cape Race, And many's the wild and stormy bout She had with the winds in that self-same place; But her time had come ; and at ten o'clock, Last night, she struck on that lonesome shore, And her sides were gnawed by the hiiiusa rock. And at dawn this morning she was no more." "Come, as you seem to know, good man, The terrible fate of this gallant ilrp., Tell me all about her that you can — And here's my flask to moisten your lip. Tell me how many she had on board — Wives and husbands, and lovers true^ How did it fare with her human hoard. Lost she many, or lost she few? " "Master, I may not drink of your flask. Already too moist I feel my lip; But I'm ready to do what else you ask; And spin you my yarn about the ship: Twas ten o'clock, as I said, last night. When she struck the breakers and went ashore* And scarce had broken the morning's light, Than she sank in twelve feet of water, or more. "But long ere this they knew their doom. And the captain called all hands to prayer; And solemnly over the ocean's boom The orisons rose on the troubled air: An«i round about the vessel there rose Tall plumes of sprny as white as snow, Like angels in their ascension clothes. Waiting for those who prayed below. * "So those three hundred people clung, As well as they could, to spar and rooe; With a word of prayer upon every tongut, Nor on any face a glimmer of hope. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. But there was no blubbering, weak and wild — Of tearful faces I saw but one, A rough old salt, who cried like a child. And not for himself, but the Captain's son. "The Captain stood on the quarter-deck, Firm but pale, with trumpet in hand. Sometimes he looked on the breaking wreck, Sometimes he sadly looked on land. And often he smiled to cheer the crew — But, Lord ! the smile was terrible grim — Till over the quarter a huge sea flew. And that was the last they saw of him. "I saw one young fellow, with his bride, Standing amidship upon the wreck; His face was white as the boiling tide. And she was clinging about his neck. And I saw them try to say * Good-bye,' But neither could hear the other speak; So they floated away through the sea to die — Shoulder to shoulder, and cheek to cheek. "And there was a child, but eight at best. Who went his way in a sea we shipped. All the while holding upon his breast A little pet parrot, whose wings were clipped. And as the boy and the bird went by, Swinging away on a tall wave's crest. They were grappled by a man with a drowning cry, A^nd together the three went down to rest. *'And so the crew went one by one. Some with gladness, and few with fear; Cold and hardship such work had done, That few seemed friglitened when death was near. Thus every soul on board went down — Sailor and passenger, little and great; The last that sank was a man of my town, A capital swimmer — the second mate." ** Now, lonely fisherman, who are you, That say you saw this terrible wreck? How do I know what you say is true. When every mortal was swept from the deck? !5 II 7l6 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE B '. sT AUTHORS. Where were you in that hour of death? How do you know what you relate ? " Ha \nswer came in an underbreath— "ivl^ter, I was the second mate! " THE ETERNAL CITY. BY JOAQUIN MILLER. Some levelled hills, a wall, a dome That lords its gilded arch and lies, While at its base a beggar cries For bread, and dies — and that is Rome. Yet Rome is Rome ; and Rome she must And shall remain beside her gates. And tribute take of kings and states, Until the stars have fallen to dust. Yea, Time on yon campagnian plain Has pitched in siege his battle tents; And round about her oattlements Has marched and trumpeted in vain. These skies are Rome ! The very loam Lifts up and speaks in Roman pride; And Time, outfaced and still defied. Sits by and wags his beard at Rome. WE PARTED IN SILENCE BY MRS. CRAWFORD. We parted in silence, we parted by night, On the banks of that lonely river; Where the fragrant limes their boughs unite We met — and we parted forever ! The night-bird sung, and the stars above Told many a touching story, Of friends long pa.ssed to the kingdom of Iov and promised, if the parent* wofild consent, that he would give them property enough to make thamsejves and*their other six children comibrtablc for life. • Which shall it be ? Which shall it be ? I looked at John, John looked at me, And when I found that I must speak, My voice seemed strangely low and weak j Tn CHOiCE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. "Ten me again wlut Robert said ; " And then I, listen g, bent my head— Thiii is Uis letter: *' I will give A. house and land while you shall live, If, in return, from out your seven, One child to me for aye is given," I looked at Jolm's old garments worn; I thought of all that he had borne Of poverty, and work, and care, VVhich I, thougli willing, could not share; I thought of seven young mouths to feed. Of seven little children's need. And then of this. "Come, John," said I, "We'll choose among them as they lie Asleep." So, walking hand in hand. Dear John and I surveyed our band : First to the cradle lightly stepped. Where Lilian, the baby, slept. Softly the father stooped to lay His rough hand down in a loving way. When dream or whisper made her stir. And huskily he said : " Not her ! " We stooped beside the trundle bed. And one long rayof twilight shed Athwart the boyish faces there. In sleep so beautiful and fair; I saw on James's rough, red cheek A tear undricd. E'er John could speak, "He's but a baby, too," said I, And kissed him as we hurried by. Pale, patient Robbie's angel face ^ JStill in his sleep bore suffering's trace, "No, for a thousand crowns, not him!" He whispered, while our eyes were dim. Poor Dick ! bad Dick ! our wayward son- Turbulent, restless, idle one — Could he be spared? Nay, He who gave Bade us befriend him to the grave; CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, Only a mother'"} heart could be Patient enough for such as he; "And so," said John, "I would not dare To take him from her bedside prayer." Then stole we softly up above, And knelt by Mary, child of love; "Perhaps for her 'twould better be," I said to John. Quite silently He lifted up a curl that lay Across her cheek in a wilful way, And shook his head : " Nay, love, not thee,'* The while my heart beat audibly. Only one more, our eldest lad. Trusty and truthful, good and glad. So like his father. " No, John, no I I cannot, will not, let him go." And so we wrote, in courteous way, We could not give one child away; And afterward toil lighter seemed. Thinking of that of which we dreamed, Happy in truth that not one face Was missed from its accustomed place; Thankful to work for all the seven, Trusting the rest to One in heaven • 725 m h CATHEDRAL BY ADA VROOMAN LESLIE. [Mignel turns an honest penny liy selling a scrap of information which bia way, settling a liule private grudge of liis own at the same time Hush ! it is he ! be quiet, girl. Push under your hood that one gold curl ; He will know us, be sure, if we stand and stare, Kneel down, I say. (She is more than fair, What with her cream-white skin and her hair.) Yes, it is warm ; I am stifling, too ; The place is an oven, but what can we do? If they stay, we stay. (How her great eyes flame I These Spanish women deserve their name — Beautiful leopards no hand can tame.) in 726 CJ/OICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTIfORS. You see, my lady, I did not lie. Nor yet was mistaken — no, not I. I stole behind them, and heard him say, " You will, meet me, Love, at t!ie cU;.se ot 'lay In the great dark church — 'tis the only way." Then — being an honest sort of a man — I thought of you, lady, and strai;^htway ran Down to the inlace, and would not go Till you heard my story whether or no, {Anti so, Don Casar, I pay for your blow f) Ah ! if those two fools only dreamed WJiose beautiful, baleful blue eyes gleamed, Here in tlic shadow, a-watching them. As a wild beast watches from out its den — She will kill them both — but how, and wl^en? What ! "go now?" I'm glad of tlie rhanre; 'Twas growimg too warm; l>esides, there's a dance Down at Jose's. Thanks for the gold. May you live to be liappy, and lionored, and old. And get you a lover whose heart's not so ccld. [Pausing at the church doorJ)^ Mother of God ! to-night shall see The twenty candles I promisetl tliee Might in a row: perhaps I may give A ring, or a — stop — a man must live. One really would think my hand was a sieve. IkST HYMN, BY P. P. BLISS. I KNOW not what awaits me, God kindly veils mine eyes. And o'er each step on my onward w;iy He makes new scenes arise ; And every joy he sends me comes A sweet and glad surprise. CH()Rly*3. — Where He may lead I'll follow; My trust in Him repose. And every hour in perfect peace I'll sing, •' He knows. He knows," CHOICE SELECTIONS FROAf THE BEST AUTHORS. One step I see before me ; 'Tis all I need to see ; The light of heaven more brightly shine: When earth's illusions flee, And sweetly through the silence came His loving " Follow Me." O blissful lack of wisdom, 'Tis blessed not to know; He holds me with His own right hand, And will not let me go, And lulls my troubled soul to rest In Him who loves me so. So on I go, not knowing, I would not if I might ; I'd rather walk in the dark with God Tiian go alone in tiie light ; I'd rather walk by faith with Him Tlian go alone by siglu. 72;^ IhKEU ON TRIAL nV FANNV IJARROW. [Many years since a c1oTi;yman was \he recipient of this droll jut nit, Wliere lights like glories fall, And tiie choir sings and the organ rings Along the emblazoned wall. This was the bravest warrior That ever buckled sword ; This the most gifted poet That ever breathed a word ; And never earth's philosopher Traced with his golden pen, On tiie deathless page truths half so sage As /le wiote down for men. And had he not high honor? The hill-side for his pall ; To lie in state while angels wait, With stars for tai)ers tall ; And the dark rock pines, like tossing plumes, Over his bier to wave; And God's own hand, in that lonely land. To lay him in the grave — In that deep grave without a name. Whence his uncofRned clay Shall break again — oh! wondrous thought 1 Before the judgment day; And stand, with glory wrapped around, On the hills he never trod. And speak of the strife that won our life With th' incarnate Son of God. 'lt.',:^^m •-.,■ 'W- CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Oh, lonely tomb in Moab's land I Oh, dark Beth-peor's hill ! Speali to these curious hearts of ours. And teach tlicm to be still. Gov" lath hi'i mysteries of grace, Ways tliat we cannot tell j He hides them deep like the secret sleep Of him he loved so well. THE BimUAG OF WE DEAD. BY THEODORE O'HARA. 'The muffled drum's sad roll has beat The soldier's last tattoo ; No more on life's parade shall meet The brave and fallen few. On Fame's eternal camping-ground Their silent tents are spread. And glory guards witli solemn round The bivouac of the dead. 7V No rumor of the foe's advance Now swells upon the wind, No troubled thought at midnight haunts Of loved ones left br'hind ; No vision of the morrow's strife The warrior's dream alarms. No braying horn or screaming fife At dawn shall call to arms. S^ Their shivered swords are red with rust, Their plumed heads are bowed. Their haughty banner trailed in dust Is now their martial shroud — And plenteous funeral tears have washed The red stains from each brow, And the proud forms by, battle gashed Are free from anguish now. The neighing troop, the flashing bladi The bugle's stirring blast, The charge, the dreadful cannonade, The din and shout are passed — e» ^•„^N»w,0. r52 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, Nor war's wild note, nor glory's peal, Shall thrill with fierce delight Those breasts that never more may fed The rapture of the fight. Like the fierce northern hurricane That sweeps his great plateau, Flushed with the triumph yet to gain Came do\v;i the serried foe — Who heard the thunder of the fray Break o'er the field beneath. Knew well the watchword of that day Was victory or death. Full many a mother's breath hath swept O'er Angostura's plain, And long the pitying sky has wept Above its mouldered slain. The raven's scream, or eagle's flight, Or shepherd's pensive lay. Alone now wake each solemn height That frowned o'er that dread fray. Sons of the Dark and Bloody Ground, Ye must not slumber there. Where stranger steps and tongues resound Along the heedless air! Your own proud land's heroic soil Shall be your fitter grave; She claims from war its richest spoil — The ashes of her brave. Thus 'neath their parent turf they rest. Far from the gory field, Borne to a Spartan mother's breast On many a bloody shield. The sunshine of thi^r native sky Shines sadly on them here. And kindred eyes and hearts watch by The heroes' sepulchre. Rest on, embalmed and sainted dead I Dear as the blood ye gave; No impious footstep here shall tread The herbage of your grave I CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHO'RS, 733 Nor shall your glory be forgot While Fame her record keeps, Or Honor points the hallowed spot Where '/alor proudly sleeps. Yon marble minstrel's voiceless stone In deathless song shall tell, When many a vanished year hath flown, The story how ye fell ; Nor wreck, nor change, nor winter's blight. Nor time's remorseless doom, Can dim one ray of holy light That gilds your glorious tomb. THE BATTLE OF FONTENOY. BY THOMAS DAVIS. ThW.t, w the heights of Fontenoy, the English column failed. And twice the lines of Saint Antoine the Dutch in vain assailed; For town and slope were filled with fort and flanking battery. And well they swept the English ranks, r.nd Dutch auxiliary. As vainly through De Barri's wood the British soldiers burst. The French artillery drove them back, diminished and dispersed. The bloody Duke of Cu" ^'"••land beheld with anxious eye, And ordered up his last - . 'is latest chance to try. On Fontenoy, on Fonteiio/, ." ist his generals ride ! And mustering come his clv.ysen t.oops, like clouds at eventide. Six thousand English veterans in stately column tread, Their cannon blaze in front and flank, Lord Hay is at their head; Steady they step adown the slope — steady they climb the hill; Steady they load — steady they fire, moving right onward still. Betwixt the wood and Fontenoy, as through a furnace blast, Through rampart, trench and palisade, and bullets showering fast; And, on the open plain above, they rose, and kept their course, With ready fire and grim resolve, that mocked at hostile force. Past Fontenoy, past Fontenoy, while thinner grow their ranks — They break, as broke the Zuyder Zee through Holland's ocean banks! More idly than the summer flies, French tirailleurs rush a'round, As stubble to the lava tide, French squadrons strew the ground ; Bomb-shell, and grape, and round-shot tore, still on they marched and firea— « Fast from each volley grenadier and voltigeur retired. " Push on, my household cavalry ! " King Louis madly cried ; To death they rush, but rude their shock — not unavenged they died. , ' U I! ^^i^MteiMi 7S4 ri3t; -'ELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. On through ti, camp ''•( cohimn trod — King Louis turns his rein : "Not yet, my liege," baxe interposed, "the Irish troops remain j " And Fontenoy, filmed Fontcnoy, had been a Waterloo — Were not these exiles ready then, fresh, vehement and true? " Lord Clare," he says, "you have your \vi:ih, tlicre arc your Saxon foes! " The Marshal almost smiles to see, so furiously he goes! How fierce the look these exiles wear, who 're wont to be so gay, The tii'basured wrongs of fifty years are in their hearts.to-day — The treaty broken, ere the ink wherewith 'twas writ could dry, Tlieir plundered homes, their ruined shrines, their women's parting cry. Their priesthood hunted down like wolves, their country overthrown— Each looks as if revenge for all was staked on him alone. On Fontenoy, on Fonunoy, nor ever yet elsewhere Rushed on to fight a nobler band than these proud exiles were. O'Brien's voice is hoarse with joy, as, halting, he commands, "Fix bayonets! Charge!" Like mountain storm rush on these fic;y bands'. Thin is the English column now, and faint their volleys grow. Yet, mustering all the strength they have, they make a gallant show . They dress their ranks upon the hill to face that battle-wind — Their bayonets the breakers' foam; like rocks the men behind! One volley crashes <'rom their line, when through the surging smoke, With empty guns clutched in their hands, the headlong Irish broke. On Fontenoy, on Fontenoy, hark to that fierce huzza ! "Revenge! remember Limerick ! dash down the Sassanach I " Like lions leaping at a fold, when mad with hunger's pang, Right up against the English line the Irish exiles sprang ; Bright was their steel — 'tis bloody now; their guns are filled with gore; Through shattered ranks, and severed files, and trampled flags they tore; The English strove with desperate strength, paused, rallied, staggered, fled—* The green hill-side is matted close with dying and with dead. Across the plain, and far away, passed on that hideous wrack, While cavalier and fantassin dash in upon their track. On Fontenoy, on Fontenoy, like eagles in the sun. With bloody plumes the Irish stand — the field is fought and won I OyER THE RIVER, BY N. A. W. PRIE6T. Over the river they beckon to me, Loved ones who crossed to the other side; The gleam of their snowy robes I see. But their voices are drowned by the rushing tide. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. There's one with ringlets of sunny gold, And eyes the reflection of heaven's own blue ; He crossed in the twilight gray and cold, And the pale mist hid him f n mortal view. \Vc saw not the angels that m^t lii; . 'here— The gates of the city we could not see; Over tiie river, over the river, My brother stands, waiting i j welcome me. Over the rivei the 1 oatman pale Carried another, the he .ehold pet ; Her brown curls waved in the gentle gale — Darling Minnie ! I see her yet; She closed on her bosom her dimpled liands, And fearlessly entered the phantom bark; Wc watched it glide from the silver sands, And all our sunshine grew strangely dark. We know she is safe on the further side. Where all the ransomed and angels be; Over the river, the mystic river. My childhood's idol is waiting for me. For none return from those quiet shores, Who cross with the boatman coKl and pale ; Wc hear the dip of the golden oars. And catch a glimpse of the snowy sail ; And lo ! they have passed from our yearning hearts, They cross the stream and are gone for aye. We may not sunder the veil apart That hides from our vision the gates of day; We only know that their barks no more Sail with us o'er life's stormy sea; ,Yet somewhere, I know, on the unseen shore, They watch and beckon, and wait for me. And I sit and think when the sunset's gold Is flashing on river, and hill, and shore, I shall one day stand by the waters cold And list to the sound of the boatman's ear. I shall watch for the gleam of the flapping sail; I shall hear the boat as it gains the strand ; I shall pass from sight with the boatman pale To the better shore of the spirit-land. 735 73^ CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, I shall know the loved who have gone before, And joyfully sweet will tiie meeting be, When over the river, the peaceful river, The angel of death shall carry me. WLL THE NEW YEAR COME TO-NIGHT. MAMMA ? UV CORA M. EAGKR. Will the New Year come to-night, mamina? I'm tired of waiting so - My stocking hung by the chimney-side full three long days ago; I run to peep within the door by morning's early liglit — 'Tis empty still ; oh, say, mamina, will tiie New Year come to-night? Will the New Year come to-night, mamma? tiie snow is on tiie hill, And the ice must be two indies thick upon the meadow's rill. I heard you tell papa last niglit his son must have a sled (I diidn't mean to hear, mamma), and a pair of skates, you said, I prayed for just those things, mamma. Oh, I shall be full of glee, And the orphan boys in the village s( liool will ail be envying me ; But I'll give them toys and lend lliem books, and make their New Year giad, For God, you say, takes back his gifts when little folks are bad; And won't you let me go, mamma, upon the New Year's day, And carry something nice and warm to poor old widow Ciiay? I'll leave the basket near the door within the garden •.'ate — Will the New Year come to-night, mamma? it seems so long to wait. The New Year comes to-night, mamma, I saw it in my sleep; My stocking Iiung so full, I thouglit — mamma, what makes you weep?— • But it only held a little shroud — a shroud and nothing more; And an open coffin made for me was standing on the floor I It seemed so very strange indeed, to find such gifts, instead Of all the gifts I wished so mue same old cait ; We've never had any trouble to speak of. oi'.ly our i)oor son John Went wrong, an' I drove him off, 'n' it about broke tlie old w..>nian's heart — There's a drop of bitter in every sweet. And my old woman and me Will think of John when the rest come home. Would 1 forgive \\\\\\, young sir? He was only a boy, and I was a fool ♦or bein' so hard, you see ; If I could jist git him atween tlic; "•mis, I'd stick to him like a b:irr. And what's to pay for tiie simslum: fh.u's painted my gray old |)hiz ? Nothin' ? That's cur'us ! You dun'i work for the pleasure of working, hey? Old woman, look here! there's Tom in that face — I'm blest if the chin isn't his I Good God ! she knows him — It's our son John, the boy that we drove away 1 ! II THE couRmr. BY JAMES RUSSEL LOWELL. God makes sech nights, all white an' still, fur'z you can look or listen, Moonshine an* snow on field an' hill, all silence an' all glisten. Zekel crep' up, quite unbeknown, an' peeked in through the winder, An' there sot Huldy, all alone, with no one nigh to hinder. Tlie wa'nut logs shot sparkles out toward the jwotiest, bless her ! An' leetle flames ds'iced all about the chiny on the dresser. The very room, en , she wa^, in, seemed warm from floor to ceilin', ' An' shf! looked full ez rosy ag'in as tlie apple she was peelin'. 'Twas kin' o' '• kingdou) come" to look on stu h a blessed cretur', A dog-rose blushin' to a brook ain't modester nor swcqtcr. He was six foot o' man, A i, clean grit an' human natiir, None couldn't quicker j)itch a ton, nor dror a furrcr straightcr. He'd sparked it with fiill twenty gals, he'd squired 'em, d;vi: cd 'em, dniv 'en\ P'ust this one, and then thet, by spelis — all is, he couldn't love 'em. But long o' her, his veins 'ould run all crinkly, like curled maple, The side she breshe 7W M Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 -» sea and at the Hogue sixteen hundred ninety-two, Did the English fight the French — woe to France I And, the thirty-first of May, iielter-skeltcr through the blue, Like a crowd of frightened porpoises a shoal of sharks pursue Came crowding ship on ship to i\. Malo on the Ranee, With the Engi'sh fleet in view. 'Twas the squadron that escaped, with the victor in full chase, First and foremost of the drove, in his great ship, Danifreville, Close on him fled great and small, Twenty-two good ships in all ; And they signalled to the place, " Help the winners of a race ! Get us guidance, give us harbor, take us quick — or, quicker still. Here's the English can and will ! " Then the pilots of the place put out brisk and leaped on board ; "Why, what hope or chance have ships like these to pass?" laughed they; "Rocks to starboard, rocks to port, all the passage scarred and scored, Shall the * Formidable' here, with her twelve and eighty guns, Think to make the river-mouth by the s>ngle narrow way, Trust to enter where 'tis ticklish for a craft of twenty tons. And with flow at fall beside? Now 'tis slackest ebb of tide. Reach the mooring. Rather say, While rock stands or watei runs, Not a ship will leave the bay ! " Then was called a council straight; Brief and bitter the debate ; 756 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. " Here's the English at our heels ; would you have them take in tow All that's left us of the fleet, linked together stern and bow. For a prize to Plymouth sound ? Better run the ships aground I " (Ended Damfreville his speech), *' Not a minute more to wait ! Let the captains all and each Shove ashore, then blow up, burn the vessels on the beach ! France must undergo lu r fate. Give the word ! " — But no such word Was ever spoke or heard ; For up stood, for out stepped, for in struck amid all these-^ A captain? A lieutenant? A mate — first, second, third ? No such man of mark, and meet With his betters to compete ! But a simple Breton sailor pressed by Tourville for the fleet— A poor coasting pilot he, Herv6 Riel the Croisickese. And " What mockery or malice have we here?" cries Herve Riel; "Are you mad, you Malouins? Are you cowards, fools or rogues? Talk to me of rocks and shoals, me who took the soundings, tell On my fingers every bank, every shallow, every swell, 'Twixt the offing here and Gr6ve, where the river disembogues? Are you bought by English gold ? Is it love the lying's for? Morn and eve, night and day, Have I piloted your bay. Entered free and anchored fast at the foot of Solidor. Burn the fleet and ruin France? That were worse than fifty Hogues' Sirs, they know I speak the truth ! Sirs, believe me, there's a way I Only let me lead the line, Have the biggest ship to steer, Get this ' Formidable ' clear. Make the others follow mine. And I lead them most and least by a passage I know well, Right to Solidor, past Greve, And there lay them safe and sound j And if one ship misbehave — Keel so much as grate the ground — Why, I've nothing but my life ; here's my head 1 " cries Herv6 Riel. Not a minute more to wait ! *' Steer us in, then, small and great ! Take the helm, lead the line, save the squadron 1 " cried its chief, "Captains, give the sailor placet He is admiral in brief." Nf r CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Still the north wind, by God's grace ; See the noble fellow's face As the big ship, with a bound, Clears the entry like a hound, Keeps the passage as its inch of way were the wide sea's profound ! See, safe through shoal and rock. How they follow in a flock. Not a ship that misbehaves, not a keel that grates the ground, Not a spar that comes to grief 1 The peril, see, is past. All are harbored to the last, And just as Herv6 Riel hollas "Anchor ! " — sure as fate. Up the English come, too late. So the storm subsides to calm ; They see the green trees wave On the heights o'erlooking Greve; Hearts that bled are stanched with balm. "Just our rapture to enhance. Let the English rake the bay, Gnash their teeth and glare askance As they cannonade away ! 'Neath rampired Solidcr pleasant riding on the Rmce!" Now hope succeeds despair on each captain's countenance 1 Out burst all with one accord, " This is Paradise for hell ! Let France, let France's king, Thank the man that did the thing I" What a shout, and all one word, "HerveRiel!" As he stepped in front once more, Not a symptom of surprise In the frank blue Breton eyes — Just the same man as before. Then said Damfreville, " My friend, I must speak out at the end, Though I find the speaking hard; Praise is deeper than the lips, You have saved the king his ships. You must name your own reward. Faith, our sun was near eclipse I Demand whate'er vou will, France remains your debtor still. Ask to heart's content, and have 1 or my name's not Damfreville.* 75? \ 75* CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Then a beam of fun outbroke On the bearded mouth tliat spoke, As the honest heart laughed through Those frank eyes of Breton Blue : •'Since I needs must say my say, Since on board the duty's done, And from Malo Roads to Croisic Point, what is it but a run?— Since 'tis ask and have, I may — Since the others go ashore — Come 1 A good whole holiday ! Leave tc e;o and see my wife, wlioai I call the Belle Aiirore !" That he asktd, and that he got — nothing more. . Name and deed alike are lost ; Not a pillar nor a post In his Croisic keejjs alive the feat as it befell : Not a head in white and black On a single fishing-smack, In memory of the man but for whom had [jone to wrac k All that France saved from the fight whuiuc E ij^Liad bore the bell. Go to Paris ; rank on rank Search the heroes flinig ix;ll-nieU On the Louvre, face and flank ; You shall look long enough ere you come to Herve Riel. So, for better and for worse, Herve Riel, accept my verse ! In my verse, Herve Riel, do thou once more Save the squadron, honor France, love thy wife, the Belie Aurorel FMHEB JOHN. BY PELEG ARKWRIGHT. He warn't no long-faced man o* prayer, A-peddlin' scriptures here and there, A-shootin* off his texts and tracts Without regard to dates and facts Or time or place, like all possessed, •Till weary sinners couldn't rest; Fatiguin' unregenerate gents, An<'. causin' molls to swear immenaC. He didn't snivel worth a cent, Nor gush to any great extent, But labored on a level plan — A priest, but none the less a man— CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTUORi Among the slums and boozing-kens, And in the vilest holes and dens, Amongst the drabs and owls and worse^- For saints in these here parts are skerce; This ward ain't nowadays flush o' them, It ain't no new Jerusalem. He preached but little, argued less; But if a moll was in distress, < Or if a kinchen came to grief. Or trouble tackled rogue or thief, There Father John was sure to be, To blunt the edge o' misery ; And somehow managed every time To ease despair or lessen crime. That corner house was alius known Around these parts as Podger's Own, 'Till two pains in a drunken fight Set liie whole thing afire one night ; And wlierc it stood they hypered round And blasted rocks and shoveled ground To build the factory over there — Tiie one you see — and that is wiiere Poor Father John — God give him rest 1 — Preached his last sermon and his best. One summer's day the thing was done ; The workmen set a blast and run. They ain't so keerful here, I guess, Where lives ain't worth a cent apiece, As ill the wards where things is dear, And nothink ain't so cheap as here; Leastwise tlie first they seed or knowed A little chick had crossed the road. He ieemed to be just out o' bed, Barelegged, with nothink on his head ; Chubby and cunnin', with his hair Blown criss-cross by the mornin' air; Draggin' a tin horse by a string, Without much care for anything, A talking to hisself for joy— A toddlin', keerless baby boy. Right for the crawlin' fuse he went, As though to find out what it meant] Trudgin' towards the fatal spot, •Till less'n three feet off he got 759 700 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS^ From where the murdcrin' thing lay still. Just waitin' for to spring and kill; Marching along toward his grave, And not a soul dared go to save. They hollered — all they durst to do; He turned and laughed, and then bent low To set the horsey on his feet, And went right on, a crowin' sweet, And then a death-like silence grew On all the treniblin', coward crew. As each swift second seemed the last Before the roaring of the blast. Just then some chance or purpose brought The priest ; he saw, and quick as tlioughl He ran and caught the child, and turned Just as the slumberin' powder burned. And shot the shattered rocks around. And Avith its thunder shook the ground. The child was sheltered ; Father John Was hurt to death ; without a groan He set the baby down, then went A step or two, but life was spent ; He tottered, looked up to the skies With ashen face, but strange, g!ad eyes. "My love, I come ! " was all he said, Sank slowly down, and so was dead. Stranger, he left a memory here That will be felt for many a year. And since that day this ward has been More human in its dens of sin. THE THREE HORSEMEi\;, [From the German of Uliland.] Three horsemen halted the irr. before, Three horsemen entered the oaken door. And loudly called for the welcome cheer That was wont to greet the traveller here. "Good woman," they cried as the hostess came, A buxom, rosy, portly old dame, "Good woman, how is your wine and beer; And how is your little daughter dear?" CHOICE SELECTIONS FROAf THE BEST AUTHORS. "My house is ever supplied with cheer, But my daughter lieth upon her bier." A shadow over the horsemen fell, Each wrapped in thoughts he could never tell; And silently one by one they crept To the darkened room where the maiden slept. The golden hair was rippling low Over a forehead pure as snow, And the little hands were idly pressed, Clasping a cross to the pulhcloss breast. *'I loved thee ere the death-chill lay On thee, sweet child," and one turned away. "I would have loved thee," the second said, ♦* Hadst thou learned to love me, and lived to wed." "I loved thee e^er, I love thee now," The last one cried as he kissed her brow, "In the heaven to come our souls shall wed, I have loved thee living, I love thee dead." Then silently out from the oaken door Three horsemen passed to return no more. 76 r THE BATTLE OF "BOTHWELL BR/Q," BY ALLAN CURR. [A Lay of the Covenanters.] TVas on a Sabbath morning in the sunny month of June, Oh, waefu* Sabbath morning, when Scotland's sun gaed doon, And bright that Sabbath morning broke— to close so dark and drear. For Scotland's hour of woe had coine, and Scotland's doom was near. The sun was on the rippling Clyde that sparkled clear and bright, On either ^ide the armies lay, and marshalled forth their might ; Loud rose the shouts of armed men — loud rang the cries of war. And highland host and lowland's boast were gathered from afar. Ten thousand sounds were mingling then with music of the drum ; Ten thousand swords were glancing bright, and told the foe had com6; There rode the faithless Livingstone — there rode the bloody Grahame, And fierce Dalziel, and Monmouth there, to work their country's shame. With fife and drum, and banner red, and war-pipes shrill and clear, The foe are marching to the bridge— their horsemen in the rear; Loud rose the shout, "God save the King ! " and answer back we sent, *'The Lord of Hosts I The Lord of Hosts I and Kirk and Covenant I*" 7irniy lay, the river roll'd between, And Burley bold, and Morton brave, on IJothwcll lirig were seen; Behind them, spreading on the moor, our stattercil army lay, With none to lead lliem to the fight and win that bloody day. Loud murmurs swelled alo'.ig our ranks — by factions weak and blind Our camp was tossed, like forest leaves blown by tiie autun>n wind; Loud rose the sounds of angry strife— loud raged the fierce debate, And traitor words were spoken wliilst the foe were at the gate. Where is the spirit that of old defied th' invader's might — Where is the hero likj of old to put the foe to flight ? Oh, for an hour of Cromwell's sword to change the- fate of war, Oh, for the arm that led them on at Marston and Dunbar. Had we the b! ide of Wallace true, or Bruce to lead the van, Our foes would (L-e before our face a; their forefathers ran ; Had wc one arm to guide us on — the battle-tide to turn, Our song would be of victory, and Bothwell — Bannockburn ! On Dothwell B.ig a d.iuntless few stood forth in stern array, Right gallantly they ke])t the bridge upon that fatal day ; With pike and gu.i, aid sword and spear, and hearts sae leal and true. Long stood they there in glory's place to guard our banner blue. Thrice rush'd the foe the britlgj to gain, and thrice our blades drank blood, Some fell b^Mieath tlic broad el ly nore — some threw we in the flood ; Again the shout, "Gjd save the King!" and answer back we sent, "The Lord of Hosts ! The Lord of Hosts ! and Kirk and Covenant I " 'Gainst fearful odds they kept the bridge till one by one they fell, And deed; of glory ha I l)jea dovj no minstrel tongue can tell ; " The Bridge is lost ! " (iod help \\•^ now, for yonder come the foe. And horsemen with their nodding plumes now cross the ford below. Then out spoke Grahame of Cla\erhouse — a bloody man was he : " Now charge them with the sword and lance — your battle-cry Dundee ! ' Then spoke out sturdy Cameron — a brave old man was he : " Li God we trust, our cause is just, Ave fear not thine nor thee. *' Curse on thee, bloody Clavers, now, curse on thee evermore. Curse on thy traitor hand, that dy'd old Scotland's streams with gore; Long as the hills of Scotland stand shall hated be thy name. And each true Scottish tongue for aye shall curse the bloody Grahame.'* But see ! the foe have passed the bridge, their must'ring ranks are near, Their swords are glancing in the sun — their horsemen in the rear. Again the shout, " God save the King ! " and answer back we sent, "The Lord of Hosts 1 The Lord of Hosts ! and Kirk and Covenant." d. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. "J^l In vain, in vain, ye ilauinlcss few, with Biirlcy keep the van 1 In vain around our bauiK'r Ijhic, die fiyhting man to man I •'The day is lost ! " our stricken ho.,t like traitors turn and fleej God helj) nic ever from the shame such other siglit to see I Oh, weep for Scotland, weep ! for (lod liath her afflicted sore, Weep — weep bloody tjar.s tor Scuiluad— her freedjiu is no more; Oh, bright that SabUatli uurniug broke — the sun slione an the flood* But ere that Sabbath day had clos'd — her sun went down in blood. ART THOU UyiNG YET? BY JAMES G. CLARK. Is there no grand, immortal sphere Beyond this realm of broken ties, To fill the wants that mock us here, And dry the tears from weejjing eyes; Where Winter melts in endless Spring, And June stands near with deathless flow> n Where we may hear the dear ones sing Who loved us in this world of oursJ? I ask, and lo ! my cheeks are wet With tears for one I cannot sec; Oh, mother, art thou living yet. And dost thou still remember me? I feel thy kisses o'er me thrill. Thou unseen angel of my life ; I hear thy hymns around me trill, An undertone to care and strife ; Thy tender eyes upon me shine, As from a being glorified. Till I am thine and thou art mine, And I forget that thou hast died. I almost lose each voin regret In visions of a life to be ; But, mother, art thou living yet, And dost thou still remember me? The Springtimes bloom, the Summers fade* The Winters blow along my way ; But over every light or shade Thy memory lives by night and day; 7^4 CHOICE SELECTIOj/S FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. It soothes to sleep my wildest pain, Like some sweet song that cannot die, And, like the murmur of the main, Grows deeper when the storm is nigh. I know the brightest stars that set Return to bless the yearning sea ; But, mother, art thou living yet. And dost thou still remember me? I sometimes think thy soul co nes back From o'er the dark and silent stream Where last we watc'.ied thy shining track, To those green hills of which we dream; Thy loving arnvj around me twine, My cheeks bloom younger in thy breath. Till thou art mine and I am thine, Without a thought of pain or death; And yet, at times, my eyes are wet With tears for her I cannot see — Oh, mother, art thou living yet. And dost thou still remember me ? PARSO!^ KELLY. BY MARIAN DOUGLAS. Old Parson Kelly's fair young wife Irene Died when but three months wed. And no new love has ever come between His true heart and the dead. Though now for sixty years the grass has grown Upon her grave, and 0:1 its simple stone Tae moss And yellow lichens creep her name across. Outside the door, in the warm summer air, The old man sits for hours, Th". idle wind that stirs his silver hair Is sweet with June's first flowe • But dull hi.: mind, and clouded With the haze Of life's last weary, gray November days; And dim The past and present look alike to him. I CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS The sunny scene around, confused and blurred, The twitter of the birds, Blend in his mind with voices long since heard — Glad childhood's careless words, Old hymns and Scripture texts ; while indistinct Yet strong, one thouglu with all fair things is linked— The bride Of his lost youth is ever by his side. By ihi. sweet weiglit of snowy blossoms bowed The rose-tree branch hangs low. And in the simshine, like a fleecy cloud, Sways slowly to and fro. *' Oh ! is it you?" the old man asks, " Irene !" And smiles, and fancies that her face he's seen Beneath The opening roses of a bridal wreath! Down from the gambrel roof a white dove flits, The sunshine on its wings, And lighting close to where the dreamer sits, A vision with it brings — A golden gleam from some long vanished day. "Dear love," he calls; then, " Why will you not stay?" He sighs, For, at his voice, the bird looks up and flies 1 O constant heart ! whose failing thoughts cling fast To one long laid in dust. Still seeing, turned to thine, as in the past, Her look of perfect trust. Her soft voice hearing in the south wind's breath, Dream on ! Love pure as thine shall outlive death, And when The gates unfold, her eyes meet thine again 1 7S5 JOHH Am TIBBIE DAVISON'S DISPUTE, BY ROnERT LEIGHTON. John Davison and Tibbie, his wife, Sat toasting their taes ae nicht. When something startit in the fluir, And blinkit by their sicht. 706 CHOICE SELECr/OXS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. "Guidwife," quoth John, "did ye see that moose? Whar sorra was the cat? " "A moose?" "Aye, a moose." " Na, na, guidman. It was'na a moose, 'twas a rat." **0\v, ow, guidwife, to think ye've been Sae long aboot tlie hoose, An' no to ken a moobe frae a rat ! Yon was'na a rat ! 'twa.> a moose." *• I've seen mair mice than you, guidman. An' what think ye o' that? 5a baud your tongue an say nae mair— I tell ye, it was a rat." ^^Me baud my tongue for you, guidwife ! I'll be mester o' this hoose — I saw't as plain as een could see't, An' I tell ye, it was a moose ! " **If you're the mester o' the hoose It's I'm the mistress o't ; An' / ken best what's in the hoose, Sae I tell ye, it was a rat." **Weel, weel, guidwife, gae mak' the brose, An' ca' it what ye please." So up she rose, and made the brose, While John sat toasting his taes. They supit, ; nd supit, and supit the brose, And aye their lips played smack ; They supit, and supit, and supit the brose, Till their lugs began to crack. ** Sic fules we were to fa' oot, puidwife, Aboot a moose — " "A what ? It's a lee ye tell, an' I say again. It was'na a moose, 'twas a rat ! " " Wad ye ca' me a leear to my very face ? My faith, but ye craw croose I I tell ye, Tib, I never will bear't — 'Twas a moose I " " 'Twas a rat ! " •' 'Twas a moose I*' Wi' her spoon she strack him ower the pow— •* Ye dour auld doit, tak' that ; Gae to your bed, ye canker' d sumph — •Twas a rat 1 " " 'Twas a moose ! " " 'Twas a ret I " CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. 767 She sent the brosc caup at his heels, As he hirpled ben the hoose ; Yet he shoved oot nis head as he steekit the door, And crieil, " 'Twas a moose ! 'twas a moose I" But when the carle was fast asleep She paid liim back for that, And roared into his sleepin' lug, " 'Twas a rat ! 'twas a rat 1 'twas a rat I" The de'il be wi' me if I think It was a beast ava ! Neist mornin', as she sweepit the fluir. She faund wee Johnnie's ba' 1 LOVE'S BELIEF. ANONYMOUS. I BELIEVE if I were dead, And you should kiss my ej'elids where I lie Cold, dead and dumb to all the v. jrid contains, The folded orbs would open at thy breath, And, from its exile in the Isles of Death, Life would come gladly back along my veins. I believe if I were dead. And you upon my lifeless heart should tread- Not knowing what the poor clod chanced to be — It would find sudden pulse beneath the touch Of him it ever loved in life so much, And throb again, warm, tender, true to thee. I believe if in my grave. Hidden in woody depths by all the waves, Your eyes should drop some warm tears of regret, From every salty seed of your dear grief Some fair, sweet blossom would leap into leaf, To prove death could not make my love forget. I believe if ! should fade Into the mystic realms where light is made. And you should long once more my face to see, I would come forth upon the hills of night, And gather stars like fagots, till thy sight, Led by the beacon blaze, fell full on me. I 768 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS I believe my love for thee (Strong as my life) so nobly placed to be, It could as soon expect to see the sun Fall like a dead king from his heights sublime, His glory stricken from the throne of Time, As thee unworth the worship thou hast won. I believe love, pure and true, Is to the soul a sweet, immortal dew. That gems life's petals in tlie hour of dusk. The waiting angels see and recognize The rich crown jewel love of Paradise, When life falls from us like a withered husk. TO LOVE. FORGET. AND DIE. IIV JOAQUIN MILLER. By the populous land on the lonesome sea, Lo ! these were the gifts of tiie gods to men- Three miserable gifts, and only three; To love, to forget, to die — and then? To love in peril and in bitter sweet pain, And then, forgotten, lie down and die : One moment of sun, whole seasons of rain, Then night is rolled to the door of the sky. To love ? To sit at her feet and to weep : To climb to her face, hide your face in her hair; To nestle you there like a babe in its sleep, And, too, like a babe, to believe — it cuts there. To love? 'Tis to suffer. " Lie close to my breast, Like a fair ship in haven, O darling," I cried ; "Your round arms outstretching to heaven for rest. Make signal to death." . . . Death came, and love died. To forget ? To forget, mount horse and clut .h sword. Take ship^ind make sail to the ice-prisoned seas. Write books and preach lies ; range lands ; or go hoard A grave full of gold, and buy wines — and drink lees; Then die, and die cursing, and call it a prayer I Is earth but a top — a boy-god's delight. To be spun for his pleasure while man's despair Breaks out like a wall of the damned through the night? CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. 769 Sit down in the darkness and weep with me On the edge of the world. So love lies dead. And the earth and the sky and the sky and the sea Seem shutting together as a book that is read. Yet what have we learned ? We laughed with delight In the morning at school, and kept toying with all Time's silly playthings. Now, wearied ere night, We must cry for dark-mother, her cradle the pall. THERE'S DANGER IN THE TOWN. BY JOHN H. YATES. 1 WERE, John, hitch Dobbin to the post ; come near me, and sit down ; ypur mother wants to talk to you before you drive to town. My hairs are gray, I shall soon be at rest within the grave ; Not long will mother pilot you o'er life's tempestuous wave. I've watched o'er you from infancy, till now you are a man, A,nd I have always loved you, as a mother only can; At morning and at evening I have prayed the God of love To bless and guide my darling boy to the bright home above. A mother's eye is searching, John— old age can't dim its sight, When watching o'er an only child, to see if he does right : And very lately I have seen what has aroused my fears, And made my pillow hard at night, and moistened it with tears, I've seen a light within your eye, upon your cheeks a glow. That told me you are in the road that leads to shame and woej Oh, John, don't turn away your head and on my counsel frown, Stay more upon the dear old farm— there's danger in the town. Remember what the poet says— long years have proved it true- That "Satan finds some mischief still for idle hands to do." If yo-i live on in idleness, with those who love the bowl, You'll dig yourself a drunkard's grave, and wreck your reckless sotrl. Your father, John, is growing old, his days are nearly through, Oh, he has labored very hard to save the farm for you ; But it will go to ruin soon, and poverty will frown If you keep hitching Dobbin up to drive into the town. Your prospects for the future are very bright, my son, Not many have your start in life when they are twenty-one ; Your star that shines so brightly now, in darkness will decline If you forget your mother's words, and tarry at the wine. 49 770 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Turn bade, my boy, in your youth, stay by the dear old farm ; The Lord of Hosts will save you with His powerful right arm ; Mot long will mother pilot you o'er life's tempestuous wave, Then light her pathway with your love down to the silent grave. mm ASTRONOMY. BY CHARLES G. HALriNE. A veritable myth, touching the constellation) of O'Ryan, ignorantly •ad falsely spelled Orion. O'Ryan was a man of might Whin Ireland was a nation. But poachin' was his heart's delight And constant occupation. He had an ould militia gun. And sartin sure his aim was; He gave the keepers many a run. And wouldn't mind the game laws. St. Pathrick wanst was passin' by O'Ryan's little houldin'. And as the saint felt wake and dhry. He thought he'd enther bould in ; "O'Ryan," says the saint, "avick 1 To praich at Thurles I'm goin*; So let me have a rasher, quick. And a dhrop of Innishowen." ** No rasher will I cook for you While betther is to spare, sir; But here's a jug of mountain dew, And there's a rattlin' hare, sir." St. Pathri'-k he looked mighty sweet. And says he, "Good luck attind you, And when you're in your windin' sheet It's up to heaven I'll sind you." O'Ryan gave his pipe a whiff — " Them tidin's is thransportin', But may I ax your saintship if There's any kind of sportin' ?" St. Pathrick said, "A Lion's there, Two Bears, a Bull, and Cancer" — "Bedad," says Mick, ** the huntin's rare» St. Pathrick, I'm your man, sir!" CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. So, to conclude ray song aright, For fear I'd tire your patience, You'll sec O'Ryan any night Amid the constellations. And Venus follows in iiis track. Till Mars grows jealous raally. But faith, he fears the Irish knack Of handling his shillaly. THE MARTYRS OF SANDOMIR. This beaatiful poem is suiiposci' lo have lieen written by Monseigneur CapcL Six hundred years ago, one night, The monks of Sandomir Had chanted matins in the choir, And then sat down to hear The lesson from the martyrs' lives For the ensuing day : Fur thus tlie Blessed Dominie Had taught his sons the way To sanctify i!ic hours that men In pleasure or in sleep Are wont to spend, and they took care His holy rule to keep. The book lay open on the desk At the appointed page ; The youngest novice, who was scarce More than a l)oy in age, Stood up to sing, ar.d on the book Looked down with earnest eyes. At once across his features stole A movement of surprise ; And then, with clear and steady voice, He sang " The Forty-nine Martyrs of Sandomir" — and laid His finger on the line. Sadoc, the Prior, almost knew By heart that holy book. And, rising in his stall, he called With a reproving look The novice to his jide, and said, " My son, what hast thou sung? From jests within these sacred walls •Twere meet to keep thy tongue." 771 772 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHOXS. *' Father," the novice answered meek, " The words are written all Upon this page; " and brought it straight To Sadoc in his stall. Th' illuminated parchment shone With gold and colors bright. But brighter far than all the rest, With an unearthly light, Beam'd forth the words the youth had sung. The Prior saw the sign, And said, " My brethren, 'tis from God; Are we not forty-nine? It is a message from our Lord — Rejoice ! for by his grace. To-morrow we shall be in Heaven, To-morrow see his face. What matter if the way be hard And steep that leads us there ? The time is short. Let us make haste. And for our death prepare." Then one by one at Sadoc's feet The monks their sins confessed With true contrition, and rose up In peace, absolved and blessed. And when the eastern sunbeams came In through the window tall, Sadoc, the Prior, said Mass, and gave The Bread of Life to all. Like other days that wondrous day The holy brethren spent ; As their rule bade them, to their meals. To work, to prayer they went ; Only from time to time they said, "Why are the hours so long? We thouglit we should have been ere now Joining the angels' song." The evening came, the complin bell Had called them to the choir— **God grant us all a perfect end," In blessing said the Prior. And when the complin psalms were sung, They chanted at the end— CHOKE SEI ECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. ** Into Thy hands, my Lord and God, My spirit I commend." Again, and yet again rose up Those words so cahn and sweet, As when an echo from a rock Doth some clear note repeat. Fierce war cries now were heard without. Blows shook the convent gate : The heathen Tartar hordes had come With fury filled and hate. The brethren heeded not, nor heard The clamor of their foes ; For from their lii^s the iioly hymn, "Salve Rcgina," rose. And two and two in order ratig'd They passed down througii the nave. And when they turned and kneeled, the Prio^ The holy water gave. But as they sang, " O Mother dear, When this life's exile's o'er, Show us the face of Christ, thy Son," The Tartars burst the door. With savage yells and diouts they came, With deadly weapons bare, On murder and on plunder bent ;— The sight that met them there, Of that white-rob'd, undaunted band, Kneeling so calm and still, A moment checked them in their course— The next, the pow'rs of ill Had urged them on, and they began Their work of blood and death, Nor stayed their hands till all the monks Had yielded up their breath. So Sadoc and his brethren all At Sandomir were slain : Six hundred years in Heaven have paid That hour of bitter pain. 773 774 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, ONLY WAITINQ, ANONYMOUS. Only waiting till the shadows Are a little longer grown, Only waiting till the glimmer Of the day's last beam is flown ; Till the night of earth is faded From the heart once full of day, Till the stars of heaven are breaking Through the twilight soft and gray. Only waiting till the reapers Have the last sheaf gathered home. For the summer time is faded, And the autumn winds have come. Quickly, reapers I gather quickly The last ripe hours of my heart. For the bloom of life is withered. And I hasten to depart. Only waiting till the angels Open wide the mystic gate, At whose feet I long have lingered. Weary, poor, and desolate. Even now I hear the footsteps, And their voices far away ; If they call me I am waiting. Only waiting to obey. Only waiting till the shadows Are a little longer grown. Only waiting till the glimmer Of the last day's beam is flown Then from out the gathered darkness. Holy, deathless stars shall rise. By whose light my soul shall gladly Tread its pathway to the skies. klY HEART AND I. Vt MRS. ELIZABETH BARRETT BROWNIKa How tired we feel, my heart and 1 1 We seem of no use in the world ; Our fancies hang giay and uncurled ^^%^^ ^.., I M.:-^- -4*»-' 774 CHOICE SF'' • \<\\ iviu' Jjy v»ii,.i A.tr AVr/fOAX V m, "e fet' i f-a* ^■~-— ^.,.:; *■■" - i lu^. sji^aWd. Ihfi!'^" ■^'■-T ^nnrn?T^£ ,r-'# CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AVTHORX About men's ';yes indifferently ; Our voice, which thrilled you so, will let You sleep : our tears are only wet ; What do we here, my heart and I ? So tired, so tired, my heart and 1 1 It was not thus in the old time When Ralph sat with me 'neath the line To watch the sun set from the sky ; *' Dear love, you're looking tired," he said ; I, smiling at him, shook my head ; Tis now we're tired, my heart and I. K> tired, so tired, my heart and I ! Though now none takes me on his am; To fold me close and kiss me warm, Till each quick breath end in a sigh Of happy languor. Now alone, Uncheered, unkissed, my heart and L Tired out we are, my heart and 1 1 Suppose the world brought diadems To tempt us, crusted with loose gems Of powers and pleasures ? Let it try. We scarcely dare to look at even A pretty child or God's blue Heaven, We feel so tired, my heart and I. Yet who complains? My heart and 1 1 In this abundant earth, no doubt. Is little room for things worn out ; Disdain them, break them, throw them byt And if before the day grows rough We once were loved, used — well enough I think we've fared, my heart and 1 1 oomm. ANONYMOUS. ■4t eten, or at midnight, or at the cock-crowing, or in the momintr.' Mark xiii. 3$. It may be in the evening, When the work of the day is done. And you have time to sit in the twilight And watch the sinking sun— t7l ?r6 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. While the long bright day dies slowly Over the sea. And the hour grows quiet and holy With thoughts of me ; While you hear the village childreo Passing along the street, Among those thronging footsteps May come the sound of my feet : Therefore, I tell you, Watch, By the light of the evening star, Wlien the room is growing dusky As the clouds afar ; Let the door be on the latch In your home, For it may be through the gleaming I will come. It may be when the midnight Is heavy upon the land, And the black waves lying dumbly Along the sand ; When the moonless night draws closely. And the lights are out in the house ; When the fires burn low and red, And the watch is ticking loudly Beside the bed ; Though you sleep, tired out, on your couch. Still your heart must wake and watch In the dark room. For it may be that at midnight I will come. 1 It may be at the cock-crow, When the night is dying slowly In the sky, And the sea looks calm and holy. Waiting for the dawn Of the golden sun Which draweth nigh ; When the mists are on the valleys shading The river's chill, And my morning star is fading, fading Over the hill ; CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Behold, I say unto you, Watch ; Let the door be on the latch In your home ; In the chill before the dawning, Between the night and morning, I may come. It may be in the morning, When the sun is bright and strong, And the dew is glittering sharply Over the little lawn ; When tlie waves are laughing loudly Along the shore, And the little birds are singing sweetly About the door. With the long day's work before you You rise up with the sun And tlie neighbors come in to talk a littlfc Of all that must be done; But remember that I may be the next To come in at the door To call you from all your busy work For evermore ; As you work your heart must watch, For the door is on the latch In your room, And it may be in the morning I will come. So He passed down my cottage garden. By the path that leads to the sea, Till He came to the turn of the little road Where the birch and the laburnum tree Lean over and arch the way ; There I saw him a moment stay, And turn once more to me, As I wept at the cottage door. And lift Mp His hands in blessing- Then I saw His face no more. And I stood still in the doorway. Leaning against the wall. Not heeding the fair white roses, Thougr. I cnisned them and let them fell : 777 9T% CHOICE SELECTIONS FHOAi THE BEST AUTHORS, Only looking down the pathway And looking toward the sea, And wondering, and wondering When He would come back for me ; Till I was aware of an angel Who was going swiftly by, With the gladness of one who goeth In the light of God Most High. Ke passed the end of the cottage Toward the garden gate — • [I suppose he had come down !lt the setting of the sun To comfort some one in the village tVhose dwelling was disconsolate) — And He paused before the door Beside my place, And the likeness of a smile SVas on His face : "Weep not," He said, " for unto you b giveiit To watch for the coming of His feet Who is the glory of our blessed heaven : " The work and watching will be very sweety Even in an earthly home ; And in such an hour as ye think not He will come ! So I am watching quietly Every day. Whenever the sun shines brightly, I rise and say : "Surely it is the shining of His face;" And look into the gates of His high plac** Beyond the sea, For I know He is coming shortly To summon me. And when a shadow falls across the window Of my room. Where I am working my appointed task, I lift my head to watch the door and ask* If He is come ; And the Angel answers sweetly In my home : "Only a few more shadows, And He will come." 1 4 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. AUX imiENS. BY OWEN MEREDITH. At Paris it was, at the Opera there ; And she looked like a queen in a book, that night, With the wreath of pearl in her raven hair, And the brooch on her breast, so bright. Of all the operas that Verdi wrote, The best, to my taste, is the Trovatore ; And Mario can soothe with a tenor note The souls in purgatory. The moon on the tower slept soft as snow ; And who was not thrilled in the strangest way; As we heard him sing, while the gas burned low, "Non ti scordar di me ?" The Emperor there, in his box of state, Looked grave, as if he had just then seen The red flag wave from the city-gate, Where his eagles in bronze had been. The Empress, too, had a tear in her eye. You'd have said that her fancy liad gone back again. For one moment, under the old blue sky, To the old glad life in Spain. Well ! there in our front-row box we sat Together, my bride-betrothed and I; My gaze was fixed on my opera-liat, And hers on the stage hard by. And both were silent, and both were sad. Like a queen, she leaned on her full white arm. With that regal, indolent air she had; So confident of her charm. I have not a doubt she was thinking then Of her former lord, good soul that he was 1 Who died the richest and roundest of men, The Marquis of Carabas. I hope that, to get to the ki. iom of heaven, Through a needle's eye he had not to passj I wish him well for the jointure given To my lady of Carabas. 779 780 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BES7' AUTHORS. Meanwhile I was thinking of my first love, As I had not been thinking of aught for years, Till over my eyes there began to move Something that felt like tears. I thought of the dress that she wore last time, When we stood, 'neath the cypress-trees, together. In that lost land, in that soft clime, In the crimson evening weather ; Of that muslin dress (for the eve was hot). And her warm white neck in its golden chain, And her full, soft hair, just tied in a knot And falling loose again; And the jasmin-flower in her fair young breast; Oh, the faint, sweet smell of that jasmin-flower 1 And the one bird singing alone to his nest. And the one star over the tower. I thought of our little quarrels and strife, And the letter that brought me back my ring, And it all seemed then, in the waste of life, Such a very little thing 1 For I thought of her grave below the hill. Which the sentinel cypress-tree stands over. And I thought .... " were she only living still, How I could forgive her and love her ! " And I swear, as I thought of her thus, in that hour, And of how, after all, old things were best. That I smelt the smell of that jasmin-flower, Which she used to wear in her breast. It smelt so faint, and it smelt so sweet. It made me creep and it made me cold 1 Like the scent that steals from the crumbling sheet When a mummy is half unrolled. And I turned and looked. She was sitting there In a dim box, over the stage ; and drest In that muslin dress, with that full soft hair, And that jasmin in her breast 1 I was here, and she was there, And the glittering horseshoe curved between— From my bride-betrothed, with her raven hair, And her sumptuous, scornful mien. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS To my early love, with her eyes downcast, And over her primrose face the shade (In short, from the Future back to the Past), There was but one step to be made. To my early love from my future bride One moment I looked. Then I stole to the door, 1 traversed the passage ; and down at her side I was sitting, a moment more. My thinking of her, or the music's strain, Or something which never will be exprest, Had brought her back from the grave again, With the jasmin in her breast. She is not dead, and she is not wed ! But she loves me now, and she loved me then 1 And the very first word that her sweet lips said, My heart grew youthful again. Tlie MarcVioness there, of Carabas, She is wealthy, and young, and handsome still, And but for her .... well, we'll let that pass- She may marry whomever she will. But I will marry my own first love. With her primrose face ; for old things are best. And the flower in her bosom, I prize it above The brooch in my lady's breast. The world is filled with folly and sin. And Love must cling where it can, I say } For Beauty is easy enough to win, But one isn't loved every day. And I think, in the lives of most women and men, There's a moment when all would go smooth and evea If only the dead could find out when To come back and be forgiven. But oh, the smell of that jasmin-flower 1 And oh, that music ! and oh, the way That voice rang out from the donjon tower, Non H scordar di me, Non ti scordar di met 781 783 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS MONK FELIX. BY H. W. LONGFELLOW. One morning all alone, Out of his convent of gray stone, Into the forest older, darker, grayer, His lips moving as if in prayer, His head sunken upon his breast As in a dream of rest. Walked the Monk Felix. All about The broad, sweet sunsliine lay without, Filling the summer air; And within the woodlands, as he trod. The twilight was like the truce of God With worldly woe and care. Under liim lay the golden moss; And above him the boughs of the hemlock-trees Waved, and made the sign of tiie cross, And whispered their Benedicites; And from the ground Rose an odor, sweet and fragrant, Of the wild flowers and the vagrant Vines that wandered. Seeking the sunshine round and round; These he heeded not, but pondered On the volume in his hand, A volume of St. Augustine, Wherein he read of the unseen Splendors of God's great town In the unknown land, And, with his eyes cast down, In humility he said : " I believe, O God, What herein I have road. But, alas I I do not understand 1 " And lo ! he heard The sudden singing of a bird, A snow-white bird, that from a cloud ' Dropped down. And among the branches brown Sat singing So sweet, and clear, and loud, It seemed a thousand liarp-strings ringing. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. 783 And the Monk Felix closed his book, And long, long, With rapturous look, He listened to the song, And hardly breatlied or stirred. Until he saw, as in a vision, The land of Elysian, And in the heavenly city heard Angelic feet Fall on the golden flagging of the street. And he would fain have caught the wondrous bird, But strove in vain ; For it flew away, away, Far over hill and dell, And instead of its sweet singing He heard the convent bell Suddenly in the silence ringing For the service of noonday. And he retraced His pathway homeward, sadly and in haste. In the convent there was a change I He looked for each well-known face. But the faces were new and strange j New figures sat in the oaken stalls, New voices chanted in the choir; Vet the place was the same place, The same dusty walls Of cold gray stone, The same cloisters, and belfry, and spire. A stranger and alone Aniong that brotherhoot* The Monk Felix stood. «* Forty years," said a friar, ** Have I been prior Of this convent in the wood; But for that space Never have I beheld thy face I " The heart of Monk Felix fell ; And he answered with submissive tone, «* This morning after the hour of Prime I left my cell, And wandered forth alone, 784 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, Listening all the time To the melodious singing Of a beautiful white bird, Until I heard The bells of the convent ringing Noon from their noisy towers. It was as if I dreamed; For what to mc had seemed Moments only, had been hours 1 " " Years I " said a voice close by. It was an aged monk who spoke, From a bench of oak Fastened against the wall; He was the oldest "iionk of all. For a whole century Had he been there. Serving God in prayer. The meekest and humblest of his creatures. He remembered well the features Of Ftlix, and he said, Speaking distinct and slow: ' " One hundred years ago, When I was a novice in this place. There was here a monk full of God's grace, Who bore the name Of Felix, and this man must be the same." And straightway They brought forth to the light of day A volume old and brown, ' A huge tome, bound In brass and wild boar's hide, Wherein was written down • The names of all who had died In the convent since it was edified. And there they found. Just as the old monk said, Tliat on a certain day and date, One hundred years before, Had gone forth from the convent-gate The Mojik Felix, and never more Had entered the sacred door. He had been counted among the dead i CHOICE SELECTIONS EA'OA/ THE BEi. l AUTIIOkS, And they knew, at last, That such had been tlie power Of that celestial and immortal song, A hundred years iiad passed, And had not seemed so long as a single hour I fi HOUSEKEEPER'S TRAGEDY. ANONYMOUS. One day as I wandered, I heard a complaining, And saw a poor woman, the picture of gloom : She glared at the mud on her doorsteps ('twas raining), And this was her wail as she wielded the broom : "Oh ! life is a toil, and love is a trouble. And beauty will fade and riches will flee ; And pleasures they dwindle, and prices they double, And nothing is what I could wisli it to be. "There's too much of worriment goes to a bonnet; There's too much of ironing goes to a shirt ; There's nothing that pays for the time you waste on it; There's notliing that lasts but trouble and dirt. "In March it is mud ; it's sUnh in December; The midsummer breezes are loaded with dust; In fall the leaves litter; in muggy September The wall-paper rots, and the candlesticks rust. "There are worms in the cherries, and slugs in the roses, And ants in the sugar and mice in the pies ; The rubbish of spiders no mortal supposes. And ravaging roaches and damaging flies. "It's sweeping at six, and dusting at seven ; It's victuals at eight, and dishes at nine ; It's potting and panning from ten to eleven ; We scarce break our fast ere we plan how to dine. "With grease and with grime, from corner to centre, Forever at war and forever alert, No rest for a day, lest the enemy enter — I spend my whole life in a struggle with dirt. "Last night, in my dreams, I was stationed forever On a bare little isle in the midst of the sea ; My one chance of life was a ceaseless endeavor To sweep off the waves ere they swept over me. 785 78o CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. *'Alas, 'twas no dream ! Again I behold it 1 I yield : I am helpless my fate to avert ! " She rolled down her sleeves, her apron she folded, Then laid down and died, and was buried in dirt I THE FATE OF MAGGREGOR. BY JAMES iKiar.. ** Macorec.or ! Macgrcgor ! remember our foemen ; The moon rises broad from the brow of Ben-Lomond j The clans are impatient, and chide thy delay; Arise ! let us bound to Glen-Lyon — away I " Stern scowled the Macgregor ; then, silent and sullen, He turned his red eye to the braes of Strathfiilan ; "Go, Malcolm ! to sleep let the clans be dismissed ; The Campbells this night for Macgregor must rest." "Macgregor ! Macgrcgor ! our scouts have been flying, Three days, round the hills of M'Nab and Glen-Lyon; Of riding and running such tidings they bear. We must meet them at home, else they'll quickly be here." "The Cami)lK'll may come, as his promises bind him, And haughty M'Nab, with his giants behind him; This night I am bound to relinquish the fray, And do what it freezes my vitals to say. Forgive me, dear brother, this horror of mind ; Thou know'st in the strife I was never behind, Nor ever receded a foot from the van, Or blenched at tlie ire or the prowess of man ; But I've sworn by the Cross, by my God and my all 1 — An oath which I cannot and dare not recall — Ere the shadows of midnight fall east from the pile, To meet with a Spirit this night in Glen-Gyle. "Last night, in my chamber, all thoughtful and lone, I called to remembrance some deeds I had done, When entered a Lady, with visage so wan. And looks such as never were fastened on man I I knew her, O brother ! I knew her full well 1 Of that once fair dame such a tale I could tell As would thrill thy bold heart ; but how long she remained, So racked was my spirit, my bosom so pained, I knew not — but ages seemed short to the while ! Though proffer the Highlands, nay, all the Green Isle, With length of existence no man can enjoyj The same to endure, the dread proffer I'd 1y 1 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. The thrice threatened pangs of last night to forego, Macgregor would dive to the mansions below I Despairing and mad, to futurity blind, The present to shun and some respite to find, I swore, ero the shadow fell cast from the pile, To meet her alone by tiie brook of Glen-Gyle. "She told mo, antl turned my chilled heart to a itone, The glory ami name of Macgrc:.;i)r were gone: That the pine, which for ages had shed a bright halo Afar on the mountains of Highland Glen-Falo Should wither and fall ere the turn of yon moon, Smit through by the canker of hateil Coiquhoun : That a feast on Macgregors each day should be common. For years, to the eagles of Lennox and Lomond. "A parting embrace in one moment she gave; Her breath was a furnace, her bosom the grave! Then, Hitting illusive, she said, with a frown, •The mighty Macgregor shall yet be my own ! ' " «' ^Llcgrego^, thy f-incies are wild as the wind ; The dreams of the night have disordered thy mind; Come, buckle thy panoply — march to the field ! — See, brother, how hacked arc tliy helmet and shield 1 Aye, that was M'Nab, in the height of his pride. When the lions of Dochart stood firm by his side. This night the proud chief his presumption shall rue; Rise, brother, these chinks in his heart-blood will glue; Thy fantasies frightful shall flit on the wing. When loud with thy bugle Glen-Lyon shall ring." Like gIimp-,3 of the moon through the storm of the night, Macgregor's red eye shed one sparkle of light : It faded — it darkened — he shuddered — he sighed — "No ! not for the universe ! " low he replied. Away went Macgregor, but he went not alone: To watch the dread rendezvous Malcolm has gone. They oared the proud Lomond so still and serene, And deep in her bosom, how awful the scene ! O'er mountains inverted the blue waters curled, And rocked them on skies of a far nether world. All silent they went, for the time was approaching} The moon the blue zenith already was touching; No foot was abroad on the forest or hill. No sound but the lullaby sung by the rill. 1^7 !!i ;SS CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS Voung Malcolm, at distance couched, trembling the while— Macgregor stood lone by the brook of Glen-Gyle. Few minutes had passed, ere they spied on the stream A skill sailing light, where a lady did seem; Her sail was the web of the gossamer's loom, The glowworm her wakelight, the rainbow her boom; A dim, rayless beam was her prow and her mast, Like wold-fire at midnight, that glares on the waste. Though rough was the river with rock and cascade. No torrent, no rock her velocity stayed; She wimpled the water to weather and lee. And heaved as if born on the waves of the sea. Mute Nature was roused in the bounds of the glen; The wild deer of Gairtney abandoned his den. Fled panting away, over river and isle. Nor once turned his eye to the brook of Glen-Gyle! Tlie fox fl':d in terror. Tiie eagle awoke. As slumbering he Oozed on the shelve of the rock; Astonished, to hide in the moonbeam he flew, And screwed the night-heaven till lost in the blue! Young Malcolm beheld the pale Lady approach — The chieftain salute her, and shrink from her touch. He saw the Macgregor kneel down on the plain, As begging for something he could not obtain ; She raised him indignant, derided his stay. Then bore him on board, set her sail, and away ! Though fast the red bark down the river did glide. Vet faster ran Malcolm adown by its side ; *' M .V j'-.egor ! Macgregor ! " he bitterly cried ; *' Macti;'cgor ! Macgregor ! " the echoes replied. He struck at the Lady, but, strange though it seem, • His sword only fell on the rocks and the stream ; But the groans from the boat that ascended amain Were groans from a bosom in horror and pain. They reached the dark lake, and bore lightly away^ Macgregor is vanished forever and aye ! h LONG JOURNEY. BY JOSEPHINE POLLARD. "We sail to-day," said the captain gay, As he stepped on board the boat that lay bo high and dry. "Come now, be spry; We'll land at Jerusalem by and by I " t 'I CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Avfay they sailed, and each craft they hailed ; While down in the cabin they bailed and bailed j For the sea was rough, and they had to luff And tack, till the captain cried out " Enough I " They stopped at Peiu, this jolly crew, And went to Paris and Timbuctoo ; And after a while t'.iey found the Nile, And watched the sports of the crocodile. They called on the Shah, and the mighty Czar, And on all the crowned heads near and far ; Shook hands with the Cid— they really did I And lunched on the top of the pyramid t To Afric's strand, or northern land, They steer as the captain gives command ; And fly so fast that the slender ma^ Goes quivering, shivering in the blast I Then on to the ground with a sudden bound. Leaps Jack — 'twas a mercy he wasn't drowned! The sail is furled, the anchor hurled. " We've been," cry the children, "all round tha world '. ** By billows tossed, by tempests crossed, Yet never a soul on board was lost ! Though the boat be a sieve, I do not grieve. They sail on the ocean of " Make-believe." 78c, THE KING OF DENMARK'S RIDE, BY MRS. CAROLINE NORTON. Word was brought to the Danish King (Hurry!) That the love of his heart lay suffering, And pined for the comfort his voice would bring. (Oh, ride as though you were flying 1) Better he loves each golden curl On the brow of that Scandinavian girl. Than his rich crown jewels of ruby and pearl ; And his rose of the isles is dying I \ I rgO CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Thirty nobles saddled with speed ; (Hurry!) Each one mounting a gallant steed Which he kept for battle and d'\ys of need. (Oh, ride as though you were flying I) Spurs were struck in the foaming flank ; Worn-out chargers staggered and sank ; Bridles were slackened and girths were burst. But, ride as they would, the King rode first, For his rose of the isles lay dying 1 His nobles are beaten one by one ; (Hurry!) They have fainted and faltered and homeward gone ; His little fair page now follows alone. For strength and for courage trying ! The King looked back at that faithful child — \Van was the face that answering smiled ; They passed the drawbridge with clattering diu, Then he dropped ; and only the King rode in Where his rose of the isles lay dying 1 The King blew a blast on his bugle horn j (Silence !) No answer came, but faint and forlorn An echo returned on the cold, gray mom. Like the breath of a spirit sighing. The castle portal stood grimly wide — None welcomed the King from that weary ride; For dead, in the light of the dawning day, The pale, sweet form of the welcomer lay, Who had yearned for hi^ voice when dying ! The panting steed, with a drooping crest, Stood weary. The King returned from her chamber of rest, The thick sobs choking in his breast ; And, that dumb companion eying, The tears gushed forth which he strove to check \ He bowed his head on his charger's neck : "O steed, that every nerve didst strain — ■ Dear steed, our ride hath been in vair. To the halls where my love lay dyini I tf CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, SKIPPER IRESON'S RIDE. BY JOHN G. WHITTIEU. Of all the rides since the birth of time, Told in story or sung in rhyme, On Apuleius's Golden Ass, Or one-eyed Calendar's horse of brass. Witch astride of a human back, Islam's prophet on i^l-Borak — The strangest ride that ever was sped Was Ireson's, out from Marblehead ! Old Floyd Ireson, for his hard heart Tarred and feathered and carried in a cart By the women of Marblehead I Body of turkey, head of owl, , Wings a-droop like a rained-on fowl, Feathered and ruffled in every part, okipner Ireson stood in the cart. Scores of women, old and young. Strong of muscle and glib of tongue, Pushed and pulled up the rocky lane, Shouting and singing the shrill refrain: *' Here's Flud Girson, fur his horrd horrt Torr'd an* futherr'd an* corr'd in a corrt By the women o' Morble'ead 1 " Wrinkled scolds with hands on hips. Girls in bloom of cheek and lips, Wild-eyed, free-limbed, such as chase Bacchus round some antique vase, Brief of skirt, with ankles bare, Loose of 'kerchief and loose of hair, With conch-shells blowing and fish-horns' twang, Over and over the Maesads sang: " Here's Flud Girson, fur his horrd horrt Torr'd an' futherr'd an' corr'd in a com By the women o' Morble'ead I " brnall pity for him ! He sailed away From a leaking ship, in Chaleur Bay- Sailed away from a sinking wreck, With his own towns-people on her deck I 791 792 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, "Lay by I lay by ! " they called to him. Back he answered, " Sink or swim ! Brag of your catch of fish again ! " And off he sailed through the fog and rain I Old Floyd Ireson, for his hard heart Tarred and feathered and carried in a cart By the women of Marblehead I Fathoms deep in dark Chaleur That wreck shall lie for evermore. Mother and sister, wife and maid. Looked from the rocks of Marblehead Over the moaning and rainy sea- Looked for the coming that might not be I What did the winds and sea-binls say Of the cruel captain who sailed away ? Old Floyd Ireson, for his hard heart Tarred and feathered ami carried in a cart By the women of Moiblehead 1 Through the street, on either side, Up flew windows, doors swung wide; Sharp-tongued s[)insters, old wives gray, Treble lent to fi ih-liorns' bray. Sea-worn grandsires, cripple-lx>und, Hulks of old sailors run aground. Shook head, and fi;t, and hat, and rane And crackeil with curses the hoarse refrain? •* Here's Fhid Oirson, fur his bond horrt Torr'd an' futherr'd an' corr'il in a cotrt By the women o' Morble'cad 1" Sweetly along the Salem road Bloom of orchard and lilac showed. Little the wicked skipper knew Of the fields so green and the sky so blue. Riding there in his sorry trim, Like an Indian idol glum and grim. Scarcely he seemed the sound to hear Of voices shouting far and near : " Here's Flud Oirson, fur his horrd horrt Torr'd an' futherr'd an' corr'd in a corrl By the women o' Morble'ead 1" I CHOICE SELECTIOXS I'/iOM THE BEST AUTHORS. ** Hear me, neighbors ! " at last he cried; **\Vhat to me is this noisy ride? What is the shame that clothes the skin, To the nameless horror that lives within? Waking or sleeping, 1 see a wreck And hear a cry tVoiii a reeling deck ! Hate me and ciirse me — 1 only dread The hand of God and the face of t:;e dead !" Said old iMoyd Iroson, for his hartl heart Taired and feathered and carried in a cart By the women of Marblehead ! Then the wife of tlie skipper lost a; ja Said, "God has touched iiim! why should we?" Said an old wife mourning her only son, '• Cut the rogue's telher and let him run 1" So wit'.\ soft relenting; a:ul rude exi use, Half-scorn, half-jjity, tliey cut him loose, And gave him a cloak to hide him in. And left him alone with his shame and sin. Toor Floyd Ireson, for his hard heart Tarred and feathered and carried in a cart By the women of Marblehead. THE PORTRAIT. BY OWEN MKR EDITH. MiDi^'.GHT past ! Not a sound of aught Through the silent house, but the wind at his prayers, I sat by the dying fire, and thought Of the dear dead woman up-stairs. A night of tears ! for the gusty rain Had ceased, but the eaves were dripping yet; And the moon looked forth as though in pain, With her face all white and wet. Nobody with me my watch to keep, But the friend of my bosom, th- man I love; And grief had sent him fast to sleep In the chamber up above. Nobody else, in the country place All round, that knew of my loss beside, But the good yoimg Priest with the Raphael-face, Who confessed her when she died. 793 794 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. That good young Priest is of gentle nerve, And my grief had moved him beyond control; For his lip grew white, as I could observe, When he speeded her parting soul. I sat by the dreary hearth alone ; I thought of the pleasant days of yore; I said — " The staff of my life is gone, The woman I loved is no more. "On her cold, dead bosom my portrait lies. Which next to her heart she used to wear-» daunting it o'er with her tender eyes When my own face was not there. " It is set all round with rubies red, And pearls which a Peri might have kept. For each ruby there my heart hath bled ; For each pearl, my eyes have wept." And I said — " The thing is precious to me; They will bury her soon in the church-yard clav» It lies on her heart, and lost must be If I do not take it away." I lighted my lamp at the dying flame. And crept up the stairs that creaked for fright. Till into the chamber of death I came, Where she lay all in white. The moon shone over her winding-sheet, There, stark she lay on hvjr carven bed; Jieven burning tapers about her feet, And seven about her head. As I stretched my hand I held my breath ; I turned as I drew the curtains apart ; I dared not look on the face of death : I knew where to find her heart. 1 thought, at first, as my touch fell there, It had warmed that heart to life, with lov« For the thing I touched was warm, I swear, And I could feel it move. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BES7 AUTIiORS, 'Twas the hand of a ir.aa, ilut was moving slow O'er the heart of the dead— from the other side; And at once the sweat broke over my brow — "Who is robbing the corpse?" 1 cried. Opposite me, by the tapers' h'ght, The friend of my bosom, the man I loved, Stood over the corpse, and all as white, And neither of us moved. "What do you here, my friend?" , . . Tiie man Looked first at me, and then at the dead. ■'There is a portrait here," he began; "There is. It is mine," I said. Said' the friend of my bosom, "Yours, no doubi., The portrait was till a month ago, When this suffering angel took that out. And placed mine there, I know." "This woman, she loved me well," said I. "A month ago," said my friend to me; "And in your throat," I groaned, "you lie I" He answered, " Let us see." *' Enough ! " I returned, " let the dead decide; And whose soever the portrait prove. His ohall it be, when the cause is tried, Where Death is arraigned by Love." We found the portrait there, in its place : We opened it by the tapers' shine ; Th.- gems were all unchanged ; the face Was — neither his nor mine. "One nail drives out another, at least ! The face of the portrait there," I cried, •*Is our friend's, the Raphael-faced young priest. Who confessed her when she died." 79S Tlie setting is all of rubies red. And pearls which a Peri might have kept. For each ruby there my heart hath bled, For each pearl my eyes have wept. 796 CHOKE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. LADY CLARA VERE DE VERE. r.Y AI.FRllI) TKNNYSON. Lady Clara Vkre pe Vere, Of mc yoii s'lall not win renown: Yon thonylit to break a country lieart For pastime, ere you went to town. At me you smiled, but unbeguilcd I saw the snare, and I retired : The dauglUcr of a hundred Earls, You are not one to be desired. Lady Clara Vere de Vere, I know you jiroud to bear your name. Your pride is yet no mate for mine. Too proud to care from whence I caoiC. Nor would I break for your sweet sake A heart that dotes on truer charms. A simple maiden in her flower Is worth a hundred coats-of-arms. Lady Clara Vere de Vere, Some mt'cker pupil you must find, For w :\<- you queen of all that is, I could not stoop to such a mind. You sought to prove how I could love, And my disdain is my reply. The lion on your old stone gates Is not more cold to you than I. Lady Clara Vere de Vere, You put strange memories in my head. Not thrice your branching limes have blown Since I beheld young Laurence dead. Oh, your sweet eyes, your low replies : A great enchantress you may be: But there was that across his throat Which you had hardly cared to see. Lady Clara Vere de Vere, When thus he met his mother's view. She had the passions of her kind, She spake some certain truths of you. CHOICE .'iELECriO.VS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Indeed, I heard one bitter word That scarce is fit for you to hear ; Her manners had not that repose Wliich stamps the cast of Vere de Vere. Lady Clara Vere dc Vere, There stands a spectre in your hall : The guilt of blood is at ^our door: You changed a wholesome heart to gall. You hckl your course without remorse, To make him trust his modest worth, And, last, you fix'd a vacant stare. And slew him with your noble birth. Trust mc, Clara Vere de Vere, From yon blue heavens above us bent The grand old gardener and his wife Smile at the claims of long descent. Howe'er it be, it seems to me 'Tis only noble to be good — Kind hearts are more than coronets, And simple faith than Norman blood. I know you, Clara Vere de Vere, You pine among your halls and towers: The languid light of your proud eyes Is wearied of the rolling hours. In glowing health, with boundless wealth, But sickening of a vague disease, You know so ill to deal with time, You reeds must play such pranks as thesCt Clara, Clara Vere de Vere, If time be heavy on your hands, Are there no beggars at your gate, Nor any poor about your lands ? Oh ! te?.ch the orphan boy to read. Or teach the orphan girl to sew. Pray Heaven for a human heart, And let the foolish yeoman go. 797 A DOUBTING HEART. BY ADELAIDE ANNIE PROCTOR. Where are the swallows fled ? Frozen and dead, 79^ CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Perchance upon some bleak and stormy shore. O doubting heart ! Far over purple seas They wait in sunny ease The balmy southern breeze, To bring them to the northern home once mors. Why must the (lowers die? Prisoned they lie In the cold tomb, heedless of tears or rain. O doubting heart ! They only sleep below The soft white ermine snow, While winter winds shall blow, To breathe and smile upon you soon again. I The sun has hid its rays These many days ; Will dreary hours never leave the earth? O doubling heart ! The stormy clouds on high Veil the same sunny sky, Tliat soon (for spring is nigh) Shall wake the sunnner into golden mirth. Fair hope is dead, and light Is quenched in night. What sound can break the silence of despair? O doubting heart ! Thy sky is overcast, Yet stars shall rise at last, Brighter for darkness past, And angels' silver voices stir the air. WE LONG AGO. BY B. F. TAYLOR. Oh ! a wonderful stream is the river of Time, As it runs through the realm of tears, With a faultless rhythm and a musical rhyme, And a broader sweep and a surge sublime, As it blends in the ocem of years 1 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. How the winters are drifting like flakes of snow, And the summers like birds l)etween, And the years in the sheaf, how they come and they go On tiie river's breast, with its ebb and its flow, As it glides in the shadow and sheen ! There's a magical isle up the river Time, VVlierc the softest of airs are playing, There's a cloudless sky and a tropical clime, And a song as sweet as a vesper chime. And the Junes with the roses are straying. And the name of this isle is the " Long Ago," And we bury our treasures there ; There are brows of beauty and bosoms of snow, There are heaps of dust — oh ! we loved them so — There are trinkets and tresses of hair. There are fragments of songs that nobody sings, There are parts of an infant's prayer, There's a lute unswept and a harp without strings, There are broken vows and pieces of rings. And the garments our loved used to wear. There are hands that are waved when the fairy shore By the fitful mirage is lifted in air, And we sometimes hear tlirough the turbulent roar Sweet voices we heard in tlie days gone before, When the wind down the river was fair. Oh ! remembered for aye be that blessed isle. All the day of our life until night ; And when evening glows with its beautiful smile. And our eyes are closing in slumbers a while, May the greenwood of soul be in sight. THE PIED PIPER OF HAMEUN. BY ROnF.RT r.ROWNING. Hamelin Town's in Brunswick, By famous Hanover city j The river Wcser, deep and wide. Washes its wall on the southern side } A plcasanter spot you never spied j But, when begins my ditty. Almost five hundred years ago. To see the townsfolk suffer so From vermin, was a pity. 799 goo CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTIWRX Rats! They fought the dogs and killed the cats, And bit the babies in tlieir cradles, And ate the cheeses out of the vats, And li< kcd tlic souj) from the cook's own ladleSi Split open the kegs of salted sprats, Made nests inside men's Sunday hats, And even spoiled the women's ch?ts, By drowning their speaking With shrieking and scpieaking In fifty different sharps and flats. At last the people in a body To the Town-hall came flocking: «*'Tis clear," cried they, "our Mayor's a noddji And as for our Corporation — shocking To think we buy gowns lined with ermine For dolts that can't or won't determine What's best to rid us of our vermin I You h()[)e, because you're old and obese, To find in the furry civic robe easel Rouse up, sirs ! Give your brains a racking To find the remedy we're lackinj^, Or, sure as fate, we'll send you packing I" At this the Mayor and Corporation Quaked with a mighty consternation. An hour they sat in council. At length the Mayor broke silence : '* For a guilder I'd my ermine gown sell; 1 wish I were a mile hence 1 It's easy to bid one rack one's brain— I'm sure my poor head aches again, I've scratched it so, and all in vain. Oh, for a trap, a trap, a trap ! " Just as he said this what should hap At the chamber-door but a gentle tap 1 ** Bless us," cried the Mayor, " what's that? Only a scraping of shoes on the mat; Anything like the sound of a rat Makes my hcirt go pit-a-pat I" "Come in," fhe Mayor cried, looking biggeri And in did cc me the strangest figure 1 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. His queer long coat trom heel to head Was half of yellow and half of red; And he himself was tall and t'.iin, With sharp blue eyes each like a pin, And light loo.se hair, yet swarthy skin; No tuft on cheek, nor beard on chin, But lips where smiles went out and in. There was no guessing his kith or kin 1 And nobody could enough admire The tall man and his (piaint attire; Quoth one, " It's as if my great-grandsire, Starting up at the trump of doom's tone, Had walked this way from his painted tombstonel" He advanced to the council tabic : And, •• Please your honors," said he, " I'm able. By means of a secret charm, to draw All creatures living beneath the sun. That creep, or swim, or fly, or run, After me so as you never saw I And I chiefly use my charm On creatures that do people harm : The mole, the toad, the newt, the viper; And people call me the Pied Piper." (And here they noticed round his neck A scarf of red and yellow stripe. To match with his coat of the self-same check: And at the scarf's end hung a pipe; And his fingers, they noticed, were ever straying, As '<■ impatient to be playing Upon this pipe, as low it dangled Over his vesture so old-fangled.) 80^ *' Yet," said he, " poor piper as I am, In Tartary I freed the Cham Last June from his huge swarm of gnats; I eased in Asia the Nizam Of a monstrous brood of vampire-bats : And as for what your brain bewilders, If I can rid your town of rats Will you give me a thousand guilders ?'* "One? fifty thousand ! " was the exclamation Of the astonished Mayor and Corporation. 8o;j CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AV.HCXS. Into the street the Piper stept, Smiling first a little smile, As if he knew what magic slept In his quiet pipe the while ; Then like a musical adept, To blow the pipe his lips he wr.nkled. And green and Mue his sharp eyes twinkled, Like a ca'^dle flame where alt is sprinkled ; And ere three shrill notes the pipe had uttered, You heard as if an army muttered ; And the muttering grew to a grumbling ; And the grumbling grew to a mighty rumbling , And out of the houses the rats came tumbling — Great rats, small rats, lean rats, brawny rats, Brown rats, black rats, gray rats, tawny rats, Grave old plodders, gay young friskers, Fathers, mothers, uncles, cousins. Cocking tails and pricking whiskers, Families by tens and dozens, Brothers, sisters, husbands, wives — Followed the Piper for their lives. From street to street he piped, advancing. And step for step they followed dancing. Until they came to the river Weser Wherein all plunged and perished, Save one, who, stout as Julius Cxsar, Swam across, and lived to carry (As he the manuscript he cherished) To Rat-land home his commentary, Which was, "At the first shrill notes of the pipe* I heard a sound as of scraping tripe, And putting apples wondrous ripe Into a cider press's gripe ; And a moving away of picklo-tiib boards. And the leaving ajar of conserve cupboards, And a drawing the corks of train-oil flasks. And a breaking the hoops of butter-casks; And it seemed as if a voice (Sweeter far than by harp or by psaltery Is breathed) called out, ' Oh, rats, rejoice I The world is grown to one vast drysaltery I So munch on, crunch on, take your luncheon, Breakfast, dinner, supper, luncheon 1 ' CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Ko,' And just as a bulky sugar puncheon, All ready staved, like a great sun shone Glorious, scarce an inch before me, Just as methought it said, ' Come, bore me V I found the Weser rolling o'er me." You should have heard the Hamelin people Ringing the bells till they rocked the steeple; "Go," cried the Mayor, "and get long poles! Poke out the nests, and block up the holes I Consult with carpenters and builders, And leave in our town not even a trace Of the rats ! " When suddenly, up the face Of the Piper perched in the market-place, With a •' First, if you please, my thousand guildeni'* A thousand guilders ! The Mayor looked blue, So did the Corporation too. For council dinners made rare havoc With Claret, Moselle, Vin-de-Grave, Hock; And half the money would replenish Their cellar's biggest butt with Rhenish. To pay this sum to a wandering fellow With a gypsy coat of red and yellow ! " Beside," quoth the Mayor, with a knowing wink, " Our business was done at the river's brink ; We saw with our eyes the vermin sink, And what's dead can't come to life, I think. So, friend, we're not the folks to shrink From the duty of giving you something for drink, And a matter of money to put in your poke ; But, as for the guilders, what we spoke Of them, as you very well know, was a joke. Beside, our losses have made us thrifty : A thousand guilders ! come, take fifty 1 " The Piper's face fell, and he cried, " No trifling ! I can't wait ! beside I've promised to visit by dinner-time Bagdat, and accept the prime Of the head cook's pottage, all he's rich in, For having left in the Caliph's kitchen, Of a nest of scorpions, no survivor ; With him I proved no bargain-driver. With you, don't think I'll bate a stiver ! 804 CMOICB SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHOR:s, And folks who put me in a passion May find me pipe to another fashion." «*How?" cried the Mayor, "d'ye think I'll brook Being worse treated than a cook ? Insulted by a lazy ribald With idle pipe and vesture piebald? You threaten us, fellow ? Do your worst, Blow your pipe there, till you burst." Once more he step'd into the street. And to his lips again Laid his long pipe of smooth, straight cane ; And ere he blew three notes (such sweet Soft notes as yet musician's cunning Never gave the enraptured air). There was a rustling that seemed like a bustling, Of merry crowds justling at pitching and hustling. Small feet were pattering, wooden shoes clattering, Little hands clapping and little tongues chattering. And, like fowls in a farmyard when barley is scattering, Out came the children running: All the little boys and girls, '^" With rosy cheeks and flaxen curls. And sparkling eyes and teeth like pearls, Tripping and skipping ran merrily after The wonderful music with shouting and laughter. The Mayor was dumb, and the council stood As if they were changed into blocks of wood, Unable to move a step, or cry To the children merrily skipping by— And could only follow with the eye That joyous crowd at the Piper's back ; And now the Mayor was on the rack. And the wretched Council's bosoms beat, As the Piper turned from the High Street To where the Weser rolled its waters Right in the way of their sons and daughters? However, he turned from south to west. And to Koppelberg Hill his steps addressed. And after him the children pressed; Great was the joy in every breast. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, ** He never can cross that mighty top ; He's forced to let the piping drop, And we shall see our children stop ! " When, lo I as they reached the mountain's side, A wondrous portal opened wide, As if a cavern was suddenly hollowed ; And the Piper advanced and the children followed) And when all were in, to the very last, The door of the mountain side shut fast. Did I say all ? No ! One was lame, And could not dance the whole of the way ; And in after years, if you would blame His sadness, he was used to say, *' It's dull in our town since my playmates left I I can't forget that I'm bereft Of all the pleasant sights they see, Which the Piper also promised me : For he led us, he said, to a joyous land. Joining the town and just at hand, Where waters gushed and fruit-trees grew. And flowers put forth a fairer hue, And everything was strange and new ; The sparrows were brighter than peacocks heit J And their dogs outran our fallow deer. And honey-bees had lost their stings. And horses were born with eagles' wings } And just as I became assured My lame foot would be speedily cured, The music stopped and I stood still, And found myself outside the hill, Left alone against my will, To go now limping as before, And never hear of that country more !" Alas ! alas for Hamelin ! There came into many a burgher's pate A text which says that Heaven's Gate Opes to the rich at as easy rate As the needle's eye takes a camel in 1 80$ The Mayor sent east, west, north and soutU To offer the Piper by word of mouth, 806 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Wherever it was men's lot to find him, Silver and gold to his heart's content, If he'd only return the way he we - And bring the children behind l.i- . But soon they saw 'twas a lost endeavor, And Piper and dancers were gone forever. They made a decree tliat lawyers never Should think their records dated duly, If, after the day of the month and year These words did not as well appear : "And so long after what happened here On the twenty-second day of July, Thirteen hundred and seventy-six : " And the better in memory to fix The place of the children's last retreat. They called it the Pied Piper's Street — Where any one playing on pipe or tabor Was sure for the future lo lose his labor, Nor suffered they hostelry or tavern To shock with mirth a street so solemn; But opposite the place of the cavern They wrote the story on a column, And on the great church window painted The same, to make the world acquainted How their children were stolen away ; And there it stands to this very day. And I must not omit to say That in Transylvania there's a tribe Of alien jjeople, that ascribe The outlandish ways and d^ess On which their neighbors lay such stress. To their fathers and mothers having risen Out of some subterraneous prison Into which they were trepanned Long time ago in a mighty band Out of Hamelin town, in Brunswick land. But how or why, they don't understand. WE POETS SONQ. nV ALFRED TENNYSON. The rain had fallen, the Poet arose, He pass'd by the town and out of the street. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. A light wind blew from the gates of the sun, And waves of shadow went over the wheat ; And he sat him down in a lonely place, And chanted a melody loud' and sweet, That made the wild swan pause in her cloud, And the lark drop f'own at his feet. The swallow stopt as he hunted the bee, The snake slipt under a spray, The wild hawk stood with the down on his beak, And stared, with his foot on the prey, And the nightingale thought, " I have sung many songs, But never a one so gay ; For he sings of what the world will be When the years have died away." 807 DIE WACHTAM RHFJN-iTHE WATCH ON THE RHINE.) A ROAR like thunder strikes the ear, Like clang of arms or breakers near, "On for the Rhine, the German Rhine!" •'Who shields thee, my beloved Rhine?" Dear Fatherland, thou need'st not fear — Thy Rhineland watch stands firmly hera A hundred thousand hearts beat h.igh. The flash darts forth from ev'ry eye. For Teutons brave, inured hy toil. Protect their country's holy soil. Dear Fatherland, thou need'st not fear — Thy Rhineland watch stands firmly here. The heart may break in agony, Yet Frenchman thou shall never be. In water rich is Rhine ; thy flood, Germania, rich in heroes' blood. Dear Fatherland, thou need'st not fear— Thy Rliiiieland watch stands firmly here. When heavenward ascends the eye. Our heroes' giiosts look down from high-, We swear to guard our dear bequest, And shield it with the German breast. Dear Fatherland, thou need'st not fear— Thy Rhineland watch st iuuds firmly here. 8o8 CIWICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHOXS. As long as German blood still glows. The German sword strikes mighty blows, And German marksmen take their stand. No foe shall tread our native land. Dear Fatherland, thou need'st not fear— Thy Rhineland watch stands firmly here. We take the pledge. The stream runs by ; Oar banners, proud, are wafting high. On for the Rijine, the German Rhine 1 We all die for our native Rhine. Hence, Fatherland, be of good cheer— Thy Rhineland watch stands firmly here. THE DEATH-BED. BY TnOMAS HOOD. We watched her breathing through the n!g1it— < Her breathing soft and low- As in her breast the wave of life Kept heaving to and fro. 60 silently we seemed to speak. So slowly moved about, As we had lent her half our power% To eke her living out. Our very hopes belied our fears. Our fears our hopes belied— We thought her dying when she slept; And sleeping when she died. For when the morn came, dim and sad, And thill with early showers, Her quiet eyelids closed — she had Another morn than ours. TO-MORRO]li/. ANONYMOUS. The setting sun with dying beam, Had waked the purple hills to fire; And citadel and dome and spire Were gilded by the far-off gleam, CJ/OICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. 809 And in and out dark pine trees crept Full many a slender line of gold ; Gold motes athwart the river swept, And kissed it as it onward rolled. And sunlight lingered, loth to go. Ah, well 1 it causeth sorrow To part from those we love below. And yet the sun as bright shall glow To-morrow. The tide was ebbing on the strand, And stooping low its silver crest, The crimson sea-weed lay at rest Upon the amber-ribbed sand. Dash'd o'er the rocks and on the shore. Flung parting wreaths of pearly spray. Then fled away. Yet turned once more And sent a sigh across the bay, As though it could not bear to go. Ah, well I it causeth sorrow To part with those we love below. Yet thitherward the tide shall flow To-morrow. Two hearts have met to say farewell, At even when the sun went down ; Each life-sound from the busy town Smote sadly as a passing bell. One whispered, " Parting is sweet pain, At morn and eve returns the tide ;" *'Nay, parting rends the heart in twain, ' And still they lingered side by side^ And still they lingered, loth to go. Ah, well ! it causeth sorrow To j)art from those we love below, For shall we ever meet or no To-morrow ? SOMEBODY'S DARtm. FROM "WAR tYRlCS OF THE SOUTH." Into a ward of the whitewashed walls. Where the dead and dying lay, Wounded by bayonets, shells and balls. Somebody's darling was borne one da^. {*IO CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, Somebody's darling, so young and so brave, Wearing yet on liis pale, sweet face, Soon to be hid by tlie dust of the grave, The lingering light of his boyhood grace. Matted and damp are the curls of gold Kissing the snow of that fair young brow. Pale are the lips, of delicate mold — Somebody's darling is dying now. Back from his beautiful blue-veined brow Brush all the wandering waves of gold; Cross his hands on his bosom now, Somebody's darling is stiff and told. Kiss him once for somebody's sake. Murmur a prayer soft and ''^"' ; One bright curl from its fair mates take— =■ They were somebody's pride, you know. Somebody's hand had rested there ; Was it a mother's, soft and white? And have the lips of a sister fair Been baptized in the waves of light? God knows best ! He was somebody's love, Somebody's heart enshrined him there; Somebody wafted his name above, Night and noon, on the wings of prayer. Somebody wept when he marched away, Looking so handsome, brave and grand, Somebody's kiss on his forehead lay. Somebody clung to his parting hand. Somebody's waiting and watching for him, Yearning to Iiold him again to their heart; And there he lies, with his blue eyes dim, And the smiling, child-like lips apart. Tenderly bury the fair young dead. Pausing to drop on his grave a rear; Carve on the wooden slab at his head, "Somebody's darling slumbers here." CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. THE LAST TIME THAT I MET LADY RUTH, BY OWEN MEREDITH. There are some things hard to understand, O help me, my Gud, to trust in ihee ! But I never shall forget her soft white hand, And her eyes when she looked at me. It is hard to pray the very same prayer Which once at our mother's knee we prayed— When wliere we trusted our whole heart, there Our trust hath been betrayed. I swear that tiie milk-white muslin so light On her virgin breast, where it lay demure. Seemed to bj toucht to a purer white By the touch of a breast so pure. I deemed her the one thing undefiled By the air we breathe, in a world of sin } The truest, the tendtrest, purest child A man ever trusted in 1 When she blamed me (she, with her fair child's face!) That never with her to the church I went To partake of the Gospel of truth and grace, And the Christian Sacrament, And I said I would go for her own sweet sake, Though it was but herself I should worship there^ How that hapi)y child's face strove to take On its dimples a serious air ! I remember the chair she would set for me, By the flowers, when all the house was gone To drive in the Park, and I and she Were left to be happy alone. There she leaned her head on my knees, my Ruth, With the primrose loose in her half-closed hands) And I told her tales of my wandering youth In the far fair foreign lands. The last time I met her was here in town, At a fancy ball at the Duchess of D., On the stairs, where her husband was handing her down. There we met, and she talked to me. 8ii 8ia CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, She with powder in hair and patch on chin, And I in the garb of a pilgrim priest, And between us both, without and within, A hundred years at least ! We talked of the house, and the late long rains. And the crush at the PVench Ambassador's ball, And .... well, I have not blown out my braiiuit You see I can laugh, that is all. IHE SAILING OF KINO OLAF. BY ALICE WILLIAMS BROTtlERTON. **NoRROWAY hills are grand to see, Norroway vales are broad and fair : Any monarch on earth might be Contented to find his kingdom there 1 '* So spake Haraid Haardrade bold To Olaf, his brother, with beard red-gold. **A bargain !" cried Olaf. "Beside the strand Our ships rock idle. Come, sail away I Who first shall win to our native land. He shall be King of old Norroway." Quoth Haraid the Stern, "My vessel for thine I will not trust to this laggard of mine." "Take thou my Dragon with silken sails," Said Olaf. " The Ox shall be mine in place. If it pleases our Lord to send me gales. In either vessel I'll win the race. With this exchange art satisfied?" "Aye, brother," the crafty one replied. King Olaf strode to the church to pray For blessing of God on crew and ship ; But Haraid, the traitor, made haste to weigh His anchor, and out of the harbor slip. "Pray!" laughed Haraid Haardrade. "Prar? The wind's in my favor. Set sail 1 Away I'* As Olaf knelt by the chancel rail, Down the broad aisle came one in haste. With panting bosom and cheeks all pale; Straight to King Olaf '3 side he paced. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUT/IOMS, *'0h, waste no time in praying," cried he, "For Harald already is far at seal" But Olaf answered : "Let sail who will, Without God's blessing I shall not go." ikside the altar he tarried still While the good priest chanted soft and «low ; And Olaf prayed the Lord in his heart, •'I shall win yet if thou take my part 1" Cheerily then he leaped on board ; High on the prow he took his stand. •'Forward," he bade, "in the name of the Lord!" Held the white horn of the Ox in his hand: •' Now Ox 1 good Ox ! I pray thee speed As if to pasture in clover mead 1" The huge Ox rolled from side to side, And merrily out of the harbor s| cd. *'Dost see the Dragon?" King Olaf cried To the lad who clung to the high mast-head. •' Not so ! " the watcher swift answer gave \ "There is never a boat upon the wave." Onward then for a league and twain, Right in the teeth of the wind they flew. "Seest aught of the Dragon upon the main?" *• Something to landward sure I view 1 Far aliead I ran just behold Silken sails with a border of gold." The third time Olaf called with a frown ; •'Dost see my Dragon yet? Ho! Sayl" Out of the mast-head the cry came down : •« Nigh to the shores of Norroway The good ship Dragon rides full sail. Driving ahead before the gale 1 " "Ho ! to the haven !" King Olaf cried, And smote the eye of the Ox with his hand. It leaped so madly along the tide, That never a sailor on deck could stand ; Hut Olaf lashed them firm and fast With trustf cords to the strong oak mast. 8iS 8l4 CI/O/CR SELi:CrfCNS FROy Till*. BEr.T AUTirORi. *'Now, who," the helmsman said, "will guide The vessel ni)oii the tossing sea?" "That will I do ! King Olaf cried ; "And no man's life shall be lost through me." Like a living coal his dark eye glowed, As swift to the helmsman's place he strode. Looking neither to left nor right. Toward the land he sailed right in, Steering straight as a line of light : "So must I run if 1 would win ; Faith is stronger than hdls or rocks. Over the land speed on, good 0x1" Into the valleys the waters rolled ; Hillocks and meadows disa[)peared. Grasping the helm in his iron hold, On, right onward, St. Ohif steered; Iligli and higher the blue waves rose. "On ! " he shouted. " No time to lose I*' Out came running the elves in a throng; Out from cavern and rock they came : "Now who is this comes sailing along Over our homes? Ho ! tell us thy name I" "I am St. Olaf, my little men ! Turn into stones till I come again." The elf-stones rolled down the mountain side; The sturdy Ox sailed over them all. "Ill luck be with thee ! " a Carline cried ; "Thy ship has shattered my chamber wall 1" In Olaf 's eyes flashed a fiery glint : "Be turned forever to rock of flint 1" Never was sailing like this before : He shot an arrow along the wind, Or ever it lighted the ship sailed o'er The mark ; the arrow fell far behind. " Faster, faster ! " cried Olaf. "Skip Fleet as Skidbladnir, the magic shipl" Swift and swifter across the foam The quivering Ox leaped over the track. Till Olaf came to his boyhood's home ; Then fast as it rose the tide fell back. And Olaf was king of the whole Norse land When Harald the third day reached the strand. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Such was the sailing of Olaf, the king, Munarch and saint of Norroway ; In view of whose wondrous prospering The Norse have a saying unto this day: "As Harald Haardradc luiind to hii cost, Tme spent in praying is ticvt-r /.dant Harry Lee — Harry Lee, the English foreman of the mine— "Bring the sot alive or dead, I will give to him," he said, " Fifteen hundred pesos down, Just to set the rascal's crown 821 822 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, i I Underneath this heel of mine ; Since but death Deserves the man whose deed, Be it vice or want of heed, Stops the pumps that give us breath- Stops the pumps that suck the death From the poisoned lower levels of the mine I " No one answered, for a cry From the shaft rose up on high j And jhuffling, scrambling, tumbling from beloM' Came the miners each, the bolder Mounting on the weaker's shoulder Grappling, clinging to their hold or Letting go, As the weaker gasped and fell From the ladder to the well- To the poisoned pit of hell Down below 1 "To the man who sets them free,** Cried the foreman, Harry Lee — Harry Lee, the English foreman of the mine— •'Brings them out and sets them free, I will give that man," said he, *' Twice that sum, who with a rope Face to face with Death shall cope. Let him come who dares to hope !'* "Hold your peace ! " some one replied^ Standing by the foreman's side; "There has one already gone, whoe'er he be I " Then they held their breath with awe. Pulling on the rope, and saw Fainting figures re-appear. On the black rope swinging clear, fastened by some skilful hand from below j Till a score the level gained, And but one alone remained — He the hero and the last. He whose skilful hand made fast The long line that brought them back to hope and cheer 1 Haggard, gasping, down dropped he At the feet of Harry Lee — CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Harry Lee, the English foreman of the mine ; "I have come," he gasped, "to claim Both rewards. Senor, my name Is Ramon 1 I'm the drunken engineer — I'm the coward, Senor — " Here He fell over, by that sign Dead as stone I 823 BOBh Dl ROMA. BY W. W. STORY. (From the Atlantic Monthly.) [JULIETTA appears above at a balcotiy,\ ^OMEO ! Hist I Madonna, saints and all ! How the man sleeps stretched out beneath yon wall. Deaf as the wall itself ! I shall be missed Before I make him hear, Romto, hist ! Ah, well, thank Heaven, I've waked him up at last* Quick, Meo, catch this bottle I've made fast To this long cord ! 'Tis English wine, as strong As aqua-vitae. Quick ! don't be so long I I found it in the pantry set away For the great dinner that we give to-day. And catch this package : there are candied pears For your sweet tooth, and sugar cut in squares, And other bomboms. Now be off at once I There, round the corner— not that way, you dunce. Or they will see you !— and come back at ten. Who knows what I may find to give you then ! A rividerci caro, ah ! va ben I That dear old Meo mine— what luck it was That through the pantry I should chance to pass Just when old Frangsaw had slipped out a minute, And no one near to see ! The saints were in it I Ah, well, he's gone ! I'll draw the water now. All's silent yet ; but won't there be a row When Frangsaw comes and finds, instead often, There are nine bottles only ! Well, what then ? He can't accuse me. Let him, if he dares I I'll settle him, for all his mighty airs I Its?. 3^4 ClfOlCE SELEC'IWNS FROM " "^ BIST AUTHORS, Perhaps 'twas not quite right to . '; ^ th ine j But then the fault was his as well .. nine. Why shoulil he leave it there exposed to sigiu, To tempt wiioevcr saw it? 'Twas not right I Does not the Lord's own cateciiisni say No one should lead ns in temptation's way? And they who do so are in part to blame; As we forgive them, let them do the same. Besides, next Sunday I'll confess the whole To Padre Giacomo — the gootl old soul, Old omnia sacula, amen — no doubt He'll set all right, and smooth the matter out. And then, again, I say enongh's enough ! Why should these rich signori swill and stuff. While we, who toil and slave our life away, Must live ujxjn their leavings? Grazia ! It is not fair ! It is not fair, I say ! There are five grand signori come to dine, And want ten bottles, and they'll get but nine. Dreadful to think of! How wdl they survive? And how, then, on one bottle can we live? I'm sure we only take what they can spare; No one could tall that stealing ! Hark! Who's there? That Meo's not come back again, I liope ! No ; 'twas the old goat tugging at his rope ! All's safe, thank Heaven ! Madonna, what a row I That's Frangsaw — who has missed the bottle now- Screaming for me, and swearing at them all. Vcngo ! I am not deaf — I heard you call. What is the matter? Blessed saints I I say I hear you — any one ronld miles aAvay, I am coming. Bottle? A blick bottle? Oh I How in the name of mercy should I know? I've just come up to draw some water here. Wine ! I know nothing of your wine, mounsetrl It's water that I'm drawing. Wine of cost? Ten bottles were there, and one bottle lost? How should I know, indeed? How (an I tell Where it has gone to? I'm here at the well K^iiOlCE SEr.ECTlO.VS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, Drawing up wator. Ton ? Was it the wine In thos'j Ul.ick l.ottlcs? 'Pen ? There were but nine When^I lust saw <.l>em. Oh, yes, that's your way: There's not a thing you stupidly mislay ' But some one stole it; 'tis thief here, thief there, When you've miised anything. Why don't you sweai There were twelve bottles— twenty ? What is ten In your outlandish lingo? Search me, then 1 /steal your wine? I've other work to do. Thief ! if there's any one here thief, 'tis you. Who was I talking to below? When? Nobody! I say there wasn't. Noi Go look yourself, and see You heard me say Something to somebody ? What was it, pray ? " Pst ! via ! quick, be off at once ! " Oh, thatf That's what you heard ! You idiot 1 you flat I Why, what I called to was the cat— the cat 1 IHE WANDERING JEW. ANONYMOUS. The Wandering Tew once said to me, I passed through a city in the cool of the year, A man in the garden plucked fruit from a tree ; I asked, " How long has this city been here?'* And he answered me, and he plucked away, ♦*It has always stood where it stands to-day. And here it will stand forever and aye." Five hundred years rolled by, an. 8'.6 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. An' the way he chiseled Europe — oh, the way he scampered through it I Not a mountain dodged his climbing, not a city but he knew it ; There wasn't any subject to explain in all creation, But he could go to Europe and bring back an illustration. So we crowded out to hear him, much instructed and delighted ; "['was a picture show, a lecture and a sermon all united ; And my wife would wipe her glasses, and serenely pet her Test'ment, And whisper, "That 'ere ticket was a very good investment." Jli. Now after six months' travel we were most of us all ready To settle down a little, so's to live ruore staid and steady ; To develop home resources, with no foreign cares to fret us, Using home-made faith more frequent ; but the parson wouldn't let us. To view the self-same scenery time and time again he'd call us, Over rivers, plains r.nd mountains he would any minuto haul us; He slighted our home sorrows, and our spiritii^' aches and ailings, To get the cargoes ready for his reg'ler Suntiay sailings. He wouli". take us off a-touring in all spiritual weather, Till we at 'ast got homesick-like, ond seasi' k altogether ; And "I wish to all that's peaceful," soid one free-exprcssioned brother, "That the Lord had made one cont'nent. and then never made another. Sometimes, indeed, he'd take uf Jnlo sweet, f imiliar places. And pull along quite steady in the ^;ooJ old iiospel traces; But soon my wife would shudder, just as i<' a r.ijill had got her, Whispering, "Oh, my goodness graciou'^ ! he's j-takin' to the water 1" And it wasn't the same old comfort when he called around to see us; On a branch of foreign travel ].e v/as sure ;.t last to tree us ; All unconscious of his error, he would sweetly patroniz-e us, And with oft-repeated stories still endeavor to surprise us. IV. An." 'he sinners i^ot to laughing; and that fin'Uy galled and stung us To ask him. Would he kindly once more settle down among us? Didn't he think that more home produce would improve our souls' digestions? They appointed me committee-ma., to go and ask the questions. I found him in hir. garden, trim an' buoyant as a feather; He pressed my hand, exclaiming, "This is quite Italian v/eather. How it 'minds me of the i-veninps when, your distant hearts caressing. Upon my benefactors I invoked the Heavenly blessing ! " ■« CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. 837 V. I went and told the brothers. " No, I cannot bear to grieve him • He's so happy in his exile, it's the proper place to leave him. ' I took that journey to him, and right bitterly I rue it ; But I cannot take it from him : if you want to, go and do it." Now a new restraint entirely seemed next Sunday to infold him. And he looked so hurt and humble that I knew some one had told him Subdued like was his manner, and some tones were hardly vocal j But every word he uttered was pre-eminently local. The sermon sounded awkward, and we awkward felt who heard it. 'Twas a grief to see him hedge it, 'twas a pain to hear him word it. "When 1 was in—" was maybe half a dozen times repeated. But that sentence seemed to scare him, and was always uncompleted. As weeks went on his old smile would occasionally brighten, But the voice was growing feeble, and the face began to whiten ; He would look off to the eastward, with a wistful, weary sighing, And 'twas whispered that our pastor in a foreign land was dying. VI. The coffin lay 'mid garlands smiling sad as if they knew us: The patient face within it preached a final sermon to us : Our parson had gone touring on a trip he'd long been earning, In that Wonder-land whence tickets are not issued for returning. O tender, good heart-shepherd ! your sweet smiling lips, half-parted, Told of scenery that burst on you just the minute that you started 1 Could you preach once more among us, you might wander without fearing,, You could give us tales of glory we would never tire of hearing. GRASS-WIDOWHOOD. CV LOUIS CARROLL PRINDLE. (The mjc.) As you say, Colonel, here it is charming j (' 'Siacct angel, I hcgfor a waltz /)" Your flattery's really alarming ; I am sure that you know it is false. * But I'll whirl with you round for a minute, Just to prove how you erred in your haste; A waltz is quite nice while you're in it — Don't hold quite so tight to my waist. ^iS CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHOHa. {^Writes.) "Dear husband, I'm penning this letter In loneliness here at the springs; Every day makes me deeper your debtor For tiie kind words the pi<.'vious mail bringSp But, oh ! what a void fills my bjioiu — You there, and I here all alone ; No friends, if I e'en wish to choose 'cm. You chained to your desk like a droue." \^rke Ilusbdtul.^ Here, Charley! help fdl up this basket; Put in the champagne and the ice ; Never mind if you shouM overtask it^ P'ill it up with I'lis bric-a-brac nice. Those Dutch girls v/ill soon make it lighter After the dance and the swings. Throw in those cigars. Stra|> it tighter. While I write a line to the Springs, (^Writes.) "Slowly the shadows are falling, Alike on my desk and my life; ^', The plaint of a famislied love calling For you, my sweet treasure— my wife; 1 sit here so wearily thinking. And wi:,liing my penanc e was o'er, Asid dreaming our love is a linking My heart with your heart evermore ! ** THE TALE OF A TRAMP. ANONYMOUS. Let me sit down a minute; A stone's got into my shoe. Don't you commence your < UMsiu'— I ain't done nuthin' to you. Ves, I'm a tramp — what of it? Folks say we ain't no good — Tramps have got to live, I reckon, Thougii people don't think we bho/j^i. Once I was young and handsome ; Had plenty of cash and clothss-"- CHOtCB. HELBCrWNS FROM Tim BEST AUTiiOiLi. That was before I got to tipplin'. And gin got in my nose. Way down in the Leliigh Valley Me and my people grew ; I was a blacksmith, Captain, Yes, and a good one, too. Me and my wife, and Nellie-^ Nellie was just sixteen, And sin was the pootiest cretur The Valley had ever seen. Beaux! Why, she had a dozen, Had 'cm from near and fur; But they was mostly farmers — None of them suited her. But there was a city chap. Handsome, young and tall — Ah 1 curse him ! I wish I had him To strangle against yonder wall ! He was the man for Nellie — She didi\'i know no ill; . Mother, she tried to stoj) it, But you know young girls' will. Well, it's the same old story — Common enough, you say — But he was a soft-tongued devil, And got her to run away. More than a month, or later, We heard from the poor young thing — He had run away and left her V/iihout any wcddin'-ring! Back to her home we brought her, Back to her mother's side; Filled with a ragin* fever, She fell al my feet and died! Frantic with shame and sorrow, Her mother began to sink, And died in less thnn a fortnight; That's when I took to drink. Come, ,uive me a glass now, Colonel, And I'll be on my way. And I'll tramp till I catch that scoundrel, If it takes till the Judgment Day. 83? 84c CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. THE ROSARY OF MY YEARS. BY FATHER RYAN. Some reckon their ages by years. Some measure their life hy art — But some tell their days by the flow of their tears. And their life by the moans of their heart. The dials of earth may show The length, not the depth of years, Few or many they come, few or many they go — But our time is best mcasii'-cd by fears. Ah ! not by the silver gray That creejw through the sunny hair, And not by tlie scenes that we pass on our way — And not by the furrows the finger of care On tlie forehead and face have made. Not so do we count our years ; Not by the sun of the earth, but the shade Of our souls and the fall of our tears. For the young are ofttimes old, Though tlieir brow be bright and fair; While their blood beats warm their heart lies cold— O'er them the spring-time — but winter is there. And the old are ofttimes young When their hair is thin and white; And they sing in age as in youth they sung. And they laugh, for their cross was light. But l)ead by bead I tell Tlie rosary of my years ; From a cross to a cross they lead — 'tis well ! And they're blessed with a blessing of tears. Better a day of strife Than a century of sleep ; Give me instead of a long stream of life. The temjxjst and tears of the deep. A thousand joys may foam On the billows of all the years ; 13ut never the foam brings the brave bark home: It reaches the haven through tears. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, HYMN OF THE DUNKERS. BY JOHN G. WHITTIER. XLOSTER KEDAR, EPIIRATA, VENNSYLVANIA, I738. [Sisfer Maria Chris Una sinss.'\ Wake, sisters, wake ! the day-star shines ; Above Ephrata's eastern piiios The dawn is breaking, cool and calm. Wake, sisters, wake, to prayer and psalm ! Praised be the Lord for shade and light, For toil by day, for rest by night 1 Praised be His name who deigns to bless Our Kedar of the wilderness. Our refuge when the spoiler's hand Was heavy on our nauve land ; And freedom, to her children due, The wolf and vulture only knew. We praised Him when to prison led, We owned Him when the stake blazed red ; We knew, whatever might befall, His love and power were over all. He heard our prayers ; with outstretched arm He ijd lis forth from cruel harm; Still, wheresoe'er our steps were bent, His cloud and fire before us went 1 The watch of faith and prayer He set ; We kept it then, we keen it yet. Af midnight, crow of cock, or noon, He cometh sure, He cometh soon. He comes to chasten, not destroy, To purge the earth from sin's alloy. At last, at last shall all confess His mercy as His righteousness. The dead shall live, the sick be whole j The scarlet sin be white as wool. No discord mar below, above, The music of eternal love ! Sound welcome trump, the last alarm! Lord God cf hosts, make bare Thine arm, 841 ■.%. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) /. .^ A^ 1.0 IS I.I ^m L^ 1^ 12.0 2.5 1.8 1.25 1.4 111 ''^ ^ 6" - *> V] # > *3 O 7 /A Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ^ ■^ V ". '%' <^ .A ^ 4^y m^. &4: CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AVTHORS, Fulfil this clay our long desire, Make sweet and clean the world with fire \ Sweep, flaming besom, sweep from sight The lies of time ; be swift to smite, Sharp sword of God, all idols down, Genevan creed and Roman crown. Quake, earth, through all thy zones, till all The fanes of pride and priestcraft fall ; And lift Thou up in place of them The gates of pearl, Jerusalem ! Lo 1 rising from the baptismal flame, Transfigured, glorious, yet the same, Within the Iieavcnly city's bound Our Klo-ster Kcilar shall be found. He cometli soon ! at dawn or noon Or set of sun, He cometli soon. Our prayers shall meet Him on liis way; Wake, sisters, wake ! rise and pray ! HO^ THE OLD HORSE WON THE BEL r.Y <)i.ivi:r wknoi:!.!, iiui.mls. •TwAS on the fiimous trottiiig-gruiind. The betting men wrc gatlicrtd round From far and near; the "cracks" were there Whose deeds tiie sporting prints declare: The swift g. m., Old Hiram'y nag, The fleet s. h., Dan Pfeiffci's brag, With these a third — and who is he That stands beside his fast b. g. ? Budd Dobic, whose catarrhal name So fills the nasal trump of fame. There, too, stood many a noted steed Of Messenger and Morgan breed ; Green horses also, not a few ; Unknown as yet what they could do ; And all the hacks that know so well The scourgings of the Sunday swell. Blue are the skies of opening day; The bordering turf is green with May ; CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. The sunshine's golden gleam is thrown On sorrel, chestnut, bay, and roan ; The horses paw and prance and neigh ; Fillies and colts like kittens play, And dance and toss their rippled manes Shining and soft as silken skeins; Wagons and gigs are ranged about. And fashion flaunts her gay turnout: Here stands— each youthful Jehu's dream— The jointed tandem, ticklish team ! And there in ampler breadth expar.d The si)londors of the fou/in-hLT.d; On fiiultless ties and glossy tiles The lovely bonnets beam their smiles (The style's the man, so books avow; The style's the woman, anyhow); From fluuncci frolhtd with creamy lace Peeps out the pug-dog's smutty face, Or spaniel rolls his liquid eye, Or stares tlie wiry pet of Skye — woman, in your hours of ease. So shy with U3, so fr.e with these I " Come on ! I'll bet you two to one I'll make him do it!" "Will you? Donel** What wa? it who was bound to do? 1 did not hear, and can't tell you — Pray listen till my story's through. Scarce noticed, back behind the rest, By cart and wagon rudely prest. The parson's lean ai.d bony bay Stood harnessed in his one-horse shay- Lent to his sexton for the day — (A funeral — so the sexton said ; His mother's uncle's wife was dead). Like Lazarus bid to Dives' feast, So looked the poor forlorn old beast ; His coat was rough, his tail was bare, The gray was sprinkled in his hair; Sportsmen and jockeys knew him not; And yet they say he once could trot Among the fleetest of the town. Till jcmething cracked and broke him down— 843 844 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHOJii^ The steed's, the statesman's common fot 1 "And are we then so soon forgot?" Ah, me ! I doubt if one of you Has ever heard the name " Old Blue," Whose fame through all this region rung In those old days when I was young. "Bring forth the horse! " Alas! he showed Not like the one Mazeppa rode; Scant-maned, sharp-backed, and shaky-kneed. The wreck of what was once a steed — Lips thin, eyes hollow, stiff in joints ; Yet not without his knowing points. The sexton, laughing in his sleeve, As if 'twere all a make-believe, Led forth the horse, and as he laughed Unhitched the breeching from a shaft, Unclasped the rusty belt beneath. Drew forth the snaffle from his teeth. Slipped off his head-stall, set him free From strap and rein — a sight to see I So worn, so lean in every limb, It can't be they are saddling himl It is! His back the pig-skin strides, And flaps his lank rheumatic sides ; With look of mingled scorn and mirth They buckle round the saddle-girth; With horsey wink and saucy toss A youngster throws his leg across, And so, his rider on his back, The> lead him, limping, to the track. Far up behind the starting-point, To limber out each stiffened joint. . As through the jeering crowd he past. One pitying look Old Hiram cast ; "Go it, ye cripple, while ye can 1 " Cried out unsentimental Dan ; **A fast-day dinner for the crows' " Budd Doble's scoffing shout arose. Slowly, as when the walking-beam First feels the gathering head of steam. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. With warning cough and threatening wheeze The stiff old charger crooks his knees j At first with cautious step sedate, As if he dragged a coach of state : He's not a colt ; he knows full well That time is weight, and sure to tell; No horse so sturdy but he fears The handicap of twenty years. As through the throng on either hand The old horse nears the judges' stand. Beneath his jockey's feather-weight He warms a little to his gait. And now and then a step is tried That hints of something like a stride. ** Go ! " Through his ear the summons stunar As if a battle trump had rung; The slumbering instincts long unstirred Start at the old familiar word ; It thrills like flame through every limb— What mean his twenty years to himi? The savage blow his rider dealt Fell on his hollow flanks unfelt ; The spur that pricked his staring hide Unheeded tore his bleeding side ; Alike to him are spur and rein — He steps a five-year old again I Before the quarter pole was past, Old Hiram said, " He's going fast." Long ere the quarter was a half. The chuckling crowd had ceased to laugh; Tighter his frightened jockey clung As in a mighty stride he swung, The gravel flying in his track, His neck stretched out, his ears laid back, His tail extended all the while Behind him like a rat-tail file I Oflf went a shoe — awry it spun, Shot like a bullet from a gun ; The quaking jockey shapes a prayer From scraps of oaths he used to swear : He drops his whip, he drops his rein, He clutches fiercely for the mane i H% 84ils. All sights were mellowed and all sounds subdued, The hills seemed further, and the st>eam san^^ K.«f, As in a dream the distan* woodman hewed His winter log with many a muffled blow. *lhe embattled forests, erewhile armed with gold, Their banners bright with every martial liiie, Kow stood like some sad, beaten host of old, Withdrawn afar in Time's remotest blue. On sombre wings the vulture tried his flight ; The dove scarce heard hi?: sighing male's complaint j And, like a star slow drowning in the light, The village church vane seemed to pale and faint. 7'he sentinel cock upon the hill-side crew — Crew thrice — and all was stiller than before , Silent till some replying warden blew His alien horn, and then was heard no more. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Where erst the jay, within the elm's tall crest, Made garrulous trouble round her unfledged young ; And where the oriole hung her swaying nest, By every light wind, like a censer, swung. Where sang the noisy martins of the eves, The busy swallows circling ever near — Foreboding, as the rustic mind believes, An early harvest and a plenteous year ; Where eery bird, that waked the vernal feast, Shook the sweet slumber from its wings at mom, To warn the reaper of the rosy east ; All now was sunless, empty, and forlorn. Alone, from out the stubble, piped the quail ; And croaked the crow through all the dreary gloom ; Alone the pheasant, drumming in the vale, Made echo in the distance to the cottage loom. There was no bud, no bloom upon the bowers ; The spiders wove their thin shrouds night by night, The thistle-down, the only ghost of flowers. Sailed slowly by — passed noiseless out of sight. Amid all this — in this most dreary air, And where the woodbine shed upon the porch Its crimson leaves, as if the year stood there, Firing the floor with its inverted torch ; Amid all this, the centre of the scene, The white-haired matron, with monotonous tread, Plied the swift wheel, and, with her joyless mien. Sate like a fate, and watched the flying thread. She had known sorrow. He had walked with her, Oft supped, and broke with her the ashen rrust, And in the dead leaves still, she heard the stir, Of his thick mantle trailing in the dust. While yet her cheek was bright with summer bloom, Her country summoned and she gave her all , And twice war bowed to her his sable plume— Re-gave the sword to rust upon the wall. 855 856 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Re-gave the sword but not the hand that drew. And struck for liberty the dying blow ; Nor him who, to his sire and country true, Fell 'mid the ranks of the invading foe. Long, but not loud, the droning wheel went on. Like the low murmur of a hive at noon ; Long, but not loud, the memory of the g' ne Breathed through her lips a sad and tremulotis tune. At last the thread was snapped — her head was bowed; Life dropped the distaff through her hands serene ; And loving neighbors smoothed her careful shroud, While death and winter closed the autumn scene. EhSTER MORNING. BY GEORGE A. BAKER, JR. Too early, of course ! How provoking J I told ma just how it would be. I might as well have on a wrapper. For there isn't a soul here to see. There ! Sue Delaplaine's pew is empty, I declare if it isn't too bad ! I know my suit cost more than hers did. And wanted to see her look mad. 1 do think that sexton's too stupid — He's put some one else in our pew — And the girl's dress just kills mine completely J Now what am I 'oing to do? The psalter, and Sue isn't here yet ! I don't care, I think it's a sin For people to get late to service. Just to make a great show coming in. Perhaps she is sick, and can't get here— She said she'd a headache last night. How mad she'll be after her fussing ! I declare, it would serve her just right ! Oh ! you've got here at last, my dear, have you? Well, I don't think you need be so proud Of that bonnet, if Virot did make it. It's horrid fast-looking and loud. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, What a dress !— for a girl in her senses To go on the street in light blue !— And those coat-sleeves-they wore them last summer- Don' t doubt, though, that she thinks they're new. Mrs. Gray's polonaise was imported— So dreadful ! — a minister's wife. And thinking so much about fashion 1 A pretty example of life 1 The altar's dressed sweetly— I wonder Who sent those white flowers for the font?— Some girl who's gone on the assistant— Don't doubt it was Bessie Lamont. Just look at her now, little humbug ! — So devout — I suppose she don't know That she's bending her head too far over, And the ends of ht r switches all show. What a sight Mrs. Ward is this morning I That woman will kill me some day. With her honible lilacs and crimsons; Why will these old things dress so gay? And there's Jenny Welles with Fred Tracy- She's engaged to him now— horrid thing I Dear me ! I'd keep on my gloves sometimes. If I did have a solitaire ring ! How can this girl next to me act so — The way that she turns round and stares. And then makes remarks about people ; She'd better be saying her prayers. O dear I what a dreadful long sermon I He must love to hear himself talk I And it's after twelve now — how provoking! I wanted to have a nice walk. Through at last. Well, it isn't so dreadful After all, for we don't dine till one ; How can people say church is poky \ — So wicked ! — I think it's real fun. 857 858 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUJ.IVAS. THE Km AiifD THE AGED WIT ANONYMOUS. In Persia, in olden time, lived a great King, Whose name was Shah Noshirwan ; *Twas his custom, whenever he heard a good thing. To say " Zeh ! " and his treasurer would fling A purse to the fortunate man. This King, when out hunting on one fine day, Saw an aged man planting trees; He rode up and said, " With your hair so gray. Don't you think you're throwing your time away? You'll never eat fruit from these." *' For three-score years I have eaten sweet food From the ^^ees that I did not sow; And would it not be base ingratitude If I took no though" of posterity's good, And paid not the debt I owe ? " "Zeh, zeh! " said the King — and the treasurer slraigh. To the old man a purse hath thrown. " See, see ! for good works it is never too late ; God hath given me food without needing to wait. Before all my trees are sown." ** Zeh, zeh ! " once again ; ere the word was said Another purse flew on its way. ** Till God placed the crown on your Majesty's head. Was such a strange thing ever heard of or read, As to reap two crops in one day? " ** Zeh, zeh ! " yet again, and a third full purse To the old man's hand falls nigh ; But thf King in his horse's flanks drives his spurs. Nor waits for more answer in prose or in verse. Lest the wit of that old man, so prompt, so tene. Should drain his full treasury dry. Index of Subjects. A. PAGE Abbreviations used in Writing 216 Acceptance of Invitations 430 Accent and Feet 510 Acceptance 79 Account Current 79 Account of Sales 80 Acrostic, the 516 Acre, how to Estimate Crops to the 212 Acre, Number of Plants to the 212 Acre, how to lay off a Square 229 Acre, Garden Seeds for Half an 230 A4vice, Care in offering it necessary 418 Addresses of Letters 239-245 Advice of a Father to his Son 263 Advice to a Young Merchant 264 Advice 80 Advances 80 Admission of States into the Union 206 Admission to the Floor of the Congress. . 353 Adonis, Selling 639 /€olian Harp 653 Agreements, Laws respecting 96 Agreements, Forms of 97-102 Agency, Laws concerning 134 Agricultural Society, Constitution for 320 Ala., Collection and Exemption Laws of.. 144 All Fives 610 Almond Tarts, Jumbles, Custard, and Jelly 672 American Standard, Foreign Measures Re- duced to the 230 Amusements, Home 541 Amusements, Out-door 541-589 Amusements, In-door 589-620 Anniversaries, Wedding 305 Anniversary Cards 305-308 Anapaestic Verse 512 Ancient History, Table of Events of. 157 Anxious Mother, the 640 Aniseed Biscuits 689 Apprentices, Laws respecting 136 Apprenticeship, Form of Articles of. 137 Applause, Hints respecting. 452 Applications for Situations 250-254 Apple Marmalade 670 Apple Cream 671 Apple Butter 679 Apple Wine 692 Art of Writing Well, the 17 Art of Writing Poetry, the 509 Arbitration, Laws respecting 139 Arbitration, Forms of Agreement and Award 139 Ariz., Collection and Exemption Laws of. 144 Ark., Collection and Exemption Laws of.. 144 Area of the States of the Union 206 Articles of Food, Time Required to Roast. 214 Army of the United States, Strength of.. . 215 Army of the United States, Number of Men Furnished by each State 215 Area of the Principal Divisions of the Globe 215 Art Thou Living yet 763 Asking Papa 465 Assets 80 Assignments, Laws respecting 138 Assignments, Forms of 138 Asphalte for Walks 70! Assurance 80 Astronomy, Irish 770 Attorney 80 Attorney, Power of 80 Attorney, Form of Power of 134 Attachments 143 Austria, Events in the History of 196 Authorities for Consultation in Discus- sions 362-375 Authors, Choice Selections from 709 Aux Italiens , 779 Award 80 B. Bath, the 381, Balis, Etiquette of 439 Balls, Invitations to 439 (859) 86o INDEX. PAGB Balls, Public ^^ Balls, Private 4^3 Ballroom, Arrangement of 440 liagga«t'. Precautions . 'specting 453 Balance Sheet, by Single Entry 55 Balance Sheet, by Double Entry 74. 75 Balance, the Trial 72 Ballad, the 515 Batikrupt 80 Bargain, a Time 83 Barometer, how to make a 225 Bays, Size of 226 Badminton eei Base, Prisoner's 553 Back Play 566 Base Ball, the Laws of 568-578 Ball, Foot, the Laws of 578 Backgammon 614 Balancing 661 Bars, the Parallel 662 Bar, the Horizontal 665 Baking 680 Battle of Fontenoy, the 733 Battle of Ivry, the 742 Beating Down 450 Best Man, the 477, 478 Bear 80 Beast, the Wild 618 Bee, to Cure the Sting of a 677 Beetles, how to Destroy 680 Beg, the Leap of Roushar 827 Bet, how the Old Horse Won the 842 Bills, the Evils of Making them 451 Bill, Request for the Payment of a 249 Bill of Exchange 80 Bill of Lading 80 Bills Discounted 78,80 Bills Payable 68,76,80 Bills Receivable 68, 76, 80 Bills of Sale, Laws respecting 103 Bills of Sale, Forms of 103 Bill Book, Specimen Pages of. 77 Bible, Facts about the 227 Bills, Rules concerning 348-351 Biscuits, Aniseed, Chocolate, Jasmine, Lis- bon, Savoy 689 Biscuits, Lemon Peel, Nun's, Queen's, Sherry 688 PACE Biscuit Drops ^89 Bivouac of the Dead, the 73, Blackberry Wine ^^g Blankets, hov to Clean 6q-j Black Cloth, how to Clean 695 Black Merino, how to Clean 695 Black Silk, how to Clean 694 Black Ink 705 Blue and the Gray, the 737 Bludso, Jim 820 Boisterous Talking in Public 447 Bouquets at Weddings 473 Book Agent, the Report of a 248 Book-keeper, Application for Situation.. . 251 Book-keeping, Theory and Practice of.. 53-78 Book-keeping, Adv.nntages of Knowing. . 53 Book-keeping, the Proper System 54 Books, Opening a Set of. 71 Books, Posting the "71 Books, Closing the 73 Bonds, Laws respecting. 104 Bonds, Forms of 105, 106 Boiled Food, Time Required to 214 Box Measures 231 Bowler, the 555 Bowling 564 Bottles, how to Clean 673-680 Boots, Ladies' , how to Clean 684 Boots, Waterproof 704 Boots, Varnish for 707 Bothwell Brig, the Battle of 761 Breath, the 390 Broken Engagements 471 Bridal Trousseau, the 472 Bridal Presents 473 Bridesmaids 473 Bride, the 474 Bridegroom, the 475 Bread, how to preserve 677 Bread, Stale 678 Bread, Potato 700 Broth 678 Brandy, Cherry 690 Brasswork, to Clean 701 Buying for Cash 45 1 Business Letters, Forms of. 246-249 Business Forms 79 Business, General Principles of. 79 INDEX. PAGB RuU 81 Hullion 8i lUisintss Laws in Daily Use 87 Duililings, Hei|iht of Noted 214 Bulk of a Ton of Different Substances... . 231 Business of the Day, in the U. S. Congress 334 Business, I'rivate, " " 351 Busiiie>s, Unfinished, " " 354 Butler, Adulterated 676 Butter, Apple 679 15utter, how to p-cserve 678 Burial of Moses, the 729 Bylaws for Debating Societies 312 c. Cards, the use of. 420 Calls, First, who should make them 423 Calls, Formal and Social 420 Calls, New Year 426 Carving, the Art of. 436 Cash Purchases 451 Cards Wedding 301, 308, 480 Calls, Wedding 480 Candor bitwecn Husband and Wife 484 Card-Players, Hints to 488 Cabinet, Members of the 495 Capital Letters, Rules for the use of 24 Cantata, the 515 Canzonet, the 515 Call Loan 81 Cal., the Collection and Exemption Laws of 145 Canada, " " 156 Canada, Events in the History of 175 Cabinet Ministers of the United States.. .. 208 Capacity of Noted Churches and Halls. .. 214 Calls of the U. S. House of Representatives 332 Cats, the Tal)by 640 Calf s-Foot Jelly 672 Cabbage, with Partridge 671 Catchup, Oyster 674 Catchup, Tomato 696 Calico, to remove Ink from 679 Candles, Wax, Lighting 680 Cakes, Sally Lun 696 Cake, Potato 700 Cakes, Buckwheat, Fried, Johnny 697 Candied I lorehound 705 Cash Book, the 56, 62 861 vAoa Cash Book, the Petty g. Cash Account, the g- Cathedral, in a -j- Ceremonies, Master of ^^. Ceremony, the Marriage ^^g Ceremony, Notes of. 286 Celebrations, Public 380-383 Cements, ReceipU for 703 Characters used in Punctuation 25 China Wedding, the 307 Charade, the -15 Check 8i Chilblains 398, 674 Children, Dress for 406 Church, Rules for Behavior in 448 Church, Attendance upon 484 Churches, Statistics of 218 Churches, Capacity of Noted 214 Checking Baggage 453 Chattel Mortgages m Christian Sects, Strength of. 217 Chess, the Laws of 589-599 Cherries 675 Cherries, Candied C75 Cherry Compost 675 Cherries, Dried 675 Cherry Brandy 690 Chulnee, India 687 Cherry Wine 692 Champagne, Gooseberry 682 Champagne, English 690 Chintzes, Wa'.hing 698 Changes 717 Christmas, a Saxon 852 China, to Mend 699, 704 Cisterns, Capacity of 207 City, the Eternal 716 Cities of the World, Population of. 212 Cities, Difference in Time of. 228 Clothes, Washing 698 Clothes, to Keep Moths from 698 Clothes, Gentlemen's, to Clean 695 Clerkships, Applications for 250, 251 Clergyman, Recommendation from 253 Cleaning Kid Gloves 673 Cleaning Decanters and Water-BoUles. . .. 673 Closing the Books 73 Cloth, Waterproof 675 862 INDEX. rAOB Cloth, to Clean 695 Cloak-Rooms at Parties 441 Closing Scene, the 854 Clergymen at Weddings 476 Complexion, the 391, 678 Colors in Dress . , , . 404 Colors that Harmonize 404 Conversation, the Etiquette of. 416 Correspondence, the Etiquette of 416 Concerts, Eliiiuette of 451 Concerts, Invitations to 451 Courtship, the Etiquette of. 456 Couitship, Practical Hints respecting 460 Court of Claims, Judges of the 496 Construction of Sentences 33 Common Errors Used in Speaking and Writing 38-46 Coachman, Application for Position 251 Cook, Application for Position 252 Congratulation, Letters of 269 C, O. D., Collaterals, Compromise, Con- signment, Consignee, Coupons 81 Contracts, Laws respecting 96 Contracts, Forms of 97-102 Collection of Debts, Laws Concerning.. .. 141 Collection Laws of the States 144-155 Collection Laws of Canada 156 Courts, Magistrates' or Justices' . 141 Col., Collection and Exemption Laws of.. 145 Conn., Collection and Exemption Laws of 145 Countries of the World, Population of . . . . 218 Countries of the World, Religion of. 218 Coins, Foreign, Gold and Silver 224 Constitution for a Debating Society 309 Constitution for an Agricultural Society. . 320 Conventions 325 Committees of the House of Representa- tives 338-347 Committees of the Whole 347 Conundrums 621 Conundnims, Answers to 625 Copies of Embroidery 674 Copper, to Clean 684 Colored Fabrics, to Clean 693 Coffee, as in France 698 Corn Bread 704 Cologne, Eau dc 707 Country Cuurchyard, Elegy w ritten in a . . 709 rAGR Courtin', the --. Collier's Dying Child, the 7^,, Coming ^^^ Confidence g,, Credit, Letters of 250 Credit, Request for Extension of 247 Crystal Wedding, the 306 Crops, How to Estimate 212 Croquet, the Laws of S4'-543 Croquet, Definitions of 542 Crease, the Popping 554 Crease, the Bowling 554 Cricket, the Laws of 554-568 Crambo, Dumb 618 Cream, Apple 67 1 Cracknels figg Cracked Eggs 693 Crumpets 6g7 Crape, to Renovate 696 Currency 79 Cut, the 567 Cubic Foot of Various Substances, Weight of 231 D. Dancing, Hints respecting 442 Dancing, French Terms Used in 447 Dances, Arrangement of 444 Dak., Collection and Exemption Laws of. 145 Dates of Admission of States Into the Union 206 Damson Wine 691 Damson Drops 705 Dactylic Verse 513 Damp Walls 699 David Gray's Estate 745 Davison's, John and Tibbie, Dispute 765 Darling, Somebody's 809 Day-Book, the 62 Day-Book, Posting the 63 Day-Book, Specimen Sheets of the. .. 65, 66 Declining Invitations 430 Demurrage 81 Deposit, Line of 82 Deeds, Laws respecting 113 Deeds, Forms of 115-117 Deed, Warranty 115 Debts, Laws Respecting 141 INDEX. 863 rAGR 141 . 146 309 Debts, Collection of Del., Collection and Exemption I^ws of. Debating Society, Constitution for a. ... Debating Societies, Duties of Odicers 311 Debate, Order of 318 Debate, Rules of 31^337 Dears, the Quiet Little 643 Decanters, How to Clean 673 Delicate Machinery, Oil for 673 Dead, the Bivouac of the 731 Denmark, the Ride of the King of 789 Death-Bed, the 808 Discount, Line of. 82 District of Columbia, Collection and Ex- emption Laws of. 146 Digestion, Periods of 218 Divisions of the World, Political 232 Discussion, Questions for 362 Dinners, Public 381 Dining, the Art of 428 Dinners, Invitations to 428 Dinner Parties 428 Dinner Dress 430 Dinner-Table, Arrangement of 431 Disengaged 462 1 )iami jnd Wedding, the 308 Didactic Poetry 514 Dictionary of Rhymes 517 Directions for Finding Rhymes 517 Discount 81 Dishonored 82 Dividends 82 Diving 588 Dollars 79 Double Entry, System of. 56 Double Wicket, the Laws of. 558-561 Doubting Heart, a 797 Dominos, the Laws of. 607-614 Drama, the 514 Draft 82 Drains, Number to an Acre of Land 223 Draw 567 Draughts, the Laws of 600-607 Draughts, Polish 605 Drawings, to Make them Resemble Paint- ings 701 Drunkard's Dream, the 740 Dressing-Room, the Lady's 387 rwwMVt Dressing-Room, the Gentleman's 388 Dressing Well jgn Dress, the Gentleman's 399 Dress, the Lady's ^oa Dress, Colors in ^q. Dress for Children ^06 Dresses, Muslin, How to Clean 694 Driving, the Etiquette of 413 Drink, a Strengthening 699 Duck, the Musical 640 Dunkers, Hymn of the 841 E. Ears, the 393 Eating, the Art of 438 Eau de Cologne 707 Easter Morning 856 Edged Tools, How to Sharpen and Temper 701 E.E 82 Eggs, Method of Preserving 681 Eggs, Cracked 693 Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard . . 709 Elementary Gymnastics 654 Electoral Vote of the United States 210 Elements, Divination of the 642 Elegy, the f 14 Engagements, Long and Short 40^? Engagements, Hints respecting ,j' Engagement, Breaking off an / 1 Engagement Rings 468 English Style of Marriage, the 477 English Grammar, Principles of 3^-33 English Language, the 36 Entry, System of Single 54 Entry, System of Double 56 Envelopes 241 England, Events in the History of. 178 English Champagne 690 Epic, the 514 Epigram, the 516 Epilogue, the 516 Errors, Common, in Writing and Speak- ing 38-46 Escorts, for Ladies in Travelling 454 Escorts, Duties of 454 Eternal City, the 7'^ Etiquette, the Laws of 384-496 Etiquette of Introductions 406 864 INDEX. Etiquette of the Party and the Ball 439 Excuse, Letters of 361 Exchange, Uill of 80 Execution 82, 143 Exemption Laws of the U. S 144-155 Exem|)tion Laws of Canada 156 Expense Account, the 67 Exports of Various Countries 229 Eyes, the Tieatnient of the 392 Eyebrows 393 F. Fairs, Etiquette of 449 P'avors, Letters Asking 260 Face of Note 82 Fate, the Dook of 631-638 Farmer Gray's Photograph 743 F'ar, Far Away Lau', the 746 Father John 758 Farmer's Wife, the 850 Feet, the Care of the 397 Feathers, to Prepare 600 Fear No More the Heat o' the Sun 718 Pish, How to Serve it 435 Fives 552 Fielding 562 Fish, to Pickle 6S5 Finger, to Get a Ring oflF a 688 Flowers at Parties 442 Flowers as Ornaments 442 F'lirting 47° Fla., Collection and Exemption Laws of.. 146 Flowers, the Language and Sentiment of.. 497 Flower Language, the 49^ Flower Language, Modifications of the.. . 499 Flower Language, Vocabulary of the 499 Floor of the U. S. House of Representa- tives, Admission to 353 Flies, to Destroy 680 Foreign Ministers 495 Form -of Letter 244, 245 Foreign Population of the U. S 2io Foreign Governments 2H Foreign Rulers, Names of. 211 Foreign Gold and Silver Coins 224 Food, Time Required to Roast 214 Food, Time Required to Boil 214 Fortune-'l'elling 628-630 rAoa Foreign Measures Reduced to the Ameri- can Standard 230 Foot, Cubic, Weight of Various Substances 231 Form of Conducting the Dcliberutions of a Society 358 Forward Play 565 Football, the Laws of 578 Forfeits 639-646 Fontenoy, the Battle of 733 Freckles 391 , 700 French Terms Used in Dancing 447 Franklin, Benjamin, Maxims of 490 Friendly and Family Letters 274-286 France, Events in the History of 183 French Words and Phrases in Common use 236 Free Movements 655, 660 French CofTee 698 Funeral, Etiquette of the 486 Funerals, Invitations to 486 Funeral Expenses 486 Funeral Ceremonies 487 Furniture, Exercises with 660 Furniture, to Clean ... 7C», 701 Furs, to Keep Moths from 698 G. Gardener, Application for Position 252 Garden Seeds, Quantity for a Given Space 222 Garden Labels 674 Games 639-646 Gentleman's Dressing-Casc 388 Gentlemen, Duties of, at a Party 446 Ga., Collection and Exemption Laws of. . 146 Germany, Events in the History of 198 Genteel Lady, the 617 Gentlemen's Clothes, How to Clean 695 Giantess, the 619 Giant Stride, the 664 Ginger Wine 692 Ginger Drops 7^5 Gloves 443. 673 Globe, Length of the Rivers of the 217 Gloves, Leather, to Wash 699 Glass Stoppers, to Loosen 702 Glue, Liquid 703 Good Breeding, Marks of 4^7 Good Breeding, Necessity of. 487, 488 Governess, Recommendation of. 252 INDEX. Ms GoKlen Wedding, the 308 Governments, Forei^jn 21 1 Gold Coins, Foreign 224 Government Land Measure 231 Go Uang 606 Gooseberry Jam, Jelly 671 Goosei)erry Champagne 682 Goo ' i)erry Wines 691 Golden Hair, Little 832 Grammar, English, Principles of 30^-33 Grace, Days of 83 Grain, Weights and Measures of 227 Grape Wine 690, 691 Grease Spots, to Erase 704, 708 Gregory's Powder 707 Gray's, David, Estate 745 Grass Widowhood 837 Guests at Dinncr-Parties 434 Guests, Duties of 438 Gymn-ibtics, Elementary .... 654 H Hair, Treatment of the 394 Hair Dyes and Washes 395 Hands, Care of the 396 Hands, Chapped 396 Hat-Rooms at Parties 441 Happiness in Married Life 483 Ha Is, Capacity of Noted 214 Hay, How to Estimate Price of per Ton. . 222 Harp, ^olian 653 Harvfe Riel 755 Hameiin, the Pied Piper of 799 1 lerschel's Weather Table 205 Height of Noted Monuments and Build- ings ... 214 Herrings, Boiled 673 Hebrew, the Dying 752 Heart, a Doubting 797 History, Ancient, Principal Events of . . . . 157 Hitting 5^ Hit, the Leg. S^Z Household, Etiquette of the . 481 Holidays, Legal 228 Home Amusements 54' How to Make ilome Happy 541 Horizontal Bar, the 665 Horse, the Wooden 667 Household Receipts 670-708 Horehound, Candied 705 I low to Spell Correctly 22 Horsemen, the Three 760 Housel;eeper's Tragedy, the 785 How tiie Old Horse Won the Het. 842 Husliand, Duties of the 483 Husband, Selection of a 456-459 Hutchinson Family, the. 645 Hymn, the Last 726, 817 Hymn of the Dunkers 841 I. Iambic Verse 511 Idaho, Collection and Exemption Laws of 146 III., Collection and Exemption 1 aws of. . 147 Impromptu, the 516 Ind., Collection and Exemption Laws of.. 147 Introductions, Etiquette of 406 Introductions, Form of 407 Introduction, Letters of. 256, 259, 408 Invitations to Dinner ... 430 Invitations, Acceptance of 430-440 Invitations, How to Decline 430 Invitations to Parties and Balls 440 Invitations, Forms of 286-291 Indorser, the 82 Insolvent 82 Interest Account, the 68 Interest, Matters Relating to 89 Interest Tables 90-93 Interest Laws of all the States 93 Indoor Amusements 541 Inks 677-706 Ink Stains, to Erase 704 India Rubber Varnish for Boots 707 In a Cathedral 725 Iowa, Collection and Exemption Laws of.. 147 Irish Astronomy 77° Ireson, Ride of Skipper 79' Italy, Events in the History of. ._...,... . 193 Ivry, the Battle of 742 J. Jam, Gooseberry . ., 671 Jelly, Almond.... 672 Jelly, Calf's-Foot 670 Jelly, Gooseberry 671 866 INDEX. rAOB Jowelry 453 Jew, ihu Wandering 825 Jim 739 Jim Uludso 820 Johnny Cai4 Kid CJlovcs, to Clean 673 Kini,', the, and the Aged Wit 858 Knives, to Clean 680 L. Lady's Dressing-Rofm, the 387 Ladies' Day 427 Ladies' Bail-Room Toilcites 442 Lady, the Privileges of, in Dancing 445 Lady, the Genteel 617 Lady Clara Vcre De Verc 79^ Lady Ruth, the Last Time I Met the 81 1 Language, the English 3^ Language of Flowers, the 497 Lampoon, the 5 '" Lading, Bill of 80 Law of Partiurship, the 125 Lakes, Size of 226 Land Measuring 229 Land Measure, Government 231 Landlord, Rights and Duties of 117 Latin Words in Common Use 232 Law, Parliamentary 326 Lawn Tennis 55° Last Hymn 726, 817 Leases, Forms of 1 19-124 Lenses, Laws Concerning 1 1 7-1 19 Ledger, the 66 Ledger, the, Specimen Pages of 68-70 Length of the Principal Rivers of the Globe 217 Legal Holidays 228 PAGI I'l-K "it 567 Lcg.Siiuare 567 Leaping 668 Lemonade Lozenges 671 Leather, llow to Make it Waterproof. 675, 676 Lemons, Pickled 686 Leather Gloves, to Wash 699 Lemon Drops 705 Legend, a 723 Leap of Roushan Beg, the 827 Letter Writing 238 Letter Writing, Hints Respeciinj^ .-39 Letters, How to Address them 239, 240 Letter Paper 241 Letter, Form of 244, 245 Letters, Bu'9 Love Letters 291-300 Love's Belief ~M Love, to. Forget, and Die 768 Long, Long Ago, the . • • • 798 La., Collection and Exemption Laws of. . 148 Looking Glasses, to Clean 702 Lyceum, Constitution for a 309 ?.,yric Poetry 5 '4 INDEX M. rAci Matndore Game, ilic 613 Maids, the Tidy I'ai lor 639 Maijic Music 640 Man Who is too Happy, ihe 643 Marmalade, Apple 670 Mahogany, to Renovate 701 Monk Felix. 867 rAoa 78a Mont., roUcction and Exemption Lau> of 150 Moiitidy Statements 75. 7^ Monuments, I Icigju of Noted 314 Monk (Jabricl, the Vision of Sao Mountains, Ilcitjht of Noted 225 Motions, Rules Concerning 332 M.vrMe, Polish for 706 I Movements, Free 655 Maud MuUer 720 Moths. M.i.stcr of Ceremonies at Dalls 444 Marriage, Etiquette of. 456 MarriaKC Ceremony, the 476 Magistiates, Marriage by 476 Madigral, the 515 Margin 82 Mister, Duties of, to an Apprentice.. 136, 137 Magistrates' Courts 141 Maine, Colieci ion and Exemption Laws of 148 Md., Collection and Exempiion Laws of.. 148 Mass., Collection and Excm,ition Laws of. 149 Mtiuure, Amount Required to an Acre.. .. 223 Martyrs of Sandomir, the 771 Macgreggor, the Fate of 786 Master Johnnie's Next Door Neighljor.. ., 849 Metro, Long and Common 516 Measures, Weights and 227 Measuring Land 229 Mcisiires, Box 231 .Measure, Government Land 231 Meaning of L:\tin Words and Phrases. . . . 232 Meaning of French Words and Phrases. . 236 Meeting, Public, How to Conduct a 322 Memorials 352 Man, the Murrid 640 Meeting, the Quaker 643 Messenger, the 646 Meat, to Pickle G85 Merchandise Account, the 64-66, 67 Merino, Black, to Clean 695 Mich., Collection and Exemption Laws of 149 Minn., Collection and Exemption Laws of 149 Miss., Collection and Exemption Laws of. 149 Mo., Collection and Exemption Laws of... 150 Milk, How to Preserve 680 Money Matters, Hints Respecting 482 Mortgages, Laws Respecting 107 Mortgages, Forms of I08-1 1 1 Mortgages, Chattel in 704 Moulding, Paste for 706 Moses, the Burial of 729 Montrose, the Execution of 747 Musicians at Parlies ami Ualls 440 Musical Duck, the 640 Mug, the Ugly 644 Muslin Dresses, to Clean 694 Muffins 697 My Heart and 1 774 N. Nails, the 397 Native Population of the U. i 210 Names, Signification of 219 New Year's Calls 426 New Year's Reception by the President. . 495 Neb., Collection and Exemption Laws or,, 150 Nev., Collection and Exemption Laws of. 150 N. H., Collection and Exemption Laws of 151 N. J., Collection and Exemption Laws of, 151 New Mexico, Collection nnd Exemption I,aws of iji N, Y,, Collection and Exemption Laws of 151 New Brunswick, ^'ollection and Exemp- tion Laws of. 156 New Year, Will the. Come To-Night. ... 736 Ned, Little 826 Neighbor, Master Johnnie's NextDoor.. . 849 Note, Face of 82 Note, Promissory , , 83 Note, Judgment 82 Notes, Forms of 84-87 Notes, How Long They May Run 78 Notary 82 N. C, Collection and Exemption Laws of. 152 Nova Scotia, Collection and Exemption Laws of 156 Nose, Treatment of the 393 Nurse, Inquiry Concerning 253 i J?68 INDEX. P.V-.B Number, to Tell the One Thought of . . . . 64/^ o. Oceans, Size of ., 226 Ode, the 514 Official Etiquette of \Vashiin;lon Society... 494 Ohio, CoUeciion and Exemption Laws of. 152 Oil for Watches and Delicate Machinery.. 673 Oil, Neat's Foot 674 Olaf, the Sailing of King 710 Ontario, Collection and Exemption Laws of 1 56 Onion-i 696 Only Waiting 774 Opening a Set of Books 7 ' Oi'tra, the Etiquette of the 451 Opera, Invitations to the 451 Opodeldoc 7^7 Order for Go ds from a New House 246 Orders, Forms of 247 Oregon, Collection and Exemj>tion Laws of 152 Origin of Plants 227 Orator, the Great 620 Oraculum, the 631-638 Orange Wine 692 Our Travelled Parson 835 Over the Hills to the Poor-IIouse 815 Over the River 734 Oyster Catchup 674 P. Parties, Etiquette of 439 Parties, Invitations to 439 Patience Necessary in Shopping 450 Papa, Asking Mis Consent 465 Pall-Rearers at Funerals 487 Pastoral, the 5 '4 Pa:an, the 514 Parody, the 5 '6 Pasquinade, the 516 Par 82 Partner, Silent 83 Partner, Sleeping 83 Partnership, the Law of » 25-127 Partnership Agreements, Forms of. 127 Partnership, Dissolution of 127 Partnership, Special J27 Partridge with Cabbage 671 Parlor Maids, the Tidy 639 Pat-a-Cake. PACK 641 Parallel Bars, the 6G2 Parliamentary Law 326 Paper, Manifold 674 Paint, to Clean 698 Paste, Perpetual 703 Paste, Polishing 703 Paste for Moulding yo6 Parson Kelly 76^ Parson, Our Travelled 835 Person, Care of the 386 Penmanship 17 Pa., Collection and Exemption Laws of. . 152 Petitions 352, 378 Pens, Steel 676 Peppermint Drops 705 Phrases, Latin, in Common Use. . . .■ 232 Phrases, French, in Common Ust 236 Photograph, Farmer Gray's y^jj Picnics, the Etiquette of .^^q Picnics, Arrangements for 4jo Pickling Meat or Fish 6S5 Pickle, Yellow C£6 Pickle, Indian 686 Pied Piper of Hamelin, the 799 Plants, Origin of 227 Plants, Collection and Preserving 652 Plants, Number of the, to ih-.' Acre 212 Popping the Question 464, 465 Position of the Writer 20 Poetry, the Art of Writing 509 Poetic Style 511 Poetry, ChT-sification of 513 Posting the Day-Book 63 Posting the Books 71 Power of Attorney, Form of 134 Power of Substitution, Form of 135 Population of the Stales and Territories. . 206 Population of the U. S., Native. 210 Population of the U. S., Foreign 210 Population of the Princi| ;il Cities of the Old World 212 Population of the Principal Ci'ios of the United States 213 Posts Required to Each Ten Yards of Fence 222. 223 Political Divisions of the World 232 Poor Puss 640 INDEX. Potoloski, Mile., and Her Bear 640 Polka, the Tipsy 641 Pomade 680 Pork, French Country Way of Salting 697 Potato Bread . 700 Potato Cake 700 Polish for Marble 706 Powder, Gregory's 707 Popular Authors, Selections from 709 Portrait , the 793 Poet's Song, the 806 Proposing 4^3 Presents from Lovers 468 Pioposp.l Rejected 470 Presents at Weddings 473 Prcsid.-nt of the U. S., Social Privileges of 494 President's Levees 494 Practice in Willing 18 Presents, Letters Accompanying 266 Prologue, the 516 Premium 82 Protest 82 IMce Current 83 Prussia, Events in the History of 200 Printing, Abbreviations Used in 216 Previous Question, the 352 Prisoner's Base 553 Preserved Flowers 652 Prawlins, Almond 672 Public Places, Etiquette of. 447 Punctuation, Characters Used in 25 Public Meeting, How to Conduct a 322 Public Celebrations 380 Q. Quadrilles 444 Quakers' Meeting, the 643 (Quebec, Collection and Exemption Laws of IS6 Question, the Previous 352 Questions, Botanical 639 Quotations, Foreign 416 (Quotations, Mercantile 83 869 rACB R. Railroad Signals 228 Rabl)it Chopped Up 671 Raisin Wine 682 Raspberry Wine 691 Raspberry Drops 706 Ramon gjj Refreshments at Parties and Balls 441 Rejection of a Proposal 47^ Receptions after Weddings ^gn Reading in Company ^^gg Representatives, Members of the House of 495 Recommendations, Letters of ;cc Recommendation of a Successor in Busi- ness 248 Request lor the Extension of Credit 247 Revisionary Interests y. Representatives, U. S. House of. Rules of 326 Representatives, U. S. House of. Speaker of 326,328 Representatives, U. S. House of. Clerk of. 32S Representatives, U. S. House of, Members of 33t Representatives, U. S. House of. Calls of., 332 Representatives, U. S. House of. Officers of the 328-336 Reporters y^i^ Resolutions, Forms for 376 Rebuff, the 641 Receipts, Household 670-708 Red Ink 706 Reading, Selections for 700 Recitation, Selections for -00 Revenge of Rain in the Face S18 Rhymes, a Dictionary of. 517 R. I., Collection and Exemption Laws of. 153 Rhubarb Wine 69 : Rhine, the Watch on the 807 Riding, the Etiquette of. , 41 ■} • Rights of Landlords and Tenants 117 Rivers, Length of the Principal 21; Riders 222 Rice Dressed in the It.ilian Manner. . . .. 6?^ Rice Dressed in the Turkish Manner 684 Ring, to Get One off a Finger 688 Rice with Onions 696 River, Over the 734 Riel Harvfe 755 Ride, Skipper Ireson's 791 Ride, the King of Denmark's 789 Rock Me to Sleep 718 Roll Call .. 712 8/0 INDEX. Roba di Roma 823 Rosary of My Years, the 840 Rules for Behavior in Church 448 Rulers, Names of Foreign 211 Russia, Events in the History of 203 s. Salutations, Laws Respecting 409, 410 Satire, the 516 Saxon Christmas, a 852 Sandy Soils, How to Improve 679 Sauce, Household 687 Sauce, Tomato 687 Saws, to Sliarpen 701 Sandopur, the Martyrs of 77; Sailing of King Olaf, the 812 Sales, Account of 80 Scrap Screen, How to Make a 647 Scrip 83 Screens, Feather 648 Servants, Management of at Dinner 433 Selfishness in Travelling 452 Senators of the United States 495 Sentences, Construction of 2,'i Sentiment of Flowers 497 Sects, Strength of the Chri'^tian 217 Seeds, Garden, Quantity Required for a Given Space 222 Seas, Size of the Principal 226 Selections from Popular Authors 709 Shopping, the Etiquette of 450 Show, the Wild Beast 618 Shadows 619 Shoes 704 Situations, Applications for 250-254 Silver Wedding, the 307 Sinking Fund 83 Silent Partner 83 Signification of Names 219 Silver Coins, Foreign 224 Sii^nals, Railroad 2?8 Single Wicket, the Laws of 561 Side Stroke, the 586 Silk, to Remove Grease Stains from 684 Silk, How to Wash 692 Silver Plating, to Restore 700 Silence, We Parted in 716 Skin, Treatment of the 390 FACE Sloe Wine 692 Slang Phrases ^3 Sleeping Partner 83 Smack, the Whitby 847 Solomon 750 Sociable, a "r^ Song, the Poet's 806 Somebody's Darling 809 Soap, a Substitute for 680 S. C, Collection and Exemption Laws of. 153 Solvent 83 Sound, Velocity of 226 Society, Debating, Constitution for a 309 Society, Form for Conducting Deliberations of a 358 Soup, How to Serve it 435 Sonnet, the 515 Spitting 489 Speaker of the House of Representa- tives 326,495 Spelling, Rules for 22 Speaking, Common Errors in 38, 46 Spain, Events in the History of. 190 Square Leg.- 567 Street, Etiquette of the 411 Strangers, Attention to, in Church 448 Style in Writing 34 Statistical Tables 157, 237 Statements, Monthly 7Si 76 States, Dates of their Admission into the Union 206 Stakes, Number Required for Ten Rods of Fence 222, 223 Stride, the Giant 664 Steel Pens 676 Stains, Ink 679 Stains, Port Wine 684 Stains, Grease 683 Stains on Crape 68} Strawberiy Wine 691 Stoppers, Glass, to Loosen 70a Stone Steps, to Clean 70a Stairs, to Clean 702 Steamship, the Lost 713 Stock Account, the 67 Supper-Room, the, at Balls and Parties. . . 44I Supreme Court of the U. S., Judges of. . . 495 Substitution, Form of Power of. 135 Subscriptions, Law Subscription Papei Suits to Recover I Suits in Magistrate Swimming, Faults Swimming Like a Swimming, Practii Swimming, How ( Swimming on the Swimming on the Sympathy, Letter: Synonymes, a Lis Table, Etiquette \ Tables for Refere Tibhy Cats, the., Tart, Almond. . . Taken on Trial. Teeth, the Care c Tenants, the Rig! Testaments, Last Tenn., Collection Tex., Collection Territories, Popu Tennis, Lawn Thcitre, the Eti( Theatre, Invitati Tins and That Titles, the Use Time, Request Tin Wedding, tl Time Required of Food .... Time Required Food , Time, Differenc Time Bargain Toilet, the . . . '''our, the Wed( Tomato Catch u Tools, Edged, t Toe-Nails, the ' Town, There's To-morrow . . Tiavelling, the Trousseau, the Trochaic Verse INDEX. 871 rAGB Subscriptions, Laws Respecting 140 Subscription Paper 140 Suiis to Recover Debts 141-143 Suits in Magistrates' Courts 141 Swimming, Faults in 584 Swimming Like a Dog 587 Swimming, rractical Directions for. . 579-589 Ssvimming, How to Begin 579 Swimming on tlie Back 581 Swimming on the Chest 583 Sympathy, Letters of 271 Synonymes, a List of 47-52 T. Table, Etiquette of the 428 Tables for Reference 157. 237 Tabby Cats, the 640 Tart, Almond 672 Taken on Trial 727 Teeth, the Care of the 396 Tenants, the Rights and Duties of. 1 17 Testaments, Last Wills and 129 Tenn., Collection and Exemption Laws of 153 Tex., Collection and Exemption Laws of.. 153 Territories, Population of the 206 Tennis, Lawn 5SO The.itre, the Etiquette of the 45 1 Theatre, Invitations to the 451 This and That 620 Titles, the Use of 417 Time, Request for Extension of. 249 Till Wedding, the 306 Time Required to Roast Various Articles of Food 214 Time Required to Boil Various Articles of Food 214 Time, Difference of. Between Cities 228 Time Bargain 83 Toilet, the 386 '^our, the Wedding 480 Tomato Catchup 696 Tools, Edged, to Sharpen 701 Toe-Nails, the Treatment of the 398 Town, There's Danger in the 769 To-morrow 808 Travelling, the Etiquette of 452 Trousseau, the Bridal 472 Trochaic Verse 512 Tragedy, a Housekeeper's 785 Tramp, the Tale of a 838 u. Ugly Mug, the 544 Underscoring, Rules for 29 Underwriters gi Unfinished Business 35^ Union, Date of Admission of Slates into the 206 United States, Rules of House of Repre- 'nt"'>ves 326-358 ' aed Slates, Expenditures of the 207 United States, Public Debt of the. 207 United States, Presidents of the 208 United States, Cabinet Ministers of the.. . 209 United Stales, Native Population of the . . 210 United States, Foreign Population of the.. 210 United States, Events in the History of the 167 United St.ites, Collection and Repordng Association i^ Usury 83 Utah, Collection and Exemption Laws of. 154 V. Value of Foreign Money 226 Vaulting 668 Varnish for Boots 707 Velvet, to Clean 708 Vere de Vere, Lady Clara 796 Vessels, to Mend Broken 703 Velocity of Sound and Light 226 Versification 509 Vt., the Collection and Exemption Laws of 154 Va., the Collection and Exemption Laws of 154 Violet Ink 706 Vice-Presidents of the United States 495 Visits to Friends in Strange Families 425 Visitors, Reception of 424 Visits of Friendship 422 Visiting, the Eticiuette of 420 Vote, the Electoral, of the U. S 210 w. Wandering Jew, the 825 Waterproof Boots 704 Walls, Broken, to Repair 703 Walls, Damp 699 Warts 397 J : ( I 1 1 872 INDEX. Waltzes 444 Washington, George, the Maxims of 491 Washington Oflicial Society, the Eiicjuette of 494 Watihes, Oil for 673 Water Bottles, to Clean 673 Wasp, to Cure the Sling of a 677 Washington Territory, the Collection and Exemjition Laws of. 1 54 W. Va., Collection and Exemption Laws of 155 Wcatiier Table, Herschel's 205 Wells, Capacity of 207 Weeds, Facts about 223 Weather Glass, How to Make a 225 Weights and Measures 227 Weddings, the Proper Season for 472 Wedding Presents 473 Wedding, Return from tl>e 479 Wedding Breakfast, the 479 Wi:dding Tour, Cards, Calls 480 Wedding, Crystal, China, Tin 306 Wedding, Wooden, the 305 Wedding, Silver, the 307 Wedding, Golden, Diamond 308 We Parted in Silence 716 Whitby Smack, the 847 Which Shall It Be ? 723 White House, Invitations to the 494 Wills, Last, Laws Respecting 129 Wills, I^ast, Witnesses to 129 Wills, Nuncupative «30-i33 Wills, Forms of l3'->33 PAGP. Wild Beast Show, the 6,8 Wine, Blackberry gyg Wine, Raisin ^§2 Wine, Grape 690 Wine, Gooseberry, Currant, Strawberry.. . 691 Wine, Raspberry, Damson gni Wine, Cherry, Sloe, Rhubarb, Apple 692 Wine, Ginger, Orange (1q2 Wines at Dinner Parties 43' Wife, the Selection of a 456 -459 Wife, the Duties of a 481 Wife and Child, My 751 Wit, the Aged, and the King 858 Wife, the Farmer's 850 Widowhood, Grass 837 Will the New Year Come To-Night? 736 Wis., Collection and Exemption L;uvs of.. is;5 World, Political Divisions of the 232 Words, Latin, in Common Use 232 Wooden Horse, the O67 Woollen Goods, to Remove Stains from. . 679 Woollen Clothes, to Keep Muths from. .-. 69S Writing Well, the Art of 17 Wriiing Materials. . . 18 Writing, Common Errors in 38-46 Writer, Position of the 20 Writing Poetry, the Art of .. . 509 \Vyoming, the Collection and Exemption Laws of. 155 Y. Years, the Rosary of M/. 840 PACK 6l8 679 6S2 6go 691 691 692 692 43J -459 481 75' 858 850 837 736 »55 232 232 6O7 679 698 17 18 38-46 20 509 »5S . 840